Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN17.1 08)

WCDMA RAN
Interoperability Between UMTS and

LTE Feature Parameter Description
Issue 08
Date 2016-09-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2017. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE Feature
Parameter Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types..................................................................................................................... 13
2 Overview....................................................................................................................................... 17
2.1 Background...................................................................................................................................................................17
2.2 Function Classification................................................................................................................................................. 17
2.3 Application Scenarios...................................................................................................................................................20
3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE............................................................................. 24

3.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 24
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection................................................................................................................................... 24
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection................................................................................................................................... 24
3.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 25
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements........................................................................................................................... 25
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection.................................................................................................................... 27
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection........................................................................................................................ 31
4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE.................................................35

4.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 35
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers...........................................................................................................35
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers...........................................................................................................37
4.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 38
4.3.2 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.............................................................................40
4.3.2.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 40
4.3.2.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 41
4.3.2.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE................................................................................................................... 41
4.3.2.4 Measurements......................................................................................................................................................... 42
4.3.2.5 Decision and Execution.......................................................................................................................................... 48
4.3.2.6 Target Cell Selection...............................................................................................................................................51
4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers................................................................................ 54
4.3.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 54
4.3.3.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 55
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

WCDMA RAN

4.3.3.4 Measurements on LTE Signal Quality....................................................................................................................58
4.3.3.6 Anti-ping-pong Measures....................................................................................................................................... 67
4.3.3.7 Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on Periodic RSCP Measurement.................. 68
4.3.3.8 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection..................................... 69
4.3.4 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.................................................................................... 69
4.3.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 69
4.3.4.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 70
4.3.4.3 UE Selection for LDR............................................................................................................................................ 71
4.3.4.5 Measurements......................................................................................................................................................... 72
4.3.4.7 Anti-ping-pong Measures....................................................................................................................................... 77
4.3.4.8 Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations......................................................................................................... 77
4.3.5 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures........................................................................................ 78
4.3.6 Measures to Prevent Frequent Retries After a UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover Failure............................................... 80
4.3.7 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between UMTS and LTE........................................................81
4.3.8 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handovers.................................................................................................82
4.3.8.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 82
4.3.8.2 Data Forwarding Procedure....................................................................................................................................82
4.3.9 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch............................................................................................................................ 83
4.3.10 Regarding the First PS BE Service of a Redirection-based CSFB UE as a Combined Service when Performing
DRD for the UE.................................................................................................................................................................. 83
5 CSFB............................................................................................................................................... 85
5.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 85
5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return...........................................................................................................................................86
5.2.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 86
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return........................................................................................................................................89
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return....................................................................................................................... 90
5.2.4 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return.......................................................................................................................91
5.2.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 91
5.2.4.2 Triggering............................................................................................................................................................... 92
5.2.4.3 Measurement.......................................................................................................................................................... 92
5.2.4.4 Execution................................................................................................................................................................ 92
5.2.5 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return.................................................................................................................... 92
5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message.......................................... 93
5.2.7 Fast Return for Supplementary CSFB Services........................................................................................................ 98
5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls....................................................................................................... 99
5.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 99
5.3.2 Policy....................................................................................................................................................................... 100
5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls........................................................................................................ 100
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

WCDMA RAN
5.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................. 101

5.4.2 Policy....................................................................................................................................................................... 101
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction.............................................................................................................................................. 102
5.6 Ultra-Flash CSFB....................................................................................................................................................... 105
6 SRVCC......................................................................................................................................... 108
6.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 108
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover........................................................................................................ 109
6.3 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User..........................................................................................................................113
6.3.1 Overview..................................................................................................................................................................113
6.3.2 Triggering Conditions..............................................................................................................................................114
6.3.3 Measurement............................................................................................................................................................115
6.3.4 Execution................................................................................................................................................................. 119
7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE............................................................... 121

7.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 122
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status..................................................................................................... 122
7.2.1 RIM Procedure........................................................................................................................................................ 122
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status..................................................................................................................... 124
8 Related Features.........................................................................................................................126
8.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1..................................................................................... 126
8.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.......................................................................................................126
8.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE...................................................................... 127
8.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE......................................................................... 127
8.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................ 128
8.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE............................................................................ 129
8.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................................. 130
8.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE................................................................................ 130
8.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover.............................................................................. 131
8.10 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE..........................................................................132
8.11 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB............................................................................................................................132
8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User..............................................................................................132
9 Impact on the Network.............................................................................................................134

9.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1..................................................................................... 134
9.1.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 134
9.1.2 Network Performance..............................................................................................................................................134
9.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.......................................................................................................134
9.2.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 134
9.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE...................................................................... 135
9.3.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 135
9.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE......................................................................... 135
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

WCDMA RAN
9.4.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 135

9.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................ 135
9.5.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 136
9.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE............................................................................ 136
9.6.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 136
9.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................................. 137
9.7.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 137
9.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE................................................................................ 137
9.8.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 137
9.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls........................................................................... 138
9.9.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 138
9.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover............................................................................ 138
9.10.1 System Capacity.................................................................................................................................................... 138
9.10.2 Network Performance............................................................................................................................................138
9.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE..........................................................................139
9.11.1 System Capacity.................................................................................................................................................... 139
9.11.2 Network Performance............................................................................................................................................ 139
9.12 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB........................................................................................................................... 139
9.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User..............................................................................................139
10 Engineering Guidelines......................................................................................................... 141

10.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1................................................................................... 141
10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1.................................................................................... 141
10.1.2 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 141
10.1.3 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................150
10.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.....................................................................................................150
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE......................................................................................................150
10.2.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................ 150
10.2.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 151
10.2.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 151
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization......................................................................................................................................... 169
10.2.7 Troubleshooting..................................................................................................................................................... 169
10.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.................................................................... 169
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE..................................................................... 169
10.3.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 170
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

WCDMA RAN
10.3.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 170

10.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE....................................................................... 184
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE........................................................................ 184
10.4.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 184
10.4.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 184
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE.......................................................... 200
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE........................................................... 200
10.5.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 201
10.5.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 201
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.......................................................................... 229
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE........................................................................... 229
10.6.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 229
10.6.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 230
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE........................................................................... 257
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................................ 257
10.7.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 257
10.7.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 258
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.............................................................................. 284
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE............................................................................... 284
10.8.3 Planning................................................................................................................................................................. 285
10.8.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 285
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

WCDMA RAN

10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls......................................................................... 311
10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls.......................................................................... 311
10.9.2 Deployment............................................................................................................................................................311
10.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover.......................................................................... 314
10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover........................................................................... 314
10.10.2 Required Information.......................................................................................................................................... 314
10.10.3 Planning............................................................................................................................................................... 314
10.10.4 Deployment-........................................................................................................................................................ 314
10.10.5 Performance Monitoring......................................................................................................................................324
10.10.6 Parameter Optimization....................................................................................................................................... 326
10.10.7 Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................... 326
10.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE........................................................................326
10.11.1 When to Use RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE.........................................................................326
10.11.2 Required Information...........................................................................................................................................327
10.11.3 Planning............................................................................................................................................................... 327
10.11.4 Deployment..........................................................................................................................................................327
10.12 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB......................................................................................................................... 334
10.12.1 When to Use Ultra-Flash CSFB.......................................................................................................................... 334
10.12.3 Planning............................................................................................................................................................... 334
10.12.4 Deployment......................................................................................................................................................... 334
10.12.4.1 Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 334
10.12.4.2 Data Preparation............................................................................................................................................... 336
10.12.4.3 Precautions........................................................................................................................................................336
10.12.4.4 Activation......................................................................................................................................................... 336
10.12.4.4.1 Using MML Commands................................................................................................................................ 336
10.12.4.4.2 MML Command Examples........................................................................................................................... 337
10.12.4.4.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 337
10.12.4.5 Activation Observation.....................................................................................................................................338
10.12.4.6 Deactivation......................................................................................................................................................338
10.12.4.6.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 338
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

WCDMA RAN
10.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User............................................................................................340

10.13.1 When to Use Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.............................................................................................340
10.13.3 Deployment......................................................................................................................................................... 340
10.13.3.1 Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 340
10.13.3.2 Data Preparation............................................................................................................................................... 342
10.13.3.3 Activation......................................................................................................................................................... 343
10.13.3.3.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 345
10.13.3.4 Activation Observation.....................................................................................................................................346
10.13.3.5 Deactivation......................................................................................................................................................346
10.13.3.5.3 Using the CME.............................................................................................................................................. 347
11 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 350
12 Counters.................................................................................................................................. 1226
13 Glossary................................................................................................................................... 1280
14 Reference Documents........................................................................................................... 1281
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE, including its technical
principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
l WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

l WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
l WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
l WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
l WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
l WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB
l WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
This document applies to the following NE types.
NE Type NE Model
RNC BSC6900 and BSC6910
NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C
Micro BTS3902E
Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

WCDMA RAN
NE Type NE Model
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein
l Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version
RAN17.1 08 (2016-09-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Optimized some descriptions. None

change
RAN17.1 07 (2016-05-30)

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Optimized some descriptions. None

change

WCDMA RAN
RAN17.1 06 (2016-03-30)

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Added a restriction on the function of data None

change forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers and the
method of setting
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITC
H under the
OptimizationSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
For details, see 4.3.8.1 Overview, 10.4.4
Deployment, 10.6.4 Deployment, and 10.8.4
Deployment.
Updated 10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from None

UMTS to LTE and 10.2.4 Deployment for the
WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
feature.
RAN17.1 05 (2015-12-30)

Type
Feature Added the fast return for supplementary CSFB Added

change services. For details, see 5.2.7 Fast Return for RESERVED_SWIT
Supplementary CSFB Services and 10.2.4 CH_12_BIT26 under
Deployment. the
UALGORSVPARA.
RsvSwitch12(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
parameter.
Editorial Added the setting notes for relevant parameters in None

change the engineering guidelines.
RAN17.1 04 (2015-09-10)

WCDMA RAN

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Added the setting notes for relevant parameters in None

change the engineering guidelines.
RAN17.1 03 (2015-06-27)

Type
Feature Modified the switch for the LTE subscriber RESERVED_SWIT

change information learning function. For details, see the CH_19_BIT1 under
following sections: RsvSwitch19(BSC690
4.3.2.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE 0,BSC6910) is
replaced by
4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE RESERVED_SWIT
4.3.4.4 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE CH_11_BIT26 under
RsvSwitch11(BSC690
0,BSC6910).
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_19_BIT2 under
RsvSwitch19(BSC690
0,BSC6910) is
replaced by
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_11_BIT27 under
RsvSwitch11(BSC690
0,BSC6910).
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_19_BIT3 under
RsvSwitch19(BSC690
0,BSC6910) is
replaced by
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_11_BIT28 under
RsvSwitch11(BSC690
0,BSC6910).
Modified the mechanism of service-based UMTS- None

to-LTE PS redirection or handover triggered by RB
setup. For details, see 4.3.3.2 Triggering.

WCDMA RAN

Type
Added descriptions about whether the RNC records Added

the IMSI and RRC release time of the UE that RESERVED_SWIT
performs blind-redirection-based CSFB fast return. CH_17_BIT20 under
For details, see 4.3.7 Measures to Prevent Ping- the
Pong Blind Redirections Between UMTS and RsvSwitch17(BSC690
LTE. 0,BSC6910)
parameter.
Added descriptions of the moments when RB Bits 0 to 7 are added

reconfiguration is activated during the Ultra-Flash in the
CSFB and SRVCC procedures. For details, see the RsvU32Para33(BSC6
following sections: 900,BSC6910)
5.6 Ultra-Flash CSFB parameter.
6.1 Overview
Added the method of determining whether a UE has Added

performed a CSFB process when the UE moves RESERVED_SWIT
from the source RNC to the target RNC and the CH_0_BIT10 under
target RNC serves as the serving RNC (SRNC) after the
that. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to- RsvSwitch0(BSC6900
LTE Fast Return. ,BSC6910) parameter.
Added
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_12_BIT21 under
the
RsvSwitch12(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
parameter.
Editorial None None

change
RAN17.1 02 (2015-05-20)
Change Change Description Parameter

Type Change
Feature Added the description of the LTE subscriber information Added

change learning function performed during coverage-, service-, and RESERVE
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers. For D_SWITC
details, see the following sections: H_11_BIT2
4.3.2.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE 6 under the
RsvSwitch1
4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE 1(BSC6900,
4.3.4.4 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE BSC6910)
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
Editorial None None

change
RAN17.1 01 (2015-03-25)

Type Change
Feature Added descriptions about the RNC's new function of filtering Added
change frequencies according to the inter-PLMN handover frequency parameters
list of the UE. For details, see the following sections: to the RNC
4.3.2.4 Measurements MML
command
4.3.3.4 Measurements on LTE Signal Quality ADD
6.3.3 Measurement UINTERP
LMNHOLI
ST.
Enhanced CSFB user identification and optimized the CSFB Added

delay reduction measures. For details, see 5.5 CSFB Delay CMP_PS_
Reduction. RBSETUP
_DRD_EXI
ST_IUCS_
SWITCH
under the
CmpSwitch
3(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Editorial Optimized descriptions in this document. None

change
RAN17.1 Draft A (2015-01-15)

Compared with Issue 04 (2014-12-30) of RAN16.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of RAN17.1
includes the following changes.

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
Feature Added the function of UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of UEs Added the
change in the CELL_FACH state. For details, see 3 Cell Reselection following
Between UMTS and LTE. parameters:
l CellFac
hPrioRe
selSwitc
h(BSC6
900,BSC
6910)
l CellFac
hMeasL
ayer(BS
C6900,B
SC6910)
Added descriptions of the HSPA+ admission mechanism used Added the

during an incoming inter-RAT handover. For details, see 4.2 IRatHoCfg
LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers. Switch(BSC
6900,BSC6
910)
parameter.
Added descriptions of selecting frequencies based on the Added

connected mode priorities of frequencies during the load- or HO_U2L_
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure. For CONN_PR
details, see 4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS IO_SWITC
Redirections and Handovers and 4.3.4 Load-based UMTS- H under the
to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers. HoSwitch1(
BSC6900,B
SC6910)
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
Added the principle, related features, network impact, and Added the
engineering guidelines of the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC following
User feature. For details, see the following sections: parameters
6.3 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User and
switches:
8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
l U2LTES
9.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User igMeasT
10.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User ime(BSC
6900,BS
C6910)
l SigTarge
tRatThd
RSRP(B
SC6900,
BSC691
0)
l SigTarge
tRatThd
RSRQ(B
SC6900,
BSC691
0)
l HO_SR
VCC_F
AST_R
ETURN
_TO_LT
E_SWI
TCH
under
the
FastRet
urnToLT
ESwitc
h(BSC6
900,BSC
6910)
paramete
r
l HO_SR
VCC_F
AST_R
ETURN
_TO_LT
E_SWI
TCH
under
the

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
HoSwitc
h1(BSC
6900,BS
C6910)
paramete
r
l PERFE
NH_CS
_ONLY
_MEAS
_FAST_
RETUR
N_SWI
TCH
under
the
PerfEnh
anceSwit
ch7(BSC
6900,BS
C6910)
paramete
r
l HO_HA
NDOVE
R_FAST
_RETU
RN_TO
_LTE_S
WITCH
under
the
HoSwitc
h1(BSC
6900,BS
C6910)
paramete
r

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
Added the principle, network impact, and engineering Added the

guidelines of LTE measurement-based fast return and RSCP following
measurement-based fast return. For details, see the following parameters:
sections: l U2LTES
5.2.4 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return igMeasT
5.2.5 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return ime(BSC
6900,BS
9.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE C6910)
10.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE l SigTarge
tRatThd
RSRQ(B
SC6900,
BSC691
0)
l FastRet
urnToLT
ESwitc
h(BSC6
900,BSC
6910):
HO_CS
FB_BAS
ED_ME
AS_FAS
T_RET
URN_S
WITCH
l HoSwitc
h1(BSC
6900,BS
C6910):
HO_CS
FB_BAS
ED_ME
AS_FAS
T_RET
URN_S
WITCH
l PerfEnh
anceSwit
ch7(BSC
6900,BS
C6910):
PERFE
NH_CS
_ONLY
_MEAS
_FAST_

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
RETUR
N_SWI
TCH
l FastRet
urnToLT
ESwitc
h(BSC6
900,BSC
6910):
HO_CS
FB_BAS
ED_RS
CP_FAS
T_RET
URN_S
WITCH
l HoSwitc
h1(BSC
6900,BS
C6910):
HO_CS
FB_BAS
ED_RS
CP_FAS
T_RET
URN_S
WITCH
l HoSwitc
h1(BSC
6900,BS
C6910):
HO_HA
NDOVE
R_FAST
_RETU
RN_TO
_LTE_S
WITCH
Added descriptions of the optimized fast return function, Added the

which enables CSFB UEs to return to the LTE network faster. SigTargetR
For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return. atThdRSR
P(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
Added descriptions of PS re-admission with a lower rate in the Added

case of a PS admission failure during the SRVCC procedure of PERFENH
combined services. For details, see 6.2 SRVCC from LTE to _CSPS_IR
UMTS with PS Handover. AT_HO_F
AIL_RETR
Y_SWITC
H under the
PerfEnhanc
eSwitch7(B
SC6900,BS
C6910)
parameter.
Added descriptions of the function of handing over a single Added

CS service in combined services during the SRVCC L2U_SRVC
procedure. For details, see 6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS C_PS_TIM
with PS Handover. EOUT_CS
_RELOC_I
N_SWITC
H under the
PROCESSS
WITCH5(B
SC6900,BS
C6910)
parameter.
Added descriptions of the impacted feature MRFD-101401 None

UL Unified Video Steering in the following sections:
8.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE
8.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE
Added descriptions of the situation when the UL Unified None

Overload Control feature is enabled in the following sections:
4.3.2 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and
Handovers
4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and
Handovers
4.3.4 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and
Handovers
5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE Message
6.3.3 Measurement

WCDMA RAN

Type Change
Added descriptions of features that are introduced in RAN17.1 None

in the following sections:
10.2.5 Performance Monitoring
Editorial None None

change
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature ID Descriptio Supported by Supported Supported LampSite
n Controller(Y/N/NA) by by
Macro(Y/ Micro(Y/
BSC6900 BSC6910 N/NA) N/NA)
WRFD-14 CS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0102 Fallback
Guarantee
for LTE
Emergenc
y Calls
WRFD-15 SRVCC Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0215 from LTE
to UMTS
with PS
Handover
WRFD-16 Ultra- Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0271 Flash
CSFB
WRFD-02 Mobility Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0126 Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase1

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-02 Service- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0129 Based PS
Service
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE

0218 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 Load Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0216 Based PS
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE

0217 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 Coverage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0219 Based PS
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE

0220 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 RIM Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0231 Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selection
for LTE

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-14 Fast Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0226 Return
from
UMTS to
LTE

1223 Return to
LTE for
SRVCC
User
Feature ID Descriptio Supported by Supported Supported LampSite

n Controller(Y/N/NA) by by
Macro(Y/ Micro(Y/
BSC6900 BSC6910 N/NA) N/NA)
WRFD-14 CS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0102 Fallback
Guarantee
for LTE
Emergenc
y Calls
WRFD-15 SRVCC Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0215 from LTE
to UMTS
with PS
Handover
WRFD-16 Ultra- Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0271 Flash
CSFB
WRFD-02 Mobility Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0126 Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase1

0129 Based PS
Service
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE

0218 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE

WCDMA RAN

0216 Based PS
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE

0217 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE

0219 Based PS
Redirectio
n from
UMTS to
LTE

0220 Based PS
Handover
from
UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-15 RIM Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

0231 Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selection
for LTE

0226 Return
from
UMTS to
LTE

1223 Return to
LTE for
SRVCC
User
NOTE
The BTS3902E does not support the features and functions introduced or enhanced in RAN17.1. For details,
see 1.3 Change History.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
2.1 Background
As wireless data services grow and conditions mature for LTE commercial use, telecom
operators begin to add LTE networks to existing UMTS network infrastructure. These two
types of networks are expected to coexist for a long time, so interoperability between UMTS
and LTE is important. This feature helps operators make the most of existing network
equipment, provide diversified services, and achieve smooth network evolution.
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, the LTE system includes the LTE TDD and LTE FDD systems.
2.2 Function Classification

UMTS and LTE interoperability functions apply only to UEs that support both UMTS and
LTE services. These functions are classified by UE's mode, as listed in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 UMTS and LTE interoperability functions classified by UE's mode
UE's Mode UL Interoperability Function Reference Document
Idle mode LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection LTE feature document

Idle Mode Management
Feature Parameter
Description
Idle mode UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection 3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell

Reselection in this
document

WCDMA RAN
Idle mode SPID-based mobility management UMTS side: UMTS

in idle mode feature document
Flexible User Steering
Feature Parameter
Description
LTE side: LTE feature
document Flexible User
Steering Feature
Parameter Description
Connected Data LTE-to-UMTS PS redirection or LTE feature document

mode services handover Inter-RAT Mobility
Management in
Connected Mode Feature
LTE-to-UMTS handovers based on LTE feature document

cell load Inter-RAT Mobility Load
Balancing Feature
Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.2 Coverage-based

redirection or handover UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.3 Service-based

Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.4 Load-based

Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
RIM-based cell selection during 7 RIM Based UMTS

load-based LTE-to-UMTS inter- Target Cell Selection for
RAT handover LTE in this document
SPID-based mobility management UMTS side: UMTS

in connected mode feature document
Feature Parameter
Description
document Flexible User
Steering Feature

WCDMA RAN
UL Unified Video Steering UMTS feature document

UL Unified Video
Steering Feature
Voice LTE-to-UMTS CSFB (CS fallback) LTE feature document CS

services Fallback Feature
UMTS-to-LTE fast return 5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast

Return in this document
SPID-based fast return UMTS document

Feature Parameter
Description
CSFB guarantee for emergency 5.3 CS Fallback

calls originated on the LTE network Guarantee for LTE
Emergency Calls in this
document
CSFB guarantee for common calls 5.4 CS Fallback

originated on the LTE network Guarantee for LTE
Common Calls in this
document
Ultra-Flash CSFB UMTS side: 5.6 Ultra-

Flash CSFB in this
document
document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter
Description
SRVCC LTE feature document

SRVCC Feature
LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with PS UMTS side: 6 SRVCC in

handovers this document
document SRVCC
Feature Parameter
Description
RIM-based UMTS target cell 7 RIM Based UMTS

selection for LTE during CSFB Target Cell Selection for
LTE in this document

WCDMA RAN
Fast CS fallback based on RIM UMTS side: UMTS

feature document Fast CS
Fallback Based on RIM
Feature Parameter
Description
document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter
Description
2.3 Application Scenarios

The following table lists typical application scenarios of UL interoperability.

WCDMA RAN
Table 2-2 Typical application scenarios

Scenario Camping Policy CS Service Policy PS Service Policy
Description
l The IMS is not An LTE-first policy UL multimode UEs l Since LTE

deployed and the is recommended in only support PS coverage is still
LTE network this scenario. services. They incomplete,
does not support NOTE cannot perform CS when a UE
VoIP. Huawei equipment voice services. processing a PS
l UL multimode supports preferred service on the
camping of UEs on LTE network
UEs only support LTE or UMTS cells.
PS services. moves out of the
To enable the
preferred camping, LTE coverage
l LTE coverage is area, a PS
LTE or UMTS
still incomplete. handover or
frequencies are
granted higher redirection to the
priorities during cell UMTS network
reselection so that
is performed for
UEs can
preferentially reselect the UE and the
the LTE or UMTS PS service. For
network. For details details, see 4.2
about cell reselection, LTE-to-UMTS
see 3 Cell PS Redirections
Reselection Between
and Handovers.
UMTS and LTE.
l If a UE is
camping on the
UMTS network
while performing
only PS services
and is also in the
LTE coverage,
the UE needs to
return to the LTE
network
immediately to
enjoy the best
service
experience. The
PS service of the
UE is shifted to
the LTE network
through a
UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or
handover to
return to the LTE
network. For
details, see 4.3
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Redirections
and Handovers.

WCDMA RAN

Description
l The IMS is not When a UE initiates l Since LTE

deployed and the a voice service on coverage is still
LTE network the LTE network, incomplete,
does not support the UE and its voice when a UE
VoIP services but service will fall back processing a PS
only PS data to the UMTS service on the
services. network. The LTE network
l UL multimode fallback principles moves out of the
UEs support both are as follows: LTE coverage
PS and CS l To reduce the area, a PS
services. CSFB delay and handover or
improve user redirection to the
l LTE coverage is UMTS network
still incomplete. experience, RIM-
based CSFB is is performed for
recommended. the UE and the
For details, see PS service. For
Fast CS Fallback details, see 4.2
Based on RIM LTE-to-UMTS
Feature PS Redirections
Parameter and Handovers.
Description. l If a UE is
l The CSFB camping on the
success rate of UMTS network
emergency calls while performing
and common only PS services
calls initiated on and is also in the
LTE networks LTE coverage,
must be ensured. the UE needs to
For details, see return to the LTE
5.3 CS Fallback network
Guarantee for immediately to
LTE Emergency enjoy the best
Calls and 5.4 CS service
Fallback experience.
Guarantee for Common UEs
LTE Common with PS services
Calls. perform UMTS-
to-LTE PS
redirections or
handovers to
return to the LTE
network. For
details, see 4.3
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Redirections
and Handovers.
If a CSFB UE is
still performing a
PS service after

WCDMA RAN

Description
l The IMS is When a UE releasing its CS

deployed and the performing a VoIP service, it can
LTE network service on the LTE perform a
supports both PS network moves out service-based
data services and of LTE coverage, the UMTS-to-LTE
VoIP services. Single Radio Voice PS redirection or
l Among all UL Call Continuity handover or a
multi-mode UEs, (SRVCC) feature fast return to
some support CS works to convert the switch to the
services and PS VoIP service to a CS LTE network. If
services and voice service on the conditions for
some support PS UMTS network. both operations
services and This mechanism are met, fast
VoIP services. ensures voice return is
service continuity. preferred. For
l LTE coverage is For details, see 6 details, see 5.2
still incomplete. SRVCC. UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE
3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE
3.1 Overview
Cell reselections between UMTS and LTE include LTE-to-UMTS cell reselections, UMTS-to-
LTE cell reselections, and UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselections.
When the LTE network is initially deployed, LTE coverage is weak or unavailable in some
spots, but UMTS coverage is already complete. The LTE network needs to support LTE-to-
UMTS cell reselection so that UEs can reselect UMTS cells after finishing services on the
LTE network. LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection enables UEs to make full use of the existing
UMTS network and reduce load on the LTE network.
After finishing services on the UMTS network, UEs are transitioned to the CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH state or idle mode within the period specified by a timer. In this case, the UMTS-
to-LTE cell reselection function enables UEs to reselect and camp on LTE cells with better
signal quality. UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections enable UEs to better experience high-speed
services on the LTE network and reduce load on the UMTS network.
To improve user experience, the UMTS-to-LTE fast cell reselection function can be enabled
so that UEs can be quickly transitioned to the CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state or idle mode and
initiate UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections.
RAN17.1 introduced the function of UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state. That is, after performing a state transition from CELL_PCH/
CELL_DCH/IDLE to CELL_FACH, a UE can perform a cell reselection to the LTE network
based on the absolute priority of frequencies.
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection

LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection is implemented on the LTE side based on absolute cell
priorities. For details, see LTE feature documentation Idle Mode Management Feature
Parameter Description.
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection

This chapter describes the WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature.

WCDMA RAN
3.3.1 Overview
When a UE finishes its services and stays in the CELL_PCH, URA_PCH state, or idle mode
on the UMTS network, it performs cell reselections to the LTE network based on information
element SIB19. Information element SIB19 carries the absolute priorities of the serving
UMTS cell and EARFCNs. After receiving SIB19, the UE will trigger measurements if
measurement triggering conditions are met. Based on the measurement results, the UE uses
reselection to camp on a suitable cell.
To use the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection function in a cell, SIB19 must be broadcast in the
cell. To enable SIB19 broadcasting in a cell, select SIB19 under the
SibCfgBitMap(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD
UCELLSIBSWITCH command.
To enable absolute priority-based cell reselection to LTE for UEs in the CELL_FACH state,
which is introduced in RAN17.1, set CellFachPrioReselSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) to ON.
If the CN sends an Iu Release Command message containing an "Out Of Utran" IE to the
RNC after the UE in the CELL_PCH/CELL_FACH state performs UMTS-to-LTE cell
reselection, the RNC directly releases internal resources without sending a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE message or RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message to the UE. This function is
supported when OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected.
NOTE
To implement the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection, the CN
needs to support the function of carrying the "Out of Utran" IE in the Iu Release Command message.
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements

Information element SIB19 carries the absolute priority SPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) of the
serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) of EARFCNs, and
cell reselection thresholds. Different radio access technologies (RATs) must have different
priorities. Upon receipt of information element SIB19, the UE performs inter-RAT
measurement according to specific criteria, as shown in the following figure:

WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-1 Measurement criteria for UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection
Parameters and variable involved in the preceding measurement criteria are as follows:
l ThdPrioritySearch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Qrxlevmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l ThdPrioritySearch2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Qqualmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Thigher_priority_search: According to section 4.2.2 "Requirements" in 3GPP TS 25.133
(V11.5.0), the value of Thigher_priority_search (measured in seconds) equals the
number of frequencies multiplied by 60.
When absolute priority-based cell reselection to LTE is enabled for UEs in the CELL_FACH
state, which is introduced in RAN17.1, SIB19 carries the CELL_FACH state measurement
indication. The measurement indicator is specified by the
CellFachMeasLayer(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter:
l When this parameter is set to HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS, UEs only measure frequencies

that have higher absolute priorities than the frequency of the serving cell. Therefore, only
the LTE frequencies that meet the preceding criteria and have higher absolute priorities
than the frequency of the serving cell are measured.
l When this parameter is set to ALL_LAYERS, UEs measure all frequencies. Therefore,
all LTE frequencies that meet the preceding criteria are measured.

WCDMA RAN
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection

SIB19 carries the absolute priority of the serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities of the
LTE frequencies, and the cell reselection thresholds. The UE performs cell reselection based
on the absolute priorities.
Section 5.2.6.1.4a "Absolute priority based criteria for inter-frequency and inter-RAT cell
reselection" in 3GPP TS 25.304 V11.3.0 specifies five sets of criteria for cell reselection
based on the absolute priorities. Criteria set 2 applies to intra-RAT inter-frequency cell
reselections.
Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 apply to UMTS-to-LTE reselections. Criteria sets 1 and 3 use the
reference signal received power (RSRP) to evaluate signal quality, while criteria sets 4 and 5
use the reference signal received quality (RSRQ). For the description of each criteria set, see
Table 3-1.
The RSRQSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command controls whether the UE performs cell
reselection based on the RSRQ of the LTE frequency. When
RSRQSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE and the UE supports the RSRQ-based
measurement, the UE performs cell reselection based on the RSRQ. Otherwise, the UE
performs cell reselection based on the RSRP.
NOTE
If RSRQSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to the same value for different LTE frequencies, you can set
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) to the same value for these LTE frequencies. If
RSRQSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to different values for different LTE frequencies,
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) cannot be set to the same value for these LTE frequencies.
Table 3-1 Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 for triggering cell reselection

Criteria Description
Set
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute
1 priority of the serving UMTS cell.
l The Srxlev value of a cell served by an LTE frequency,
SrxlevnonServingCell,has remained above the threshold Threshhigh for a
period of time longer than Treselection.
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute
l SrxlevnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow for a period of time
longer than Treselection.
l SrxlevServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low for a period of time
longer than Treselection, or SqualServingCell has remained below or equal
to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.

WCDMA RAN
Criteria Description
Set
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute
l The Squal value of the LTE frequency, SqualnonServingCell, has remained
above the threshold Threshhigh2 for a period of time longer than
Treselection.
Criteria set l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute
l SqualnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow2 for a period of time
longer than Treselection.
l SqualServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low2 for a period of time
longer than Treselection, or SqualServingCell has remained below or equal
to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.
The variables in the preceding criteria are described in the following table.
Variables Parameter Parameter ID Description

Name
SrxlevnonSer - - SrxlevnonServingCell is the RX level of

vingCell a UE in a cell served by an LTE
frequency (dBm). It is calculated
using the following formula:
SrxlevnonServingCell = RSRP
measured by a UE in a cell served
by an LTE frequency -
EQrxlevmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SrxlevServin - - Serving cell's transmit level received

gCell by the UE (dBm)
The calculation formula is as
follows:
SrxlevServingCell = Serving cell's
RSCP measured by the UE -
Qrxlevmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name
Threshhigh RSRP ThdToHigh(BSC6 Threshhigh is the RX level threshold

Threshold for 900,BSC6910) of a UE above which the UE
High-prio-freq performs cell reselection from the
Reselection serving cell to a cell on the target
frequency when the absolute priority
level of the target frequency is
greater than that of the serving cell.
The greater the value of this
parameter, the less likely reselection
is to succeed.
Treselectio - - Treselection is the reselection delay.

n It is calculated using the following
formula:
Treselections(BSC6900,BSC6910)
x InterRatTreselScalingFac-
tor(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Threshlow RSRP ThdToLow(BSC69 Threshlow is the RX level threshold

Threshold for 00,BSC6910) of a UE above which the UE
Low-prio-freq performs cell reselection from the
Reselection serving cell to a cell on the target
frequency when the absolute priority
of the target frequency is lower than
the absolute priority of the serving
cell. The greater the value of this
parameter, the less likely reselection
is to succeed.
Threshservin RSCP ThdServingLow(B Threshserving,low is the threshold of

g,low threshold for SC6900,BSC6910) the serving cell's RSCP during
low-prio-freq reselection to a cell working at a
reselection frequency with an absolute priority
lower than that of the serving cell. A
reselection to a cell working at a
frequency with a lower absolute
priority is triggered if the following
conditions are met:
l Signal quality of the serving
UMTS cell constantly remains
below Threshserving,low.
l Signal quality of the target cell
satisfies the following formula:
SrxlevnonServingCell > Threshlow
The greater the value of this
parameter, the more likely cell
reselection based on absolute
priorities is to succeed.

WCDMA RAN

Name
SqualnonSer - - SqualnonServingCell is the signal

vingCell quality value (dB) of a cell served
by an LTE frequency, which applies
only to LTE FDD cells. It is
calculated based on the following
formula:
SqualnonServingCell = RSRQ measured
by a cell served by an LTE
frequency -
EQqualmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SqualServing - - Quality standard of the serving cell

Cell (FDD cell) for a UE
The calculation formula is as
follows:
SqualServingCell = Serving cell's
Ec/No measured by the UE -
Qqualmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Threshhigh2 RSRQ ThdToHighRSRQ( Threshhigh2 is the signal quality

Threshold for BSC6900,BSC691 threshold of the target cell above
Reselection to 0) which the UE performs cell
High-priority reselection from the serving cell to a
Cell cell working at a frequency with an
absolute priority higher than that of
the serving cell. The greater the
value of this parameter, the less
likely reselection is to succeed.
Threshlow2 RSRQ ThdToLowRSRQ( Threshlow2 is the signal quality

Threshold for BSC6900,BSC691 threshold of the target cell above
Reselection to 0) which the UE performs cell
Low-priority reselection from the serving cell to a
Cell cell working at a frequency with an
absolute priority lower than that of
the serving cell. The greater the
value of this parameter, the less
likely reselection is to succeed.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Threshservin Ec/No ThdServingLow2( Threshserving,low2 is the CPICH

g,low2 Threshold for BSC6900,BSC691 Ec/N0 threshold of the serving
Reselection to 0) UMTS cell when the UE reselects a
Low-priority cell working at a frequency with an
Frequency absolute priority lower than that of
the serving cell. After the cell
reselection measurement starts, if
the signal quality of the serving cell
remains lower than this parameter
value and the signal quality of the
target cell working at a lower-
priority frequency remains high
during the cell reselection delay
time, the UE will perform cell
reselection.
To summarize:
l If the criteria in criteria set 1 or 4 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell working
at an LTE frequency with a higher absolute priority.
l If the criteria in criteria set 3 or 5 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell working
at an LTE frequency with a lower absolute priority.
l If the criteria in neither criteria set are met, the UE remains on the UMTS network.
If multiple cells fulfill a set of criteria, the UE performs reselection to the cell with the
greatest SrxlevnonServingCell value.
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection

A UMTS/LTE multimode UE camping on the UMTS network can initiate UMTS-to-LTE cell
reselection after finishing service processing. In RAN14.0 and earlier versions, state
transitions to the CELL_PCH or idle state are slow because the state transitions are triggered
only when the UE has not transmitted or received service data for a period of time specified
by an inactivity timer.
When FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is selected, the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled, which
accelerates the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of a UL multimode UE by shortening the
inactivity timer.
The following table lists the inactivity timers that are used and state transitions that are
triggered before and after the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled.

WCDMA RAN
Type of UEs Before the After the Function Gains of the

Function Is Is Enabled Function
Enabled
UEs that are not A CELL_DCH-to- A transition from the After the UMTS-to-
enabled with CELL_PCH state CELL_DCH state to LTE quick cell
enhanced fast transition is the CELL_PCH reselection function
dormancy triggered when the state or idle mode is is enabled, the
UE has not triggered when the default length of the
transmitted or UE has not inactivity timer is
received service data transmitted or decreased and
for a period of time received service data therefore the cell
specified by for a period of time reselection process
PsInactTmrForInt( specified by is faster.
BSC6900,BSC6910) PsInactTmrForFst
(for interactive DrmDch.
services) or
PsInactTmrForBa
c(BSC6900,BSC691
0) (for background
services).
UEs that are enabled When A transition from the After the UMTS-to-
with enhanced fast RNC_EFD_D2F_S CELL_DCH state to LTE quick cell
dormancy and in the WITCH under the CELL_PCH reselection function
CELL_DCH state OptimizationSwitc state or idle mode is is enabled, the
h(BSC6900,BSC691 triggered when the default length of the
0) in the SET UE has not inactivity timer is
URRCTRLSWITC transmitted or decreased and
H command is received service data therefore the cell
selected, the UE for a period of time reselection process
transits from the specified by is faster.
CELL_DCH state to PsInactTmrForFst
the CELL_FACH DrmDch.
state when it has not
transmitted or
received service data
for a period of time
specified by
PsInactTmrForFst
DrmDch and then
transits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH when it
has not transmitted
or received service
data for a period of
time specified by
PsInactTmrForFst
DrmFach(BSC6900
,BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN
Type of UEs Before the After the Function Gains of the

Function Is Is Enabled Function
Enabled
When After the UMTS-to-

RNC_EFD_D2F_S LTE quick cell
WITCH is not reselection function
selected, state is enabled, the
transitions from default length of the
CELL_DCH to inactivity timer
CELL_PCH are remains the same
triggered when the and therefore
UE has not UMTS-to-LTE
transmitted or quick cell
received service data reselections do not
during the time provide gains for
length specified by these UEs.
PsInactTmrForFst
DrmDch.
UEs that are enabled State transitions State transitions After the UMTS-to-
with enhanced fast from CELL_FACH from CELL_FACH LTE quick cell
dormancy and in the to CELL_PCH are to CELL_PCH or reselection function
CELL_FACH state triggered when the idle mode are is enabled, the
UE has not triggered when the default length of the
transmitted or UE has not inactivity timer
received service data transmitted or remains the same
for a period of time received service data and therefore
specified by for a period of time UMTS-to-LTE
PsInactTmrForFst specified by quick cell
DrmFach(BSC6900 PsInactTmrForFst reselections do not
,BSC6910). DrmFach(BSC6900 provide gains for
,BSC6910). these UEs.
When the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled, whether a UE transits
from the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state or idle mode is specified by
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command.
When UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH is cleared, the UE transits from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state when it has not transmitted or received any
service data after a period specified by PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch(BSC6900,BSC6910).
When this switch is selected, the UE transits from the CELL_DCH state to idle mode when it
has not transmitted or received any service data after a period specified by
PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch(BSC6900,BSC6910).
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) is cleared by default. Select
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH if some UEs in the network do not
support CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH state transitions.
Changing the value of PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach(BSC6900,BSC6910) affects this function and the Enhanced

WCDMA RAN
Fast Dormancy feature. For details about enhanced fast dormancy, see Enhanced Fast
Dormancy Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE
4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between

UMTS and LTE
4.1 Overview
This chapter describes UMTS-to-LTE and LTE-to-UMTS PS redirections and handovers.
When a UE performing PS services on an LTE network moves out of an LTE coverage area or
if the LTE signal quality falls below a specific threshold, an LTE-to-UMTS PS redirection or
handover will be performed to switch the UE over to the UMTS network. The choice between
a PS redirection and a PS handover depends on the UE capabilities. This mechanism ensures
the service continuity.
Similarly, when the UE is performing PS only services in the UMTS network while in an LTE
covered area, a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can also be performed to shift the
UE and its PS service to the LTE network to provide optimal service experience.
During redirection, an RRC connection is released in the current cell to deliver the target
frequency to the UE and the UE accesses the network again in the cell of the target frequency.
During a handover, an inter-RAT relocation is performed to shift the UE to the target cell.
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers

LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers or redirections are performed mainly by the LTE network. For
details, see LTE document Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature
During an LTE-to-UMTS handover or redirection, a part of the UE's data has been forwarded
by the CN to the eNodeB but not yet forwarded to the UE. Therefore, this part of data needs
to be forwarded to the RNC to reduce the service interruption duration of the UE during the
handover or redirection. Data forwarding in these circumstances involves two scenarios:
l The direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data
forwarding path is eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> SGSN -> RNC. The routes and user plane
(UP) data channels between the RNC and SGSN usually have been configured.
Therefore, only the routes and UP data channels between the LTE SGW and SGSN need
to be configured on the CN side. The direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC.

WCDMA RAN
l The direct tunnel function is enabled. In this scenario, the data forwarding path is
eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> RNC. Therefore, on the RNC side, you only need to configure
a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the ADD IPRT command and a UP data
channel using the ADD IPPATH command (on the BSC6900) or ADD IPPOOL (on the
BSC6910).
If some UL multimode UEs do not support UMTS network measurements when in connected
mode, the LTE network needs to support LTE-to-UMTS blind redirections or handovers.
NOTE
Most PS services involved in LTE-to-UMTS handovers are high-speed HSPA services. Currently, during
handover preparations, if a PS service is not admitted to a UMTS cell, the PS service cannot use an R99
channel for an admission retry. When radio resources in the UMTS cell are congested, more handover
preparations may fail.
To obtain the LTE-to-UMTS handover success rate, new UMTS counters are added for
measuring LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers, as listed in the following table.
Counter Name Counter Description
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS(BSC Number of Preparation Attempts for Incoming PS

6900,BSC6910) Only L2U Handovers in Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS(BS Number of Successful Preparations for Incoming PS

C6900,BSC6910) Only L2U Handovers in Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS(BSC690 Number of Successful Incoming PS Only L2U

0,BSC6910) Handovers in Cell
The LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate and LTE-to-UMTS handover success
rate are calculated using the following formulas:
l LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate = VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS/

VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS
l LTE-to-UMTS handover success rate = VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS/
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS
When subscribed to high data rate PS services, an LTE UE is prone to admission failures after
being handed over to a UMTS cell, especially when the handover is performed based on
coverage. In such a case, call drops increase. A mechanism is introduced to decrease the PS
service rate during inter-RAT PS handovers so that the PS handover success rate will be
increased. The implementation is as follows:
When a PS service is handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell:
l If a BE PS service fails to be admitted with the original rate, the UE re-attempts the
admission after being switched from an HSPA channel to an R99 channel. If the UE still
fails to be admitted, the UE re-attempts the admission by decreasing its data rate to the
GBR. If the admission attempt fails, the UE continues to attempt admissions, further
decreasing its data rate until the admission succeeds. The data rate can be decreased to 0
kbit/s.
l If a streaming PS service fails to be admitted with the original rate, the UE re-attempts
the admission after being switched from an HSPA channel to an R99 channel.

WCDMA RAN
If the UE still fails to be admitted, the UE re-attempts the admission with its rate
decreased to the GBR.
This function can be enabled by turning on the cell-level switch,

PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under the
CellConnAlgoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA command.
This function is recommended in heavily loaded cells to improve the inter-RAT incoming PS
handover success rate.
UEs performing data services on the LTE network may need to be handed over to the UMTS
network due to coverage holes or weak coverage. However, the rate of data services may be
reduced after a handover to the UMTS network. To improve user experience, RAN17.1
introduced an HSPA+ admission mechanism for inter-RAT incoming handovers. With this
mechanism, the RNC determines whether to preferentially allocate an HSPA+ bearer to a UE
that initiates an inter-RAT handover to the UMTS network based on the UE's capability as
well as related parameter settings as follows:
l A UE is preferentially assigned a 64QAM bearer if the UE supports 64QAM and all of

the following options are selected:
– CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH under CfgSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– 64QAM under HspaPlusSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH under
IRatHoCfgSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Otherwise, the original admission mechanism takes effect.
l A UE is preferentially assigned a 16QAM bearer if the UE supports 16QAM and all of
the following options are selected:
– CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH under CfgSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– UL_16QAM under HspaPlusSwitch(BSC6910,BSC6900)
– IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH under
l A UE is preferentially assigned a 2 ms TTI if the UE supports the 2 ms TTI and both the
following options are selected:
– MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH under MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
– IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH under
NOTE
l The HSPA+ capability of a UE is indicated by the Relocation Request message.

l To know whether an HSPA+ bearer of the network has been assigned, you can observe the parsing
results of the Relocation Request ACK message.
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

WCDMA RAN
4.3.1 Overview
UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperation involves UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers.
When the redirection and handover functions are enabled at the same time and the UE
supports handovers, a handover takes precedence over a redirection.
Redirection
During a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, the RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message, which contains LTE frequencies.
Redirections can be classified into neighboring cell- and non-neighboring-cell-based
redirection depending on whether neighboring LTE cell configuration is required.
Redirections can also be classified as blind or measurement-based depending on whether the
UE supports measurement of LTE cell signal quality. In the following sections, LTE
measurement refers to UE measurement of the signal quality in an LTE cell.
NOTICE
The blind redirection switch can be turned on only when LTE coverage is good enough.
Otherwise, call drops may occur. To enable blind redirection, set the
U2lBlindRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM or
MOD UCELLHOCOMM command to ON.
If you need to enable the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection, turn on the switch for this
function by selecting HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command. If you need to enable the neighboring cell-based redirection, turn off the preceding
switch.
The differences between neighboring cell- and non-neighboring-cell-based redirection are as
follows:
l Non-neighboring-cell-based redirection: The target redirection frequency is obtained
from frequencies as indicated by the EARFCN(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
configured by the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command. When neighboring
LTE cells are configured, it is recommended that neighboring cell-based redirections be
performed.
NOTE
When non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is enabled, the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is

preferred even if neighboring LTE cells are configured.
l Neighboring-cell-based redirection: The target frequency for redirection is obtained from
the neighboring LTE cell frequencies as indicated by the
LTEArfcn(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the LTECellIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910)
configured using the ADD ULTENCELL or MOD ULTENCELL command. It is
recommended that non-neighboring-cell-based redirection be enabled so that UEs can
perform such redirections when no neighboring LTE cell is configured.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
If the neighboring cell-based redirection function is enabled, a cross-Iur U2L redirection is

triggered when the following conditions are met:
l In cross-Iur scenarios where the UE is handed over from the source RNC to the destination
RNC and the source RNC serves as the SRNC after the handover, the UMTS cell under the
destination RNC is configured with neighboring LTE cells.
l The switch for cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection is turned on, that is,
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is
selected.
Handover
During a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the RNC sends a handover request to the LTE network
through the core network (CN). When the LTE network finishes preparing resources, the UE
and the PS service are handed over to the LTE network.
NOTE
To allow UEs to report E-UTRA capabilities to the RNC during a UMTS-to-LTE handover,
PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910)
must be selected.
Comparison Between Redirections and Handovers

Compared with UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has the following
advantages and disadvantages:
l Advantages: UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has no special requirements for the CN and
does not require that the UE supports handovers.
l Disadvantages: PS services are interrupted for a long period of time.
Classification of Redirections and Handovers

UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers are classified into three operation types
depending on their trigger causes. Table 4-1 lists the three operation types.
Table 4-1 Three operation types of UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers and the
application scenarios
Operation Application Scenario
4.3.2 Coverage-based UMTS- UMTS and LTE networks are deployed together. The
to-LTE PS Redirections and UMTS coverage is poor but the LTE coverage is good.
Handovers
4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to- l A CSFB UE is still performing a PS service after it

LTE PS Redirections and falls back to the UMTS network and the voice
Handovers service is complete.
l A UE initiates only a PS service when it is located
in the UMTS and LTE overlapping coverage area.
l A UE initiates only a PS service in the UMTS only
network and moves to the LTE network coverage
area.

WCDMA RAN
Operation Application Scenario
4.3.4 Load-based UMTS-to- The UMTS cell is located in an area covered by both
LTE PS Redirections and UMTS and LTE networks and is in a basic congestion
Handovers state.
NOTE
If the multi-operator core network (MOCN) is enabled on the UMTS and LTE networks, operators must
use the same PLMNs in their UMTS and LTE networks.
4.3.2 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and

Handovers
This section describes the features WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE and WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.2.1 Overview
Figure 4-1 shows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE (shortened to U2L) PS redirection or
handover process.
Figure 4-1 Coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover process
The process shown in Figure 4-1 is illustrated as follows:

l Trigger phase
Upon receiving the event 2D or 1F measurement report, the RNC determines whether to
trigger redirections or handovers to the LTE network based on whether the UE supports

WCDMA RAN
the LTE network and based on the configurations of the LTE network, such as whether
the handover or redirection switch is turned on or if neighboring cells are configured. For
details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
This document describes the handover or redirection to the LTE network. For details
about the decision of a coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover, see 4.3.2.2
Triggering.
l Decision phase:
The RNC determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE
cell. For details, see 4.3.2.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
l Measurement phase:
The RNC determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement
control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see 4.3.2.4
Measurements.
l Execution phase:
The RNC determines which procedure to trigger (measurement-based redirection, blind
redirection, or handover). For details, see 4.3.2.5 Decision and Execution.
4.3.2.2 Triggering
Upon receiving an event 2D or 1F measurement report from a UE, the RNC determines
whether to allow a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details
about event 2D and event 1F, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
4.3.2.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell when all the following
conditions are met:
1. There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.

2. All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
A RAB can be shifted to an LTE network through a handover or redirection only when
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message does not contain the E-UTRAN Service
Handover IE and HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the
EUTRANSHIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPRABBASIC
command is selected.
3. The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
4. An LTE network is available.
The RNC uses the following methods to determine whether the LTE network is
available:
– If the switch for frequency-based redirections in case of no neighboring cell is set to
on, that is, HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is selected, the LTE network is considered
available when an LTE frequency is configured.
– If the switch for frequency-based redirections in case of no neighboring cell is
turned off, the LTE network is considered available only when a neighboring LTE
cell is configured.
5. Switches related to coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been set to on.

WCDMA RAN
l The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability has been turned on, which is
controlled by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
l For redirections: The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is set to on.
That is, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected.
l For handovers:
The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers switch is set to on. That is,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is selected, and neighboring LTE cells are configured. In addition,
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is not selected.
6. A UE not subscribing to LTE services is not allowed to perform any redirection or
handover to LTE. For a UE not subscribing to LTE services, the CN delivers a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message containing the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE,
which informs the RNC that the UE cannot be handed over or redirected to LTE. If the
CN cannot deliver this information, the RNC learns about LTE subscriber information as
follows:
If RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26 under the RsvSwitch11(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is selected, the RNC learns about LTE subscriber information. That is, the
RNC records UEs who were handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these UEs as
LTE subscribers. Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can be
performed only on these UEs.
For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see
"Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS" in 4.3.3.6 Anti-ping-
pong Measures.
4.3.2.4 Measurements
Overview
When event 2D is triggered and the UE supports measurement of the neighboring LTE, GSM,
or inter-frequency cells, the RNC determines the target networks for measurements, sends the
measurement control message to the UE, and then processes the measurement results. The
target networks include the LTE, GSM, and inter-frequency networks. If an LTE measurement
is required, the RNC sends the measurement control messages to the UE and then processes
the measurement results. For details, see descriptions of the measurement control message
and measurement result processing in Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the
Measurement Control Message and Measurement Result Processing.
When event 1F is triggered, the RNC does not start measurements. Instead, it determines
whether to shift the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection or to a GSM network
or inter-frequency UMTS network through a blind handover. For details about whether the
RNC shifts the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection, see 4.3.2.5 Decision and
Execution. For details about whether the RNC shifts the UE to the GSM network or inter-
frequency UMTS network through a blind handover, see Handover Feature Parameter
Description. If conditions for both blind redirection to LTE and blind handover to GSM or
UMTS are met, the RNC performs the subsequent operation in a descending order of priority
as follows: intra-RAT blind handover within the UMTS system > blind redirection to LTE >
blind handover to GSM. In this section, the RNC determines whether the UE performs
measurements on LTE cells. U2LTEMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the LTE
measurement duration by the UE.

WCDMA RAN
The measurement control message sent by the RNC contains the following LTE-specific
information:
l Reporting mode of measurement reports
A UE can periodically send measurement reports periodically or in 3A event-triggered
reporting mode. The LTEReportMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies which
reporting mode is used. The LTEPeriodReportInterval(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
specifies the interval at which the measurement reports are reported.
l Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message.
l Measured item
The measured item for the LTE network can be RSRP or RSRQ. If a measurement report
is triggered by an event, which measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) is to be reported
is determined by the LTEMeasQuanOf3A(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If
measurement reports are periodically reported, both the RSRP and RSRQ values are
included in the measurement reports.
l For details about measurement event-related parameters, see Measurement Result
Processing.
When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and
SpecUserFunctionSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot
perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells
simultaneously. When this switch is turned on and the UE enters the compressed mode,
the UE measures first neighboring GSM and UMTS cells and then neighboring LTE
cells.
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWITCH under
SpecUserFunctionSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal
blacklist cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring LTE cells.
Event 2D/2F
The UE requests are triggered by events 2D and 2F which are defined as follows:
l Event 2D is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) is less than the threshold
for event 2D, which triggers a request for additional measurement reports.
l Event 2F is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) exceeds the threshold for
event 2F, which triggers a request that the RNC stop sending measurement reports.
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the 2D and 2F thresholds used
depend on if the UMTS cells on a network with the GSM or LTE cells use the same or
different frequencies.
l Same frequencies: The RNC uses the 2D and 2F thresholds of the GSM or LTE target
network.
l Different frequencies: The RNC determines what 2D and 2F thresholds to use based on
the setting of the uses the CoexistMeasThdChoice(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter of the
ADD UCELLHOCOMM or SET UHOCOMM command. The parameter can be set to
one of the following values:
– COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ: The RNC selects inter-
frequency UMTS cell parameters based on the threshold for event 2D and the
threshold for event 2F.

WCDMA RAN
– COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT: The RNC selects target GSM

or LTE cells parameters based on the threshold for event 2D and the threshold for
event 2F.
For details about events 2D and 2F, see sections about triggering of events 2D and 2F in
Handover Feature Parameter Description for RAN.
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message

The procedure for selecting the frequencies carried in the measurement control message is as
follows:
1. Select the initial frequency set.
– If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies is
turned on (HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected), set A contains all LTE frequencies
indicated by EARFCN(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command.
turned off, set A contains all LTE frequencies indicated by
LTEArfcn(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the ADD ULTENCELL command.
When an LTE cell is configured by running the ADD ULTECELL command,
LTEArfcn(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the frequencies for the neighboring LTE
cells.
2. Filter the initial frequency set.
When HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under
HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is
selected, the RNC filters LTE frequencies in set A according to the UE capability. After
the filtering, frequencies remaining in the set are recorded as set B. When
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH is cleared, the RNC does not
perform filtering and set B equals set A.
3. Filter frequencies according to information about the operator providing services to the
UE.
When HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON,
the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B, regardless of whether
InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to YES or NO.
When HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is set to OFF and
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to NO, the RNC filters frequencies
in set B according to the PLMN of the operator providing services to the UE: If the
switch for non-neighboring-cell redirection based on frequencies has been turned on, the
RNC filters frequencies based on SupCnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the switch has been turned off, the RNC filters
frequencies based on CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). Set C is obtained.
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to YES, the RNC filters frequencies
in set B according to whether the inter-PLMN handover frequency list of the UE has
been configured:

WCDMA RAN
– If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE by

running the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command and the switch for non-
neighboring-cell based redirection based on frequencies has been turned on, the
CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the switch has been turned off, the RNC
filters frequencies based on CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). Set C is
obtained.
– If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has not been configured for the UE, the
RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B.
4. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies according to their SPID-based dedicated
priorities.
If the following conditions are met, the RNC filters LTE frequencies according to SPID-
based dedicated frequency priorities by performing step 5. If not, the RNC performs step
6.
– The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID and HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON.
– If parameters related to the UE's SPID have been configured, for example,
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910), and the dedicated priority set
(corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910)) for the
UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.
– SPIDBasedHandoverInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) corresponding to the UE's SPID is
set to YES.
NOTE
If SPIDBasedHandoverInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) corresponding to a UE's SPID is set to NO, the

UE cannot perform UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. For details about SPIDs, see Flexible
User Steering Feature Parameter Description.
5. Filter frequencies based on the setting of the
SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter:
– If this parameter is set to NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC
filters out the LTE frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter corresponding to the
SPID. Then set D is obtained.
– If this parameter is set to LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC filters
out the LTE frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
SPID as well as LTE frequencies that are in the groups but have lower priorities
than the serving UMTS cell. Then set D is obtained.
If set D still contains more than four frequencies, the RNC selects a maximum of four
LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to
SPID-based dedicated priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to
be measured. The SPID-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the
DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE
During cross-Iur handovers or redirections, the SPID-based dedicated priorities for the frequencies
of the neighboring LTE cells are forwarded by the DRNC to the SRNC. The SRNC considers that
these SPID-based dedicated priorities are equal to each other (all neighboring LTE cells have the
lowest SPID-based dedicated priority). Therefore, it does not use the SPID-based dedicated
priority to filter or rank the neighboring LTE cells.

WCDMA RAN
If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to NOT_FILTERED, the

RNC does not filter LTE frequencies according to the SPID-based dedicated frequency
priorities but continues with step 8:
6. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies according to the IMSI-based dedicated
frequency priorities.
If the following conditions are met, the RNC filters LTE frequencies according to the
IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities by performing step 7. If not, the RNC
performs step 8:
– HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected.
– The RNC has obtained the UE's IMSI and the UE's IMSI is included in the IMSI
segment corresponding to ImsiGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910).
– For the IMSI segment that includes the UE's IMSI, related parameters such as
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910) have been configured.
– The dedicated priority set (corresponding to
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910)) for the UMTS/LTE frequencies is
not empty.
NOTE
For the configuration of parameters related to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities, see
IMSI-based Mobility Management for Multiple Operators Feature Parameter Description.
7. Select LTE frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.
The RNC obtains set D by collecting the LTE frequencies that meet the following
conditions: The LTE frequencies belong to the frequency priority group (specified by the
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter) corresponding to the UE's
IMSI. The U2LConnTargetFreqInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to TRUE for
the LTE frequencies.
Then the RNC obtains the intersection set of set C and set D. From the intersection set,
the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four
LTE TDD frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated priorities of the LTE
frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured. The IMSI-based dedicated
priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
8. After the preceding steps, if the set still contains more than four frequencies, frequencies
are selected based on the setting of
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
a. If this switch is turned on, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD
frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to
absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be
measured. The absolute priority of a frequency is specified by the
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
b. If this switch is turned off, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD
frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to the
sequence in which the frequencies are configured in the LTECellIndex parameter.
The selected frequencies are to be measured.
Measurement Result Processing

l Event-triggered reporting mode

WCDMA RAN
When the UE receives a measurement control message, it begins measurements using

either an event triggered or a periodical reporting mode: If the measurement report is set
to be triggered by event 3A, the 3A event reporting is triggered when the RNC receives a
3A measurement report from the UE, it performs decision and execution of the UE
redirection or handover.
The following conditions met be met within a duration specified by 3a:
QUsed ≤ TUsed - H3a/2
MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + H3a/2
l Periodic reporting mode
When the UE receives a measurement control message, it begins measurements using
either an event triggered or a periodical reporting mode: If the UE uses periodic
reporting, the RNC determines whether the RSRP and RSRQ of the target LTE cell meet
the requirements of UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers after receiving the periodic
measurement reports specific to neighboring LTE cells. If the following condition is met,
the RNC performs evaluation and execution of the UE redirection or handover:
MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + HystforPeriodLTE/2
NOTE
If the UE simultaneously reports the measurement reports on RSRP and RSRQ, both measurement
results must satisfy the preceding formula before a UMTS-or-LTE redirection or handover.
The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the decision conditions in
the two reporting modes.
Variable Parameter Parameter ID Description

Name
QUsed - - Measured quality of the used

frequency
TUsed RSCP UsedFreqThdRS Absolute threshold for the signal

Threshold for CP(BSC6900,BS quality of the serving cell
Used C6910) or
Frequency or UsedFreqThdEc
Ec/No No(BSC6900,BS
Threshold for C6910)
Used
Frequency
H3a 3A Hysteresis Hystfor3A(BSC6 -

900,BSC6910)
MOtherRAT - - l Filtered value of the measured

RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
l U2LTEFilterCoef(BSC6900,BSC6
910) specifies the filtering
coefficient for LTE measurement
result filtering.

WCDMA RAN
TOtherRAT RSRP TargetRatThdRS Threshold for the LTE signal quality

Threshold RP(BSC6900,BS when a redirection or handover to LTE
During PS C6910) or occurs
Handover to TargetRatThdRS
LTE or RSRQ RQ(BSC6900,B
Threshold SC6910)
During PS
Handover to
LTE
T3a 3A Event TrigTime3A(BS -

Trigger Delay C6900,BSC6910
Time )
HystforPeri LTE Period HystforPeriodLT Hysteresis for periodical reporting of

odLTE Reporting HO E(BSC6900,BSC LTE signal quality
Hysteresis 6910)
NOTE
If the RNC receives the measurement report on the inter-RAT neighboring GSM cell or inter-frequency
neighboring UMTS cell first, it determines whether to perform a handover to the GSM network or inter-
frequency UMTS network. For details about the handover to the GSM network or inter-frequency
UMTS network, see the section "Coverage-based or QoS-based Handover" in Handover Feature
The preceding parameters can be either RNC-level parameters or cell-level parameters. The
RNC-level parameters are set by running the SET UU2LTEHOCOV command, and the cell-
level parameters are set by running the ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command. However,
the cell-level parameters take priority.
Penalty for Measurement Failures

Once a UE starts measurement on a neighboring LTE cell, if the RNC does not receive a
proper measurement report from the UE within duration specified by
U2LTEMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC stops the UE measurement in compressed
mode and prohibits the UE from performing measurement on neighboring LTE cells within
the duration specified by the penalty timer.
The penalty timer can be set either by an RNC-level or a cell-level parameter. The RNC-level
parameter is the PenaltyTimerForCMFailCov(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UHOCOMM. The cell-level parameter is the
PenaltyTimerForCMFailCov(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command
ADD UCELLHOCOMM.
4.3.2.5 Decision and Execution

Figure 4-2 shows how the UE selects the service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode
(measurement-based redirection, blind redirection, or handover) before performing a

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-2 Procedure for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection
Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Supports LTE Measurement

After receiving the event 3A measurement report, when multiple cells meet certain
conditions, the RNC selects a target cell as described in 4.3.2.6 Target Cell Selection. Then
the RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is selected.
l If the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is selected, the RNC checks
whether the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is selected. The
status of this switch is determined by HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910).
– If the switch is selected, the RNC performs the redirection. The frequency of the
target cell is carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.
– If the switch is not selected, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection or handover.

WCDMA RAN
l If the non-neighboring cell-based redirection switch is off, the RNC checks if the UE
supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– Supporting: If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the
SuppPSHOFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to
Support, and the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch is on (that is,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is
selected), then the RNC performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
using the cell with the best signal quality as the target.
– Not supporting: If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the
NotSupport, or the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is off,
then the RNC determines whether the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection is on.
If the switch is on, the RNC performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection based on the neighboring LTE cell. The target cell for redirection is the
preceding target cell.
If the switch is not selected, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection or handover.
Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Does Not Support LTE Measurement

The RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, blind redirection,
or handover.
Event 1F Is Triggered
l When both the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection
(U2lBlindRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and the switch for coverage-based UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirection are on, the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring
cell-based redirection is on.
– If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection has been turned on, the UE
performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
– If this switch is turned off, the RNC decides which type of handover or redirection
to perform based on the following criteria:
If the serving cell of the UE has target LTE cells configured for blind redirection,
the UE performs a neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
If there are not, the UE does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
l When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection or the switch for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned off, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Differences between frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-based

redirections are as follows:
l According to the frequency use policy of blind redirections, the value of
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(UMTS BSC6900,UMTS
BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH determines whether to filter LTE frequencies in
set A based on the UE capability. Only when it is set to ON, the RNC filters the LTE frequencies
based on the UE capability.
l According to the frequency use policy of measurement-based redirections, the RNC performs the
filtering based on the UE capability.
l Except for the preceding differences, frequency selection policies of blind redirections and
measurement-based redirections are the same. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried
in the Measurement Control Message.
If BlindFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by running the
ADD ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind redirections.
For details about the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers, see section
4.3.5 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures.
4.3.2.6 Target Cell Selection

Upon receipt of the first non-blank measurement report, the RNC selects a target cell based on
the policy described in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 Target cell selection policy

Measurement Report on… Target Cell Selection Policy
Inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells The RNC selects the inter-frequency

neighboring UMTS cell with the best signal
quality.
Neighboring GSM cells l If the

PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL
_PRE_SWITCH check box under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC69
10) parameter is not selected, the RNC
selects the neighboring cell with the best
signal quality.
l If the
10) parameter is selected, the RNC
preferentially selects the neighboring
cell with the highest priority. If two or
more neighboring cells have the same
priority, the RNC selects the one with
the best signal quality.

WCDMA RAN
Neighboring LTE cells For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS

handover, the RNC selects the neighboring
cell with the best signal quality.
When the UL Unified Overload Control
feature is enabled, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the best signal quality
from those not carrying heavy traffic
preferentially. For details about the UL
Unified Overload Control feature, see UL
Unified Overload Control Feature
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection, the RNC selects a target cell as
follows:
l If the
10) parameter is not selected, the RNC
selects the neighboring cell with the best
signal quality.
l If both the
10) parameter and the
HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH check box
under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter are selected, the RNC selects
the neighboring cell with the highest
SPID-based dedicated priority. If more
than one neighboring cell has the same
highest SPID-based dedicated priority,
the RNC selects the neighboring cell
with highest signal quality. The SPID-
based dedicated priority of an LTE
frequency is specified by the
DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter. For details about the SPID-
based dedicated priority, see Flexible
User Steering Feature Parameter
Description.
l If both the
10) parameter and the
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH check box
under the

WCDMA RAN
parameter are selected whereas the
HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH check box
under the
parameter is not selected, the RNC
selects the neighboring cell with the
highest IMSI-based dedicated priority. If
more than one neighboring cell has the
same highest IMSI-based dedicated
priority, the RNC selects the neighboring
cell with highest signal quality. The
IMSI-based dedicated priority of an LTE
frequency is specified by the
DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter. For details about the IMSI-
based dedicated priority, see IMSI-based
Mobility Management for Multiple
Operators Feature Parameter
Description.
l If both
_PRE_SWITCH under
10) is selected whereas
HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)and
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) are not
selected, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the highest IMSI-
based dedicated priority. If more than
one neighboring cell has the same
highest IMSI-based dedicated priority,
the RNC selects the neighboring cell
with the highest signal quality. The
absolute priority of an LTE frequency is
specified by the
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
When the UL Unified Overload Control
feature is enabled, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell that meets the preceding
conditions from those not carrying heavy
traffic preferentially.
The PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter can be set by running the SET

UCORRMPARA command.
LTE and GSM neighboring cells are configured as follows:

WCDMA RAN
l LTE: The absolute priorities of LTE frequencies are configured using the
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command. The parameter value 0 represents the lowest priority and 7 represents the
highest priority.
l GSM: The absolute priorities of GSM frequencies are configured using the
HOPrio(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD U2GNCELL command. The
parameter value 0 represents the highest priority and 7 represents the lowest priority. If
GSM 900 MHz and GSM 1800 MHz networks are deployed in the same area and the
operator expects that UEs are preferentially handed over to the GSM 1800 MHz
network, it is recommended that the priorities of neighboring GSM 1800 MHz cells be
set to 0-3 whereas those of neighboring GSM 900 MHz cells be set to 4-7.
4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-020129 PS Service Redirection from UMTS to
LTE and WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.3.1 Overview
Figure 4-3 shows the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process.
Figure 4-3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process

l Triggering phase
The RNC determines whether to trigger a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover. For details, see 4.3.3.2 Triggering.
l Decision phase

WCDMA RAN
l Measurement phase
Measurements on LTE Signal Quality.
l Execution phase
4.3.3.2 Triggering
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered during the
following processes:
l RB setup: If HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the
U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected or
U2lBlindRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON (the UE does not support
measurement), a blind redirection is triggered upon reception of a RAB Assignment
Request message from the CN. If HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH
under the U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is deselected and the UE
supports measurement, a measurement-based handover or redirection is triggered upon
reception of a Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the UE.
NOTE
If the blind-handover-based non-periodic inter-RAT DRD is triggered during the RAB setup
process and RESERVED_SWITCH_21_BIT17 under the RsvSwitch21(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is tuned on, the RNC does not measure the number of service setup attempts or the
number of service setup failures.
l RB reconfiguration: The RNC receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE
message from the UE, except during the D2F and D2P state transition processes.
NOTE
If PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the

PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection is allowed during the P2D state transition of a PS service that is triggered
by CS service setup and the service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection causes a failure
of the CS service setup. If it is not selected, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
is prohibited in the preceding scenario to avoid a failure of CS service setup.
l Low activity state: Conditions for a D2F or D2P state transition are met when the UE
enters the low-speed data transmission state. A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover cannot be triggered if the D2F or D2P condition is met after the
compressed mode measurement times out.
l Periodic triggering: A timer for the periodic service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover expires. The timer is specified by the
U2LServPrdTrigTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command.
l IU CS release: The RNC receives an IU RELEASE message from the CS domain of the
CN.
l RB release: A RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE message is received.
l Best cell change: A 1D event is reported.
l Other causes: A migration process is complete or the UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer
expires.
The switch for triggering service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers during
RB reconfiguration is PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under

WCDMA RAN
the PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA

command.
For service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers during the best cell change, the
cell-level switch is controlled by BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV/MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command and the RNC-
level switch is controlled by BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
For service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers triggered by other causes, the
cell-level switch is controlled by U2LServTrigSource(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV/MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command and the RNC-level
switch is controlled by U2LServTrigSource(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.

conditions are met:
l There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.
l All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
An RAB can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection only when the
E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is not
set to "Handover to E-UTRAN shall not be performed" and
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the
l The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
l An LTE network is available.
available:
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is not selected,
the LTE network is available when a neighboring LTE cell is configured.
l Switches related to service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been turned on.
– The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability has been turned on, which
is controlled by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
– Either of the following is true:
The cell-level or RNC-level switch for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection has been turned on. To turn on the cell-level switch, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the
U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To turn on the RNC-level switch, select

WCDMA RAN
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the

HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. When both the RNC-level and cell-level
switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
For service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
The switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) has been turned
off but the cell-level or RNC-level switch for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover has been turned on. To turn on the cell-level switch, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the
U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To turn on the RNC-level switch, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. When both the RNC-level and cell-level
l If the measurement-based redirection or handover is enabled, the RNC checks whether
the total number of UEs in compressed mode in the current cell exceeds the threshold for
the number of users in compressed mode for triggering the non-coverage-based UMTS-
to-LTE measurement of PS services (the threshold is specified by
U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)). If the total number of UEs in
compressed mode in the current cell is greater than or equal to the threshold, a service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover is not allowed.
A UE not subscribing to LTE services is not allowed to perform any redirection or handover
to LTE. Generally, the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message from the CN informs the RNC that the UE cannot be handed over or redirected to
LTE. If the CN does not support using this IE to indicate the UE's capability, the RNC learns
about LTE subscriber information as follows:
l If RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27 under the RsvSwitch11(BSC6900,BSC6910)

RNC records subscribers who were handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these
subscribers as LTE subscribers. Service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers
can be performed only on these subscribers.
NOTE
When the preceding switch is selected, some LTE subscribers camp on UMTS networks during the
initial phase of LTE subscriber information learning. After the RNC has obtained LTE subscriber
information, the number of LTE subscribers camping on UMTS networks is significantly reduced, and
the success rate of service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers is increased. The RNC learns
about LTE subscriber information even when service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers do
not take effect.
A subscriber recorded by the RNC as an LTE subscriber will not be automatically deleted from the
record when it becomes a UMTS subscriber.
After the RNC is upgraded, the LTE subscriber information recorded before the upgrade is cleared and
the RNC must learn and record the information again, affecting the counters related to the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection.
l If RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27 under the RsvSwitch11(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is not selected and
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections or handovers can be performed only on subscribers who were
handed over or redirected from LTE.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Selecting this item may cause some LTE terminals to camp on UMTS networks.
"Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS" in 4.3.3.6 Anti-ping-pong
Measures.
4.3.3.4 Measurements on LTE Signal Quality
Overview
If a UE in connected mode supports LTE measurement, the RNC triggers an LTE
measurement. If the UE does not support LTE measurement, the RNC enables the UE to
directly perform blind redirection. For details, see 4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution.
information:

When a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover occurs, event 3C is
reported.
l Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see the
description about the measurement control message in section Selecting the
Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message.
l Measured item
The measured item for an LTE cell includes RSRP and RSRQ. If
LTEMeasTypOf3C(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to MeasurementQuantity, the
LTEMeasQuanOf3C(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies whether RSRQ or RSRP
is to be included in the measurement report. When
LTEMeasTypOf3C(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to Both, both the RSRP and RSRQ
values are included in the measurement report.
l For details, see the description about measurement result processing in Measurement
Result Processing.
If an LTE measurement is required, the RNC sends the measurement control messages to the
UE and then processes the measurement results. For details, see descriptions of the
measurement control message and measurement result processing in Selecting the
Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message and Measurement Result
Processing. U2LTEMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the LTE measurement duration
by the UE.

SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot perform
compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells simultaneously.
When this switch is turned on and the UE enters the compressed mode, the UE measures first
neighboring GSM and UMTS cells and then neighboring LTE cells.

SpecUserFunctionSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal blacklist
cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring LTE cells.

WCDMA RAN

The procedure for selecting the frequencies carried in the measurement control message is as
follows:
When an LTE cell is configured by running the ADD ULTECELL command,
LTEArfcn(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the frequencies for the neighboring LTE
cells.
When HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under
HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is
selected, the RNC filters LTE frequencies in set A according to the UE capability. After
the filtering, frequencies remaining in the set are recorded as set B. When
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH is cleared, the RNC does not
perform filtering and set B equals set A.
UE.
– When HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to
ON, the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B, regardless of
whether InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET
– When HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is set to OFF and
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to NO, the RNC filters
frequencies in set B according to the PLMN of the operator providing services to
the UE: If the switch for non-neighboring-cell redirection based on frequencies has
been turned on, the RNC filters frequencies based on
SupCnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the switch for non-neighboring-cell
redirection based on frequencies has been turned off, the RNC filters frequencies
based on CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). Set C is obtained.
been configured:
– If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE by
running the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command and the switch for non-
neighboring-cell based redirection based on frequencies has been turned on, the

WCDMA RAN

obtained.
– If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has not been configured for the UE, the
4. Filter frequencies based on the load of neighboring LTE cells.
When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies is
turned off, the RNC filters frequencies according to the following rules:
If both INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
ProcessSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter and
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the
U2LLTELoadSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter are set to ON, the RNC filters out
the frequencies of congested cells (an LTE frequency is filtered out only when all LTE
cells working at this frequency are congested). Then set D is obtained. If either of the
preceding parameters is set to OFF, the RNC does not filter frequencies based on the
LTE cell load. In this case, set D equals set C.
When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies is
turned on, the RNC does not filter frequencies based on the LTE cell load and therefore
set D equals set C.
5. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set E is obtained.
priorities.
8.
– The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID and HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON.
– If parameters related to the UE's SPID have been configured, for example,
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910), and the dedicated priority set
(corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910)) for the
UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.
– SPIDBasedHandoverInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) corresponding to the UE's SPID is
set to YES.
NOTE
If SPIDBasedHandoverInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) corresponding to a UE's SPID is set to NO, the

UE cannot perform UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. For details about SPIDs, see Flexible
User Steering Feature Parameter Description.
7. Filter frequencies based on the setting of the
SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter:
– If this parameter is set to NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC
filters out the LTE frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
SPID. Then set F is obtained.
– If this parameter is set to LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC filters
out the LTE frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
SPID as well as LTE frequencies that are in the groups but have lower priorities
than the serving UMTS cell. Then set F is obtained.

WCDMA RAN
If set F still contains more than four frequencies, the RNC selects a maximum of four
LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to
SPID-based dedicated priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to
be measured. The SPID-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the
NOTE
During cross-Iur handovers or redirections, the SPID-based dedicated priorities for the frequencies
of the neighboring LTE cells are forwarded by the DRNC to the SRNC. The SRNC considers that
these SPID-based dedicated priorities are equal to each other (all neighboring LTE cells have the
lowest SPID-based dedicated priority). Therefore, it does not use the SPID-based dedicated
priority to filter or rank the neighboring LTE cells.
If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to NOT_FILTERED, the
RNC does not filter LTE frequencies according to the SPID-based dedicated frequency
priorities but continues with step 10.
performs step 10:
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910) have been configured. The
dedicated priority set (corresponding to
not empty.
NOTE
The RNC obtains set F by collecting the LTE frequencies that meet the following
Then the RNC obtains the intersection set of set F and set E. From the intersection set,
frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured. The IMSI-based dedicated
priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
10. the RNC filters the frequencies based on the setting of
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910):
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, frequencies are
selected based on the setting of
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.

WCDMA RAN
– If this switch is turned on, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD
frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to
absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be
measured. The absolute priority of a frequency is specified by the
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
– If this switch is turned off, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD
frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to the
sequence in which the frequencies are configured. The selected frequencies are to
be measured.
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the RNC selects a
maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE TDD
frequencies according to connected-mode priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected
frequencies are to be measured. The connected mode priority of a frequency is specified
by the NPriorityConnect(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE
l For cross-Iur measurement, the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priority does not take effect
and the SRNC processes the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priorities of frequencies
corresponding to neighboring LTE cells under the DRNC as the lowest priorities.
l When both the UE's best cell and the LTE frequency's priority change, the measurement
control message will not be re-delivered.
Measurement Result Processing

Event 3C is triggered when the measured signal quality of the LTE cell meets the following
condition: When the RNC receives a 3C event report from the UE, it performs decision and
execution of the UE's redirection or handover.
The following formula is fulfilled within the duration specified by T3c: MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT
+ H3c/2.
NOTE
If the UE simultaneously sends the measurement reports on RSRP and RSRQ, both measurement results
must satisfy the preceding formula before the decision and execution of a U2L redirection or handover.
The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the condition.
Variable Parameter Parameter ID Description

Name

WCDMA RAN
MOtherRAT - - l Filtered value of the measured

RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
l U2LTEFilterCoef(BSC6900,BSC6
910) specifies the filtering
coefficient for LTE measurement
result filtering. A larger value for
this parameter results in a greater
smoothing effect and higher anti-
fading capabilities, but also lower
capabilities for tracking signal
fluctuations. A smaller value for
this parameter results in more
unnecessary handovers.
TOtherRAT RSRP TargetRatThdRS Threshold for the LTE signal quality

Threshold RP(BSC6900,BS when a redirection or handover to LTE
During PS C6910) or occurs
Handover to TargetRatThdRS
LTE or RSRQ RQ(BSC6900,B
Threshold SC6910)
During PS
Handover to
LTE
H3c 3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C(BSC6 The value of this parameter relates to

900,BSC6910) slow fading. A larger value for this
parameter results in stronger resistance
to signal fluctuations. This curbs the
ping-pong effect but slows the
handover algorithm's response to
signal fluctuations.
T3c Time to TrigTime3C(BS The value of this parameter is related

Trigger Event C6900,BSC6910 to slow fading. A larger value for this
3C ) parameter results in a lower possibility
of handovers and unnecessary
handovers and a stronger resistance to
instantaneous signal fluctuations.
These parameters can be configured at the RNC or cell level in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV
command or the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command, respectively. If a parameter is
configured on both the cell and RNC levels, the cell-level value takes precedence.


WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-4 Procedure for service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection
UE Supporting LTE Measurement

The RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected. If it is, the switch for non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection is turned on.
l The switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies is turned on.
The RNC checks whether the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is on.
This switch is controlled by the cell-level switch
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under
U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) or by the RNC-level switch
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910). If
both switches are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
– If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned on, the RNC
performs a non-neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection. The frequency
contained in the RRC Connection Release message is determined by
When HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is cleared, the frequency of the cell

WCDMA RAN
with the best signal quality is carried in the message. When

HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is selected, the frequency with the highest
priority is selected from the measurement report. If multiple frequencies have the
same highest priority, the one corresponding to the cell with the best signal quality
is selected.
– If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned off, the RNC
does not perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
l The switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies is turned off.
The RNC determines if it will perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, a
neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection, or neither.
ProcessSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter and
U2LLTELoadSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter are set to ON, the RNC filters
congested cells out from the target cell set. If all neighboring LTE cells are congested,
the RNC does not perform any service based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. If
any of the neighboring LTE cells are not congested after the filtering or if either of the
preceding parameters is set to OFF, the RNC checks whether the UE supports UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover.
– Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover, the SuppPSHOFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE
cell is set to Support, and the switch for service based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
is set to on, the RNC performs a service based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. When
the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Then the RNC determines the target cell of the
handover based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch
(HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter). When this switch is turned off, the cell with the best signal quality after
filtering is selected. When this switch is turned on, the RNC selects the cell
corresponding to the frequency with the highest priority. If the frequencies of
multiple cells have the highest priority, the RNC selects the cell with the best signal
quality among them. The switch for service based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is
controlled by the HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the cell-
level parameter U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the RNC-level parameter
HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches
are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
– If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the
NotSupport, or the switch for service based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is turned
off, the RNC checks whether the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection is turned on.
If the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned on, the RNC
performs a neighboring cell measurement-based redirection. When the UL Unified
Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying
heavy traffic. Then the RNC determines the target cell of the redirection based on
the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch
filtering is selected. When this switch is turned on, the RNC selects the frequency

WCDMA RAN
with the highest priority. If the frequencies of multiple cells have the highest
priority, the RNC selects the frequency of the cell with the best signal quality.
If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned off, the RNC
does not perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
When the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the LTE
frequency priority to be used is determined by the setting of HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) as well as the setting of
DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) or NPriorityConnect(BSC6900,BSC6910):
– When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is
selected, the LTE frequency uses the SPID-based dedicated priority, which is
specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
– When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the parameter is not selected and
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
is selected, the LTE frequency uses the IMSI-based dedicated priority, which is
specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
– When neither HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter nor HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses
the connected mode priority, which is specified by the
NPriorityConnect(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
UE Not Supporting LTE Measurement

When both the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection switch
(U2lBlindRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
switch are turned on, the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based
redirection is turned on:
l If this switch is turned on, the RNC performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind
redirection. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters
out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
l If this switch is turned off, the RNC decides which type of handover or redirection to
perform based on the following criteria:
– If blind neighboring LTE cells are configured and both
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
U2LLTELoadSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter are set to ON, then the RNC
filters congested blind neighboring LTE cells out. If all blind neighboring LTE cells
are congested, the RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover. If there are any blind neighboring LTE cells that are not
congested, the RNC performs a blind redirection based on neighboring cells. If
either of the preceding parameters is set to OFF, the RNC does not filter target cells
based on the LTE cell load but directly performs a blind redirection based on
neighboring cells. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the
RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
– If the serving cell of the UE does not have target LTE cells configured for blind
redirection, the UE does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection
(U2lBlindRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) or the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE

WCDMA RAN
PS redirection is turned off, the RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
NOTE
For details about frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-based redirections,
see 4.3.2.5 Decision and Execution.
4.3.3.6 Anti-ping-pong Measures
Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Handovers or Redirections Between UMTS and

LTE
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, when
U2LPunishSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command is set to
ON, the RNC starts a timer specified by the U2LPunishTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter after a UE redirected from LTE to UMTS has finished setting up the first service.
Within duration of the timer, this UE is prohibited from performing any service-based U2L
handover or redirection. For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from
LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS.
When the U2LPunishSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF and the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, the RNC checks
whether the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS before determining whether to implement
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or blind redirection. For the method of
identifying a UE redirected from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE Redirected or
Handed over from LTE to UMTS.
l If the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS, the RNC does not take any special
measures.
l If the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS, the UE cannot be switched to the LTE
network through redirection or blind redirection during the ongoing service (before the
current RRC connection is released).
If the U2LPunishSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, the value of the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter does not take effect.
Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS

l A UE is identified as the one redirected from LTE to UMTS if the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message contains the V860 structure but does not contain the Pre redirection
info IE.
l A UE is identified as the one handed over from LTE to UMTS if the RELOCATION
REQUEST message contains the Global Cell ID IE and the value of the Time UE stayed
in Cell field is greater than 0.
l A UE that has been redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS but has not performed
any service before its RRC connection is released is also regarded as the one redirected
from LTE to UMTS when PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH
under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected and no
service is initiated within 30s after the RRC connection is released.

WCDMA RAN
Measures to Prevent Continual Entering and Exiting of the Compressed Mode

During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, LTE signal quality
measurement will be started after RB reconfiguration is complete. Before LTE signal quality
measurement is started, the UE enters the compressed mode. If RB reconfiguration is
frequently triggered, the UE must continually enter and exit the compressed mode,
consequently affecting RNC performance. Measures to prevent continual entering and exiting
of the compressed mode are as follows:
l To prevent ping-pong entering and exiting of the compressed mode, turn off the
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command.
l During a service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the RNC
starts a penalty timer if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality
measurement is complete. Before the penalty timer expires, the UE is prohibited from
performing measurement again for another service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover. The penalty timer's duration is specified by the
U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command.
4.3.3.7 Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on

Periodic RSCP Measurement
When the LTE best cell and UMTS best cell for a UE are concentric cells, the signal quality
of the LTE best cell can be estimated based on the RSCP of the UMTS best cell. If the RSCP
of the UMTS best cell meets the signal quality requirements, the LTE signal received by the
UE is regarded as strong enough and a UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover is allowed.
This mechanism helps improve the redirection or handover success rate while reducing the
time of compressed mode measurement and decreasing interference caused by the compressed
mode measurement.
This function is controlled by the cell-level switch
(HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under the
U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV) or the RNC-level MML switch
(HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH). When both the RNC-
level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.
The principle for this function is as follows:
When a service has been set up and the RNC determines that the UE needs to perform a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the RNC delivers a periodic RSCP
measurement control message to the UE. The measurement period is set using the
U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UU2LTEHONCOV.
When conditions for triggering a UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover are met, the RNC
checks whether the RSCP reported by a UE has reached the RSCP threshold for non-
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. If the current RSCP measurement
value is greater than or equal to this threshold, a UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover is
allowed. This threshold is set using the cell-level parameter
U2LNCovRscpThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the MML command ADD

WCDMA RAN
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or the RNC-level parameter

U2LNCovRscpThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command. When
both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch
takes precedence.
4.3.3.8 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS

Redirection
During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure, if a UE does not support
LTE measurement, it can perform a blind redirection. If the UE supports LTE measurement, it
must perform LTE measurement and the RNC will determine whether UE can perform a
redirection or handover according to the measurement result. In the continuous LTE coverage
scenario or UMTS and LTE co-coverage scenario, LTE signals are strong enough and the
success rate of blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections is high. In this case, blind UMTS-to-LTE
redirections can reduce the impacts of measurement in compressed mode.
When U2LBlindRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON and
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the
U2LServAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, a blind redirection is
preferentially performed as long as conditions for triggering a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection are met, even if the UE supports LTE measurement.
4.3.4 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to
LTE and WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.4.1 Overview
If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered when the UMTS cell is in the
basic congestion state, the RNC enables UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS
services to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell to facilitate inter-RAT load balancing
and improve user experience. For more information about the conditions for triggering basic
congestion and the corresponding LDR actions, see descriptions of load reshuffling in Load
Control Feature Parameter Description.
Figure 4-5 shows the load-based U2L PS redirection or handover process.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-5 Load-based PS redirections or handovers from UMTS to LTE
l Trigger phase
The RNC determines whether to trigger a load-based redirection or handover to LTE. For
details, see 4.3.4.2 Triggering.
l User selection for LDR
The RNC selects a user for LDR. For details, see 4.3.4.3 UE Selection for LDR.
l Decision phase
l Measurement phase
Measurements.
l Execution phase
4.3.4.2 Triggering
When the UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state and an LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the UE can be redirected or handed
over to LTE.

WCDMA RAN
4.3.4.3 UE Selection for LDR

If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered by basic congestion, the RNC
selects a UE by performing the following operations:
1. Collect UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS services in a UE list.
2. Select UEs from the list that have not performed LDR-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers.
3. Rank the selected UEs in descending order of their comprehensive priorities and select
the UEs ranked last N for LDR.
N is configured by UlPSU2LHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the uplink and
DlPSU2LHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the downlink.
UEs with the same comprehensive priorities are randomly selected for LDR actions. This
section assumes that there are five UEs: A, B, C, D, and E. UE A has the lowest priority,
UE E has the highest priority, and UEs B, C, and D have the same priority. If three of
these UEs are selected for LDR actions, the RNC selects UE A and then randomly
selects two from UEs B, C, and D.
For details about comprehensive priorities, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

conditions are met:
1. There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.
2. All RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
An RAB can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection only when the
E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is not
set to "Handover to E-UTRAN shall not be performed" and
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the
3. The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
4. An LTE network is available.
available:
– If the switch for frequency-based redirections in case of no neighboring cell is
turned off, the LTE network is considered available only when a neighboring LTE
cell is configured.
5. Switches related to load-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been turned on.
– The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability has been turned on, which
is controlled by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
– The LDR actions of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover are enabled.

WCDMA RAN
The related switches are set to on by running the command ADD UCELLLDR or
MOD UCELLLDR command.
Either of the following is true: The HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH
check box under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected. The
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH check box under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected but the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH check box under
this parameter is not selected.
6. A UE not subscribing to LTE services is not allowed to perform any redirection or
handover to LTE. Generally, the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN informs the RNC that the UE cannot
be handed over or redirected to LTE. If the CN does not support using this IE to indicate
the UE's capability, the RNC learns about LTE subscriber information as follows:
If RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT28 under the RsvSwitch11(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RNC records subscribers who were handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these
subscribers as LTE subscribers. Load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can
be performed only on these subscribers.
NOTE
When the preceding switch is selected, some LTE subscribers camp on UMTS networks during the
initial phase of LTE subscriber information learning. After the RNC has obtained LTE subscriber
information, the number of LTE subscribers camping on UMTS networks is significantly reduced,
and the success rate of load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers is increased. The RNC
learns about LTE subscriber information even when load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers do not take effect.
A subscriber recorded by the RNC as an LTE subscriber will not be automatically deleted from the
record when it becomes a UMTS subscriber.
"Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS" in 4.3.3.6 Anti-ping-
pong Measures.
4.3.4.5 Measurements
If a UE in connected mode supports LTE measurement, the RNC triggers an LTE
measurement. Otherwise, the RNC enables the UE to directly perform blind redirection. For
details, see section 4.3.4.6 Decision and Execution.
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot perform
compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells simultaneously.
When this switch is turned on and the UE enters the compressed mode, the UE measures first
neighboring GSM and UMTS cells and then neighboring LTE cells.
SpecUserFunctionSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal blacklist
cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring LTE cells.
If the RNC determines that the UE performs an LTE measurement, it sends the UE a
measurement control message instructing the UE to measure the signal quality of the LTE
cells according to the LTE frequencies contained in the message. During load-based and
service-based U2L PS redirections or handovers, the same methods are used for selecting

WCDMA RAN
frequencies to be carried in the measurement control messages and processing the

measurement results. For details, see 4.3.3.4 Measurements on LTE Signal Quality.
The method of selecting frequencies to be carried in the measurement control messages is
almost the same for load-based and service-based U2L PS redirections or handovers, except
step 3, in which the method of filtering frequencies according to the load of neighboring LTE
cells is different. Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers use the following
method of filtering frequencies based on the load of neighboring LTE cells:
When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies is turned
off, the RNC filters frequencies according to the following rules:
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the
U2LLTELoadSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter are set to ON, the RNC filters out the
frequencies of congested cells (an LTE frequency is filtered out only when all LTE cells
working at this frequency are congested). Then set D is obtained. If either of the preceding
switches is set to OFF, the RNC does not perform filtering and set D equals set C.
When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies is turned
on, the RNC does not filter frequencies based on the LTE cell load and therefore set D equals
set C.


WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-6 Procedure for load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover selection
UE Supporting LTE Measurement

The RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected. If it is, the switch for non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection is turned on. The next step depends on whether this switch is turned on
or off.
l The switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned on.
The RNC checks whether the switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
(HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)) is turned on.
– If the switch is turned on, the RNC performs a measurement-based redirection
without neighboring cells. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is
enabled, the RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic. The frequency
contained in the RRC Connection Release message is determined by
When HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is selected, the frequency of the cell
with the best signal quality is carried in the message. When

WCDMA RAN
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is not selected, the frequency with the highest

priority is selected from the measurement report. If multiple frequencies have the
highest priority, the one corresponding to the cell with the best signal quality is
selected.
– If the switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned off, the RNC
proceeds with the following operations.
l The switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is off. The RNC determines
whether it will perform a load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, a neighboring-cell
measurement-based redirection, or neither.
U2LLTELoadSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter are set to ON, the RNC filters
congested cells out from the target cell set. If all neighboring LTE cells are congested,
the RNC does not perform load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections. Load
based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover If any of the neighboring LTE cells are not congested
after the filtering or if either of the preceding parameters is set to OFF, the RNC checks
whether the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
– If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the
SuppPSHOFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter of the target cell is set to Support,
and the switch for load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
(HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter) is on, then the RNC performs a load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Then the RNC determines the target cell of the
handover based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch
filtering is selected. When this switch is turned on, the RNC selects the cell
corresponding to the frequency with the highest priority. If the frequencies of
multiple cells have the highest priority, the RNC selects the cell with the best signal
quality among them.
– If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the
SuppPSHOFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter of the target cell is set to
NotSupport, or the switch for load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is turned off,
then the RNC checks whether the switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection is turned on.
If the switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned on, the RNC
performs a neighboring cell measurement-based redirection. When the UL Unified
Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying
heavy traffic. Then the RNC determines the target cell of the redirection based on
the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch
(HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)).
When this switch is turned off, the cell with the best signal quality after filtering is
selected. When this switch is turned on, the RNC selects the frequency with the
highest priority. If the frequencies of multiple cells have the highest priority, the
RNC selects the frequency of the cell with the best signal quality.
If the switch is turned off, the RNC does not perform a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
When the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the LTE
frequency priority to be used is determined by the setting of HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) as well as the setting of

DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) or NPriorityConnect(BSC6900,BSC6910):
– When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(UMTS BSC6900,UMTS
BSC6910) is selected, the LTE frequency uses the SPID-based dedicated priority,
which is specified by the DediPriority(UMTS BSC6900,UMTS BSC6910)
parameter.
– When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is not selected and HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses the
IMSI-based dedicated priority, which is specified by the
– When neither HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter nor HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses
the connected mode priority, which is specified by the
UE Not Supporting LTE Measurement

When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection
(U2lBlindRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection are set to on, the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring cell-based
redirection is on:
l If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection has been turned on, the UE
performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind redirection. When the UL Unified Overload
Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
l If the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection has been turned off, the RNC
decides which type of handover or redirection to perform based on the following criteria:
– If neighboring LTE cells for blind redirection are configured, and both
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
U2LLTELoadSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter are set to ON, the RNC
filters congested blind neighboring LTE cells out. If all blind neighboring LTE cells
are congested, the RNC does not perform any load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover. If there are any blind neighboring LTE cells that are not
congested, the RNC performs a blind redirection based on neighboring cells. If
either of the preceding parameters is set to OFF, the RNC does not filter target cells
based on the LTE cell load but directly performs a blind redirection based on
neighboring cells. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the
RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
– If the serving cell of the UE does not have target LTE cells configured for blind
redirection, the UE does not perform any load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover.
When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection or switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection is turned off, the RNC does not perform a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
For details about frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-based redirections,
see 4.3.2.5 Decision and Execution.
4.3.4.7 Anti-ping-pong Measures

To prevent ping-pong redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is introduced. When it is set
to ON, the RNC checks whether the RRC CONNECTION REQUESET message contains the
Pre-redirection IE before determining whether to implement load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or blind redirection:
l Existence of the IE indicates that the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS.
Therefore, if the IE exists, the RNC does not perform any special processing.
l Non-existence of the IE indicates that the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS.
Therefore, if the IE does not exist, the UE cannot be switched to the LTE network
through redirection or blind redirection during the ongoing service (before the current
RRC connection is released).
4.3.4.8 Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations
DL/UL LDR Actions

In addition to NoAct(no action), 12 DL LDR actions and 10 UL LDR actions are available, as
listed in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3 DL/UL LDR actions

DL LDR Action UL LDR Action
NoAct(no action) NoAct(no action)
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover)
BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction) BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff

Qos re-negotiation) Qos re-negotiation)
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain

inter-rat should be load handover) inter-rat should be load handover)
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain

inter-rat should be load handover) inter-rat should be load handover)
AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction) AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction)
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain

inter-rat should not be load handover) inter-rat should not be load handover)

WCDMA RAN
DL LDR Action UL LDR Action
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain

inter-rat should not be load handover) inter-rat should not be load handover)
PSInterU2LLDHO PSInterU2LLDHO
CodeAdj(Code adjust) -
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power) -
Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations

For this feature, the suggestions for configuring the LDR action of the UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover are as follows:
l Suggestion 1
If N LDR actions excluding NoAct(no action) have been set on the live network, you are
advised to set number (N+1) LDR action to the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
l Suggestion 2
If no LDR action is available on the live network, you are advised to set the DL and UL
LDR actions based on the following:
– In the downlink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), BERateRed(BE traff rate
reduction), and PSInterU2LLDHO, respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions
to NoAct(no action).
– In the uplink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to BERateRed(BE traff
rate reduction), InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), and
PSInterU2LLDHO, respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions to NoAct(no
action).
In feature test and verification scenarios, set the LDR actions according to suggestion 2 or set
the first LDR action in the downlink or uplink to PSInterU2LLDHO. To enable this feature
on the live network, suggestion 2 is recommended.
4.3.5 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures

Figure 4-7 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-7 UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
As shown in Figure 4-7, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure are
as follows:
1. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries LTE
frequencies.
2. After the RRC connection is released, the UE falls back to the UMTS network and enters
the idle state. Then, the UE reselects an LTE cell and reestablishes a PS service in the
LTE network.
NOTE
If some LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells using the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command and PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command is set to
ON, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains not only an LTE frequency but also those
blacklisted cells working at the LTE frequency so that UEs cannot be handed over to the blacklisted cells
based on redirections. If no LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells or
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain blacklisted cells working at the LTE frequency.
Figure 4-8 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-8 UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
As shown in Figure 4-8, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover procedure are
as follows:
1. The RNC sends the serving GPRS support node (SGSN) on the UMTS core network a
Relocation Required message, which contains information about the target LTE cell.
2. The SGSN on the UMTS core network forwards the Relocation Request message to the
mobility management entity (MME) on the LTE core network. The MME initiates a
handover to the LTE network.
3. After preparations for the handover are complete on the LTE network, the MME informs
the SGSN by sending a Relocation Response message.
4. Upon receiving the Relocation Command message from the SGSN, the RNC instructs
the UE to hand over to the target LTE network.
4.3.6 Measures to Prevent Frequent Retries After a UMTS-to-LTE

PS Handover Failure
If no penalty measure is taken after a U2L PS handover fails, the UE frequently attempts to be
handed over to the neighboring LTE cell, which will decrease the handover success rate. In
addition, messages are exchanged over the air interface frequently, increasing the call drop
rate of UMTS services. To prevent frequent handover attempts after a failed U2L PS
handover, the RNC introduces the following penalty measures:
l Penalty on a single LTE cell: When a UE fails to be handed over to an LTE cell, the RNC
starts a 30s penalty timer and prohibits the UE from initiating handovers to the same LTE
cell before the timer expires.

WCDMA RAN
l Penalty on all LTE cells:

– If U2LPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 0, the UE is prohibited from
initiating handovers to the same LTE cell within the 30s timer after a UMTS-to-LTE
handover fails.
– If the value of U2LPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) is greater than 0, a timer
specified by PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail(BSC6900,BSC6910) is started when a UE
fails to perform U2L PS handovers for a consecutive number of times specified by
U2LPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910), with the cause value being "Phy
Channel Failure." Within the timer, the UE is prohibited from initiating any
handovers to any neighboring LTE cell.
Parameters related to the penalty are as follows:
l U2LPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML
command SET UU2LTEHOCOV: parameters related to penalty of coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE handover failures
l U2LPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML
command SET UU2LTEHONCOV: parameters related to penalty of load- or service-
based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures
Parameters indicating the time for measuring LTE cells are as follows:
l U2LTEMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET

UU2LTEHOCOV or ADD/MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV: parameter specifying the
time for measuring LTE cells during coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
l U2LTEMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UU2LTEHONCOV or ADD/MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: parameter specifying
the time for measuring LTE cells during load- or service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
4.3.7 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between

UMTS and LTE
During the blind redirection, if LTE coverage does not exist, the UE has to wait for 15 to 20
seconds and then falls back to the UMTS network. During the 15 to 20 seconds, the UE is out
of service. After the UE falls back to the UMTS network, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection algorithm will trigger another blind redirection. To prevent ping-pong blind
redirections between UTMS and LTE, the RNC performs the following steps:
1. During a UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection, the RNC saves the UE's IMSI and RRC
connection release time after receiving an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
from the UE.
NOTE
RESERVED_SWITCH_17_BIT20 under the RsvSwitch17(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in

the SET UALGORSVPARA command is used to specify whether the RNC records the IMSI and
RRC release time of a UE performing a CSFB fast return based on blind redirection. If this option
is selected, the RNC records the information. If this option is not selected, the RNC does not
record the information.
2. When the UE initiates a phone call, the RNC receives a Common ID message from the
CN. If the blind redirection function is enabled, the RNC determines whether the UE has
performed a blind redirection within last 30 seconds based on the following information:

WCDMA RAN
the UE's IMSI included in the Common ID message, the reception time of this message,
and the previously mentioned RRC connection release time.
NOTE
The preceding mechanism does not consider whether the UE initially accesses the network on the
LTE or UMTS side. Therefore, the IMSI of the UE is queried regardless of whether the UE
initiates the service after initially accessing the UMTS network or after returning to the UMTS
network from the LTE network.
3. If the UE has performed a blind redirection within last 30 seconds, the RNC starts a
penalty timer for the blind redirection. Before the penalty timer expires, the RNC
prohibits the UE from performing UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections, regardless of
whether these blind redirections are triggered by service, load, or event 1F. The penalty
timer's duration is specified by the U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UHOCOMM command.
4.3.8 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handovers
4.3.8.1 Overview
With the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers, the RNC sends data to
the eNodeB through the transport layer to ensure that no packets are lost during the
handovers. For details about this function, see section 8.4.1 "Handover Preparation" in 3GPP
TS 36.413 V11.4.0. This function can be enabled by setting
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH to ON. In addition, related routes and user plane data channel also
need to be configured to enable the function.
Data forwarding involves two scenarios:
l The direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data
forwarding path is RNC -> SGSN -> LTE SGW -> eNodeB. The routes and UP data
channels between the RNC and SGSN usually have been configured. Therefore, only the
routes and UP data channels between the LTE SGW and SGSN need to be configured on
the CN side.
l The direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data forwarding
path is RNC -> LTE SGW -> eNodeB. Therefore, on the RNC side, you only need to
configure a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the MML command ADD IPRT
and a UP data channel using the MML command ADD IPPATH (on the BSC6900) or
ADD IPPOOL (on the BSC6910).
The data forwarding function depends on the lossless SRNS relocation capabilities of UEs. A
UE supports lossless SRNS relocation if the losslessSRNS-RelocationSupport field is set to
TRUE in the PDCP Capability indicator of the UE RadioAccessCapability IE in the RRC
CONNECT SETUP COMPLETE message. If the field is set to FALSE, the UE does not
support lossless SRNS relocation and the data forwarding function does not take effect on the
UE.
4.3.8.2 Data Forwarding Procedure

The data forwarding procedure is as follows:
1. The RNC includes the "DL Forwarding" IE in a Source to Target Transparent Container
message and sends the message to the CN, which then forwards the message to the

WCDMA RAN
eNodeB. For details about this IE, see section 9.2.3.14 "DL Forwarding" in 3GPP TS
36.413 V11.4.0.
2. Upon receiving the Source to Target Transparent Container message, the eNodeB
includes the "DL GTP-TEID" and "DL Transport Layer Address" IEs in a HANDOVER
REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message, which is then sent to the CN. For details about
this step, see section 8.4.2 "Handover Resource Allocation" in 3GPP TS 36.413 V11.4.0.
3. Upon receiving the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the RNC applies for a GTP-
U tunnel to forward data to the eNodeB.
4.3.9 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch

When the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, some UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels cannot
measure LTE cells in compressed mode due to a compatibility problem. Therefore, these UEs
cannot perform UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is used:
l When the parameter is set to FALSE, UEs are switched from DC-HSDPA channels to
HSDPA channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed mode. Therefore, all UEs
are able to measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
l When the parameter is set to TRUE, LTE cell measurement in compressed mode is
allowed for UEs performing DC-HSDPA services, and DC-HSDPA services can be set
up when the UEs are in compressed mode. However, UEs with compatibility problems
cannot measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
When this parameter is set to FALSE, the number of RB reconfiguration times increases,
which may increase the service drop rate. Therefore, keep the default value (TRUE) of this
parameter.
The HSPA and compressed mode coexist switch
HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) and the HSPA+ and compressed mode coexist
switch EHSPACMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) take precedence over this parameter.
Therefore, when HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
EHSPACMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to FALSE, UEs are switched to R99
channels rather than HSDPA channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed mode.
Therefore, when HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
EHSPACMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to FALSE, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to FALSE,
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH under PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) must
be set to ON to prohibit periodic DRD for UEs in compressed mode. Otherwise, periodic
DRD is allowed in compressed mode. As a result, UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels are
switched to R99 or HSDPA channels and then allocated DC-HSDPA channels when periodic
DRD is triggered, causing the ping-pong effect. After this parameter is set to ON, the call
drop rate is reduced, but user experience of PS services is affected. For details about periodic
DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
4.3.10 Regarding the First PS BE Service of a Redirection-based

CSFB UE as a Combined Service when Performing DRD for the
UE
If a PS service is first set up for a UE who has performed a CSFB to the UMTS network
through redirection, the UE may perform a DRD according to the PS traffic steering policy to

WCDMA RAN
set up the PS service on the frequency that is preferential for PS services. If a CS service is set
up for the UE later, DRD cannot be performed because the DRD switch for combined services
is usually set to off. Therefore, the UE cannot be carried on a frequency that is preferential for
CS services, which may affect the speech quality of the CS service.
When PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UCORRMPARA is set to ON, UEs that perform CSFB through redirections are identified
and their first PS BE services are processed as those in CS+PS combined services. In
addition, a CS service performed by the UE is regarded as the highest-priority service for
selection of the target cell during the process of DRD based on traffic steering.
If RESERVED_SWITCH_14_BIT12 under RsvSwitch14(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected
in the SET UALGORSVPARA command, this function is enhanced. Specifically, an
optimized judgment mechanism for the cause values of RRC connection setup is used based
on the existing method of identifying CSFB UEs. In addition, only a PS service initiated
within 10s after the relevant RRC connection is set up and a CS service are treated as a CS
+PS combined service. For the method of identifying CSFB UEs, see 5.5 CSFB Delay
Reduction.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 5 CSFB
5 CSFB
5.1 Overview
When a UE on an LTE network initiates a CS service, the CSFB feature migrates the UE to a
UMTS network so that the UE can perform the CS service on the UMTS network.
As specified in the 3GPP protocol, an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB can be performed through either
a redirection or PS handover:
l During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a redirection, the eNodeB sends an RRC

CONNECTION RELEASE message carrying the UARFCN of a UMTS cell to the UE.
The UE accesses the UMTS cell based on the UARFCN and initiates a voice service
again in the UMTS cell.
l During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a PS handover, the RNC receives a PS
handover request and determines whether to reserve resources and admit the UE. If
resources are reserved and the UE is admitted successfully, the eNodeB sends a handover
command to the UE. After accessing the UMTS network, the UE initiates a voice service
again on the UMTS network.
The RRC setup success rate of LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections can be calculated
using the following formula: VS.RRC.SuccConnEstab.CSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.RRC.AttConnEstab.CSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910)
The RAB setup success rate of LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections can be calculated
using the following formula: VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.CSFB.Redir(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.CSFB.Redir(BSC6900,BSC6910)
The RAB assignment success rate of LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through handovers can be
calculated using the following formula:
VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.CSFB.PSHO(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.CSFB.PSHO(BSC6900,BSC6910)
For details about LTE-to-UMTS CSFB, see the LTE document CS Fallback Feature
Based on the CSFB feature, Huawei provides the post-CSFB service processing solution and
optimized CSFB process.

WCDMA RAN
Post-CSFB service processing mainly refers to the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function, which
enables UEs to quickly return to the LTE network after fall back to the UMTS network and
finish CS services.
The CSFB process is optimized in the following aspects:
l The CSFB guarantee function is introduced for LTE emergency calls and normal calls on
the UMTS side. By reducing the rate of PS services or allowing resource preemption,
this function reserves resources and ensures successful access for PS handovers,
improving the call success rate.
l A series of CSFB delay reduction measures are introduced on the UMTS side to solve
problems of postponed voice service access and poor user experience, which is caused
by procedures of access, handover, and redirection on the LTE side.
l RAN16.0 introduces Ultra-Flash CSFB, a proprietary CSFB procedure on the UMTS
and LTE sides. This process is applicable when an IMS is not deployed and the eNodeB,
MME, MSC, and RNC are all provided by Huawei. This process prepares CS resources
in advance based on an SRVCC process, thereby reducing CSFB delay.
5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

This section describes the WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature.
5.2.1 Overview
In an area jointly covered by UMTS and LTE networks, a UE accesses a UMTS cell due to
CSFB. When the UE finishes all services in the UMTS cell, it releases the RRC connection.
In versions earlier than RAN14.0, if the absolute priority of a neighboring LTE cell's
frequency is higher than that of the UMTS cell's frequency, the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message does not contain the frequency information about neighboring LTE cells.
As a result, the UE camps on a UMTS cell. If a neighboring LTE cell fulfills the cell
reselection conditions, the UE reselects the neighboring LTE cell. Before initiating UMTS-to-
LTE cell reselection, a UE needs to perform the following operations, which consume much
time:
l Receiving system information (MIB/SIB1/SIB3/SIB5/SIB7/SIB19) of the UMTS cell

l Performing decision on cell reselection based on certain criteria
The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature is introduced to reduce the time and improve user
experience.
This feature applies to the areas that are jointly covered by UMTS and LTE networks and
where the LTE network signal quality is satisfactory.
If the LTE network signal quality is poor, for example, when an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message contains information about n (a positive integer) LTE frequencies whose
signal quality is poor:
l UEs complying with a version earlier than 3GPP Release 10 select a suitable LTE cell
from the LTE cells using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most 10 seconds.
If no suitable LTE cell is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells
using frequencies supported by these UEs. If a suitable LTE cell is still not found, these
UEs randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see section 8.5.2 Actions when
entering idle mode from connected mode in 3GPP TS 25.331 V10.8.0.

WCDMA RAN
l UEs complying with 3GPP Release 10 or later select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE
cells using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most n seconds. If no suitable
LTE cell is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells using
frequencies supported by these UEs. The selection lasts for 4 seconds. If a suitable LTE
cell is still not found, these UEs randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see
section 8.5.2 "Actions when entering idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS
25.331 V10.9.0.
Note that the UE cannot process CS or PS services or CS+PS combined services while
searching for a suitable LTE cell.
When PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under

PerfEnhanceSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected, a fast return to the LTE network can
be triggered by the first AMR release of a UE that has been handed over to the UMTS
network through CSFB. If this switch is turned off, a fast return can be triggered by any AMR
release of the CSFB UE as long as an RRC connection is live for the UE. In continuous LTE
coverage scenarios, it is recommended that this switch be turned off. In discontinuous LTE
coverage scenarios, it is recommended that this switch be turned on to avoid invalid
measurement.
The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature enables a UE that moves from an LTE cell to a
UMTS cell through CSFB to quickly return to the LTE network after the CS service is
finished.
l UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

l Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
l LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return
l RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return
The UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function and Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function
are both based on blind redirection. That is, neither UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return nor Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return requires measurement. After the UE finishes the CS service, the
RNC immediately sends an RRC release message to redirect the UE to the LTE network.
Before enabling the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function, you must enable the
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function. However, before enabling the UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return function, you do not need to enable the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function.
RAN17.1 introduces two types of measurement-based fast return: LTE measurement-based

fast return and RSCP measurement-based fast return.
When LTE measurement-based fast return is enabled, the RNC triggers inter-RAT
measurement of LTE after a CS service is finished and delivers an RRC release message or
handover command to redirect or hand over the UE to LTE only if the measured LTE signal
quality meets the handover threshold. Compared with blind redirection-based fast return, this
type of fast return prevents the out-of-service problem of UEs due to LTE coverage holes.
The RSCP measurement-based fast return function is applicable where UMTS and LTE
networks share a site. This function starts RSCP measurement of the UMTS serving cell
during the CS service of a CSFB UE. If the measured RSCP value reaches a specific
threshold, blind redirection-based fast return can be performed after the CS service is
complete, which improves the success rate of blind redirections and reduces the impact of
LTE measurement in compressed mode.
The following figure shows how the RNC performs the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE fast
return mode selection.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-1 Procedure for UMTS-to-LTE fast return mode selection
The parameters in the figure are described in the following table.
Table 5-1 Parameter list

No. Parameter
1 Cell-level switch: HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH

under FastReturnToLTESwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
2 Cell-level switch:
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
RNC-level switch:
FastReturnToLTESwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
No. Parameter
3 Cell-level switch:
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
FastReturnToLTESwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RNC-level switch:
4 Cell-level switch: PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH

under FastReturnToLTESwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH
under PerfEnhanceSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910)
5 U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910)
6 PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910)
In the preceding figure, optimization of the UMTS-to-LTE fast return process and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return process refers to that the RNC delivers the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message immediately after receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND message
from the CS domain. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

At the cell level, this function is controlled by the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
FastReturnToLTESwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MOD UCELLHOCOMM
command.
At the RNC level, this function is controlled by the

HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command. When this function is configured at both the RNC and cell levels, the cell-level
configuration takes effect.
This function works as follows:
1. The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets either of
the following conditions:
– When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS handover,
the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" information element
(IE) whose value is "CS Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE
whose value is "CSFB" or "CSFB High Priority."
– When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection, the
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain the "Pre-redirection
info" IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message contents to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) The first service that the UE
processes after accessing the UMTS cell is a CS service.

WCDMA RAN
2. If the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE does not perform a PS service after
finishing the CS service in the UMTS cell, the RNC triggers the RRC connection release
procedure.
3. The RNC includes the information about LTE frequencies in an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message. For the method of selecting LTE frequencies contained in the
message, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE Message. Upon receiving the message, the UE selects a target cell based on
the information and attempts to camp on this cell. (For details about suitable LTE cell
selection, see section 8.5.2 Actions when entering idle mode from connected mode in
3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0. For details about a suitable LTE cell, see section 4 Overall
process structure in 3GPP TS 23.122 V11.4.0.)
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

At the cell level, this function is controlled by
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under the
FastReturnToLTESwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM
command. At the RNC level, this function is controlled by
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under the
command. When this function is configured at both the RNC and cell levels, the cell-level
configuration takes effect.
The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets any of the
following conditions:
l Condition 1: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS
handover, the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is
"CS Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or
"CSFB High Priority."
l Condition 2: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain a "Pre-
redirection info" IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message contents to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) After the RNC receives an RRC
Connection Setup Complete message, the UE successfully sets up a CS service within 10
seconds.
l Condition 3: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contains a "CSFB Indication"
IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents
to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.10.0.)
l Condition 4: After the UE finishes its CS service in a UMTS cell, an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC contains an "End Of CSFB" IE. (For
details, see section 8.5.2 "Successful Operation" in 3GPP TS 25.413 V10.4.0.)
After the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE finishes its CS service in the UMTS cell,
the RNC triggers the RRC connection release procedure regardless of whether or not the UE
has a PS service ongoing. The RNC includes the information about LTE frequencies in an
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. For the method of selecting LTE frequencies to be
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to
Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message. Upon receiving the
message, the UE selects a suitable LTE cell based on the carried LTE frequency information
and attempts to camp on this cell. (For details about suitable LTE cell selection, see section
8.5.2 Actions when entering idle mode from connected mode in 3GPP TS25.331 V9.4.0. For

WCDMA RAN
details about a suitable LTE cell, see chapter 4 "Overall process structure" in 3GPP TS 23.122
V11.4.0.)
NOTE
When a UE that has performed a CSFB procedure moves to another RNC and the target RNC becomes
the SRNC, the target RNC determines that the UE has performed a CSFB process and this function can
take effect in one of the following circumstances:
1. An "End Of CSFB" IE is carried in the IU RELEASE COMMAND message sent by the MSC when
the CS service is released.
2. If RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10 under the RsvSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
SET UNRNCRSVPARA command is selected on the source RNC, the source RNC carries the
CSFB indication in the relocation required IE and send the IE to the target RNC through the CN (in
this case, the CN must be able to forward the CSFB indication). If
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT21 under the RsvSwitch12(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
SET UALGORSVPARA command is selected on the target RNC, the target RNC regards that the
UE has performed a CSFB process when the RNC receives the CSFB indication from the source
RNC.
In most cases, if there is a PS service ongoing when the UE finishes its CS service, the RNC
does not deliver the RRC Connection Release message until the CS RAB is released. To
shorten the time taken by the fast return of a CSFB UE to LTE, a mechanism is introduced so
that the RNC delivers the RRC Connection Release message immediately after receiving an
IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS domain. This mechanism takes effect when
U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected.
5.2.4 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return
5.2.4.1 Overview
The following figure shows the principle of LTE measurement-based fast return.
Figure 5-2 Principle of LTE measurement-based fast return
The principle of Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User, as shown in Figure 5-2, is illustrated as
follows:
1. Trigger phase: The RNC decides whether to trigger an LTE measurement-based fast
return. For details, see 5.2.4.2 Triggering.

WCDMA RAN
2. Measurement phase: The RNC decides whether to start an LTE measurement. If an LTE
measurement is needed, it delivers the measurement control message and handles the
measurement result. For details, see 5.2.4.3 Measurement.
3. Execution phase: The RNC decides which procedure to trigger to implement the fast
return, measurement-based redirection or handover. For details, see 5.2.4.4 Execution.
5.2.4.2 Triggering
If a CSFB UE still has a PS service ongoing after it finishes a CS service, the RNC triggers an
LTE measurement-based fast return when the following conditions are met:
l The UE is identified as a CSFB UE on the UMTS side.
l The UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature is enabled.
l Measurement-based fast return after a CSFB UE finishes its voice service is enabled.
To ensure that an LTE measurement-based fast return to the LTE network can be triggered for
a CSFB UE that has no PS service ongoing after it finishes a CS service,
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910) must be set to ON in addition to the preceding
conditions.
A UE is considered as a CSFB UE by the following mechanism only when it meets any of
conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
For settings of the switches for UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast
return, see 5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return and 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return.
For the measurement-based fast return of a CSFB UE after releasing a voice service, there is
an RNC-level switch and a cell-level switch. The RNC-level switch is
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910). The cell-level switch is
FastReturnToLTESwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level
5.2.4.3 Measurement
The measurement implemented for LTE measurement-based fast return is the same as that
implemented for the UMTS-to-LTE fast return of an SRVCC UE. For details, see 6.3.3
Measurement.
NOTE
Different from Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User, LTE measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return allows a UE to perform fast return to LTE through blind redirection if the UE does not support
measurement.
5.2.4.4 Execution
The method of executing LTE measurement-based fast return is the same as the method of
executing the UMTS-to-LTE fast return of an SRVCC UE. For details, see 6.3.4 Execution.
5.2.5 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return

RSCP measurement-based fast return applies where the LTE and UMTS networks share a site.
This function assesses signal quality of an LTE cell based on the serving UMTS cell's RSCP.

WCDMA RAN
If the RSCP of the serving UMTS cell reaches a specific threshold, the UE is located at an
area with strong LTE signal coverage. Therefore, a CSFB UE in this situation can perform
fast return to LTE through blind redirection after it finishes a CS service. Compared with the
fast return function based on blind redirection, RSCP measurement-based fast return can
improve the success rate of blind redirections. Compared with LTE measurement-based fast
return, this function can reduce the interference caused by measurement in compressed mode.
A UE is considered as a CSFB UE by the following mechanism only when it meets any of
conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
This function can be enabled through either the RNC-level or cell-level switch. The RNC-
level switch is HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. The cell-level switch is
The principle for this function is as follows:
1. After a CSFB UE establishes a CS service, the RNC delivers a periodic RSCP
measurement control message to the UE. The measurement period is specified by
U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910). A UE is considered as a CSFB UE only
when it meets any of conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return.
2. After receiving an RSCP measurement value reported by the UE, the RNC performs as
follows:
After the CSFB UE finishes the CS service, the RNC checks whether the RSCP measurement
value reported by the UE reaches the RSCP threshold for non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover:
l If the measured RSCP is greater than or equal to this threshold, fast return is directly
performed through blind redirection.
l If the measured RSCP is less than this threshold, the RNC checks whether there is still a
PS service ongoing:
– If there is no PS service, the RNC performs an LTE measurement-based fast return
when the switches for both LTE measurement-based fast return and LTE
measurement-based fast return for a UE finishing its single CS service are turned
on; whereas the RNC directly releases the UE's resources when either of the
switches is turned off.
– If there is a PS service, the RNC checks the setting of the LTE measurement-based
fast return function: If this function is enabled, it performs an LTE measurement-
based fast return. If the function is disabled, the RNC does not perform any fast
return.
The RSCP threshold for non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover is
specified by either the cell-level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or RNC-
level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd(BSC6900,BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-
level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC

CONNECTION RELEASE Message
The method for selecting frequencies that are to be included in an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message is as follows:

WCDMA RAN

Set A contains all LTE frequencies that are specified by EARFCN(BSC6900,BSC6910)
with in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command.
Set B contains all obtained LTE frequencies. Otherwise, the RNC performs filtering only
based on whether the UE supports the master frequency band and set B equals to set A.
UE.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC does not filter frequencies in set B
and set C equals set B if any of the following conditions is met:
– PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_DCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
UCORRMPARA is set to OFF.
– HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910)) parameter in
the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC obtains set C by collecting all
frequencies of the operator that provide services to the UE from set B if the following
conditions are met.
UCORRMPARA is set to ON.
– HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
– The InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML
command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to OFF.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has
been configured for the UE (the inter-PLMN handover frequency list is configured using
the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command), and all the following conditions are
met, then the RNC filters LTE frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN
handover frequency list to obtain set C. If all the following conditions are met but no
inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE using the ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST command, the RNC does not perform filtering and set C
equals set B.
– HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
– InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the MML command SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, the RNC
does not filter frequencies in set B and set C equals set B if any of the following
conditions is met:
– PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_CCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
UCORRMPARA is set to OFF.
– HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.

WCDMA RAN
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, the RNC
obtains set C by collecting all LTE frequencies of the operator that provide services to
the UE from set B if all the following conditions are met.
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to OFF.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, an inter-
PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE (the inter-PLMN
handover frequency list is configured using the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST
command), and all the following conditions are met, then the RNC filters LTE
frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN handover frequency list to obtain set
C. If all the following conditions are met but no inter-PLMN handover frequency list has
been configured for the UE using the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command, the
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to ON.
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set D is obtained.
5. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies based on the SPID-based dedicated
frequency priority:
7.
– HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected.
– The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID information and SPID-related parameters
have been configured, for example, RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910).
not empty.
NOTE
For configurations of the SPID-based dedicated priority, see Flexible User Steering Feature
6. Select LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
The RNC first filters out LTE frequencies with SPID-based dedicated priorities lower
than the priority of the serving UMTS cell from set D. Among the remaining
frequencies, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE
TDD frequencies according to the SPID-based dedicated priorities. Then the RNC sends
the selected frequencies to the UE through an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.

WCDMA RAN
The SPID-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the

NOTE
l For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the SPID-based dedicated priority is used if the
SPID-based dedicated priority is configured, or the absolute priority is used if the SPID-based
dedicated priority is not configured. For a UMTS frequency, the SPID-based dedicated priority
is specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter and the absolute priority is
specified by the SPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l For an LTE frequency, the SPID-based dedicated priority is used if the SPID-based dedicated
priority is configured. If the SPID-based dedicated priority is not configured, the priority to be
used depends on the setting of HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910): When this switch is turned on, the connected mode priority
is used. When this switch is turned off, the absolute priority is used. For an LTE frequency, the
SPID-based dedicated priority is specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter; the connected mode priority is specified by the
NPriorityConnect(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter; the absolute priority is specified by the
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter .
l The SPID-based dedicated priority is not used during cross-Iur handover or redirection.
IMSI-based dedicated priorities of the frequencies by performing step 8. If not, the RNC
performs step 9:
not empty.
NOTE
The RNC obtains set E by collecting the LTE frequencies that meet the following
the LTE frequencies. Priorities of the LTE frequencies are higher than the serving UMTS
cell's priority.
NOTE
For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the SPID-based dedicated priority is used if the
IMSI-based dedicated priority is configured, or the absolute priority is used if the SPID-based
dedicated priority is not configured. For a UMTS frequency, the IMSI-based dedicated priority is
specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter and the absolute priority is specified
by the SPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
Then the RNC obtains the intersection set of set D and set E. From the intersection set,

WCDMA RAN
frequencies and carries the frequencies in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.
The selected frequencies are to be measured. The IMSI-based dedicated priority of an
LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
9. The RNC filters the frequencies based on the setting of
If this switch is turned off, the RNC first filters out LTE frequencies whose absolute
priorities are lower than the absolute priority of the serving cell and then selects a
maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies according to the
absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured.
The absolute priority of a frequency is specified by the NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
If this switch is turned on, the RNC first filters out LTE frequencies whose connected
mode priorities are lower than the absolute priority of the serving cell and then selects a
maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies according to the
connected mode frequencies of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be
measured. The connected mode priority of a frequency is specified by the
NOTE
The UMTS-to-LTE connection mode priority is not used during cross-Iur handover or redirection.
If some LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells using the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command and
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
command is set to ON, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains not only an
LTE frequency but also those blacklisted cells working in the LTE frequency so that UEs
cannot be handed over to the blacklisted cells based on fast return. If no LTE cells are
configured as blacklisted cells or
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain blacklisted cells working in the LTE
frequency.
During cross-Iur handover or redirection:
HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SRNC's MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON. HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to 1. A DRNC cell is configured with neighboring LTE
cells and information about frequencies of neighboring LTE cells according to the following
rules:
l Frequencies of neighboring LTE cells are specified by the
LTEArfcn(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command ADD ULTECELL.
l Neighboring LTE cells are configured using the MML command ADD ULTENCELL.
Among frequencies of all neighboring LTE cells for a DRNC cell, a maximum of four LTE
FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies are selected and delivered to the UE.

WCDMA RAN
5.2.7 Fast Return for Supplementary CSFB Services

When supplementary services, such as Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) and
Location Service (LCS), are not supported in an LTE network, UEs can fall back to a UMTS
network and use these supplementary services.
l USSD enables subscribers to interact with GSM/UMTS networks proactively. It features
simple operation and excellent service scalability. The USSD provides information for
subscribers in an interactive way. In addition to query of their international mobile
subscriber identities (IMSIs) and mobile station international ISDN numbers
(MSISDNs), subscribers can query information such as stock exchange and weather
forecast and play interactive games.
l The LCS allows mobile network operators to locate mobile stations by using the specific
mobile positioning technology and provides location-related services for mobile
subscribers. The LCS falls into four categories: Commercial LCS, Internal LCS,
Emergency LCS, and Other LCS.
Fast return for supplementary CSFB services is performed as shown in Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-3 Procedure of fast return for supplementary CSFB services
1. CSFB UE identification
Procedures of CSFB supplementary services and voice services are the same during the
LTE-to-UMTS fallback, whereas CS RABs are not set up for supplementary services
after UEs access the UMTS network. Identification procedure of supplementary services
is the same as Method 1 in section 5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return and Method 1, 3,
and 4 in section 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return for voice services.
2. Supplementary service identification
Fast return for CSFB services only applies to UEs that start services after falling back to
the UMTS network. After the RNC identifies the CSFB UEs, if
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26 under
UALGORSVPARA.RsvSwitch12(BSC6900,BSC6910) is turned on, the RNC identifies
supplementary CS services established through the NAS message.
Fast return for CSFB services requires certain UE and CN versions to perform CSFB UE
identification. After the switch for supplementary service identification is turned on, if a
UL Release-8 UE is redirected to the UMTS cell, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message does not carry Pre-redirection info, and the RNC establishes supplementary CS
services within 10s after receiving RRC Connection Setup Complete, the RNC identifies
the UE as a supplementary CSFB service UE.

WCDMA RAN
3. Enabling fast return

After the related switches for fast return are turned on, the implementation procedures
for CSFB supplementary services and voice services are the same. 5.2.6 Selecting
Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message show
the frequency selection procedure.
NOTE
l The execution duration for supplementary services lasts only about 3s. Therefore, UEs will not
quickly leave the LTE coverage after a CSFB and UMTS-to-LTE fast return can only be performed
based on blind redirection. As a result, the impact of measurements in compressed mode on network
performance can be avoided. However, UEs may be disconnected from the network due to blind
redirection if they have left the LTE coverage.
l For a UE that performs PS services in the LTE network and initiates supplementary CS services
within 10s after a coverage-based redirection to the UMTS network, if the supplementary service
identification switch is turned on, supplementary service identification is performed according to
step 2. The UE may be mistakenly identified as performing a supplementary service after CSFB.
However, this circumstance rarely occurs. The UE performs the fast return after supplementary
services are completed. Therefore, it is recommended that the supplementary service identification
switch not be turned on in overlapped UMTS and LTE coverage areas.
5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

This chapter describes the feature WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency
Calls.
5.3.1 Overview
For CSFB for an emergency call:
l If the UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS

redirection, the LTE network will send an RRC connection release message to the UE
and the UE re-initiates an emergency call on the UMTS network. CSFB should be
successful once the UE has accessed the UMTS network. The feature WRFD-021104
Emergency Call ensures that emergency calls are granted access to the UMTS network
before other call types.
l If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover,
the RNC performs resource reservation and service admission for the PS service of the
UE. Then the eNodeB instructs the UE to perform an inter-RAT handover for UMTS
network access. After falling back to the UMTS network, the UE re-initiates an
emergency call. CSFB should be successful once resource reservation and service
admission are successful for the PS service on the RNC. The feature WRFD-140102 CS
Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls ensures that resource reservation and
service admission are successful for PS services, by decreasing the PS service rate,
performing resource preemption, or both.
NOTE
This document only describes resource reservation and service admission for PS services. For details
about implementation of the feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call, see Load Control Feature
The HO_L2U_EMGCall_Switch field has been added to the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSwitch command. The feature WRFD-140102 CS
Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls is enabled when this switch is turned on.

WCDMA RAN
5.3.2 Policy
If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover, the
eNodeB sends the MME a Handover Required message. This message carries a transparent
container, Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container, which contains an IE referred
to as CSFB Information. If this IE value is CSFB, it indicates a PS handover caused by CSFB
for a common CS service. If this IE value is CSFB High Priority, it indicates a PS handover
caused by CSFB for an emergency call.
The transparent container is forwarded by the CN to the target RNC. When the target RNC
receives CSFB Information whose value is CSFB High Priority, the RNC determines that an
incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for an emergency call. In this case,
the RNC decreases the service rate or performs resource preemption for the PS service. The
specific policy is as follows:
l For a BE PS service, such as a background or interactive service, the RNC attempts to
admit it based on the value of the NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UFRC. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts
the resources of low-priority user.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the
data rates and channel types of the PS service are retained during service admission.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH8K,
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 8 kbit/s.
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 0 kbit/s.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to
DCH8KHSDPA, the uplink of the PS service is carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 8 kbit/s. If the downlink of the PS service is carried on the HSDSCH, the
initial rate is not limited; if it is carried on the DCH, the initial rate is 8 kbit/s.
l For a non-BE PS service, such as a streaming service, the RNC attempts to admit it
based on the GBR. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of
low-priority user.
l After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if
there are available resources in the UMTS network.
For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description. For details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.
For a CSFB procedure during which a UE falls back to the UMTS network through an LTE-
to-UMTS PS handover, the CSFB delay can be reduced by increasing the bearing data rate on
the signaling radio bearer (SRB). The bearing data rate is set by
CSFBSRBRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) of the SET UFRC command.
5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls

WCDMA RAN
5.4.1 Overview
Huawei product provides a CSFB guarantee for LTE emergency calls and common calls. This
reduces admission failures and increases successful handovers for CS services.
To enable CSFB guarantee for LTE common calls, users need to set
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) to ON by running the SET UCORRMPARA
command.
5.4.2 Policy
The RNC determines that an incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for a
common call when either of the following conditions is met: The cause value is CS Fallback
triggered (268) in the Relocation Request message received at the RNC. The value of the IE
"CSFB Information" is CSFB in the IE "Source RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container"
of the Relocation Request message. In this case, the RNC decreases the service rate or
performs resource preemption for the PS service. The specific policy is as follows:
l For a non-realtime PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the value of the
NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UFRC. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of low-priority
users.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the
data rates and channel types of the PS service are retained during service admission.
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 8 kbit/s.
the uplink and downlink of the PS service are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 0 kbit/s.
– When the NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to
DCH8KHSDPA, the uplink of the PS service is carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 8 kbit/s. If the downlink of the PS service is carried on the HSDSCH, the
initial rate is not limited; if it is carried on the DCH, the initial rate is 8 kbit/s.
l For a real-time PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the GBR. If the
admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of a low-priority service for the
real-time PS service.
l After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if
there are available resources in the UMTS network.
If PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the RNC does not consider the LDR
status of the cell when performing resource admission during the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover
for CSFB. Therefore, the handover preparation success rate increases.
For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description. For details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.

WCDMA RAN
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction

Compared with a voice service involving only signaling in the UMTS system, a voice service
based on a CSFB process has a longer delay due to some additional signaling procedures such
as the LTE access and handover/redirection procedures. The CSFB delay affects user
experience. To reduce CSFB delay, Huawei introduces a series of measures to the UMTS
system.
Different measures take effect on CSFB UEs identified by different methods.
CSFB User Identification Methods

Method 1: A UE is considered as a CSFB UE when it meets condition 1 or 3 in the
enhancement of the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
Method 2: A UE is considered as a handover-based CSFB UE when it meets condition 1 in
the enhancement of the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
Method 3: Some measures take effect for UEs identified by the enhanced CSFB identification
method. This method can identify redirected CSFB UEs that comply with releases earlier than
3GPP Release 9. An enhanced CSFB-identified UE meets the following conditions:
l Condition a: The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message carries the V860 structure
but does not carry the Pre-redirection IE. This indicates that the CSFB UE is redirected
from an LTE network.
l Condition b: The value of the DomainIndicator IE in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is CS-Domain.
l Condition c: The value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is Originating Conversational Call, Terminating Conversational
Call, or Emergency Call.
l Condition d: Under UE radio access capability > UE multi-mode/multi-RAT capability
in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message, the value of the "Support of
E-UTRA FDD" IE is DoesSupportEUTRAFDD or the value of the "Support of E-UTRA
TDD" IE is DoesSupportEUTRATDD, indicating that a UE supports LTE FDD or LTE
TDD.
NOTE
When some UEs initiate a local area update (LAU) after the fallback to a UMTS network, the
value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is
Registration. When RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT15 of the
RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is
set to ON, UEs are considered as CSFB UEs if they meet Condition a, b, and d in Method 3
and the value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message is Registration. It is not recommended that this switch be not turned on because the
UEs that are normally redirected to a UMTS network may be mistaken for CSFB UEs and the
PS service performance may be affected.
Method 4: A UE is a PS redirection-based CSFB UE when it meets the following conditions:
l The UE meets condition d of method 3.

WCDMA RAN
l The UE also meets condition 3 used by the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature to identify
a CSFB UE (for details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return), or meets
conditions a and b in method 3.
l The first established service is a PS service.
Delay Reduction Measures

The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 1:
When PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the RNC does not query the UE capability until a 10s timer
has expired or the CS RAB has been set up, which reduces the CSFB delay and improves user
experience. This switch is turned off by default. After being handed over to a UMTS cell, the
UE cannot be handed over or redirected from the UMTS cell to an LTE cell until the RNC has
obtained the UE capability or a 10s timer has expired.
When PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH under the
UCORRMPARA is selected, the SRB rate indicated by the
CSFBSRBRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is used during the handover-based or
redirection-based LTE-to-UMTS CSFB. When this option is not selected, the original
mechanism is inherited: The SRB rate of 3.4 kbit/s is used during the handover-based LTE-to-
UMTS CSFB and the SRB rate configured by the MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE
is used during the redirection-based LTE-to-UMTS CSFB.
The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 4:
When PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWITCH under the
command and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH under the DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter are set to ON and if a PS service is set up before the CS service during the LTE-to-
UMTS CSFB through PS service redirection, the RNC identifies a service as a CS+PS
combined service in advance and treats the service accordingly during the intra-RAT DRD.
Without the preceding mechanism, two DRD processes are performed separately for the CS
and PS services involved in the CSFB process. With the preceding mechanism, only one DRD
process is required for the CS+PS combined service, which reduces the CSFB delay and
improves user experience. This switch is turned off by default.
NOTE
If RESERVED_SWITCH_14_BIT12 is selected under the RsvSwitch14(BSC6900,BSC6910)

parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command, the delay reduction measures apply only to the
CSFB UEs identified by method 3, and the PS services initiated within 10s after the relevant RRC
connections are set up are treated as CS+PS combined services.
The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 1 or 3:
When CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH under the
URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the RNC does not transfer a routing area update (RAU)
request until the CS service has been set up, the routing area update request transfer timer has
expired, or the RNC has received the direct transfer message (Release message) during a
CSFB process based on an LTE-to-UMTS PS handover or redirection, which reduces the
CSFB delay and improves user experience. This switch is set to off by default. The routing
area update request transfer timer is specified by the

WCDMA RAN
CSFBUeDelayRAUTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET

USTATETIMER, whose default value is 5s. The
VS.RAU.Req.CSFB.Delay.RNC(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter measures the number of
times that the RNC forwards routing area update requests from CSFB UEs to the CN at a
delayed time.
If the CHRNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH option under the
URRCTRLSWITCH.PROCESSSWITCH2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, the
RNC proactively initiates an IMEI-based IDENTITY REQUEST procedure in the CS
domain, which increases the delay. When
CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH under the
URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the RNC does not query the IMEI of a UE that moves from
an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through CSFB through a PS handover or redirection, which
reduces the CSFB delay and improves user experience. This switch is turned off by default.
NOTE
For the preceding two measures:

If CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected, the measures take effect for CSFB UEs identified by
method 1 or 3. If this switch is not selected, the measures take effect only for CSFB UEs identified by
method 1.
The following cell-level delay reduction measures apply to all CSFB UEs:
When the DeferMcReadInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLMEAS or
MOD UCELLMEAS command is set to TRUE, the RNC carries the Deferred measurement
control reading support IE in the SIB3. During the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections,
the UE does not read SIB 11 and SIB 11bis until it has accessed the network, which
accelerates the access process and reduces the CSFB delay. This switch is turned off by
default.
When PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCHH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the MML command SET UNBMPARA is set
to ON, a new scheduling algorithm applies to system information blocks (SIBs) of UMTS,
which shortens the scheduling period of SIB3. When
PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, the maximum scheduling period of
SIB3 is 40,960 ms. When PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH is set to
ON, the maximum period of SIB3 is 160 ms. These two methods optimize the scheduling of
SIB3, which quickens UEs' access process and reduce the CSFB delay during the LTE-to-
UMTS CSFB through redirections.
When PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the MML command SET UCORRMPARA is
set to ON, the RNC optimizes contents of the RB setup message during the LTE-to-UMTS
CSFB through redirections or PS handovers, which quickens message transmission and
reduces the CSFB delay. This switch is turned off by default.
When SrbRateCovSelSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the MML command SET
USRBRATECOVSEL is set to ON, the RNC obtains the signal strength by comparing the
EcN0 value reported in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message sent by the UE with
the values of RrcSetSrbRateGoodEcNoThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
RrcSetSrbRateBadEcNoThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) if the cause value of the RRC connection
setup during the LTE-to-UMTS redirection-based CSFB process is in the cause value set
specified by RrcSetupSrbRateSelSet(BSC6900,BSC6910). According to the cell's signal

WCDMA RAN
strength and load status, the RNC adjusts the SRB rate automatically. If the UMTS cell has
strong signals (the EcN0 value is greater than or equal to the value of
RrcSetSrbRateGoodEcNoThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)), the RNC changes the SRB rate to 27.2
kbit/s to reduce the CSFB access delay.
After CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITCH under the

CmpSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is cleared, if a UE that performs CS+PS
combined services falls back to the UMTS network but still has an Iu-CS link, the UE is not
allowed to perform DRD for establishing a PS RAB. This reduces CS delay and ensures user
experience by preventing impact on CS RAB setup of the DRD.
5.6 Ultra-Flash CSFB

Figure 5-4 and Figure 5-5 show the Ultra-Flash CSFB process for a UE serving as the calling
party and a UE serving as the called party, respectively.
Figure 5-4 Ultra-Flash CSFB of a UE serving as the calling party

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-5 Ultra-Flash CSFB of a UE serving as the called party
Step 1 through step 4: A UE in the LTE network initiates or receives a voice service request.
Therefore, the eNodeB initiates an LTE-to-UMTS handover of combined services through
SRVCC. Using a mechanism, the MME and MSC ensure the successful LTE-to-UMTS
handover.
Step 5: When ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH under the

PROCESSSWITCH2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the RNC identifies the Ultra-Flash CSFB process based on
the CSFB information IE in the CS domain's relocation request message that is sent as a
response to the SRVCC-based handover request. To ensure quick transfer of NAS messages
during admission after the UE is handed over to a UMTS cell, the SRB rate of the UE can be
specified by the UltraFlashCSFBSRBRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML
command SET UFRC.
Step 6: The CN sends a handover command to the eNodeB, and the eNodeB delivers the
handover command to the UE.
Step 7: The UE is handed over to a UMTS cell.
Step 8 through step 9: The RNC and UE implement the security mode and processes such as
UTRAN mobility information.

WCDMA RAN
Step 10 through step 13: The UE and MSC exchanges NAS messages with each other to set
up a CS service.
Step 14: The SRB rate is reconfigured to 3.4 kbit/s after the CS service is set up to save
UMTS resources.
The Ultra-Flash CSFB process in Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2 do not contain the following
procedures:
l Authentication
This procedure is not required because the UE has been authenticated on the LTE side
before it is handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell.
l Encryption
This procedure is not required after a CSFB because the UE has implemented encryption
according to the handover command during the SRVCC handover.
l IMEI query
This procedure is not required after a handover is complete because the MME has sent
the IMEI to the MSC during the SRVCC handover preparation.
l CS resource establishment
This procedure is not required after a handover is complete because CS resources have
been prepared on the UMTS side during the SRVCC procedure. This section only
describes how Ultra-Flash CSFB is implemented on the RAN side.
NOTE
For implementation of Ultra-Flash CSFB on the LTE side, see CS Fallback Feature Parameter
Description for LTE.
UEs who are performing Ultra-Flash CSFB with a signaling rate of 3.4 kbit/s or 6.8 kbit/s will
perform measurement after being handed over to the UMTS network. If the CN initiates an
RB reconfiguration for the UE in the CS domain during the measurement, the UE's activation
time may expires before the UE receives a reconfiguration message. The activation time of
RB reconfiguration is specified by bits 0 to 7 of the RsvU32Para33(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 6 SRVCC
6 SRVCC
6.1 Overview
The LTE network supports voice over IP (VoIP) services after the IP multimedia subsystem
(IMS) is deployed. When a UMTS/LTE multi-mode UE in the middle of a VoIP service on the
LTE network moves to the UMTS coverage area, the single radio voice call continuity
(SRVCC) feature works to hand over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the UMTS
network. This feature ensures voice service continuity.
When performing the VoIP service on the LTE network, the UE maintains a default PS
connection even if it is not performing PS services. This PS connection also needs to be
handed over to the UMTS network during the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS. Currently, the UE
performing the VoIP service on the LTE network supports the following types of LTE-to-
UMTS handovers:
l CS only SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS without PS
handover In a CS only SRVCC handover, the mobility management entity (MME) on the
LTE network suspends the PS service, hands over the VoIP service to the CS domain of
the UMTS network, and then setup the radio bearer for the PS service. On the UMTS
RAN side, the procedure for the CS only SRVCC handover is identical to that for an
incoming inter-RAT CS handover. A CS only SRVCC handover is allowed only when
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH under the RsvdPara1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected.
l CS+PS SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS handover
In a CS+PS SRVCC handover (WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover), the VoIP service is handed over to the CS domain of the UMTS network, and
the PS service is handed over to the PS domain of the UMTS network. On the UMTS
RAN side, the procedure for the CS+PS SRVCC handover is identical to that for an
incoming inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
This chapter mainly describes CS+PS SRVCC handover, which is new in RAN15.0. For
details about CS only SRVCC handovers, see LTE document SRVCC Feature Parameter
Description.
Since LTE networks can provide better user experience, UEs would better return to LTE
networks immediately when they move to LTE coverage areas after finishing voice services
on UMTS networks. To enable fast return of UEs to LTE networks after being handed over to
UMTS networks through SRVCC and finishing voice services on UMTS networks, RAN17.1

WCDMA RAN
introduces the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature, which supports fast return based
on measurement.
SRVCC UEs who are performing CS only or PS+CS services will perform measurement after
being handed over to the UMTS network. If the CN initiates an RB reconfiguration for the
UE in the CS domain during the measurement, the UE's activation time may expires before
the UE receives a reconfiguration message. The activation time of RB reconfiguration is
specified by bits 0 to 7 of the RsvU32Para33(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA command.
SRVCC UEs who are performing CS only or PS+CS services use default configuration after
being handed over to the UMTS network. The pO3-ForPilotBits IE is set to 0 dB by default
on the UE. If the RNC configures the pilot power offset to a value that is not 0 dB on the
NodeB, demodulation capability of UEs may be affected and call drops may occur. During an
inter-RAT handover, the RNC can configure the pilot power offset on the NodeB by
specifying RESERVED_SWITCH_14_BIT24 under RsvSwitch14(BSC6900,BSC6910) in
the SET UALGORSVPARA command. If it is set to ON, the RNC configures the pO3-
ForPilotBits IE to 0 dB, which reduces the call drop rate.
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

shows the procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-1 Procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
As shown in Figure 6-1, the RNC will start a timer

(USTATETIMER.IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
USTATETIMER.IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)) when the "Source
RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container" IE in the first Relocation Request message
received by the RNC from the CN contains the "Number of Instance" IE and the value of the

WCDMA RAN
"Number of Instance" IE is 2. The RNC determines which timer to start according to

principles described in the following table.
If in the incoming handover process... Then the RNC starts a timer specified
by...
The RNC receives a Relocation Request IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr

message from the CS domain.
The RNC receives a Relocation Request IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr

message from the PS domain.
After starting the timer, if the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature is
enabled, the RNC performs the following operations:
l If the RNC receives a Handover Request message from both the CS and PS domains
before the timer expires, the RNC processes an incoming inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
After receiving the two Handover Request messages, the RNC determines whether to
admit the UE. To ensure that the CS service is preferentially admitted, the RNC may
reduce the original access rate of the PS service.
If the PS service is a real-time (RT) service, the RNC does not reduce the original access
rate of the RT service.
If the PS service is a non-real-time (NRT) service: When
NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, the RNC does not reduce the
original access rate of the NRT service. When NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910)
is set to DCH0K, DCH8K, or DCH8KHSDPA, the RNC adjusts the access rate of the
PS service to the specified value. The RNC admits the UE only when the resources are
sufficient.
If the PS admission fails during a handover of combined services to UMTS. When
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to ON and the
NRTInitRateforL2U(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the PS service is
preferentially carried on the HSPA+ channels during a handover of combined services to
UMTS so that the RNC reattempts to admit the PS service of combined services but with
a lower rate if admission of the PS service fails. The rates will be tried one by one in the
following sequence: HSPA+ -> HSPA -> DCH -> DCH 0K.
The resources include power resources, code resources, channel element (CE) resources,
transport resources, and so on. For details, see Call Admission Control Feature
During an LTE-to-UMTS handover of combined services, the RNC may deliver the
security mode command of both the CS and PS domains to ensure integrity protection of
both domains. This function is controlled by CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH
under OptimizationSwitch8(BSC6900,BSC6910). If
SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch8(BSC6900,BSC6910) is also set to ON, the RNC will send the
Relocation Complete message after receiving the handover to UTRAN Complete
message and finishing integrity protection. This mechanism further increases the
After a UMTS-to-LTE handover for combined services, the CS encryption key specified
by the encryption key use protocol is required to ensure that services are properly

WCDMA RAN
implemented. Set the SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH under the

OptimizationSwitch4 parameter to ON.
When RESERVED_SWITCH_17_BIT19 under the RsvSwitch17(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is set to ON, combined services
are handed over to the UMTS network. The RNC can select an encryption algorithm
supported by the CS, PS, RNC, and UEs, so that handover failures due to the incorrect
encryption algorithm will not occur and the handover success rate increases.
An incoming handover of combined services to a UMTS cell will fail if the number of
admitted CS RABs and PS RABs exceeds the allowed maximum number of RABs for
combined services in a UMTS cell. To improve the handover success rate, you can select
RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT6 under the RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the MML command SET UALGORSVPARA so that the RNC attempts
admission of the CS only service after an admission failure of the combined services.
If an SRVCC process is triggered for an emergency call, the RNC allows the emergency
call to preempt resources from other services. The preemption policy is the same as that
for an emergency call within the UMTS system. For details about resource preemption of
emergency calls, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
NOTE
An AMR service for which an SRVCC process is triggered is regarded as an emergency call if the
value of L2USRVCCEmerCallARP(BSC6900,BSC6910) is not 0 and the ARP value in the
Relocation Request for the AMR service is equal to the value of
L2USRVCCEmerCallARP(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l When L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH5(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the switch for CS only
handover during SRVCC of CS+PS combined services is turned on and the RNC admits
the CS only service if it only receives a RELOCATION REQUEST message from the
CS domain within the duration of a specific timer. When the switch is not turned on, the
RNC rejects the admission request if it receives a RELOCATION REQUEST message
only from the CS domain within the duration of the timer. No matter whether the switch
is turned on, the RNC rejects the relocation request if it receives a RELOCATION
REQUEST message only from the PS domain within the duration of the timer.
NOTE
The timers for the RNC to wait for the RELOCATION REQUEST messages from the PS and CS
domains are specified by the IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters, respectively. The values of the
timers must be less than values of the timers for the CN to wait for the RELOCATION REQUEST
messages from the PS and CS domains.
Perform SRVCC-related configurations.

l Perform SRVCC-related configurations on the LTE side. For details, see SRVCC Feature
Parameter Description in LTE documentation.
l On the UMTS side, select L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
The following figure shows the signaling process for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover feature. For more information about the process of this feature, see section 6.3
UTRAN (HSPA) and 3GPP GERAN/UTRAN SRVCC in 3GPP TS 23.216 V11.5.0.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-2 Signaling process for SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
6.3 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

This section describes the WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature.
6.3.1 Overview
If a UE initiates a VoIP service and moves out of the LTE coverage area, it can be handed
over to the UMTS network through SRVCC to continue with the voice service. With the
WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature, the UE can return to the LTE
network immediately when it finishes the voice service.
To avoid that the UE implements a fast return when it is in an LTE coverage hole or in a weak
LTE coverage area, which may lead to a fast return failure, LTE measurement is required after
the UE finishes the voice service. According to the LTE measurement, the RNC decides
whether to allow fast return of the UE to the LTE network.
When PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910)is selected, a fast return to the LTE network can be
triggered by the first AMR release of a UE that has been handed over to the UMTS network

WCDMA RAN
through SRVCC. If this switch is turned off, a fast return can be triggered by any AMR
release of the SRVCC UE as long as an RRC connection is live for the UE.
The following figure shows the principle of the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature.
Figure 6-3 Principle of the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature
The principle of Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User, as shown in Figure 6-3, is illustrated as
follows:
l Triggering phase: The RNC decides whether to trigger a fast return of the SRVCC UE to
the LTE network. For details, see 6.3.2 Triggering Conditions.
l Measurement phase: The RNC decides whether to start an LTE measurement. If an LTE
measurement is needed, it delivers the measurement control message and handles the
measurement result. For details, see 6.3.3 Measurement.
l Decision and Execution phase: The RNC decides which procedure to trigger to
implement the fast return, measurement-based redirection or handover. For details, see
6.3.4 Execution.
6.3.2 Triggering Conditions

If an SRVCC UE still has a PS service ongoing after it finishes a voice service, the RNC
triggers a fast return only when the following conditions are met:
l The Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature is enabled.
l The UE is identified as an SRVCC UE on the UMTS side.
However, for an SRVCC UE that has no PS service ongoing after it finishes a voice service,
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910) must be set to ON in addition to the preceding
conditions so that a fast return to the LTE network will be triggered.
The switches for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User include the RNC-level and cell-level
switches. The RNC-level switch is HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910). The cell-level switch is
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under

WCDMA RAN
UEs with CS only services and performing LTE-to-UMTS handovers through SRVCC are
distinguished from UEs with combined services and performing LTE-to-UMTS handovers
through SRVCC based on the conditions that they must meet.
l A UE is identified as the one with a CS only service and performing an LTE-to-UMTS
handover through SRVCC when the UE meets the following conditions:
– This UE is from an LTE cell: The UE sends a Relocation Request message when it
is handed over from the LTE network to the UMTS network and the value of the
"UE History Information" IE in the message is "Last Visited E-UTRAN Cell
Information."
– The UE is performing a CS only service: The value of the "CN Domain Indicator"
IE in the Relocation Request message is CS domain and the value of the
"numberOfIuInstances" IE is 1.
l A UE is identified as the one with combined services and performing an LTE-to-UMTS
handover through SRVCC when the UE meets the following conditions:
– The UE is performing an LTE-to-UMTS handover: In the Relocation Request
message received by the RNC, the "to target RRC Container" in the "Source RNC
To Target RNC Transparent Container" contains the "interRATHandoverInfo" IE.
– The handover request is for two domains: In the Relocation Request message
received by the RNC, the value of the "numberOfIuInstances" IE in the "Source
RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container" is 2.
– The UE is not an Ultra-Flash CSFB UE: The value of the cause IE in the Relocation
Request message is not "CS Fallback triggered(268)" and the message does not
carry the "CSFB Information" IE.
6.3.3 Measurement
Overview
If the UE supports LTE measurement in connected mode, LTE measurement is triggered in
this phase. If the UE does not support LTE measurement in connected mode, the process is
terminated.
information:
Similar to service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover, the measurement
report is sent using event 3C.
l Information about the neighboring cell or frequency to be measured. For details, see
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message.
l Measured item
Same as service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.4
l Measurement event-related parameters
– If no PS service is ongoing after the voice service is complete:
The RSRP- or RSRQ-based decision threshold is specified by
SigTargetRatThdRSRP(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
SigTargetRatThdRSRQ(BSC6900,BSC6910). Other parameters related to
measurement events are the same as those used for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS

WCDMA RAN
redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.4 Measurements on LTE Signal

Quality.
– If there is a PS service ongoing after the voice service is complete:
All measurement event related parameters are the same as those used for service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.4
If no PS service is ongoing after the voice service is complete, the LTE measurement duration
is specified by U2LTESigMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910). If there is a PS service ongoing
after the voice service is complete, the LTE measurement duration is specified by
U2LTEMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910).
The method of processing the measurement result is the same as that used for service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.4 Measurements on LTE
Signal Quality.

Set B contains all obtained LTE frequencies. Otherwise, the RNC performs filtering only
based on whether the UE supports the master frequency band and set B equals to set A.
UE.
When HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON,
the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B, regardless of whether
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to NO, the RNC filters frequencies
in set B according to the PLMN of the operator providing services to the UE: If the
switch for non-neighboring-cell redirection based on frequencies has been turned on, the
CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the switch for non-neighboring-cell redirection
based on frequencies has been turned off, the RNC filters frequencies based on
CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). Set C is obtained.

WCDMA RAN
been configured:
– If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE (the inter-
PLMN handover frequency list is configured using the ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST command) and the switch for non-neighboring-cell
based redirection based on frequencies has been turned on, the RNC filters
frequencies based on SupCnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
obtained.
– When an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has not been configured for the UE
(the inter-PLMN handover frequency list is configured using ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST), the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set
B.
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set D is obtained.
priorities.
7.
– HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected.
– The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID and parameters related to the UE's SPID have
been configured, for example, RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910).
not empty.
NOTE
For configurations of the SPID-based dedicated priority, see Flexible User Steering Feature
6. Select LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
The RNC first checks set D and filters out the LTE frequencies whose SPID-based
dedicated priorities are lower than the absolute priority of the serving cell's frequency
and then selects at most four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies
based on the SPID-based dedicated priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected
frequencies are to be measured.
The SPID-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the SPID-based dedicated priority is used if it is
configured by using the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the SPID-based
dedicated priority is not configured, the absolute priority is used by specifying the
SPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the SPID-based dedicated priority is not
configured, the absolute priority is used by specifying the SPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
l For LTE frequencies, the SPID-based dedicated priority is used if it is configured by using the
DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) command. Otherwise, when
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is
turned on, the connected mode priority is used by specifying the
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter; when this switch is turned off, the absolute priority
is used by specifying the NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l During cross-Iur handovers or redirections, the SPID-based dedicated priorities for the
frequencies of the neighboring LTE cells are forwarded by the DRNC to the SRNC. The
SRNC considers that these SPID-based dedicated priorities are equal to each other (all
neighboring LTE cells have the lowest SPID-based dedicated priority). Therefore, it does not
use the SPID-based dedicated priority to filter or rank the neighboring LTE cells.
performs step 9:
not empty.
NOTE
– The LTE frequencies belong to the frequency priority group (specified by the
RatFreqPriorityGroupId(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter) corresponding to the
UE's IMSI.
– The U2LConnTargetFreqInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to TRUE for
– Priorities of the LTE frequencies are higher than the serving UMTS cell's priority.
NOTE
For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the IMSI-based dedicated priority is used if the
IMSI-based dedicated priority is configured, or the absolute priority is used if the IMSI-
based dedicated priority is not configured. The IMSI-based dedicated priority is configured
using the DediPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter and the absolute priority is
configured using the SPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for a UMTS frequency.
Then the RNC obtains the intersection set of set D and set E. From the intersection set,
frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured.

WCDMA RAN
The IMSI-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the

9. The RNC selects frequencies based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode
priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH
underHoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)):
If this switch is turned off, the RNC first filters out the LTE frequencies that have lower
absolute priorities than the serving cell's frequency and then selects at most four LTE
FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies based on the absolute priorities of the
LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured. The absolute priority of a
frequency is specified by the NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If this switch is turned on, the RNC first filters out the LTE frequencies whose
connected-mode priorities are lower than the absolute priority of the serving cell's
frequency and then selects at most four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD
frequencies based on the connected-mode priorities of the frequencies. The selected
frequencies are to be measured. The connected mode priority of a frequency is specified
by the NPriorityConnect(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE
For cross-Iur measurement, the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priority does not take effect and
the SRNC processes the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priorities of frequencies corresponding to
neighboring LTE cells under the DRNC as the lowest priorities.
6.3.4 Execution
After receiving a 3C measurement report, the RNC determines whether to perform a
redirection or handover according to the following rules:
l If there is no PS service after the voice service is complete or the non-neighboring-cell
frequency-based redirection switch
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter) is turned on, the RNC performs a
redirection.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode
priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are sequenced in a
descending order of priority. If two frequencies have the same priority, they are
sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode
priority switch is turned off, frequencies are sequenced in a descending order of signal
quality. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out
LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Finally, a maximum of four FDD LTE
frequencies and four TDD LTE frequencies ranking at the top of the list are selected.
l If the switch for triggering non-neighboring-cell frequency-based redirection when there
is a PS service ongoing after completion of a voice service is turned off, the RNC checks
whether HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected:
– If this switch is turned on and the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE handover, the RNC
performs a handover.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are
sequenced in a descending order of priority. If two frequencies have the same
priority, they are sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. When the UL

WCDMA RAN
Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out cells carrying
heavy traffic. If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned off,
frequencies are sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. The cell
corresponding to the frequency that is ranked at the top of the list is selected as the
target cell of handover.
– If this switch is turned off or the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE handover, the
RNC performs a redirection.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are
sequenced in a descending order of priority. If two frequencies have the same
priority, they are sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. If the UMTS-to-
LTE connected mode priority switch is turned off, frequencies are sequenced in a
descending order of signal quality. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature
is enabled, the RNC filters out cells carrying heavy traffic. Finally, a maximum of
four FDD LTE frequencies and four TDD LTE frequencies ranked at the top of the
list are selected.
When the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the LTE frequency
priority to be used is determined as follows:
l When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected,
the LTE frequency uses the SPID-based dedicated priority, which is specified by the
l When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
is not selected and HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses the
IMSI-based dedicated priority, which is specified by the
l When neither HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter nor HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses the connected mode priority, which is
specified by the NPriorityConnect(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
For the procedures of UMTS-to-LTE redirection and handover, see 4.3.5 UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection and Handover Procedures.
NOTE
l After LTE measurement is triggered by fast return, the RNC directly releases the RRC connection if
the PS service is released before the RNC receives an LTE measurement report from the UE.
l An SRVCC UE's fast return to the LTE network requires a measurement report. Therefore, a 3C
measurement report of an LTE cell may be sent during the location area update (LAU) procedure.
After receiving the 3C measurement report, the RNC terminates the LAU procedure and triggers a
UMTS-to-LTE fast return. After being handed over or redirected to an LTE cell, the UE performs
combined attach. Hence, the LAU success rate on the CN side is not affected by SRVCC UEs' fast
return to the LTE network.
l If both a 3C report for fast return and an SHO event report are generated, the RNC preferentially
handles the SHO event report.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for

LTE
This chapter describes the feature WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE.

WCDMA RAN
7.1 Overview
In versions earlier than RAN15.0, UMTS and LTE cannot exchange load information even
when the two networks cover the same geographical area.
l The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a circuit
switched fallback (CSFB) from LTE to UMTS. If the target UMTS cell is congested, the
UE may fail to access the UMTS network.
l The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a load-
based handover from LTE to UMTS. This leads to handover preparation failures,
increases the signaling load, and may also increase the possibility that handovers are not
performed in time.
To address these problems, Huawei introduced the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE feature. This feature reports the load status of the target UMTS cells to the eNodeB
through the RAN information management (RIM) procedure during a CSFB or load-based
handover from LTE to UMTS. The eNodeB selects a target UMTS cell based on the load
status received, which improves the preparation success rate for load based LTE-to-UMTS
handovers and avoids the ping-pong effect of inter-RAT handovers.
l During a CSFB, the eNodeB preferentially selects a non-overloaded UMTS cell as the
target cell.
l During a load-based handover from LTE to UMTS, the eNodeB preferentially selects a
UMTS cell that is neither congested nor overloaded as the target cell.
For more information about post-CSFB service processing after a target cell is selected, see
CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description. For more information about service processing
after the target cell is selected during a load-based L2U inter-RAT handover, see LTE
document Inter-RAT Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status
7.2.1 RIM Procedure

In the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE feature, the RIM procedure is used to
notify the eNodeB of the load status of target UMTS cells. The RIM messages can be
exchanged using the CN or Huawei eCoordinator depending on the setting of
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH5(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
in the UTRAN. When RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RIM messages are
exchanged using the CN. When RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH is set to ON and
RIM_SWITCH on the eCoordinator is set to ON, the RIM messages are exchanged using
Huawei eCoordinator.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, the RIM procedure involves the eNodeB,
MME, SGSN, and RNC. Figure 7-1 shows the RIM procedure between the UMTS and LTE
networks.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 7-1 RIM procedure using the CN to exchange RIM messages
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, the RIM procedure involves the
eNodeB, eCoordinator, and RNC. Figure 7-2 shows the RIM procedure between the UMTS
and LTE networks.
Figure 7-2 RIM procedure using the eCoordinator to exchange RIM messages
NOTE
Huawei eCoordinator can be used to exchange RIM messages of the RIM procedure when the following
conditions are met: The eNodeB and RNC are both provided by Huawei and connected to the same
eCoordinator. The CNs to which the eNodeB and RNC are connected do not support the RIM procedure
or are not enabled with the RIM procedure. To exchange RIM messages using Huawei eCoordinator
during the RIM procedure, the RIM procedure must be enabled on all the involved NEs. Otherwise,
these NEs will neither send nor receive any RIM message to or from the CN.

WCDMA RAN
The RIM procedure supports two information exchange modes: Single Report and Multiple
Report.
l Single Report
In Single Report mode, the source sends a request, and then the target responds with a
single report. In this feature, the source is the eNodeB, and the target is the RNC.
l Multiple Report
In Multiple Report mode, the target responds with a report upon receiving the initial
request from the source and sends a report to the source each time the load status
changes.
During a CSFB or load-based handover from LTE to UMTS, the RIM procedure uses the
Multiple Report mode to report the load status of target UMTS cells.
For details about the RIM procedure, see section 8c "Signalling procedures between RIM
SAPs" in 3GPP TS 48.018 V11.3.0.
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

Huawei RNC sends the load status of target UMTS cells to the eNodeB through the RIM
procedure in Multiple Report mode. The RIM procedure is enabled on the RNC side only
when INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
When RIM messages are exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH
under the PROCESSSWITCH5(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to ON on the RNC and RIM_SWITCH is set to ON
on the eCoordinator.
The following describes the RIM procedure on the RNC side:
1. The RNC receives a RAN Information Request message.
– The RNC determines whether to use the Multiple Report mode based on the value
of the PDU Type Extension IE in the RIM PDU Indications IE.
– The RNC checks the value of the RIM Application Identity IE in the message.
When the IE value is SON Transfer, the message aims to request the load status of
UMTS cells.
2. The RNC reports the load status of UMTS cells to the eNodeB through the RIM
message. The number of cell load states that can be reported is specified by the
LoadLevelForLTE(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
When LoadLevelForLTE(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to D3, three cell load states can be
reported. The Overload Flag IE in the message carries the load status information. The
RNC sets this IE based on the following rules:
– When the UMTS cell is in the Normal state, the RIM message does not carry the
Overload Flag IE.
– When the UMTS cell is in the Load Reshuffling (LDR) state, the RNC sets the IE to
congestion.
– When the UMTS cell is in the Overload Control (OLC) state, the RNC sets the IE to
overload.
When LoadLevelForLTE(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to D4, four cell load states can be
reported. The Overload Flag IE in the message carries the load status information. The
RNC sets this IE based on the following rules:

WCDMA RAN
– When the UMTS cell is in the LightLoad state, in which the cell load is smaller than
or equal to the downlink cell power load threshold for the PS CLB state, which is
specified by DlPwrPSClbTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RIM message does not
carry this IE.
– When the UMTS cell is in the MidLoad state (between LightLoad and LDR), the
RNC sets the IE to MidLoad.
– When the UMTS cell is in the Load Reshuffling (LDR) state, the RNC sets the IE to
congestion.
– When the UMTS cell is in Overload Control (OLC) state, the RNC sets the IE to
overload.
LoadLevelForLTE(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to D3 by default. For versions
earlier than eRAN7.0, this parameter does not need to be set. For eRAN7.0 and
later versions, this parameter must be set to D4.
NOTE
When DC-HSDPA carriers are used on the UMTS side, it is recommended that the switch for
optimizing the DC-HSDPA carrier group load decision and broadcasting method be turned on to
estimate the UMTS cell load status more accurately. To turn on this switch, select
PERFENH_DC_HSDPA_GROUP_LOAD_OPT_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If this switch is turned on, the RNC considers the load status of the DC-HSDPA carrier group
when reporting the UMTS cell load to the eNodeB. In this case, when either the UMTS cell or the
DC-HSDPA carrier group is in the LDR or OLC state, the RNC reports "congestion" or "overload"
as the UMTS cell load status.
If this switch is turned off, the RNC considers only the UMTS cell load status but does not
consider the DC-HSDPA carrier group's load status.
3. When the load status of the UMTS cell changes, the RNC notifies the eNodeB of the
new load status through the RIM procedure, in which it sets the Overload Flag IE
according to rules in step 2.
NOTE
Huawei has extended the value range of the Overload Flag IE. According to 3GPP protocols, this
IE has only one value (overload). Huawei adds another two values (congestion and MidLoad) for
the IE.
The interval at which the RNC updates the UMTS cell load status that is transferred to the
eNodeB is set by the parameter LoadUptForLTETimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910).
The maximum number of RIM messages sent by the RNC per second is set by the parameter
LoadUptForLTEMaxNum(BSC6900,BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 8 Related Features
8 Related Features
8.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE

Phase 1
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
None
8.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

Feature ID Feature Name Description
LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to The use of this feature depends on the CSFB

UTRAN feature on the LTE side.

None

WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE fast return
attempts are reduced.
MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video When this feature is enabled together with the
Steering MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video Steering
feature, a UE performing CS+PS combined
services (including a video service) and
handed over to the UMTS network through
SRVCC/CSFB is subject to the following
restriction: After it finishes the CS service, its
fast return to the LTE network is allowed only
if the target cell's rate assessed by the
eCoordinator reaches the video service
satisfaction rate.
8.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
None

None
Impacted Features
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections
are reduced.
8.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE
None

WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
are reduced.
8.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection

from UMTS to LTE
LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE The function of selecting LTE cells based on
Target Cell LTE load requires the LOFD-070203 RIM
Selection Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.

None
Impacted Features
are reduced.

WCDMA RAN
8.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE

None
Impacted Features
are reduced.
satisfaction rate.

WCDMA RAN
8.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS

to LTE

None
Impacted Features
WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load

Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover is added.
are reduced.
8.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE

None

WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load

Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover is added.
satisfaction rate.
8.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover feature depends on the feature
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN, which
must be activated before you can use the
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover feature.

None
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN
8.10 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell

Selection for LTE
None

None
Impacted Features
None
8.11 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB


None
Impacted Features
None

LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN The use of this feature depends on the SRVCC
feature on the LTE side.

None

WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 9 Impact on the Network
9 Impact on the Network

Phase 1
9.1.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.1.2 Network Performance

A UE in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state keeps an RRC connection with the RNC.
When this kind of UE initiates a UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, the RNC is not aware of the
cell reselection and the call drop rate is affected. Therefore, it is recommended that network
performance be evaluated without counting the call drop rate of UEs in the CELL_FACH or
CELL_PCH state after UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection is enabled.
If the CN can carry the "Out of Utran" IE in the Iu Release Command message, the CN can
thus notify the RNC that the UE in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state has reselected an
LTE cell. After receiving the message, the RNC immediately releases RRC resources of the
UE and counts this release attempt as a normal one, which does not affect the call drop rate of
UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state.

No impact.

This feature reduces the cell reselection delay within 500 ms from 8s, thereby improving user
experience.

WCDMA RAN
Measurement-based fast return prevents the out-of-service problem of UEs due to LTE
coverage holes. However, compared with blind redirection-based fast return, measurement-
based fast return has a longer delay because it requires inter-RAT measurement after a UE
finishes the CS service.
RSCP measurement-based fast return can improve the success rate of blind redirections and
reduce the impact of LTE measurement in compressed mode.
Since this feature can prevent the out-of-service problem of UEs, there will be more online
CSFB UEs and the value of the
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter will be
increased after this feature is enabled.

UMTS to LTE

No impact.

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be redirected to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage,
call drops may occur.

UMTS to LTE

No impact.

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be handed over to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS redirection, PS handover shortens the duration of service interruptions but
imposes more requirements for the CN.

from UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

No impact.

When UEs or the network does not support PS handovers from UMTS to LTE, this feature
redirects the UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs to LTE. The redirection has the following benefits:
l Improved user experience
l Reduced UMTS network load
l The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which prevents ping-pong
handovers between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of
UMTS-to-LTE redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections
in this case, increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting
the TargetRatThdRSRP(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
TargetRatThdRSRQ(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET
UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
In areas with weak LTE coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently, thereby
increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable when a large
number of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. If there are only
few UEs processing PS services in a cell, the PS throughput of a UE decreases by about 30%
after the UE enters the compressed mode. When a large number of UEs processing PS
services enter the compressed mode, the impact on these UEs' PS throughput is not
significant.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage,
call drops may occur.
9.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE

No impact.

This feature hands over UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs from UMTS to LTE. This feature has
the following benefits:
l Improved user experience
l Reduced loads on the UMTS network
l The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which improves the success rate of
UMTS-to-LTE handover preparations and prevents ping-pong handovers between
UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a UMTS-to-LTE

WCDMA RAN
redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case,
increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the
TargetRatThdRSRP(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
TargetRatThdRSRQ(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET
UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
In areas with weak LTE weak coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently,
thereby increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable when a
large number of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. If there are
only few UEs processing PS services in a cell, the PS throughput of a UE decreases by about
30% after the UE enters the compressed mode. When a large number of UEs processing PS
services enter the compressed mode, the impact on these UEs' PS throughput is not
significant.
9.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS

to LTE
No impact.

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be redirected to LTE cells when UMTS
cells are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the congestion in the current
UMTS cell and decreases user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE
network performance is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which reduces ping-pong handovers and
redirections between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a UMTS-
to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case, increase
the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the
TargetRatThdRSRP(BSC6900,BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
9.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE
No impact.

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be handed over to LTE cells when the
UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the current UMTS cell and

WCDMA RAN
decreases user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE network
performance is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which reduces ping-pong handovers and
redirections between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a UMTS-
to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case, increase
the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the
TargetRatThdRSRP(BSC6900,BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
9.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE

Emergency Calls

No impact.

This feature increases the success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for
LTE emergency calls.
When the target UMTS cell is congested, too many CSFB requests caused by LTE emergency
calls may preempt the UMTS resources, increasing the call drop rate on the UMTS network.

Handover

No impact.

For the PS service, compared with the CS only SRVCC handover, this feature reduces the
interruption duration of the PS service. Tests in the lab show that a PS service is interrupted
for 4s to 5s during a CS only SRVCC handover and for 500 ms to 1s during an SRVCC with a
PS handover.
For SRVCC of the CS+PS services, this feature reduces the access rate of the PS service to
improve the access success rate of the CS service.
For SRVCC of an emergency call, this feature allows the emergency call to preempt resources
of other services and therefore ensures the access success rate of the emergency call.
The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature enables PS services to be carried
on HSPA+ channels after being handed over to the UMTS network. It helps improve user
experience.

WCDMA RAN
The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature enables admission of the PS RB
with a reduced rate when the UMTS load is relatively high. It helps increase the SRVCC
handover preparation success rate.
With this feature enabled, if the timer for an incoming relocation request message from the PS
domain expires after the RNC receives an incoming relocation request message from the CS
domain, the RNC allows the incoming relocation of the CS domain. This mechanism
improves the SRVCC handover preparation success rate.

Selection for LTE

No impact.

This feature increases the preparation success rates of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers
and LTE-to-UMTS CSFB when UMTS cells are congested or overloaded, and also reduces
inter-RAT ping-pong effects.

System Capacity
The change in this feature has no impact.
Network Performance
The change in this feature has no impact.

System Capacity
None
Network Performance
This feature reduces the time required for UEs to return to the LTE network from the serving
UMTS network, improving user experience.
Compressed mode LTE measurement is started after an SRVCC UE finishes its voice service.
If the UE is located in an LTE coverage hole or weak LTE coverage area at this moment, the
compressed mode LTE measurement fails. This problem may deteriorate the UMTS network's
KPIs such as the call drop rate.

WCDMA RAN
LTE measurement is triggered after an SRVCC UE (without any PS service) finishes its voice
service. If the RNC receives a 3C measurement report for LTE during setup of the new PS
RB, a fast return will be triggered for the SRVCC UE, resulting in the failure of the new PS
RB setup. However, this type of procedure overlapping rarely happens and its impact can be
ignored.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines
10 Engineering Guidelines

Phase 1
After WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 is enabled, cell reselection
from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be enabled.
10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

This feature is recommended for the areas that are jointly covered by LTE networks and
UMTS networks.
10.1.2 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. For details about how to
configure this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE
equipment vendor.
Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
None
l Dependencies on Other Features
None
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Feature Feature License License NE Licens Sales

ID Name Control Control e Unit
Item Item Allocat
Name ion for
Multip
le
Operat
ors
WRFD-02 Mobility LQW1UL Mobility BSC6900 Method per

0126 Between M01RES Between BSC6910 2 Mbps
UMTS and UMTS and
LTE Phase LTE Phase
1 1 (per
Mbps)
Method 2: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be

consistent with that of the license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed values
can be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
l Other Prerequisites
– The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later and supports both UMTS and LTE.
– If absolute priority-based cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state needs to
be supported, UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 11 or later, be able to support
both UMTS and LTE, and support measurement-based cell reselection in the
CELL_FACH state.
– If the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection
needs to be supported, the CN needs to support the function of carrying the "Out of
Utran" IE in the Iu Release Command message.
– The LTE network supports this feature.
Data Preparation
Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
SIB Switch SibCfgBitMap(BSC To activate this Radio network plan

6900,BSC6910) feature, select SIB19 (internal)
under this parameter.
Absolute priority SPriority(BSC6900, Set this parameter to Radio network plan

level of the serving BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
cell
E-UTRA Absolute EARFCN(BSC6900 Set this parameter as Radio network plan

Radio Frequency ,BSC6910) planned. (internal)
Channel Number

WCDMA RAN
Absolute Priority NPriority(BSC6900, Set this parameter as Radio network plan

Level of the E- BSC6910) planned. If UEs (internal)
UTRA Frequency preferentially camp
on LTE cells, set the
absolute priorities of
the E-UTRA
frequencies higher
than the absolute
priority of the
serving cell.
This parameter NodeBProtclVer(BS It is recommended Radio network plan

specifies the NodeB C6900,BSC6910) that this parameter (internal)
protocol version. be set to R8 or later.
Optimization OptimizationSwitch If the optimized Default value/

Switch6 6(BSC6900,BSC691 procedure for Recommended value
0) releasing a UE after
an inter-RAT cell
reselection needs to
be supported, select
OPTI_REL_UE_A
FTER_IRAT_RES
EL_SWITCH
Process Control PROCESSSWITCH To enable the Default value/

Switch 4 4(BSC6900,BSC691 UMTS-to-LTE Recommended value
0) quick cell
reselection function,
select
FAST_RETURN_L
TE_BY_CELL_SE
LECT_SWITCH
If the function of UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state needs to be
enabled, set parameters in the following table.
FACH Absolute CellFachPrioReselS To enable this Default value/

Priority-based Cell witch(BSC6900,BS function, you need Recommended value
Reselect SW C6910) to turn on this
switch.

WCDMA RAN
FACH Absolute CellFachMeasLay- To allow UEs in the Default value/

Priority-based er(BSC6900,BSC69 CELL_FACH state Recommended value
Measure Layer 10) to reselect only the
cells of higher-
priority frequencies,
set this parameter to
HIGH_PRIO_LAY
ERS. To allow UEs
in the CELL_FACH
state to reselect cells
of all frequencies,
set this parameter to
ALL_LAYERS.
FACH Measurement FACHMeasInd(BS To enable this Radio network plan

Indicator C6900,BSC6910) function, set this (internal)
parameter to
INTER_RAT or
INTER_FREQ_AN
D_INTER_RAT.
RSRQ Delivery in RSRQSwitch(BSC6 To enable this Default value/

SIB19 Switch 900,BSC6910) function, you need Recommended value
to turn on this
switch.
Activation (Using MML Commands)

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH
with the SIB19 check box under the SIB Switch parameter selected.
NOTE
The RNC sends SIB19 messages to UEs if the cell is configured with information about the frequencies
of neighboring LTE cells and the SIB19 check box under the SIB Switch parameter is selected. The
SIB19 message contains the neighboring LTE cell list and LTE cell reselection parameters.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL
with the Absolute priority level of the serving cell parameter set to an appropriate value.
The default value is recommended.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD

UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, specify the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency parameters
based on the network plan.
NOTE
Frequencies of different RATs cannot be configured with the same priority.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEB or MOD UNODEB with the NodeB
Protocol Version parameter set to R8 or a later version.

WCDMA RAN
Step 5 On the LTE side, configure the related parameters to activate this feature.
For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents
provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used, see Mobility
Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN.
Step 6 (Optional) To enable the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function, run the RNC MML
command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch 4 parameter selected.
Step 7 (Optional) To enable the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell
reselection, run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch6
parameter selected.
NOTE
When the CN has not delivered an SRNS context request and this function has been enabled, the RNC
will immediately release radio resources upon receiving an IU Release Command message containing
the "OUT of UTRAN" IE. When the CN has delivered an SRNS context request, the RNC regards that
the UE has moved to the LTE cell and will release radio resources immediately after receiving the IU
Release Command message, regardless of whether this function has been enabled.
Step 8 (Optional) To enable UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state,
perform the following operations:
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD
UCELLSELRESEL with FACH Absolute Priority-based Cell Reselect SW set to ON
to enable absolute priority-based measurement and reselection in the CELL_FACH state.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD
UCELLSELRESEL with FACH Absolute Priority-based Measure Layer set to an
appropriate value.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLMEAS or MOD UCELLMEAS, with
FACH Measurement Indicator set to INTER_RAT or
INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO with RSRQ Delivery in SIB19 Switch set to TRUE.
----End
MML Command Examples

//Activating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-1;
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO, QrxlevminExtSup=FALSE,
NonhcsInd=NOT_CONFIGURED, ThdPrioritySearch1=2, ThdPrioritySearch2=2, Spriority=4;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7, BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
MOD UNODEB: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1, NODEBPROTCLVER=R8;
//Enabling the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell

reselection
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch6=OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function UEs in the CELL_FACH state to perform cell reselection to
LTE
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, CellFachPrioReselSwitch=ON;
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, CellFachMeasLayer=HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS;
MOD UCELLMEAS: CellId=1, InterFreqInterRatMeasInd=INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT,
FACHMeasInd=INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, RSRQSwitch=TRUE;

WCDMA RAN
Activation (Using the CME)

Step 1 On the UMTS side:
Method 1:
NOTE
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of
the parameter setting interface.
1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.
Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-1. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.
2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch
modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Table 10-1 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configurab
Name ID le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCELLSIBSWIT RN SIB Switch SibCfgBitMa Yes

CH C (select SIB19 p(BSC6900,B
under this SC6910)
parameter)
2 UCELLSELRESE RN Absolute SPriority(BS Yes

L C priority level of C6900,BSC69
the serving cell 10)
3 UCELLNFREQPR RN E-UTRA EARFCN(BS No

IOINFO C Absolute Radio C6900,BSC69
Frequency 10)
Channel
Number
Absolute NPriority(BS
Priority Level C6900,BSC69
of the E-UTRA 10)
Frequency
4 UNODEB RN NodeB Protocol NodeBProtcl No

C Version (Set this Ver(BSC6900,
parameter to R8 BSC6910)
or a later
version.)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
5 URRCTRLSWITC RN Optimization OptimizationS Yes

H C Switch6 witch6(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
6 UCELLSELRESE RN FACH Absolute CellFachPrio Yes

L C Priority-based ReselSwitch(
Cell Reselect BSC6900,BS
SW C6910)
7 UCELLSELRESE RN FACH Absolute CellFachMea Yes

L C Priority-based sLayer(BSC6
Measure Layer 900,BSC6910
)
8 UCELLMEAS RN FACH FACHMeasIn Yes

C Measurement d(BSC6900,B
Indicator SC6910)
9 UCELLNFREQPR RN RSRQ Delivery RSRQSwitch( Yes

IOINFO C in SIB19 Switch BSC6900,BS
C6910)
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the
following section in the CME product documentation or online help: CME
Management > CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature
Operation and Maintenance
Step 2 On the LTE side:
For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents
provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used, see Mobility
Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN.
----End
Activation Observation
Step 1 In the Navigation Tree pane on the RNC LMT, click the Trace tab. In the displayed Trace
Navigation Tree pane, double-click UMTS Services. On the unfolded list, double-click Uu
Interface Trace. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box, select
RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE19 to trace Uu interface SIB19 message, as shown in Figure 10-1.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 10-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box
Step 2 Analyze the traced messages.

l If the SIB19 message has been traced on the Uu interface, as shown in Figure 10-2, this
feature has been activated.
l If the SIB19 message is not traced on the Uu interface, this feature is not activated.
Figure 10-2 SIB19 message tracing
Step 3 (Optional) In the Uu interface tracing data, check whether there is a "cell-fach-meas-ind" IE
in the SIB19 message. If so, UEs in the CELL_FACH state can perform cell reselections to
the LTE network.
Step 4 Observe signaling messages on the UE side. If the UE in the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH state or IDLE mode reselects an LTE cell and sends an RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message in the LTE cell to perform the Tracking Area Update process after
receiving SIB19, the UE has completed the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection.

WCDMA RAN
Step 5 (Optional) If a UE in the CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state reselects the LTE

network and the CN supports the function of sending the "Out of Utran" IE in the Iu Release
Command message, check whether the RNC has delivered an RRC release message. If the
RNC has not delivered the message, the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-
RAT cell reselection has been enabled.
----End
Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH with the SIB19 check box under
the SIB Switch parameter cleared.
----End
Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE
When configuring the Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a
single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the
parameter setting interface.

instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Table 10-2 Configuring the parameters on the CME

Name ID le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCELLSIBSWIT RN SIB Switch SibCfgBitMa Yes

CH C (clear SIB19 p(BSC6900,B
under this SC6910)
parameter)

//Deactivating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-0;

WCDMA RAN

After this feature is enabled, monitor network performance by observing the following
counters.
Counter Name Object Type Function Subset Counter

Description
VS.U2L.OutOfUT CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of Times

RAN.CellResel.PC PCH UEs Leave
H(BSC6900,BSC69 UTRAN Through
10) Cell Reselection
VS.U2L.OutOfUT CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of Times

RAN.CellResel.FA FACH UEs Leave
CH(BSC6900,BSC UTRAN Through
6910) Cell Reselections

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the feature WRFD-140226 Fast
Return from UMTS to LTE. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side,
see the LTE document CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description.
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

This feature is applicable to the areas that are covered by both LTE networks (not supporting
CS services) and UMTS networks. In these areas, UEs on LTE networks fall back to UMTS
networks through CSFB to process CS services.
l If the LTE network does not provide continuous coverage, it is recommended that the
LTE measurement-based fast return function be enabled. If the LTE network provides
continuous coverage, the blind fast return function is recommended.
– Measurement-based fast return: If no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection function must be enabled. If LTE neighboring
cells have been configured, either the neighboring-cell-based redirection or non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection function can be enabled.
– Blind fast return: This type of fast return is implemented through non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection irrespective of whether the non-neighboring-cell-based
redirection switch has been turned on.
l It is recommended that the RSCP measurement-based fast return function be enabled in
LTE and UMTS co-site scenarios.
10.2.2 Required Information

Before deploying this feature, ensure that the following conditions are met:
l UMTS and LTE are deployed together and UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps.
l The LTE LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN feature has been activated on the LTE
side.

WCDMA RAN
l The duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS has been obtained. The duration
starts when the UE receives an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message from the
UTRAN and ends when the UE initiates an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in
the EUTRAN. The duration is in the UE logs.
10.2.3 Planning
None
10.2.4 Deployment
Requirements
l Other Features
The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN has been activated on the LTE
side. For details about how to activate this feature, see LTE document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter Description.
l Requirements for other NEs as well as for network equipment and transmission devices
from other vendors
– UE
The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the UE needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handover.
– Other NEs
If CS fallback based on a PS handover needs to be supported, the cause value in the
handover request message must be "CS Fallback triggered" on the LTE side or the
handover request message contains the "CSFB Information" IE and the IE's value is
"CSFB" or "CSFB High Priority."
– CN
The IU release command message sent by the MSC includes a CSFB indication.
If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the SGSN needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handover.
l License
For details about how to activate a license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

WCDMA RAN
Feature Feature License License NE Licens Sales

ID Name Control Control e Unit
Item Item Allocat
Name ion for
Multip
le
Operat
ors
WRFD-14 Fast LQW1FR Fast BSC6900 Method per Erl

0226 Return ULRESE Return and 1
from from BSC6910
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Erl)
WRFD-14 Fast LQW1FR Fast BSC6900 Method per

0226 Return ULRESM Return and 2 Mbps
from from BSC6910
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)

consistent with that of the license item "Voice Erlang-Erlang". The licensed values can
be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
HandOver Switch HoSwitch(BSC6900 Select Default value/

,BSC6910) HO_UMTS_TO_L Recommended value
TE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the UMTS-
to-LTE Fast Return
function at the RNC
level.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch Select Default value/

Enhancement 3(BSC6900,BSC691 PERFENH_PS_FA Recommended value
Switch 3 0) ST_RETURN_LTE
_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return function at
the RNC level.
Fast Return To LTE FastReturnToLTES Select Default value/

Switch witch(BSC6900,BS HO_UMTS_TO_L Recommended value
C6910) TE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under
this parameter to
activate the feature
at the cell level.
Select
PERFENH_PS_FA
ST_RETURN_LTE
_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the
enhancement to this
feature at the cell
level.

WCDMA RAN
Fast Return from U2LFastReturnErl In RAN sharing or Radio network plan

UMTS to LTE- MOCN scenarios, (internal)
Erlang the sum of Erlangs
of all operators,
including the
primary and
secondary operators,
cannot be greater
than the allocated
value in the license
file.
In other scenarios,
no special
configurations are
required.
Fast Return from U2LFastReturnKb In RAN sharing or Radio network plan

UMTS to LTE-kbps ps MOCN scenarios, (internal)
the sum of PS traffic
of all operators,
including the
primary and
secondary operators,
cannot be greater
than the allocated
value in the license
file.
In other scenarios,
no special
configurations are
required.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2(BSC690 l If the LTE Radio network plan

0,BSC6910) system supports (internal)
extended
frequency bands
(26 to 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_
LTE_BAND_S
WITCH under
this parameter to
support UMTS-
to-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequency bands.
l Select
HO_U2L_BASE
_UE_LTE_ME
AS_CAP_SWIT
CH under this
parameter to
support filtering
of frequencies
according to UE
capabilities
during fast
return.
LTE Measurement U2LTESigMeasTim The default value is Radio network plan

Duration with Only e(BSC6900,BSC691 recommended. (internal)
Signaling 0)
U2L RSRP SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network plan

Threshold with Only RP(BSC6900,BSC6 applicable to single- (internal)
Signaling 910) signaling scenarios
and the default value
is recommended.
U2L RSRQ SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network plan

Threshold with Only RQ(BSC6900,BSC6 applicable to single- (internal)
Signaling 910) signaling scenarios
and the default value
is recommended.

WCDMA RAN
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch To enable the Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 7 7(BSC6900,BSC691 measurement-based (internal)
0) fast return to LTE
after the completion
of a single CS
service, select
PERFENH_CS_O
NLY_MEAS_FAST
_RETURN_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 To enable the Engineering design

0,BSC6910) handover-based fast
return to LTE after a
CSFB UE finishes
its voice service,
select
HO_HANDOVER_
FAST_RETURN_T
O_LTE_SWITCH
Optimization OptimizationSwitch To enable the Radio network plan

Switch6 6(BSC6910,BSC690 optimized fast return (internal)
0) procedure of a
CSFB UE to LTE,
select
U2L_CSFB_FAST
_RETURN_PROC
_OPTI_SWITCH
Fast Return To LTE FastReturnToLTES To turn on the cell- Radio network plan
Switch witch(BSC6910,BS level switch for (internal)
C6900) measurement-based
fast return to LTE
after the release of a
CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_MEAS_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 To turn on the RNC- Radio network plan

0,BSC6910) level switch for (internal)
measurement-based
fast return to LTE
after the release of a
CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_MEAS_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 To turn on the RNC- Radio network plan

0,BSC6910) level switch for (internal)
RSCP measurement-
based fast return to
LTE after the release
of a CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_RSCP_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH
Fast Return To LTE FastReturnToLTES To turn on the cell- Radio network plan
Switch witch(BSC6900,BS level switch for (internal)
C6910) RSCP measurement-
based fast return to
LTE after the release
of a CSFB UE's call,
select
HO_CSFB_BASE
D_RSCP_FAST_R
ETURN_SWITCH
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch Select Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 7 7(BSC6900,BSC691 PERFENH_FAST_ (internal)
0) RETURN_OPT_S
WITCH under this
parameter to enable
the function of
measurement-based
UMTS-to-LTE fast
return.

WCDMA RAN
RSCP Measure U2LNCovRscpPrdT This parameter is Radio network plan

Timer for Non- imer(BSC6900,BSC required for (internal)
coverage-based U2L 6910) enabling RSCP-
based UMTS-to-
LTE fast return. The
default value is
recommended.
RSCP Threshold for Cell-level This parameter is Radio network plan

Non-coverage-based parameter: required for (internal)
U2L U2LNCovRscpThd( enabling RSCP-
BSC6900,BSC6910) based UMTS-to-
RNC-level LTE fast return. The
parameter: default value is
U2LNCovRscpThd( recommended.
BSC6900,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 l When UMTS-to- Radio network plan

0,BSC6910) LTE fast return is (internal)
enabled and
target
frequencies are
sorted based on
the LTE
frequency
priorities in
connected mode,
select
HO_U2L_CON
N_PRIO_SWIT
CH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC
6900,BSC6910)
parameter. When
this switch is
selected, the
values of
UCELLNFREQ
PRIOINFO:
NPriorityConne
ct of all
configured
neighboring LTE
frequencies
cannot be 0.
l If the operator
has not
configured
neighboring LTE
cells, select
HO_U2L_REDI
R_BASED_ABS
OLUTE_FREQ
_SWITCH
under the
parameter list.

WCDMA RAN
Reserved Switch 12 RsvSwitch12(BSC6 It is recommended Radio network plan

900,BSC6910) that (internal)
RESERVED_SWI
TCH_12_BIT26
under Reserved
Switch 12 be
selected for UMTS-
to-LTE fast return
after CSFB
supplementary
services (such as
USSD and LCS) are
completed. When
this switch is
selected, the RNC
can identify the
LTE-to-UMTS
CSFB
supplementary
service UEs and
perform fast return
after supplementary
services are
completed.
Precautions
None

To activate UMTS-to-LTE fast return, perform the following steps:
Step 1 (Optional) In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang and Fast
Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and secondary operators.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL. In
this step, set Absolute priority level of the serving cell to an appropriate value.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, set E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency to appropriate
values.
NOTE
The value of Absolute priority level of the serving cell must be less than that of Absolute Priority
Level of the E-UTRA Frequency.
Step 4 (Optional) To turn on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN
under HandOver Switch1. Run the RNC MML command MOD

UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and specify the connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
Step 5 If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH
under the HandOver Switch2 parameter selected.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2 to enable
the function of filtering frequencies based on the UE capability during fast return.
----End
To activate the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions,
perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the cell- or RNC-level command to activate the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions.
l Run the cell-level command to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions as follows:
a. To enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the cell level, run the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under Fast Return
To LTE Switch.
b. To enable the enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the cell level, run the
RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH selected under Fast
Return To LTE Switch.
l Run the RNC-level command to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions as follows:
a. To enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the RNC level, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under HandOver
Switch.
b. To enable the enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the RNC level, run
the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH selected under Performance
Enhancement Switch 3.
NOTE
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return are configured, configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with

U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH selected under Optimization
Switch6 to shorten the time taken by UMTS-to-LTE fast return of CSFB UEs.
----End
To activate LTE measurement-based fast return, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Repeat the preceding steps to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.
Step 2 Enable the LTE measurement-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-level
command as follows:

WCDMA RAN
l Run the cell-level command to enable the LTE measurement-based fast return function.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected from Fast
l Run the RNC-level command to enable the LTE measurement-based fast return function.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under HandOver
Switch1.
NOTE
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to LTE measurement-based fast return are
configured, configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.
Step 3 (Optional) If no neighboring LTE cell is configured, you must enable the non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection function by selecting
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
Step 4 (Optional) To enable the fast return function of CSFB UEs with only signaling connections,
run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under Performance
Enhance Switch 7.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with LTE Measurement
Duration with Only Signaling and U2L RSRP Threshold with Only Signaling or U2L
RSRQ Threshold with Only Signaling set to appropriate values.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter to enable the handover-based fast return to LTE cells.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and select
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under the Performance Enhance Switch 7
parameter to enable the optimized function of UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
----End
(Optional) To activate the RSCP measurement-based fast return function, perform the
following steps:
Step 1 Repeat the preceding steps to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.
Step 2 Enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-level
command as follows:
l Run the cell-level command to enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return function.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected from Fast
l Run the RNC-level command to enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under HandOver
Switch1.

WCDMA RAN
Step 3 Run the cell-level MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD

UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with
the RSCP Threshold for Non-coverage-based U2L parameter set to an appropriate value.
This parameter specifies the RSCP threshold for the function of RSCP measurement-based
fast return. The default value -90 is recommended.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with the RSCP Measure Timer for
Non-coverage-based U2L parameter set to an appropriate value. This parameter specifies the
RSCP measurement period for the function of RSCP measurement-based fast return. The
default value D2000 is recommended.
----End
NOTE
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to RSCP measurement-based fast return are
configured, configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.
(Optional) To enable fast return for CSFB supplementary services, perform the
following steps:
After enabling UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return, perform
the following operations:
Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with

RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26 under the Reserved Switch 12 parameter selected.

//Activating UMTS-to-LTE fast return
//Setting the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang of all operators and
the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps of all operators in RAN sharing
or MOCN scenarios
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=PRIM,
FEATURERESASSIGNMODE=ManualAssign, U2LFastReturnErl=1000,
U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=SEC, FEATURERESASSIGNMODE=ManualAssign,
U2LFastReturnErl=1000, U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
//Configuring the absolute priority for a cell
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, SPriority=4;
//Configuring E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number and Absolute
Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency for the cell
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=7, ThdToHigh=2,
ThdToLow=2, EMeasBW=D6, EQrxlevmin=-70, EDetectInd=TRUE, BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
//(Optional) Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and
configuring the connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Enabling interoperability between UMTS frequency bands and LTE extended
frequency bands 26 to 31 when the LTE system supports these extended frequency
bands
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of filtering LTE frequencies based on the UE capability
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return
functions
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the cell level
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for optimized fast return of CSFB UEs to LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:OptimizationSwitch6=U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN
//Activating the LTE measurement-based fast return function

//Performing the following configurations after enabling the UMTS-to-LTE fast
return function
//Turning on the cell-level switch for LTE measurement-based fast return
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the RNC-level switch for LTE measurement-based fast return
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling non-neighboring-cell-based redirection if no neighboring
LTE cell is configured
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the switch for measurement-based fast return to LTE after a CS
service is released
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the time and RSRP/RSRQ thresholds for LTE measurement when the UE has
only signaling connections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LTESigMeasTime=3, SigTargetRatThdRSRP=36,
SigTargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//(Optional) Turning on the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function switch
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Activating the RSCP measurement-based fast return function
//Performing the following optional configurations after enabling the UMTS-to-LTE
fast return function
//Turning on the cell-level switch for RSCP measurement-based fast return
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the RNC-level switch for RSCP measurement-based fast return
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Configuring RSCP measurement reporting period
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer=D2000;
//Configuring the RSCP threshold for the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function at the cell level
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
//Configuring the RSCP threshold for the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function at the RNC level
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
//(Optional) Configuring the supplementary service UE identification switch
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch12=RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26-1;

NOTE
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging
out of the parameter setting interface.

NOTE
In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, licenses cannot be operated on the CME. Therefore, you
need to run the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return
from UMTS to LTE-Erlang and Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and
secondary operators.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-3 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configura
Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCELLSEL RNC Absolute SPriority(B Yes

RESEL priority level SC6900,BS
of the C6910)
serving cell
2 UCELLNFR RNC E-UTRA EARFCN(B No

EQPRIOINF Absolute SC6900,BS
O Radio C6910)
Frequency
Channel
Number
Absolute NPriority(B
Priority SC6900,BS
Level of the C6910)
E-UTRA
Frequency
3 UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch(B Yes

LGOSWITC Switch SC6900,BS
H C6910)
4 UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch1( Yes

LGOSWITC Switch1 BSC6900,B
H SC6910)
5 UCORRMP RNC Performance PerfEnhanc Yes

ARA Enhancemen eSwitch3(B
t Switch 3 SC6900,BS
C6910)
6 UCELLHO RNC Fast Return FastReturn Yes

COMM To LTE ToLTESwitc
Switch h(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
8 URRCTRLS RNC Optimizatio Optimizatio Yes

WITCH n Switch6 nSwitch6(B
SC6900,BS
C6910)

(Optional) ARA Enhance eSwitch7(B
Switch 7 SC6900,BS
C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
13 UU2LTEHO RNC RSCP U2LNCovRs Yes

(Optional) NCOV Threshold cpThd(BSC
for Non- 6900,BSC69
coverage- 10)
based U2L
14 UCELLU2L RNC RSCP U2LNCovRs Yes

(Optional) TEHONCO Threshold cpThd(BSC
V for Non- 6900,BSC69
coverage- 10)
based U2L
15 UU2LTEHO RNC RSCP U2LNCovRs Yes

(Optional) NCOV Measure cpPrdTimer(
Timer for BSC6900,B
Non- SC6910)
coverage-
based U2L
With this feature activated, if a UE that has fallen back to UMTS from LTE has released the
CS service in the UMTS cell, the RNC sends the UE an RRC Connection Release message.
The Redirection info IE in this message carries the information about the frequency used by
the neighboring LTE cell, as shown in Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-3 RRC Connection Release message tracing

Deactivate the feature at the cell and RNC levels as follows:
l At the cell level:
Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the Fast Return To
LTE Switch parameter.

WCDMA RAN
l At the RNC level:
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the HandOver
Switch parameter.
In the preceding configurations, cell-level configurations take precedence over RNC-level

configurations.

//Deactivating the feature at the cell level
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating the feature at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
----End

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

H C6910)
2 UCELLHO RNC Fast Return FastReturn Yes

COMM To LTE ToLTESwitc
Switch h(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

In the UE logs, check the duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts
when the UE transmits or receives a Disconnect message after processing a CS service and
ends when the UE initiates an RRC Connection Request message in the E-UTRAN.
If the duration shortens after the feature is activated, the feature has brought positive gains.
The following table lists counters indicating performance of UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
Counter Name Measureme Function Counter Description

nt Object Subset
VS.U2L.FastReturn.R CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L Redirections

edirect.CSFBUE(BSC .Cell Triggered by Fast Return of
6900,BSC6910) CSFB UEs for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCR CELL U2LTE.HO Number of UMTS to LTE Blind

elease.FastReturn.Blin .Cell Redirections Through Fast
d(BSC6900,BSC6910) Return for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Preparation Attempts

n.AttRelocPrepOutPS. .Cell for U2L PS Handovers Triggered
CSFBUE(BSC6900,BS by Fast Return of CSFB UEs for
C6910) Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful

n.SuccRelocPrepOutP .Cell Preparations for U2L PS
S.CSFBUE(BSC6900, Handovers Triggered by Fast
BSC6910) Return of CSFB UEs for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L PS Handover

n.AttOutPS.CSFBUE( .Cell Attempts Triggered by Fast
BSC6900,BSC6910) Return of CSFB UEs for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful U2L PS

n.SuccOutPS.CSFBU .Cell Handovers Triggered by Fast
E(BSC6900,BSC6910) Return of CSFB UEs for Cell
After measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return is enabled, the RNC also starts LTE
measurement after receiving a Disconnect message. LTE measurement in this case risks a call
drop because it requires delivery of the RB reconfiguration and measurement control
messages. When the coverage is normal, a UE has proactively ended the voice services, not
resulting in an actual call drop and therefore not affecting user experience. The number of call
drops of UEs in disconnected mode can be measured using the following counter.

nt Object Subset
VS.RAB.AbnormRel. UCELL RAB.RelA Number of CS RABs Abnormally

CS.Disconnect(BSC69 bnormal.Ce Released by the RNC After the
00,BSC6910) ll RNC Receives the
DISCONNECT Message for Cell

WCDMA RAN
CSFB fast return handover preparation success rate =

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.CSFBUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.CSFBUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)
CSFB fast return handover success rate =

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.CSFBUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.CSFBUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization

Not involved
10.2.7 Troubleshooting
Not involved

UMTS to LTE
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to

LTE
This feature is recommended in scenarios where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and
UMTS coverage is weaker than LTE coverage. For example, you can deploy this feature in
areas where UMTS and LTE are deployed at one site and share sectors and the LTE band is
lower than the UMTS band.
When deploying this feature, determine which function should be enabled, the UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or handover, based on which feature is supported by the CN and the proportion
of UEs supporting this feature.
If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. If the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, it is
recommended that:
l Only the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection be enabled when few UEs support the UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover.
l Both the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover be enabled when most UEs support
the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. In this case, the UEs supporting UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover will implement the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover will implement the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. In this
case, the UEs supporting UMTS-to-LTE PS handover will implement the UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover and the UEs not supporting UMTS-to-LTE PS handover will implement the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
l The UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection be enabled when operators do not want to configure
neighboring LTE cells.
NOTE
You must configure neighboring LTE cells before enabling the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.

WCDMA RAN

Before activating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE, ensure that the
following conditions are met:
l There are UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs on the network.
l The CN supports UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
l Parameter settings of events 2D and 2F have been obtained. For details about events 2D
and 2F, see "Event 2D/2F" in 4.3.2.4 Measurements.
10.3.3 Planning
None
10.3.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Table 10-5 BSC6900&BSC6910

Feature Feature License License Supporte License Sal
ID Name Control Item in d NE Allocatio es
Item ID the DSP Type n for Un
LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Coverage LQW1CP Coverage BSC6900 Method 2 per

0219 based PS RULRES based PS BSC6910 Mb
redirection Redirectio ps
from n from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)

WCDMA RAN
l Other NEs as well as network equipment and transmission devices from other vendors
– The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
– The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
– The SGSN is able to obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If
the UE does not subscribe to LTE services, the SGSN must use the E-UTRAN
Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message to inform the RNC
that the UE cannot be redirected to the LTE network the SGSN. This information is
sent through the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request
message. If the SGSN cannot send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the
operator must enable UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections for all UMTS/LTE multi-mode
UEs in the network.
l Dependencies on other features
None
l Dependencies on hardware
None
Data Preparation
Table 10-6 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-6 Data preparation

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFla Set this parameter to Radio network

Supporting PS g(BSC6900,BS NotSupport(NotSupport). plan (internal)
HO Indicator C6910)
Blind HO BlindFlag(BSC Neighboring-cell-based blind Default value/

Neighboring 6900,BSC6910) redirection takes effect only when Recommended
Cell Flag this parameter is set to TRUE. value
E-UTRA EARFCN(BSC Radio network plan Radio network

Absolute Radio 6900,BSC6910) plan (internal)
Frequency
Channel
Number
Absolute NPriority(BSC6 Radio network plan Radio network

Priority Level of 900,BSC6910) plan (internal)
the E-UTRA
Frequency
LTE Report LTEReportMod Set this parameter to the default Default value/
Mode e(BSC6900,BS value. Recommended
C6910) value
RSCP UsedFreqThdR Set this parameter only when Default value/

Threshold for SCP(BSC6900, LTEMeasQuanOf3A(BSC6900, Recommended
Used Frequency BSC6910) BSC6910) is set to RSRP. value

WCDMA RAN

Name
Ec/No UsedFreqThdE Set this parameter only when Default value/

Threshold for cNo(BSC6900, LTEMeasQuanOf3A(BSC6900, Recommended
Used Frequency BSC6910) BSC6910) is set to RSRP. value
Measurement LTEMeasQuan Set this parameter to the default N/A

Quantity for Of3A(BSC6900 value.
Event 3A in ,BSC6910)
LTE
3A Event Hystfor3A(BSC Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Hysteresis 6900,BSC6910) value. Recommended
value
3A Event TrigTime3A(BS Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Trigger Delay C6900,BSC691 value. Recommended
Time 0) value
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCo Set this parameter to the default Default value/
Coefficient for ef(BSC6900,BS value. Recommended
LTE C6910) value
Measurement
LTE U2LTEMeasTi Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Measurement me(BSC6900,B value. Recommended
Timer Length SC6910) value
RSRP TargetRatThdR Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Threshold SRP(BSC6900, value. Recommended
During PS BSC6910) value
Handover to
LTE
RSRQ TargetRatThdR Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Threshold SRQ(BSC6900, value. Recommended
During PS BSC6910) value
Handover to
LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name
LTE Period LTEPeriodRep Set this parameter only when Default value/
Reporting ortInterval(BS LTEReportMode(BSC6900,BSC Recommended
Interval C6900,BSC691 6910) is set to value
0) PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
Do not set this parameter to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
because UE behaviors are
unpredictable when this
parameter is set to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT. If
the value of this parameter is too
small, the measurement results
are reported too frequently,
increasing the signaling burden
on the RNC. If this parameter
value is too large, the UTRAN
cannot detect changes in the LTE
cell signal quality in time,
delaying UMTS-to-LTE
redirection and resulting in call
drops.
The default value is
recommended.
LTE Period HystforPeriodL Set this parameter only when Default value/
Reporting HO TE(BSC6900,B LTEReportMode(BSC6900,BSC Recommended
Hysteresis SC6910) 6910) is set to value
PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
recommended.
Service-Based EUTRANSHIN To enable UMTS-to-LTE Radio network

Handover to D(BSC6900,BS redirection of certain PS services, plan (internal)
LTE Allowed C6910) set this parameter to
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_
BE_PERFORM.
HandOver HoSwitch(BSC When activating this feature, Default value/

Switch 6900,BSC6910) select Recommended
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH value
HandOver HoSwitch1(BS When activating this feature, Engineering

Switch1 C6900,BSC691 select Design
0) HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIREC
T_SWITCH under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN

Name
U2L Blind U2LBlindRedir Turn on this switch if UMTS and Default value/
Redirect Switch Switch(BSC690 LTE are deployed at one site and Recommended
0,BSC6910) share sectors and the LTE band is value
lower than the UMTS band.
Anti-Pingpong U2LBlindRedir Set this parameter to the default Default value/

Timer for U2L PingpongTime value. Recommended
Blind r(BSC6900,BS value
Redirection C6910)
HandOver HoSwitch1(BS To enable non-neighboring-LTE- Engineering

Switch1 C6900,BSC691 cell-based redirection, select Design
0) HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
MC-HSDPA McHsdpaLteC Set this parameter to the default Radio network

and CM Coexist MPermissionIn value. plan (internal)
Indicator d(BSC6900,BS
C6910)
PS Rate PsSwitch(BSC6 It is recommended that the Radio network

Negotiation 900,BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_O plan (internal)
Switch PT_SWITCH check box under
this parameter be selected when
EHSPACMPermissionInd,
HsdpaCMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd
is set to FALSE. After this switch
is turned on, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user experience of
PS services is affected.
HandOver HoSwitch2(BS If the LTE system supports Radio network

Switch2 C6900,BSC691 extended frequency bands (26 to plan (internal)
0) 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_S
WITCH under this parameter to
support interoperations from
UMTS to these extended LTE
frequency bands.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Reserved RsvSwitch11(B To prevent non-LTE subscribers Radio network

Switch 11 SC6900,BSC69 from performing coverage-based plan (internal)
10) UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, which may result in
redirection or handover failures,
select
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI
T26 under this parameter to
allow coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or handovers
only on LTE subscribers.
Precautions
After the Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature is enabled and event 2D
is triggered, a UE not supporting LTE measurements in connected mode does not perform
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this case:
l If a GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE measures the
signal quality of the neighboring GSM cells or inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells.
l If no GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE is not
redirected to the LTE network until event 1F is triggered.
Event 1F indicates that the UMTS signals are weak and call drops may occur. Therefore,
the UE is shifted to the LTE network through a blind redirection when event 1F is
triggered. It is recommended that the trigger threshold for event 1F be set to the same
value as that for event 2D in areas where no GSM and inter-frequency UMTS networks
are deployed.

Step 1 Configure neighboring LTE cells or LTE frequencies based on the network plan.
l If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, configure
LTE cells as the neighboring cells of the UMTS cell. The procedure is as follows:
1. If an LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator set to
NotSupport(NotSupport).

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
– You can run the MOD ULTECELL command instead of the ADD ULTECELL command in
sub-step 1 if LTE cells have been configured.
– Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells,
UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is deselected
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.
2. If a neighboring LTE cell or blind neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the
RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure neighboring LTE cells. When
configuring a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring Cell Flag to
TRUE.
NOTE
If a neighboring LTE cell has been configured, you can run the MOD ULTENCELL command to
reconfigure the neighboring LTE cell in sub-step 2.
l If non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you need
to configure LTE frequencies. The procedure is as follows: Run the RNC MML
command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add information about the priorities of
frequencies for neighboring LTE cells of the UMTS cell.
Step 2 Based on Table 10-6, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm. The
RNC sends these parameters to the UE through a measurement control message.
Step 3 (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm need to be independently set
for a cell, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set cell-level
parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-6.
NOTE
If related parameters have been configured for a cell, you can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV
command to modify them.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level parameters are unavailable, the cell uses the
RNC-level parameters.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic information
about a typical RAB. In this step, set Service-Based Handover to LTE Allowed to
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or
blind redirections.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or blind redirections. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
Step 6 (Optional) To enable non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection, run the RNC MML

command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
parameter selected.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
To implement neighboring-cell-based redirection, ensure that the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-

based redirection is turned off. If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function needs to be enabled,
select HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (switch for cross-Iur U2L redirection) under HandOver
Switch1 in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
Step 7 (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable the blind redirection to LTE for a specific cell. In this
step, U2L Blind Redirect Switch is set to ON.
Step 8 (Optional) To avoid pingpong redirections, run the RNC MML command SET UHOCOMM
with U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to an appropriate value to so
that a penalty timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the UMTS network again within
30 seconds after shifting from UMTS to LTE through blind redirections.
Step 9 (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET UCMCF
with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
Step 10 (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to FALSE, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box under PS Rate Negotiation
Switch selected.
Step 12 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box under
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
Step 13 (Optional)When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE with the Coverage based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter
specified for the primary and secondary operators.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26 under the Reserved Switch 11 parameter selected to
allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.
----End

//Adding an LTE cell
ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, LTECellName="LTECELL1", EUTRANCELLID=1, MCC="460",
MNC="01", TAC=10, CnOpGrpIndex=1, CellPHYID=100, LTEBand=10, LTEArfcn=4150,
SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Adding a blind neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=2, LTECellIndex=2, BlindFlag=TRUE;
//Setting the information about the priorities of LTE frequencies
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=1;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,

WCDMA RAN
U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36, TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;

//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV: CellId=1, LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP,
UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=1, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and switch for
coverage based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection
//Turning on the blind redirection switch
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
//Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network are
prevented
SET UHOCOMM: U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer=60;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of allowing DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE
cells in compressed mode
SET UCMCF: McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they are
performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//When the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31)
//Turning on the switch for LTE subscriber information learning and the switch
for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform coverage-based U2L handover or
redirection when the RNC cannot obtain LTE subscriber information from the CN

NOTE


WCDMA RAN

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configura
Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULTECELL RN LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex(B Yes

NOTE C SC6900,BSC6910
This MO is )
required if
neighboring-LTE- LTE Cell Name LTECellName(B
cell-based SC6900,BSC6910
redirection or )
blind redirection is
allowed. LTE Cell Identity EUTRANCELLI
D(BSC6900,BSC
6910)
Mobile Country MCC(BSC6900,B

Code SC6910)
Mobile Network MNC(BSC6900,

Code BSC6910)
Tracking Area TAC(BSC6900,B

Code SC6910)
Operator Group CnOpGrpIndex(

Index BSC6900,BSC69
10)
LTE Physical Cell CellPHYID(BSC

Identity 6900,BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTEBand(BSC69

Frequency Band 00,BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn(BSC6

Downlink 900,BSC6910)
Frequency
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag(

Supporting PS BSC6900,BSC69
HO Indicator 10)
ULTENCELL RN RNC ID RNCId(BSC6900 No

NOTE C ,BSC6910)
This MO is
required if Cell ID CellId(BSC6900,
neighboring-LTE- BSC6910)
cell-based
redirection or LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex(B
blind redirection is SC6900,BSC6910
allowed. )

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Blind HO BlindFlag(BSC6
Neighboring Cell 900,BSC6910)
Flag
UCELLNFREQP RN Absolute Priority NPriority(BSC69 No

RIOINFO C Level of the E- 00,BSC6910)
NOTE UTRA Frequency
This MO is
required if non- E-UTRA EARFCN(BSC69
neighboring-LTE- Absolute Radio 00,BSC6910)
cell-based Frequency
redirection or Channel Number
allowed.
2 UU2LTEHOCOV RN LTE Report Mode LTEReportMode( Yes

C BSC6900,BSC69
10)
RSCP Threshold UsedFreqThdRS

for Used CP(BSC6900,BS
Frequency C6910)
Ec/No Threshold UsedFreqThdEc

for Used No(BSC6900,BS
Frequency C6910)
Measurement LTEMeasQuanO
Quantity for f3A(BSC6900,BS
Event 3A in LTE C6910)
3A Event Hystfor3A(BSC6
Hysteresis 900,BSC6910)
3A Event Trigger TrigTime3A(BSC

Delay Time 6900,BSC6910)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoe

Coefficient for f(BSC6900,BSC6
LTE 910)
Measurement
LTE U2LTEMeasTim
Measurement e(BSC6900,BSC6
Timer Length 910)
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRS

During PS RP(BSC6900,BS
Handover to LTE C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRS

During PS RQ(BSC6900,BS
LTE Period LTEPeriodReport

Reporting Interval Interval(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
LTE Period HystforPeriodLT

Reporting HO E(BSC6900,BSC
Hysteresis 6910)
3 UCELLU2LTEH RN Parameters to be configured are the Yes

(Opti OCOV C same as those in the
onal) NOTE UU2LTEHOCOV MO.
This MO is
required if the
measurement-
related parameters
need to be
configured for a
specific cell.
4 UTYPRABBASI RN Service-Based EUTRANSHIN No

C C Handover to LTE D(BSC6900,BSC
Allowed 6910)
5 UCORRMALGO RN HandOver Switch HoSwitch(BSC69 Yes

SWITCH C 00,BSC6910)
HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6
Switch1 900,BSC6910)
6 UCORRMALGO RN HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6 Yes

(Opti SWITCH C Switch1 900,BSC6910)
onal) NOTE
This MO is
required if non-
neighboring-LTE-
cell-based
redirection or
allowed.

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
7 UCELLHOCOM RN U2L Blind U2LBlindRedirS Yes

(Opti M C Redirect Switch witch(BSC6900,B
onal) NOTE SC6910)
This MO is
required if UMTS-
to-LTE blind
redirection is to be
enabled for a
specific cell.
8(Opt UCORRMALGO RN PS Rate PsSwitch(BSC69 Yes

ional) SWITCH C Negotiation 00,BSC6910)
Switch
(PS_CMACTIV
E_PROCESS_O
PT_SWITCH
selected under
this parameter)
9(Opt UCMCF RN MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCM Yes

ional) C CM Coexist PermissionInd
Indicator
10 UHOCOMM RN Anti-Pingpong U2LBlindRedirPi Yes

(Opti C Timer for U2L ngpongTimer(BS
onal) Blind Redirection C6900,BSC6910)
For details about activation observation, see section 10.3.5 Performance Monitoring.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this step, clear
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
----End

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0;

WCDMA RAN

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE on the CME,
perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the

modification center, press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch1( Yes

H SC6910)

The following counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.
Counter Name Measurement Measurement Description

Object Unit
VS.U2LTEHO.RR CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of

CRelease.Coverag Coverage-based
e(BSC6900,BSC691 UMTS to LTE PS
0) Redirections for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.RR CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of

CRelease.Coverage Coverage-based
.EmergBlind(BSC6 UMTS to LTE PS
900,BSC6910) Emergency Blind
Redirections for Cell
After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:

WCDMA RAN
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage(BSC6900,BSC6910)
If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-2D-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection takes effect.
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind(BSC6900,BSC6910)
If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-1F-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS blind redirection takes effect.

N/A
N/A

UMTS to LTE
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE
See section 10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

Before activating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, ensure that the
l The eNodeB, MME, and SGSN all support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
l Parameter settings of events 2D and 2F have been obtained. For details about events 2D
and 2F, see "Event 2D/2F" in 4.3.2.4 Measurements.
10.4.3 Planning
None
10.4.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
Description.

WCDMA RAN

Feature Feature License License NE License Sal
ID Name Control Item in Allocatio es
Item the DSP n for Un
LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Coverage LQW1CP Coverage BSC6900 Method 2 per

0220 Based PS HULRES Based PS and Mb
Handover Handover BSC6910 ps
from from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
– The eNodeB, MME, SGSN, and UE support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or later. It also supports LTE measurements.
– The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. It
can obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If the UE does not
subscribe to LTE services, the SGSN must be able to inform the RNC that the UE
cannot be handed over to the LTE network. This information is sent through the E-
UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message. If the
SGSN cannot send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the operator must enable
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for all UMTS/LTE multimode UEs in the network.
– The neighboring LTE cell has been configured. For details about how to configure a
neighboring LTE cell, see BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide or BSC6910
UMTS Initial Configuration Guide.
l Other Features
None
l Hardware
None

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
Table 10-10 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-10 Data to prepare before activating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to
LTE
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag(BS Set this parameter to Radio network

Supporting PS HO C6900,BSC6910) Support(Support). plan (internal)
Indicator
LTE Report Mode LTEReportMode(B Set this parameter to the Default value/
SC6900,BSC6910) default value. Recommended
value
RSCP Threshold UsedFreqThdRSC Set this parameter only Default value/

for Used P(BSC6900,BSC69 when Recommended
Frequency 10) LTEMeasQuanOf3A(BSC value
6900,BSC6910) is set to
RSRP.
Ec/No Threshold UsedFreqThdEcNo( Set this parameter only Default value/

for Used BSC6900,BSC6910) when Recommended
Frequency LTEMeasQuanOf3A(BSC value
RSRP.
Measurement LTEMeasQuanOf3 Set this parameter to the Default value/

Quantity for Event A(BSC6900,BSC69 default value. Recommended
3A in LTE 10) value
3A Event Hystfor3A(BSC690 Set this parameter to the Default value/

Hysteresis 0,BSC6910) default value. Recommended
value
3A Event Trigger TrigTime3A(BSC69 Set this parameter to the Default value/

Delay Time 00,BSC6910) default value. Recommended
value
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoef(B Set this parameter to the Default value/

Coefficient for SC6900,BSC6910) default value. Recommended
LTE Measurement value
LTE Measurement U2LTEMeasTime(B Set this parameter to the Default value/

Timer Length SC6900,BSC6910) default value. Recommended
value
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRSR Set this parameter to the Default value/

During PS P(BSC6900,BSC69 default value. Recommended
Handover to LTE 10) value

WCDMA RAN
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRSR Set this parameter to the Default value/

During PS Q(BSC6900,BSC69 default value. Recommended
Handover to LTE 10) value
LTE Period LTEPeriodReportIn Set this parameter only Default value/

Reporting Interval terval(BSC6900,BS when Recommended
C6910) LTEReportMode(BSC690 value
PERIODICAL_REPORT
ING.
Do not set this parameter to
NON_PERIODIC_REPO
RT, upon which the UE
behavior is not defined. If
this parameter value is too
small, the measurement
results are reported too
frequently, increasing the
signaling burden on the
RNC. If this parameter
value is too large, the
UTRAN cannot detect
changes in the LTE cell
signal quality in time,
delaying UMTS-to-LTE
handover and resulting in
call drops.
recommended.
LTE Period HystforPeriodLTE( Set this parameter only Default value/

Reporting HO BSC6900,BSC6910) when Recommended
Hysteresis LTEReportMode(BSC690 value
PERIODICAL_REPORT
ING.
recommended.
Service-Based EUTRANSHIND(B Set this parameter to Radio network

Handover to LTE SC6900,BSC6910) HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHO plan (internal)
Allowed ULD_BE_PERFORM if
UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers are allowed for
certain PS services.

,BSC6910) HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWI Recommended
TCH under this parameter value
to activate the feature.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 Select Engineering

0,BSC6910) HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_ design
SWITCH under this
parameter to activate the
feature.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 Clear Engineering

0,BSC6910) HO_U2L_REDIR_BASE design
D_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH under this
parameter when you
activate the feature.
MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCMPer Set this parameter to the Radio network

LTE CM Coexist missionInd(BSC690 default value. plan (internal)
Indicator 0,BSC6910)
PS Rate PsSwitch(BSC6900, You are advised to select Radio network

Negotiation Switch BSC6910) the plan (internal)
PS_CMACTIVE_PROC
ESS_OPT_SWITCH
check box under this
parameter when
EHSPACMPermissionInd,
HsdpaCMPermissionInd,
or McHsdpaLteCMPermis-
sionInd is set to FALSE.
After this parameter is set
to ON, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user
experience of PS services is
affected.
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2(BSC690 If the LTE system supports Radio network

0,BSC6910) extended frequency bands plan (internal)
(26 to 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BA
ND_SWITCH under this
parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations on the
extended frequency bands.

WCDMA RAN
Optimization OptimizationSwitch Select Radio network

Switch 5 5(BSC6900,BSC691 U2L_RELOC_MSG_TA plan (internal)
0) KE_ERAB_SWITCH
under this parameter to
enable the function of data
forwarding during UMTS-
to-LTE handovers.
To reduce the U2L PS
service user-plane
interruption time, you need
to select
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_
DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
Reserved Switch RsvSwitch11(BSC6 Select Radio network

11 900,BSC6910) RESERVED_SWITCH_1 plan (internal)
1_BIT26 under this
parameter to allow
coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or
handovers only on LTE
subscribers. In this way,
non-LTE subscribers are
prevented from performing
coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or
handovers.
Thd for Cov U2L U2LPhyChFailNu To enable the function of Default value/
HO Fail by Phy m(BSC6900,BSC69 preventing frequent retries Recommended
CH Fail 10) after a UMTS-to-LTE PS value
handover failure, set this
parameter to a non-zero
value.
Inter-RAT HO PenaltyTimeForPhy This parameter specifies Default value/

Physical Channel ChFail(BSC6900,B the length of a penalty Recommended
Failure Penalty SC6910) timer for inter-RAT value
Timer handover failures due to
physical channel failures.
The default setting is
recommended.
Precautions
None

WCDMA RAN

Step 1 Run the RNC MML ADD ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell Supporting
PS HO Indicator set to Support(Support).
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has been
configured. Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-
to-LTE handovers will fail.
Step 2 If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.
Step 3 Based on Table 10-10, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm. The
RNC sends the parameter settings to the UE through a measurement control message.
Step 4 (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set cell-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based
on Table 10-10.
NOTE
You can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command instead of the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command in step 4 if the related parameters have been configured for the cell.
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are
unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC with Service-Based Handover to
LTE Allowed set to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to
LTE PS handover.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-based
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with

parameter cleared to turn off the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to enable the function of
preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In this step, set Thd
for Cov U2L HO Fail by Phy CH Fail and Inter-RAT HO Physical Channel Failure
Penalty Timer to appropriate values.

Switch selected.

WCDMA RAN
Step 12 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING under Performance
Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
Step 13 (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE to set the Coverage based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter
for the primary and secondary operators.
Step 14 Enable the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
1. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under Optimization Switch 5 selected
to enable a RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the E-RAB IE.
2. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch 5
parameter selected to turn on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction
switch.
3. When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following operations must
also be performed:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD ADJNODE to configure the adjacent node
LTE S-GW for the RNC.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between the RNC
and the LTE S-GW.
c. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
BSC6910 to configure a UP data channel between the RNC and LTE S-GW: ADD
IPPATH and ADD IPPOOL.
NOTE
When the direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC, only the routes and UP data channels
between the LTE S-GW and SGSN need to be configured on the CN side.
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26 under the Reserved Switch 11 parameter selected to
allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.
----End

SuppPSHOFlag=Support;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV: CellId=1, LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP,

WCDMA RAN
UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,

//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections
//Enabling the function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover failure
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
bands
//Enabling the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH-1;
//When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following operations
must also be performed:
//Adding an adjacent node (LTE SGW) for the RNC
ADD ADJNODE: ANI=1, NAME="SGW", NODET=IUPS, DPX=1, SGSNFL=NO;
//Configuring a route between the RNC and the LTE S-GW
ADD
IPRT:SRN=0,SN=16,DSTIP="10.161.0.1",DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",NEXTHOPTYPE=Gateway,
NEXTHOP="162.0.43.254",PRIORITY=HIGH;
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6900 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPATH: ANI=1118, PATHID=3, ITFT=IUPS, PATHT=QoS, IPADDR="53.100.61.1",
PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000,
VLANFLAG=DISABLE, PATHCHK=ENABLED, ECHOIP="10.161.0.1";
ADD IPPOOL: IPPOOLINDEX=0, MODE=ETHL3, IPPOOLNAME="IPPOOLNAME";
//(Optional) Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction
switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform coverage-
based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription
information from UEs

NOTE

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULTECELL RN LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex(B Yes

C SC6900,BSC6910
)
LTE Cell Name LTECellName(B

SC6900,BSC6910
)
LTE Cell Identity EUTRANCELLI

D(BSC6900,BSC
6910)
Mobile Country MCC(BSC6900,B

Code SC6910)
Mobile Network MNC(BSC6900,

Code BSC6910)
Tracking Area TAC(BSC6900,B

Code SC6910)
Operator Group CnOpGrpIndex(

Index BSC6900,BSC69
10)
LTE Physical Cell CellPHYID(BSC

Identity 6900,BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTEBand(BSC69

Frequency Band 00,BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn(BSC6

Downlink 900,BSC6910)
Frequency
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag(

Supporting PS BSC6900,BSC69
HO Indicator 10)
2 ULTENCELL RN RNC ID RNCId(BSC6900 No

(Opti NOTE C ,BSC6910)
onal) This MO is
required if the Cell ID CellId(BSC6900,
neighboring LTE BSC6910)
cell has not been
configured. LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex(B
SC6900,BSC6910
)

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
3 UU2LTEHOCOV RN LTE Report Mode LTEReportMode( Yes

C BSC6900,BSC69
10)
RSCP Threshold UsedFreqThdRS

for Used CP(BSC6900,BS
Frequency C6910)
Ec/No Threshold UsedFreqThdEc

for Used No(BSC6900,BS
Frequency C6910)
Measurement LTEMeasQuanO
Quantity for f3A(BSC6900,BS
Event 3A in LTE C6910)
3A Event Hystfor3A(BSC6
Hysteresis 900,BSC6910)
3A Event Trigger TrigTime3A(BSC

Delay Time 6900,BSC6910)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoe

Coefficient for f(BSC6900,BSC6
LTE 910)
Measurement
LTE U2LTEMeasTim
Measurement e(BSC6900,BSC6
Timer Length 910)
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRS

During PS RP(BSC6900,BS
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRS

During PS RQ(BSC6900,BS
LTE Period LTEPeriodReport

Reporting Interval Interval(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
LTE Period HystforPeriodLT

Reporting HO E(BSC6900,BSC
Hysteresis 6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
3 UU2LTEHOCOV RN Thd for Cov U2L U2LPhyChFailN Yes

C HO Fail by Phy um(BSC6900,BS
CH Fail C6910)
Inter-RAT HO PenaltyTimeForP
Physical Channel hyChFail(BSC69
Failure Penalty 00,BSC6910)
Timer
4 UCELLU2LTEH RN Parameters to be Parameters to be No

(Opti OCOV C configured are the configured are the
onal) NOTE same as those in same as those in
This MO is the the
required if the UU2LTEHOCO UU2LTEHOCO
measurement- V MO. V MO.
related parameters
need to be
configured for a
specific cell.
5 UTYPRABBASI RN Service-Based EUTRANSHIN No

C C Handover to LTE D(BSC6900,BSC
Allowed 6910)

HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6
Switch1 900,BSC6910)

SWITCH C Switch1 900,BSC6910)
8 UCORRMALGO RN PS Rate PsSwitch(BSC69 Yes

(Opti SWITCH C Negotiation 00,BSC6910)
onal) Switch
(PS_CMACTIV
E_PROCESS_O
PT_SWITCH
selected under
this parameter)
9 UCMCF RN MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCM Yes

(Opti C LTE CM Coexist PermissionInd
onal) Indicator

WCDMA RAN
Check the value of the VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage(BSC6900,BSC6910).
This counter provides the number of attempts for outgoing coverage-triggered UMTS-to-LTE
PS handovers for a cell. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. In this step, clear HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under
the HandOver Switch1 parameter.

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Configure the parameters of a
single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the
parameter setting interface.

SN MO NE Parameter Name Paramet Configu
er ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 UCORRMALGOSW RN HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch Yes

ITCH C 1(BSC69
00,BSC6
910)

The following counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.

WCDMA RAN
Counter Name Measureme Measurem Description

nt Object ent Unit
VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS. CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Measurement-based

Coverage(BSC6900,B Cell U2L PS Handover Attempts
SC6910) Triggered by Poor Coverage for
Cell
VS.U2LHO.SuccOutP CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Successful

S.Coverage(BSC6900, Cell Measurement-based U2L PS
BSC6910) Handovers Triggered by Poor
Coverage in a Cell
VS.U2LHO.AttRelocP CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Preparation Attempts

repOutPS.Coverage(B Cell for Outgoing Coverage-triggered
SC6900,BSC6910) U2L PS Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LHO.SuccReloc CELL U2LTE.HO. Number of Successful

PrepOutPS.Coverage( Cell Preparations for Outgoing
BSC6900,BSC6910) Coverage-triggered U2L PS
Handovers for Cell
The following table lists performance counters related to cell-level handover failures.
Counter Name Measur Measurement Description

ement Unit
Object
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Failed UMTS-to-

S.NoReply(BSC6900,BS LL LTE PS Handovers Due to Iu
C6910) Release Command Timeout for
Cell

S.CfgUnSupp(BSC6900, LL LTE PS Handovers for Cell
BSC6910) (Configuration Unsupported)

S.PhyChFail(BSC6900,B LL LTE PS Handovers for Cell
SC6910) (Physical Channel Failure)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Abnormally

S.Abort(BSC6900,BSC6 LL Terminated Outgoing UMTS-
910) to-LTE PS Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Abnormally

PrepOutPS.NoResAvail( LL Terminated Outgoing UMTS-
BSC6900,BSC6910) to-LTE PS Handovers for Cell

WCDMA RAN
Counter Name Measur Measurement Description

ement Unit
Object
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Failed Preparations

PrepOutPS.TgtFail(BSC LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
6900,BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell
(Relocation Failure in Target
CN/RNC or Target System)

PrepOutPS.ReloUnSup LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
p(BSC6900,BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell
(Relocation not supported in
Target RNC or Target system)

PrepOutPS.TgtHighLoa LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
d(BSC6900,BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell (Traffic
Load In The Target Cell Higher
Than In The Source Cell)

PrepOutPS.TAlExp(BSC LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
6900,BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell
(TRELOCalloc expiry)

PrepOutPS.UnKnowRN LL for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE
C(BSC6900,BSC6910) PS Handovers for Cell
(Unknown Target RNC)
The following table lists counters related to neighboring cells of coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS handovers.
Counter Name Measureme Measure Description

nt Object ment Unit
VS.IRATHO.AttReloc NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Attempts for U2L PS

PrepOutPS.LCELL(B cell Handovers per LTE Cell
SC6900,BSC6910)
VS.IRATHO.SuccRelo NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Successful

cPrepOutPS.LCELL( cell Preparations for U2L PS
BSC6900,BSC6910) Handovers per LTE Cell
VS.IRATHO.AttOutP NCELL IRATHO.L Number of U2L PS Handover

S.LCELL(BSC6900,B cell Attempts per LTE Cell
SC6910)
VS.IRATHO.SuccOut NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Successful U2L PS

PS.LCELL(BSC6900, cell Handover per LTE Cell
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
The following table lists counters related to neighboring cells of handover failures.

nt Object ment Unit
VS.IRATHO.FailRelo NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Failed Preparations

cPrepOutPS.NoResAv cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
ail.LCELL(BSC6900, Cell (No Resource Available)
BSC6910)

cPrepOutPS.TgtFail.L cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
CELL(BSC6900,BSC6 Cell (Relocation Failure in Target
910) CN/RNC or Target System)

cPrepOutPS.ReloUnS cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
upp.LCELL(BSC6900 Cell (Relocation not supported in
,BSC6910) Target RNC or Target system)

cPrepOutPS.TgtHigh cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
Load.LCELL(BSC690 Cell (Traffic Load In The Target
0,BSC6910) Cell Higher Than In The Source
Cell)

cPrepOutPS.UnKnow cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
RNC.LCELL(BSC690 Cell (Unknown Target RNC)
0,BSC6910)

cPrepOutPS.TAlExp. cell for U2L PS Handovers per LTE
LCELL(BSC6900,BS Cell (TRELOCalloc expiry
C6910)
VS.IRATHO.FailOutP NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Failed U2L PS

S.CfgUnSupp.LCEL cell Handovers per LTE Cell
L(BSC6900,BSC6910) (Configuration Unsupported)

S.PhyChFail.LCELL( cell Handovers per LTE Cell
BSC6900,BSC6910) (Physical Channel Failure)
VS.IRATHO.FailOutP NCELL IRATHO.L Number of Abnormally

S.Abort.LCELL(BSC cell Terminated U2L PS Handovers
6900,BSC6910) per LTE Cell

S.NoReply.LCELL(BS cell Handovers due to Iu Release
C6900,BSC6910) Command Timeout per LTE Cell

WCDMA RAN
Preparation success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =

VS.U2LHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =
VS.U2LHO.SuccOutPS.Coverage(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS.Coverage(BSC6900,BSC6910)
If the handover preparation success rate and the handover success rate increase, this feature
has brought positive gains.

N/A
N/A

from UMTS to LTE
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
This feature is recommended in the scenario where UMTS and LTE are deployed together. In
different scenarios, you are advised to use this feature in different manners, which are as
follows:
l Scenario with continuous LTE coverage: A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover can be performed blindly or according to the measurement result.
l LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenario: It is recommended that this feature be used
together with Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on
Periodic RSCP Measurement and either of the following features:
– Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on LTE
Measurement
– Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE Blind PS Redirection or Handover
l Scenario where the LTE coverage is not continuous and LTE and UMTS do not provide
the same coverage: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover requiring
LTE measurement is recommended.
Before activating this feature, query the UE penetration rate and check whether the CN
supports this feature. If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are
advised to enable only the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. If the UEs do not support
measurement of LTE cells, you are advised to enable the blind redirection. The UMTS-to-LTE
handover function is recommended only if the CN supports UMTS-to-LTE handovers and
UEs support measurement of LTE cells.
When the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover:
l It is recommended that only the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection be enabled if few UEs
support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.

WCDMA RAN
l It is recommended that both the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover if most UEs
support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. In this case, the UEs supporting handovers will
use the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting handovers will use the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
l The UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection if operators do not configure neighboring LTE cells.
NOTE
To enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you need to first configure the neighboring LTE cell.
If UEs preferentially camp on the UMTS network, the feature WRFD-020129 Service-Based
PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE or WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE is recommended. Otherwise, UEs can only be shifted to the LTE network
using the following methods, which leads to an idle LTE network:
l Cell reselection or coverage based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE in
weak UMTS coverage areas.
l Load based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE when the UMTS cell is with
high load.
LDR is required. It is recommended that this feature be used together with the LOFD-070203
RIM Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature, which helps select lightly loaded LTE cells
during redirections or handovers.

Before activating Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE, ensure that the
l PS services are preferentially carried on LTE networks.
10.5.3 Planning
None
10.5.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
Description.

WCDMA RAN

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-02 Service- LQW1PS Service- BSC6900 Method 2 per

0129 Based PS RUL01RE Based PS BSC6910 Mb
Service S Service ps
Redirectio Redirectio
n from n from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
can be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the FeatureResAssignMode
parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed values are automatically
allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the FeatureResAssignMode
parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also need to specify the related
license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
– The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
– To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, when RIM messages are
exchanged using the CN, the MME and SGSN must support the RIM procedure,
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted. When RIM messages are
exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, the eCoordinator must be deployed, and the
eNodeB and RNC must be connected to the same eCoordinator so that the eNodeB,
RNC, and eCoordinator support the RIM procedure, through which LTE cell load
information is transmitted.
– The SGSN must be able to send information about whether a UE has subscribed to
LTE services in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC. If the
SGSN does not support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE services
will be handed over or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.
The function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load requires the LOFD-070203 RIM
Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.
None

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
Table 10-14 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Service-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-14 Data preparation list

LTE Cell Supporting PS HO SuppPSHOFlag( Set this Radio network plan

Indicator BSC6900,BSC691 parameter to (internal)
0) NotSupport(N
otSupport).
Blind HO Neighboring Cell BlindFlag(BSC69 Neighboring- Default value/

Flag 00,BSC6910) cell-based blind Recommended
redirection value
takes effect
only when this
parameter is set
to TRUE.
E-UTRA Absolute Radio EARFCN(BSC69 Set this Radio network plan

Frequency Channel Number 00,BSC6910) parameter to (internal)
the default
value.
Absolute Priority Level of NPriority(BSC690 Set this Radio network plan

the E-UTRA Frequency 0,BSC6910) parameter to (internal)
the default
value.
Report Type of LTE LTEMeasTypOf3 Set this Radio network plan

Measurement C(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to (internal)
910) the default
value.
Layer 3 Filter Coefficient U2LTEFilterCoe Set this Radio network plan

for LTE Measurement f(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to (internal)
910) the default
value.
LTE Measurement Timer U2LTEMeasTim Set this Radio network plan

Length e(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to (internal)
910) the default
value.
Measurement Quantity for LTEMeasQuanOf Set this Radio network plan

Event 3C Measurement of 3C(BSC6900,BSC parameter to (internal)
LTE 6910) the default
value.

WCDMA RAN
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C(BSC69 In a high-speed Radio network plan

00,BSC6910) cell, set this (internal)
parameter to a
comparatively
small value, for
example, 1.5
dB. In a low-
speed cell, set
this parameter
to a
comparatively
large value, for
example, 3.0
dB.
Time to Trigger Event 3C TrigTime3C(BSC Set this Radio network plan

6900,BSC6910) parameter to (internal)
the default
value.
RSRP Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRSR Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE P(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to (internal)
910) the default
value.
RSRQ Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRSR Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE Q(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to (internal)
910) the default
value.
U2L Punish Switch U2LPunishSwitc Set this Default value/

h(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to Recommended
910) ON. value
U2L Penalty Timer U2LPunishTimer( Set this Default value/

BSC6900,BSC691 parameter to Recommended
0) 20. value
Service-Based Handover to EUTRANSHIND( If certain PS Radio network plan

LTE Allowed BSC6900,BSC691 service can be (internal)
0) redirected to
LTE, set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUT
RAN_SHOUL
D_BE_PERF
ORM.

WCDMA RAN

00,BSC6910) HO_LTE_PS_ Recommended
OUT_SWITC value
H and
HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
activate the
feature.
Service-based U2L U2LServAlgoSwit For cells with Default value/

Algorithm Switch ch(BSC6900,BSC LTE coverage, Recommended
6910) select value
HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
For LTE and
UMTS co-
coverage
scenarios,
select
HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_NEE
D_RSCP_SWI
TCH under
this parameter.
For scenarios
with
continuous
LTE coverage,
select
HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_BLIN
D_FIRST_SW
ITCH under
this parameter.
Trigger Source for Service- U2LServTrigSour The default Default value/

based U2L HO/Redir ce(BSC6900,BSC value is Recommended
6910) recommended. value
Thld for Non-coverage- U2LNCovPSCmU The value 20 is Default value/

based U2L serNumThd(BSC6 recommended. Recommended
900,BSC6910) value

WCDMA RAN
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit To activate this Default value/

Switch 5 ch5(BSC6900,BS feature, select Recommended
C6910) PERFENH_U value
2L_SERV_NO
T_TRIG_WH
EN_CSPAGIN
G under this
parameter.
U2L Blind Redirect Switch U2LBlindRedirSw Turn on this Default value/

itch(BSC6900,BS switch when Recommended
C6910) the following value
conditions are
met:
l UMTS and
LTE
networks
are
deployed on
one site and
share sector.
l The LTE
frequency
band is
lower than
the UMTS
frequency
band.
U2L Blind Redir Anti- U2LBlindRedirPi Set this Default value/

Pingpong Timer ngpongTimer(BS parameter to Recommended
C6900,BSC6910) the default value
value.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC6 If non- Engineering design

900,BSC6910) neighboring-
cell-based
redirection is
required, select
HO_U2L_RE
DIR_BASED_
ABSOLUTE_
FREQ_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
Best Cell Change Triggered BestCellTrigLTE- Set this Default value/

LTE Measure Switch MeasSwitch(BSC parameter to Recommended
6900,BSC6910) OFF. value

WCDMA RAN
Best Cell Change Triggered BestCellTrigLTE- Set this Default value/

LTE Measure Switch MeasSwitch(BSC parameter to Recommended
6900,BSC6910) OFF. value

WCDMA RAN
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit l To prevent Radio network plan

Switch 2 ch2(BSC6900,BS frequent (internal)
C6910) entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode,
which may
be caused
by service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirections
or
handovers
triggered by
RB
reconfigurat
ions, clear
PERFENH
_RB_REC
FG_TRIG_
SERVICE_
U2L_SWIT
CH under
this
parameter.
l To prevent
frequent
entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode,
which may
be caused
by service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirection
triggered by
a PS PCH-
to-DCH
channel
switchover
when a CS
service is

WCDMA RAN
set up, clear

PERFENH
_CS_P2D_
TRIG_SER
VICE_U2L
_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
Penalty Time for Service- U2lServMcTimeO Set this Radio network plan
based U2L Meas Expiry utPunishTime(BS parameter to 90 (internal)
C6900,BSC6910) seconds to
prevent
frequent
entering and
exiting of the
compressed
mode during
service/load/
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers if no
suitable LTE
cell is found
after LTE
signal quality
measurement is
complete.
MC-HSDPA and CM McHsdpaLteCMP Set this Radio network plan

Coexist Indicator ermissionInd(BSC parameter to (internal)
6900,BSC6910) the default
value.

WCDMA RAN
PS Rate Negotiation Switch PsSwitch(BSC690 You are Radio network plan

0,BSC6910) advised to (internal)
select the
PS_CMACTI
VE_PROCES
S_OPT_SWIT
CH check box
under this
parameter
when any of
the following
conditions is
met:
l HsdpaCMP
ermissionIn
d(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
is set to
FALSE.
l EHSPACM
PermissionI
nd(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
is set to
FALSE.
l McHsdpaLt
eCMPermis
sionInd(BS
C6900,BSC
6910) is set
to FALSE.
After this
parameter is set
to ON, the call
drop rate is
reduced, but
user experience
of PS services
is affected.

WCDMA RAN
Process Control Switch 5 ProcessSwitch5(B Select Default value/

SC6900,BSC6910 INTERRAT_L Recommended
) OAD_REPOR value
T_FROM_LT
E_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
obtain LTE cell
load
information.
SW Consider LTE Load in U2LLTELoadSwit Select Default value/

U2L Interoperation ch(BSC6900,BSC SERVICE_BA Recommended
6910) SE_U2L_LTE value
_LOAD_SWI
TCH under
this parameter
so that LTE cell
load is
considered in
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections.
CN Operator Index for U2LRimCNOpera This parameter Engineering design

Routing in U2L RIM torRTIndex(BSC6 must be set if
900,BSC6910) LTE cell load is
obtained
through the
RIM procedure
and UMTS and
LTE cells
belong to
different
PLMNs.
Process Control Switch 5 ProcessSwitch5(B Select Default/

SC6900,BSC6910 RIM_ON_EC Recommended
) O_SWITCH value
under this
parameter if
RIM messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinator.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2(BSC6 If the extended Radio network plan

900,BSC6910) LTE frequency (internal)
bands (26 to
31) are
supported,
select
HO_MC_EXT
_LTE_BAND_
SWITCH
under this
parameter to
support UMTS-
to-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequency
bands.
RSCP Threshold for Non- U2LNCovRscpTh The value -90 Default/

coverage-based U2L d(BSC6900,BSC6 is Recommended
910) recommended. value
RSCP Measure Timer for U2LNCovRscpPrd The value Default value/

Non-coverage-based U2L Timer(BSC6900,B D20000 is Recommended
SC6910) recommended. value
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC6 To turn on the Default/

900,BSC6910) U2L connected Recommended
mode priority value
switch, select
HO_U2L_CO
NN_PRIO_S
WITCH under
this parameter.
Connected Mode E-UTRA NPriorityConnect( Set this Radio network plan

Frequency Priority BSC6900,BSC691 parameter to (internal)
0) the default
value.

WCDMA RAN
Reserved Switch 11 RsvSwitch11(BSC Select Radio network plan

6900,BSC6910) RESERVED_ (internal)
SWITCH_11_
BIT27 under
this parameter
to allow
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers only
for LTE
subscribers. In
this way, non-
LTE
subscribers are
prevented from
performing
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers.
Table 10-15 lists the parameter to be set to enable exchange of RIM messages through the
eCoordinator.
Table 10-15 Data preparation list

Process Switch PROCESSSWITCH Select Default/

RIM_SWITCH Recommended value
under this parameter
if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, do not set Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch
(PSServiceHOSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) to ON after this feature is enabled. Otherwise,
the RNC sends the GSM-specific measurement control message to the UE first. As a result,
the UE will be redirected or handed over to GSM.
If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
LTE-to-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description for eRAN.

WCDMA RAN
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is

recommended that this feature be enabled together with the function of selecting LTE cells
based on the load.
To select LTE cells based on LTE cell load, the RNC needs to obtain LTE cell load
information from the eNodeB through the RIM procedure. The eNodeB is the receiving party
of the first RIM message, so the related features on the LTE side must be enabled first.
Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell load information, and the
RIM procedure cannot be completed. For the related features on the LTE side, see Inter-RAT
Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, set Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure Switch
(BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) to ON.

l If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, the LTE cell needs to be
configured as the neighboring LTE cell of the UMTS cell. The procedure is as follows:
ULTECELL to configure an LTE cell with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator set
to NotSupport(NotSupport).
NOTE
– You can run the MOD ULTECELL command in sub-step 1 if an LTE cell has been
configured.
– If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, the UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail. If
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is not selected, the RNC uses neighboring-LTE-cell-
based redirection. The service-, coverage-, and load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover features share the HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
switch.
RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell. To
configure a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring Cell Flag to TRUE.
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTENCELL command instead of the ADD ULTENCELL command in sub-
step 2 if a neighboring LTE cell has been configured.
l (Optional) If a non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, the LTE
frequency needs to be configured. The procedure is as follows: Run the RNC MML
command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add information about the priorities of
frequencies for neighboring LTE cells of the UMTS cell.
NOTE
Among the preceding two modes, the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is preferred. When
neighboring cells are not planned or no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the non-neighboring-
LTE-cell-based redirection is recommended, which can reduce the workload in deploying the
network.

WCDMA RAN
Step 2 (Optional) To turn on the U2L connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML command
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under
HandOver Switch1. In addition, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and set the connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. In this step, set the RNC-level
parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections. These
parameters are listed in Table 10-14. The RNC sends the parameter settings to the UE through
a measurement control message.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to set parameters
related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections for a specific cell.
These parameters are listed in Table 10-14.
NOTE
If measurement algorithm parameters have been configured for a cell, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
blind redirections.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable service-based
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 7 For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection by running the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected under the Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch parameter. For UMTS cells in which there is no or weak LTE coverage, do
not enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER
selected and other items under the Trigger Source for Service-based U2L HO/Redir
parameter cleared.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM with PS CM User No. Thld
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to 20.
Step 10 (Optional) To enable the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
parameter.
NOTE

based redirection is turned off. If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function is required, select
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (switch for cross-Iur U2L redirection) under HandOver Switch1
in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
Step 11 (Optional) It is recommended that the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection function be enabled
when LTE and UMTS cells provide overlapped coverage.

WCDMA RAN
l If none of the terminals in the cell supports the measurement, run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLHOCOMM with U2L Blind Redirect Switch set to ON to
turn on the blind redirection switch.
l If some terminals in the cell support the measurement, after turning on the blind
redirection switch, you also need to run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH
selected under Service-based U2L Algorithm Switch so that the blind redirection
function is implemented preferentially.
with U2L Blind Redir Anti-Pingpong Timer set to an appropriate value to so that a penalty
timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the UMTS network again within 30 seconds
after shifting from UMTS to LTE through blind redirections.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC level) or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure
Switch set to OFF.
Step 14 Run the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command and set the U2L Penalty Timer parameter to 20
and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs from initiating service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately after finishing LTE-to-UMTS
redirections or handovers.
Step 15 (Optional) Clear PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command to
prevent frequent entering and exiting of the compressed mode during service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections or handovers due to frequent RB reconfiguration. Note that after this step
is performed, service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers will not be triggered in
time.
Step 16 (Optional) Set the Penalty Time for Service-based U2L Meas Expiry parameter in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command to 90 seconds to prevent continual entering and exiting of the
compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality measurement is complete.
Step 17 Clear PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command to prevent ping-
pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers that occur in PS-specific P2D state transitions
triggered by CS services.
Step 18 Run the MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box selected under
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers of
UEs when the UEs are performing CS paging procedures.
Switch selected.
Step 21 (Optional) To enable the load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:

WCDMA RAN
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged through the CN and the UMTS and LTE
cells belong to different PLMNs, run the RNC MML command LST UCNOPERATOR
to query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a CN route for the UMTS-to-
LTE RIM procedure according to the query result. Then run the RNC MML command
MOD ULTECELL, with CN Operator Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the
queried index of the local operator.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch 5 parameter.
3. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator:
– Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter.
– Run the MML command SET ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In this
step, select RIM_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch parameter.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM. In this step, select
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter.
Step 22 If the extended LTE frequency bands (26 to 31) are supported, run the RNC MML command
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch2 parameter selected.
Step 23 (Optional) In LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenarios, you can enable periodic RSCP
measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover by performing the following
operations:
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH selected under Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Threshold
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to -90.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Measure Timer
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to D20000.
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27 under Reserved Switch 11 selected to allow service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers only for LTE subscribers.
----End

//Setting the information about priorities of LTE frequencies
//Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and configuring the
connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies

WCDMA RAN
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=0;

//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity, U2LTEFilterCoef=D6,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2, TrigTime3C=D10,
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D6, U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2,
TrigTime3C=D10, TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and switch for
service based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the triggering causes
SET
UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServTrigSource=U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRI
GGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGG
ER-0&U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER-0;
//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in compressed
mode simultaneously
ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM: CellId=1, U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd=20;
//(Optional) Turning on the blind redirection switch
//(Optional) Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network
are prevented
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by
the changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the anti-pingpong function of the compressed mode and setting the
penalty time to 90s
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by a PCH-
to-DCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in
compressed mode
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed mode
SET UCMCF:McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM messages are
exchanged through the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1,U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH-1;
exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, U2LLTELoadSwitch=SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the RIM procedure on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are exchanged

WCDMA RAN
through the eCoordinator

SET ECOMMONCTRL: ProcessSwitch=RIM_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) When the extended LTE frequency bands (26 to 31) are supported
//(Optional) Setting parameters for the algorithm of service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers based on RSCP measurement
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
//(Optional) Enabling a blind redirection to be preferentially performed during a

service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Disabling the preferential service-based U2L blind redirection
function for an operator in the operator group of a UMTS cell enabled with MOCN
when the operator does not require the function
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform
service-based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE
subscription information from UEs

Method 1:
NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if
required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch
modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Set the parameters described in Table 10-16 on the CME. For instructions on how to
perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULTECEL RNC LTE Cell LTECellInd Yes

L Index ex(BSC6900
,BSC6910)
LTE Cell LTECellNa

Name me(BSC690
0,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
NOTE LTE Cell EUTRANC
This MO is Identity ELLID(BSC
required if
neighboring
6900,BSC69
-LTE-cell- 10)
based
redirection Mobile MCC(BSC6
or blind Country 900,BSC691
redirection Code 0)
is allowed.
Mobile MNC(BSC6
Network 900,BSC691
Code 0)
Tracking TAC(BSC69
Area Code 00,BSC6910
)
Operator CnOpGrpIn
Group Index dex(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
LTE CellPHYID(
Physical BSC6900,B
Cell Identity SC6910)
LTE Cell LTEBand(B

Frequency SC6900,BS
Band C6910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn(B

Downlink SC6900,BS
Frequency C6910)
LTE Cell SuppPSHO

Supporting Flag(BSC69
PS HO 00,BSC6910
Indicator )
ULTENCE RNC RNC ID RNCId(BSC No

LL 6900,BSC69
NOTE 10)
This MO is
required if Cell ID CellId(BSC
neighboring 6900,BSC69
-LTE-cell- 10)
based
redirection LTE Cell LTECellInd
or blind Index ex(BSC6900
redirection
,BSC6910)
is allowed.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Blind HO BlindFlag(B
Neighboring SC6900,BS
Cell Flag C6910)
UCELLNF RNC Absolute NPriority(B No

REQPRIOI Priority SC6900,BS
NFO Level of the C6910)
NOTE E-UTRA
This MO is Frequency
required if
non- E-UTRA EARFCN(B
neighboring Absolute SC6900,BS
-LTE-cell- Radio C6910)
based Frequency
redirection
or blind
Channel
redirection Number
is allowed.
2 UU2LTEH RNC Report Type LTEMeasTy Yes

ONCOV of LTE pOf3C(BSC
Measuremen 6900,BSC69
t 10)
Layer 3 U2LTEFilte
Filter rCoef(BSC6
Coefficient 900,BSC691
for LTE 0)
Measuremen
t
LTE U2LTEMea
Measuremen sTime(BSC6
t Timer 900,BSC691
Length 0)
Measuremen LTEMeasQ
t Quantity uanOf3C(B
for Event 3C SC6900,BS
Measuremen C6910)
t of LTE
3C Hystfor3C(
Hysteresis BSC6900,B
SC6910)
Time to TrigTime3
Trigger C(BSC6900,
Event 3C BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
RSRP TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRP(BSC
During PS 6900,BSC69
Handover to 10)
LTE
RSRQ TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRQ(BS
During PS C6900,BSC
Handover to 6910)
LTE
U2L Punish U2LPunish

Switch Switch(BSC
Set this 6900,BSC69
parameter to 10)
ON.
U2L Penalty U2LPunish

Timer Timer(BSC6
900,BSC691
0)
3 (Optional) UCELLU2 RNC Parameters to be configured Yes

LTEHONC are the same as those in the
OV UU2LTEHONCOV MO.
NOTE
This MO is
required if
the
measuremen
t-related
parameters
need to be
configured
for a
specific cell.
4 UTYPRAB RNC Service- EUTRANS No

BASIC Based HIND(BSC
Handover to 6900,BSC69
LTE 10)
Allowed
5 UCORRM RNC HandOver HoSwitch(B Yes

ALGOSWI Switch SC6900,BS
TCH C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
6 (Optional) UCORRM RNC HandOver HoSwitch1( Yes

ALGOSWI Switch1 BSC6900,B
TCH SC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
non-
neighboring
-LTE-cell-
based
redirection
or blind
redirection
is allowed.
7 (Optional) UCELLHO RNC U2L Blind U2LBlindRe Yes

COMM Redirect dirSwitch(B
NOTE Switch SC6900,BS
This MO is C6910)
required if
UMTS-to-
LTE blind
redirection
is to be
enabled for
a specific
cell.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
8 (Optional) UU2LTEH RNC Best Cell BestCellTrig Yes

ONCOV/ Change LTEMeasS
UCELLU2 Triggered witch(BSC6
LTEHONC LTE 900,BSC691
OV Measure 0)
NOTE Switch
This MO is
required to
allow
UMTS-to-
LTE service
based PS
redirection
to be
triggered by
the best cell
change.
The
UCELLU2
LTEHONC
OV MO is
required if
UMTS-to-
LTE service
based PS
redirection is
triggered
only by
certain
changed best
cell. The
UU2LTEH
ONCOV
MO is
required if
UMTS-to-
LTE service
based PS
redirection is
triggered can
be triggered
by any best
cell under
the RNC.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
9 (Optional) UCORRMP RNC Performance PerfEnhanc Yes

C6910)
10 UU2LTEH RNC Penalty U2lServMc Yes

(Optional) ONCOV Time for TimeOutPu
Service- nishTime(B
based U2L SC6900,BS
Meas Expiry C6910)

C6910)
12 UCORRM RNC PS Rate PsSwitch(B Yes

ALGOSWI Negotiation SC6900,BS
TCH Switch C6910)
(PS_CMAC
TIVE_PRO
CESS_OPT
_SWITCH
selected
under this
parameter)
13 UCMCF RNC MC-HSDPA McHsdpaLt Yes

and CM eCMPermis
Coexist sionInd
Indicator
14 URRCTRL RNC Process ProcessSwit Yes

(Optional) SWITCH Control ch5(BSC690
NOTE Switch 5 0,BSC6910)
This MO is
required if
LTE cell
load is
obtained
through the
RIM
procedure.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
15 UCELLHO RNC SW U2LLTELo Yes

(Optional) COMM Consider adSwitch(B
NOTE LTE Load in SC6900,BS
This MO is U2L C6910)
required if Interoperatio
LTE cells n
are selected
based on
LTE cell
load.
16 URRCTRL RNC Process ProcessSwit Yes

(Optional) SWITCH Control ch5(BSC690
Description
This MO is
required if
RIM
messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinato
r.
17 ECOMMO eCoordinato Process PROCESSS No

NCTRL r Switch WITCH
19 UHOCOM RNC U2L Blind U2LBlindRe Yes

(Optional) M Redir Anti- dirPingpong
Pingpong Timer(BSC6
Timer 900,BSC691
0)
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: CME Management > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance
After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service(BSC6900,BSC6910)
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections for a
cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm takes effect.

WCDMA RAN
After Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure Switch is set to ON, the value of this
counter increases. It indicates that the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm triggered by the changed best cell takes effect.
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind(BSC6900,BSC6910)
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind redirections
for a cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind
redirection algorithm takes effect.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-level
switch for service-based UMTS-LTE redirections and blind redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to turn off the cell-level
switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the Service-based U2L Algorithm
Switch parameter.
----End

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for Service-Based PS Service Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if
required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch
modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Set the parameters described in Table 10-17 on the CME. For instructions on how to
perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

H C6910)

Cell-level counters related to the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature are as follows:
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind(BSC6900,BSC6910)
These two counters can be observed to see whether the Service-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE feature has been activated. For details, see the description about
activation observation in section Activation Observation.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, RNC-level counters related to the load-
based LTE cell selection function are as follows.
Counter Name Object Function Counter Description
Type Subset
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Requests from

eq(BSC6900,BSC6910) the RNC to the eNodeB (Load
Information) for Cell
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Responses

esp(BSC6900,BSC6910) from the eNodeB to the RNC
(Load Information) for Cell
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.U RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Update

pdate(BSC6900,BSC691 Messages from the eNodeB to
0) the RNC (Load Information)
for Cell
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, RNC-level counters related to
the load-based LTE cell selection function are as follows.

WCDMA RAN

Type Subset
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Requests from

eq(BSC6900,BSC6910) the RNC to the eNodeB (Load
Information) for Cell
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.R RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Responses

esp(BSC6900,BSC6910) from the eNodeB to the RNC
(Load Information) for Cell
VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.U RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Update

pdate(BSC6900,BSC691 Messages from the eNodeB to
0) the RNC (Load Information)
for Cell
These counters specify the number of requests sent by the RNC to obtain LTE load
information through RIM procedures, the number of successful procedures for obtaining load
information, and the number of LTE cell load updates.

N/A
N/A
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE
For details about when to use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, see section
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

Before activating Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, ensure that the following
conditions are met:
l PS services are preferentially carried on LTE networks.
10.6.3 Planning
None

WCDMA RAN
10.6.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
Description.
Table 10-18 BSC6900 and BSC6910

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-14 Service- LQW1SB Service- BSC6900 Method 2 per

0218 Based PS PSHO01R Based PS and Mb
Handover ES Service BSC6910 ps
from Handover
UMTS to from
LTE UMTS to
LTE (per
Mbps)
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or later.
– To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM messages are
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted. When RIM messages are
exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, the eCoordinator must be deployed and the
information is transmitted. The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.

WCDMA RAN
– It is able to send the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, which contains

information about whether a UE has subscribed to LTE services, to the RNC. If the
SGSN does not support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE services
will be handed over or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.
l Other Features
l Hardware
None
Data Preparation
Table 10-19 lists the data to prepare before activating Service-Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-19 Data to prepare before activating Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to
LTE
LTE Cell Supporting PS HO SuppPSHOFlag( Set this Radio network plan

Indicator BSC6900,BSC69 parameter to (internal)
10) Support(Suppo
rt).
Report Type of LTE LTEMeasTypOf3 Set this Radio network plan

Measurement C(BSC6900,BSC parameter to the (internal)
6910) default value.
Layer 3 Filter Coefficient U2LTEFilterCoe Set this Radio network plan

for LTE Measurement f(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to the (internal)
910) default value.
LTE Measurement Timer U2LTEMeasTim Set this Radio network plan

Length e(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to the (internal)
910) default value.
Measurement Quantity for LTEMeasQuanO Set this Radio network plan

Event 3C Measurement of f3C(BSC6900,BS parameter to the (internal)
LTE C6910) default value.
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C(BSC6 In a high-speed Radio network plan

900,BSC6910) cell, set this (internal)
parameter to 1.5
dB. In a low-
speed cell, set
this parameter
to 3.0 dB.
Time to Trigger Event 3C TrigTime3C(BSC Set this Radio network plan

6900,BSC6910) parameter to the (internal)
default value.

WCDMA RAN
RSRP Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRS Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE RP(BSC6900,BS parameter to the (internal)
C6910) default value.
RSRQ Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRS Set this Radio network plan

Handover to LTE RQ(BSC6900,BS parameter to the (internal)
C6910) default value.
U2L Punish Switch U2LPunishSwitc Set this Default value/

h(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to Recommended
910) ON. value
U2L Penalty Timer U2LPunishTime Set this Default value/

r(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to the Recommended
910) default value value
20.
Service-Based Handover to EUTRANSHIN If certain PS Radio network plan

LTE Allowed D(BSC6900,BSC services can be (internal)
6910) handed over to
LTE, set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUT
RAN_SHOUL
D_BE_PERFO
RM.

00,BSC6910) HO_LTE_PS_ Recommended
OUT_SWITC value
H and
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITC
H under this
parameter
before you
activate the
feature.

WCDMA RAN
Service-based U2L U2LServAlgoSwit For cells with Default value/

Algorithm Switch ch(BSC6900,BSC LTE coverage, Recommended
6910) HO_LTE_SER value
VICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITC
H
For LTE and
UMTS co-
coverage
scenarios,
select
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_NEED_
RSCP_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
For scenarios
with continuous
LTE coverage,
you are advised
to select
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_BLIND_
FIRST_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
Trigger Source for Service- U2LServTrigSour Set this Default value/

based U2L HO/Redir ce(BSC6900,BSC parameter to the Recommended
6910) default value. value
Thld for Non-coverage- U2LNCovPSCm The value 20 is Default value/

based U2L UserNumThd(BS recommended. Recommended
C6900,BSC6910) value
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit To activate this Default value/

Switch 5 ch5(BSC6900,BS feature, Recommended
C6910) select value
PERFENH_U2
L_SERV_NOT
_TRIG_WHE
N_CSPAGING
under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC6 If a handover is Engineering design

900,BSC6910) to be performed,
deselect the
following
option under
this parameter:
HO_U2L_RED
IR_BASED_A
BSOLUTE_FR
EQ_SWITCH.
Best Cell Change Triggered BestCellTrigLTE- To support Default value/

LTE Measure Switch MeasSwitch(BSC feature Recommended
6900,BSC6910) activation value
triggered by the
changed best
cell, set this
parameter to
OFF.
Best Cell Change Triggered BestCellTrigLTE- To support Default value/

LTE Measure Switch MeasSwitch(BSC feature Recommended
6900,BSC6910) activation value
triggered by the
changed best
cell, set this
parameter to
OFF.

WCDMA RAN
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit l To prevent Radio network plan

Switch 2 ch2(BSC6900,BS frequent (internal)
C6910) entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode, which
may be
caused by
service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirections
or handovers
triggered by
RB
reconfigurati
on, you are
advised to
deselect
PERFENH_
RB_RECF
G_TRIG_S
ERVICE_U
2L_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
l To prevent
frequent
entering and
exiting of
the
compressed
mode, which
may be
caused by
service-
based
UMTS-to-
LTE
redirection
or handover
triggered by
a PS PCH-
to-DCH
channel
switch when
a CS service
is set up, you

WCDMA RAN
are advised
to deselect
PERFENH_
CS_P2D_T
RIG_SERV
ICE_U2L_S
WITCH
under this
parameter.
Penalty Time for Service- U2lServMcTime Set this Radio network plan
based U2L Meas Expiry OutPunishTime( parameter to 90 (internal)
BSC6900,BSC69 seconds to
10) prevent
continual
entering and
exiting of the
compressed
mode during
service/load/
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers if no
suitable LTE
cell is found
after LTE signal
quality
measurement is
complete.
MC-HSDPA and LTE CM McHsdpaLteCM Set this Radio network plan

Coexist Indicator PermissionInd(B parameter to the (internal)
SC6900,BSC6910 default value.
)

WCDMA RAN
PS Rate Negotiation Switch PsSwitch(BSC69 You are advised Radio network plan
00,BSC6910) to select the (internal)
PS_CMACTIV
E_PROCESS_
OPT_SWITCH
check box under
this parameter
when
HsdpaCMPerm
issionInd(BSC6
900,BSC6910),
EHSPACMPer
missionInd(BS
C6900,BSC691
0), or
McHsdpaLteC
MPermissionIn
d(BSC6900,BS
C6910) is set to
FALSE. After
this parameter is
set to ON, the
call drop rate is
reduced, but
user experience
of PS services is
affected.
Process Control Switch 5 ProcessSwitch5( Select Default value/

BSC6900,BSC69 INTERRAT_L Recommended
10) OAD_REPOR value
T_FROM_LTE
_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
obtain LTE cell
load
information.
SW Consider LTE Load in U2LLTELoadSwi If LTE load is Default value/

U2L Interoperation tch(BSC6900,BS considered Recommended
C6910) during a UMTS- value
to-LTE
redirection or
handover, select
SERVICE_BA
SE_U2L_LTE_
LOAD_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
CN Operator Index for U2LRimCNOper This parameter Engineering design

Routing in U2L RIM atorRTIndex(BS must be set if
C6900,BSC6910) the LTE cell
load is obtained
through the
RIM procedure
and the UMTS
PLMN differs
from the LTE
PLMN.
Process Control Switch 5 ProcessSwitch5( Select Default value/

BSC6900,BSC69 RIM_ON_EC Recommended
10) O_SWITCH value
under this
parameter if
RIM messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinator.
HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2(BSC6 If the LTE Radio network plan

900,BSC6910) system supports (internal)
extended
frequency bands
(26 to 31),
select
HO_MC_EXT
_LTE_BAND_
SWITCH under
this parameter
to support
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequency
bands.
RSCP Threshold for Non- U2LNCovRscpTh The value -90 is Default value/
coverage-based U2L d(BSC6900,BSC6 recommended. Recommended
910) value
RSCP Measure Timer for U2LNCovRscpPr The value Default value/

Non-coverage-based U2L dTimer(BSC6900 D20000 is Recommended
,BSC6910) recommended. value

WCDMA RAN
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC6 To turn on the Default value/

900,BSC6910) U2L connected Recommended
mode priority value
switch, select Default value/
HO_U2L_CON Recommended
N_PRIO_SWI value
TCH under this
parameter. To
turn on the U2L
connected mode
priority switch,
select
HO_U2L_CON
N_PRIO_SWI
TCH under this
parameter.
Connected Mode E-UTRA NPriorityConnec Set this Radio network plan

Frequency Priority t(BSC6900,BSC6 parameter to the (internal)
910) default value.
Optimization Switch 5 OptimizationSwit Select Radio network plan

ch5(BSC6900,BS U2L_RELOC_ (internal)
C6910) MSG_TAKE_
ERAB_SWITC
H under this
parameter to
enable the
function of data
forwarding
during UMTS-
to-LTE
handovers.
To reduce the
PS service user-
plane
interruption
time during
UMTS to LTE
handovers,
select
PS_U2L_USE
R_PLANE_DE
LAY_OPT_SW
ITCH under
this parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Reserved Switch 11 RsvSwitch11(BS Select Radio network plan

C6900,BSC6910) RESERVED_S (internal)
WITCH_11_BI
T27 under this
parameter to
allow service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
redirections or
handovers only
on LTE
subscribers. In
this way, non-
LTE subscribers
are prevented
from
performing
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers.
Performance Enhancement PerfEnhanceSwit Select Radio network plan

Switch 6 ch6(BSC6900,BS PERFENH_PE (internal)
C6910) RMIT_LTE_S
UB_SERV_U2
L_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
allow service-
based UMTS-
to-LTE
redirections or
handovers only
on LTE
subscribers. In
this way, non-
LTE subscribers
are prevented
from
performing
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers.

WCDMA RAN
Thd for No-Cov U2L HO U2LPhyChFailN To enable the Default value/

Fail by Phy CH Fail um(BSC6900,BS function of Recommended
C6910) preventing value
frequent retries
after a UMTS-
to-LTE PS
handover
failure, set this
parameter to a
non-zero value.
Inter-RAT HO Physical PenaltyTimeForP This parameter Default value/

Channel Failure Penalty hyChFail(BSC69 specifies the Recommended
Timer 00,BSC6910) length of a value
penalty timer
for inter-RAT
handover
failures due to
physical
channel failures.
The default
setting is
recommended.
eCoordinator.
Table 10-20 Parameter to be set on the eCoordinator

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select Default value/

Switch RIM_SWITCH Recommended value
if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, you are not advised to set Inter-RAT PS Handover
Switch (PSServiceHOSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) to ON. Otherwise, the RNC sends the
GSM-specific measurement control message to the UE first after this feature is enabled. As a
result, the UE will be redirected or handed over to GSM.
handover or redirection may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based

WCDMA RAN
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is

recommended that this feature as well as the function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE cell
load be enabled.
of the first RIM message. Therefore, the related feature on the LTE side must be enabled first.
RIM procedure will be terminated before it is complete. For the related feature on the LTE
side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description
for eRAN.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, you are not advised to set Best Cell Change Triggered
LTE Measure Switch (BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)) to ON.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML ADD ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell Supporting
PS HO Indicator set to Support(Support).
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has been
configured. Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-
to-LTE handovers will fail.
HandOver Switch1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and
set the connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
parameters related to measurements for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to set cell-
level parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-19.
NOTE
If a cell has been configured with parameters related to the measurement algorithm, run the MOD

WCDMA RAN
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC with Service-Based Handover to
LTE Allowed set to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to
LTE PS handover.
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under
HandOver Switch selected to enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
Step 8 Turn on the blind redirection switch. For details, see 4.3.2.5 Decision and Execution and
4.3.3.8 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection.
Step 9 For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection by running the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH selected under the Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch parameter. For UMTS cells in which there is no or weak LTE coverage, do
not enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
Step 10 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER
selected and other options deselected under the Trigger Source for Service-based U2L HO/
Redir parameter to set the trigger cause of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
Step 11 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM with PS CM User No. Thld
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to 20.
Step 12 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection. In this step, clear
parameter.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure
Switch set to OFF.
Step 14 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV and set the U2L Penalty Timer
parameter to 20 and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs from initiating
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately after finishing LTE-to-
UMTS redirections or handovers.
Step 15 (Optional) Deselect PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA to prevent continual entering and exiting of the compressed mode during
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers due to frequent RB reconfiguration.
Step 16 (Optional) Set the Penalty Time for Service-based U2L Meas Expiry parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to 90 seconds to prevent continual entering and
exiting of the compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality
measurement is complete.
Step 17 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to enable the function of
preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In this step, set Thd
for No-Cov U2L HO Fail by Phy CH Fail and Inter-RAT HO Physical Channel Failure
Penalty Timer to appropriate values.
Step 18 Deselect PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA to

WCDMA RAN
prevent ping-pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers that occur in PS-specific P2D

state transitions triggered by CS service setup.
Step 19 Run the MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
Switch selected.
Step 22 (Optional) To enable the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN and the UMTS PLMN
differs from the LTE PLMN, run the RNC MML command LST UCNOPERATOR to
query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a CN route for the UMTS-to-LTE
RIM procedure according to the query result. Then run the RNC MML command MOD
ULTECELL with CN Operator Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the queried
index of the local operator.
Switch 5 parameter.
– Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, set
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter to ON.
step, set RIM_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch parameter to ON.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM. In this step, select
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter.
Step 24 (Optional) In LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenarios, you can enable periodic RSCP
measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover by performing the following
operations:
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH selected under Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Threshold
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to -90.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Measure Timer
for Non-coverage-based U2L set to D20000.

WCDMA RAN

switch.
also be performed:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between the RNC
and the LTE S-GW.
b. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
NOTE
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27 under Reserved Switch 11 selected to allow service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers only for LTE subscribers.
----End

ADD/MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=0;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-
to-LTE handovers
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch
HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based handover
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the triggering causes
SET
UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServTrigSource=U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRI
GGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGG

WCDMA RAN
ER-0&U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER-0;
//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in compressed
mode simultaneously
ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM: CellId=1, U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd=20;
//Disabling non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by
the changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=2, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
handover failure
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
//Setting the penalty time to 90s by setting bits 16 through 31 of the Reserved
U32 Parameter 9 parameter
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by a PCH-
to-DCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function
exchanged using the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1,U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
exchanged using the eCoordinator
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LLTELoadSwitch=SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
using the eCoordinator
bands
//Setting parameters for the algorithm of service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers based on RSCP measurement
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;

ADD

WCDMA RAN

//Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction switch
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform service-
based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription

Method 1:
NOTE


Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULTECELL RNC LTE Cell LTECellInd Yes

NOTE Index ex(BSC6900
This MO is ,BSC6910)
required if
neighboring LTE Cell LTECellNa
-LTE-cell- Name me(BSC690
based 0,BSC6910)
redirection
or blind LTE Cell EUTRANC
redirection
Identity ELLID(BSC
is allowed.
6900,BSC69
10)
Mobile MCC(BSC6
Country 900,BSC691
Code 0)
Mobile MNC(BSC6
Network 900,BSC691
Code 0)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Tracking TAC(BSC69
)
Operator CnOpGrpIn
0,BSC6910)
LTE CellPHYID(
Physical BSC6900,B
LTE Cell LTEBand(B

Frequency SC6900,BS
Band C6910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn(B

Downlink SC6900,BS
Frequency C6910)
LTE Cell SuppPSHO

PS HO 00,BSC6910
Indicator )
ULTENCEL RNC RNC ID RNCId(BSC No

L 6900,BSC69
NOTE 10)
This MO is
-LTE-cell- 10)
based
redirection
,BSC6910)
is allowed.
Cell Flag C6910)
UCELLNFR RNC Absolute NPriority(B No

EQPRIOINF Priority SC6900,BS
O Level of the C6910)
E-UTRA
Frequency

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
NOTE E-UTRA EARFCN(B
This MO is Absolute SC6900,BS
required if
non-
Radio C6910)
neighboring Frequency
-LTE-cell- Channel
based Number
redirection
or blind
redirection
is allowed.
2 UU2LTEHO RNC Report Type LTEMeasTy Yes

NCOV of LTE pOf3C(BSC
t 10)
Layer 3 U2LTEFilte
Filter rCoef(BSC6
for LTE 0)
Measuremen
t
LTE U2LTEMea
t Timer 900,BSC691
Length 0)
Measuremen LTEMeasQ
Measuremen C6910)
t of LTE
3C Hystfor3C(
SC6910)
Time to TrigTime3
Trigger C(BSC6900,
Event 3C BSC6910)
RSRP TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRP(BSC
Handover to 10)
LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
RSRQ TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRQ(BS
During PS C6900,BSC
Handover to 6910)
LTE
U2L Punish U2LPunish

Switch Switch(BSC
Set this 6900,BSC69
parameter to 10)
ON.
U2L Penalty U2LPunish

Timer Timer(BSC6
900,BSC691
0)
2 UU2LTEHO RNC Thd for No- U2LPhyCh Yes

NCOV Cov U2L FailNum(B
HO Fail by SC6900,BS
Phy CH Fail C6910)
Inter-RAT PenaltyTime
HO Physical ForPhyChF
Channel ail(BSC690
Failure 0,BSC6910)
Penalty
Timer
3 (Optional) UCELLU2L RNC Parameters to be configured Yes

TEHONCO are the same as those in the
V UU2LTEHONCOV MO.
NOTE
This MO is
required if
the
measuremen
t-related
parameters
need to be
configured
for a
specific cell.

LTE 10)
Allowed

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

H C6910)
6 (Optional) UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch1( Yes

H SC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
non-
neighboring
-LTE-cell-
based
redirection
or blind
redirection
is allowed.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
7 (Optional) UU2LTEHO RNC Best Cell BestCellTrig Yes

NCOV/ Change LTEMeasS
UCELLU2L Triggered witch(BSC6
TEHONCO LTE 900,BSC691
V Measure 0)
NOTE Switch
This MO is
required if
the Service-
Based PS
Handover
from UMTS
to LTE
feature is
triggered by
the changed
best cell.
To allow this
feature to be
triggered
only when a
specific best
cell is
changed,
configure
the
UCELLU2
LTEHONC
OV MO. To
allow this
feature to be
triggered
when any
best cell
under an
RNC is
changed,
configure
the
UU2LTEH
ONCOV
MO.
8 (Optional) UCORRMP RNC Performance PerfEnhanc Yes

ARA Enhancemen eSwitch2
t Switch 2

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
9 (Optional) UU2LTEHO RNC Penalty U2lServMc Yes

NCOV Time for TimeOutPu
Service- nishTime(B
based U2L SC6900,BS
Meas Expiry C6910)

ARA Enhancemen eSwitch2
t Switch 2
11 UCORRMA RNC PS Rate PsSwitch(B Yes

LGOSWITC Negotiation SC6900,BS
H Switch C6910)
(PS_CMAC
TIVE_PRO
CESS_OPT
_SWITCH
selected
under this
parameter)

and LTE CM eCMPermis
Coexist sionInd
Indicator
13 URRCTRLS RNC Process ProcessSwit Yes

(Optional) WITCH Control ch5(BSC690
This MO is
required if
the RNC
needs to
obtain LTE
cell load
through the
RIM
procedure.
14 (optional) UCELLHO RNC SW U2LLTELo Yes

COMM Consider adSwitch(B
LTE cells n
are selected
based on
LTE cell
load.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

Description
This MO is
required if
RIM
messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinato
r.
16 ECOMMON eCoordinato Process PROCESSS No

CTRL r Control WITCH
Switch
Method 2:
This feature can be activated in batches on the CME. For detailed operations, see the
following section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME >
CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and
Maintenance.
After enabling this feature, observe the value of the
VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Service(UMTS BSC6900,UMTS BSC6910) counter.
This counter provides the number of attempts for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
for a cell. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-level
switch for service-based UMTS-LTE handover. In this step, deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to turn off the cell-level
switch for service-based UMTS-LTE handover. In this step, deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the Service-based U2L Algorithm
Switch parameter.
----End

WCDMA RAN

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE on the CME,


Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 (Optional) UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch(B Yes

H C6910)

The following cell-level counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.

Type Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Service-Based

.Service(BSC6900,BSC6 LL UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover
910) Attempts for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful Service-

S.Service(BSC6900,BSC LL Based UMTS-to-LTE PS
6910) Handovers for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Type Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.AttReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Preparation

PrepOutPS.Service(BSC LL Attempts for PS Outgoing U2L
6900,BSC6910) Service-Based Handovers for
Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelo CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful

cPrepOutPS.Service(BS LL Preparations for PS Outgoing
C6900,BSC6910) U2L Service-Based Handovers
for Cell
Cell-level counters related to handover failures are the same as those used for coverage-based
UMTS to LTE handovers. For specific counters, see 10.4.5 Performance Monitoring.
Counters related to neighboring cells of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers are the

same as those for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. For specific counters, see 10.4.5
Performance Monitoring.
Counters related to neighboring cells of failed handovers are the same as those used for
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. For specific counters, see 10.4.5 Performance
Monitoring.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, the additional counters to be monitored are
the same as those to be monitored for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. For
details, see 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, the additional counters to be
monitored are the same as those to be monitored for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections. For details, see 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring.
Success rate of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers =

VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Service(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Service(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Parameter optimization is required if the success rate falls below expectation.

Analyze the causes of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failures and modify parameter values
accordingly.
l If VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.CfgUnSupp(BSC6900,BSC6910),
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.PhyChFail(BSC6900,BSC6910), and
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp(BSC6900,BSC6910) have large
values, there is a possibility that some types of UEs do not support UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers.
l When this happens, modify the parameter settings to enable more UEs to perform
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections in this cell. If
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.NoReply(BSC6900,BSC6910) has a large value, raise the
value of TargetRatThdRSRP(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
TargetRatThdRSRQ(BSC6900,BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN
l If VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.NoResAvail(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtHighLoad(BSC6900,BSC6910) have large
values, the LTE network traffic load is high. When this happens, enable the cell load-
based LTE cell selection function to avoid unnecessary handover preparations, which
helps ensure a high success rate for UMTS-to-LTE PS handover preparations. Or you
can take measures to lower the LTE network traffic load so that a high UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover preparation success rate is ensured.
N/A
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to

LTE
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when:
l The network serves UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs.

l UMTS cells are heavily loaded.
LDR is required. It is recommended that this feature be used together with the LOFD-070203
RIM Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature, which helps select lightly loaded LTE cells
during redirections or handovers.
NOTE
If the LDR switch (UL_UU_LDR/DL_UU_LDR) is turned on, a UMTS cell is regarded as heavily
loaded when the UMTS cell load still exceeds the LDR triggering threshold
(UlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)/DlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)) after LDR actions such as
BE service rate reduction and inter-frequency load-based handovers are performed.

Before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
l Proportion of UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs to total UEs
NOTE
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the feature.
That is, the feature has a more obvious effect on inter-RAT load balancing when the proportion of
UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs is high. However, it is hard to specify a proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-
mode UEs for deploying the feature, which depends on the specific network conditions and the
operator's policy.
10.7.3 Planning
None

WCDMA RAN
10.7.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
Description.

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Load LQW1LP Load BSC6900 Method 2 per

0216 Based PS RULRES based PS BSC6910 Mb
Redirectio Redirectio ps
n from n from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)
– The CN supports 3GPP Release 8.
– To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, when RIM messages are
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted; when RIM messages are
information is transmitted.
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.

WCDMA RAN
– None
Data Preparation
Table 10-24 lists the data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Service
Redirection from UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-24 Data to be prepared before activating Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to
LTE
Name
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag(BSC Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Supporting PS HO 6900,BSC6910) NotSupport(NotSu (internal)
Indicator pport).
Blind HO BlindFlag(BSC6900, Neighboring-cell- Default value/

Neighboring Cell BSC6910) based blind Recommended value
Flag redirection takes
effect only when this
parameter is set to
TRUE.
E-UTRA Absolute EARFCN(BSC6900,B Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Radio Frequency SC6910) the default value. (internal)
Channel Number
Absolute Priority NPriority(BSC6900,B Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Level of the E- SC6910) the default value. (internal)
UTRA Frequency
Report Type of LTEMeasTypOf3C(B Set this parameter to Radio network plan

LTE Measurement SC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoef(BS Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Coefficient for C6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
LTE Measurement
LTE Measurement U2LTEMeasTime(BS Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Timer Length C6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Measurement LTEMeasQuanOf3C( Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Quantity for Event BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
3C Measurement
of LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C(BSC6900, In a high-speed cell, Radio network plan

BSC6910) set this parameter to (internal)
a comparatively
small value, for
example, 1.5 dB. In
a low-speed cell, set
this parameter to a
comparatively large
value, for example,
3.0 dB.
Time to Trigger TrigTime3C(BSC6900 Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Event 3C ,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRSRP(B Set this parameter to Radio network plan

During PS SC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Handover to LTE
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRSRQ( Set this parameter to Radio network plan

During PS BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Handover to LTE
Service-Based EUTRANSHIND(BS To allow redirection Radio network plan

Handover to LTE C6900,BSC6910) of certain PS (internal)
Allowed services to LTE, set
this parameter to
HO_TO_EUTRAN
_SHOULD_BE_PE
RFORM.
HandOver Switch HoSwitch(BSC6900,B Select Default value/

SC6910) HO_LTE_PS_OUT Recommended value
_SWITCH under
this parameter to
UL LDR-BE rate UlLdrBERateReduc- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

reduction RAB tionRabNum(BSC690 the default value. (internal)
number 0,BSC6910)
UL LDR un-ctrl UlLdrPsRTQosRene- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

RT Qos re-nego gRabNum(BSC6900, the default value. (internal)
RAB num BSC6910)
UL CS should be UlCSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

HO user number BeHOUeNum(BSC69 the default value. (internal)
00,BSC6910)
UL PS should be UlPSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

00,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name
UL LDR-AMR UlLdrAMRRateReduc Set this parameter to Radio network plan

rate reduction tionRabNum(BSC690 the default value. (internal)
RAB number 0,BSC6910)
UL CS should not UlCSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

be HO user NotHOUeNum(BSC6 the default value. (internal)
number 900,BSC6910)
UL PS should not UlPSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

number 900,BSC6910)
UL Inter-freq cell UlInterFreqHoCell- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

load handover LoadSpaceThd(BSC6 the default value. (internal)
load space 900,BSC6910)
threshold
DL Inter-freq cell DlInterFreqHoCell- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

load handover LoadSpaceThd(BSC6 the default value. (internal)
load space 900,BSC6910)
threshold
UL Inter-freq cell UlInterFreqHoBWTh Set this parameter to Radio network plan

load handover d(BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
maximum
bandwidth
DL Inter-freq cell DlInterFreqHoBWTh Set this parameter to Radio network plan

load handover d(BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
maximum
bandwidth
MBMS descend MbmsDecPowerRabT Set this parameter to Radio network plan

power rab hd(BSC6900,BSC691 the default value. (internal)
threshold 0)
Cell LDR SF CellLdrSfResThd(BS Set this parameter to Radio network plan

reserved threshold C6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
LDR code priority LdrCodePriUseInd(B Set this parameter to Radio network plan
indicator SC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Max user number MaxUserNumCodeAd Set this parameter to Radio network plan
of code adjust j(BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Ul LDR credit SF UlLdrCreditSfResTh Set this parameter to Radio network plan

reserved threshold d(BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Dl LDR credit SF DlLdrCreditSfResTh Set this parameter to Radio network plan

reserved threshold d(BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Name
InterFreq HO code LdrCodeUsedSpaceTh Set this parameter to Radio network plan

used ratio space d(BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
threshold
Code congestion CodeCongSelInter- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

select inter-freq FreqHoInd(BSC6900, the default value. (internal)
indication BSC6910)
Gold user load GoldUserLoadCon- Set this parameter to Radio network plan
control switch trolSwitch(BSC6900, the default value. (internal)
BSC6910)
Forbidden Traffic InterFreqLdHoForbi- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Class for inter- denTC(BSC6900,BSC the default value. (internal)
freq HO 6910)
Ul TTI HO Credit UlTtiCreditSfResThd( Set this parameter to Radio network plan

SF reserved BSC6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
threshold
InterFreq Load InterFreqLDHOMe- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

Handover Method thodSelection(BSC69 the default value. (internal)
Selection 00,BSC6910)
Code Congest CodeCongHoEnhan- Set this parameter to Default value/

Neighbor Select ceInd(BSC6900,BSC6 the default value. Recommended value
Enhance Switch 910)
DL LDR-BE rate DlLdrBERateReduc- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

reduction RAB tionRabNum(BSC690 the default value. (internal)
number 0,BSC6910)
DL LDR un-ctrl DlLdrPsRTQosRene- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

RT Qos re-nego gRabNum(BSC6900, the default value. (internal)
RAB num BSC6910)
DL CS should be DlCSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

00,BSC6910)
DL PS should be DlPSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

00,BSC6910)
DL LDR-AMR DlLdrAMRRateReduc Set this parameter to Radio network plan

rate reduction tionRabNum(BSC690 the default value. (internal)
RAB number 0,BSC6910)
DL CS should not DlCSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

number 900,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name
DL PS should not DlPSInterRatShould- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

number 900,BSC6910)
DL LDR first DlLdrFirstAction(BS When the Load Radio network plan

action C6900,BSC6910) Based PS (internal)
Redirection from
DL LDR second DlLdrSecondAction(B UMTS to LTE Radio network plan
action SC6900,BSC6910) feature is enabled, (internal)
DL LDR third DlLdrThirdAction(BS LDR actions must Radio network plan

action C6900,BSC6910) be configured (internal)
according to 4.3.4.8
DL LDR forth DlLdrFourthAction(B Suggestions for Radio network plan
action SC6900,BSC6910) LDR Action (internal)
Configurations.
DL LDR fifth DlLdrFifthAction(BS Radio network plan
action C6900,BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR sixth DlLdrSixthAction(BS Radio network plan

DL LDR seventh DlLdrSeventhAction( Radio network plan

action BSC6900,BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR eighth DlLdrEighthAction(B Radio network plan

action SC6900,BSC6910) (internal)
DL LDR ninth DlLdrNinthAction(BS Radio network plan

DL LDR tenth DlLdrTenthAction(BS Radio network plan

DL LDR eleventh DlLdrEleventhAc- Default value/

Action tion(BSC6900,BSC69 Recommended value
10)
UL LDR first UlLdrFirstAction(BS Radio network plan

UL LDR second UlLdrSecondAction(B Radio network plan

UL LDR third UlLdrThirdAction(BS Radio network plan

UL LDR forth UlLdrFourthAction(B Radio network plan

UL LDR fifth UlLdrFifthAction(BS Radio network plan

UL LDR sixth UlLdrSixthAction(BS Radio network plan


WCDMA RAN

Name
UL LDR seventh UlLdrSeventhAction( Radio network plan

action BSC6900,BSC6910) (internal)
UL LDR eighth UlLdrEighthAction(B Radio network plan

UL LDR ninth UlLdrNinthAction(BS Default value/

Action C6900,BSC6910) Recommended value
UL LDR UL PS UlPSU2LHOUeNum( Set this parameter to Default value/

Domain Load HO BSC6900,BSC6910) 1. Recommended value
User No.
DL LDR UL PS DlPSU2LHOUeNum( Set this parameter to Default value/

Domain Load HO BSC6900,BSC6910) 1. Recommended value
User No.
HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6900, To enable non- Engineering design

Switch1 BSC6910) neighboring-cell-
based redirection,
select
HO_U2L_REDIR_
BASED_ABSOLU
TE_FREQ_SWIT
CH under this
parameter.
To turn on the load-
based UMTS-to-
LTE redirection
switch, select
HO_U2L_LOAD_
PS_REDIRECT_S
WITCH under this
parameter.
U2L Blind U2LBlindRedirSwitc Turn on this switch Default value/

Redirect Switch h(BSC6900,BSC6910) if UMTS and LTE Recommended value
are deployed at one
site and share
sectors and the LTE
band is lower than
the UMTS band.
U2L Blind Redir U2LBlindRedirPing- Set this parameter to Default value/

Anti-Pingpong pongTimer(BSC6900, the default value. Recommended value
Timer BSC6910)
MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCMPer- Set this parameter to Radio network plan

CM Coexist missionInd(BSC6900, the default value. (internal)
Indicator BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name
PS Rate PsSwitch(BSC6900,B You are advised to Radio network plan

Negotiation SC6910) select the (internal)
Switch PS_CMACTIVE_P
ROCESS_OPT_S
WITCH check box
when
EHSPACMPermissi
onInd,
HsdpaCMPermissio
nInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPer
missionInd is set to
FALSE. When this
check box is
selected, the call
drop rate is reduced,
but user experience
of PS services
deteriorates.
Process Control ProcessSwitch5(BSC6 Select Default value/

Switch 5 900,BSC6910) INTERRAT_LOA Recommended value
D_REPORT_FRO
M_LTE_SWITCH
to obtain LTE cell
load information.
Load-Based U2LLTELoadSwitch( Select Default value/

Handover BSC6900,BSC6910) LOAD_BASE_U2L Recommended value
SW Consider LTE _LTE_LOAD_SWI
Load in U2L TCH under this
Interoperation parameter so that
LTE cell load is
considered in
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections.
CN Operator U2LRimCNOperator This parameter must Engineering design

Index for Routing RTIndex(BSC6900,B be set if LTE cell
in U2L RIM SC6910) load is obtained
through the RIM
procedure and
UMTS and LTE
cells belong to
different PLMNs.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Process Control ProcessSwitch5(BSC6 Select Default value/

Switch 5 900,BSC6910) RIM_ON_ECO_S Recommended value
WITCH under this
parameter if RIM
messages need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
HandOver HoSwitch2(BSC6900, If the LTE system Radio network plan

Switch2 BSC6910) supports extended (internal)
frequency bands (26
to 31), select
HO_MC_EXT_LT
E_BAND_SWITC
H under this
parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations on
the extended
frequency bands.
HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6900, To turn on the U2L Default/

Switch1 BSC6910) connected mode Recommended value
priority switch,
select
HO_U2L_CONN_
PRIO_SWITCH
Connected Mode NPriorityConnect(BS Set this parameter to Radio network plan

E-UTRA C6900,BSC6910) the default value. (internal)
Frequency Priority
Reserved Switch RsvSwitch11(BSC690 Select Radio network plan

11 0,BSC6910) RESERVED_SWI (internal)
TCH_11_BIT28
to allow load-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers only for
LTE subscribers. In
this way, non-LTE
subscribers are
prevented from
performing load-
based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or
handovers.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-25 lists the data to be prepared before activating exchange of RIM messages through
the eCoordinator.
Table 10-25 Data to be prepared before activating exchange of RIM messages through the
eCoordinator

if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
Description for eRAN. To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and
LTE, it is recommended that this feature be enabled together with the function of selecting
LTE cells based on LTE cell load.
The eNodeB is the receiving party of the first RIM message, so the related feature on the LTE
side must be enabled first. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell
load information, and the RIM procedure cannot be completed. For the related feature on the
LTE side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter

Step 1 If the LDR switch is turned off, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select the UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_CLB check box
under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
l If neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you need to
configure LTE cells as the neighboring cells of the UMTS cell. The specific operations
are as follows:
ULTECELL to configure an LTE cell with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator set
to NotSupport(NotSupport).

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
– You can run the MOD ULTECELL command in sub-step 1 if an LTE cell has been
configured.
– If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned off
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.
RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell. To
configure a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring Cell Flag to TRUE.
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTENCELL command in sub-step 2 if a neighboring LTE cell has been
configured.
l (Optional) If non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is required, add frequency priority
information of neighboring LTE cells for the UMTS cells by running the RNC MML
command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO.
HandOver Switch1. In addition, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to reconfigure the connected mode priorities of LTE
frequencies.
Step 4 In this step, set the RNC-level parameters related to measurements for load-based UMTS-to-
LTE handovers. These parameters are listed in Table 10-24. The RNC sends the parameter
settings to the UE through a measurement control message.
level parameters related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-24.
NOTE
If measurement algorithm parameters have been configured for a cell, run the MOD
blind redirections.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable UMTS-to-
LTE interoperations for PS services.
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this step, turn on the
PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section 4.3.4.8 Suggestions for LDR Action

WCDMA RAN
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.

HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH selected under HandOver Switch1 to enable
load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
Step 10 (Optional) If the non-neighboring cell-based redirection function is required, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH and
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1 selected.
NOTE

based redirection is turned off. If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function is required, select
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (cross-Iur U2L redirection switch) under HandOver Switch1 in
the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
Step 11 (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable blind redirection to LTE for a specific cell. In this step,
set U2L Blind Redirect Switch to ON.
with U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to an appropriate value to so
that a penalty timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the UMTS network again within
30 seconds after shifting from UMTS to LTE through blind redirections.

PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box selected under the PS Rate
Negotiation Switch parameter.
Step 15 (Optional) To enable the load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN and the UMTS and LTE
cells belong to different PLMNs, run the RNC MML command LST UCNOPERATOR
to query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a CN route for the UMTS-to-
LTE RIM procedure according to the query result. Then run the RNC MML command
MOD ULTECELL, with CN Operator Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the
queried index of the local operator.
Switch 5 parameter.
– Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by eCoordinator Switch) under the
Process Control Switch 5 parameter.
step, select RIM_SWITCH(RIM Switch) under the Process Switch parameter.

WCDMA RAN
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM/MOD UCELLHOCOMM

with LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter selected to enable the function of selecting LTE cells
based on LTE cell load.
Step 17 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
Step 18 (Optional) In RAN Sharing and MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE with Load based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps set to an appropriate
value to configure the PS traffic volumes that can be separately carried by the primary and
secondary operators.
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT28 under Reserved Switch 11 selected to allow load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers only for LTE subscribers.
----End

//Setting LDR switch
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CELLID=1, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
//Setting an LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport, BlackFlag=False;
ADD/MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, NPriorityConnect=0;
//Setting the information about priorities of LTE frequencies
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling load-based inter-RAT PS handover
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdrEleventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1,
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3,

WCDMA RAN
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1, DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed, UlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO,
UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO, UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, UlLdr
NinthAction=NoAct, UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,
DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE,
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed mode
//Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network are
prevented
exchanged through the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
exchanged through the eCoordinator
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LLTELoadSwitch=LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
//When the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31)
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform load-based
U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription

NOTE
1. Configure a single object on the CME.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 ULTECELL RNC LTE Cell LTECellInd Yes

NOTE Index ex(BSC6900
This MO is ,BSC6910)
required if
neighboring LTE Cell LTECellNa
-LTE-cell- Name me(BSC690
based 0,BSC6910)
redirection
or blind LTE Cell EUTRANC
redirection
Identity ELLID(BSC
is allowed.
6900,BSC69
10)
Mobile MCC(BSC6
Country 900,BSC691
Code 0)
Mobile MNC(BSC6
Network 900,BSC691
Code 0)
Tracking TAC(BSC69
)
Operator CnOpGrpIn
0,BSC6910)
LTE CellPHYID(
Physical BSC6900,B
LTE Cell LTEBand(B

Frequency SC6900,BS
Band C6910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn(B

Downlink SC6900,BS
Frequency C6910)
LTE Cell SuppPSHO

PS HO 00,BSC6910
Indicator )

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
ULTENCEL RNC RNC ID RNCId(BSC No

L 6900,BSC69
NOTE 10)
This MO is
-LTE-cell- 10)
based
redirection
,BSC6910)
is allowed.
Cell Flag C6910)
UCELLNFR RNC Absolute NPriority(B No

EQPRIOINF Priority SC6900,BS
O Level of the C6910)
NOTE E-UTRA
This MO is Frequency
required if
non- E-UTRA EARFCN(B
neighboring Absolute SC6900,BS
-LTE-cell- Radio C6910)
based Frequency
redirection
or blind
Channel
redirection Number
is allowed.
2 UU2LTEHO RNC Report Type LTEMeasTy Yes

NCOV of LTE pOf3C(BSC
t 10)
Layer 3 U2LTEFilte
Filter rCoef(BSC6
for LTE 0)
Measuremen
t
LTE U2LTEMea
t Timer 900,BSC691
Length 0)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Measuremen LTEMeasQ
Measuremen C6910)
t of LTE
3C Hystfor3C(
SC6910)
Time to TrigTime3
Trigger C(BSC6900,
Event 3C BSC6910)
RSRP TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRP(BSC
Handover to 10)
LTE
RSRQ TargetRatTh
Threshold dRSRQ(BS
During PS C6900,BSC
Handover to 6910)
LTE
3 (Optional) UCELLU2L RNC Parameters Parameters Yes

TEHONCO to be to be
V configured configured
NOTE are the same are the same
This MO is as those in as those in
required if the the
the UU2LTEH UU2LTEH
measuremen
ONCOV ONCOV
t-related
parameters MO. MO.
need to be
configured
for a
specific cell.

LTE 10)
Allowed

H C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
6 UCELLLDR RNC UL LDR-BE UlLdrBERa Yes

rate teReduction
reduction RabNum(B
RAB SC6900,BS
number C6910)
UL LDR un- UlLdrPsRT

ctrl RT Qos QosRenegR
re-nego abNum(BS
RAB num C6900,BSC
6910)
UL CS UlCSInterR
should be atShouldBe
HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
UL PS UlPSInterR
HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
UL LDR- UlLdrAMR
AMR rate RateReducti
reduction onRabNum(
RAB BSC6900,B
number SC6910)
UL CS UlCSInterR
should not atShouldNot
be HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
UL PS UlPSInterR
be HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
UL Inter- UlInterFreq
freq cell load HoCellLoad
handover SpaceThd(B
load space SC6900,BS
threshold C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
DL Inter- DlInterFreq
freq cell load HoCellLoad
handover SpaceThd(B
load space SC6900,BS
threshold C6910)
UL Inter- UlInterFreq
freq cell load HoBWThd(
handover BSC6900,B
maximum SC6910)
bandwidth
DL Inter- DlInterFreq
freq cell load HoBWThd(
handover BSC6900,B
maximum SC6910)
bandwidth
MBMS MbmsDecP
descend owerRabTh
power rab d(BSC6900,
threshold BSC6910)
Cell LDR CellLdrSfRe

SF reserved sThd(BSC6
threshold 900,BSC691
0)
LDR code LdrCodePri

priority UseInd(BSC
indicator 6900,BSC69
10)
Max user MaxUserNu

number of mCodeAdj(
code adjust BSC6900,B
SC6910)
Ul LDR UlLdrCredit
credit SF SfResThd(B
reserved SC6900,BS
threshold C6910)
Dl LDR DlLdrCredit
credit SF SfResThd(B
reserved SC6900,BS
threshold C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
InterFreq LdrCodeUse
HO code dSpaceThd(
used ratio BSC6900,B
space SC6910)
threshold
Code CodeCongS
congestion elInterFreq
select inter- HoInd(BSC
freq 6900,BSC69
indication 10)
Gold user GoldUserLo

load control adControlS
switch witch(BSC6
900,BSC691
0)
Forbidden InterFreqLd
Traffic Class HoForbiden
for inter-freq TC(BSC690
HO 0,BSC6910)
Ul TTI HO UlTtiCredit
Credit SF SfResThd(B
reserved SC6900,BS
threshold C6910)
InterFreq InterFreqL
Load DHOMetho
Handover dSelection(
Method BSC6900,B
Selection SC6910)
Code CodeCongH
Congest oEnhanceIn
Neighbor d(BSC6900,
Select BSC6910)
Enhance
Switch
DL LDR-BE DlLdrBERa
rate teReduction
reduction RabNum(B
RAB SC6900,BS
number C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
DL LDR un- DlLdrPsRT

ctrl RT Qos QosRenegR
re-nego abNum(BS
RAB num C6900,BSC
6910)
DL CS DlCSInterR
HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
DL PS DlPSInterR
HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
DL LDR- DlLdrAMR
AMR rate RateReducti
reduction onRabNum(
RAB BSC6900,B
number SC6910)
DL CS DlCSInterR
be HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
DL PS DlPSInterR
be HO user HOUeNum(
number BSC6900,B
SC6910)
DL LDR DlLdrFirstA
first action ction(BSC6
900,BSC691
0)
DL LDR DlLdrSecon
second dAction(BS
action C6900,BSC
6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
DL LDR DlLdrThird
third action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
DL LDR DlLdrFourt
forth action hAction(BS
C6900,BSC
6910)
DL LDR DlLdrFifth
fifth action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
DL LDR DlLdrSixth
sixth action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
DL LDR DlLdrSevent
seventh hAction(BS
action C6900,BSC
6910)
DL LDR DlLdrEight
eighth action hAction(BS
C6900,BSC
6910)
DL LDR DlLdrNinth
ninth action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
DL LDR DlLdrTenth
tenth action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
DL LDR DlLdrEleve
eleventh nthAction(B
Action SC6900,BS
C6910)
UL LDR UlLdrFirstA
first action ction(BSC6
900,BSC691
0)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UL LDR UlLdrSecon
second dAction(BS
action C6900,BSC
6910)
UL LDR UlLdrThird
third action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
UL LDR UlLdrFourt
forth action hAction(BS
C6900,BSC
6910)
UL LDR UlLdrFifth
fifth action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
UL LDR UlLdrSixth
sixth action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
UL LDR UlLdrSevent
seventh hAction(BS
action C6900,BSC
6910)
UL LDR UlLdrEight
eighth action hAction(BS
C6900,BSC
6910)
UL LDR UlLdrNinth
ninth Action Action(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
UL LDR UL UlPSU2LH
PS Domain OUeNum(B
Load HO SC6900,BS
User No. C6910)
DL LDR UL DlPSU2LH
PS Domain OUeNum(B
Load HO SC6900,BS
User No. C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
7 (Optional) UCORRMA RNC HandOver HoSwitch1( Yes

H SC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
non-
neighboring
-LTE-cell-
based
redirection
or blind
redirection
is allowed.
8 (Optional) UCELLHO RNC U2L Blind U2LBlindRe Yes

COMM Redirect dirSwitch(B
NOTE Switch SC6900,BS
This MO is C6910)
required if
UMTS-to-
LTE blind
redirection
is to be
enabled for
a specific
cell.
9 (Optional) UCORRMA RNC PS Rate PsSwitch(B Yes

LGOSWITC Negotiation SC6900,BS
H Switch C6910)
(PS_CMAC
TIVE_PRO
CESS_OPT
_SWITCH
selected
under this
parameter)

(Optional) and CM eCMPermis
Coexist sionInd
Indicator

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
11 (optional) URRCTRLS RNC Process ProcessSwit Yes

WITCH Control ch5(BSC690
This MO is
required if
the RNC
needs to
obtain LTE
cell load
through the
RIM
procedure.
12 UCELLHO RNC SW U2LLTELo Yes

(Optional) COMM Consider adSwitch(B
LTE cells n
are selected
based on the
load.

This MO is
required if
RIM
messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinato
r.
14 ECOMMON eCoordinato Process PROCESSS No

CTRL r Control WITCH
Switch
16 UHOCOM RNC U2L Blind U2LBlindRe Yes

M Redir Anti- dirPingpong
Pingpong Timer(BSC6
Timer 900,BSC691
0)

WCDMA RAN
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following cell-level counters. If
any of counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the number of
UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS redirections for cells
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the
number of UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS blind redirections for cells
l VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the
number of outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS handover preparation attempts for
cells
l VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the
number of successful preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS handovers
for cells

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH, with
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH deselected under HandOver Switch1.
----End

//Turning off the load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification.
Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1. Configure a single object on the CME.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.

WCDMA RAN
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configu

rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 UCORRMALGOS RN HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BS Yes

WITCH C C6900,BSC691
0)

Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature are as follows:
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind(BSC6900,BSC6910)
These two counters can be observed to see whether the Load-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE feature has been activated. For details, see the description about
activation observation in section Activation Observation.

N/A
N/A
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

See section 10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

WCDMA RAN

Before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
l Proportion of UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs to total UEs
NOTE
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the feature.
That is, the feature brings significant effect of inter-RAT load balancing when the proportion of
UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs is high. However, it is hard to specify a proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-
mode UEs for deploying the feature, which depends on the specific network conditions and the
operator's policy.
10.8.3 Planning
None
10.8.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
Description.

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 Load LQW1LP Load BSC6900 Method 2 per

0217 Based PS HULRES based PS and Mb
Handover Handover BSC6910 ps
from from
UMTS to UMTS to
LTE LTE (per
Mbps)

WCDMA RAN
– The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
– The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.
– The eNodeB supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Data Preparation
Table 10-29 lists the data to prepare before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE.
Table 10-29 Data to prepare before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data

Name Source
LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag( Set this parameter to Radio

Supporting PS BSC6900,BSC691 Support(Support). network plan
HO Indicator 0) (internal)
Report Type of LTEMeasTypOf3 Set this parameter to the default Radio

LTE C(BSC6900,BSC6 value. network plan
Measurement 910) (internal)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilterCoe Set this parameter to the default Radio

Coefficient for f(BSC6900,BSC6 value. network plan
LTE 910) (internal)
Measurement
LTE U2LTEMeasTim Set this parameter to the default Radio

Measurement e(BSC6900,BSC6 value. network plan
Timer Length 910) (internal)
Measurement LTEMeasQuanOf Set this parameter to the default Radio

Quantity for 3C(BSC6900,BSC value. network plan
Event 3C 6910) (internal)
Measurement of
LTE
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C(BSC69 In a high-speed cell, set this Radio

00,BSC6910) parameter to 1.5 dB. In a low- network plan
speed cell, set this parameter to (internal)
3.0 dB.
Time to Trigger TrigTime3C(BSC Set this parameter to the default Radio

Event 3C 6900,BSC6910) value. network plan
(internal)
RSRP Threshold TargetRatThdRSR Set this parameter to the default Radio

During PS P(BSC6900,BSC6 value. network plan
Handover to LTE 910) (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatThdRSR Set this parameter to the default Radio

During PS Q(BSC6900,BSC6 value. network plan
Handover to LTE 910) (internal)
Service-Based EUTRANSHIND( Set this parameter to Radio

Handover to LTE BSC6900,BSC691 HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_ network plan
Allowed 0) BE_PERFORM if UMTS-to- (internal)
LTE PS handovers are allowed
for certain PS services.
HandOver HoSwitch(BSC69 Select Default

Switch 00,BSC6910) HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH value/
under this parameter to activate Recommend
the feature. ed value
UL LDR-BE rate UlLdrBERateRed Set this parameter to the default Radio

reduction RAB uctionRabNum(B value. network plan
number SC6900,BSC6910 (internal)
)
UL LDR un-ctrl UlLdrPsRTQosRe Set this parameter to the default Radio

RT Qos re-nego negRabNum(BSC value. network plan
RAB num 6900,BSC6910) (internal)
UL CS should be UlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

HO user number uldBeHOUeNum( value. network plan
BSC6900,BSC691 (internal)
0)
UL PS should be UlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

0)
UL LDR-AMR UlLdrAMRRateR Set this parameter to the default Radio

rate reduction eductionRabNum( value. network plan
RAB number BSC6900,BSC691 (internal)
0)
UL CS should UlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

not be HO user uldNotHOUeNu value. network plan
number m(BSC6900,BSC6 (internal)
910)
UL PS should UlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

910)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
UL HO load UlInterFreqHoCe Set this parameter to the default Radio

space threshold llLoadSpaceThd( value. network plan
0)
DL HO load DlInterFreqHoCe Set this parameter to the default Radio

space threshold llLoadSpaceThd( value. network plan
0)
UL HO UlInterFreqHoB Set this parameter to the default Radio

maximum WThd(BSC6900, value. network plan
bandwidth BSC6910) (internal)
DL HO DlInterFreqHoB Set this parameter to the default Radio

maximum WThd(BSC6900, value. network plan
bandwidth BSC6910) (internal)
MBMS descend MbmsDecPowerR Set this parameter to the default Radio

power rab abThd(BSC6900, value. network plan
threshold BSC6910) (internal)
Cell LDR SF CellLdrSfResThd( Set this parameter to the default Radio

reserved BSC6900,BSC691 value. network plan
threshold 0) (internal)
LDR code LdrCodePriUseIn Set this parameter to the default Radio

priority indicator d(BSC6900,BSC6 value. network plan
910) (internal)
Max user MaxUserNumCod Set this parameter to the default Radio

number of code eAdj(BSC6900,BS value. network plan
adjust C6910) (internal)
Ul LDR credit UlLdrCreditSfRes Set this parameter to the default Radio

SF reserved Thd(BSC6900,BS value. network plan
threshold C6910) (internal)
Dl LDR credit DlLdrCreditSfRes Set this parameter to the default Radio

SF reserved Thd(BSC6900,BS value. network plan
threshold C6910) (internal)
InterFreq HO LdrCodeUsedSpa Set this parameter to the default Radio

code used ratio ceThd(BSC6900, value. network plan
space threshold BSC6910) (internal)
Code congestion CodeCongSelInte Set this parameter to the default Radio

select inter-freq rFreqHoInd(BSC value. network plan
indication 6900,BSC6910) (internal)
Gold user load GoldUserLoadCo Set this parameter to the default Radio
control switch ntrolSwitch(BSC6 value. network plan
900,BSC6910) (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Forbidden InterFreqLdHoFo Set this parameter to the default Radio

Traffic Class for rbidenTC(BSC69 value. network plan
inter-freq HO 00,BSC6910) (internal)
Ul TTI HO UlTtiCreditSfRes Set this parameter to the default Radio

Credit SF Thd(BSC6900,BS value. network plan
reserved C6910) (internal)
threshold
InterFreq Load InterFreqLDHO Set this parameter to the default Radio

Handover MethodSelection( value. network plan
Method BSC6900,BSC691 (internal)
Selection 0)
Code Congest CodeCongHoEnh Set this parameter to the default Default

Neighbor Select anceInd(BSC6900 value. value/
Enhance Switch ,BSC6910) Recommend
ed value
DL LDR-BE rate DlLdrBERateRed Set this parameter to the default Radio

reduction RAB uctionRabNum(B value. network plan
number SC6900,BSC6910 (internal)
)
DL LDR un-ctrl DlLdrPsRTQosRe Set this parameter to the default Radio

RT Qos re-nego negRabNum(BSC value. network plan
RAB num 6900,BSC6910) (internal)
DL CS should be DlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

0)
DL PS should be DlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

0)
DL LDR-AMR DlLdrAMRRateR Set this parameter to the default Radio

rate reduction eductionRabNum( value. network plan
RAB number BSC6900,BSC691 (internal)
0)
DL CS should DlCSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

910)
DL PS should DlPSInterRatSho Set this parameter to the default Radio

910)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Switch for Cell NBMLdcAlgoSwit Radio network plan Radio

Load Control ch(BSC6900,BSC network plan
6910): (internal)
UL_UU_LDR
Switch for Cell NBMLdcAlgoSwit Radio network plan Radio

Load Control ch(BSC6900,BSC network plan
6910): (internal)
DL_UU_LDR
DL LDR first DlLdrFirstAction( Configure LDR actions according Radio

action BSC6900,BSC691 to instructions in 4.3.4.8 network plan
0) Suggestions for LDR Action (internal)
Configurations when activating
DL LDR second DlLdrSecondActi the feature. Radio
action on(BSC6900,BSC network plan
6910) (internal)
DL LDR third DlLdrThirdActio Radio

action n(BSC6900,BSC6 network plan
910) (internal)
DL LDR forth DlLdrFourthActio Radio

910) (internal)
DL LDR fifth DlLdrFifthActio Radio

910) (internal)
DL LDR Sixth DlLdrSixthActio Radio

910) (internal)
DL LDR seventh DlLdrSeventhActi Radio

6910) (internal)
DL LDR eighth DlLdrEighthActio Radio

910) (internal)
DL LDR ninth DlLdrNinthActio Radio

910) (internal)
DL LDR tenth DlLdrTenthActio Radio

910) (internal)

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
DL LDR DlLdrEleventhAc- Default

Eleventh Action tion(BSC6900,BS value/
C6910) Recommend
ed value
UL LDR first UlLdrFirstAction( Radio

action BSC6900,BSC691 network plan
0) (internal)
UL LDR second UlLdrSecondActi Radio

6910) (internal)
UL LDR third UlLdrThirdActio Radio

910) (internal)
UL LDR forth UlLdrFourthActio Radio

910) (internal)
UL LDR fifth UlLdrFifthActio Radio

910) (internal)
UL LDR Sixth UlLdrSixthActio Radio

910) (internal)
UL LDR seventh UlLdrSeventhActi Radio

6910) (internal)
UL LDR eighth UlLdrEighthActio Radio

910) (internal)
UL LDR Ninth UlLdrNinthActio Default

Action n(BSC6900,BSC6 value/
910) Recommend
ed value
UL LDR UL PS UlPSU2LHOUeN Set this parameter to 1. Default

Domain Load um(BSC6900,BS value/
HO User No. C6910) Recommend
ed value
DL LDR UL PS DlPSU2LHOUeN Set this parameter to 1. Default

Domain Load um(BSC6900,BS value/
HO User No. C6910) Recommend
ed value

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6 Select Default

Switch1 900,BSC6910) HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWI value/
TCH under this parameter to Recommend
activate the Load Based PS ed value
Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature.
HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6 Deselect Engineering

Switch1 900,BSC6910) HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_AB design
SOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under this parameter when you
MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLteCMP Set this parameter to the default Radio

LTE CM Coexist ermissionInd(BS value. network plan
Indicator C6900,BSC6910) (internal)
PS Rate PsSwitch(BSC690 You are advised to select the Radio

Negotiation 0,BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_O network plan
Switch PT_SWITCH check box under (internal)
this parameter when
HsdpaCMPermissionInd,
EHSPACMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd
is set to FALSE. After
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
18 is selected, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user experience of
PS services deteriorates.
Learning LTE ProcessSwitch5(B Select Default

Load Through SC6900,BSC6910 INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT value/
RIM Switch ) _FROM_LTE_SWITCH under Recommend
this parameter to obtain LTE cell ed value
load information.
Load-Based U2LLTELoadSwit Select Default

Handover ch(BSC6900,BSC LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOA value/
SW Consider 6910) D_SWITCH under this Recommend
LTE Load in parameter so that LTE cell load is ed value
U2L considered in UMTS-to-LTE
Interoperation handovers.
CN Operator U2LRimCNOpera This parameter must be set if the Engineering

Index for torRTIndex(BSC6 LTE cell load is obtained through design
Routing in U2L 900,BSC6910) the RIM procedure and the
RIM UMTS PLMN differs from the
LTE PLMN.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Process Control ProcessSwitch5(B Select Default

Switch 5 SC6900,BSC6910 RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH value/
) under this parameter if RIM Recommend
messages need to be exchanged ed value
using the eCoordinator.
HandOver HoSwitch2(BSC6 If the LTE system supports Radio

Switch2 900,BSC6910) extended frequency bands (26 to network plan
31), select (internal)
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_S
WITCH under this parameter to
support UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations on the extended
frequency bands.
HandOver HoSwitch1(BSC6 To turn on the U2L connected Default

Switch1 900,BSC6910) mode priority switch, select value/
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWIT Recommend
CH under this parameter. ed value
Connected Mode NPriorityConnec Set this parameter to the default Radio

E-UTRA t(BSC6900,BSC69 value. network plan
Frequency 10) (internal)
Priority
Optimization OptimizationSwitc Select Radio

Switch 5 h5(BSC6900,BSC U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_E network plan
6910) RAB_SWITCH under this (internal)
parameter to enable the function
of data forwarding during
UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
To reduce the PS service user-
plane interruption time during
UMTS to LTE handovers, select
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DEL
AY_OPT_SWITCH under this
parameter.
Reserved Switch RsvSwitch11(BSC Select Radio

11 6900,BSC6910) RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI network plan
T28 under this parameter to allow (internal)
load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on
LTE subscribers. In this way,
non-LTE subscribers are
prevented from performing load-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Thd for No-Cov U2LPhyChFailN To enable the function of Default

U2L HO Fail by um(BSC6900,BS preventing frequent retries after a value/
Phy CH Fail C6910) UMTS-to-LTE PS handover Recommend
failure, set this parameter to a ed value
non-zero value.
Inter-RAT HO PenaltyTimeForP This parameter specifies the Default

Physical Channel hyChFail(BSC69 length of a penalty timer for inter- value/
Failure Penalty 00,BSC6910) RAT handover failures due to Recommend
Timer physical channel failures. The ed value
default setting is recommended.
eCoordinator.


if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Precautions
handover or redirection may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
Description for eRAN. To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and
LTE, it is recommended that this feature as well as the function of selecting LTE cells based
on LTE cell load be enabled.
of the first RIM message. Therefore, the related feature on the LTE side must be enabled first.
RIM procedure will be terminated before it is complete. For the related feature on the LTE
side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description
for eRAN.

WCDMA RAN

Step 1 If the LDR switch has not been turned on, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH with UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_CLB selected under the Switch
for Cell Load Control parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL. In this step, set LTE Cell Supporting PS
HO Indicator to Support and BlackCell List Flag to False.
NOTE
You can run the ADD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has not been
configured.
Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a group that
includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-to-LTE
handovers will fail.
HandOver Switch1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and
set the connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
parameters related to measurements for load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These
level parameters related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on
Table 10-29.
NOTE
If a cell has been configured with parameters related to the measurement algorithm, run the MOD
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable UMTS-to-
LTE interoperations for PS services.
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH under HandOver Switch1 selected to turn on the
load-based UMTS-to-LTE handover switch.
Step 10 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the non-
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch. In this step, deselect the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1.
Step 11 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this step, turn on the
PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section 4.3.4.8 Suggestions for LDR Action

WCDMA RAN
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.

Switch selected.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to enable the function of
preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In this step, set
U2LPhyChFailNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail(BSC6900,BSC6910) to appropriate values.
Step 15 (Optional) To enable the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:
1. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN and the UMTS PLMN
differs from the LTE PLMN, run the RNC MML command LST UCNOPERATOR to
query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a CN route for the UMTS-to-LTE
RIM procedure according to the query result. Then run the RNC MML command MOD
ULTECELL with CN Operator Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the queried
index of the local operator.
Switch 5 parameter.
– Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, set
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter to ON.
step, set RIM_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch parameter to ON.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM/MOD UCELLHOCOMM
with LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE Load
in U2L Interoperation parameter selected to enable the function of selecting LTE cells
based on LTE cell load.

PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING under Performance
Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE redirections
or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
LICENSE to set the Load based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter for the
primary and secondary operators.

WCDMA RAN

switch.
also be performed:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between the RNC
and the LTE S-GW.
b. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
NOTE
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT28 under Reserved Switch 11 selected to allow load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers only for LTE subscribers.
----End

//Setting LDR switch
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CELLID=1, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
//Modifying an LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport, BlackFlag=False;
ADD/MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=0;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the load-based inter-RAT PS handovers
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling non-neighboring-cell-based redirections
//Enabling load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdr EleventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1,

WCDMA RAN
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3,
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1, DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed, UlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO,
UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO, UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, UlLdr
NinthAction=NoAct, UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,
DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE,
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF, UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1;
handover failure
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
exchanged using the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, U2LLTELoadSwitch=LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
using the eCoordinator
bands
ADD
//Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction switch
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform load-based
U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE subscription

WCDMA RAN

NOTE

SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter Configu

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 ULTECELL RN LTE Cell Index LTECellInde Yes

C x(BSC6900,B
SC6910)
LTE Cell Name LTECellNam

e(BSC6900,B
SC6910)
LTE Cell Identity EUTRANCE

LLID(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
Mobile country MCC(BSC69

code (MCC) 00,BSC6910)
Mobile network MNC(BSC69

code (MNC) 00,BSC6910)
Tracking Area TAC(BSC690

Code 0,BSC6910)
Operator Group CnOpGrpInd

Index ex(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Physical Cell CellPHYID(

Identity BSC6900,BS
C6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
LTE Cell LTEBand(BS

Frequency Band C6900,BSC6
910)
LTE Cell LTEArfcn(B

Downlink SC6900,BSC
Frequency 6910)
LTE Cell SuppPSHOF

Supporting PS HO lag(BSC6900
Indicator ,BSC6910)
2 ULTENCELL RN RNC ID RNCId(BSC6 No

(Op NOTE C 900,BSC6910
tion This MO is required if )
al) the neighboring LTE
cell has not been Cell ID CellId(BSC6
configured. 900,BSC6910
)
LTE Cell Index LTECellInde

x(BSC6900,B
SC6910)
3 UU2LTEHONCOV RN Report Type of LTEMeasTyp Yes

C LTE Measurement Of3C(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
Layer 3 Filter U2LTEFilter

Coefficient for Coef(BSC690
LTE Measurement 0,BSC6910)
LTE Measurement U2LTEMeas

Timer Length Time(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
Measurement LTEMeasQu
Quantity for Event anOf3C(BSC
3C Measurement 6900,BSC691
of LTE 0)
3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C(B
SC6900,BSC
6910)
Time to Trigger TrigTime3C(

Event 3C BSC6900,BS
C6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
RSRP Threshold TargetRatTh

During PS dRSRP(BSC
Handover to LTE 6900,BSC691
0)
RSRQ Threshold TargetRatTh

During PS dRSRQ(BSC
Handover to LTE 6900,BSC691
0)
3 UU2LTEHONCOV RN Thd for No-Cov U2LPhyChF Yes

C U2L HO Fail by ailNum(BSC
Phy CH Fail 6900,BSC691
0)
Inter-RAT HO PenaltyTime
Physical Channel ForPhyChFa
Failure Penalty il(BSC6900,
Timer BSC6910)
4 UCELLU2LTEHON RN Parameters to be Parameters to Yes

(Op COV C configured are the be configured
tion NOTE same as those in are the same
al) This MO is required if the as those in
the measurement- UU2LTEHONCO the
related parameters V MO. UU2LTEHO
need to be configured
NCOV MO.
for a specific cell.
5 UTYPRABBASIC RN Service-Based EUTRANSH No

C Handover to LTE IND(BSC690
Allowed 0,BSC6910)
6 UCORRMALGOSW RN HandOver Switch HoSwitch(BS Yes

ITCH C C6900,BSC6
910)
7 UCELLLDR RN UL LDR-BE rate UlLdrBERat Yes

C reduction RAB eReductionR
number abNum(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)
UL LDR un-ctrl UlLdrPsRTQ

RT Qos re-nego osRenegRab
RAB num Num(BSC69
00,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
UL CS should be UlCSInterRa
HO user number tShouldBeH
OUeNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
UL PS should be UlPSInterRat
HO user number ShouldBeHO
UeNum(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)
UL LDR-AMR UlLdrAMRR
rate reduction ateReduction
RAB number RabNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
UL CS should not UlCSInterRa

be HO user tShouldNotH
number OUeNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
UL PS should not UlPSInterRat

be HO user ShouldNotH
number OUeNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
UL Inter-freq cell UlInterFreq

load handover load HoCellLoadS
space threshold paceThd(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
DL Inter-freq cell DlInterFreq

load handover load HoCellLoadS
space threshold paceThd(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
UL Inter-freq cell UlInterFreq

load handover HoBWThd(B
maximum SC6900,BSC
bandwidth 6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
DL Inter-freq cell DlInterFreq

load handover HoBWThd(B
maximum SC6900,BSC
bandwidth 6910)
MBMS descend MbmsDecPo

power rab werRabThd(
threshold BSC6900,BS
C6910)
Cell LDR SF CellLdrSfRes

reserved threshold Thd(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
LDR code priority LdrCodePriU

indicator seInd(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
Max user number MaxUserNu

of code adjust mCodeAdj(B
SC6900,BSC
6910)
Ul LDR credit SF UlLdrCreditS

reserved threshold fResThd(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
Dl LDR credit SF DlLdrCreditS

reserved threshold fResThd(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
InterFreq HO code LdrCodeUsed

used ratio space SpaceThd(BS
threshold C6900,BSC6
910)
Code congestion CodeCongSel

select inter-freq InterFreqHo
indication Ind(BSC6900
,BSC6910)
Gold user load GoldUserLoa

control switch dControlSwit
ch(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
Forbidden Traffic InterFreqLd

Class for inter-freq HoForbiden
HO TC(BSC6900
,BSC6910)
Ul TTI HO Credit UlTtiCreditSf

SF reserved ResThd(BSC
threshold 6900,BSC691
0)
InterFreq Load InterFreqLD

Handover Method HOMethodSe
Selection lection(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
Code Congest CodeCongHo

Neighbor Select EnhanceInd(
Enhance Switch BSC6900,BS
C6910)
DL LDR-BE rate DlLdrBERat

reduction RAB eReductionR
number abNum(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)
DL LDR un-ctrl DlLdrPsRTQ

RT Qos re-nego osRenegRab
RAB num Num(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
DL CS should be DlCSInterRa
HO user number tShouldBeH
OUeNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
DL PS should be DlPSInterRat
HO user number ShouldBeHO
UeNum(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
DL LDR-AMR DlLdrAMRR
rate reduction ateReduction
RAB number RabNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
DL CS should not DlCSInterRa

be HO user tShouldNotH
number OUeNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
DL PS should not DlPSInterRat

be HO user ShouldNotH
number OUeNum(BS
C6900,BSC6
910)
DL LDR first DlLdrFirstAc

action tion(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
DL LDR second DlLdrSecond

action Action(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
DL LDR third DlLdrThirdA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
DL LDR forth DlLdrFourth

action Action(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
DL LDR fifth DlLdrFifthA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
DL LDR Sixth DlLdrSixthA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
DL LDR seventh DlLdrSevent

action hAction(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)
DL LDR eighth DlLdrEighth

action Action(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
DL LDR ninth DlLdrNinthA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
DL LDR tenth DlLdrTenthA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
DL LDR Eleventh DlLdrElevent

Action hAction(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)
UL LDR first UlLdrFirstAc

action tion(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
UL LDR second UlLdrSecond

action Action(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
UL LDR third UlLdrThirdA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
UL LDR forth UlLdrFourth

action Action(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
UL LDR fifth UlLdrFifthA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
UL LDR Sixth UlLdrSixthA

action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
UL LDR seventh UlLdrSevent

action hAction(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)
UL LDR eighth UlLdrEighth

action Action(BSC6
900,BSC6910
)
UL LDR Ninth UlLdrNinthA

Action ction(BSC69
00,BSC6910)
UL LDR UL PS UlPSU2LHO
Domain Load HO UeNum(BSC
User No. 6900,BSC691
0)
DL LDR UL PS DlPSU2LHO
Domain Load HO UeNum(BSC
User No. 6900,BSC691
0)
8 UCORRMALGOSW RN HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(B Yes

ITCH C SC6900,BSC
6910)
9 UCORRMALGOSW RN PS Rate PsSwitch(BS Yes

(Op ITCH C Negotiation C6900,BSC6
tion Switch 910)
al) (PS_CMACTIVE
_PROCESS_OPT
_SWITCH
selected under this
parameter)
10 UCMCF RN MC-HSDPA and McHsdpaLte Yes

(Op C LTE CM Coexist CMPermissio
tion Indicator nInd
al)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
11 URRCTRLSWITCH RN Process Control ProcessSwitc Yes

(opt NOTE C Switch 5 h5(BSC6900,
ion This MO is required if BSC6910)
al) the RNC needs to
obtain LTE cell load
through the RIM
procedure.
12 UCELLHOCOMM RN SW Consider LTE U2LLTELoa Yes

(Op NOTE C Load in U2L dSwitch(BSC
tion This MO is required if Interoperation 6900,BSC691
al) LTE cells are selected 0)
based on LTE cell
load.
13 URRCTRLSWITCH RN Process Control ProcessSwitc Yes

(Op NOTE C Switch 5 h5(BSC6900,
tion Description BSC6910)
al) This MO is required if
RIM messages need to
be exchanged using
the eCoordinator.
14 ECOMMONCTRL eCo Process Control PROCESSS No

ordi Switch WITCH
nat
or
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the cell-level counters or the
interface messages.
l Checking the cell-level counters
If either of the following counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
– VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the number
of load-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts
– VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the
number of successful load-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
– VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides
the number of outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS handover preparation
attempts for cells
– VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Load(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides
the number of successful preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS
handovers for cells

WCDMA RAN
l Checking the interface messages

Start message tracing over Iu on the RNC LMT. If the cause IE in the relocation request
message contains the Reduce Load in Serving Cell IE, the feature has taken effect.

HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter deselected.
----End

//Disabling the load-based UMTS-to-LTE handover function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring the DB-HSDPA feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch
modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.


SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 UCORRMALGO RN HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC6 Yes

NOTE
Turn off the
switch.

Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature are listed in the following table.

WCDMA RAN

Type Subset
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of LDR-triggered

.Load(BSC6900,BSC691 LL UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover
0) Attempts for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutP CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful LDR-

S.Load(BSC6900,BSC69 LL triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS
10) Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.AttReloc CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Preparation

PrepOutPS.Load(BSC69 LL Attempts for PS Outgoing U2L
00,BSC6910) Load-Based Handovers for
Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelo CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of Successful

cPrepOutPS.Load(BSC6 LL Preparations for PS Outgoing
900,BSC6910) U2L Load-Based Handovers
for Cell
These counters specify whether the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature is activated. For details, see the description about activation observation in section
Activation Observation.
Cell-level counters related to handover failures are the same as those used for coverage-based
UMTS to LTE handovers. For specific counters, see 10.4.5 Performance Monitoring.
Counters related to neighboring cells of load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers are the same
as those for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. For specific counters, see 10.4.5
Performance Monitoring.
Counters related to neighboring cells of failed handovers are the same as those used for
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. For specific counters, see 10.4.5 Performance
Monitoring.

N/A
N/A

WCDMA RAN
10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE

Emergency Calls
10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency

Calls
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.
10.9.2 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-140102
CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls. For details about how to configure this
feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor.
Requirements
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
This feature is not under license control.
l Other Prerequisites
– UEs of Release 8 or later support PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB
from LTE to UMTS. In addition, the message sent to the MME carries an
emergency call indicator.
– The eNodeB supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to
UMTS. In addition, the handover request sent to the RNC carries CSFB High
Priority.
– The CN supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to UMTS.
In addition, the INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP REQUEST message sent from the
MME to the eNodeB carries CS Fallback High Priority.

Step 1 Configure the data on the LTE side.
For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents
provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If the LTE equipment is provided by Huawei, see CS
Fallback Parameter Description for eRAN.
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to enable this feature.
----End

WCDMA RAN

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-1;

Step 1 Configure the data on the LTE side.
Step 2 Configure the data on the UMTS side.
Method 1:
NOTE
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of
the parameter setting interface.
Set the parameters described in Table 10-33 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform
the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Table 10-33 Parameter to be set on the CME

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

LGOSWITC Switch (set SC6900,BS
H to C6910)
HO_L2U_E
MGCALL_
SWITCH-1
)
----End
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

WCDMA RAN
Check the value of the VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC counter. If the counter value
is not 0, the feature has taken effect. This counter provides the number of successful LTE-to-
UMTS PS handover preparations caused by CSFB of LTE emergency calls for the RNC.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, clear
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to disable this feature.

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls on the CME,


SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

SWITCH C (set to 00,BSC6910)
HO_L2U_EMGC
ALL_SWITCH-0)
----End

After feature deployment, the PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE emergency
calls increases.

WCDMA RAN
Success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls =
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC(BSC6900,BSC6910): Number of incoming
LTE-to-UMTS PS handover attempts caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC level.
When receiving the Relocation Request message which carries Source RNC To Target
RNC Transparent Container containing CSFB High Priority, the RNC increases the
counter value by 1 and stamps the identity of CSFB High Priority on the UE. This
identity is erased after the emergency call is released.
l VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC(BSC6900,BSC6910): Number of successful
incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC
level. When the RNC sends the SGSN a Relocation Complete message, the incoming
LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is successful and the RNC increases the counter value by 1.
In ideal cases, the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE
emergency calls can reach 100%. Perform troubleshooting if it does not reach 100%.

Handover
10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when the
LTE network and the CN support IMS-based VoIP.

Before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover, ensure that the following
conditions are met:
l Both the E-UTRAN and CN support IMS-based VoIP.
l The UMTS network is available on edge of the coverage area of the LTE network.
l There are UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs that support SRVCC on the network.
10.10.3 Planning
None
10.10.4 Deployment-
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover. For details about how to
configure this feature on the LTE side, see SRVCC Feature Parameter Description provided
by the LTE equipment vendor.
Requirements
l License

WCDMA RAN
Description.

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-15 SRVCC LQW1SL SRVCC BSC6900 Method 1 per

0215 from LTE URESE from LTE and Erl
to UMTS to UMTS BSC6910
with PS with PS
Handover Handover
(per Erl)
WRFD-15 SRVCC LQW1SL SRVCC BSC6900 Method 2 per

0215 from LTE URESM from LTE and Mb
to UMTS to UMTS BSC6910 ps
with PS with PS
Handover Handover
(per Mbps)
be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the
l Hardware
None
l Other Features
None
l Other Prerequisites The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or a later version.

WCDMA RAN
– It also supports LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers and the SRVCC function.

– The CN supports LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers and the SRVCC function.
– To support SRVCC for emergency calls, the MSC must be able to assign special
ARPs to emergency calls.
Data Preparation
Table 10-36 lists the data to prepare before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover.
Table 10-36 Data to prepare before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
Process Control PROCESSSWITCH SelectL2U_SRVCC Default value/

Switch 2 2(BSC6900,BSC691 _WITH_PS_HO_S Recommended value
0) WITCH under this
parameter to
Channel and Init NRTInitRateforL2 Set this parameter to Radio network plan
Rate for NRT PS U(BSC6900,BSC69 the default value. (internal)
Dur Incom L2U HO 10)
ARP for Emergency L2USRVCCEmerC Configure ARPs for Radio network plan
Call During L2U allARP(BSC6900,B emergency calls. (internal)
SRVCC SC6910)
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch When the SRVCC Radio network plan

Enhance Switch 7 7(BSC6900,BSC691 from LTE to UMTS (internal)
0) with PS Handover
feature is activated,
select
PERFENH_CSPS_
IRAT_HO_FAIL_
RETRY_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
Process Control PROCESSSWITCH When the SRVCC Radio network plan

Switch 5 5(BSC6900,BSC691 from LTE to UMTS (internal)
0) with PS Handover
feature is activated,
select
L2U_SRVCC_PS_
TIMEOUT_CS_R
ELOC_IN_SWITC
H under this
parameter.
Inter-RAT HO PS IRatHoWaitPSRelo The default value is Radio network plan

Relocation Request cReqTmr(BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
Wait Timer BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
Inter-RAT HO CS IRatHoWaitCSRelo The default value is Radio network plan

Relocation Request cReqTmr(BSC6900, recommended. (internal)
Wait Timer BSC6910)
CS RB Bits 0 to 7 of the The default value is Radio network plan

reconfiguration RsvU32Para33(BS recommended. (internal)
activation time C6900,BSC6910)
offset during LTE- parameter
to-UMTS handovers
Optimization OptimizationSwitch During an incoming Radio network plan

Switch8 8(BSC6900,BSC691 handover for (internal)
0) combined services,
select
CSPS_SYS_HO_I
N_SMC_SWITCH
and
SYS_HO_RELOC
_CMP_OPT_SWI
TCH under this
parameter to
implement integrity
protection on both
CS and PS domains.
Optimization OptimizationSwitch To ensure that the Radio network plan

Switch4 4(BSC6900,BSC691 CS encryption key (internal)
0) specified by the
related protocol is
used during
handovers of
combined services,
select
SRVCC_RELOC_
IN_USE_CS_KEY
_SWITCH under
this parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Reserved Switch 16 RsvSwitch16(BSC6 To enable the RNC Radio network plan

900,BSC6910) to attempt admission (internal)
of CS only services
when the number of
RABs allocated to
the admitted
combined services
exceeds the allowed
maximum
specification for a
UMTS cell during
LTE to UMTS
handovers of
combined services,
select
RESERVED_SWI
TCH_16_BIT6
under the
RsvSwitch16
parameter in the
SET
UALGORSVPAR
A command.
Precautions
l The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature depends on the feature
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN, which must be activated before you can use the
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature.
l In a CS+PS SRVCC handover, LTE signaling messages whose QoS class identifier
(QCI) is 5 are mapped onto the IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) on the UMTS side.
When the data rates configured for these signaling messages on the LTE side are high,
the UTMS side will respond to the RELOCATION REQUEST message from the LTE
side with a relocation failure message, resulting in a low LTE-to-UMTS handover
preparation success rate. The reasons for these handover preparation failures are as
follows:
– When the ImsChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH on the UMTS
side, the maximum data rate for the previously mentioned signaling messages is 384
kbit/s in the uplink and downlink. This data rate is lower than the data rates required
by these signaling messages.
– When the ImsChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSPA on the
UMTS side, the maximum data rates for the previously mentioned signaling
messages are 84.2 Mbit/s in the downlink and 23 Mbit/s in the uplink. Such data
rates may also be lower than the data rates required by these signaling messages. If
these signaling messages require that the downlink data rate be 84.2 Mbit/s, the
WRFD-010693 64QAM+MIMO and WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO features
must be both activated on the UMTS side.
To prevent a low LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate, perform the
following operation:

WCDMA RAN
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select the
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH check box under the
CmpSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter so that IMS services are considered as
BE services.
l The maximum rate of streaming services on the UMTS network is 384 kbit/s. To prevent
handover preparation failures of streaming services, ensure that the rate of streaming
services on the LTE side does not exceed 384 kbit/s.

Perform the following operations to activate the CS+PS SRVCC feature:
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to activate the feature. In this step,
selectL2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 2.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET USTATETIMER with Inter-RAT HO PS Relocation
Request Wait Timer and Inter-RAT HO CS Relocation Request Wait Timer set to
appropriate values.

SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH selected under the Optimization Switch4
parameter so that the CS-domain key can be used during the SRVCC combined service
relocation.

CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH selected under Optimization Switch 8 so that the
RNC delivers the security mode commands of the CS domain and the PS domain to
implement integrity protection.

SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH selected under Optimization Switch 8 so that
the RNC delivers the Relocation Complete message after receiving the Handover to UTRAN
Complete message and finishing integrity protection. This mechanism further increases the
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and select
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under Performance Enhance
Switch 7 so that the RNC can reattempt the admission with a reduced rate when the PS
service in combined services fails to be admitted by the UMTS network during an SRVCC
handover.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH and select
L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH under Process Control Switch
5 so that the RNC allows an incoming CS handover when it only receives a RELOCATION
REQUEST message from the CS domain but does not receive the RELOCATION REQUEST
message within a specific timer for an SRVCC UE who performs combined services.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with ARP for Emergency Call
During L2U SRVCC set to an appropriate value.
RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT6 under Reserved Parameter 16 selected to ensure that the
RNC attempts admission of CS only services when the number of RABs allocated to the
admitted combined services exceeds the allowed maximum specification for a UMTS cell
during LTE to UMTS handovers of combined services.

WCDMA RAN
LICENSE to set the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover-Erlang and SRVCC
from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover-kbps parameters for the primary and secondary
operators.
Step 11 (Optional) When the activation time of the RB reconfiguration in the CS domain expires for
the SRVCC UEs that have been handed over to the UMTS network, configure the CS RB
reconfiguration activation time offset during LTE-to-UMTS handovers by running the RNC
MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with bits 0 to 7 of the
RsvU32Para33(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specified.
Step 12 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with the Initial Rate Type for Income
L2U HO of NRT Service parameter specified to configure the rate at which the non-real-time
PS service is admitted.
l If Initial Rate Type for Income L2U HO of NRT Service is set to OFF, the non-real-
time PS service is admitted at the initial data rate.
l If Initial Rate Type for Income L2U HO of NRT Service is set to DCH0K, DCH8K,
or DCH8KHSDPA, the non-real-time PS service is admitted at the configured data rate.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the SET UALGORSVPARA command and set the
RESERVED_SWITCH_14_BIT24 option under the RsvSwitch14(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter to specify the pilot power offset that the RNC configures on the NodeB during an
SRVCC procedure implemented through LTE-to-UMTS handover. When this option is
selected, the RNC sets the pO3-ForPilotBits IE value to 0 dB.
----End
Perform the following operations to activate the CS only SRVCC feature:
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with the
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH(Switch for Permit Incoming CS Inter-RAT
Handovers) option selected under the RsvdPara1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to enable
the LTE-to-UMTS CS only SRVCC feature.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with bits 0 to 7 of the
RsvU32Para33(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specified to configure the CS RB
reconfiguration activation timer offset for the UEs that have performed LTE-to-UMTS
SRVCC.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the SET UALGORSVPARA command and set the
RESERVED_SWITCH_14_BIT24 option under the RsvSwitch14(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter to specify the pilot power offset that the RNC configures on the NodeB during an
SRVCC procedure implemented through LTE-to-UMTS handover. When this option is
selected, the RNC sets the pO3-ForPilotBits IE value to 0 dB.
----End

l Example for activating the CS+PS SRVCC feature
//Activating the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the timer for another relocation request in the CS and PS domains
SET USTATETIMER: IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr=3000,IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr=5000;
//Enabling the CS-domain key to be used during the combined service relocation
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch4=SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the method of delivering the security mode command for combined services

WCDMA RAN
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch8=

CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH-1&SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the SRVCC for emergency calls

SET UFRC: L2USRVCCEmerCallARP=1;
//Enabling the PS admission reattempt with a reduced rate upon the failure of a
PS service in combined services
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the CS only handover for combined services upon expiry of the timer
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH5=L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the CS only service admission in case of admission failures
of combined services
//(Optional) Configuring the CS RB reconfiguration activation time offset (1.6
seconds as an example)
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvU32Para33=160;
//Configuring the rate at which the non-real-time PS service is admitted during a
combined service handover
SET UFRC: NRTInitRateforL2U=DCH8K;
//(Optional) Setting the inter-RAT handover pre-configuration parameter
optimization switch
ET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch14=RESERVED_SWITCH_14_BIT24-1;
l Example for activating the CS Only SRVCC feature

//Enabling the LTE-to-UMTS CS only SRVCC feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Configuring the CS RB reconfiguration activation time offset (1.6s
as an example)
//(Optional) Setting the inter-RAT handover pre-configuration parameter
optimization switch
ET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch14=RESERVED_SWITCH_14_BIT24-1;

NOTE

----End

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 URRCTRLS RNC Process PROCESSS Yes

WITCH Control WITCH2(B
Switch 2 SC6900,BS
C6910)
2 USTATETI RNC Inter-RAT IRatHoWait Yes

MER HO PS PSRelocReq
Relocation Tmr(BSC69
Request 00,BSC6910
Wait Timer )
3 USTATETI RNC Inter-RAT IRatHoWait Yes

MER HO CS CSRelocReq
Relocation Tmr(BSC69
Request 00,BSC6910
Wait Timer )
4 UFRC RNC Channel and NRTInitRat Yes

Init Rate for eforL2U(BS
NRT PS Dur C6900,BSC6
Incom L2U 910)
HO
5 UFRC RNC ARP for L2USRVCC Yes

Emergency EmerCallAR
Call During P(BSC6900,
L2U BSC6910)
SRVCC
6 USTATETI RNC Performance PerfEnhanc Yes

MER Enhance eSwitch7(BS
Switch 7 C6900,BSC6
910)

Switch 5 SC6900,BS
C6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
8 UALGORS RNC Time offset RsvU32Para Yes

VPARA for 33(BSC6900
activating ,BSC6910)
the CS RB
reconfigurati
on during
LTE-to-
UMTS
handovers
Check the value of the VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910)
counter. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect. This counter provides the
number of successful preparations for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered
by SRVCC for VoIP services in a cell.
After the feature is activated, query the value of the
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter, which
indicates the number of times that the LTE-to-UMTS CS handover preparation triggered by
SRVCC for CS+PS combined services succeeds while the PS handover preparation times out.
If the value of this counter is not 0, the function of CS only handover during SRVCC of CS
+PS combined services has been enabled.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deactivate the feature. In this
step, deselectL2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2
parameter.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with ARP for Emergency Call
During L2U SRVCC set to 0.
----End

//Deactivating the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating the SRVCC for emergency calls
SET UFRC: L2USRVCCEmerCallARP=0;

NOTE

WCDMA RAN
----End

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

Switch 2 SC6900,BS
C6910)
2 UFRC RNC ARP for L2USRVCC Yes

Emergency EmerCallA
Call During RP(BSC690
L2U 0,BSC6910)
SRVCC

The preparation success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers
for VoIP services can be obtained using the following formula:
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.Reserve.Counter8(BSC6900,BSC6910)+
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
(VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910))
The variables are described as follows:
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of

successful preparation attempts for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of
preparation attempts for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered by
SRVCC for VoIP services in a cell.

WCDMA RAN
l VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the

number of failed preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers due to timeout in
the LTE CS domain for cell.
l VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the
number of failed preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers due to timeout in
the LTE PS domain for Cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the
number of successful CS handover preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers
with timeout in the LTE PS domain for cell.
l VS.Reserve.Counter8(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of successful CS
handover preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers with the handover
preparations failed in the LTE PS domain for cell.
The success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers for VoIP
services can be obtained using the following formula:
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.Reserve.Counter9(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
(VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) + VS.Reserve.Counter8 +
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910))
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of successful
incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered by SRVCC for VoIP services in a
cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of
successful preparation attempts for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the
number of successful CS handover preparation attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers
with timeout in the LTE PS domain for cell.
l VS.Reserve.Counter9(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of successful CS
handovers during CS+PS SRVCC handovers with preparation failures in the LTE PS
domain for cell.
The success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS handovers for VoIP
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of
successful preparation attempts for SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are
performing only CS services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of
preparation attempts for SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are performing only
CS services in a cell.
The success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS handovers for VoIP
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of

successful LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are performing only
CS services in a cell.
l VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCS(BSC6900,BSC6910) provides the number of
successful preparation attempts for SRVCC handovers triggered for UEs that are
performing only CS services in a cell.
If any of the preceding success rates is lower than expected, modify parameter settings. For
details, see section 10.10.6 Parameter Optimization.
The RNC admits the LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with PS handover of a UE that is performing CS
and PS combined services only when it receives the RELOCATION REQUEST messages
from both the CS and PS domains. When receiving a RELOCATION REQUEST message
from one domain, the RNC starts a timer. If the RNC does not receive a RELOCATION
REQUEST message from the other domain when the timer expires, the RNC rejects this
handover request. This type of failed handovers is measured by the
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut(BSC6900,BSC6910) counters.
A handover may also fail when the RNC receives the RELOCATION REQUEST message
from both CS and PS domains. For the counter measuring the number of such handover
failures, see 10.9.3 Performance Monitoring.
If the timer on the RNC side is longer than the timer on the CN side, the CN sends an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message to release the IU interface. In this circumstance, the
preceding counters are not measured even when a handover fails.

Analyze the causes for admission failures and take measures accordingly.
If UTRAN resources are insufficient, consult Huawei engineers to reduce the network load.
If the RNC does not receive incoming CS+PS handover requests during the validity period of
the timer, run the RNC MML command SET USTATETIMER to raise the values of
IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910).
N/A

Selection for LTE
10.11.1 When to Use RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.

WCDMA RAN

Before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE, collect the following
information:
l Deployment of related features on the LTE network

One or more of the following features have been activated:
– LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN
– LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN
l LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network
LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network =
L.IRATHO.E2W.ExecAttOut/ L.IRATHO.E2W.PrepAttOut
The lower the LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network, the
more likely the feature brings positive gains after feature deployment. The LTE-to-
UMTS handover preparation success rate cannot be quantified because it depends on
network traffic and transmission quality.
10.11.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
There is an overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.
Hardware Planning
N/A
10.11.4 Deployment
Requirements
– The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN or LOFD-001044 Inter-
RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN has been activated.
For details on how to activate the LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to
UTRAN, see the eRAN document CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description. For
the LTE feature LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN, see the eRAN
document MLB Feature Parameter Description.
– The UMTS feature WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature has been activated.
For details on how to activate the feature WRFD-020106, see Load Control Feature
Parameter Description for RAN.
– The UMTS feature WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature has been activated.
For details on how to activate the feature WRFD-020107, see Overload Control
Feature Parameter Description for RAN.

WCDMA RAN
The MME, Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN), and eNodeB supports sending
requests for and receiving UMTS cell load information from the RNC. In addition: When
RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, the MME and SGSN must support the RIM
procedure specified in 3GPP Release 9 and later versions. When RIM messages are
information is transmitted, which is defined in 3GPP Release 9 or a later version,
between the UMTS and LTE networks. The RIM procedure is used to notify the eNodeB
of the load status of target UMTS cells.
l Other Requirements
When this feature is activated, perform the following operators on the LTE network if
Huawei devices are deployed on the LTE network:
– Run the MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH command with the Choose UMTS Cell
Load Info Trans Channel parameter set to BASED_ON_RIM.
– If RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator in the RIM procedure, run
the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch parameter set to ON.
l License
Description.

Feature ID Feature License License NE License
Name Control Item in Allocation
Item the DSP for
LICUSAG Multiple
E Operators
Command
Output
WRFD-150 RIM Based LQW1RUT RIM Based BSC6900 License

231 UMTS CSLRES UMTS BSC6910 control
Target Cell Target Cell items that
Selection Selection cannot be
for LTE for LTE configured
(per Cell) based on
operators
Data Preparation
Table 10-40 lists the data to be prepared before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell
Selection for LTE.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-40 Data to be prepared before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE
Process Switch PROCESSSWITC Select Default/

H(BSC6900,BSC69 INTERRAT_LOA Recommended value
10) D_REPORT_FOR
_LTE_SWITCH
to activate the
feature.
Function Switch1 FuncSwitch1(BSC6 To activate the Default/

900,BSC6910) feature, you also Recommended value
need to select
CELLLOAD_SHA
RED_BASEDON_
RIM under this
parameter.
LoadLevelForLTE LoadLevelForLTE( The default value is Default/

BSC6900,BSC6910) D3. If the eNodeB is Recommended value
of eRAN7.0 or a
later version and
LTE-to-UMTS MLB
for UEs in idle mode
is enabled, set this
parameter to D4.
Process Control ProcessSwitch5(BS Select Default/

Switch 5 C6900,BSC6910) RIM_ON_ECO_S Recommended value
WITCH under this
parameter if RIM
messages need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.
Table 10-41 lists the parameter to be set on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are
exchanged using the eCoordinator.

Process switch PROCESSSWITCH Select Default/

RIM_SWITCH Recommended value
if RIM messages
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.

WCDMA RAN
Precautions
None

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to activate the feature. In this step,
select INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the Process switch
parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE to activate the cell-level license for
the feature. In this step, select CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM under the
Function Switch1 parameter.
Step 3 (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator: Run the RNC MML
command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, set RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the
Process Control Switch 5 parameter to ON. Run the MML command SET
ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In this step, set RIM_SWITCH under the Process
Control Switch parameter to ON.
Step 4 (Optional) If eRAN7.0 or a later version is used on the LTE side, run the RNC MML
command SET ULDM with UMTS Cell Load Level Reported to LTE set to D4 to enable
reporting of four UMTS load states.
----End

//Activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the cell-level license for RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE
ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=0, FuncSwitch1=CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM-1;
//Enabling the reporting of four load states for UMTS cells
SET ULDM: LoadLevelForLTE=D4;

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE on the CME,

WCDMA RAN
----End

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

WITCH switch WITCH(BS
C6900,BSC
6910)
2 UCELLLIC RNC Function FuncSwitch Yes

ENSE Switch1 1(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3 ULDM RNC LoadLevelF LoadLevelF Yes

orLTE orLTE(BSC
6900,BSC69
10)
4 (Optional) URRCTRL RNC Process ProcessSwit Yes

SWITCH Control ch5(BSC690
This MO is
required if
RIM
messages
need to be
exchanged
using the
eCoordinato
r.
NOTE
Parameters on the eCoordinator cannot be configured using the CME.
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the interface message or the event-
based counter (EBC) on the LTE side.
l Checking the interface messages

When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, check interface messages by
performing the following operations:

WCDMA RAN
1. Start S1 interface message tracing on the eNodeB LMT.

If an eNB Direct Information Transfer message containing RAN-INFORMAION-
REQUEST is sent over the S1 interface, the eNodeB can initiate an RIM request.
2. Start message tracing over Iu on the RNC LMT.
If the RNC sends the LTE network a Direct Information Transfer message containing
RAN-INFORMAION upon receiving the Direct Information Transfer message
containing RAN-INFORMAION-REQUEST over Iu, the RNC can respond to the RIM
request.
3. Change the UMTS cell load status by adjusting the cell traffic volume.
If the RNC sends the SGSN a Direct Information Transfer message containing RAN-
INFORMAION over Iu, the RNC can notify the eNodeB of the change in the UMTS cell
load status by means of the RIM procedure.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, check interface messages
by performing the following operations:
1. Start Se interface message tracing on the eNodeB LMT.
If an ENB DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message containing RAN-
INFORMAION-REQUEST is sent over the Se interface, the eNodeB can initiate an RIM
request.
2. Start Sr interface message tracing on the RNC LMT.
If the RNC sends the eCoordinator an RNC DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER
message containing RAN-INFORMAION upon receiving the ECO DIRECT
INFORMATION TRANSFER message containing RAN-INFORMAION-REQUEST
over the Sr interface, the RNC can respond to the RIM request.
3. Change the UMTS cell load status by adjusting the cell traffic volume.
If the RNC sends the eCoordinator an RNC DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER
message containing RAN-INFORMAION over Sr, the RNC can notify the eNodeB of
the change in the UMTS cell load status by means of the RIM procedure.
l Checking the EBC on the LTE network
– In case of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers, if the value of the E-UTRAN-to-
UMTS MLB Enhanced Attempts counter is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
– In case of CSFB, if the value of the E-UTRAN-to-UMTS CSFB Enhanced
Attempts counter is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deactivate the feature. In this
step, clear INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the Process switch
parameter.

//Deactivating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-0;

WCDMA RAN

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE on the CME,

----End

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

WITCH switch WITCH(BS
C6900,BSC
6910)

LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network =
L.IRATHO.E2W.ExecAttOut/L.IRATHO.E2W.PrepAttOut
If the LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate increases, this feature has brought
positive gains.
The RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE feature is used by the RNC to transfer
the UMTS cell load information to the eNodeB through the RIM procedure. Counters related
to the RIM procedure are as follows.

Type Subset
VS.IU.RIM.L2U.Load.F RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of Times the RNC Fail

ail(BSC6900,BSC6910) to Process the RIM Requests
from the eNodeB (Load
Information)

WCDMA RAN

Type Subset
VS.ECO.RIM.L2U.Load RNC ECO.RIM.RNC Number of Times the RNC Fail

.Fail(BSC6900,BSC6910) to Process the RIM Requests
from the eNodeB Through the
eCoordinator (Load
Information)

N/A
N/A
10.12.1 When to Use Ultra-Flash CSFB

This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE where the
IMS is not deployed and all the following equipment is provided by Huawei: eNodeB, RNC,
MME, and MSC.

Before activating this feature, ensure that the following conditions are met:
l The eNodeB, RNC, MME, and MSC meet the following requirements:
-All of them are provided by Huawei and support Ultra-Flash CSFB.
-The MSC is of the CS11.0 version or later.
-The MME is of the PS12.1 version or later.
l There are UEs supporting LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with handover on the network.
10.12.3 Planning
N/A
10.12.4 Deployment
10.12.4.1 Requirements
l License
The license controlling this feature has been activated on the RNC side.

WCDMA RAN
Description.

LICUSA Multiple it
GE Operator
Comman s
d Output
WRFD-16 Ultra- LQW1UF Ultra- BSC6900 Method 1 Erl

0271 Flash CSFBRES Flash BSC6910
CSFB E CSFB (per
Erl)
WRFD-16 Ultra- LQW1UF Ultra- BSC6900 Method 2 per

0271 Flash CSFBRES Flash BSC6910 Mb
CSFB M CSFB (per ps
kbps)
be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the FeatureResAssignMode
can be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the FeatureResAssignMode
– The eNodeB, RNC, MME, and MSC are Huawei devices and support Ultra-Flash
CSFB. The MSC must be of the CS11.0 version or later. The MME must be of the
PS12.1 version or later.
– UEs support LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with handover.
– Huawei LTE feature LOFD-070202 Ultra-Flash CSFB or TDLOFD-070202 Ultra-
Flash CSFB
– Ultra-Flash CSFB supported by Huawei MME

WCDMA RAN
– Ultra-Flash CSFB function supported by Huawei MSC

None
10.12.4.2 Data Preparation

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select Default/

Switch 2 2(BSC6900,BSC691 ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_ Recommended
0) SWITCH under this value
parameter.
SRB Data Rate for UltraFlashCSFBSR You are advised to set this Engineering
Ultra-Flash CS BRate(BSC6900,BS parameter to SRB_13.6K. design
Fallback C6910)
CS RB Bits 0 to 7 of the The default value is Radio network

reconfiguration RsvU32Para33(BSC recommended. plan (internal)
activation time 6900,BSC6910)
offset during LTE- parameter
to-UMTS
handovers
10.12.4.3 Precautions
Ultra-Flash CSFB is a proprietary procedure and its algorithm is triggered by the eNodeB. To
ensure normal implementation of this algorithm, enable this function on the RNC, MSC, and
MME before you enable this function on the eNodeB.
10.12.4.4 Activation
10.12.4.4.1 Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2 parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC. In this step, set SRB Data Rate for Ultra-Flash
CS Fallback to SRB_13.6K.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH selected under Optimization Switch 8 so that the
RNC delivers security mode commands in CS and PS domains to implement integrity
protection.
Step 4 (Optional) If the activation of CS RB reconfiguration times out after a Ultra-Flash CSFB UE
falls back to the UMTS network, you can specify the CS RB reconfiguration activation time
offset by running the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with bits 0 to 7 of the
RsvU32Para33(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter set to appropriate values.
----End

WCDMA RAN
10.12.4.4.2 MML Command Examples

//Activating this feature on the RNC
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2= ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the SRB data rate for Ultra-Flash CS Fallback
SET UFRC: UltraFlashCSFBSRBRate= SRB_13.6K;
//Enabling the RNC to deliver the security mode command in the CS or PS domain
and perform integrity protection
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch8= CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Configuring the CS RB reconfiguration activation time offset (1.6
seconds as an example)
10.12.4.4.3 Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the Ultra-Flash CSFB feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and
then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch
Table 10-45 Parameters to be set on the CME

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificat
ion
Center
1 URRCTRLSWI RN Process Control PROCESSSWIT Yes

TCH C Switch 2 CH2(BSC6900,B
SC6910)
2 UFRC RN SRB Data Rate UltraFlashCSFB Yes

C for Ultra-Flash CS SRBRate(BSC690
Fallback 0,BSC6910)
3 UALGORSVPAR RN CS RB RsvU32Para33(B Yes

A C reconfiguration SC6900,BSC6910
activation time )
offset during LTE-
to-UMTS
handovers

WCDMA RAN
10.12.4.5 Activation Observation

To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following counters:
l VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the
number of incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handover preparation attempts triggered by
Ultra-Flash CSFB in a cell.
l VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the
number of successful incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handover preparation attempts
triggered by Ultra-Flash CSFB in a cell.
l VS.L2U.SuccRelocIn.UltraFlashCSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910), which provides the
number of successful incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handover attempts triggered by
Ultra-Flash CSFB in a cell.
This feature has taken effect when any of the preceding counters' values is not 0.
10.12.4.6 Deactivation

Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this operation, clear
ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2 parameter.

//Deactivating Ultra-Flash CSFB
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2= ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH-0;

NOTE


WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 URRCTRLSWITC RNC Process Control PROCESSS Yes

H Switch 2 WITCH2(BS
C6900,BSC69
10)

The following table lists counters related to Ultra-Flash CSFB.

nt Object ment Unit
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrep CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Incoming L2U CS

In.UltraFlashCSFB(B .Cell +PS Handover Preparation
SC6900,BSC6910) Attempts Triggered by Ultra-
Flash CSFB for Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPre CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful Incoming

pIn.UltraFlashCSFB( .Cell L2U CS+PS Handover
BSC6900,BSC6910) Preparations Triggered by Ultra-
Flash CSFB for Cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocIn. CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful Incoming

UltraFlashCSFB(BSC .Cell L2U CS+PS Handovers
6900,BSC6910) Triggered by Ultra-Flash CSFB
for Cell
Success rate of incoming LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation attempts triggered by Ultra-

Flash CSFB = VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Success rate of incoming LTE-to-UMTS handovers triggered by Ultra-Flash CSFB =
VS.L2U.SuccRelocIn.UltraFlashCSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepIn.UltraFlashCSFB(BSC6900,BSC6910)

N/A

WCDMA RAN
N/A
10.13.1 When to Use Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

This feature is recommended in the scenario where UMTS and LTE networks are deployed
together and SRVCC is enabled on the LTE network. This feature helps reduce the time for
SRVCC UEs to return to the LTE network after the voice services are completed on the
UMTS network, improving user experience.

Before activating this feature, ensure that UMTS and LTE are deployed together and UMTS
and LTE coverage overlaps.
10.13.3 Deployment
10.13.3.1 Requirements
Other Features
See 8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Hardware
None
License
Description.

WCDMA RAN

ID Name Control Item in d NE Allocation es
Item ID the DSP Type for Uni
LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output
WRFD-171 Fast Return LQW1FRL Fast Return BSC6900 Method 1 per

223 to LTE for SRESE to LTE for BSC6910 Erl
SRVCC SRVCC
User User (per
Erl)
WRFD-171 Fast Return LQW1FRL Fast Return BSC6900 Method 2 per

223 to LTE for SRESM to LTE for BSC6910 Mb
SRVCC SRVCC ps
User User (per
Mbps)
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary and
secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Method 1: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be consistent

with that of the license item "Voice Erlang-Erlang". The licensed values can be set by running
the SET LICENSE command. If the FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is
set to AutoAssign, the licensed values are automatically allocated among the primary and
secondary operators. If the FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to
ManualAssign, you also need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual
license allocation.
Method 2: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be consistent

with that of the license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed values can be set by
running the SET LICENSE command. If the FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this
command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed values are automatically allocated among the
primary and secondary operators. If the FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command
is set to ManualAssign, you also need to specify the related license parameters to implement
manual license allocation.
Other Requirements
l UE
– The UE must support both UMTS and LTE.
– If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the UE needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
l CN
– To activate this feature, the MSC must carry the "UE history information" IE in the
Relocation Request message.

WCDMA RAN
– If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the SGSN needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
10.13.3.2 Data Preparation

HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 To turn on the RNC-level Engineering

0,BSC6910) switch of the Fast Return to design
LTE for SRVCC User
feature, select
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RET
URN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
Fast Return To FastReturnToLTES- To turn on the cell-level Default/

LTE Switch witch(BSC6900,BS switch of the Fast Return to Recommended
C6910) LTE for SRVCC User value
feature, select
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RET
URN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
LTE Measurement U2LTEMeasTime(B This parameter needs to be Radio network

Timer Length SC6900,BSC6910) specified if there are plan (internal)
ongoing PS services after
CS services are released.
recommended.
LTE Measurement U2LTESigMeasTim This parameter is Radio network

Duration with e(BSC6900,BSC691 applicable to single- plan (internal)
Only Signaling 0) signaling scenarios and the
default value is
recommended.
U2L RSRP SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network

Threshold with RP(BSC6900,BSC6 applicable to single- plan (internal)
default value is
recommended.
U2L RSRQ SigTargetRatThdRS This parameter is Radio network

Threshold with RQ(BSC6900,BSC6 applicable to single- plan (internal)
default value is
recommended.

WCDMA RAN
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch To enable the Radio network

Enhance Switch 7 7(BSC6900,BSC691 measurement-based fast plan (internal)
0) return to LTE after the
release of a single CS
service, select
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_
MEAS_FAST_RETURN_
SWITCH under this
parameter.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC690 To enable the handover- Engineering

0,BSC6910) based fast return to LTE design
after an SRVCC UE
finishes the voice service,
select
HO_HANDOVER_FAST
_RETURN_TO_LTE_SW
ITCH under this
parameter.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwitch To trigger fast return to Radio network

Enhance Switch 7 7(BSC6900,BSC691 LTE upon AMR release for plan (internal)
0) the first time, select
PERFENH_FAST_RETU
RN_OPT_SWITCH under
this parameter.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC691 To enable the redirection- Radio network

0,BSC6900) based fast return to LTE plan (internal)
after an SRVCC UE
select
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASE
D_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH under this
parameter.
HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(BSC691 To perform measurement Radio network

0,BSC6900) control and target plan (internal)
frequency selection based
on the connected-mode E-
UTRA frequency priorities
after an SRVCC UE
select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_
SWITCH under this
parameter.
10.13.3.3 Activation

WCDMA RAN

HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter selected to turn on the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD UCELLHOCOMM with
parameter selected to turn on the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhance Switch 7 parameter selected to enable the function of fast return of UEs with only
signaling connections through SRVCC.
Step 4 Set measurement-related parameters in single-signaling scenarios.
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with LTE Measurement
Duration with Only Signaling set to an appropriate value.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with U2L RSRP Threshold
with Only Signaling or U2L RSRQ Threshold with Only Signaling set to an
appropriate value.
Step 5 If there are ongoing PS services after CS services are released, run the RNC MML command
SET UU2LTEHONCOV with LTE Measurement Timer Length set to an appropriate
value.
Step 6 (Optional) Turn on the switch for handover- or redirection-based fast return to LTE.
l If fast return to LTE is based on PS handovers, run the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1
selected.
l If fast return to LTE is based on redirections, run the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HandOver
Switch1 selected.
Step 7 (Optional) To trigger fast return to LTE upon AMR release for the first time, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under Performance Enhance Switch 7
selected.
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under
HandOver Switch1 selected. In addition, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to reconfigure the connected mode priorities of LTE
frequencies.
----End

//Turning on the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:HoSwitch1=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
ADD/MOD UCELLHOCOMM:CellId=1,
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN
//Enabling the function of fast return for UEs with only signaling connections
through SRVCC
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the inter-RAT measurement duration of LTE cells for UEs with only
signaling connections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LTESigMeasTime=3;
//Setting the inter-RAT RSRP and RSRQ thresholds for UEs with only signaling
connections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:SigTargetRatThdRSRP=36,SigTargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Setting the inter-RAT measurement duration of LTE cells for UEs
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LTEMeasTime=5;
//Turning on the switch for handover- or redirection-based fast return to LTE
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for fast return to LTE based on PS handovers
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:HoSwitch1=HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for fast return to LTE based on redirections
//(Optional) Triggering fast return to LTE upon AMR release for the first time
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the U2L connected-mode priority switch
//(Optional) Configuring the priority of the connected-mode E-UTRA frequency (for
example, 5)
NOTE
When configuring the Ultra-Flash CSFB feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and
then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch


Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificat
ion
Center
1 UU2LTEHONCO RN LTE Measurement U2LTESigMeasTi Yes

V C Duration with me(BSC6900,BS
Only Signaling C6910)
U2L RSRP SigTargetRatThd Yes

Threshold with RSRP(BSC6900,
Only Signaling BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ble in
CME
Batch
Modificat
ion
Center
U2L RSRQ SigTargetRatThd Yes

Threshold with RSRQ(BSC6900,
Only Signaling BSC6910)

SWITCH C Switch1 900,BSC6910)
3 UCELLHOCOM RN Fast Return To FastReturnToLT Yes

M C LTE Switch ESwitch(BSC690
0,BSC6910)
4 UCORRMPARA RN Performance PerfEnhanceSwit Yes

C Enhance Switch 7 ch7(BSC6900,BS
C6910)
10.13.3.4 Activation Observation

To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following counters:
l VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910): number of U2L
redirections-based fast return attempts of SRVCC UEs in a cell
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910):
number of UMTS-to-LTE outgoing PS handover preparation attempts triggered by fast
return of SRVCC UEs in a cell
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910):
number of successful UMTS-to-LTE outgoing PS handover preparation attempts
triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs in a cell
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910): number of
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs in a cell
l VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910): number of
successful UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts triggered by fast return of SRVCC UEs
in a cell
If the value of any of the preceding counter is not 0, this feature has taken effect.
10.13.3.5 Deactivation

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear
parameter to turn off the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.

WCDMA RAN
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the FastReturnToLTESwitch
parameter to turn off the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and clear
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhance Switch 7 parameter to disable the function of fast return of UEs with only signaling
connections through SRVCC.
----End

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the function of fast return for UEs with only signaling connections
through SRVCC
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;

NOTE


ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
1 UCORRMALGOSWI RNC HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1(B Yes

TCH SC6900,BSC6
910)

WCDMA RAN

ID rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
2 UCELLHOCOMM RNC Fast Return To LTE FastReturnTo Yes

Switch LTESwitch(B
SC6900,BSC6
910)
3 UCORRMPARA RNC Performance PerfEnhance Yes

Enhance Switch 7 Switch7(BSC
6900,BSC691
0)

In the UE logs, check the duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts
when the UE transmits or receives a Disconnect message after processing a CS service and
ends when the UE initiates an RRC Connection Request message in the E-UTRAN.
If the duration shortens after the feature is activated, the feature has brought positive gains.
After this feature is enabled, monitor network performance by observing the following
counters.

nt Object Subset
VS.U2L.FastReturn.R CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L Redirections

edirect.SRVCCUE(BS .Cell Triggered by Fast Return of
C6900,BSC6910) SRVCC UEs for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Preparation Attempts

n.AttRelocPrepOutPS. .Cell for PS Outgoing U2L Handovers
SRVCCUE(BSC6900, Triggered by Fast Return After
BSC6910) SRVCC for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful

n.SuccRelocPrepOutP .Cell Preparations for U2L PS
S.SRVCCUE(BSC690 Handovers Triggered by Fast
0,BSC6910) Return of SRVCC UEs for Cell
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of U2L PS Handover

n.AttOutPS.SRVCCU .Cell Attempts Triggered by Fast
E(BSC6900,BSC6910) Return of SRVCC UEs for Cell

WCDMA RAN

nt Object Subset
VS.U2LHO.FastRetur CELL U2LTE.HO Number of Successful U2L PS

n.SuccOutPS.SRVCC .Cell Handovers Triggered by Fast
UE(BSC6900,BSC691 Return After SRVCC for Cell
0)
VS.RAB.AbnormRel. UCELL RAB.RelA Number of CS RABs Abnormally

CS.Disconnect(BSC69 bnormal.Ce Released by the RNC After the
00,BSC6910) ll RNC Receives the
DISCONNECT Message for Cell
The SRVCC fast return handover preparation success rate and SRVCC fast return handover
success rate are calculated using the following formulas: SRVCC fast return handover
preparation success rate =
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SRVCC fast return handover success rate =
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.SRVCCUE(BSC6900,BSC6910)
This feature starts the LTE measurement after an SRVCC UE ends its voice service and the
RNC receives a Disconnect message from the UE or the MSC. The CS RAB has not been
released at this moment but may be abnormally released during the measurement. Therefore,
the value of the counter indicating the number of abnormal CS RAB releases may increase.
However, this type of CS RAB releases cannot be counted as call drops, because the UE has
ended the voice service when the coverage is normal. To assess the impact of this type of CS
RAB releases on the counter indicating the number of abnormal call drops, the
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Disconnect(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter is introduced.

N/A
N/A

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 11 Parameters
11 Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 0206050 Relocati 1)U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH
tch5 RLSWI 2 on with
TCH Hard Whether an RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED
WRFD- message contains the E-RAB IE during a U2L
0206050 Handov
er handover
1
SRNS If the RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message
Relocati does not contain the E-RAB IE, the CN does not send
on (UE a data forwarding request to the RNC. As a result, the
Not RNC does not forward the cache data to the CN.
Involved 1: This switch is set to on. The RANAP
) RELOCATION REQUIRED message contains the E-
RAB IE during a U2L handover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RANAP
RELOCATION REQUIRED message does not
contain the E-RAB IE during a U2L handover.
2)PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates RAB establishment over
the Uu interface when the RNC receives the IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN or the
Signalling Connection Release Indication message
from the UE, requesting the RNC to release the
corresponding domain
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC does not initiate
the RAB establishment over the Uu interface.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates the
RAB establishment over the Uu interface but the RAB
establishment fails.
3)PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the PS traffic volume of a UE is measured

after a UE's state transition from CELL_PCH to
CELL_FACH
1: This switch is set to on. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is measured after a UE's state transition from
CELL_PCH to CELL_FACH.
0: This switch is set to off. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is not measured after a UE's state transition from
4)GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC initiates UE capability query when
CS services in a GSM network are handed over to a
UMTS network
UE capability query during CS service handover.
After CS services are released, if there are PS
services, the RNC initiates UE capability query.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates UE
capability query.
5) D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH (Two
Sided RLC Reestablishment Switch During D2P)
Whether the RNC triggers RLC reestablishment both
in the uplink and downlink during a state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH in the scenario
where the value of the "One sided RLC re-
establishment" IE in the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message is FALSE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers RLC
reestablishment both in the uplink and downlink. The
status of the RLC on the RNC side is consistent with
that on the UE side. The UE's PS rate is normal.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish the RLC. After the UE transitions to the
CELL_FACH state, the TRB for the UE is reset, and
the UE's PS rate decreases.
6)D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC handles the received SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message when it waits for a
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE in an RB
reconfiguration procedure for the UE transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC immediately

handles the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not handle
the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message and waits
for a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from the UE.
7)DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH
How the DRNC processes a downlink signaling
transmission release request received from a UE under
the DRNC.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC checks whether
the signaling connection of the UE has been released.
If yes, the DRNC does not release the signaling
connection of the UE again.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC releases the
signaling connection of the UE without checking
whether the signaling connection has been released.
As a result, the DRNC may incorrectly release the
signaling connection of another UE.
8) DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH (DSP Capability
Judge Switch)
Which DSP capability prevails when the DSP
capability maintained by the SPU is greater than that
maintained by the MPU. This switch is set to off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The DSP capability
maintained by the MPU prevails.
0: This switch is turned off. The DSP capability
maintained by the SPU prevails.
9) MPU_FC_USER_PLN_RSR_CHK_SWITCH (UP
Resource Check Switch During MPU Flow Control)
Whether the RNC checks the resources on the user
plane when flow control is triggered to lower the CPU
usage of the MPU. This switch is set to on (set to 1)
by default.
1: This switch is turned on. When the CPU usage of
the MPU is high and consequently flow control is
triggered, the RNC checks the resources on the user
plane.
0: This switch is turned off. When the CPU usage of
triggered, the RNC does not check the resources on
the user plane.
10)RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC delivers a radio resource control

(RRC) connection release request to the cell where a
UE initiates a cell update request when an RB
reconfiguration fails during the cell update process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC delivers an RRC
connection release request to the cell where a UE
initiates a cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC delivers an
RRC connection release request to the original cell
where the UE is located before initiating a cell update
request. In this case, the UE fails to receive paging
messages for a period of time if the UE has moved to
the new cell when the RNC delivers the RRC
connection release request.
11)RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends the UE the updated value of
the IE "Serving Grant Value" if the value of the IE
"Serving Grant Value" changes in the RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION READY message that the
NodeB sends to the RNC during an RB
reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the UE
the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant Value."
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send
the UE the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant
Value."
12)SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates the RRC connection
release procedure for the UE if the RLC entity to
which SRB3 or SRB4 is mapped experiences a reset
on the RNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates the
RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not initiate
the RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
13)WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_T
M_SWITCH
Whether to extend the activation time for CS services
in weak coverage areas. This parameter is set to 0 by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The activation time for CS
services will not be extended. In this manner, the CS
service setup duration is shortened if a CS service is
successfully set up in a weak coverage area.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The activation time for

CS services will be extended. This increases the
service setup delay and affects user experience.
14)PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH
Whether compatibility processing is performed when
the RNC does not carry the 0-rate PS service
information during a cross-RNC handover but carries
the 0-rate PS service information during subsequent
incoming relocation
This switch is set to off by default.
1: This switch is set to on. Compatibility processing is
performed and the incoming relocation succeeds.
0: This switch is set to off. Compatibility processing is
not performed and the attempt for the incoming
relocation fails.
This switch is valid only when the
NRNC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH check box is
selected under the ProcessSwitch parameter in the
ADD UNRNC/MOD UNRNC command.
15)ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH
Whether to increase the PS service rate from 0 to 8
kbit/s
1: This switch is set to on. If the PS service rate of a
UE is 0, the cell under the adjacent RNC with
compatibility issues is added to the active set and the
PS service rate is increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s, and
then the handover can be performed. If the active set
for the UE contains a cell under the adjacent RNC
with compatibility issues, the PS service rate is
increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not perform
compatibility processing for 0-rate PS services. The
Iur-interface messages RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST and RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE sent from the RNC carry 0-rate PS service
information. If the neighboring RNC does not support
such information, link establishment or
reconfiguration with the neighboring RNC fails.
16)CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether a UE uses the new AL instance number to
request AL resources when a cell update procedure

WCDMA RAN

nd
overlaps with an inter-frequency hard handover

procedure.This switch helps solve the problem that the
RNC does not return a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message to a UE after receiving a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAIL" from the UE
during the process overlap.
1: This switch is set to on. The UE initiates an AL
SETUP procedure to request AL resources in the
preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The UE initiates an AL
MODIFY SETUP procedure to request AL resources.
17)DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH
Whether the radio network controller (RNC) includes
the correct transmission channel information in the
message sent to the NodeB during a serving cell
change accompanied by SRB fallback from HSPA to
DCH.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC includes the
correct transmission channel information in the
message sent to the NodeB in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC includes the
redundant transmission channel information in the
18)TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH
Whether the target radio network controller (TRNC)
automatically allocates TPC indexes when the
relocation request message does not contain the TPC
index.
1: This switch is set to on. The TRNC automatically
allocates TPC indexes in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RB reconfiguration
message fails to be encoded on the DRNC side in the
preceding scenario.
19)IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the transmission channel setup response
message contains the transmission node information
about the Iur interface when the RNC requests Iur
transmission resources during a relocation in ATM
networking.
When this switch is set to on, the transmission channel
setup response message contains the transmission
node information about the Iur interface, ensuring the
successful setup of the transmission channel.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is set to off, the transmission

channel setup response message does not contain the
transmission node information about the Iur interface.
20)RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH
Whether a Relocation Failure message is returned
during a relocation procedure when the "Source Rnc
to Target Rnc Container" information element (IE) in
the Relocation Request message indicates that
encryption is performed but the message does not
contain the "Encryption Information" IE.
1: This switch is set to on. A Relocation Failure
message is returned in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The relocation is
considered as successful in the preceding scenario.
21)STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWI
TCH
Whether the DRNC releases the related resources
during relocation rollback after the core network (CN)
sends a Relocation Failure message to the DRNC
during a UE-not-involved relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC releases the
related resources during relocation rollback in the
preceding scenario. In this way, if the SRNC initiates
a UE-not-involved relocation procedure again, the
DRNC can successfully perform the relocation
preparation.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not
release the related resources during relocation rollback
in the preceding scenario. If the SRNC initiates a UE-
not-involved relocation procedure again, the DRNC
fails to perform the relocation preparation.
22)RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RESET message to the CN
after a NodeB control switchover in the scenario
where the RNC in Pool Node Redundancy feature is
enabled. This switch is set to on by default.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends a RESET
message to the CN after a NodeB control switchover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send a
RESET message to the CN after a NodeB control
switchover.
23)USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITC
H

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC identifies non-blacklisted users as

fast dormancy users.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as fast dormancy users.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as non-fast-dormancy users.
24)RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_
SWITCH
Whether the GTPU is established and then removed in
the following scenario: The adjacent node of the IP
address in the transport layer information sent by the
CN has been changed during the PS RAB
modification procedure, and consequently an
admission failure occurs over the Iu interface on the
RNC side.
When this switch is set to on, the GTPU is established
and then removed in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, no special processing is
performed in the preceding scenario.
25)PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether interruption time of user-plane data
transmission is reduced during a U2L PS handover.
When this switch is set to on, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is reduced during a U2L
PS handover.
When this switch is set to off, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is not reduced during a
U2L PS handover.
26)P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing of the
CELL UPDATE message with a different cause that is
received while the RNC is expecting a response to the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from the UE
during a P2F cell update.
When this switch is set to on, The RNC buffers the
CELL UPDATE message; the RNC determines that
the last cell update procedure is successful and
performs the processing accordingly.
When this switch is set to off, The RNC retransmits
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to the UE in
the preceding scenario. The UE does not respond to
the message, and a call drop occurs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
27)P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
retransmitted by the UE reaches the value of N302
minus one during a direct P2F-triggered redirection.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection only if the number of CELL
UPDATE messages retransmitted by the UE reaches
the value of N302.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection if the number of CELL
the value of N302 minus one.
28)RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends an intra-frequency
measurement control message in advance after the
incoming UE-not-involved relocation procedure is
complete.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC compares
the NAS synchronization flag used by the UE with
that sent by the CN. Both these two NAS
synchronization flags are contained in the
RELOCATION REQUEST message. If they are
consistent, the RNC does not send a RB
reconfiguration message to the UE. If they are
inconsistent, the RNC sends the UE a RB
reconfiguration message without the activation time,
notifying the UE of the NAS synchronization flag on
the CN side.
0: When this switch is set to off, the original
mechanism applies.
29)CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the CELL UPDATE message over the Iur-p
interface is routed based on the SPUID of the
subsystem that manages the radio network temporary
identifier (RNTI) segment.
1: When this switch is set to on, the CELL UPDATE
message over the Iur-p interface is routed based on the
SPUID of the subsystem that manages the RNTI
segment.
mechanism applies.
30)RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC processes an Initial Direct Transfer

(IMSI detach indication) message received from the
CS domain of the CN during an RRC connection
release procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
processes the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI detach
indication) message received from the CS domain of
the CN during an RRC connection release procedure.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
does not process the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI
detach indication) message received from the CS
domain of the CN during an RRC connection release
procedure.
Disuse Statement:In future versions, the
MPU_FC_USER_PLN_RSR_CHK_SWITCH bit
field value under the OptimizationSwitch5 parameter
will be deleted. Although the configuration interface
in this version supports delivery and synchronization
of the bit field value, the bit field value is no longer
internally used.
GUI Value Range:
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH,
PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH,
PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH,
GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITCH,
D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,
D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH,
DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH,
DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH,
MPU_FC_USER_PLN_RSR_CHK_SWITCH,
RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH,
RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH,
SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH,
WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_TM_
SWITCH,
PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH,
ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH,
CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH,
TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH,
IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH,
RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH,
STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWITC
H, RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,
USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITCH,
RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_SWI
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH,
P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_SWI
TCH, RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SWITCH,
H,
RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH:
0,PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH:
0,GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITCH
:0,D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH:
1,DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH:
1,MPU_FC_USER_PLN_RSR_CHK_SWITCH:
1,RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH:
0,SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH:
0,WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_TM
_SWITCH:
0,PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH:
0,CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH:
0,TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH:
0,IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH:
0,STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWIT
CH:0,RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH:
1,USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITCH
:
1,RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH:0,RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 0206050 Relocati 1)U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH
tch5 RLSWI 2 on with
TCH Hard Whether an RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED
WRFD- message contains the E-RAB IE during a U2L
0206050 Handov
er handover
1
SRNS If the RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message
Relocati does not contain the E-RAB IE, the CN does not send
on (UE a data forwarding request to the RNC. As a result, the
Not RNC does not forward the cache data to the CN.
Involved 1: This switch is set to on. The RANAP
) RELOCATION REQUIRED message contains the E-
RAB IE during a U2L handover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RANAP
RELOCATION REQUIRED message does not
contain the E-RAB IE during a U2L handover.
2)PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates RAB establishment over
the Uu interface when the RNC receives the IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN or the
Signalling Connection Release Indication message
from the UE, requesting the RNC to release the
corresponding domain
the RAB establishment over the Uu interface.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates the
RAB establishment over the Uu interface but the RAB
establishment fails.
3)PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH
Whether the PS traffic volume of a UE is measured
after a UE's state transition from CELL_PCH to
CELL_FACH
1: This switch is set to on. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is measured after a UE's state transition from
0: This switch is set to off. The PS traffic volume of a
UE is not measured after a UE's state transition from
4)GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC initiates UE capability query when
CS services in a GSM network are handed over to a
UMTS network
UE capability query during CS service handover.

WCDMA RAN

nd
After CS services are released, if there are PS

services, the RNC initiates UE capability query.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC initiates UE
capability query.
5) D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH (Two
Sided RLC Reestablishment Switch During D2P)
Whether the RNC triggers RLC reestablishment both
in the uplink and downlink during a state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH in the scenario
where the value of the "One sided RLC re-
establishment" IE in the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message is FALSE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers RLC
reestablishment both in the uplink and downlink. The
status of the RLC on the RNC side is consistent with
that on the UE side. The UE's PS rate is normal.
reestablish the RLC. After the UE transitions to the
CELL_FACH state, the TRB for the UE is reset, and
the UE's PS rate decreases.
6)D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC handles the received SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message when it waits for a
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE in an RB
reconfiguration procedure for the UE transition from
handles the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not handle
the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message and waits
for a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from the UE.
7)DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH
How the DRNC processes a downlink signaling
transmission release request received from a UE under
the DRNC.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC checks whether
the signaling connection of the UE has been released.
If yes, the DRNC does not release the signaling
connection of the UE again.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC releases the
signaling connection of the UE without checking
whether the signaling connection has been released.

WCDMA RAN

nd
As a result, the DRNC may incorrectly release the

signaling connection of another UE.
8) DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH (DSP Capability
Judge Switch)
Which DSP capability prevails when the DSP
capability maintained by the SPU is greater than that
maintained by the MPU. This switch is set to off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The DSP capability
maintained by the MPU prevails.
0: This switch is turned off. The DSP capability
maintained by the SPU prevails.
9) MPU_FC_USER_PLN_RSR_CHK_SWITCH (UP
Resource Check Switch During MPU Flow Control)
Whether the RNC checks the resources on the user
plane when flow control is triggered to lower the CPU
usage of the MPU. This switch is set to on (set to 1)
by default.
1: This switch is turned on. When the CPU usage of
triggered, the RNC checks the resources on the user
plane.
0: This switch is turned off. When the CPU usage of
triggered, the RNC does not check the resources on
the user plane.
10)RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC delivers a radio resource control
(RRC) connection release request to the cell where a
UE initiates a cell update request when an RB
reconfiguration fails during the cell update process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC delivers an RRC
connection release request to the cell where a UE
initiates a cell update request.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC delivers an
RRC connection release request to the original cell
where the UE is located before initiating a cell update
request. In this case, the UE fails to receive paging
messages for a period of time if the UE has moved to
the new cell when the RNC delivers the RRC
connection release request.
11)RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends the UE the updated value of
the IE "Serving Grant Value" if the value of the IE

WCDMA RAN

nd
"Serving Grant Value" changes in the RADIO LINK

RECONFIGURATION READY message that the
NodeB sends to the RNC during an RB
reconfiguration.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the UE
the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant Value."
the UE the updated value of the IE "Serving Grant
Value."
12)SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates the RRC connection
release procedure for the UE if the RLC entity to
which SRB3 or SRB4 is mapped experiences a reset
on the RNC.
RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
the RRC connection release procedure for the UE.
13)WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_T
M_SWITCH
Whether to extend the activation time for CS services
in weak coverage areas. This parameter is set to 0 by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The activation time for CS
services will not be extended. In this manner, the CS
service setup duration is shortened if a CS service is
successfully set up in a weak coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off. The activation time for
CS services will be extended. This increases the
service setup delay and affects user experience.
14)PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH
Whether compatibility processing is performed when
the RNC does not carry the 0-rate PS service
information during a cross-RNC handover but carries
the 0-rate PS service information during subsequent
incoming relocation
1: This switch is set to on. Compatibility processing is
performed and the incoming relocation succeeds.
0: This switch is set to off. Compatibility processing is
not performed and the attempt for the incoming
relocation fails.

WCDMA RAN

nd

15)ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH
Whether to increase the PS service rate from 0 to 8
kbit/s
1: This switch is set to on. If the PS service rate of a
UE is 0, the cell under the adjacent RNC with
compatibility issues is added to the active set and the
PS service rate is increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s, and
then the handover can be performed. If the active set
for the UE contains a cell under the adjacent RNC
with compatibility issues, the PS service rate is
increased from 0 to 8 kbit/s.
compatibility processing for 0-rate PS services. The
Iur-interface messages RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST and RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE sent from the RNC carry 0-rate PS service
information. If the neighboring RNC does not support
such information, link establishment or
reconfiguration with the neighboring RNC fails.
16)CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether a UE uses the new AL instance number to
request AL resources when a cell update procedure
overlaps with an inter-frequency hard handover
procedure.This switch helps solve the problem that the
RNC does not return a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message to a UE after receiving a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAIL" from the UE
during the process overlap.
1: This switch is set to on. The UE initiates an AL
SETUP procedure to request AL resources in the
preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The UE initiates an AL
MODIFY SETUP procedure to request AL resources.
17)DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH
Whether the radio network controller (RNC) includes
the correct transmission channel information in the
message sent to the NodeB during a serving cell
change accompanied by SRB fallback from HSPA to
DCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC includes the

correct transmission channel information in the
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC includes the
redundant transmission channel information in the
18)TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH
Whether the target radio network controller (TRNC)
automatically allocates TPC indexes when the
relocation request message does not contain the TPC
index.
1: This switch is set to on. The TRNC automatically
allocates TPC indexes in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RB reconfiguration
message fails to be encoded on the DRNC side in the
preceding scenario.
19)IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the transmission channel setup response
message contains the transmission node information
about the Iur interface when the RNC requests Iur
transmission resources during a relocation in ATM
networking.
When this switch is set to on, the transmission channel
setup response message contains the transmission
node information about the Iur interface, ensuring the
successful setup of the transmission channel.
When this switch is set to off, the transmission
channel setup response message does not contain the
transmission node information about the Iur interface.
20)RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH
Whether a Relocation Failure message is returned
during a relocation procedure when the "Source Rnc
to Target Rnc Container" information element (IE) in
the Relocation Request message indicates that
encryption is performed but the message does not
contain the "Encryption Information" IE.
1: This switch is set to on. A Relocation Failure
message is returned in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The relocation is
considered as successful in the preceding scenario.
21)STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWI
TCH
Whether the DRNC releases the related resources
during relocation rollback after the core network (CN)

WCDMA RAN

nd
sends a Relocation Failure message to the DRNC

during a UE-not-involved relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC releases the
related resources during relocation rollback in the
preceding scenario. In this way, if the SRNC initiates
a UE-not-involved relocation procedure again, the
DRNC can successfully perform the relocation
preparation.
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not
release the related resources during relocation rollback
in the preceding scenario. If the SRNC initiates a UE-
not-involved relocation procedure again, the DRNC
fails to perform the relocation preparation.
22)RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RESET message to the CN
after a NodeB control switchover in the scenario
where the RNC in Pool Node Redundancy feature is
enabled. This switch is set to on by default.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends a RESET
message to the CN after a NodeB control switchover.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send a
RESET message to the CN after a NodeB control
switchover.
23)USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC identifies non-blacklisted users as
fast dormancy users.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as fast dormancy users.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC identifies non-
blacklisted users as non-fast-dormancy users.
24)RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_
SWITCH
Whether the GTPU is established and then removed in
the following scenario: The adjacent node of the IP
address in the transport layer information sent by the
CN has been changed during the PS RAB
modification procedure, and consequently an
admission failure occurs over the Iu interface on the
RNC side.
When this switch is set to on, the GTPU is established
and then removed in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, no special processing is
performed in the preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether interruption time of user-plane data
transmission is reduced during a U2L PS handover.
When this switch is set to on, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is reduced during a U2L
PS handover.
When this switch is set to off, the interruption time of
user-plane data transmission is not reduced during a
U2L PS handover.
26)P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the processing of the
CELL UPDATE message with a different cause that is
received while the RNC is expecting a response to the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from the UE
during a P2F cell update.
When this switch is set to on, The RNC buffers the
CELL UPDATE message; the RNC determines that
the last cell update procedure is successful and
performs the processing accordingly.
When this switch is set to off, The RNC retransmits
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to the UE in
the preceding scenario. The UE does not respond to
the message, and a call drop occurs.
27)P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH
when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
retransmitted by the UE reaches the value of N302
minus one during a direct P2F-triggered redirection.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection only if the number of CELL
the value of N302.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection if the number of CELL
the value of N302 minus one.
28)RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends an intra-frequency
measurement control message in advance after the
incoming UE-not-involved relocation procedure is
complete.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC compares
the NAS synchronization flag used by the UE with

WCDMA RAN

nd
that sent by the CN. Both these two NAS

synchronization flags are contained in the
RELOCATION REQUEST message. If they are
consistent, the RNC does not send a RB
reconfiguration message to the UE. If they are
inconsistent, the RNC sends the UE a RB
reconfiguration message without the activation time,
notifying the UE of the NAS synchronization flag on
the CN side.
mechanism applies.
29)CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the CELL UPDATE message over the Iur-p
interface is routed based on the SPUID of the
subsystem that manages the radio network temporary
identifier (RNTI) segment.
1: When this switch is set to on, the CELL UPDATE
message over the Iur-p interface is routed based on the
SPUID of the subsystem that manages the RNTI
segment.
mechanism applies.
30)RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC processes an Initial Direct Transfer
(IMSI detach indication) message received from the
CS domain of the CN during an RRC connection
release procedure.
processes the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI detach
indication) message received from the CS domain of
the CN during an RRC connection release procedure.
does not process the Initial Direct Transfer (IMSI
detach indication) message received from the CS
domain of the CN during an RRC connection release
procedure.
MPU_FC_USER_PLN_RSR_CHK_SWITCH bit
field value under the OptimizationSwitch5 parameter
internally used.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
H, RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH, RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
H,
RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH:
0,PS_DOMAIN_REL_RAB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PCH2FACH_PS_TRAFFIC_PFM_FIX_SWITCH:
0,GSM_SYS_HO_IN_NO_UE_CAP_ENQ_SWITCH
:0,D2P_TWO_SIDE_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DL_SIG_TRS_REQ_REL_UE_PRO_SWITCH:
1,DSP_CAP_JUDGE_SWITCH:
1,MPU_FC_USER_PLN_RSR_CHK_SWITCH:
1,RB_CU_FAIL_RRC_REL_CELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RFG_MSG_USE_NEW_SG_SWITCH:
0,SRB3_SRB4_RLC_RST_RRC_REL_SWITCH:
0,WEAK_COV_NO_EXT_CS_RAB_SET_ACT_TM
_SWITCH:
0,PS_0K_STATIC_RELOC_IN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ADD_DRL_PS_0K_TO_8K_SWITCH:
0,CU_AL_RES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_SERV_CELL_CHG_BUGFIX_SWITCH:
0,TRNC_TPC_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,IUR_ATM_TRAN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_REQ_CIPHER_COMP_SWITCH:
0,STATIC_RELOC_FAIL_DRNC_CLR_RSR_SWIT
CH:0,RNC_IN_POOL_IU_RESET_SWITCH:
1,USE_EFD_WITHOUT_EFD_OFF_TAC_SWITCH
:
1,RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_S
WITCH:
0,PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CU_CAUSE_CHG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,P2F_REDIRECT_CELLUPDT_RESEND_OPT_S
WITCH:0,RELOC_IN_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_ROUT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REL_CROSS_DETACH_INIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

ch12 0 UALGO RRM algorithm reserved U32 switch parameter 12.
RSVPA The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RA request use.
Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_12_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT3:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SW
,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT10:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_12_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT
12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT13:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_12_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12
_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT16:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_12_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_12_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT19:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT20:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_12_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BI
T22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT23:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_12_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
2_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26:0,RES

WCDMA RAN

nd
ERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT27:0,RESERVED_SWITC
T32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA request use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
T22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT23:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_12_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
2_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26:0,RES

WCDMA RAN

nd
T32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved switch parameter
ch19 0 UALGO 19. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further
RSVPA change request use.
RA GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_19_BIT1,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: RESERVED_SWITCH_19_BIT1:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_19_BIT2:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RESERVED_SWITCH_19_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved switch parameter
ch19 0 UALGO 19. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further
RA GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_19_BIT1,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA request use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:

WCDMA RAN

nd
32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA request use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:

WCDMA RAN

nd
32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch17 0 UALGO RR algorithm reserved U32 Switch Parameter 17. The
RSVPA 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change request
RA use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvU32 BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

Para33 0 UALGO CORRM algorithm reserved U32 para 33. The 32-bit
RSVPA parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RA
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~4294967295
Default Value: 0
RsvU32 BSC691 SET None None Meaning:

Para33 0 UALGO CORRM algorithm reserved U32 para 33. The 32-bit
RSVPA parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RA
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RSVSW BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

ITCH0 0 UNRNC Reserved Switch 0. The para reserved for further
RA
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_0_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3:0,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15:0,RES
H_0_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18:0,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21:0,R

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH_0_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RSVSW BSC691 SET None None Meaning:

ITCH0 0 UNRNC Reserved Switch 0. The para reserved for further
RA
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_0_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3:0,R
CH_0_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15:0,RES
H_0_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18:0,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH_0_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CmpSwi BSC690 SET WRFD- A-GPS Meaning:

tch3 0 UCORR 020803 Based 1. CMP_REL_MR_AGPS_BF_D2F_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- LCS Whether the RNC actively delivers an MR AGPS
OSWIT 020801 Cell ID measurement release message (RRC_MEAS_CTRL)
CH + RTT to a UE before the UE transits from CELL_DCH to
WRFD-
020807 Function CELL_FACH.
Based 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC actively delivers
WRFD- LCS
020400 an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message to a UE before the
Iupc UE transits from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
Interface 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC never actively
for LCS delivers an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message to a UE
service before the UE transits from CELL_DCH to
DRD CELL_FACH.
Introduc 2.
tion CMP_MR_AGPS_NOT_SUPP_STAT_TRANS_SWI
Package TCH: Whether MR AGPS supports state transitions.
1: This switch is set to on. The MR AGPS
measurement control message does not contain the
Measurement validity IE, indicating that MR AGPS
does not support state transitions.
0: This switch is set to off. The MR AGPS
measurement control message contains the
supports state transitions.
3. CMP_RBSETUP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
Whether signaling radio bearers (SRBs) can be
switched over from FACH or DCHs to HSPA
channels during directed retry in RB setups. When this
switch is turned off, SRBs can be switched over from
FACH or DCHs to HSPA channels during directed
retry in RB setups. When this switch is turned on,
SRBs cannot be switched over from FACH or DCHs
to HSPA channels during directed retry in RB setups.
Note: When this switch is turned on, SRBs can be
switched over from DCHs to HSPA channels as
follows:
1) SRBs remain on DCHs and directed retry
continues.
2) After directed retry is complete, SRBs are switched
to E-DCHs or HS-DSCHs through periodic HSPA+
feature retry.
4. CMP_RBCFG_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
channels during directed retry in RB reconfiguration.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned off, SRBs can be switched

over from FACH or DCHs to HSPA channels during
directed retry in RB reconfiguration. When this switch
is turned on, SRBs cannot be switched over from
retry in RB reconfiguration.
follows:
continues.
feature retry.
5.CMP_IUPC_SUPP_ECNO_PATHLOSS_MEAS_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC carries the measured
values of Ec/N0 and path loss in the Position
Activation Response message sent to the stand-alone
SMLC (SAS) when the SAS requests for the
measured values of Ec/N0 and path loss from the
RNC through a Position Activation Request message.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC carries the measured
values of Ec/N0 and path loss of the cells in the active
set and monitoring set in the Position Activation
Response message sent to the SAS.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC does not carry the
measured values of Ec/N0 and path loss of the cells in
the active set and monitoring set in the Position
Activation Response message sent to the SAS.
6.
CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITCH
: Whether the inter-frequency directed retry decision
(DRD) is performed during PS service establishment
when the Iu connection is established for the UE in
the CS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The inter-frequency DRD
is performed during PS service establishment.
0: This switch is turned off. The inter-frequency DRD
is not performed during PS service establishment.
7.
CMP_IUPC_DETECT_SET_PATHLOSS_MEAS_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC can send the pathloss
measured in cells in the detected set to the SAS
through the Iu-PC interface. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC can send the Ec/No, RSCP, and pathloss

WCDMA RAN

nd

off, the RNC cannot send the Ec/No, RSCP, and
pathloss measured in cells in the detected set to the
SAS through the Iu-PC interface.
8.CMP_IUPC_CARRY_IMSI_IMEI_SWITCH:
Whether IMSI and IMEI are carried in the Iu-PC
Position Initiation Requeset message.
When this switch is set to on, IMSI and IMEI are
carried in the Iu-PC Position Initiation Requeset
message.
When this switch is set to off, IMSI and IMEI are not
message.
9. CMP_SIB_WITH_FILTERCOEF_SWITCH:
Whether the SIB11 and SIB12 carry the intra-
frequency measurement quantity and intra-frequency
filtering coefficient for intra-frequency measurements.
When this switch is turned on, the SIB11 and SIB12
carry the intra-frequency measurement quantity and
intra-frequency filtering coefficient for intra-
frequency measurements.
GUI Value Range:
CMP_REL_MR_AGPS_BF_D2F_SWITCH,
CMP_MR_AGPS_NOT_SUPP_STAT_TRANS_SWI
TCH,
CMP_RBSETUP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH,
CMP_RBCFG_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH,
CMP_IUPC_SUPP_ECNO_PATHLOSS_MEAS_SW
ITCH,
CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CMP_IUPC_CARRY_IMSI_IMEI_SWITCH,
CMP_SIB_WITH_FILTERCOEF_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
Default Value:
CMP_REL_MR_AGPS_BF_D2F_SWITCH:
0,CMP_MR_AGPS_NOT_SUPP_STAT_TRANS_S
WITCH:
1,CMP_RBSETUP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
1,CMP_RBCFG_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
1,CMP_IUPC_SUPP_ECNO_PATHLOSS_MEAS_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITC
H:
1,CMP_IUPC_DETECT_SET_PATHLOSS_MEAS_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUPC_CARRY_IMSI_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SIB_WITH_FILTERCOEF_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CmpSwi BSC691 SET WRFD- A-GPS Meaning:

tch3 0 UCORR 020803 Based 1. CMP_REL_MR_AGPS_BF_D2F_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- LCS Whether the RNC actively delivers an MR AGPS
OSWIT 020801 Cell ID measurement release message (RRC_MEAS_CTRL)
CH + RTT to a UE before the UE transits from CELL_DCH to
WRFD-
020807 Function CELL_FACH.
Based 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC actively delivers
WRFD- LCS
020400 an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message to a UE before the
Iupc UE transits from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
Interface 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC never actively
for LCS delivers an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message to a UE
service before the UE transits from CELL_DCH to
DRD CELL_FACH.
Introduc 2.
tion CMP_MR_AGPS_NOT_SUPP_STAT_TRANS_SWI
Package TCH: Whether MR AGPS supports state transitions.
1: This switch is set to on. The MR AGPS
measurement control message does not contain the
does not support state transitions.
0: This switch is set to off. The MR AGPS
measurement control message contains the
supports state transitions.
3. CMP_RBSETUP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
channels during directed retry in RB setups. When this
switch is turned off, SRBs can be switched over from
retry in RB setups. When this switch is turned on,
SRBs cannot be switched over from FACH or DCHs
to HSPA channels during directed retry in RB setups.
follows:
continues.
feature retry.
4. CMP_RBCFG_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
channels during directed retry in RB reconfiguration.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned off, SRBs can be switched

over from FACH or DCHs to HSPA channels during
directed retry in RB reconfiguration. When this switch
is turned on, SRBs cannot be switched over from
retry in RB reconfiguration.
follows:
continues.
feature retry.
5.CMP_IUPC_SUPP_ECNO_PATHLOSS_MEAS_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC carries the measured
values of Ec/N0 and path loss in the Position
Activation Response message sent to the stand-alone
SMLC (SAS) when the SAS requests for the
measured values of Ec/N0 and path loss from the
RNC through a Position Activation Request message.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC carries the measured
values of Ec/N0 and path loss of the cells in the active
set and monitoring set in the Position Activation
Response message sent to the SAS.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC does not carry the
measured values of Ec/N0 and path loss of the cells in
the active set and monitoring set in the Position
Activation Response message sent to the SAS.
6.
CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITCH
: Whether the inter-frequency directed retry decision
(DRD) is performed during PS service establishment
when the Iu connection is established for the UE in
the CS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The inter-frequency DRD
is performed during PS service establishment.
0: This switch is turned off. The inter-frequency DRD
is not performed during PS service establishment.
7.
WITCH: Whether the RNC can send the pathloss
on, the RNC can send the Ec/No, RSCP, and pathloss

WCDMA RAN

nd

off, the RNC cannot send the Ec/No, RSCP, and
pathloss measured in cells in the detected set to the
SAS through the Iu-PC interface.
8.CMP_IUPC_CARRY_IMSI_IMEI_SWITCH:
Whether IMSI and IMEI are carried in the Iu-PC
Position Initiation Requeset message.
When this switch is set to on, IMSI and IMEI are
message.
When this switch is set to off, IMSI and IMEI are not
message.
9. CMP_SIB_WITH_FILTERCOEF_SWITCH:
Whether the SIB11 and SIB12 carry the intra-
frequency measurement quantity and intra-frequency
filtering coefficient for intra-frequency measurements.
When this switch is turned on, the SIB11 and SIB12
carry the intra-frequency measurement quantity and
intra-frequency filtering coefficient for intra-
frequency measurements.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
Default Value:
CMP_REL_MR_AGPS_BF_D2F_SWITCH:
0,CMP_MR_AGPS_NOT_SUPP_STAT_TRANS_S
WITCH:
1,CMP_RBSETUP_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
1,CMP_RBCFG_DRD_SRBOVERH_SWITCH:
1,CMP_IUPC_SUPP_ECNO_PATHLOSS_MEAS_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITC
H:
1,CMP_IUPC_DETECT_SET_PATHLOSS_MEAS_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_IUPC_CARRY_IMSI_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SIB_WITH_FILTERCOEF_SWITCH:0
CellFac BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to support absolute priority-based
hPrioRe 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement and reselection in the CELL_FACH
selSwitc SELRE UMTS state. When this switch is set to on, the UTRAN
h SEL and LTE carries the CELL_FACH measurement indication in
MOD Phase 1 system information block 19 (SIB19) designated for a
UCELL cell, instructing UEs in this cell to perform absolute
SELRE priority-based cell reselection. When this switch is set
SEL to off, the UTRAN does not carry the CELL_FACH
measurement indication in SIB19 designated for a
cell. For details about SIB19, see section 10.2.48.8.22
"System Information Block type 19" in 3GPP TS
25.331.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellFac BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to support absolute priority-based
hPrioRe 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement and reselection in the CELL_FACH
selSwitc SELRE UMTS state. When this switch is set to on, the UTRAN
h SEL and LTE carries the CELL_FACH measurement indication in
MOD Phase 1 system information block 19 (SIB19) designated for a
UCELL cell, instructing UEs in this cell to perform absolute
SELRE priority-based cell reselection. When this switch is set
SEL to off, the UTRAN does not carry the CELL_FACH
measurement indication in SIB19 designated for a
cell. For details about SIB19, see section 10.2.48.8.22
"System Information Block type 19" in 3GPP TS
25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
CellFac BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to perform absolute priority-based
hMeasL 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement in the CELL_FACH state. The
ayer SELRE UMTS measurement layers are classified into high-priority
SEL and LTE layers and all layers. When this parameter is set to
MOD Phase 1 HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS, UEs in the CELL_FACH
UCELL state can only reselect to high-priority frequencies.
SELRE When this parameter is set to ALL_LAYERS, UEs in
SEL the CELL_FACH state can reselect to all frequencies.
GUI Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Default Value: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellFac BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether to perform absolute priority-based
hMeasL 0 UCELL 020126 Between measurement in the CELL_FACH state. The
ayer SELRE UMTS measurement layers are classified into high-priority
SEL and LTE layers and all layers. When this parameter is set to
MOD Phase 1 HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS, UEs in the CELL_FACH
UCELL state can only reselect to high-priority frequencies.
SELRE When this parameter is set to ALL_LAYERS, UEs in
SEL the CELL_FACH state can reselect to all frequencies.
GUI Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS,
ALL_LAYERS
Default Value: HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS

WCDMA RAN

nd
IRatHo BSC690 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

CfgSwit 0 UCORR 020126 Between IRatHoCfgSwitch.
ch MALG UMTS
OSWIT and LTE 1. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:
CH Phase 1 Whether the 64QAM feature can be configured for
HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover. When this switch is set to on, the 64QAM
feature can be configured for HSDPA services during
an incoming inter-RAT handover. When this switch is
set to off, the 64QAM feature cannot be configured
for HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
2. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:
Whether the 16QAM feature can be configured for
HSUPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
feature can be configured for HSUPA services during
for HSUPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
3. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
Whether the HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be
configured for HSUPA services during an incoming
inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set to on, the
HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be configured for
handover. When this switch is set to off, the HSUPA 2
ms TTI feature cannot be configured for HSUPA
services during an incoming inter-RAT handover.
GUI Value Range:
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
IRatHo BSC691 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

CfgSwit 0 UCORR 020126 Between IRatHoCfgSwitch.
ch MALG UMTS
OSWIT and LTE 1. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:
CH Phase 1 Whether the 64QAM feature can be configured for
HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
feature can be configured for HSDPA services during
for HSDPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
2. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:
Whether the 16QAM feature can be configured for
feature can be configured for HSUPA services during
for HSUPA services during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
3. IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
Whether the HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be
configured for HSUPA services during an incoming
inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set to on, the
HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature can be configured for
handover. When this switch is set to off, the HSUPA 2
ms TTI feature cannot be configured for HSUPA
services during an incoming inter-RAT handover.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

h1 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
MALG WRFD- Co- HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWI
OSWIT 150217 carrier TCH: Switch for controlling the sub-feature Macro &
CH Uplink Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover. When this
WRFD- Interfere
171224 switch is turned on, the feature is activated. When this
nce switch is turned off, the feature is deactivated. This
WRFD- Control feature checks whether UEs are located in problem
140218 Load areas of intra-frequency networks with macro and
WRFD- Based micro cells. Then, the feature instructs these UEs to
171223 PS move to other cells through blind inter-frequency
WRFD- Handov handovers.
0106100 er from
2.
6 UMTS
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SW
to LTE
WRFD- ITCH: This switch specifies whether handover and
140226 IMSI- redirection from UMTS to LTE are allowed. When
based this switch is turned on, redirection from UMTS to
WRFD- Mobility LTE is allowed but handover is prohibited. During the
1502010 Manage redirection procedure, the LTE frequencies configured
2 ment for by using the "ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO"
WRFD- Multiple command are used for the redirection, and the RNC
150220 Operator does not consider whether the best cell is configured
WRFD- s with neighboring LTE cells. When this switch is
150219 Service- turned off, both redirection and handover from UMTS
WRFD- Based to LTE are allowed. The LTE frequencies configured
0106120 PS by using the "ADD ULTENCELL" command are used
4 Handov for the redirection and handover.
er from 3. HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH: Specifies
WRFD- UMTS
021311 whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
to LTE handover. When the switch is turned on, the RNC
WRFD- Fast allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
150216 Return handover procedure. When the switch is turned off,
WRFD- to LTE the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
160270 for to-LTE PS handover procedure.
WRFD- SRVCC
4. HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
020129 User
Specifies whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-
WRFD- HSDPA to-LTE PS redirection. When the switch is turned on,
020303 Mobility the RNC allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Manage redirection procedure. When the switch is turned off,
WRFD- ment the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
020305
Fast to-LTE PS redirection procedure.
WRFD- Return 5.
020306 from HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWIT
UMTS CH: This parameter allows the inter-RAT handover
to LTE failure caused by UE incompatibility for only once in
Macro a call. When the switch is turned on and a UE failed in
& Micro handover from the universal terrestrial radio access

WCDMA RAN

nd
Joint network (UTRAN) to the GSM/EDGE radio access

Inter- network (GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial radio
frequenc access network (E-UTRAN) due to the cause of
y configuration unacceptable, the RNC prevents the
Handov handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in
er this call. When the switch is turned off, the RNC
Coverag allows another handover from UTRAN to GERAN or
e Based E-UTRAN in this call.
PS 6.
Handov HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
er from ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
UMTS measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
to LTE measurement control simultaneously to UEs
Coverag processing CS services. When this switch is turned on,
e Based the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
PS control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
Redirect control simultaneously to UEs processing CS services.
ion from The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
UMTS periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
to LTE UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
HSUPA active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
Mobility perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
Manage the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
ment sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
control to UEs processing CS services and the Ec/N0
MOCN of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
Introduc handovers.
tion
Package 7.
HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
Load ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
Based measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
PS measurement control simultaneously to UEs
Redirect processing PS services. When this switch is turned on,
ion from the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
UMTS control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
to LTE control simultaneously to UEs processing PS services.
Camp & The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
Handov periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
er Based UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
on SPI active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
PS perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
Service the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Redirect sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
ion from control to UEs processing PS services and the Ec/N0
UMTS of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
to LTE handovers.
Inter- 8.
RAT HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
Handov CH: Whether to use the algorithm of intra-frequency

er Based neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
on turned on, the algorithm of intra-frequency
Coverag neighboring cell combination is used for intra-
e frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
Inter- turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
RAT 9.
Handov HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
er Based CH: Whether to use the algorithm of inter-frequency
on neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
Service turned on, the algorithm of inter-frequency
Inter- neighboring cell combination is used for inter-
RAT frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
Handov turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
er Based 10. HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
on Load Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring GSM
cell combination. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination is
used for GSM measurement objects. When this switch
is turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
11. HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell
combination. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination is
used for LTE measurement objects. When this switch
12. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH: Whether a
load-based PS handover from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When this switch is turned on, an LDR-
triggered PS handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
13. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-based PS redirection from UMTS to
LTE is allowed. When this switch is turned on, an
LDR-triggered PS redirection from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When both
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH" and
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH" are turned on,
a PS handover from UMTS to LTE is preferred.
14.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_OPT
SWH:Switch controlling the enhanced algorithm of
adding intra-frequency neighboring cells in detected
sets to active sets. When this switch is turned on and
event 1A/C/D contains information about the best
cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells that are
included in the detected set (hereinafter referred to as
target cells), the RNC searches for the target cells in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the following scopes: (1)The best cell's intra-

frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
neighboring cells are in cell group A). (2)Intra-
frequency neighboring cells of cells in the active set
(assuming that these neighboring cells are in cell
group B)If the target cells are not found, the RNC
searches for them in intra-frequency neighboring cells
of cells in cell group A (assuming that these
neighboring cells are in cell group C). Upon locating
the target cells, the RNC updates the active set and
includes the target cells' information in the active set.
When this switch is turned off and event 1A/C/D
contains information about the best cell's intra-
frequency neighboring cells that are included in the
detected set (hereinafter referred to as target cells), the
RNC determines whether the target cells are Intra-
frequency neighboring cells of cells in the active set.
If so, the RNC updates the active set and includes the
target cells' information in the active set. If not, the
RNC does not include the target cells' information in
the active set.
15.
HO_INTRA_DETSET_DRNC_CELL_INTO_ACTS
ET:Switch controlling the algorithm of adding intra-
frequency neighboring DRNC cells in detected sets to
active sets. When event 1A/C/D contains information
about the best cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells
that are included in the detected set (hereinafter
referred to as target cells), the RNC searches for the
target cells in the following scopes: (1)The best cell's
intra-frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
group B). If the target cells are not found, the RNC
checks whether this switch is turned on. If so, the
RNC searches for the target cells in intra-frequency
neighboring cells of cells in cell group A (assuming
that these neighboring cells are in cell group C). If a
DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell, the RNC
includes information about this cell in the active set. If
not, the RNC searches for the target cells in cell group
C. If a DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell,
the RNC does not include information about this cell
in the active set.
16.
HO_1A_OR_1C_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_SWITC
H:Whether to trigger an HSPA serving cell change

WCDMA RAN

nd
after a soft handover initiated due to the reporting of

event 1A or 1C is complete. When this switch is
turned on, an HSPA serving cell change is triggered
turned off, an HSPA serving cell change is not
triggered after a soft handover initiated due to the
reporting of event 1A or 1C is complete.
17.
HO_1D_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_JUDGE_SWITC
upon the false reporting of event 1D. The false
reporting of event 1D indicates that there is another
cell whose signal quality is better than the signal
quality of the best cell indicated in event 1D. When
this switch is turned on, an HSPA serving cell change
is triggered upon the false reporting of event 1D.
When this switch is turned off, an HSPA serving cell
change is not triggered upon the false reporting of
event 1D.
18. HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
SPID-based mobility management function. When
this switch is turned on, the SPID-based mobility
management function takes effect. When this switch is
turned off, the SPID-based mobility management
function does not take effect. Perform compatibility
tests with devices from different vendors to prevent
compatibility issues caused by interface mechanisms
of different vendors.
19. HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger a serving cell change upon the
reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this switch
is turned on, a serving cell change is triggered upon
the reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this
switch is turned off, a serving cell change is triggered
upon the reporting of Ec/No-based event 1D.
20. HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot
initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
21. HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether to allow UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return if the
best cell for a UE is controlled by the DRNC. When
this switch is turned on. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return is allowed and the SRNC adds

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring LTE cell EARFCNs of the best cell to the

RRC Connection Release message. When this switch
is turned off. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
is forbidden. This switch is effective only when the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
switch of the "HoSwitch" parameter is turned on in
the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command.
22. HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:
Whether the corresponding algorithm can be used to
judge signal quality of the LTE cell preliminarily
according to the RSCP of the best cell before service-
based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections. When
this switch is set to on, the algorithm takes effect and
the RNC sends an intra-frequency measurement
control message to the UE to measure RSCP of the
best cell. If RSCP reported by the UE is lower than
"U2LNCovRscpThd", the LTE coverage is regarded
poor and UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections are
prohibited. When this switch is set to off, the
algorithm does not take effect.
23.
HO_GSMNCELL_OPGRP_CARRY_OVER_IUR_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers information
about neighboring GSM cells indicated by proprietary
IEs carried in Iur interface messages when initiating
inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to on,
the DRNC sends the information about GSM operator
groups and cell types to the SRNC through proprietary
IEs carried in the Radio Link Setup Response or
Radio Link Addition Response message. Upon
reception of this information, the SRNC selects
appropriate neighboring GSM cells as the target cells
for inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to
off, the DRNC does not send the information about
neighboring GSM cells to the SRNC and the SRNC
does not consider the preceding information when
initiating inter-RAT handovers.
24.
HO_INTER_RAT_DRNC_GSMNCELL_FILTER_S
WITCH: Whether the SRNC filters neighboring GSM
cells of DRNC cells in the active set based on UE's
HPLMN. When this switch is set to on, the SRNC
compares the proprietary IE "PLMN Identity" of a
neighboring GSM cell in the Radio Link Setup
Response or Radio Link Addition Response message
with the HPLMN of the UE. If they are the same, the
SRNC initiates an inter-RAT handover to the
neighboring GSM cell. If not, the inter-RAT handover

WCDMA RAN

nd
cannot be initiated. When this switch is set to off, the

SRNC does not perform the preceding filtering.
25.
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_1A_REPLACE_1C_SWITC
H: When this switch is set to on, the RNC does not
send the 1C measurement control message to the UE.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC sends the 1C
measurement control message to the UE. This switch
is set to off by default.
26. HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC considers connected-mode E-UTRA frequency
priorities specified by [UCELLNFREQPRIOIN-
FO:NPriorityConnect] during UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and redirections. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC performs measurement control
and target frequency selection based on the configured
connected-mode E-UTRA frequency priorities during
non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections, measurement-based CSFBs or SRVCC
fast returns, and blind CSFB fast returns. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not consider
connected-mode E-UTRA frequency priorities in the
preceding scenarios. In addition, this switch controls
whether the RNC performs target frequency selection
preferentially based on the frequency priorities
(including priorities of SPIDs, IMSIs, and connected-
mode E-UTRA frequencies) after receiving an event
3C measurement report from LTE during non-
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections and measurement-based CSFBs or
SRVCC fast returns. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC selects a target frequency in descending
order of priorities. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC selects a target frequency in descending order of
signal quality.
27.
WITCH2: Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT
handovers based on the neighboring GSM cell
information carried in standard IEs in Iur-interface
messages. When this switch is set to on, the DRNC
sends the operator group information of neighboring
GSM cells to the SRNC through standard IEs carried
in the Radio Link Setup Response or Radio Link
Addition Response message. Upon reception of this
information, the SRNC selects appropriate
neighboring GSM cells as the target cells of inter-RAT
handovers. When this switch is set to off, the DRNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
does not send the operator group information of

neighboring GSM cell information to the SRNC and
the SRNC does not consider this information when
28.HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITC
H:Whether to trigger measurement-based UMTS-to-
LTE fast return for an SRVCC UE whose CS service
has been released in the UMTS network. SRVCC is
short for single radio voice call continuity.When this
switch is set to on, measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
fast return can be triggered for an SRVCC UE whose
CS service has been released in the UMTS network.
When this switch is set to off, measurement-based
UMTS-to-LTE fast return cannot be triggered for an
SRVCC UE whose CS service has been released in the
UMTS network.
29.HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers the measurement-
based UMTS-to-LTE fast return for CSFB UEs after
their voice services are released on the UMTS
network. When this switch is turned on and the UE
supports LTE measurement, the UE triggers an LTE
measurement after its voice service is complete. After
the RNC receives the measurement report, the RNC
decides whether to trigger a U2L fast return based on
the measurement result. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC can perform only a blind fast return for
the UE.
30.HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC triggers the UMTS-to-LTE
fast return for CSFB UEs based on the RSCP of the
best cell after their voice services are released on the
UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC sends a periodic intra-frequency measurement
control message to the UE, instructing the UE to
measure the RSCP of the best cell. If the RSCP of the
best cell reported by the UE is equal to or greater than
the value of U2LNCovRscpThd, the RNC will trigger
a blind fast return. Otherwise, the RNC will not
trigger the blind fast return. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not send the UE the periodic
intra-frequency measurement control message
instructing the UE to measure the RSCP of the best
cell.
31.HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_S
WITCH: Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE processing
CS+PS combined services can fast return to the LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
network through handovers after the CS service of the

UE is released. SRVCC is short for single radio voice
call continuity and CS FB is short for CS
fallback.When this switch is set to on, the SRVCC or
CSFB UE can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE handover if the
UE detects the signal of an LTE cell and supports
UMTS-to-LTE handover when the
ITCH is set to off. When this switch is set to off, a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered in the
preceding conditions.
GUI Value Range:
HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWI
TCH,
ITCH, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWIT
CH,
HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
ITCH,
ITCH,
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
CH,
HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
CH, HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,
H, HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH,
HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH,
HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
H, HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH2,
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH,
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWIT
CH,
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWIT
CH,
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWI
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
CH,
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH2,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_O
PTSWH:
0,HO_INTRA_DETSET_DRNC_CELL_INTO_ACT
SET:
0,HO_1A_OR_1C_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_1D_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_JUDGE_SWI
TCH:0,HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH:
0,HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
0,HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH:
1,HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH:
0,HO_GSMNCELL_OPGRP_CARRY_OVER_IUR_
SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_INTER_RAT_DRNC_GSMNCELL_FILTER_
SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_1A_REPLACE_1C_SWIT
CH:0,HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH:
SWITCH2:0,HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LT
E_SWITCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

h1 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
MALG WRFD- Co- HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWI
OSWIT 150216 carrier TCH: Switch for controlling the sub-feature Macro &
CH Uplink Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover. When this
WRFD- Interfere
171224 switch is turned on, the feature is activated. When this
nce switch is turned off, the feature is deactivated. This
WRFD- Control feature checks whether UEs are located in problem
140218 Load areas of intra-frequency networks with macro and
WRFD- Based micro cells. Then, the feature instructs these UEs to
0106100 PS move to other cells through blind inter-frequency
6 Redirect handovers.
WRFD- ion from
2.
150217 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD- ITCH: This switch specifies whether handover and
140226 IMSI- redirection from UMTS to LTE are allowed. When
based this switch is turned on, redirection from UMTS to
WRFD- Mobility LTE is allowed but handover is prohibited. During the
1502010 Manage redirection procedure, the LTE frequencies configured
2 ment for by using the "ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO"
WRFD- Multiple command are used for the redirection, and the RNC
150220 Operator does not consider whether the best cell is configured
WRFD- s with neighboring LTE cells. When this switch is
150219 Service- turned off, both redirection and handover from UMTS
WRFD- Based to LTE are allowed. The LTE frequencies configured
0106120 PS by using the "ADD ULTENCELL" command are used
4 Handov for the redirection and handover.
er from 3. HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH: Specifies
WRFD-
UMTS whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
021311
to LTE handover. When the switch is turned on, the RNC
WRFD- allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
HSDPA
160270 handover procedure. When the switch is turned off,
Mobility
WRFD- Manage the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
020129 ment to-LTE PS handover procedure.
WRFD- Load 4. HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
020303 Based Specifies whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-
WRFD- PS to-LTE PS redirection. When the switch is turned on,
020305 Handov the RNC allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
er from redirection procedure. When the switch is turned off,
WRFD-
UMTS the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-
020306
to LTE to-LTE PS redirection procedure.
WRFD-
Fast 5.
171223
Return HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWIT
from CH: This parameter allows the inter-RAT handover
UMTS failure caused by UE incompatibility for only once in
to LTE a call. When the switch is turned on and a UE failed in
handover from the universal terrestrial radio access

WCDMA RAN

nd
Macro network (UTRAN) to the GSM/EDGE radio access

& Micro network (GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial radio
Joint access network (E-UTRAN) due to the cause of
Inter- configuration unacceptable, the RNC prevents the
frequenc handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in
y this call. When the switch is turned off, the RNC
Handov allows another handover from UTRAN to GERAN or
er E-UTRAN in this call.
Coverag 6.
e Based HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
PS ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
Handov measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
er from measurement control simultaneously to UEs
UMTS processing CS services. When this switch is turned on,
to LTE the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Coverag control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
e Based control simultaneously to UEs processing CS services.
PS The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
Redirect periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
ion from UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
UMTS active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
to LTE perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
HSUPA sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
Mobility control to UEs processing CS services and the Ec/N0
Manage of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
ment handovers.
MOCN 7.
Introduc HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
tion ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
Package measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
Camp & measurement control simultaneously to UEs
Handov processing PS services. When this switch is turned on,
er Based the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement
on SPI control and periodic intra-frequency measurement
PS control simultaneously to UEs processing PS services.
Service The inter-RAT measurement control carries the
Redirect periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the
ion from UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the
UMTS active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to
to LTE perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of
the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Inter- sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement
RAT control to UEs processing PS services and the Ec/N0
Handov of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT
er Based handovers.
on
8.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Coverag CH: Whether to use the algorithm of intra-frequency

e neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
Inter- turned on, the algorithm of intra-frequency
RAT neighboring cell combination is used for intra-
Handov frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
er Based turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
on 9.
Service HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
Inter- CH: Whether to use the algorithm of inter-frequency
RAT neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
Handov turned on, the algorithm of inter-frequency
er Based neighboring cell combination is used for inter-
on Load frequency measurement objects. When this switch is
turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.
Fast
Return 10. HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
to LTE Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring GSM
for cell combination. When this switch is turned on, the
SRVCC algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination is
User used for GSM measurement objects. When this switch
11. HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell
combination. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination is
used for LTE measurement objects. When this switch
12. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH: Whether a
load-based PS handover from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When this switch is turned on, an LDR-
triggered PS handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
13. HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-based PS redirection from UMTS to
LTE is allowed. When this switch is turned on, an
LDR-triggered PS redirection from UMTS to LTE is
allowed. When both
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH" and
"HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH" are turned on,
a PS handover from UMTS to LTE is preferred.
14.
SWH:Switch controlling the enhanced algorithm of
adding intra-frequency neighboring cells in detected
sets to active sets. When this switch is turned on and
event 1A/C/D contains information about the best
cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells that are
included in the detected set (hereinafter referred to as
target cells), the RNC searches for the target cells in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the following scopes: (1)The best cell's intra-

frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
group B)If the target cells are not found, the RNC
searches for them in intra-frequency neighboring cells
of cells in cell group A (assuming that these
neighboring cells are in cell group C). Upon locating
the target cells, the RNC updates the active set and
includes the target cells' information in the active set.
When this switch is turned off and event 1A/C/D
contains information about the best cell's intra-
frequency neighboring cells that are included in the
detected set (hereinafter referred to as target cells), the
RNC determines whether the target cells are Intra-
frequency neighboring cells of cells in the active set.
If so, the RNC updates the active set and includes the
target cells' information in the active set. If not, the
RNC does not include the target cells' information in
the active set.
15.
ET:Switch controlling the algorithm of adding intra-
frequency neighboring DRNC cells in detected sets to
active sets. When event 1A/C/D contains information
about the best cell's intra-frequency neighboring cells
that are included in the detected set (hereinafter
referred to as target cells), the RNC searches for the
target cells in the following scopes: (1)The best cell's
intra-frequency neighboring cells (assuming that these
group B). If the target cells are not found, the RNC
checks whether this switch is turned on. If so, the
RNC searches for the target cells in intra-frequency
neighboring cells of cells in cell group A (assuming
that these neighboring cells are in cell group C). If a
DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell, the RNC
includes information about this cell in the active set. If
not, the RNC searches for the target cells in cell group
C. If a DRNC cell is found to be the only target cell,
the RNC does not include information about this cell
in the active set.
16.

WCDMA RAN

nd

turned on, an HSPA serving cell change is triggered
turned off, an HSPA serving cell change is not
triggered after a soft handover initiated due to the
reporting of event 1A or 1C is complete.
17.
upon the false reporting of event 1D. The false
reporting of event 1D indicates that there is another
cell whose signal quality is better than the signal
quality of the best cell indicated in event 1D. When
this switch is turned on, an HSPA serving cell change
is triggered upon the false reporting of event 1D.
When this switch is turned off, an HSPA serving cell
change is not triggered upon the false reporting of
event 1D.
18. HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
SPID-based mobility management function. When
this switch is turned on, the SPID-based mobility
management function takes effect. When this switch is
turned off, the SPID-based mobility management
function does not take effect. Perform compatibility
tests with devices from different vendors to prevent
compatibility issues caused by interface mechanisms
of different vendors.
19. HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger a serving cell change upon the
reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this switch
is turned on, a serving cell change is triggered upon
the reporting of RSCP-based event 1D. When this
switch is turned off, a serving cell change is triggered
upon the reporting of Ec/No-based event 1D.
20. HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot
initiate an inter-RNC UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
21. HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether to allow UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return if the
best cell for a UE is controlled by the DRNC. When
this switch is turned on. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return is allowed and the SRNC adds

WCDMA RAN

nd
neighboring LTE cell EARFCNs of the best cell to the

RRC Connection Release message. When this switch
is turned off. In this case, UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
is forbidden. This switch is effective only when the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
switch of the "HoSwitch" parameter is turned on in
the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command.
23.
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers information
about neighboring GSM cells indicated by proprietary
IEs carried in Iur interface messages when initiating
inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to on,
the DRNC sends the information about GSM operator
groups and cell types to the SRNC through proprietary
IEs carried in the Radio Link Setup Response or
Radio Link Addition Response message. Upon
reception of this information, the SRNC selects
appropriate neighboring GSM cells as the target cells
for inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is set to
off, the DRNC does not send the information about
neighboring GSM cells to the SRNC and the SRNC
does not consider the preceding information when
24.
WITCH: Whether the SRNC filters neighboring GSM
cells of DRNC cells in the active set based on UE's
HPLMN. When this switch is set to on, the SRNC
compares the proprietary IE "PLMN Identity" of a
neighboring GSM cell in the Radio Link Setup
Response or Radio Link Addition Response message
with the HPLMN of the UE. If they are the same, the
SRNC initiates an inter-RAT handover to the
neighboring GSM cell. If not, the inter-RAT handover

WCDMA RAN

nd
cannot be initiated. When this switch is set to off, the

SRNC does not perform the preceding filtering.
25.
H: When this switch is set to on, the RNC does not
send the 1C measurement control message to the UE.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC sends the 1C
measurement control message to the UE. This switch
is set to off by default.
26. HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC considers connected-mode E-UTRA frequency
priorities specified by [UCELLNFREQPRIOIN-
FO:NPriorityConnect] during UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and redirections. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC performs measurement control
and target frequency selection based on the configured
connected-mode E-UTRA frequency priorities during
non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections, measurement-based CSFBs or SRVCC
fast returns, and blind CSFB fast returns. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not consider
connected-mode E-UTRA frequency priorities in the
preceding scenarios. In addition, this switch controls
whether the RNC performs target frequency selection
preferentially based on the frequency priorities
(including priorities of SPIDs, IMSIs, and connected-
mode E-UTRA frequencies) after receiving an event
3C measurement report from LTE during non-
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections and measurement-based CSFBs or
SRVCC fast returns. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC selects a target frequency in descending
order of priorities. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC selects a target frequency in descending order of
signal quality.
27.
WITCH2: Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT
handovers based on the neighboring GSM cell
information carried in standard IEs in Iur-interface
messages. When this switch is set to on, the DRNC
sends the operator group information of neighboring
GSM cells to the SRNC through standard IEs carried
in the Radio Link Setup Response or Radio Link
Addition Response message. Upon reception of this
information, the SRNC selects appropriate
neighboring GSM cells as the target cells of inter-RAT
handovers. When this switch is set to off, the DRNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
does not send the operator group information of

neighboring GSM cell information to the SRNC and
the SRNC does not consider this information when
28.HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITC
H:Whether to trigger measurement-based UMTS-to-
LTE fast return for an SRVCC UE whose CS service
has been released in the UMTS network. SRVCC is
short for single radio voice call continuity.When this
switch is set to on, measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
fast return can be triggered for an SRVCC UE whose
CS service has been released in the UMTS network.
UMTS network.
29.HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers the measurement-
their voice services are released on the UMTS
the UE.
30.HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC triggers the UMTS-to-LTE
fast return for CSFB UEs based on the RSCP of the
best cell after their voice services are released on the
UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the
cell.
31.HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_S
WITCH: Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE processing
CS+PS combined services can fast return to the LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
network through handovers after the CS service of the

UE is released. SRVCC is short for single radio voice
call continuity and CS FB is short for CS
fallback.When this switch is set to on, the SRVCC or
CSFB UE can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE handover if the
UE detects the signal of an LTE cell and supports
UMTS-to-LTE handover when the
ITCH is set to off. When this switch is set to off, a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection is triggered in the
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
CH, HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,
WITCH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH2,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
CH,
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
SWH,
ET,
H,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH2,
CH,
CH,
TCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWI
TCH:
1,HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_O
PTSWH:
0,HO_INTRA_DETSET_DRNC_CELL_INTO_ACT
SET:
0,HO_1A_OR_1C_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH:
0,HO_1D_TRIG_SERV_CELL_CHG_JUDGE_SWI
TCH:0,HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH:
0,HO_SRV_CELL_CHG_1D_RSCP_SWITCH:
0,HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH:
1,HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_INTER_RAT_DRNC_GSMNCELL_FILTER_
SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_1A_REPLACE_1C_SWIT
CH:0,HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH:
SWITCH2:0,HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LT
E_SWITCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH:
0,HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SW
ITCH:0
U2LTES BSC690 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Timer for LTE measurement when the UE
igMeasT 0 UU2LT 140226 Return has only signaling connections. The RNC starts this
ime EHONC WRFD- from timer for LTE measurement. When the timer expires,
OV 171223 UMTS the RNC stops LTE measurement.
to LTE GUI Value Range: 1~10
Fast Unit: s
Return
to LTE Actual Value Range: 1~10
for Default Value: 3
SRVCC
User
U2LTES BSC691 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Timer for LTE measurement when the UE
igMeasT 0 UU2LT 140226 Return has only signaling connections. The RNC starts this
ime EHONC WRFD- from timer for LTE measurement. When the timer expires,
OV 171223 UMTS the RNC stops LTE measurement.
Fast Unit: s
Return
to LTE Actual Value Range: 1~10
for Default Value: 3
SRVCC
User

WCDMA RAN

nd
SigTarg BSC690 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
etRatTh 0 UU2LT 140226 Return threshold for reporting event 3C during LTE
dRSRP EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
OV 171223 UMTS UMTS-to-LTE redirection with only signaling
to LTE connections. If the RSRP of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRP of an
Return LTE cell falls below this threshold, the UE does not
to LTE report event 3C. For details about this parameter, see
for 3GPP TS 25.331.The RNC carries the Threshold other
SRVCC system IE in the measurement control message sent to
User the UE. This IE is used to calculate the actual value of
the inter-RAT measurement threshold. Actual value =
Threshold other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold other
system = GUI value - 116.
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -140~-44(Actual value meets the
condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 141)
Default Value: 36
SigTarg BSC691 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
dRSRP EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
to LTE connections. If the RSRP of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRP of an
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
SigTarg BSC690 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received quality (RSRQ)
dRSRQ EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
to LTE connections. If the RSRQ of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRQ of an
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -19.5~-3(Actual Value = GUI
Value*0.5 - 20)
Default Value: 20
SigTarg BSC691 SET WRFD- Fast Meaning: Reference signal received quality (RSRQ)
dRSRQ EHONC WRFD- from measurement control for non-coverage-triggered
to LTE connections. If the RSRQ of an LTE cell reaches this
Fast threshold, the UE reports event 3C. If the RSRQ of an
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -19.5~-3(Actual Value = GUI
Value*0.5 - 20)
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
FastRetu BSC690 ADD WRFD- DB- Meaning:

rnToLT 0 UCELL 150209 HSDPA 1. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
ESwitch HOCO WRFD- Fast Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
MM 140226 Return a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
MOD WRFD- from terminating the CS service.
UCELL 171223 UMTS When this switch is turned on, the RNC releases the
HOCO to LTE RRC connection by sending to a UE an RRC
MM Fast CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries the
Return information about UE-supported LTE frequencies if
to LTE the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
for CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
SRVCC does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
User UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
2. HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether the information about frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message the RNC sends
to a CS fallback UE in a UMTS cell for RRC
connection release. This parameter is configured at the
cell. When this switch is turned on, the information
about UE-supported frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells is carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message. When this switch is turned off, the
information about UE-supported frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is not carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message.
3.
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
fast return for an SRVCC UE whose CS service has
been released in the UMTS network. SRVCC is short
for single radio voice call continuity.When this switch
is set to on, measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
return can be triggered for an SRVCC UE whose CS
service has been released in the UMTS network.
UMTS network.
4.
CH: Whether the RNC triggers the measurement-
their voice services are released in a cell on the UMTS

WCDMA RAN

nd

the UE.
5.
CH: Whether the RNC triggers the UMTS-to-LTE fast
return for CSFB UEs based on the RSCP of the best
cell after their voice services are released in a cell on
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the
cell.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,
CH,
CH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH
Default Value:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
0,HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
FastRetu BSC691 ADD WRFD- DB- Meaning:

rnToLT 0 UCELL 150209 HSDPA 1. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
ESwitch HOCO WRFD- Fast Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
MM 140226 Return a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
MOD WRFD- from terminating the CS service.
UCELL 171223 UMTS When this switch is turned on, the RNC releases the
HOCO to LTE RRC connection by sending to a UE an RRC
MM Fast CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries the
Return information about UE-supported LTE frequencies if
to LTE the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
for CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
SRVCC does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
User UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
2. HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether the information about frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message the RNC sends
to a CS fallback UE in a UMTS cell for RRC
connection release. This parameter is configured at the
cell. When this switch is turned on, the information
about UE-supported frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells is carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message. When this switch is turned off, the
information about UE-supported frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is not carried in the RRC
3.
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
fast return for an SRVCC UE whose CS service has
been released in the UMTS network. SRVCC is short
for single radio voice call continuity.When this switch
is set to on, measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
return can be triggered for an SRVCC UE whose CS
service has been released in the UMTS network.
UMTS network.
4.
CH: Whether the RNC triggers the measurement-
their voice services are released in a cell on the UMTS

WCDMA RAN

nd

the UE.
5.
CH: Whether the RNC triggers the UMTS-to-LTE fast
return for CSFB UEs based on the RSCP of the best
cell after their voice services are released in a cell on
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned on, the
cell.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH
Default Value:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:0,
CH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150215 from 1.
tch7 MPARA WRFD- LTE to PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
171223 UMTS WITCH:
with PS PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WRFD- Handov
150250 WITCH:Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
er single-CS voice service has been released can trigger
WRFD- Fast a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
140226 Return only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- to LTE radio voice call continuity and CSFB is short for CS
020701 for fallback. When this switch is set to on, an SRVCC or
WRFD- SRVCC CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been
020310 User released can trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-
3C- LTE fast return with only signaling connections.
WRFD- When this switch is set to off, an SRVCC or CSFB UE
020806 HSDPA
whose single-CS voice service has been released
Fast cannot trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
Return fast return with only signaling connections.
from
UMTS 2.
to LTE PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
AMR/W rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
B-AMR services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
Speech handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Rates performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
Control services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
3G/2G admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS services
Commo can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a minimum level.
n Load When this switch is turned off, the inter-RAT
Manage handover admission fails if CS+PS combined services
ment fail to be admitted during an SRVCC handover.
Differen 3.
tiated PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
Service :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
Based the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
on SPI Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Weight uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
report use satellite transmission.
Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
report do not use satellite transmission.
When this switch is set to on, cells carried in the event
1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active set in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off,

cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can be added
to the active set in the preceding scenario.
4.
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the "Inter-
System Information Transparent Container" IE
contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
message.
This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
5.
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
carries the complete UE historical information in
UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
on, the Relocation Required message carries the
complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
Relocation Required message carriers only the last
serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-
to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
released for the first time. When this switch is turned
on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-to-
LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC connection
state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast return at any
time when the UE's AMR service is released, and a
CSFB UE can even trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
return when its RRC connection is released.
7.
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: The HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE services of

incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
when the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled.
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
8.
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH:
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.
10.
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not supporting
the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature, falls back to
use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the

CPC and 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA features at the
same time.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
same time.
12.
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIE
VE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /
Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
message from the CN.
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established

WCDMA RAN

nd
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following

situations:
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS
BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
dynamically allocating an initial data rate for the PS
BE service if PS+CS combined services are being
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm of
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
0,
ITCH:0,
0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0,
GHT:1,
VE:0,
_OPT:0,
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150215 from 1.
tch7 MPARA WRFD- LTE to PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
171223 UMTS WITCH:
with PS PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WRFD- Handov
150250 WITCH:Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
er single-CS voice service has been released can trigger
WRFD- Fast a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
140226 Return only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- to LTE radio voice call continuity and CSFB is short for CS
020701 for fallback. When this switch is set to on, an SRVCC or
WRFD- SRVCC CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been
020310 User released can trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-
3C- LTE fast return with only signaling connections.
WRFD- When this switch is set to off, an SRVCC or CSFB UE
020806 HSDPA
whose single-CS voice service has been released
Fast cannot trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
Return fast return with only signaling connections.
from
UMTS 2.
to LTE PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
AMR/W rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
B-AMR services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
Speech handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Rates performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
Control services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
3G/2G admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS services
Commo can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a minimum level.
n Load When this switch is turned off, the inter-RAT
Manage handover admission fails if CS+PS combined services
ment fail to be admitted during an SRVCC handover.
Differen 3.
tiated PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
Service :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
Based the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
on SPI Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Weight uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
report use satellite transmission.
Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
report do not use satellite transmission.
When this switch is set to on, cells carried in the event
1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active set in

WCDMA RAN

nd

cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can be added
to the active set in the preceding scenario.
4.
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the "Inter-
System Information Transparent Container" IE
contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
message.
This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
5.
_SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
carries the complete UE historical information in
UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
on, the Relocation Required message carries the
complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
Relocation Required message carriers only the last
serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-
to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-to-
LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC connection
state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast return at any
time when the UE's AMR service is released, and a
CSFB UE can even trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
return when its RRC connection is released.
7.
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).

WCDMA RAN

nd

incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
8.
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.
10.
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not supporting
the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature, falls back to
use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the

same time.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
same time.
12.
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
VE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /
Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established

WCDMA RAN

nd
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following

situations:
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS
BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm of
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
0,
ITCH:0,
0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0,
GHT:1,
VE:0,
_OPT:0,
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- TCP Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 170202 Proxy 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Seamles WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 170201 s Crystal Information Sharing Switch)
WRFD- Voice Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150252 Video LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
WRFD- Service load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
150253 Rate 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Adaptio RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- n
170104 UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
VoIP after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- Applicat from the LTE cell.
171201 ion 0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Manage support the RIM-based load information sharing
171202 ment function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
WRFD- Seamles information sharing request from an LTE cell.
150255 s Paging 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
WRFD- Crystal CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
150254 Voice in Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
Deep LTE cells through the RAN information management
Coverag (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
e procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Ultrafast 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
CS Call information about LTE cells through the RIM
Setup procedure.
Differen 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
tiated the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Service procedure.
Based
on 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Termina Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
l 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Differen uplink.
tiated 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Service uplink.
Based
on 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Applicat Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
ion 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Resourc downlink.
e
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Reservat
downlink.
ion
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Service Rate Adaption Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is

enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS UEs that are
processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can either be VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. the VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.

WCDMA RAN

nd
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through
the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
Whether to use the RB fast setup function for RB
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
1: This switch is turned on. The RB fast setup function
is used for RB setups accompanied by DRDs with
changing SRBs.
0: This switch is turned off. The simultaneous setup
procedure is used for RB setups accompanied by
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP

proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function
does not take effect.
14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not release
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER

SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
For details, see 3GPP TS 23.216.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters

WCDMA RAN

nd
can be queried by running the RNC MML command

"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".
triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state

consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
This switch is set to OFF by default.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
synchronization failure.
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
the preceding scenario.
GUI Value Range:
INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITC
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH,
APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITCH
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITCH
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH,
CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH,
L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWI
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH,
PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH,
D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Actual Value Range:

TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- TCP Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 170202 Proxy 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Seamles WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 170201 s Crystal Information Sharing Switch)
WRFD- Voice Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150252 Video LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
WRFD- Service load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
150253 Rate 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Adaptio RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- n
170104 UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
VoIP after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- Applicat from the LTE cell.
171201 ion 0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Manage support the RIM-based load information sharing
171202 ment function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
WRFD- Seamles information sharing request from an LTE cell.
150255 s Paging 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
WRFD- Crystal CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
150254 Voice in Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
Deep LTE cells through the RAN information management
Coverag (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
e procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Ultrafast 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
CS Call information about LTE cells through the RIM
Setup procedure.
Differen 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
tiated the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Service procedure.
Based
on 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Termina Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
l 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Differen uplink.
tiated 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Service uplink.
Based
on 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Applicat Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
ion 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Resourc downlink.
e
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Reservat
downlink.
ion
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Service Rate Adaption Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is

enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS UEs that are
processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can either be VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. the VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.

WCDMA RAN

nd
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through
the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
changing SRBs.
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP

proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function
does not take effect.
14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
UE's RRC connection.
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER

SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters

WCDMA RAN

nd
can be queried by running the RNC MML command

"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".
triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state

consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
synchronization failure.
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Actual Value Range:

TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:0
SibCfgB BSC690 ADD WRFD- System Meaning: Whether certain system information blocks
itMap 0 UCELL 010401 Informat are broadcast in a cell. If a system information block
SIBSWI WRFD- ion is selected, this block is broadcast in the cell.
TCH 020126 Broadca GUI Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18, SIB19,
MOD sting SIB11BIS
UCELL Mobility Unit: None
SIBSWI Between
TCH UMTS Actual Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18,
and LTE SIB19, SIB11BIS
Phase 1 Default Value:
SIB2:0,SIB4:0,SIB12:0,SIB18:0,SIB19:0,SIB11BIS:0
SibCfgB BSC691 ADD WRFD- System Meaning: Whether certain system information blocks
itMap 0 UCELL 010401 Informat are broadcast in a cell. If a system information block
SIBSWI WRFD- ion is selected, this block is broadcast in the cell.
TCH 020126 Broadca GUI Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18, SIB19,
MOD sting SIB11BIS
UCELL Mobility Unit: None
SIBSWI Between
TCH UMTS Actual Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18,
and LTE SIB19, SIB11BIS
Phase 1 Default Value:
SIB2:0,SIB4:0,SIB12:0,SIB18:0,SIB19:0,SIB11BIS:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC discards the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on.
Scenario 1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends
a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC during its
RRC connection release, the RNC decreases the value
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
Scenario 2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC
determines that the SRNC is from another vendor.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
INFORMATION message sent by the RNC to UEs in
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Preallocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Optimization Switch)
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell
Reselections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH:
Whether the RNC triggers a blind-mode-based fast
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
Release Command message from the CS domain of
the CN. When this switch is turned on,
RESERVED_SWITCH_17_BIT22 under the
RsvSwitch17 parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA command must also be set to 1.
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing for
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON.
Scenario 1: The pre-configuration of the compressed
mode is timed out when a UE has connections over
the Iur interface. The UE subsequently initiates a
softer handover to a cell under the DRNC. During the
softer handover, the DRNC does not send a
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
Scenario 2: During a hard handover, the NodeB
notifies the RNC of an RL failure by RL set ID. On
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL
on which the notification is received and starts a timer
to wait for the RL to recover.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL

links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
Scenario 6: When a UE still has multiple RLs over the
Iur interface after the first RL is removed by the
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
Scenario 7: The RNSAP_RL_RECFG_READY
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) A UE
only has multiple RLs under a NodeB of the RNC. (2)
The UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is
carried on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink
Enhanced L2 feature. (3) An RB reconfiguration
procedure is initiated to reconfigure the PS service to
HSDPA channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2
feature. The RB reconfiguration procedure is
accompanied by a serving cell change.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource
insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure

again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd

Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure.
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's
connection is abnormally released.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between

the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure in this scenario.
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNC after finishing a combined cell update and
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The DRNC
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The DRNC
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

WCDMA RAN

nd
released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset

message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition prior to the CS RAB
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RL
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RL
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration for PS
services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Relocations):
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
relocations of CS voice services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch):
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
AMRC function is enabled in either of the following
scenarios: A UE's response to the Cell Update
Confirm message does not contain the CFN. The RB
SETUP CMP message sent by a UE performing
combined services during a DRD procedure does not
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services):
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch):
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
receiving a CONNECT ACK direct transfer message.
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs compatibility processing
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Relocations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Reselections During
RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
reconfiguration procedure.
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH,
CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,
CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITCH,
UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_SW
ITCH,
CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH,
IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CHG,
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH,
U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET,
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,
DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH,
CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH,
NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH,
FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH,
SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SWI
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on.
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Preallocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell
Reselections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH:
Whether the RNC triggers a blind-mode-based fast
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
Release Command message from the CS domain of
the CN. When this switch is turned on,
RESERVED_SWITCH_17_BIT22 under the
RsvSwitch17 parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA command must also be set to 1.
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing for
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL
on which the notification is received and starts a timer
to wait for the RL to recover.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL

links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) A UE
only has multiple RLs under a NodeB of the RNC. (2)
The UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is
carried on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink
Enhanced L2 feature. (3) An RB reconfiguration
procedure is initiated to reconfigure the PS service to
HSDPA channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2
feature. The RB reconfiguration procedure is
accompanied by a serving cell change.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource
insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure

again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd

Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure.
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's
connection is abnormally released.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between

the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

WCDMA RAN

nd
released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset

message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration for PS
services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Relocations):
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch):
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services):
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch):
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
receiving a CONNECT ACK direct transfer message.
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Relocations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Reselections During
RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1
SPriorit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Absolute priority level of the serving cell when a UE
SELRE WRFD- Cell performs cell reselection.
SEL 140226 Update
The UE compares the absolute priority level of the
MOD WRFD- Fast serving cell with that of neighboring frequencies, and
UCELL 020126 Return specifies the target frequency based on the comparison
SELRE from result. That is,
SEL UMTS
to LTE when the priority level of the serving cell is smaller
than that of the neighboring frequency, the UE
Mobility measures the neighboring frequency. If the signal of
Between cells on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
UMTS requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
and LTE
Phase 1 When the priority level of the serving cell is larger
measures the neighboring frequency only when the
signal of the serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells
on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
The value of this parameter is set during network
planning.
For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPriorit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Absolute priority level of the serving cell when a UE
SELRE WRFD- Cell performs cell reselection.
SEL 140226 Update
The UE compares the absolute priority level of the
MOD WRFD- Fast serving cell with that of neighboring frequencies, and
UCELL 020126 Return specifies the target frequency based on the comparison
SELRE from result. That is,
SEL UMTS
to LTE when the priority level of the serving cell is smaller
Mobility measures the neighboring frequency. If the signal of
Between cells on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
UMTS requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
and LTE
Phase 1 When the priority level of the serving cell is larger
measures the neighboring frequency only when the
signal of the serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells
on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection.
planning.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 020201 Node B This parameter specifies the absolute priority level of
NFREQ WRFD- Softer the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 020203 Handov
FO er The UE compares the value of this parameter with the
WRFD- absolute priority level of the serving cell, and specifies
MOD Inter the target frequency based on the comparison result.
020202
UCELL RNC
NFREQ WRFD- Soft That is,
PRIOIN 0106140 Handov when the value of this parameter is greater than the
FO 4 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
WRFD- neighboring frequency. If the signal of cells on the
Intra
0203080 neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
RNC
2 the UE initiates the cell reselection.
Soft
WRFD- Handov When the value of this parameter is smaller than the
021200 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency only when the signal of the
WRFD- HSUPA
serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells on the
140226 2ms/
neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
10ms
WRFD- the UE initiates the cell reselection.
TTI
020310 Handov The value of this parameter is set during network
WRFD- er planning.
150219 PS The greater the value of this parameter is, the easier
WRFD- Handov the UE reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller
020308 er the value of this parameter is, the harder the UE
Between reselects a cell on this frequency.
WRFD-
UMTS For details on this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
0106120
and GUI Value Range: 0~7
4
GPRS
WRFD- Unit: None
HCS
020309 Actual Value Range: 0~7
(Hierarc
WRFD- hical Default Value: None
020126 Cell
WRFD- Structur
020301 e)
WRFD- Fast
020129 Return
from
WRFD- UMTS
020302 to LTE
WRFD- 3G/2G
020303 Commo
WRFD- n Load
020304 Manage
ment
WRFD-
020305 Coverag
e Based

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PS
020306 Redirect
WRFD- ion from
0203080 UMTS
1 to LTE
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Phase
2
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT

WCDMA RAN

nd
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
NACC(
Network
Assisted
Cell
Change)

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

y 0 UCELL 020201 Node B This parameter specifies the absolute priority level of
NFREQ WRFD- Softer the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 020203 Handov
FO er The UE compares the value of this parameter with the
WRFD- absolute priority level of the serving cell, and specifies
MOD Inter the target frequency based on the comparison result.
020202
UCELL RNC
NFREQ WRFD- Soft That is,
PRIOIN 0106140 Handov when the value of this parameter is greater than the
FO 4 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
WRFD- neighboring frequency. If the signal of cells on the
Intra
0203080 neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
RNC
2 the UE initiates the cell reselection.
Soft
WRFD- Handov When the value of this parameter is smaller than the
021200 er priority level of the serving cell, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency only when the signal of the
WRFD- HSUPA
serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells on the
140226 2ms/
neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
10ms
WRFD- the UE initiates the cell reselection.
TTI
020310 Handov The value of this parameter is set during network
WRFD- er planning.
150219 PS The greater the value of this parameter is, the easier
WRFD- Handov the UE reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller
020308 er the value of this parameter is, the harder the UE
Between reselects a cell on this frequency.
WRFD-
UMTS For details on this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
0106120
and GUI Value Range: 0~7
4
GPRS
WRFD- Unit: None
HCS
020309 Actual Value Range: 0~7
(Hierarc
WRFD- hical Default Value: None
020126 Cell
WRFD- Structur
020301 e)
WRFD- Fast
020129 Return
from
WRFD- UMTS
020302 to LTE
WRFD- 3G/2G
020303 Commo
WRFD- n Load
020304 Manage
ment
WRFD-
020305 Coverag
e Based

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PS
020306 Redirect
WRFD- ion from
0203080 UMTS
1 to LTE
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Phase
2
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT

WCDMA RAN

nd
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
NACC(
Network
Assisted
Cell
Change)

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdPrio BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP threshold for determining whether a UE
ch1 SELRE WRFD- Cell performs measurements of low-priority frequencies
SEL 020126 Update and how often a UE performs measurements of high-
MOD Mobility priority frequencies. CPICH stands for Common Pilot
UCELL Between Channel and RSCP stands for received signal code
SELRE UMTS power. A UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL and LTE and high-priority frequencies under either of the
Phase 1 following conditions:
SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
SqualServingCell <= Sprioritysearch2
where,
SrxlevServingCell equals RSCP measured in the
serving cell minus the minimum access level.
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of this parameter.
SqualServingCell equals Ec/No measured in the
serving cell minus the minimum signal quality.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of
ThdPrioritySearch2. A UE performs measurements of
higher-priority frequencies at a minimum interval of
Thigher_priority_search when the following
conditions are met:
SrxlevServingCell > Sprioritysearch1
SqualServingCell > Sprioritysearch2
As defined in 3GPP TS 25.133,
Thigher_priority_search equals (60 x Nlayers)
seconds. Nlayers is the total number of configured
higher-priority E-UTRA, UTRA FDD and UTRA
TDD carrier frequencies and is increased by one if one
or more groups of GSM frequencies are configured
with a higher priority. For details about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP threshold for determining whether a UE
ch1 SELRE WRFD- Cell performs measurements of low-priority frequencies
SEL 020126 Update and how often a UE performs measurements of high-
MOD Mobility priority frequencies. CPICH stands for Common Pilot
UCELL Between Channel and RSCP stands for received signal code
SELRE UMTS power. A UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL and LTE and high-priority frequencies under either of the
Phase 1 following conditions:
SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
where,
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of this parameter.
ThdPrioritySearch2. A UE performs measurements of
higher-priority frequencies at a minimum interval of
conditions are met:
As defined in 3GPP TS 25.133,
Thigher_priority_search equals (60 x Nlayers)
seconds. Nlayers is the total number of configured
higher-priority E-UTRA, UTRA FDD and UTRA
TDD carrier frequencies and is increased by one if one
or more groups of GSM frequencies are configured
with a higher priority. For details about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qrxlevm BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
in 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH RSCP. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH RSCP is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of RX level for
MOD Inter cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides whether
UCELL RNC the UE can camp on the cell according to the cell
SELRE Cell selection/reselection criteria. The setting of Qrxlevmin
SEL Update should be related to Qqualmin. For details about this
parameter, see section 10.3.2.3 in 3GPP TS 25.331.
GUI Value Range: -58~-13
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25
Default Value: -58
Qrxlevm BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
in 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH RSCP. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH RSCP is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of RX level for
MOD Inter cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides whether
UCELL RNC the UE can camp on the cell according to the cell
SELRE Cell selection/reselection criteria. The setting of Qrxlevmin
SEL Update should be related to Qqualmin. For details about this
parameter, see section 10.3.2.3 in 3GPP TS 25.331.
Unit: 2dBm
Default Value: -58

WCDMA RAN

nd

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH Ec/No threshold for determining whether a
ch2 SELRE WRFD- Cell UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL 020126 Update frequencies and how often a UE performs
MOD Mobility measurements of high-priority frequencies. A UE
UCELL Between performs measurements of low-priority and high-
SELRE UMTS priority frequencies under either of the following
SEL and LTE conditions:
Phase 1 SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
where,
ThdPrioritySearch1.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of this parameter. A
UE performs measurements of higher-priority
frequencies at a minimum interval of
conditions are met:
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd

ritySear 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH Ec/No threshold for determining whether a
ch2 SELRE WRFD- Cell UE performs measurements of low-priority
SEL 020126 Update frequencies and how often a UE performs
MOD Mobility measurements of high-priority frequencies. A UE
UCELL Between performs measurements of low-priority and high-
SELRE UMTS priority frequencies under either of the following
SEL and LTE conditions:
Phase 1 SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
where,
ThdPrioritySearch1.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of this parameter. A
UE performs measurements of higher-priority
frequencies at a minimum interval of
conditions are met:
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
Qqualmi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
n 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH Ec/No. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH Ec/No is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of quality level
MOD Inter for cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides
UCELL RNC whether the UE can camp on the cell according to the
SELRE Cell cell selection/reselection criteria. For details about this
SEL Update parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range: -24~0
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -24~0
Default Value: -18

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qqualmi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold
n 0 UCELL 010801 RNC corresponding to CPICH Ec/No. When the measured
SELRE WRFD- Cell CPICH Ec/No is larger than the value of this
SEL 010802 Update parameter, the cell meets the S criteria of quality level
MOD Inter for cell selection/reselection. The RNC decides
UCELL RNC whether the UE can camp on the cell according to the
SELRE Cell cell selection/reselection criteria. For details about this
SEL Update parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -18
RSRQS BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether SIB19 contains the RSRQ-related
witch 0 UCELL 020126 Between "ThdToHighRSRQ", "ThdToLowRSRQ",
NFREQ UMTS "EQqualmin" and "ThdServingLow2"(See "ADD
PRIOIN and LTE UCELLSELRESEL") parameters. When this
FO Phase 1 parameter is set to True, SIB19 contains these
MOD parameters. When this parameter is set to False,
UCELL SIB19 does not contain these parameters. For details
NFREQ about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
PRIOIN GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
FO Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
Default Value: False
RSRQS BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Whether SIB19 contains the RSRQ-related
witch 0 UCELL 020126 Between "ThdToHighRSRQ", "ThdToLowRSRQ",
NFREQ UMTS "EQqualmin" and "ThdServingLow2"(See "ADD
PRIOIN and LTE UCELLSELRESEL") parameters. When this
FO Phase 1 parameter is set to True, SIB19 contains these
MOD parameters. When this parameter is set to False,
UCELL SIB19 does not contain these parameters. For details
FO Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE

WCDMA RAN

nd
EQrxlev BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: This parameter indicates the minimum
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between required RSRP of the cell on the target frequency.
NFREQ UMTS During cell reselection decision, the Srxlev is obtained
PRIOIN and LTE by the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
FO Phase 1 measured by the UE minus the value of this
MOD parameter. If the Srxlev is greater than the parameter
UCELL of the target cell during the interval defined by
NFREQ Treselections, the UE performs cell reselection to the
PRIOIN target cell. The value of this parameter is set during
FO network planning. The greater the value of this
parameter is, the harder the UE reselects a cell on this
frequency, the smaller the value of this parameter is,
the easier the UE reselects a cell on this frequency.
For details on this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dBm
Default Value: -70
EQrxlev BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: This parameter indicates the minimum
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between required RSRP of the cell on the target frequency.
NFREQ UMTS During cell reselection decision, the Srxlev is obtained
PRIOIN and LTE by the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
FO Phase 1 measured by the UE minus the value of this
MOD parameter. If the Srxlev is greater than the parameter
UCELL of the target cell during the interval defined by
NFREQ Treselections, the UE performs cell reselection to the
PRIOIN target cell. The value of this parameter is set during
FO network planning. The greater the value of this
parameter is, the harder the UE reselects a cell on this
frequency, the smaller the value of this parameter is,
the easier the UE reselects a cell on this frequency.
Unit: 2dBm
Default Value: -70

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qrxlevm BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Minimum CPICH RSCP for the
in 0 UINTE 010802 RNC neighboring cell on cell reselection. The neighboring
RFREQ Cell cell can be involved in cell sorting for reselection only
NCELL Update when its CPICH RSCP is above this threshold. If this
MOD parameter is set to the same value as Qrxlevmin for
UINTE the serving cell, Qrxlevmin is not contained in SIB11
RFREQ or SIB12. In this case, the UE extracts the Qrxlevmin
NCELL from SIB3. For details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331.
Qrxlevmin should be set to a proper value, to match
Qqualmin.
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25( Actual value = -115
+ (58 + GUI value) x 2)
Default Value: -58
Qrxlevm BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Minimum CPICH RSCP for the
in 0 UINTE 010802 RNC neighboring cell on cell reselection. The neighboring
RFREQ Cell cell can be involved in cell sorting for reselection only
NCELL Update when its CPICH RSCP is above this threshold. If this
MOD parameter is set to the same value as Qrxlevmin for
UINTE the serving cell, Qrxlevmin is not contained in SIB11
RFREQ or SIB12. In this case, the UE extracts the Qrxlevmin
NCELL from SIB3. For details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331.
Qrxlevmin should be set to a proper value, to match
Qqualmin.
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25( Actual value = -115
+ (58 + GUI value) x 2)
Default Value: -58

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToH BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

igh 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
NFREQ UMTS UE performs cell reselection from the serving cell to a
PRIOIN and LTE cell on the target frequency when the absolute priority
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is greater than that of the
MOD serving cell.
UCELL The UE measures cells on the target frequency for cell
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
FO Within the interval defined by Treselections, if the
RSRP of the cell on the target frequency is greater
than the value of this parameter, the UE performs cell
reselection.
planning.
The greater the value of this parameter is, the harder
the UE reselects a cell on the target frequency, the
smaller the value of this parameter is, the easier the
UE reselects a cell on the target frequency.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToH BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

igh 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is greater than that of the
MOD serving cell.
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
RSRP of the cell on the target frequency is greater
than the value of this parameter, the UE performs cell
reselection.
planning.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10
Treselec BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

tions 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Cell reselection delay time. If the signal quality of a
SELRE WRFD- Cell neighboring cell is better than that of the serving cell
SEL 010802 Update during the specified time of this parameter, the UE
MOD WRFD- Inter reselects the neighboring cell. This parameter is used
UCELL 021200 RNC to avoid ping-pong reselection between different cells.
SELRE Cell The value 0 corresponds to the default value 1s
SEL WRFD- Update defined in the protocol.
020126
HCS For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
(Hierarc GUI Value Range: 0~31
hical
Cell Unit: s
Structur Actual Value Range: 0~31
e) Default Value: 1
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Treselec BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

tions 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Cell reselection delay time. If the signal quality of a
SELRE WRFD- Cell neighboring cell is better than that of the serving cell
SEL 010802 Update during the specified time of this parameter, the UE
MOD WRFD- Inter reselects the neighboring cell. This parameter is used
UCELL 021200 RNC to avoid ping-pong reselection between different cells.
SELRE Cell The value 0 corresponds to the default value 1s
SEL WRFD- Update defined in the protocol.
020126
HCS For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
(Hierarc GUI Value Range: 0~31
hical
Cell Unit: s
Structur Actual Value Range: 0~31
e) Default Value: 1
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
InterRat BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: Inter-RAT reselection delay scaling factor.
TreselSc 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Multiply this parameter by its reselection delay to
alingFac SELRE Cell increase the inter-RAT reselection time. This
tor SEL Update parameter is not configured when its value is 255. For
MOD details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
UCELL GUI Value Range: 4~19;255
SELRE Unit: None
SEL
Actual Value Range: 1~4.75, 255, step:0.25
Default Value: 255
InterRat BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning: Inter-RAT reselection delay scaling factor.
TreselSc 0 UCELL 010801 RNC Multiply this parameter by its reselection delay to
alingFac SELRE Cell increase the inter-RAT reselection time. This
tor SEL Update parameter is not configured when its value is 255. For
MOD details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
UCELL GUI Value Range: 4~19;255
SELRE Unit: None
SEL
Actual Value Range: 1~4.75, 255, step:0.25
Default Value: 255

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToL BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

ow 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is smaller than that of the
MOD serving cell.
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
RSRP of the serving cell is smaller than the parameter
of RSRP threshold of low-prio-freq reselection,
whereas the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
is greater than the value of this parameter, the UE
performs cell reselection.
planning.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToL BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

ow 0 UCELL 020126 Between This parameter specifies the RSRP above which the
FO Phase 1 level of the target frequency is smaller than that of the
MOD serving cell.
NFREQ reselection.
PRIOIN
RSRP of the serving cell is smaller than the parameter
of RSRP threshold of low-prio-freq reselection,
whereas the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
is greater than the value of this parameter, the UE
performs cell reselection.
planning.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 10
ThdServ BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ingLow 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP value of the serving cell below which
SELRE WRFD- Cell the UE initiates cell reselection to a cell on the
SEL 020126 Update frequency with lower priority level.
MOD Mobility The UE measures cells on the target frequency for cell
UCELL Between reselection. Within the interval defined by
SELRE UMTS Treselections, if the CPICH RSCP of the serving cell
SEL and LTE is smaller than the value of this parameter whereas the
Phase 1 CPICH RSCP of the cell on the low-priority
frequency is high, the UE performs cell reselection.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdServ BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

ingLow 0 UCELL 010801 RNC CPICH RSCP value of the serving cell below which
SELRE WRFD- Cell the UE initiates cell reselection to a cell on the
SEL 020126 Update frequency with lower priority level.
MOD Mobility The UE measures cells on the target frequency for cell
UCELL Between reselection. Within the interval defined by
SELRE UMTS Treselections, if the CPICH RSCP of the serving cell
SEL and LTE is smaller than the value of this parameter whereas the
Phase 1 CPICH RSCP of the cell on the low-priority
frequency is high, the UE performs cell reselection.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 1
EQqual BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Minimum signal quality of a cell using the
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between target UARFCN. The Squal value is equal to the UE-
NFREQ UMTS measured RSRQ in the cell using the target UARFCN
PRIOIN and LTE minus this parameter value. If the Squal value keeps
FO Phase 1 higher than "ThdToLowRSRQ" or
MOD "ThdToHighRSRQ" during the cell reselection delay
UCELL time, the UE will reselect the target cell. For details
PRIOIN GUI Value Range: -34~-3
FO Unit: dB
Default Value: -22
EQqual BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Minimum signal quality of a cell using the
min 0 UCELL 020126 Between target UARFCN. The Squal value is equal to the UE-
NFREQ UMTS measured RSRQ in the cell using the target UARFCN
PRIOIN and LTE minus this parameter value. If the Squal value keeps
FO Phase 1 higher than "ThdToLowRSRQ" or
MOD "ThdToHighRSRQ" during the cell reselection delay
UCELL time, the UE will reselect the target cell. For details
PRIOIN GUI Value Range: -34~-3
FO Unit: dB
Default Value: -22

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qqualmi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning:

n 0 UINTE 010802 RNC Minimum CPICH Ec/No for the neighboring cell on
RFREQ WRFD- Cell cell reselection. The neighboring cell can be involved
NCELL 020126 Update in cell sorting for reselection only when its CPICH
MOD Mobility Ec/No is above this threshold. If this parameter is set
UINTE Between to the same value as Qqualmin for the serving cell,
RFREQ UMTS Qqualmin is not contained in SIB11 or SIB12. In this
NCELL and LTE case, the UE extracts the Qqualmin from SIB3. For
Phase 1 details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331. According to the
3GPP TS 25.304, S criterion for cell reselection is
defined as follows: Srxlev > 0 and Squal > 0
Here,
Squal = Qqualmeas - Qqualmin
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas - Qrxlevmin - Pcompensation
"Qqualmeas" refers to the measured CPICH Ec/No.
"Qrxlevmeas" refers to the CPICH RSCP.
"Qrxlevmin" refers to the minimum CPICH receive
power in the current cell.
Pcompensation = max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH -
P_MAX, 0)
"UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH", also named as
"MaxAllowedULTxPower", refers to the maximum
uplink transmit power when the UE accesses a cell.
"P_MAX" refers to the maximum RF output power of
the UE.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -24

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qqualmi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning:

n 0 UINTE 010802 RNC Minimum CPICH Ec/No for the neighboring cell on
RFREQ WRFD- Cell cell reselection. The neighboring cell can be involved
NCELL 020126 Update in cell sorting for reselection only when its CPICH
MOD Mobility Ec/No is above this threshold. If this parameter is set
UINTE Between to the same value as Qqualmin for the serving cell,
RFREQ UMTS Qqualmin is not contained in SIB11 or SIB12. In this
NCELL and LTE case, the UE extracts the Qqualmin from SIB3. For
Phase 1 details, see the 3GPP TS 25.331. According to the
3GPP TS 25.304, S criterion for cell reselection is
defined as follows: Srxlev > 0 and Squal > 0
Here,
Squal = Qqualmeas - Qqualmin
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas - Qrxlevmin - Pcompensation
"Qqualmeas" refers to the measured CPICH Ec/No.
"Qrxlevmeas" refers to the CPICH RSCP.
"Qrxlevmin" refers to the minimum CPICH receive
power in the current cell.
Pcompensation = max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH -
P_MAX, 0)
"UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH", also named as
"MaxAllowedULTxPower", refers to the maximum
uplink transmit power when the UE accesses a cell.
"P_MAX" refers to the maximum RF output power of
the UE.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -24

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToH BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
ighRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is higher than that of the serving cell and
PRIOIN and LTE cell reselection from the serving cell to a cell using the
FO Phase 1 target UARFCN is to be implemented. After the cell
MOD reselection measurement starts, if the signal quality of
UCELL the target cell keeps higher than this threshold during
NFREQ the cell reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the
PRIOIN target cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
FO TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
ThdToH BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
ighRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is higher than that of the serving cell and
UCELL the target cell keeps higher than this threshold during
NFREQ the cell reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the
PRIOIN target cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
FO TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdToL BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
owRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is lower than that of the serving cell and
UCELL the serving cell keeps lower than the Ec/N0 threshold
NFREQ for cell reselection towards a lower-priority cell and
PRIOIN the signal quality of the target cell keeps higher than
FO this threshold during the cell reselection delay time,
the UE will reselect the target cell. For details about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
ThdToL BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to
owRSR 0 UCELL 020126 Between "EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
Q NFREQ UMTS UARFCN is lower than that of the serving cell and
UCELL the serving cell keeps lower than the Ec/N0 threshold
NFREQ for cell reselection towards a lower-priority cell and
PRIOIN the signal quality of the target cell keeps higher than
FO this threshold during the cell reselection delay time,
the UE will reselect the target cell. For details about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdServ BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold of the serving cell
ingLow 0 UCELL 020126 Between for cell reselection towards the target cell using a
2 SELRE UMTS lower-priority frequency. After the cell reselection
SEL and LTE measurement starts, if the Ec/No of the serving cell
MOD Phase 1 keeps lower than this parameter value and the Ec/No
UCELL of the target cell using a lower-priority frequency
SELRE keeps high during the cell reselection delay time, the
SEL UE will reselect the target cell. For details about this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
ThdServ BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold of the serving cell
ingLow 0 UCELL 020126 Between for cell reselection towards the target cell using a
2 SELRE UMTS lower-priority frequency. After the cell reselection
SEL and LTE measurement starts, if the Ec/No of the serving cell
MOD Phase 1 keeps lower than this parameter value and the Ec/No
UCELL of the target cell using a lower-priority frequency
SELRE keeps high during the cell reselection delay time, the
SEL UE will reselect the target cell. For details about this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1) AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HHO
CH4 RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Rollback Switch for 12.2k AMR-NB Services)
TCH 0106090 RRC
Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2
ion and rollback caused by failed hard handovers of 12.2k
WRFD- Radio AMR-NB speech services. It is recommended that the
010101 Access timer T312 be set to 1 second (SET
WRFD- Bearer UCONNMODETIMER: T312=1;) before turning on
140226 Establis this switch. If the timer T312 is not set to 1 second,
hment AMR noise will occur on some UEs. If the AMRC
WRFD-
and feature is enabled, the RNC supports the hard
140103
Release handover failure rollback of only for 12.2 kbit/s
WRFD- narrowband AMR services.
0204000 Combin
2 ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
One CS support rollback caused by failed hard handovers of
WRFD- Service 12.2k AMR-NB speech services, leading to call drops.
140205 and One 2) RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
020302 Service Switch)
WRFD- 3GPP Whether optimization of the RRC CONNECTION
020303 R9 SETUP message takes effect.
WRFD- Specific
ations 1: This switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
020304
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the
WRFD- Fast
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020305 Return
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
from
WRFD- information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
UMTS
020306 IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same
to LTE
as RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message.
Call
Reestabl 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace
ishment the IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message.
Inter
System 3) PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Direct (Switch for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and
Retry Cell Update Procedures)
Voice During the PS service setup, the RNC undoes a
Service CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
Experie procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
nce with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
Improve procedure.
ment for 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC temporarily
Weak does not send the
Receptio RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
n Ues CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
Inter the Cell Update message is processed and the PS
Frequen service is set up successfully.

WCDMA RAN

nd
cy Hard 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly

Handov responds to the CN with a
er Based RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
on the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-
Coverag procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
e indicating that the PS service fails to be set up.
Inter- 4) TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch
RAT for Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous
Handov Uplink and Downlink Transmissions)
er Based This switch is turned on to increase the total
on throughput in the uplink and downlink only when
Coverag uplink and downlink HSPA data is transmitted
e simultaneously. In other scenarios, you are advised to
Inter turn off the switch.
Frequen 1: This switch is turned on. The function of increasing
cy Hard the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
Handov and downlink transmissions takes effect.
er Based
on DL 0: This switch is turned off. The function of increasing
QoS the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
and downlink transmissions does not take effect.
Inter-
RAT 5) PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Handov Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration)
on 1: This switch is turned on. When UE sends the RNC
Service a Cell Update message with the cause value "Radio
Inter- Link Failure", the RNC reestablishes the radio link for
RAT the UE under the following conditions:
Handov The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration message.
on Load The RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission
on SRB2 or the NodeB reports that all radio links of
the UE are out of synchronization.
reestablish the radio link for the UE under the
6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC deletes the
existing Iur radio links for the UE during the RNC
performing radio link reestablishment.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
7) RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for

RL Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB
Setup)
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure:
The RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if
the RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization upon expiration of the RL Restore
timer.
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or
REENTERED SERVICE AREA.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during an RB setup D2D
procedure, the RNC does not perform an RL
reestablishment or cell update even if the trigger
conditions are met.
8)
RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset)
When the RNC receives a TRB reset request from a
UE in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC cannot
respond to the UE with a confirm message if the
FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from
the UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not move
from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
This function helps to reduce the number of call drops
caused by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset
requests during FACH congestion.
9) SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL
Message Switch)
Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL message to
the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
command is turned on, testing the interworking

between the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN
needs to verify the serial number of direct transfer
messages, turn on this switch.
The RNC rather than the CS CN sends an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to a UE to obtain its IMEI. Upon
receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE message from
the UE:
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an MM
NULL message to the CS CN.
an MM NULL message to the CS CN.
10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH
CS paging message processing switch for UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state that support fast
dormancy on the drift radio network controller
(DRNC) side.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these
UEs to move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish
CS services when these UEs receive a CS paging
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message.
11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315
timer in the cell update message received by the UE
expires.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally
releases the connection of the UE when the T314/
T315 timer in the cell update message expires.
12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put the
activation time information element (IE) in the hard
handover configuration message for CS services.
After receiving the message, the UE immediately
activates the configuration.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC puts the

activation time IE in the hard handover configuration
message for CS services. After receiving the message,
the UE activates the configuration at the specified
activation time.
13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO)
handover configuration message for PS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates
the configuration.
message for PS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO)
handover configuration message across the Iur
interface. After receiving the message, the UE
immediately activates the configuration.
message across the Iur interface. After receiving the
message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time.
15) R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH (Switch for
Preferentially Allocating DPUe Resources to UEs
That Comply with 3GPP Release 8 or Later)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC preferentially
allocates DPUe resources in any subrack to UEs that
comply with 3GPP Release 8 or later.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC preferentially
allocates DPU resources in the subrack that the UEs
access to UEs that comply with 3GPP Release 8 or
later. The RNC allocates DPU resources in other
subracks only when the amount of consumed DPU
resources in this subrack exceeds a preset threshold
for inter-subrack resource sharing.
16)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch for

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimized Data Transmission before a State

Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)
Whether the RNC queries the RLC state before and
after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B.
A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC
state before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. If the state query fails, the UE does not perform
the state transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE
continues with the state transition. The RNC queries
the RLC state again after the state transition is
complete and before the L2 link is deactivated. If
there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB data to be transmitted to
the UE on the RLC, the paging procedure is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. The original state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is used.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
17)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(S
witch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a
radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-RAT
Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization upon
expiration of the RL Restore timer after the RNC
sends UE a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN
COMMAND message or a CELL CHANGE ORDER
FROM UTRAN message and UE fails to receive these
two messages.
18)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET)

WCDMA RAN

nd

radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic
radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the
UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in any
signaling procedure.
UE has only one PS RAB.
19)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer
(RB) release procedure under the following
conditions:
The RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message.
The UE has both CS RAB and PS RAB.
The UE is in CELL_DCH state.
It is recommended that this switch be used together
with the
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH
in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command.
20)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(
Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio bearer (RB)
setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure
under the following conditions:
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
The UE has no response to the RNC after the RNC
sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP message.

WCDMA RAN

nd
The switch RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under

"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_S
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to
on.
21)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH
Whether to correct the methods for measuring the
counters related to RAB setup or reconfiguration
failures of UEs in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB
setup or reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or
F2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement methods
of these counters are corrected based on the
measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement
methods of these counters remain unchanged.
22)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH
Whether to reestablish the call for the UE that sends a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes the
call for the UE that sends a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable error" in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
reestablish the call for the UE that sends a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state.
23)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection.
1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell is
configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its

WCDMA RAN

nd
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring

LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not perform
fast cell reselection.
24)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer
is specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
parameter in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command.
1: This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires.
25)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the enhanced function of call reestablishment
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE with a cause value of "radio link
failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering
service area" when expecting a response from the UE
to the physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario,
processes the CELL UPDATE message.
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.
This parameter takes effect only when the
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
26)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during RB reconfiguration takes effect.
message when RB reconfiguration is in progress. The
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from a UE
with a cause value of "radio link failure", "RLC
unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service area"
when expecting a response from the UE to the RB
reconfiguration process. In this scenario,

WCDMA RAN

nd

processes the CELL UPDATE message. It is
recommended that this switch be used together with
the
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
27)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH
Whether to stop RLC entities (except RLC entities
used by SRB2) for security-mode-enabled UEs whose
user signaling (except cell-related signaling) is
processed by their overflow RNCs due to load sharing
and that are in the security mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC stops RLC
entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) for such
UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused by the
ciphering activation time inconsistency between the
UEs and RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC suspends RLC
UEs.
28)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SW
ITCH
Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAB RELEASE
REQUEST or IU RELEASE COMPLETE message
carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.413.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAB RELEASE
does not carry the IE GTP PDU SN.
29)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL

transmission is not reordered.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U DL
transmission uses the DL GTP PDU SN carried by the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message as the first
SN for reordering.
30)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH
Whether not to immediately process a TRB RESET
message if the corresponding TRB resets when an
RRC-related process is in progress. Note that the
RRC-related process is a process that is initiated after
the UE in question has set up a service.
1: This switch is turned on, The RNC processes the
message after the RRC-related process is complete.
0: This switch is turned off, The RNC immediately
processes the message, releases the RAB of the UE,
and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release.
31)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
state transition for a UE not performing any RRC-
related process if the RNC detects a TRB reset.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly releases
the service of the UE and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release.
32)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reconfigures the
transport layer information and continues with data
transmission. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.413.
reconfigure the transport layer information and data
cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,
H, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH,
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITC
H, UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,
GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWIT
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWI
TCH,
RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ROR_SWITCH,
CH,
CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Process BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

Switch4 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1) AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HHO
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Rollback Switch for 12.2k AMR-NB Services)
TCH 0106090 RRC
Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2
ion and rollback caused by failed hard handovers of 12.2k
WRFD- Radio AMR speech services. It is recommended that the
010101 Access timer T312 be set to 1 second (SET
WRFD- Bearer UCONNMODETIMER: T312=1;) before turning on
140226 Establis this switch. If the timer T312 is not set to 1 second,
hment AMR noise will occur on some UEs. If the AMRC
WRFD-
and feature is enabled, the RNC supports the hard
140103
Release handover failure rollback of only for 12.2 kbit/s
WRFD- narrowband AMR services.
0204000 Combin
2 ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
One CS support rollback caused by failed hard handovers of
WRFD- Service 12.2k AMR speech services, leading to call drops.
140205 and One 2) RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
020302 Service Switch)
WRFD- 3GPP Whether optimization of the RRC CONNECTION
020303 R9 SETUP message takes effect.
WRFD- Specific
ations 1: This switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
020304
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the
WRFD- Fast
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020305 Return
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
from
WRFD- information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
UMTS
020306 IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same
to LTE
as RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message.
Call
Reestabl 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace
ishment the IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message.
Inter
System 3) PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Direct (Switch for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and
Retry Cell Update Procedures)
Voice During the PS service setup, the RNC undoes a
Service CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
Experie procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
nce with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
Improve procedure.
ment for 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC temporarily
Weak does not send the
Receptio RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
n Ues CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
Inter the Cell Update message is processed and the PS
Frequen service is set up successfully.

WCDMA RAN

nd
cy Hard 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly

Handov responds to the CN with a
er Based RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
on the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-
Coverag procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
e indicating that the PS service fails to be set up.
Inter- 4) TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch
RAT for Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous
Handov uplink and downlink Transmissions)
er Based This switch is turned on to increase the total
on throughput in the uplink and downlink only when
Coverag uplink and downlink HSPA data is transmitted
e simultaneously. In other scenarios, you are advised to
Inter turn off the switch.
Frequen 1: This switch is turned on. The function of increasing
cy Hard the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
Handov and downlink transmissions takes effect.
er Based
on DL 0: This switch is turned off. The function of increasing
QoS the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
and downlink transmissions does not take effect.
Inter-
RAT 5) PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Handov Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration)
on 1: This switch is turned on. The UE sends the RNC a
Service Cell Update message with the cause value "Radio
Inter- Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishes the radio link
RAT for the UE under the following conditions:
Handov The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration message.
on Load The RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission
on SRB2 or the NodeB reports that all radio links of
the UE are out of synchronization.
6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC deletes the
existing Iur radio links for the UE during the RNC
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
7) RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for

RL Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB
Setup)
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure:
The RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if
the RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
timer.
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or
REENTERED SERVICE AREA.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during an RB setup D2D
procedure, the RNC does not perform an RL
reestablishment or cell update even if the trigger
conditions are met.
8)
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset)
When the RNC receives a TRB reset request from a
UE in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC cannot
respond to the UE with a confirm message if the
FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from
the UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not move
from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
This function helps to reduce the number of call drops
caused by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset
requests during FACH congestion.
9) SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL
Message Switch)
Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL message to
the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
command is turned on, testing the interworking

between the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN
needs to verify the serial number of direct transfer
messages, turn on this switch.
The RNC rather than the CS CN sends an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to a UE to obtain its IMEI. Upon
receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE message from
the UE:
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an MM
NULL message to the CS CN.
an MM NULL message to the CS CN.
10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH
CS paging message processing switch for UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state that support fast
dormancy on the drift radio network controller
(DRNC) side.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these
UEs to move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish
CS services when these UEs receive a CS paging
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message.
11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315
timer in the cell update message received by the UE
expires.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally
releases the connection of the UE when the T314/
T315 timer in the cell update message expires.
12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO)
handover configuration message for CS services.
After receiving the message, the UE immediately
activates the configuration.

WCDMA RAN

nd

message for CS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO)
handover configuration message for PS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates
the configuration.
message for PS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO)
handover configuration message across the Iur
interface. After receiving the message, the UE
immediately activates the configuration.
message across the Iur interface. After receiving the
message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time.
15)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch for
Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)
Whether the RNC queries the RLC state before and
after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B.
A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC
state before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state

WCDMA RAN

nd
to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event

4B. If the state query fails, the UE does not perform
the state transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE
continues with the state transition. The RNC queries
the RLC state again after the state transition is
complete and before the L2 link is deactivated. If
there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB data to be transmitted to
the UE on the RLC, the paging procedure is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. The original state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is used.
16)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(S
witch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-RAT
Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization upon
expiration of the RL Restore timer after the RNC
sends UE a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN
COMMAND message or a CELL CHANGE ORDER
FROM UTRAN message and UE fails to receive these
two messages.
17)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET)
radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic
radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the
UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in any
signaling procedure.
UE has only one PS RAB.
18)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer

WCDMA RAN

nd
(RB) release procedure under the following

conditions:
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message.
The UE has both CS RAB and PS RAB.
The UE is in CELL_DCH state.
with the
19)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(
Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio bearer (RB)
setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure
under the following conditions:
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
The UE has no response to the RNC after the RNC
sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP message.
The switch RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to
on.
20)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to correct the methods for measuring the

counters related to RAB setup or reconfiguration
failures of UEs in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB
setup or reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or
F2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement methods
of these counters are corrected based on the
measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement
methods of these counters remain unchanged.
21)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH(RL Reestablishment Switch for PCH
UEs Experiencing RLC Unrecoverable Errors)
Whether the RNC reestablishes the radio link (RL) for
the UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state after
receiving a cell update message with the cause value
"RLC unrecoverable error" from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE.
0: This switch is set to off. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC does not reestablish the RL for the
UE.
22)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection.
1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell is
configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not perform
fast cell reselection.
23)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer
is specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
parameter in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE

transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires.
24)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE with a cause value of "radio link
failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering
service area" when expecting a response from the UE
to the physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
25)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during RB reconfiguration takes effect.
message when RB reconfiguration is in progress. The
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from a UE
with a cause value of "radio link failure", "RLC
unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service area"
when expecting a response from the UE to the RB
reconfiguration process. In this scenario,
with the
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message in

WCDMA RAN

nd

RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
26)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH
Whether to stop RLC entities (except RLC entities
used by SRB2) for security-mode-enabled UEs whose
user signaling (except cell-related signaling) is
processed by their overflow RNCs due to load sharing
and that are in the security mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC stops RLC
UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused by the
ciphering activation time inconsistency between the
UEs and RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC suspends RLC
UEs.
27)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SW
ITCH
Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAB RELEASE
carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.413.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAB RELEASE
does not carry the IE GTP PDU SN.
28)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U DL
transmission uses the DL GTP PDU SN carried by the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message as the first
SN for reordering.
29)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether not to immediately process a TRB RESET

message if the corresponding TRB resets when an
RRC-related process is in progress. Note that the
RRC-related process is a process that is initiated after
the UE in question has set up a service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC processes the
message after the RRC-related process is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately
processes the message, releases the RAB of the UE,
and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release.
30)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
state transition for a UE not performing any RRC-
related process if the RNC detects a TRB reset.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly releases
the service of the UE and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release.
31)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reconfigures the
transport layer information and continues with data
transmission. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.413.
reconfigure the transport layer information and data
cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
ROR_SWITCH,
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ROR_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsInactT BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

mrForIn 0 UPSIN 010901 RNC Protection timer T1 for PS interactive services. If a
t ACTTI WRFD- URA UE performing PS interactive services has no data
MER 010510 Update transmission within a period of time specified by this
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 timer, the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to
010902 3.6/27.2 release the UE's services.
Kbps This parameter and "ProtectTmrForInt" in the "SET
WRFD- RRC
140226 UPSINACTTIMER" command must be both set to
Connect zero or a non-zero value. Otherwise, the system uses
WRFD- ion and the RNC-level parameter "PsInactTmrForInt" rather
010202 Radio than this parameter.
WRFD- Access
Bearer GUI Value Range: 0~14400
010801
Establis Unit: s
WRFD-
hment Actual Value Range: 0~14400
010302
and
WRFD- Default Value: 20
Release
010802
Inter
WRFD- RNC
010301 URA
Update
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
UE
State in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELL-
DCH,
CELL-
PCH,
URA-
PCH,
CELL-
FACH)
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Paging
UE in
CELL_F
ACH,
CELL_

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH
State
(Type 2)
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH
State
(Type 1)

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsInactT BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

mrForIn 0 UPSIN 010901 RNC Protection timer T1 for PS interactive services. If a
t ACTTI WRFD- URA UE performing PS interactive services has no data
MER 010510 Update transmission within a period of time specified by this
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 timer, the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to
010902 3.6/27.2 release the UE's services.
Kbps This parameter and "ProtectTmrForInt" in the "SET
WRFD- RRC
140226 UPSINACTTIMER" command must be both set to
Connect zero or a non-zero value. Otherwise, the system uses
WRFD- ion and the RNC-level parameter "PsInactTmrForInt" rather
010202 Radio than this parameter.
WRFD- Access
Bearer GUI Value Range: 0~14400
010801
Establis Unit: s
WRFD-
hment Actual Value Range: 0~14400
010302
and
WRFD- Default Value: 20
Release
010802
Inter
WRFD- RNC
010301 URA
Update
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
UE
State in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELL-
DCH,
CELL-
PCH,
URA-
PCH,
CELL-
FACH)
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Paging
UE in
CELL_F
ACH,
CELL_

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH
State
(Type 2)
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH
State
(Type 1)
PsInactT BSC690 SET WRFD- UE Meaning:

mrForB 0 UPSIN 010202 State in Protection timer T1 for PS background services. If a
ac ACTTI WRFD- Connect UE performing PS background services has no data
MER 010510 ed Mode transmission within a period of time specified by this
(CELL- timer, the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to
WRFD- DCH,
140226 release the UE's services.
CELL-
PCH, This parameter and "ProtectTmrForBac" in the "SET
URA- UPSINACTTIMER" command must be both set to
PCH, zero or a non-zero value. Otherwise, the system uses
CELL- the RNC-level parameter "PsInactTmrForBac" rather
FACH) than this parameter.
3.4/6.8/1 GUI Value Range: 0~14400

3.6/27.2 Unit: s
Kbps Actual Value Range: 0~14400
RRC
Connect Default Value: 20
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsInactT BSC691 SET WRFD- UE Meaning:

mrForB 0 UPSIN 010202 State in Protection timer T1 for PS background services. If a
ac ACTTI WRFD- Connect UE performing PS background services has no data
MER 010510 ed Mode transmission within a period of time specified by this
(CELL- timer, the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to
WRFD- DCH,
140226 release the UE's services.
CELL-
PCH, This parameter and "ProtectTmrForBac" in the "SET
URA- UPSINACTTIMER" command must be both set to
PCH, zero or a non-zero value. Otherwise, the system uses
CELL- the RNC-level parameter "PsInactTmrForBac" rather
FACH) than this parameter.
3.4/6.8/1 GUI Value Range: 0~14400

3.6/27.2 Unit: s
Kbps Actual Value Range: 0~14400
RRC
Connect Default Value: 20
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
TCH 010510 Configu
network when no response is received after a paging
ration
WRFD- message is sent.
Control
010651 (DCCC) 1: This switch is turned on. The paging message is
WRFD- sent for a maximum of 5 times.
3.4/6.8/1
140103 3.6/27.2 0: This switch is turned off. The paging message is
WRFD- Kbps sent for a maximum of 10 times.
040100 RRC 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- Connect Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
010507 ion and Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
Radio during a soft handover.
WRFD-
Access
140226 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
Bearer
WRFD- Establis UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
020500 hment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
and following conditions are met:
WRFD-
010301 Release -The RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the
HSDPA ACTIVE SET UPDATE message.
WRFD-
0106150 over Iur -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
2 signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Call
NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
WRFD- Reestabl
synchronization.
010801 ishment
WRFD- Flow
reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
010802 Control
conditions are met.
WRFD- Rate 3. MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
011402 Negotiat Reestablishment During Meas Control)
WRFD- ion at
Admissi Whether to trigger RL reestablishment during
0106150 measurement control.
4 on
Control 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
Fast
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
Return
from
UMTS -The RNC has sent a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
to LTE message to the UE.
Enhance -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
d Fast SRB2 is disconnected when the UE state is stable.
Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
cy reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
Paging conditions are met.
UE in 4.
Idle, FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CELL_P CH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC

URA_P connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
CH SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the
State UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
(Type 1) reentering a service area. When this switch is turned
Combin on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a
ation of UE in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem
One CS that a network becomes inaccessible when such a UE
Service reenters a service area.
and Two 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly releases
PS the RRC connection after receiving the CELL
Services UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Intra Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
RNC service area.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Update CELL UPDATE message received from the Enhanced
Inter Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then
RNC reenters the service area.
Cell 5. UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
Update
Whether the RNC normally releases connections
Encrypti when it detects failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
on on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
Combin RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages
ation of received from HSDPA UEs.
One CS 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC normally
Service releases the connections when it detects the failed
and CRC.
Three
PS 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally
Services releases the connections when it detects the failed
CRC.
6. RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC performs the directed retry decision
(DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "
paging response" during UEs' state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs the
DRD in the preceding scenario.
perform the DRD in the preceding scenario.
7. P2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state when the following conditions are met:

WCDMA RAN

nd
The UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message

with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or
"paging response."
The number of UEs on the FACH reaches the upper
limit or the UE is to set up a CS service but the
common channel is congested.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
the CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
This parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value
of this parameter in the "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command prevails.
8. AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first processes
the CELL UPDATE message and then proceeds with
the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with
the CS service setup.
9. SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL)
when it detects an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for
decreasing the number of UE call drops
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an
RL when it detects the SRB reset.
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset.
10. RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether active link re-establishment is allowed after
the radio link fails
1: This switch is turned on. Active link re-
establishment is allowed after the RNC receives a
RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message and
the timer used to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE
INDICATION message from the NodeB expires.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. Active link re-

establishment is not allowed after the RNC receives a
11. CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs are out
of synchronization.
RL in the preceding scenario.
reestablish an RL in the preceding scenario.
12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether PS services can trigger active link re-
establishment
1: This switch is turned on. PS services can trigger
active link re-establishment.
0: This switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger
13. UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
when it receives a CELL UPDATE message carrying
SRB reset information.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release
the RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the
RRC connection.
14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch for the radio link restoration timer
1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services
and the last radio link fails, the RNC waits for the
radio link to restore before the timer T313 expires.
0: This switch is turned off. If there are CS services
radio link to restore before the original timer expires.
15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
Whether to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state transition is
enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from

CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the
fast dormancy-capable UEs
16. RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
Whether the RB release due to SCRI during RB
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop
1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call
drop.
0: This switch is turned off. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is calculated as a call
drop.
17. RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE.
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits
the RRC connection setup request to access the same
cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection setup
requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed.
If you need to change the value of this parameter, ask
for assistance from Huawei technical support
personnel.
18. RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
Whether the RNC counts the number of retransmitted
RRC connection setup requests in the measurement of
the RRC.AttConnEstab.Rep.Reg performance counter.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
requests in the measurement of the preceding
performance counter.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not count
the number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a
UE if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its

WCDMA RAN

nd
three failed attempts at the state transition from

CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RRC connection is
released with the cause "User Inactive" after the UE
fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is
measured in the VS.RAB.Rel.PS.F2DNoRsp counter.
0: This switch is turned off. The RRC connection is
not released after the UE fails in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and
the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state.
20. CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH before initiating a CS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first performs a
state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE first performs a
CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS service.
21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
Whether the relocation command sent from a UMTS
network to an unencrypted GSM network carries the
UEA0 encryption information element (IE) when a
UE complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed
over from the GSM network to the UMTS network.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation command
does not carry any encryption IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation command
carries the UEA0 encryption IE.
22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
Whether to reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol
User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH
state performs a cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is not
reconfigured in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is
23. RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not adjust

the activation time for encryption parameters as long
as the difference between the activation times
specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE message and
in the corresponding RB SETUP message is smaller
than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs).
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC always adjusts
the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message, regardless of
the preceding difference.
24. CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC reinitiates CS services upon
receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
in which only the CS allocation/retention priority
(CARP) is changed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not
reinitiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS
services, which results in CS call drops.
25. RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the
TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the
message to a UE after the RAB setup.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not buffer
the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE.
26. IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
Whether an UCP subsystem sends a PS service release
message to an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty
IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface
1: This switch is turned on. The UCP subsystem sends
the PS service release message to the Iu-PS interface
board.
0: This switch is turned off. The UCP subsystem does
not send any PS service release message to the Iu-PS
interface board.
27. RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates radio link (RL)
reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)

WCDMA RAN

nd
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling

radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out
of synchronization
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates RL
reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
28. F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER
message received from the CN and sends a PAGING
message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a
UE moving from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH
state (F2P for short)
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends the
PAGING message to the UE.
the DIRECT TRANSFER message.
29. SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
upon receiving a Signalling Connection Release
Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS
combined services are performed.
compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
domain.
perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message.
30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection.
measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the
number of call drops when releasing PS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
31.
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset
indicator information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
32. UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch)
Reserved switch for security mode compatibility
handling. The bit field value is not internally used in
this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH(PAGGING_NU
M_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(ASU_RL_RESET_SWI
TCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(MC_RL_RESET_SWIT
CH),
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_S
WITCH),
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(UE_CRC_COM
PATIBLE_SWITCH),
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWIT
CH), P2D_SWITCH(P2D_SWITCH),
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH(AMR
_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETU
P_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITC
H),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH(UE_SRB_RESET_SWI
TCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH)
,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITC
H),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH(RNC_RB_
SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH(RRC_RECONN_SWITC
H),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH(RRC_REPEAT_PF
M_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH(F2D_NO_RSP_
RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWIT
CH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH(SYSHO_CIPHER_I
E_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH(P2P_GTPU_NOT
_CFG_SWITCH),
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH(RB_SE
TUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH(CS_PRI_MOD
_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH(R
AB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH(IU_FAULT_R
EL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL
_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH(F2P_DT_MSG_
BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(SCRI_COMPATIBL
E_SWITCH),
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH(GTPU_ERR_IND
_DEF_SWITCH),
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWIT
CH),
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL_INTE
G_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH,
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
TCH 010510 Configu
network when no response is received after a paging
ration
WRFD- message is sent.
Control
010651 (DCCC) 1: This switch is turned on. The paging message is
WRFD- sent for a maximum of 5 times.
3.4/6.8/1
140103 3.6/27.2 0: This switch is turned off. The paging message is
WRFD- Kbps sent for a maximum of 10 times.
040100 RRC 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- Connect Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
010507 ion and Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
Radio during a soft handover.
WRFD-
Access
140226 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
Bearer
WRFD- Establis UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
020500 hment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
and following conditions are met:
WRFD-
010301 Release -The RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the
HSDPA ACTIVE SET UPDATE message.
WRFD-
0106150 over Iur -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
2 signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Call
WRFD- Reestabl
synchronization.
010801 ishment
WRFD- Flow
reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
010802 Control
conditions are met.
WRFD- Rate 3. MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
011402 Negotiat Reestablishment During Meas Control)
WRFD- ion at
Admissi Whether to trigger RL reestablishment during
0106150 measurement control.
4 on
Control 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
Fast
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
Return
from
UMTS -The RNC has sent a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
to LTE message to the UE.
Enhance -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
d Fast SRB2 is disconnected when the UE state is stable.
Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
cy reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
Paging conditions are met.
UE in 4.
Idle, FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CELL_P CH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC

URA_P connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
CH SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the
State UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
(Type 1) reentering a service area. When this switch is turned
Combin on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a
ation of UE in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem
One CS that a network becomes inaccessible when such a UE
Service reenters a service area.
and Two 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly releases
PS the RRC connection after receiving the CELL
Services UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Intra Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
RNC service area.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Update CELL UPDATE message received from the Enhanced
Inter Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then
RNC reenters the service area.
Cell 5. UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
Update
Whether the RNC normally releases connections
Encrypti when it detects failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
on on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
Combin RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages
ation of received from HSDPA UEs.
One CS 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC normally
Service releases the connections when it detects the failed
and CRC.
Three
PS 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally
Services releases the connections when it detects the failed
CRC.
6. RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC performs the directed retry decision
(DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "
paging response" during UEs' state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
DRD in the preceding scenario.
perform the DRD in the preceding scenario.
7. P2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state when the following conditions are met:

WCDMA RAN

nd
The UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message

with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or
"paging response."
The number of UEs on the FACH reaches the upper
limit or the UE is to set up a CS service but the
common channel is congested.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
the CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
This parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value
of this parameter in the "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command prevails.
8. AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first processes
the CELL UPDATE message and then proceeds with
the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with
the CS service setup.
9. SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when it detects an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for
decreasing the number of UE call drops
RL when it detects the SRB reset.
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset.
10. RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether active link re-establishment is allowed after
the radio link fails
1: This switch is turned on. Active link re-
establishment is allowed after the RNC receives a

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. Active link re-

establishment is not allowed after the RNC receives a
11. CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs are out
of synchronization.
RL in the preceding scenario.
reestablish an RL in the preceding scenario.
12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether PS services can trigger active link re-
establishment
1: This switch is turned on. PS services can trigger
0: This switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger
13. UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
when it receives a CELL UPDATE message carrying
SRB reset information.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release
the RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL.
RRC connection.
14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch for the radio link restoration timer
1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services
radio link to restore before the timer T313 expires.
0: This switch is turned off. If there are CS services
radio link to restore before the original timer expires.
15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
Whether to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state transition is
enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from

CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the
fast dormancy-capable UEs
16. RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
Whether the RB release due to SCRI during RB
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop
1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call
drop.
0: This switch is turned off. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is calculated as a call
drop.
17. RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE.
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits
the RRC connection setup request to access the same
cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection setup
requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed.
If you need to change the value of this parameter, ask
for assistance from Huawei technical support
personnel.
18. RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
Whether the RNC counts the number of retransmitted
RRC connection setup requests in the measurement of
the RRC.AttConnEstab.Rep.Reg performance counter.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not count
the number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a
UE if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its

WCDMA RAN

nd
three failed attempts at the state transition from

CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH.
released with the cause "User Inactive" after the UE
fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is
measured in the VS.RAB.Rel.PS.F2DNoRsp counter.
not released after the UE fails in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and
the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state.
20. CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH before initiating a CS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first performs a
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE first performs a
CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS service.
21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
Whether the relocation command sent from a UMTS
network to an unencrypted GSM network carries the
UEA0 encryption information element (IE) when a
UE complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed
over from the GSM network to the UMTS network.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation command
does not carry any encryption IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation command
carries the UEA0 encryption IE.
22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
Whether to reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol
User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH
state performs a cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is not
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is
23. RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not adjust

the activation time for encryption parameters as long
as the difference between the activation times
specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE message and
in the corresponding RB SETUP message is smaller
than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs).
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC always adjusts
the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message, regardless of
the preceding difference.
24. CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC reinitiates CS services upon
receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
in which only the CS allocation/retention priority
(CARP) is changed.
reinitiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS
services, which results in CS call drops.
25. RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the
message to a UE after the RAB setup.
the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE.
26. IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
Whether an UCP subsystem sends a PS service release
message to an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty
IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface
1: This switch is turned on. The UCP subsystem sends
the PS service release message to the Iu-PS interface
board.
0: This switch is turned off. The UCP subsystem does
not send any PS service release message to the Iu-PS
interface board.
27. RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates radio link (RL)
reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)

WCDMA RAN

nd
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling

radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out
of synchronization
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates RL
reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
28. F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER
message received from the CN and sends a PAGING
message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a
UE moving from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH
state (F2P for short)
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends the
PAGING message to the UE.
29. SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
upon receiving a Signalling Connection Release
Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS
combined services are performed.
compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
domain.
perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message.
30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection.
measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the
number of call drops when releasing PS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
31.
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset
indicator information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
32. UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch)
Reserved switch for security mode compatibility
handling. The bit field value is not internally used in
this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH(PAGGING_NU
M_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(ASU_RL_RESET_SWI
TCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(MC_RL_RESET_SWIT
CH),
CH(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_S
WITCH),
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(UE_CRC_COM
PATIBLE_SWITCH),
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWIT
CH), P2D_SWITCH(P2D_SWITCH),
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH(AMR
_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETU
P_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITC
H),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH(UE_SRB_RESET_SWI
TCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH)
,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITC
H),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH(RNC_RB_
SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH(RRC_RECONN_SWITC
H),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH(RRC_REPEAT_PF
M_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH(F2D_NO_RSP_
RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWIT
CH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH(SYSHO_CIPHER_I
E_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH(P2P_GTPU_NOT
_CFG_SWITCH),
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH(RB_SE
TUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH(CS_PRI_MOD
_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH(R
AB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH(IU_FAULT_R
EL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL
_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH(F2P_DT_MSG_
BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(SCRI_COMPATIBL
E_SWITCH),
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH(GTPU_ERR_IND
_DEF_SWITCH),
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWIT
CH),
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL_INTE
G_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH,
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0
PsInactT BSC690 SET WRFD- UE Meaning: Timer for FD-enabled UEs or LTE-enabled
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_FACH state. When UEs that
tDrmFac ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
(CELL- timer expires, the RNC transits the UEs to the
WRFD- DCH, CELL_PCH state. When LTE-enabled UEs in the
020500 CELL- CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
PCH, timer expires, the RNC transits the UEs to the
URA- CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this timer to a
PCH, value other than 0 if you want to check whether FD-
CELL- enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in the
FACH) CELL_FACH state.
Fast GUI Value Range: 0~64800
Return Unit: s
from
UMTS Actual Value Range: 0~64800
to LTE Default Value: 5
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy

WCDMA RAN

nd
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_FACH state. When UEs that
tDrmFac ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
WRFD- DCH, CELL_PCH state. When LTE-enabled UEs in the
020500 CELL- CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
PCH, timer expires, the RNC transits the UEs to the
URA- CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this timer to a
PCH, value other than 0 if you want to check whether FD-
CELL- enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in the
FACH) CELL_FACH state.
Return Unit: s
from
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_DCH state. When UEs that
tDrmDc ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_DCH state do not transmit any data after this
WRFD- DCH, CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state. When LTE-
020500 CELL- enabled UEs in the CELL_DCH state do not transmit
PCH, any data after this timer expires, the RNC transits the
URA- UEs to the CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set
PCH, this timer to a value other than 0 if you want to check
CELL- whether FD-enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in
FACH) the CELL_DCH state.
Return Unit: s
from
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy

WCDMA RAN

nd
mrForFs 0 UPSIN 010202 State in UEs staying in the CELL_DCH state. When UEs that
tDrmDc ACTTI WRFD- Connect are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
h MER 140226 ed Mode CELL_DCH state do not transmit any data after this
WRFD- DCH, CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state. When LTE-
020500 CELL- enabled UEs in the CELL_DCH state do not transmit
PCH, any data after this timer expires, the RNC transits the
URA- UEs to the CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set
PCH, this timer to a value other than 0 if you want to check
CELL- whether FD-enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in
FACH) the CELL_DCH state.
Return Unit: s
from
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCon BSC690 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

nAlgoS 0 UCELL 010202 State in Switch controlling certain cell-level connection-
witch1 CONNA WRFD- Connect oriented algorithms.
LGOPA 020605 ed Mode
RA (CELL- 1) RB_PARKING_SWITCH: When this switch is
WRFD- DCH, turned on, the RB Parking feature is available. This
MOD 160206 feature works as follows: When a UE fails to set up a
UCELL CELL-
WRFD- PCH, single PS BE service from the idle mode or fails to
CONNA perform a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D) state
LGOPA 0204000 URA-
1 PCH, transition for a single PS BE service, this feature: 1)
RA Transits the UE to the RB Parking state (a special state
WRFD- CELL-
FACH) of the CELL_FACH state) to prevent the UE from
170204 repeatedly making RRC connection setup attempts. In
SRNS this way, this feature reduces the UE's signaling
Relocati resource consumption. 2) Prohibits the UE from
on reporting event 4A within a period of time specified
Introduc by the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT" parameter in the
tion "SET UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way,
Package this feature reduces the data transmission probability
RB and user-plane resource consumption for the UE. 3)
Parking Prohibits the UE from transmitting any data within a
Intra period of time specified by the
System "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT" parameter in the "SET
Direct UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way, this
Retry feature reduces the data transmission probability and
user-plane resource consumption for the UE. When
Radio this switch is turned off, the RB Parking feature is
Aware unavailable. Refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 for details
Video about the "pending time after trigger" IE
Shaping (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT"
parameter) and the "Tx interruption after trigger" IE
(corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT"
parameter).
2) PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether a UE processing only PS services is allowed
to perform a channel fallback or rate reduction to
attempt another incoming inter-RAT handover after
the UE fails to perform an incoming inter-RAT
handover procedure.When this switch is set to on, a
UE processing only PS services is allowed to perform
a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
perform an incoming inter-RAT handover
procedure.When this switch is set to off, a UE
processing only PS services is not allowed to perform
perform an incoming inter-RAT handover procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
3) PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC switches preempted UEs that
process only PS BE services to the RB Parking state.
When this switch and the RB_PARKING_SWITCH
under the "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter and the
"PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command are all set to on, the
RNC switches preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services to the RB Parking state. When this switch
is set to off, the RNC applies the original processing
mechanism to preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services; for example, the RNC directly releases
the RRC connections of these UEs. The RB Parking
feature works as follows: The RNC switches a UE to
the CELL_FACH state and stops user-plane data
transmission for the UE. For details about RB
Parking, see the meaning of the
RB_PARKING_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter.
4) VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
video shaping function for video services in a
cell.When this switch is set to on, video shaping is
enabled for an HSDPA UE in the cell if the RNC
detects that the UE is processing video services.When
this switch is set to off, video shaping is disabled for
the cell.
5) IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
switch is turned on, the RNC proactively obtains the
RSCP of a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle
mode to establish new services when the RNC enables
the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and then
determines the UE coverage condition based on the
measured RSCP and target cell RTWP so as to filter
target cells with poor coverage. If this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not proactively obtain the RSCP of
a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle mode to
establish new services when the RNC enables the
blind-handover-based DRD algorithm.
6) C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which send a request in the
CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH state to reconfigure
services or establish new services when the RNC
enables the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and
then determines the UE coverage condition based on
the measured RSCP and target cell RTWP to filter

WCDMA RAN

nd
a UE, which sends a request in the CELL_PCH or

CELL_FACH state to reconfigure services or establish
new services when the RNC enables the blind-
handover-based DRD algorithm.
7) CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry scenarios
when the RNC enables the blind-handover-based
DRD algorithm, and then determines the UE coverage
condition based on the measured RSCP and target cell
RTWP so as to filter target cells with poor coverage. If
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not proactively
obtain the RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry
scenarios when the RNC enables the blind-handover-
based DRD algorithm.
8)MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND: Whether moving
users can perform PS services in a cell. When this
switch is turned on, moving users are not allowed to
perform PS services in this cell.When this switch is
turned off, moving users are allowed to perform PS
services in this cell.
GUI Value Range: RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
Default Value: RB_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:
0,MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCon BSC691 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

nAlgoS 0 UCELL 010202 State in Switch controlling certain cell-level connection-
witch1 CONNA WRFD- Connect oriented algorithms.
LGOPA 020605 ed Mode
RA (CELL- 1) RB_PARKING_SWITCH: When this switch is
WRFD- DCH, turned on, the RB Parking feature is available. This
MOD 160206 feature works as follows: When a UE fails to set up a
UCELL CELL-
WRFD- PCH, single PS BE service from the idle mode or fails to
CONNA perform a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D) state
LGOPA 0204000 URA-
1 PCH, transition for a single PS BE service, this feature: 1)
RA Transits the UE to the RB Parking state (a special state
WRFD- CELL-
FACH) of the CELL_FACH state) to prevent the UE from
170204 repeatedly making RRC connection setup attempts. In
SRNS this way, this feature reduces the UE's signaling
Relocati resource consumption. 2) Prohibits the UE from
on reporting event 4A within a period of time specified
Introduc by the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT" parameter in the
tion "SET UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way,
Package this feature reduces the data transmission probability
RB and user-plane resource consumption for the UE. 3)
Parking Prohibits the UE from transmitting any data within a
Intra period of time specified by the
System "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT" parameter in the "SET
Direct UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way, this
Retry feature reduces the data transmission probability and
user-plane resource consumption for the UE. When
Radio this switch is turned off, the RB Parking feature is
Aware unavailable. Refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 for details
Video about the "pending time after trigger" IE
Shaping (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT"
parameter) and the "Tx interruption after trigger" IE
(corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT"
parameter).
2) PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether a UE processing only PS services is allowed
to perform a channel fallback or rate reduction to
attempt another incoming inter-RAT handover after
the UE fails to perform an incoming inter-RAT
handover procedure.When this switch is set to on, a
UE processing only PS services is allowed to perform
perform an incoming inter-RAT handover
procedure.When this switch is set to off, a UE
processing only PS services is not allowed to perform
perform an incoming inter-RAT handover procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
3) PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC switches preempted UEs that
process only PS BE services to the RB Parking state.
When this switch and the RB_PARKING_SWITCH
under the "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter and the
"PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command are all set to on, the
RNC switches preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services to the RB Parking state. When this switch
is set to off, the RNC applies the original processing
mechanism to preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services; for example, the RNC directly releases
the RRC connections of these UEs. The RB Parking
feature works as follows: The RNC switches a UE to
the CELL_FACH state and stops user-plane data
transmission for the UE. For details about RB
Parking, see the meaning of the
RB_PARKING_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter.
4) VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
video shaping function for video services in a
cell.When this switch is set to on, video shaping is
enabled for an HSDPA UE in the cell if the RNC
detects that the UE is processing video services.When
this switch is set to off, video shaping is disabled for
the cell.
5) IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle
mode to establish new services when the RNC enables
the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and then
determines the UE coverage condition based on the
measured RSCP and target cell RTWP so as to filter
a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle mode to
establish new services when the RNC enables the
blind-handover-based DRD algorithm.
6) C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which send a request in the
CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH state to reconfigure
services or establish new services when the RNC
enables the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and
then determines the UE coverage condition based on
the measured RSCP and target cell RTWP to filter

WCDMA RAN

nd
a UE, which sends a request in the CELL_PCH or

CELL_FACH state to reconfigure services or establish
new services when the RNC enables the blind-
handover-based DRD algorithm.
7) CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry scenarios
when the RNC enables the blind-handover-based
DRD algorithm, and then determines the UE coverage
condition based on the measured RSCP and target cell
RTWP so as to filter target cells with poor coverage. If
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not proactively
obtain the RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry
scenarios when the RNC enables the blind-handover-
based DRD algorithm.
8)MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND: Whether moving
users can perform PS services in a cell. When this
switch is turned on, moving users are not allowed to
perform PS services in this cell.When this switch is
turned off, moving users are allowed to perform PS
services in this cell.
GUI Value Range: RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
Default Value: RB_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:
0,MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CfgSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- DC- Meaning:

ch 0 UCORR 010699 HSDPA Channel configuration strategy switch group.
MALG WRFD- +MIMO
OSWIT 1.
010698 HSPA+ CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
CH Uplink
WRFD- When this switch is turned on, the RNC determines
010652 11.5Mbi whether to enable the DC-HSDPA or MIMO feature
t/s per for a newly admitted user based on the cell load and
WRFD- User the number of HSDPA users.
010693
SRB 2. CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH: When
WRFD- over the switch is on, the DL blind transport format
010694 HSDPA detection function is used for single SRB and AMR
WRFD- DL +SRB bearers. Note that the UE is only required to
010697 64QAM support the blind transport format stipulated in 3GPP
WRFD- +MIMO 25.212 section 4.3.1.
010696 UL 3. CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH: When the
16QAM switch is on, Boosting can be configured for the
WRFD-
HSUPA service.
151209 E-
DPCCH 4. CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH: When this switch is
WRFD-
Boostin turned on, special handling for free access user is
150250
g enabled.
WRFD- 5. CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH: When the
010101 DC-
HSDPA switch is on, 64QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- HSDPA service.
010510 Macro-
6. CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH: When this
Micro
WRFD- switch is turned on, DC+MIMO can be configured for
DC-
011500 the HSDPA service.
HSDPA
WRFD- 7. CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH: When the switch is
3C-
010686 on, DC can be configured for the HSDPA service.
HSDPA
WRFD- 8. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH: When the switch
3GPP is on, MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
010687 R9 service.
WRFD- Specific
010684 ations 9. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
When the switch is on and the switches for 64QAM
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 and MIMO are on, 64QAM+MIMO can be configured
010683 3.6/27.2 for the HSDPA service
Kbps
WRFD- 10. CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
RRC
0106150 4C-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Connect
2 services. When this switch is turned on, the MC-
ion and
WRFD- Radio HSDPA+MIMO (4C-HSDPA+MIMO and 3C-HSDPA
0106150 Access +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
3 Bearer 11. CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH: Whether the 3C-
WRFD- Establis HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
0106150 hment services. When this switch is turned on, the 3C-
1 and HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
Release services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PDCP 12. CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH: Whether the

0106150 Header DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
4 Compre services. When this switch is turned on, the DB-
WRFD- ssion HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
170203 (RFC25 services.
07) 13. CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH: Whether the DB-
WRFD-
150207 CPC - HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
DTX / this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is
WRFD- DRX allowed for HSDPA services.
150227
CPC - 14. CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- HS- switch is on, DTX_DRX can be configured for the
0206050 SCCH HSPA service.
4 less 15. CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
WRFD- operatio When the switch is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can
150223 n be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD- 2x2 16. CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH: When the
150209 MIMO switch is on, 16QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- Downlin HSUPA service.
010615 k 17. CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH: When this switch is
WRFD- 64QAM turned on, the DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for
010617 Combin HSUPA services.
WRFD- ation of 18. CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the
020134 One CS switch is on and the IMS license is activated, the RNC
Service supports IMS signaling.
and Two
19.
PS
CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITC
Services
H: Whether the UTRAN supports the function of
Combin lossless RLC PDU size change. When this switch is
ation of turned on, downlink channel reconfiguration between
Three the DCH and HS-DSCH does not cause RLC PDU
PS size change which results in packet loss. This function
Services takes effect only on the UEs enabled with this
Combin function. For details about this function, see 3GPP TS
ation of 25.331.
Two PS 20. CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:
Services When the switch is on and the UE supports lossless
Combin relocation, the RNC configures lossless relocation for
ation of PDCP parameters if the requirements of RLC mode,
One CS discard mode, and sequential submission are met.
Service Then, lossless relocation is used for the UE.
and 21. CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH: When the switch
Three is on, the RNC supports multi-RABs combinations
PS such as 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS, and 2PS.
Services 22.
Uplink CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
Control When the switch is on and the PDCP Header

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel compression license is activated, the PDCP header

OLPC compression algorithm for IPv6 is used at the RNC.
4C- 23. CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH: When the
HSDPA switch is on and the PDCP Header compression
DB- license is activated, the PDCP RFC2507 header
HSDPA compression algorithm is used for the RNC.
+MIMO 24. CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH: When the
Lossless switch is on and the PDCP ROHC license is activated,
SRNS the PDCP RFC3095 header compression algorithm is
Relocati used for the RNC.
on 25. CFG_PTT_SWITCH: When this switch is on, the
MC- RNC identifies the PTT user based on the QoS
HSDPA attributes in the RAB assignment request message.
+MIMO Then, the PTT users are subject to special processing.
DB- 26. CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
HSDPA When this switch is on and if an RAB release is
performed, the RNC decides whether to fall back a
Multiple certain HSPA(HSPA+) feature based on the
RAB requirement of remaining traffic carried by the UE.
Packag That is, if an HSPA+ feature is required by the
e(PS previously released RAB connection but is not
RAB >= required in the initial bearer policy of the remaining
2) traffic, the RNC falls back the feature to save the
VoIP transmission resources. The HSPA+ features that
over support the fallback are MIMO, 64QAM, MIMO
HSPA/ +64QAM, UL 16QAM, DC-HSDPA, UL TTI 2ms,
HSPA+ and DC-HSUPA.
Push to 27. CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH: Indicates whether to
Talk enable the RCS-e (Rich Communication Suit
enhanced) service that supports voice services carried
in the CS domain and video services carried in the PS
domain. When this switch is turned off, the RCS-e
service is disabled. When this switch is turned on, the
RCS-e service is enabled.
28.
CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_RETRANSMIT_PARA_SWI
TCH: Switch for configuring AM RLC retransmission
parameters for UEs in the CELL_FACH state. (1)
When this switch is turned on and the cell-level
parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are not set, the
parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the command "SET
UFACHCFGPARA" are used as AM RLC
retransmission parameters specific to PS services and
SRBs. (2) When this switch is turned on and the cell-
level parameters in the command "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are set, the parameters

"TimerPollForFachPsTRB" and
"TimerPollForFachSRB" in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are used as AM RLC
SRBs, respectively. (3) When this switch is turned off,
the parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
in the command "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to SRBs,
and the parameters "TimerPoll" and
"NoDiscardMaxDAT" in the command "ADD
UTYPRABRLC" are used as AM RLC retransmission
parameters specific to PS services.
29.
CFG_DCH_SRB_AM_RLC_RETRANS_PARA_SW
ITCH: Switch controlling the configuration mode of
AM RLC SDU retransmission parameters for UEs in
the CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned on
and UEs in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side of an AM RLC entity uses the values
of the "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the "ADD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC"
or "MOD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC" command for
SDU retransmission. When this switch is turned off or
UEs not in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side uses the values of these parameters
in the "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" or "MOD
UTYPSRBRLC" command for SDU retransmission.
30. CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the SFDC HSDPA function for UEs processing
HSDPA services. When this switch is set to on, the
SFDC HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
HSDPA services. This switch is reserved for the MF-
HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
used in the current version.
31. CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the DF3C HSDPA function for UEs processing
DF3C HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
32. CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH: Whether to
validate the SRB bicasting function for SRBs carried
over HSDPA when the multiflow HSDPA function is
enabled. When this switch is set to on in a cell enabled
with the inter-NodeB multiflow function, SRB PDUs

WCDMA RAN

nd
in AM RLC mode are transmitted simultaneously in

all cells. When this switch is set to off, SRB PDUs in
AM RLC mode can only be transmitted in one cell.
PDU is short for packet data unit. AM is short for
acknowledged mode. UM is short for
unacknowledged mode. TM is short for transparent
mode. SRB PDUs in UM or TM RLC mode can only
be transmitted in the primary sector. This switch is
reserved for the MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA)
function and cannot be used in the current version.
GUI Value Range:
CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH,
CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH,
CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
H, CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH,
CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH,
CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH,
CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH,
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH,
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH,
CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
ITCH, CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH,
CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
0,CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH:
1,CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH:
0,CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:
1,CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH:
1,CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH:
0,CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH:
1,CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWIT
CH:0,CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:
0,CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH:
1,CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
0,CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH:
0,CFG_PTT_SWITCH:
0,CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
0,CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH:
0,CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_RETRANSMIT_PARA_S
WITCH:
0,CFG_DCH_SRB_AM_RLC_RETRANS_PARA_S
WITCH:0,CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH:
0,CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CfgSwit BSC691 SET WRFD- DC- Meaning:

ch 0 UCORR 010699 HSDPA Channel configuration strategy switch group.
MALG WRFD- +MIMO
OSWIT 1.
010698 HSPA+ CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
CH Uplink
WRFD- When this switch is turned on, the RNC determines
010652 11.5Mbi whether to enable the DC-HSDPA or MIMO feature
t/s per for a newly admitted user based on the cell load and
WRFD- User the number of HSDPA users.
010693
SRB 2. CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH: When
WRFD- over the switch is on, the DL blind transport format
010694 HSDPA detection function is used for single SRB and AMR
WRFD- DL +SRB bearers. Note that the UE is only required to
010697 64QAM support the blind transport format stipulated in 3GPP
WRFD- +MIMO 25.212 section 4.3.1.
010696 UL 3. CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH: When the
16QAM switch is on, Boosting can be configured for the
WRFD-
HSUPA service.
151209 E-
DPCCH 4. CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH: When this switch is
WRFD-
Boostin turned on, special handling for free access user is
150250
g enabled.
WRFD- 5. CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH: When the
010101 DC-
HSDPA switch is on, 64QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- HSDPA service.
010510 Macro-
6. CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH: When this
Micro
WRFD- switch is turned on, DC+MIMO can be configured for
DC-
011500 the HSDPA service.
HSDPA
WRFD- 7. CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH: When the switch is
3C-
010686 on, DC can be configured for the HSDPA service.
HSDPA
WRFD- 8. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH: When the switch
3GPP is on, MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
010687 R9 service.
WRFD- Specific
010684 ations 9. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
When the switch is on and the switches for 64QAM
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 and MIMO are on, 64QAM+MIMO can be configured
010683 3.6/27.2 for the HSDPA service
Kbps
WRFD- 10. CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
RRC
0106150 4C-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Connect
2 services. When this switch is turned on, the MC-
ion and
WRFD- Radio HSDPA+MIMO (4C-HSDPA+MIMO and 3C-HSDPA
0106150 Access +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
3 Bearer 11. CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH: Whether the 3C-
WRFD- Establis HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
0106150 hment services. When this switch is turned on, the 3C-
1 and HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
Release services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PDCP 12. CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH: Whether the

0106150 Header DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
4 Compre services. When this switch is turned on, the DB-
WRFD- ssion HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
170203 (RFC25 services.
07) 13. CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH: Whether the DB-
WRFD-
150207 CPC - HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
DTX / this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is
WRFD- DRX allowed for HSDPA services.
150227
CPC - 14. CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- HS- switch is on, DTX_DRX can be configured for the
0206050 SCCH HSPA service.
4 less 15. CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
WRFD- operatio When the switch is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can
150223 n be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD- 2x2 16. CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH: When the
150209 MIMO switch is on, 16QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- Downlin HSUPA service.
010615 k 17. CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH: When this switch is
WRFD- 64QAM turned on, the DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for
010617 Combin HSUPA services.
WRFD- ation of 18. CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the
020134 One CS switch is on and the IMS license is activated, the RNC
Service supports IMS signaling.
and Two
19.
PS
Services
H: Whether the UTRAN supports the function of
Combin lossless RLC PDU size change. When this switch is
ation of turned on, downlink channel reconfiguration between
Three the DCH and HS-DSCH does not cause RLC PDU
PS size change which results in packet loss. This function
Services takes effect only on the UEs enabled with this
Combin function. For details about this function, see 3GPP TS
ation of 25.331.
Two PS 20. CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:
Services When the switch is on and the UE supports lossless
Combin relocation, the RNC configures lossless relocation for
ation of PDCP parameters if the requirements of RLC mode,
One CS discard mode, and sequential submission are met.
Service Then, lossless relocation is used for the UE.
and 21. CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH: When the switch
Three is on, the RNC supports multi-RABs combinations
PS such as 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS, and 2PS.
Services 22.
Uplink CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
Control When the switch is on and the PDCP Header

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel compression license is activated, the PDCP header

OLPC compression algorithm for IPv6 is used at the RNC.
4C- 23. CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH: When the
HSDPA switch is on and the PDCP Header compression
DB- license is activated, the PDCP RFC2507 header
HSDPA compression algorithm is used for the RNC.
+MIMO 24. CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH: When the
Lossless switch is on and the PDCP ROHC license is activated,
SRNS the PDCP RFC3095 header compression algorithm is
Relocati used for the RNC.
on 25. CFG_PTT_SWITCH: When this switch is on, the
MC- RNC identifies the PTT user based on the QoS
HSDPA attributes in the RAB assignment request message.
+MIMO Then, the PTT users are subject to special processing.
DB- 26. CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
HSDPA When this switch is on and if an RAB release is
performed, the RNC decides whether to fall back a
Multiple certain HSPA(HSPA+) feature based on the
RAB requirement of remaining traffic carried by the UE.
Packag That is, if an HSPA+ feature is required by the
e(PS previously released RAB connection but is not
RAB >= required in the initial bearer policy of the remaining
2) traffic, the RNC falls back the feature to save the
VoIP transmission resources. The HSPA+ features that
over support the fallback are MIMO, 64QAM, MIMO
HSPA/ +64QAM, UL 16QAM, DC-HSDPA, UL TTI 2ms,
HSPA+ and DC-HSUPA.
Push to 27. CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH: Indicates whether to
Talk enable the RCS-e (Rich Communication Suit
enhanced) service that supports voice services carried
in the CS domain and video services carried in the PS
domain. When this switch is turned off, the RCS-e
service is disabled. When this switch is turned on, the
RCS-e service is enabled.
28.
TCH: Switch for configuring AM RLC retransmission
parameters for UEs in the CELL_FACH state. (1)
When this switch is turned on and the cell-level
parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are not set, the
parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the command "SET
UFACHCFGPARA" are used as AM RLC
SRBs. (2) When this switch is turned on and the cell-
level parameters in the command "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are set, the parameters

"TimerPollForFachPsTRB" and
"TimerPollForFachSRB" in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are used as AM RLC
SRBs, respectively. (3) When this switch is turned off,
the parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
in the command "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to SRBs,
and the parameters "TimerPoll" and
"NoDiscardMaxDAT" in the command "ADD
UTYPRABRLC" are used as AM RLC retransmission
parameters specific to PS services.
29.
ITCH: Switch controlling the configuration mode of
AM RLC SDU retransmission parameters for UEs in
the CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned on
and UEs in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side of an AM RLC entity uses the values
of the "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the "ADD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC"
or "MOD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC" command for
SDU retransmission. When this switch is turned off or
UEs not in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side uses the values of these parameters
in the "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" or "MOD
UTYPSRBRLC" command for SDU retransmission.
30. CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the SFDC HSDPA function for UEs processing
SFDC HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
31. CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the DF3C HSDPA function for UEs processing
DF3C HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
32. CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH: Whether to
validate the SRB bicasting function for SRBs carried
over HSDPA when the multiflow HSDPA function is
enabled. When this switch is set to on in a cell enabled
with the inter-NodeB multiflow function, SRB PDUs

WCDMA RAN

nd
in AM RLC mode are transmitted simultaneously in

all cells. When this switch is set to off, SRB PDUs in
AM RLC mode can only be transmitted in one cell.
PDU is short for packet data unit. AM is short for
acknowledged mode. UM is short for
unacknowledged mode. TM is short for transparent
mode. SRB PDUs in UM or TM RLC mode can only
be transmitted in the primary sector. This switch is
reserved for the MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA)
function and cannot be used in the current version.
GUI Value Range:
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
0,CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH:
1,CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH:
0,CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:
1,CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH:
1,CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH:
0,CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH:
1,CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWIT
CH:0,CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:
0,CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH:
1,CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
0,CFG_PTT_SWITCH:
0,CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
0,CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH:
0,CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_RETRANSMIT_PARA_S
WITCH:
0,CFG_DCH_SRB_AM_RLC_RETRANS_PARA_S
WITCH:0,CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH:
0,CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH:
0,CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HspaPlu BSC690 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning:

sSwitch 0 UCELL 010699 HSDPA This parameter is used to select a feature related to
ALGOS WRFD- +MIMO HSPA+. If a feature is selected, it indicates that the
WITCH 010698 HSPA+ corresponding algorithm is enabled. If a feature is not
MOD Uplink selected, it indicates that the corresponding algorithm
WRFD-
UCELL 11.5Mbi is disabled. Note that other factors such as license and
010401
ALGOS t/s per the physical capability of NodeB restrict whether a
WITCH WRFD- User feature can be used even if this feature is selected.
010504 1. 64QAM: When the switch is on, 64QAM can be
System
WRFD- Informat configured for the HSDPA service.
010693 ion 2. MIMO: When the switch is on, MIMO can be
WRFD- Broadca configured for the HSDPA service.The MIMO switch
010695 sting determines whether the cell supports the MIMO
Backgro feature but does not affect the establishment of the the
WRFD-
und QoS MIMO cell.
010694
Class 3. E_FACH: When the switch is on, E_FACH can be
WRFD- configured for the HSDPA service.The E_FACH
DL
010697 switch determines whether the cell supports the
64QAM
WRFD- +MIMO E_FACH feature but does not affect the establishment
010696 of the the E_FACH cell.
UL
WRFD- Layer 2 4. DTX_DRX: When the switch is on, DTX_DRX can
010501 Improve be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD- ment 5. HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION: When the switch
0106150 UL is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can be configured for
1 16QAM the HSPA service.
WRFD- E- 6. DL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,

150250 DPCCH DL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
Boostin HSDPA service.
WRFD-
g 7. 64QAM_MIMO: When the switch is on and the
0106100
DC- switches for 64QAM and MIMO are on, 64QAM
8
HSDPA +MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA service
WRFD- 8. UL_16QAM: When the switch is on, 16QAM can
0106120 Convers
be configured for the HSUPA service.
6 ational
QoS 9. DC_HSDPA: When the switch is on, DC can be
WRFD- Class configured for the HSDPA service.
140204
Combin 10. UL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
WRFD- ation of UL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
0106090 Two PS HSUPA service.
1 Services 11. EDPCCH_BOOSTING: When the switch is on,
WRFD- 3C- Boosting can be configured for the HSUPA service.
0106090 HSDPA 12. DCMIMO_HSDPA: When this switch is turned
3 on, DC+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
Interacti
WRFD- ve and service.
0106090 Backgro 13. E_DRX: When the switch is on, E_DRX can be
2 und configured for the HSUPA service.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Traffic 14. DC_HSUPA: When this switch is turned on, the
010702 Class on DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for HSUPA
WRFD- HSDPA services.
010701 Interacti 15. HSDPA_4C_MIMO: Whether the MC-HSDPA
ve and +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD-
Backgro When this switch is turned on, the MC-HSDPA
010609
und +MIMO (3C-HSDPA+MIMO and 4C-HSDPA
WRFD- Traffic +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010510 Class on 16. HSDPA_4C: Whether the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
WRFD- HSUPA HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
010688 DC- this switch is turned on, the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
WRFD- HSUPA HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010686 Combin 17. DBMIMO_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA
ation of +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD-
Two CS When this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA
010687
Services +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD- (Except 18. DB_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA feature is
010684 for Two allowed for HSDPA services. When this switch is
WRFD- AMR turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for
010685 Speech HSDPA services.
Services
WRFD- 19. HSDPA_SFDC(HSDPA_SFDC): Whether a cell
)
010683 supports the SFDC HSDPA function. When this
Combin switch is set to on, the cell supports the SFDC HSDPA
WRFD- ation of function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
021000 Two CS HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
WRFD- Services used in the current version.
010503 and One
20. HSDPA_DF3C(HSDPA_DF3C): Whether a cell
PS
WRFD- supports the DF3C HSDPA function. When this
Service
0106150 switch is set to on, the cell supports the DF3C HSDPA
(Except
2 function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
for Two
WRFD- HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
AMR
0106150 used in the current version.
Speech
3 Services GUI Value Range: 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function
) Switch), MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch),
WRFD-
E_FACH(Cell E_FACH Function Switch),
010502 Combin
DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch),
WRFD- ation of
HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION(Cell HS_SCCH
0106150 One CS
LESS OPERATION Function Switch),
4 Service
DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED
and One
WRFD- Function Switch), 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM
PS
0106150 +MIMO Function Switch), UL_16QAM(Cell UL
Service
5 16QAM Function Switch), DC_HSDPA(Cell DC-
Enhance HSDPA Function Switch), UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell
WRFD- d DRX UL L2ENHANCED Function Switch),
170203 Uplink EDPCCH_BOOSTING(Cell E-DPCCH Boosting
WRFD- Enhance Function Switch), DCMIMO_HSDPA(Cell DC-
022000 d HSDPA Combined with MIMO Function Switch),

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- CELL_F E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinuous Reception Function

150207 ACH Switch), DC_HSUPA(Cell DC-HSUPA Function
WRFD- Multiple Switch), HSDPA_4C_MIMO(4C-HSDPA+MIMO
150227 RAB Function Switch), HSDPA_4C(4C-HSDPA Function
Introduc Switch), DBMIMO_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD- Function Switch), DB_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA Function
150208 tion
Package Switch), HSDPA_SFDC(Cell-Level SFDC-HSDPA
WRFD- (PS Function Switch), HSDPA_DF3C(Cell-Level DF3C-
150223 RAB < HSDPA Function Switch)
WRFD- 2) Unit: None
020900 3.4/6.8/1 Actual Value Range: 64QAM, MIMO, E_FACH,
WRFD- 3.6/27.2 DTX_DRX, HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION,
150209 Kbps DL_L2ENHANCED, 64QAM_MIMO, UL_16QAM,
RRC DC_HSDPA, UL_L2ENHANCED,
WRFD-
Connect EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA, E_DRX,
010615
ion and DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
WRFD- Radio DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA, HSDPA_SFDC,
010632 Access HSDPA_DF3C
WRFD- Bearer
Default Value: 64QAM:0,MIMO:0,E_FACH:
010630 Establis
0,DTX_DRX:0,HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION:
hment
0,DL_L2ENHANCED:0,64QAM_MIMO:
and
0,UL_16QAM:0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L2ENHANCED:
Release
0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO_HSDPA:
Downlin 0,E_DRX:0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_MIMO:
k 0,HSDPA_4C:0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSDPA:
Enhance 0,HSDPA_SFDC:0,HSDPA_DF3C:0
d
CELL_F
ACH
CPC -
DTX /
DRX
CPC -
HS-
SCCH
less
operatio
n
2x2
MIMO
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM

WCDMA RAN

nd
Transpo
rt
Channel
Manage
ment
Interacti
ve QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Three
PS
Services
Streami
ng QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Four PS
Services
Uplink
Control
Channel
OLPC
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
4C-
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
DB-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Flexible
Dual
Carrier
HSDPA
MC-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
DB-
HSDPA
Multiple
RAB
Packag
e(PS
RAB >=
2)
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
HspaPlu BSC691 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning:

sSwitch 0 UCELL 010699 HSDPA This parameter is used to select a feature related to
ALGOS WRFD- +MIMO HSPA+. If a feature is selected, it indicates that the
WITCH 010698 HSPA+ corresponding algorithm is enabled. If a feature is not
MOD Uplink selected, it indicates that the corresponding algorithm
WRFD-
UCELL 11.5Mbi is disabled. Note that other factors such as license and
010401
ALGOS t/s per the physical capability of NodeB restrict whether a
WITCH WRFD- User feature can be used even if this feature is selected.
010504 1. 64QAM: When the switch is on, 64QAM can be
System
WRFD- Informat configured for the HSDPA service.
010693 ion 2. MIMO: When the switch is on, MIMO can be
WRFD- Broadca configured for the HSDPA service.The MIMO switch
010695 sting determines whether the cell supports the MIMO
Backgro feature but does not affect the establishment of the the
WRFD-
und QoS MIMO cell.
010694
Class 3. E_FACH: When the switch is on, E_FACH can be
WRFD- configured for the HSDPA service.The E_FACH
DL
010697 switch determines whether the cell supports the
64QAM
WRFD- +MIMO E_FACH feature but does not affect the establishment
010696 of the the E_FACH cell.
UL
WRFD- Layer 2 4. DTX_DRX: When the switch is on, DTX_DRX can
010501 Improve be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD- ment 5. HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION: When the switch
0106150 UL is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can be configured for
1 16QAM the HSPA service.
WRFD- E- 6. DL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,

150250 DPCCH DL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
Boostin HSDPA service.
WRFD-
g 7. 64QAM_MIMO: When the switch is on and the
0106100
DC- switches for 64QAM and MIMO are on, 64QAM
8
HSDPA +MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA service
WRFD- 8. UL_16QAM: When the switch is on, 16QAM can
0106120 Convers
be configured for the HSUPA service.
6 ational
QoS 9. DC_HSDPA: When the switch is on, DC can be
WRFD- Class configured for the HSDPA service.
140204
Combin 10. UL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
WRFD- ation of UL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
0106090 Two PS HSUPA service.
1 Services 11. EDPCCH_BOOSTING: When the switch is on,
WRFD- 3C- Boosting can be configured for the HSUPA service.
0106090 HSDPA 12. DCMIMO_HSDPA: When this switch is turned
3 on, DC+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
Interacti
WRFD- ve and service.
0106090 Backgro 13. E_DRX: When the switch is on, E_DRX can be
2 und configured for the HSUPA service.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Traffic 14. DC_HSUPA: When this switch is turned on, the
010702 Class on DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for HSUPA
WRFD- HSDPA services.
010701 Interacti 15. HSDPA_4C_MIMO: Whether the MC-HSDPA
ve and +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD-
Backgro When this switch is turned on, the MC-HSDPA
010609
und +MIMO (3C-HSDPA+MIMO and 4C-HSDPA
WRFD- Traffic +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010510 Class on 16. HSDPA_4C: Whether the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
WRFD- HSUPA HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
010688 DC- this switch is turned on, the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
WRFD- HSUPA HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010686 Combin 17. DBMIMO_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA
ation of +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD-
Two CS When this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA
010687
Services +MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
WRFD- (Except 18. DB_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA feature is
010684 for Two allowed for HSDPA services. When this switch is
WRFD- AMR turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for
010685 Speech HSDPA services.
Services
WRFD- 19. HSDPA_SFDC(HSDPA_SFDC): Whether a cell
)
010683 supports the SFDC HSDPA function. When this
Combin switch is set to on, the cell supports the SFDC HSDPA
WRFD- ation of function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
021000 Two CS HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
WRFD- Services used in the current version.
010503 and One
20. HSDPA_DF3C(HSDPA_DF3C): Whether a cell
PS
WRFD- supports the DF3C HSDPA function. When this
Service
0106150 switch is set to on, the cell supports the DF3C HSDPA
(Except
2 function. This switch is reserved for the MF-
for Two
WRFD- HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
AMR
0106150 used in the current version.
Speech
3 Services GUI Value Range: 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function
) Switch), MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch),
WRFD-
E_FACH(Cell E_FACH Function Switch),
010502 Combin
DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch),
WRFD- ation of
HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION(Cell HS_SCCH
0106150 One CS
LESS OPERATION Function Switch),
4 Service
DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED
and One
WRFD- Function Switch), 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM
PS
0106150 +MIMO Function Switch), UL_16QAM(Cell UL
Service
5 16QAM Function Switch), DC_HSDPA(Cell DC-
Enhance HSDPA Function Switch), UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell
WRFD- d DRX UL L2ENHANCED Function Switch),
170203 Uplink EDPCCH_BOOSTING(Cell E-DPCCH Boosting
WRFD- Enhance Function Switch), DCMIMO_HSDPA(Cell DC-
022000 d HSDPA Combined with MIMO Function Switch),

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- CELL_F E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinuous Reception Function

150207 ACH Switch), DC_HSUPA(Cell DC-HSUPA Function
WRFD- Multiple Switch), HSDPA_4C_MIMO(4C-HSDPA+MIMO
150227 RAB Function Switch), HSDPA_4C(4C-HSDPA Function
Introduc Switch), DBMIMO_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD- Function Switch), DB_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA Function
150208 tion
Package Switch), HSDPA_SFDC(Cell-Level SFDC-HSDPA
WRFD- (PS Function Switch), HSDPA_DF3C(Cell-Level DF3C-
150223 RAB < HSDPA Function Switch)
WRFD- 2) Unit: None
020900 3.4/6.8/1 Actual Value Range: 64QAM, MIMO, E_FACH,
WRFD- 3.6/27.2 DTX_DRX, HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION,
150209 Kbps DL_L2ENHANCED, 64QAM_MIMO, UL_16QAM,
RRC DC_HSDPA, UL_L2ENHANCED,
WRFD-
Connect EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA, E_DRX,
010615
ion and DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO, HSDPA_4C,
WRFD- Radio DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA, HSDPA_SFDC,
010632 Access HSDPA_DF3C
WRFD- Bearer
Default Value: 64QAM:0,MIMO:0,E_FACH:
010630 Establis
0,DTX_DRX:0,HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION:
hment
0,DL_L2ENHANCED:0,64QAM_MIMO:
and
0,UL_16QAM:0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L2ENHANCED:
Release
0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO_HSDPA:
Downlin 0,E_DRX:0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_MIMO:
k 0,HSDPA_4C:0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSDPA:
Enhance 0,HSDPA_SFDC:0,HSDPA_DF3C:0
d
CELL_F
ACH
CPC -
DTX /
DRX
CPC -
HS-
SCCH
less
operatio
n
2x2
MIMO
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM

WCDMA RAN

nd
Transpo
rt
Channel
Manage
ment
Interacti
ve QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Three
PS
Services
Streami
ng QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Four PS
Services
Uplink
Control
Channel
OLPC
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
4C-
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
DB-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Flexible
Dual
Carrier
HSDPA
MC-
HSDPA
+MIMO
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
DB-
HSDPA
Multiple
RAB
Packag
e(PS
RAB >=
2)
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSDPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
MapSwi BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

tch 0 UCORR 0106140 2ms TTI Service mapping strategy switch group.
MALG 3 HSPA+
OSWIT 1. MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Uplink switch is on, 2 ms TTI is supported for HSUPA.
CH 010698 11.5Mbi
t/s per 2.
WRFD- MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
010510 User
TCH: Whether to consistently allocate DCHs to
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 services diverted to the current network through
151209 3.6/27.2 incoming inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is
Kbps turned on, the RNC consistently allocates DCHs to
WRFD-
RRC such services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
010688
Connect selects appropriate channels to such services.
WRFD- ion and
010652 3. MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the
Radio
switch is on, the PS BE services can be carried on the
WRFD- Access
E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for
010507 Bearer
uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and E-RACH for
Establis
WRFD- uplink).
hment
0106600 4. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
and
2 When the switch is on, the PS streaming services can
Release
WRFD- be transmitted on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink
Macro-
010636 and RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and
Micro
WRFD- E-RACH for uplink).
DC-
0106090 HSDPA 5. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
2 When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
Downlin
WRFD- mapped on the HS-DSCH if the DL maximum rate of
k
010632 the service is greater than or equal to the HSDPA
Enhance
threshold for streaming services.
WRFD- d
010630 CELL_F 6. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
ACH When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
mapped on the E-DCH if the UL maximum rate of the
SRB
service is greater than or equal to the HSUPA
over
HSDPA
7.
Rate MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
Negotiat TCH: When the switch is on, the signaling is
ion at transmitted at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s if all the downlink
Admissi traffic is on the HSDPA channel.
on
Control 8.
MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWIT
MBMS CH: When this switch is turned on, the SRB of a CS
P2P RRC connection cannot be established on HSPA
over channels. The RNC determines whether an RRC
HSDPA connection request is for a CS service based on the
SRB RRC connection setup cause and the value of Domain
over Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6,
HSUPA the RRC connection setup cause of CS services is

WCDMA RAN

nd
Combin Originating Conversational Call or Terminating

ation of Conversational Call. For a UE of Release 6 or a later
One CS version, the value of Domain Indicator must be CS
Service and the RRC connection setup cause must be
and One Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
PS Conversational Call for a CS service.
Service 9. MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Streami Whether CS and PS combined services can use
ng HSUPA 2ms transmission time interval (TTI). When
Traffic this switch is turned on, CS and PS combined services
Class on cannot use HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces CS call
HSUPA drops caused by TTI switching. When this switch is
Streami turned off, CS and PS combined services can use
ng HSUPA 2ms TTI.
Traffic 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Class on Whether uplink PS services of CS and PS combined
HSDPA services are carried on DCHs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the channel for
carrying uplink services of CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned on and CS and PS
combined services existing, the uplink PS services
must be carried on DCHs.
11. MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether downlink PS services of CS and PS
combined services are carried on DCHs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC determines the channel
carrying the downlink PS services of the CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on and
CS and PS combined services existing, the downlink
PS services must be carried on DCHs.
12. MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
allow UEs to perform CS+PS combined services using
MC HSPA.When this switch is turned on, UEs are not
allowed to perform CS+PS combined services using
MC HSPA (MC stands for multi-carrier.) This
prevents call drops that are caused by frequent
reconfigurations in areas bordered by MC and non-
MC cells.When this switch is turned off, UEs are
MC HSPA.
13. MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH to the PS service
of CS+PS combined services during link
reestablishment When this switch is turned on, a 0
kbit/s DCH is allocated to the PS service of CS+PS
combined services during link reestablishment and the

WCDMA RAN

nd
data rate of the CS service remains unchanged. This

prevents call drops in case of poor coverage.
14. MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the PS BE service setup process.
1: This switch is turned on. A new PS BE service is
carried on a 0 kbit/s DCH during the service setup
process and the data rate is increased later on using an
event 4A measurement report based on the traffic
volume.
0: This switch is turned off. PS BE services are set up
through the original process.
GUI Value Range:
MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
TCH, MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH,
MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
TCH,
CH, MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
0,MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SW
ITCH:0,MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_S
WITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWI
TCH:1,MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
1,MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
MapSwi BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

tch 0 UCORR 0106140 2ms TTI Service mapping strategy switch group.
MALG 3 HSPA+
OSWIT 1. MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Uplink switch is on, 2 ms TTI is supported for HSUPA.
CH 010698 11.5Mbi
t/s per 2.
WRFD- MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWI
010510 User
TCH: Whether to consistently allocate DCHs to
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 services diverted to the current network through
151209 3.6/27.2 incoming inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is
Kbps turned on, the RNC consistently allocates DCHs to
WRFD-
RRC such services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
010688
Connect selects appropriate channels to such services.
WRFD- ion and
010652 3. MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the
Radio
switch is on, the PS BE services can be carried on the
WRFD- Access
E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for
010507 Bearer
uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and E-RACH for
Establis
WRFD- uplink).
hment
0106600 4. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
and
2 When the switch is on, the PS streaming services can
Release
WRFD- be transmitted on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink
Macro-
010636 and RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for downlink and
Micro
WRFD- E-RACH for uplink).
DC-
0106090 HSDPA 5. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
2 When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
Downlin
WRFD- mapped on the HS-DSCH if the DL maximum rate of
k
010632 the service is greater than or equal to the HSDPA
Enhance
WRFD- d
010630 CELL_F 6. MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
ACH When the switch is on, a PS streaming service is
mapped on the E-DCH if the UL maximum rate of the
SRB
service is greater than or equal to the HSUPA
over
HSDPA
7.
Rate MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWI
Negotiat TCH: When the switch is on, the signaling is
ion at transmitted at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s if all the downlink
Admissi traffic is on the HSDPA channel.
on
Control 8.
MBMS CH: When this switch is turned on, the SRB of a CS
P2P RRC connection cannot be established on HSPA
over channels. The RNC determines whether an RRC
HSDPA connection request is for a CS service based on the
SRB RRC connection setup cause and the value of Domain
over Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6,
HSUPA the RRC connection setup cause of CS services is

WCDMA RAN

nd
Combin Originating Conversational Call or Terminating

ation of Conversational Call. For a UE of Release 6 or a later
One CS version, the value of Domain Indicator must be CS
Service and the RRC connection setup cause must be
and One Originating Conversational Call or Terminating
PS Conversational Call for a CS service.
Service 9. MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Streami Whether CS and PS combined services can use
ng HSUPA 2ms transmission time interval (TTI). When
Traffic this switch is turned on, CS and PS combined services
Class on cannot use HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces CS call
HSUPA drops caused by TTI switching. When this switch is
Streami turned off, CS and PS combined services can use
ng HSUPA 2ms TTI.
Traffic 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Class on Whether uplink PS services of CS and PS combined
HSDPA services are carried on DCHs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the channel for
carrying uplink services of CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned on and CS and PS
combined services existing, the uplink PS services
must be carried on DCHs.
11. MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether downlink PS services of CS and PS
combined services are carried on DCHs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC determines the channel
carrying the downlink PS services of the CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on and
CS and PS combined services existing, the downlink
PS services must be carried on DCHs.
12. MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
allow UEs to perform CS+PS combined services using
MC HSPA.When this switch is turned on, UEs are not
MC HSPA (MC stands for multi-carrier.) This
prevents call drops that are caused by frequent
reconfigurations in areas bordered by MC and non-
MC cells.When this switch is turned off, UEs are
MC HSPA.
13. MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH to the PS service
of CS+PS combined services during link
reestablishment When this switch is turned on, a 0
kbit/s DCH is allocated to the PS service of CS+PS
combined services during link reestablishment and the

WCDMA RAN

nd
data rate of the CS service remains unchanged. This

prevents call drops in case of poor coverage.
14. MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the PS BE service setup process.
1: This switch is turned on. A new PS BE service is
carried on a 0 kbit/s DCH during the service setup
process and the data rate is increased later on using an
event 4A measurement report based on the traffic
volume.
0: This switch is turned off. PS BE services are set up
through the original process.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH:
0,MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SW
ITCH:0,MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_S
WITCH:
0,MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWI
TCH:1,MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
1,MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_MC_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_CSPS_RL_RESET_0K_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH:0
U2LBlin BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

dRedirS 0 UCELL 020129 Service Whether the RNC supports UMTS-to-LTE blind
witch HOCO Redirect redirection.
MM ion from
UMTS When the switch is turned on and the UE does not
MOD support LTE cell measurements, the RNC directly
UCELL to LTE
performs a UMTS-to-LTE redirection, without
HOCO measuring the LTE cell. The EARFCN for the
MM redirection is configured for the neighboring LTE cell
or the LTE EARFCN configured in the SIB19.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC measures the
LTE cell and then accordingly selects the EARFCN
for a redirection to perform a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. If the UE does not support LTE cell
measurements, the RNC cannot perform a UMTS-to-
LTE redirection.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LBlin BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

dRedirS 0 UCELL 020129 Service Whether the RNC supports UMTS-to-LTE blind
witch HOCO Redirect redirection.
MM ion from
UMTS When the switch is turned on and the UE does not
MOD support LTE cell measurements, the RNC directly
UCELL to LTE
performs a UMTS-to-LTE redirection, without
HOCO measuring the LTE cell. The EARFCN for the
MM redirection is configured for the neighboring LTE cell
or the LTE EARFCN configured in the SIB19.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC measures the
LTE cell and then accordingly selects the EARFCN
for a redirection to perform a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. If the UE does not support LTE cell
measurements, the RNC cannot perform a UMTS-to-
LTE redirection.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
EARFC BSC690 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

N 0 UCELL 020126 Between The relationship between the E-UTRA Absolute
NFREQ UMTS Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) and E-
PRIOIN and LTE UTRA downlink carrier frequency is given by the
FO Phase 1 following equation:
MOD FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL x NOffs-DL),
UCELL
NFREQ where, FDL is the downlink E-UTRA carrier
PRIOIN frequency. NDL is the downlink EARFCN. FDL_low
FO is the minimum downlink carrier frequency of the
frequency band to which the EARFCN belongs.
RMV NOffs-DL is the minimum downlink frequency
UCELL number of the frequency band to which the EARFCN
NFREQ belongs. For details about these parameters, see 3GPP
PRIOIN TS 36.101.
FO
Unit: None
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
EARFC BSC691 ADD WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

N 0 UCELL 020126 Between The relationship between the E-UTRA Absolute
NFREQ UMTS Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) and E-
PRIOIN and LTE UTRA downlink carrier frequency is given by the
FO Phase 1 following equation:
MOD FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL x NOffs-DL),
UCELL
NFREQ where, FDL is the downlink E-UTRA carrier
PRIOIN frequency. NDL is the downlink EARFCN. FDL_low
FO is the minimum downlink carrier frequency of the
frequency band to which the EARFCN belongs.
RMV NOffs-DL is the minimum downlink frequency
UCELL number of the frequency band to which the EARFCN
NFREQ belongs. For details about these parameters, see 3GPP
PRIOIN TS 36.101.
FO
Unit: None
Default Value: None
LTEArf BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the downlink
cn 0 ULTEC 020129 Service frequency used by an LTE cell. For detailed
ELL WRFD- Redirect description of the parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104.
MOD 020126 ion from GUI Value Range: 0~65535
ULTEC UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
ELL
Mobility Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Between Default Value: None
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
LTEArf BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the downlink
cn 0 ULTEC 020129 Service frequency used by an LTE cell. For detailed
ELL WRFD- Redirect description of the parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104.
ULTEC UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
ELL
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTECell BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the index that
Index 0 ULTEN 020129 Service uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
CELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 0~65535
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEN
CELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~65535
RMV Mobility Default Value: None

ULTEN Between
CELL UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Index 0 ULTEN 020129 Service uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
CELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 0~65535
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEN
CELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~65535

ULTEN Between
CELL UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
tch5 MPARA WRFD- Co- PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
021101 carrier GING: Whether a UMTS-to-LTE handover or
Uplink redirection can be triggered when the UE is in the CS
WRFD- Interfere
010652 PAGING state. When this switch is set to on, a
nce service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
WRFD- Control cannot be triggered in the preceding scenario. When
160103 Dynami this switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- c handover or redirection can be triggered in the
0206050 Channel preceding scenario. Threshold for RSCP of the best
3 Configu cell for triggering a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- ration handover or redirection when
011600 Control HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH is set
(DCCC) to on. If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
WRFD- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
SRB
020503 and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
over
WRFD- HSDPA redirection cannot be triggered.
010202 2.
Termina
WRFD- l Black PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
020129 List WITCH: Whether the existing penalty on UMTS-to-
WRFD- SRNS LTE handovers or redirections continues taking effect
140218 Relocati after a D2P or F2P state transition. If this switch is set
on with to on, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers
WRFD-
Cell/UR or redirections still takes effect. If the switch is set to
020701
A off, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers or
Update redirections does not take effect.
TFO/ 3.
TrFO PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SWI
TCH: Whether the measurement caused by a service-
Outer
based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections can be
Loop
timely triggered after the Iu-CS connection is released
Power
in the following scenario: a measurement control
Control
message fails to be sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-
UE based handovers or redirections;
State in "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set to a non-
Connect zero value. When this switch is set to on, the
ed Mode measurement caused by a service-based UMTS-to-
(CELL- LTE handovers or redirections can be timely triggered
DCH, after the Iu-CS connection is released in the following
CELL- scenario: a measurement control message fails to be
PCH, sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-based handovers or
URA- redirections; "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set
PCH, to a non-zero value. When this switch is set to off, the
CELL- measurement cannot be triggered after the Iu-CS
FACH) connection is released.
PS
Service

WCDMA RAN

nd
Redirect 4.
ion from PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
UMTS WITCH: Whether a channel retry is prohibited when
to LTE the UE is performing measurement for service-based
Service- UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in
Based compressed mode. When this switch is set to on, the
PS channel retry is prohibited. When this switch is set to
Handov off, the channel retry is allowed.
er from 5. PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
UMTS Whether the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC
to LTE CONNECTION SETUP message sent by RNC to the
AMR/W UE contains IEs with System specific capability
B-AMR update requirement set to GERAN or E-UTRA. These
Speech IEs indicate that UEs need to report their capability to
Rates access the GERAN and E-UTRA networks. When this
Control switch is set to on, the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
or RRC CONNECTION SETUP message sent by
RNC to the UE contains the IEs with System specific
capability update requirement set to GERAN or E-
UTRA. When this switch is set to off, the UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent by RNC to the UE does not
contain such IEs.
6.
PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC repetitively deletes the MAC-
ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message if the CELL
UPDATE message sent by a UE for the combined cell
update and relocation procedure contains common
channel information and MAC-ehs information of
dedicated transport channels. When this switch is set
to on, the RNC does not repetitively delete the MAC-
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
7. PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to solve the problem of radio link setup and
radio link reconfiguration failures caused by incorrect
diversity parameters carried in Iub interface messages.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC solves the
problem of incorrect diversity parameters carried in
Iub interface messages. When this switch is set to off,
the RNC does not solve the problem of incorrect

WCDMA RAN

nd
8.
PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC considers the DRD policy
when selecting cells for inter-frequency blind
handovers between macro and micro networks. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC does not consider the
DRD policy when selecting inter-frequency blind
handover neighboring cells. When this switch is set to
off, the RNC considers the DRD policy when
selecting inter-frequency blind handover neighboring
cells.
9.
PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH: Switch for handling multiple rate
adjustments mistakenly initiated due to abnormal
processing of response messages for Iub bandwidth
applications during adaptive multi rate control
(AMRC). When this switch is set to on, if the RNC
applies for the Iub bandwidth resources for multiple
NodeBs during AMRC, only one rate adjustment is
initiated after receipt of the Iub bandwidth response
messages. When this switch is set to off, multiple rate
adjustments are mistakenly initiated in the preceding
scenario.
10.
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs parameter setting checks
during static relocation for AMR services. 1: When
this switch is set to on, the RNC checks whether the
attribute of the AMR service is correct and whether
the rate set corresponding to the IuUP version is
correct during an incoming AMR static relocation. If
not, the RNC returns a static relocation failure
message. 0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC
does not check parameter settings during incoming
static relocation for AMR services.
11. PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the order of intra-frequency
neighboring cells and the order of inter-frequency
neighboring cells of a cell. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC arranges neighboring cells of a cell on a
basis of five cells every 3s, that is, the RNC
preferentially arranges neighboring cells in ascending
order of neighboring cell priorities (Nprio). If the
neighboring cells have the same priority, the RNC
arranges neighboring cells in ascending order of cell
ID. When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
optimize the order of neighboring cells of a cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
12.
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on service-
based LTE measurement if the previous service-based
measurement control release is not triggered by
measurement control expiry. The duration of the
penalty is set by the "U2LServMcTimeOutPunish-
Time" parameter. 1: When this switch is set to on, the
RNC imposes penalty on service-based LTE
measurement only when the previous service-based
LTE measurement control release is triggered by
measurement control expiry. 0: When this switch is set
to off, the RNC imposes penalty on all types of
service-based LTE measurement control release.
13. PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE
services to the initial access rate during an HSUPA
reconfiguration not triggered by DCCC or HSPA retry
when the HSUPA DCCC switch is set to on. BE is
short for best effort and DCCC is short for dynamic
channel configuration control. When this switch is set
to on, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE services
to a smaller value between the current rate and the
maximum rate supported by the target cell. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS
BE services to the initial access rate.
14.
PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_MEA
S: Whether a UE that is performing an LTE
measurement can use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 1: This switch is turned on.
The UE cannot use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 0: This switch is turned off.
The UE can use the periodic DRD algorithm to adjust
its channel type.
15.
PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST_
SWITCH: Whether to use the whitelist or blacklist
policy for the A-GPS MR function.
1: When this switch is set to on, the whitelist policy is
used for A-GPS MR, that is, the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_DISABLED_SWITCH
under the "SpecUserFunctionSwitch3" parameter in
the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes
ineffective and the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_ENABLED_SWITCH
becomes effective.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to off, the blacklist policy is

the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes effective
and the
becomes ineffective.
16. PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether SRBs can be carried over HSDPA if a UE
processing PS services returns to the CELL_DCH
state after a D2P state transition when the optimized
H2D algorithm is used for SRB over HSDPA. D2P
refers to the state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH.
1: When this switch is set to on, SRBs can be carried
over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
0: When this switch is set to off, SRBs cannot be
carried over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
17.
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH:
Whether Iub MRs are reported through the extended
interface on the user plane.
1: When this switch is turned on, Iub MRs are
reported through the extended interface on the user
plane.
0: When this switch is turned off, Iub MRs are not
plane.
18.PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC optimizes the mechanism for
sending traffic measurement control messages to UEs
in the CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
additional traffic measurement control messages to the
UEs that are performing cell reselection in the
CELL_FACH state or successfully transit to the
CELL_FACH state if measurement control parameters
remain unchanged on the UEs. When Push To Talk
(PTT) services are running, the switch does not take
effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends additional
traffic measurement control messages to the UEs that
are performing cell reselection in the CELL_FACH
state or successfully transit to the CELL_FACH state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19.PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing on abnormal MAC-d flows contained in
the RELOCATION REQUEST message during the
combined cell update and SRNS relocation initiated
by UEs complying with Release 5 or Release 6 in
non-CELL_DCH state.
compatibility processing.
perform compatibility processing.
20.PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs whose best cell is a DRNC cell can
report MRs.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell can report MRs.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell cannot report MRs.
21.
PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC delivers A-GPS
measurement control messages to UEs that are
undergoing an incoming relocation if these UEs are in
the MR A-GPS blacklist. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC does not deliver MR A-GPS
off, the RNC delivers MR A-GPS measurement
control messages to UEs that are undergoing an
incoming relocation if these UEs are in the MR A-
GPS blacklist.
22.
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC considers the number of
High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) users to determine
the transmission channel for PS services when UEs
performing CS+PS combined services experience a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. In the case of insufficient
HSPA users, the RNC chooses to transmit PS services
over the DCH.
considers the number of HSPA users to determine the
transmission channel for PS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
23. PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
sent by the RNC carries the transport format indicator
(TFI) information of UEs having experienced AMRC
rate reduction.
1: This switch is turned on and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message carries the TFI information of
those UEs.
0: This switch is turned off and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message does not carry the TFI
information of those UEs.
24.
PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWI
TCH: Whether the AMRC uplink rate adjustment
optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC performs the
following operations:
If L3 receives a confirmation about TFC CTRL
message from the L2 RLC layer, the RNC starts the
TFC CTRL FAIL (TRANSPORT FORMAT
COMBINATION CONTROL FAILURE) message
waiting timer. If the RNC has not received the TFC
CTRL FAIL message before the timer expires, the
RNC considers the UE uplink rate adjustment
successful when the timer expires. If L3 does not
receive a confirmation about TFC CTRL message
from the L2 RLC layer or the UE responds with the
TFC CTRL FAIL message, the RNC considers the UE
uplink rate adjustment failed.
0: This switch is turned off. If the UE does not
respond with a TFC CTRL FAIL message and the
uplink rate adjustment timer expires, the RNC
considers the rate adjustment successful by default.
25.
PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_SWI
TCH: Whether the Rate Control ACK message sent
by the RNC carries the local maximum downlink rate
or the local current downlink rate in AMR services
when the protocol CR0125 takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the Rate Control ACK
message sent by the RNC to the CN carries the local
maximum downlink rate.
0: This switch is turned off and the Rate Control ACK
current downlink rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the DRNC sends a service area identifier-
based (SAI-based) location report to the CN during a
UE relocation process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report only after a UE relocation
process completes, even though the RNC has received
an SAI-based location request from the CN during the
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report if requested during the UE
relocation process.
27.
PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OPT
_SW: Method of calculating the ratio of measurement-
based directed retry (MBDR) UEs in outgoing inter-
RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, the
ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT handovers
is decided based on the comparison between a random
number and the maximum percentage of MBDR UEs
in outgoing handovers. When this switch is turned off,
the ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT
handovers is decided by the maximum percentage of
MBDR UEs in outgoing handovers.
28. PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC clears the power control-based
measurement control of E-DCH after a handover of a
UE that does not perform HSUPA BE services is
complete. E-DCH power control-based measurement
control includes measurement control for the
following two algorithms: adaptive adjustment of the
target number of small retransmissions by HSUPA
UEs and adaptive adjustment of power offset of the
HSUPA data channel. When the algorithm for
adaptive adjustment of the target number of small
retransmissions by HSUPA UEs or that for adaptive
adjustment of power offset of the HSUPA data
channel is enabled, it is recommended that this switch
be turned on.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the power
control-based measurement control of E-DCH after a
handover of a UE that does not perform HSUPA BE
services is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the power control-based measurement control of E-

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH after a handover of a UE that does not perform

HSUPA BE services is complete.
29.
PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWIT
CH: Whether the inter-frequency measurement control
message carries the IE "AdjacentFrequencyIndex"
when the UE performs the inter-frequency
neighboring cell measurement on neighboring
frequencies without starting the compressed mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The inter-frequency
measurement control message can carry the IE
"AdjacentFrequencyIndex".
0: This switch is turned off. The inter-frequency
measurement control message cannot carry the IE
30.
PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC resends a transport format
set (TFS) when the TFs used by each transport
channel change whereas the TFS does not change.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC resends a
TFS. 0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does
not resend a TFS.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
GING,
PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
S,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWITC
H, PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH, PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
S,
SWITCH,
H,
H,
PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
CH,
WITCH
Default Value:
GING:
0,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWI
TCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_ME
AS:
1,PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OP
T_SW:
0,PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_
SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
tch5 MPARA WRFD- Co- PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
021101 carrier GING: Whether a UMTS-to-LTE handover or
Uplink redirection can be triggered when the UE is in the CS
WRFD- Interfere
010652 PAGING state. When this switch is set to on, a
nce service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
WRFD- Control cannot be triggered in the preceding scenario. When
160103 Dynami this switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- c handover or redirection can be triggered in the
0206050 Channel preceding scenario. Threshold for RSCP of the best
3 Configu cell for triggering a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- ration handover or redirection when
010202 Control HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH is set
(DCCC) to on. If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
WRFD- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
020129 SRB
over and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
WRFD- HSDPA redirection cannot be triggered.
140218 2.
Termina
WRFD- l Black PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
020701 List WITCH: Whether the existing penalty on UMTS-to-
LTE handovers or redirections continues taking effect
SRNS
after a D2P or F2P state transition. If this switch is set
Relocati
to on, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers
on with
or redirections still takes effect. If the switch is set to
Cell/UR
off, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers or
A
redirections does not take effect.
Update
3.
UE
State in
TCH: Whether the measurement caused by a service-
Connect
ed Mode
timely triggered after the Iu-CS connection is released
(CELL-
in the following scenario: a measurement control
DCH,
message fails to be sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-
CELL-
based handovers or redirections;
PCH,
"U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set to a non-
URA-
zero value. When this switch is set to on, the
PCH,
measurement caused by a service-based UMTS-to-
CELL-
LTE handovers or redirections can be timely triggered
FACH)
after the Iu-CS connection is released in the following
PS scenario: a measurement control message fails to be
Service sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-based handovers or
Redirect redirections; "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set
ion from to a non-zero value. When this switch is set to off, the
UMTS measurement cannot be triggered after the Iu-CS
to LTE connection is released.
Service-
Based

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS 4.
Handov PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
er from WITCH: Whether a channel retry is prohibited when
UMTS the UE is performing measurement for service-based
to LTE UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in
AMR/W compressed mode. When this switch is set to on, the
B-AMR channel retry is prohibited. When this switch is set to
Speech off, the channel retry is allowed.
Rates 5. PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
Control Whether the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message sent by RNC to the
UE contains IEs with System specific capability
update requirement set to GERAN or E-UTRA. These
IEs indicate that UEs need to report their capability to
access the GERAN and E-UTRA networks. When this
switch is set to on, the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
or RRC CONNECTION SETUP message sent by
RNC to the UE contains the IEs with System specific
capability update requirement set to GERAN or E-
UTRA. When this switch is set to off, the UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent by RNC to the UE does not
contain such IEs.
6.
TCH: Whether the RNC repetitively deletes the MAC-
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message if the CELL
UPDATE message sent by a UE for the combined cell
update and relocation procedure contains common
channel information and MAC-ehs information of
dedicated transport channels. When this switch is set
to on, the RNC does not repetitively delete the MAC-
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
7. PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to solve the problem of radio link setup and
radio link reconfiguration failures caused by incorrect
When this switch is set to on, the RNC solves the
problem of incorrect diversity parameters carried in
Iub interface messages. When this switch is set to off,
the RNC does not solve the problem of incorrect

WCDMA RAN

nd
8.
CH: Whether the RNC considers the DRD policy
when selecting cells for inter-frequency blind
handovers between macro and micro networks. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC does not consider the
DRD policy when selecting inter-frequency blind
handover neighboring cells. When this switch is set to
off, the RNC considers the DRD policy when
selecting inter-frequency blind handover neighboring
cells.
9.
WITCH: Switch for handling multiple rate
adjustments mistakenly initiated due to abnormal
processing of response messages for Iub bandwidth
applications during adaptive multi rate control
(AMRC). When this switch is set to on, if the RNC
applies for the Iub bandwidth resources for multiple
NodeBs during AMRC, only one rate adjustment is
initiated after receipt of the Iub bandwidth response
messages. When this switch is set to off, multiple rate
adjustments are mistakenly initiated in the preceding
scenario.
10.
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs parameter setting checks
during static relocation for AMR services. 1: When
this switch is set to on, the RNC checks whether the
attribute of the AMR service is correct and whether
the rate set corresponding to the IuUP version is
correct during an incoming AMR static relocation. If
not, the RNC returns a static relocation failure
message. 0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC
does not check parameter settings during incoming
static relocation for AMR services.
11. PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the order of intra-frequency
neighboring cells and the order of inter-frequency
neighboring cells of a cell. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC arranges neighboring cells of a cell on a
basis of five cells every 3s, that is, the RNC
preferentially arranges neighboring cells in ascending
order of neighboring cell priorities (Nprio). If the
neighboring cells have the same priority, the RNC
arranges neighboring cells in ascending order of cell
ID. When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
optimize the order of neighboring cells of a cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
12.
H: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on service-
based LTE measurement if the previous service-based
measurement control release is not triggered by
measurement control expiry. The duration of the
penalty is set by the "U2LServMcTimeOutPunish-
Time" parameter. 1: When this switch is set to on, the
RNC imposes penalty on service-based LTE
measurement only when the previous service-based
LTE measurement control release is triggered by
measurement control expiry. 0: When this switch is set
to off, the RNC imposes penalty on all types of
service-based LTE measurement control release.
13. PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE
services to the initial access rate during an HSUPA
reconfiguration not triggered by DCCC or HSPA retry
when the HSUPA DCCC switch is set to on. BE is
short for best effort and DCCC is short for dynamic
channel configuration control. When this switch is set
to on, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE services
to a smaller value between the current rate and the
maximum rate supported by the target cell. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS
BE services to the initial access rate.
14.
S: Whether a UE that is performing an LTE
measurement can use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 1: This switch is turned on.
The UE cannot use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 0: This switch is turned off.
The UE can use the periodic DRD algorithm to adjust
its channel type.
15.
SWITCH: Whether to use the whitelist or blacklist
policy for the A-GPS MR function.
1: When this switch is set to on, the whitelist policy is
the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes
ineffective and the
becomes effective.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to off, the blacklist policy is

the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes effective
and the
becomes ineffective.
16. PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether SRBs can be carried over HSDPA if a UE
processing PS services returns to the CELL_DCH
state after a D2P state transition when the optimized
H2D algorithm is used for SRB over HSDPA. D2P
refers to the state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH.
1: When this switch is set to on, SRBs can be carried
over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
0: When this switch is set to off, SRBs cannot be
carried over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
17.
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH:
Whether Iub MRs are reported through the extended
interface on the user plane.
1: When this switch is turned on, Iub MRs are
plane.
0: When this switch is turned off, Iub MRs are not
plane.
18.PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC optimizes the mechanism for
sending traffic measurement control messages to UEs
in the CELL_FACH state.
additional traffic measurement control messages to the
UEs that are performing cell reselection in the
CELL_FACH state or successfully transit to the
CELL_FACH state if measurement control parameters
remain unchanged on the UEs. When Push To Talk
(PTT) services are running, the switch does not take
effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends additional
traffic measurement control messages to the UEs that
are performing cell reselection in the CELL_FACH
state or successfully transit to the CELL_FACH state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19.PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing on abnormal MAC-d flows contained in
the RELOCATION REQUEST message during the
combined cell update and SRNS relocation initiated
by UEs complying with Release 5 or Release 6 in
non-CELL_DCH state.
compatibility processing.
perform compatibility processing.
20.PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs whose best cell is a DRNC cell can
report MRs.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell can report MRs.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell cannot report MRs.
21.
ITCH: Whether the RNC delivers A-GPS
on, the RNC does not deliver MR A-GPS
off, the RNC delivers MR A-GPS measurement
control messages to UEs that are undergoing an
incoming relocation if these UEs are in the MR A-
GPS blacklist.
22.
ITCH: Whether the RNC considers the number of
High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) users to determine
the transmission channel for PS services when UEs
performing CS+PS combined services experience a
1: This switch is turned on. In the case of insufficient
HSPA users, the RNC chooses to transmit PS services
over the DCH.
considers the number of HSPA users to determine the
transmission channel for PS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
23. PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
sent by the RNC carries the transport format indicator
(TFI) information of UEs having experienced AMRC
rate reduction.
1: This switch is turned on and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message carries the TFI information of
those UEs.
0: This switch is turned off and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message does not carry the TFI
information of those UEs.
24.
TCH: Whether the AMRC uplink rate adjustment
optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC performs the
following operations:
If L3 receives a confirmation about TFC CTRL
message from the L2 RLC layer, the RNC starts the
TFC CTRL FAIL (TRANSPORT FORMAT
COMBINATION CONTROL FAILURE) message
waiting timer. If the RNC has not received the TFC
CTRL FAIL message before the timer expires, the
RNC considers the UE uplink rate adjustment
successful when the timer expires. If L3 does not
receive a confirmation about TFC CTRL message
from the L2 RLC layer or the UE responds with the
TFC CTRL FAIL message, the RNC considers the UE
uplink rate adjustment failed.
0: This switch is turned off. If the UE does not
respond with a TFC CTRL FAIL message and the
uplink rate adjustment timer expires, the RNC
considers the rate adjustment successful by default.
25.
TCH: Whether the Rate Control ACK message sent
by the RNC carries the local maximum downlink rate
or the local current downlink rate in AMR services
when the protocol CR0125 takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the Rate Control ACK
0: This switch is turned off and the Rate Control ACK
current downlink rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
H: Whether the DRNC sends a service area identifier-
based (SAI-based) location report to the CN during a
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report only after a UE relocation
process completes, even though the RNC has received
an SAI-based location request from the CN during the
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report if requested during the UE
relocation process.
27.
_SW: Method of calculating the ratio of measurement-
based directed retry (MBDR) UEs in outgoing inter-
RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, the
ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT handovers
is decided based on the comparison between a random
number and the maximum percentage of MBDR UEs
in outgoing handovers. When this switch is turned off,
the ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT
handovers is decided by the maximum percentage of
MBDR UEs in outgoing handovers.
28. PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC clears the power control-based
measurement control of E-DCH after a handover of a
UE that does not perform HSUPA BE services is
complete. E-DCH power control-based measurement
control includes measurement control for the
following two algorithms: adaptive adjustment of the
target number of small retransmissions by HSUPA
UEs and adaptive adjustment of power offset of the
HSUPA data channel. When the algorithm for
adaptive adjustment of the target number of small
retransmissions by HSUPA UEs or that for adaptive
adjustment of power offset of the HSUPA data
channel is enabled, it is recommended that this switch
be turned on.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the power
control-based measurement control of E-DCH after a
handover of a UE that does not perform HSUPA BE
services is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the power control-based measurement control of E-

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH after a handover of a UE that does not perform

HSUPA BE services is complete.
29.
CH: Whether the inter-frequency measurement control
message carries the IE "AdjacentFrequencyIndex"
when the UE performs the inter-frequency
neighboring cell measurement on neighboring
frequencies without starting the compressed mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The inter-frequency
measurement control message can carry the IE
0: This switch is turned off. The inter-frequency
measurement control message cannot carry the IE
30.
WITCH:Whether the RNC resends a transport format
set (TFS) when the TFs used by each transport
channel change whereas the TFS does not change.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC resends a
TFS. 0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does
not resend a TFS.
GUI Value Range:
GING,
WITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
H, PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
S,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
H,
H, PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH, PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
CH,
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
S,
SWITCH,
H,
H,
PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
CH,
WITCH
Default Value:
GING:
0,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWI
TCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_ME
AS:
1,PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OP
T_SW:
0,PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_
SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
EUTRA BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to allow
NSHIN 0 UTYPR 020129 Service the service-based handover of UEs from UMTS to
D ABBAS WRFD- Redirect LTE.
IC 020126 ion from GUI Value Range:
MOD UMTS HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
UTYPR to LTE HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
ABBAS Mobility Unit: None
IC Between
UMTS Actual Value Range:
and LTE HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
Phase 1 HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
Default Value:
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
EUTRA BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to allow
NSHIN 0 UTYPR 020129 Service the service-based handover of UEs from UMTS to
D ABBAS WRFD- Redirect LTE.
IC 020126 ion from GUI Value Range:
MOD UMTS HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
UTYPR to LTE HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
ABBAS Mobility Unit: None
IC Between
UMTS Actual Value Range:
and LTE HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
Phase 1 HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
Default Value:
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1. HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When
MALG WRFD- Softer the switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving
OSWIT 0106100 Handov speed in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow
CH 6 er inter-layer handover.
HSDPA 2. HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Mobility When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency
020203
Manage handover is allowed during soft handover.
WRFD- ment
020202 3. HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the
Inter
switch is on, the UE requires that the redirection
WRFD- RNC
strategy be used for frequency layer convergence.
020309 Soft
Handov 4. HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-
er switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility
020103
algorithms of the overlay network are used. When the
WRFD- Intra
switch is not on, the associated algorithms are not
020106 RNC
used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network
Soft
WRFD- covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS
Handov
0106120 and other new features. To satisfy new requirements
er
4 of operator and restrictions of present network,
Inter- overlay network realizes operation distribution and
WRFD- RAT load sharing between new network and present
020129 Handov network, also gives special handling for mobility
WRFD- er Based management of network verge.
070006 on DL
5. HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When
QoS
WRFD- the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-
070007 Inter frequency measure control or the load-based inter-
Frequen frequency hard handover upon the handover decision
WRFD- cy Load on inter-frequency load.
140102 Balance
6. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
WRFD- Load Whether to enable service-based PS handover from
070005 Reshuffl UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- ing RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL
150201 HSUPA message based on service and initiate service-based
WRFD- Mobility PS handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
0213110 Manage turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS
2 ment handover from UMTS to LTE.
WRFD- PS 7. HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the

020304 Service switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
Redirect measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover
WRFD- ion from from the 3G network to the 2G network.
021200 UMTS 8.
WRFD- to LTE HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
020308 GSM WITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function
WRFD- and is supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from
010610 UMTS the 3G network to the 2G network in the cell change
Load order process. When the switch is not on, the NACC

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Balancin function is not supported. When

010612 g Based HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
WRFD- on Iur-g CH is ON, this switch is useless. When the NACC
010616 GSM function is supported, the UE skips the reading
and procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided
WRFD- after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of
020301 UMTS
Traffic inter-cell handover is reduced.
WRFD- Steering 9.
020302 Based HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
WRFD- on Iur-g CH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT
020303 CS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is
WRFD- Fallback performed in the relocation process. When the switch
0203080 Guarant is not on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G
2 ee for network to the 2G network is performed in the cell
LTE change order process.
WRFD-
Emerge 10. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
020305
ncy switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
WRFD- Calls measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover
020306 from the 3G network to the 2G network.
NACC
WRFD- Procedu 11.
0203080 re HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
1 Optimiz When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
ation handover of the services are based on the
Based configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch is
on Iur-g not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If
no information is provided by the CN, the attributes
Macro
are then based on the RNC parameters.
& Micro
Co- 12.
carrier HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
Uplink TCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected
Interfere set from which the RNC receives their valid event
nce reports can be added to the active set. The cells
Control allowed to be added to the active set must be the
neighboring cells of the cells in the active set.
Dedicate
d Node 13. HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
B/Cell When the switch is on, the intra-frequency
for measurement reports of the detected set can be
Operator reported by UE.
s 14. HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
Inter
the intra-frequency hard handover.
Frequen
cy Hard 15. HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When
Handov the switch is on, the event 1J is included in the
er Based delivery of intra-frequency measurement control if the
on DL UE version is R6 or later versions.
QoS 16. HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the cells under the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
HCS support soft handovers. Upon receiving event 1A, 1B,

(Hierarc 1C, or 1D after delivering an intra-frequency
hical measurement control message to the UE, the RNC
Cell initiates associated addition, removal, and replacement
Structur of target cell of the soft handover.
e) 17. HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
Inter- When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose
RAT frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can
Handov also be delivered in the inter-frequency measurement
er Phase list.
2
18. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When
HSDPA the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined
Introduc algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to
tion be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal
Package cell algorithm is used.
HSUPA 19. HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
Introduc When the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is
tion allowed over the Iur interface if the UE has only
Package signaling.
MBMS 20. HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is
Introduc on, quality measurement on the active set is delivered
tion after signaling setup but before service setup. If the
Package UE is at the cell verge or receives weak signals after
Intra accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-
Frequen frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up
cy Hard the RRC.
Handov 21. HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When
er the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the
Inter connected state based on the configurations on the
Frequen CN. The UEs can only access and move in authorized
cy Hard cells.
Handov 22. HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable
er Based handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
on turned on, the RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT
Coverag CONTROL message and initiate PS handover or
e redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
Inter- turned off, the RNC cannot perform the preceding
RAT procedures.
Handov 23. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
er Based Whether to enable service-based redirection from
on UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
Coverag RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL
e message based on service and initiate service-based
PS PS redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch
Handov is turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS
er redirection from UMTS to LTE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Between 24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This bit is a Single
UMTS Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) switch for the
and VoIP service that is handed over to GERAN. SRVCC
GPRS ensures the continuity of voice services that are
Inter- handed over between the CS domain and the IP
RAT Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).The meaning of the bit
Handov is as follows: When it is set to "ON", it indicates that
er Based the VoIP service can be handed over to GERAN
on through SRVCC procedure.When it is set to "OFF", it
Service indicates that the VoIP service cannot be handed over
Inter- to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.
RAT 25.
Handov HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH:
er Based This switch controls which event to be preferentially
on Load processed when both an intra- frequency measurement
NACC( report event and event 2D or 2F need to be processed.
Network Turning on this switch allows the intra-frequency
Assisted measurement report event to be preferentially
Cell processed. Turning off this switch allows event 2D or
Change) 2F to be preferentially processed.
26. HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the RNC instructs
the UE to use the cell individual offset (CIO)
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is
selected, the RNC instructs the UE to use the CIO
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is not
selected, the RNC does not instruct the UE to use the
CIO parameter when reporting event 1D. The call
drop rate will increase if the switch is opened when
the CIO is configured to a big value.
27. HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC determines the initial speed state of
a UE based on the enUeMobilityStateInd information
element (IE) sent by the UE. If this switch is turned
on, the initial UE speed state is determined by this IE
carried in the RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or
RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the UE mobility state
as before based on how frequently the UE sends an
event 1D measurement report.
28. HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH: Function switch
of the CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency
Calls feature. When this switch is turned on, this
feature is activated. When a UE is making an
emergency call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to
move to a UMTS cell and the UMTS cell
preferentially guarantees the successful access of the
UE. If the UE is processing non-real-time PS services,

WCDMA RAN

nd
the channel types and initial data rates for these

services are determined by the "NRTInitRateforL2U"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command during
service admission. If the UE is processing real-time
PS services, the original channel types and data rates
of these services are retained during service
admission. When this switch is turned off, this feature
is not activated. When a UE is making an emergency
call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to move to a
UMTS cell but the UMTS cell does not preferentially
guarantee the successful access of the UE. If the UE is
processing PS services, the original channel types and
data rates of these services are retained during service
admission.
29.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether a UE can fast return to the LTE network after
its RRC connection is released in the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC carries the
information about frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
during a call release of a UE capable of measuring the
LTE frequencies so that the UE in idle state can fast
move to the LTE network. The information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is set by the
"ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command. When
this switch is turned off, the information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is not carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.
30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends
periodical inter-frequency and intra-frequency
measurement control messages, and includes the
information element (IE) measurementIdentiy in the
inter-frequency measurement control message to
instruct a UE to report signal quality in an active set
cell in a periodical inter-frequency measurement
report. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends
only a periodical inter-frequency measurement control
message without this IE.
31.
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITCH
: Whether handover parameters dedicated to combined
services are set. When this switch is turned on, the
handover parameters dedicated to CS and PS
combined services are used when CS and PS
combined services are processed. The handover

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters dedicated to CS and PS combined services

are set by the "SET UMULTIRABHOCOV"
command. When this switch is turned off, the upper
threshold for the handover parameters between the CS
and PS services is used when CS and PS combined
services are processed.
GUI Value Range:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
CH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH,
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
Default Value:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
1,HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_
SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWI
TCH:0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_S
WITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH
:0,HO_CIO_1D_USED:
0,HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
0,HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH:
0,HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1. HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When
MALG WRFD- Softer the switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving
OSWIT 0106100 Handov speed in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow
CH 6 er inter-layer handover.
HSDPA 2. HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Mobility When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency
020203
Manage handover is allowed during soft handover.
WRFD- ment
020202 3. HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the
Inter
switch is on, the UE requires that the redirection
WRFD- RNC
strategy be used for frequency layer convergence.
020309 Soft
Handov 4. HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-
er switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility
020103
algorithms of the overlay network are used. When the
WRFD- Intra
switch is not on, the associated algorithms are not
020106 RNC
used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network
Soft
WRFD- covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS
Handov
0106120 and other new features. To satisfy new requirements
er
4 of operator and restrictions of present network,
Inter- overlay network realizes operation distribution and
WRFD- RAT load sharing between new network and present
020129 Handov network, also gives special handling for mobility
WRFD- er Based management of network verge.
070006 on DL
5. HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When
QoS
WRFD- the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-
070007 Inter frequency measure control or the load-based inter-
Frequen frequency hard handover upon the handover decision
WRFD- cy Load on inter-frequency load.
140102 Balance
6. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
WRFD- Load Whether to enable service-based PS handover from
070005 Reshuffl UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- ing RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL
150201 HSUPA message based on service and initiate service-based
WRFD- Mobility PS handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
0213110 Manage turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS
2 ment handover from UMTS to LTE.
WRFD- PS 7. HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the

020304 Service switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
Redirect measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover
WRFD- ion from from the 3G network to the 2G network.
021200 UMTS 8.
WRFD- to LTE HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
020308 GSM WITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function
WRFD- and is supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from
010610 UMTS the 3G network to the 2G network in the cell change
Load order process. When the switch is not on, the NACC

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Balancin function is not supported. When

010612 g Based HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
WRFD- on Iur-g CH is ON, this switch is useless. When the NACC
010616 GSM function is supported, the UE skips the reading
and procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided
WRFD- after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of
020301 UMTS
Traffic inter-cell handover is reduced.
WRFD- Steering 9.
020302 Based HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
WRFD- on Iur-g CH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT
020303 CS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is
WRFD- Fallback performed in the relocation process. When the switch
0203080 Guarant is not on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G
2 ee for network to the 2G network is performed in the cell
LTE change order process.
WRFD-
Emerge 10. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
020305
ncy switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
WRFD- Calls measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover
020306 from the 3G network to the 2G network.
NACC
WRFD- Procedu 11.
0203080 re HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
1 Optimiz When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
ation handover of the services are based on the
Based configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch is
on Iur-g not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If
no information is provided by the CN, the attributes
Macro
are then based on the RNC parameters.
& Micro
Co- 12.
carrier HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
Uplink TCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected
Interfere set from which the RNC receives their valid event
nce reports can be added to the active set. The cells
Control allowed to be added to the active set must be the
neighboring cells of the cells in the active set.
Dedicate
d Node 13. HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
B/Cell When the switch is on, the intra-frequency
for measurement reports of the detected set can be
Operator reported by UE.
s 14. HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate
Inter
the intra-frequency hard handover.
Frequen
cy Hard 15. HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When
Handov the switch is on, the event 1J is included in the
er Based delivery of intra-frequency measurement control if the
on DL UE version is R6 or later versions.
QoS 16. HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the cells under the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
HCS support soft handovers. Upon receiving event 1A, 1B,

(Hierarc 1C, or 1D after delivering an intra-frequency
hical measurement control message to the UE, the RNC
Cell initiates associated addition, removal, and replacement
Structur of target cell of the soft handover.
e) 17. HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
Inter- When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose
RAT frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can
Handov also be delivered in the inter-frequency measurement
er Phase list.
2
18. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When
HSDPA the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined
Introduc algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to
tion be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal
Package cell algorithm is used.
HSUPA 19. HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
Introduc When the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is
tion allowed over the Iur interface if the UE has only
Package signaling.
MBMS 20. HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is
Introduc on, quality measurement on the active set is delivered
tion after signaling setup but before service setup. If the
Package UE is at the cell verge or receives weak signals after
Intra accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-
Frequen frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up
cy Hard the RRC.
Handov 21. HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When
er the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the
Inter connected state based on the configurations on the
Frequen CN. The UEs can only access and move in authorized
cy Hard cells.
Handov 22. HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable
er Based handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
on turned on, the RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT
Coverag CONTROL message and initiate PS handover or
e redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
Inter- turned off, the RNC cannot perform the preceding
RAT procedures.
Handov 23. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
er Based Whether to enable service-based redirection from
on UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
Coverag RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL
e message based on service and initiate service-based
PS PS redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch
Handov is turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS
er redirection from UMTS to LTE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Between 24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This bit is a Single
UMTS Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) switch for the
and VoIP service that is handed over to GERAN. SRVCC
GPRS ensures the continuity of voice services that are
Inter- handed over between the CS domain and the IP
RAT Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).The meaning of the bit
Handov is as follows: When it is set to "ON", it indicates that
er Based the VoIP service can be handed over to GERAN
on through SRVCC procedure.When it is set to "OFF", it
Service indicates that the VoIP service cannot be handed over
Inter- to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.
RAT 25.
Handov HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH:
er Based This switch controls which event to be preferentially
on Load processed when both an intra- frequency measurement
NACC( report event and event 2D or 2F need to be processed.
Network Turning on this switch allows the intra-frequency
Assisted measurement report event to be preferentially
Cell processed. Turning off this switch allows event 2D or
Change) 2F to be preferentially processed.
26. HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the RNC instructs
the UE to use the cell individual offset (CIO)
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is
selected, the RNC instructs the UE to use the CIO
parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is not
selected, the RNC does not instruct the UE to use the
CIO parameter when reporting event 1D. The call
drop rate will increase if the switch is opened when
the CIO is configured to a big value.
27. HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC determines the initial speed state of
a UE based on the enUeMobilityStateInd information
element (IE) sent by the UE. If this switch is turned
on, the initial UE speed state is determined by this IE
carried in the RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or
RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the UE mobility state
as before based on how frequently the UE sends an
event 1D measurement report.
28. HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH: Function switch
of the CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency
Calls feature. When this switch is turned on, this
feature is activated. When a UE is making an
emergency call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to
move to a UMTS cell and the UMTS cell
preferentially guarantees the successful access of the
UE. If the UE is processing non-real-time PS services,

WCDMA RAN

nd
the channel types and initial data rates for these

services are determined by the "NRTInitRateforL2U"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command during
service admission. If the UE is processing real-time
PS services, the original channel types and data rates
of these services are retained during service
admission. When this switch is turned off, this feature
is not activated. When a UE is making an emergency
call in an LTE cell, the UE is instructed to move to a
UMTS cell but the UMTS cell does not preferentially
guarantee the successful access of the UE. If the UE is
processing PS services, the original channel types and
data rates of these services are retained during service
admission.
29.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether a UE can fast return to the LTE network after
its RRC connection is released in the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC carries the
information about frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
during a call release of a UE capable of measuring the
LTE frequencies so that the UE in idle state can fast
move to the LTE network. The information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is set by the
"ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command. When
this switch is turned off, the information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is not carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.
30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends
periodical inter-frequency and intra-frequency
measurement control messages, and includes the
information element (IE) measurementIdentiy in the
inter-frequency measurement control message to
instruct a UE to report signal quality in an active set
cell in a periodical inter-frequency measurement
report. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends
only a periodical inter-frequency measurement control
message without this IE.
31.
: Whether handover parameters dedicated to combined
services are set. When this switch is turned on, the
handover parameters dedicated to CS and PS
combined services are used when CS and PS
combined services are processed. The handover

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters dedicated to CS and PS combined services

are set by the "SET UMULTIRABHOCOV"
command. When this switch is turned off, the upper
threshold for the handover parameters between the CS
and PS services is used when CS and PS combined
services are processed.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
Default Value:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH:
1,HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH:
0,HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_
SWITCH:
0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWI
TCH:0,HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_S
WITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
1,HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH:
0,HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH:
0,HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH
:0,HO_CIO_1D_USED:
0,HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH:
0,HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH:
0,HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
0,HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITC
H:0
U2LTE BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UCELL 140218 Based measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me U2LTE WRFD- PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HOCOV 150220 Handov RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
MOD er from set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 150219 GUI Value Range: 0~512
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: s
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0~512
PS Default Value: 30
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LTE BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UCELL 140218 Based measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me U2LTE WRFD- PS LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HOCOV 150220 Handov RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
MOD er from set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 150219 GUI Value Range: 0~512
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: s
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0~512
PS Default Value: 30
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTERep BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ortMode 0 UCELL 140218 Based Mode for a UE to report LTE cell measurement
U2LTE WRFD- PS results.
HOCOV 020129 Handov
er from When the parameter is set to
MOD WRFD- PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the UE reports
UCELL UMTS
150220 to LTE measurement results periodically. When the parameter
U2LTE is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, the UE reports
HOCOV WRFD- PS
150219 measurement results by triggering an event. For
Service details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Redirect
ion from GUI Value Range:
UMTS PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting),
to LTE EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)
Coverag Unit: None

e Based Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
PS EVENT_TRIGGER
Handov Default Value:
er from PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting)
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTERep BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service- Meaning:

ortMode 0 UCELL 140218 Based Mode for a UE to report LTE cell measurement
U2LTE WRFD- PS results.
HOCOV 020129 Handov
er from When the parameter is set to
MOD WRFD- PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the UE reports
UCELL UMTS
150220 to LTE measurement results periodically. When the parameter
U2LTE is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, the UE reports
HOCOV WRFD- PS
150219 measurement results by triggering an event. For
Service details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Redirect
ion from GUI Value Range:
UMTS PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting),
to LTE EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)
Coverag Unit: None

e Based Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
PS EVENT_TRIGGER
Handov Default Value:
er from PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting)
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
LTEPeri BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Interval at which a UE periodically reports
odRepor 0 UCELL 150220 e Based LTE cell measurements to the RNC. If
tInterval U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEPeriodReportInterval" is set to
HOCOV 150219 Handov NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, the UE cannot
MOD er from periodically report LTE cell measurements, which is
UCELL UMTS not recommended. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
U2LTE to LTE GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non
HOCOV Coverag periodical reporting), D250(D250), D500(D500),
e Based D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
PS D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
Redirect D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000),
ion from D20000(D20000), D24000(D24000),
UMTS D28000(D28000), D32000(D32000),
to LTE D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Default Value: D1000(D1000)

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEPeri BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Interval at which a UE periodically reports
odRepor 0 UCELL 150220 e Based LTE cell measurements to the RNC. If
tInterval U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEPeriodReportInterval" is set to
HOCOV 150219 Handov NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, the UE cannot
MOD er from periodically report LTE cell measurements, which is
UCELL UMTS not recommended. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
U2LTE to LTE GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non
HOCOV Coverag periodical reporting), D250(D250), D500(D500),
e Based D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
PS D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
Redirect D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000),
ion from D20000(D20000), D24000(D24000),
UMTS D28000(D28000), D32000(D32000),
to LTE D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Default Value: D1000(D1000)
LTEMea BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Measurement quantity of the target LTE network
f3A U2LTE WRFD- PS reported in event 3A for a coverage-based handover.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from RSRP indicates the average signal power received at
MOD all REs carrying reference signals in a symbol.
UCELL UMTS
U2LTE to LTE RSRQ is equal to RSRP divided by RSSI. A factor
HOCOV Coverag (N) is used to adjust the ratio if the bandwidths used
e Based for measuring RSRP and RSSI are different. That is,
PS RSRQ = N x RSRP/RSSI.
Redirect For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
ion from GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
Default Value: RSRP

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEMea BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Measurement quantity of the target LTE network
f3A U2LTE WRFD- PS reported in event 3A for a coverage-based handover.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from RSRP indicates the average signal power received at
MOD all REs carrying reference signals in a symbol.
UCELL UMTS
U2LTE to LTE RSRQ is equal to RSRP divided by RSSI. A factor
HOCOV Coverag (N) is used to adjust the ratio if the bandwidths used
e Based for measuring RSRP and RSSI are different. That is,
PS RSRQ = N x RSRP/RSSI.
Redirect For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
ion from GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpecUse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning:

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black 1)SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
nSwitch AC WRFD- List (Special UE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
4 MOD 160102 Garble Whether to forbid the 4C-HSDPA function for special
UIMEIT Noise UEs.
AC Detectio
n and 1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
Correcti the 4C-HSDPA function.
on of 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs can use
AMR the 4C-HSDPA function.
Voice 2)SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Specia
l UE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the 3C-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
the 3C-HSDPA function.
0: This switch is turned off and special UEs can use
3)SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
the DC-HSDPA function.
4)SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DB-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
the DB-HSDPA function.
5)SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSUPA function for special
UEs.
the DC-HSUPA function.

WCDMA RAN

nd
6)SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITC
H(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable
Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs.
the RB SETUP message size reduction function.
7)SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(R
L Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special
UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their
radio links (RLs) on the FACH.
1: This switch is turned on, and special UEs cannot
reestablish their RLs on the FACH.
0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
8)SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWI
TCH(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch)
Whether to perform the RB RECFG procedure for
special UEs processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB
services.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC does not
perform the RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing
AMR-WB or AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC performs the
RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB
or AMR-NB services.
9)SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH(
Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on and the asynchronous
configuration mode is not used for a specified UE in
hard handover scenarios.
0: This switch is turned off and the asynchronous
configuration mode can be used for a specified UE in
10)SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWIT
CH(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction
Inhibition Switch for Special UEs)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to forbid UL garbled noise detection and

correction on special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and the RNC does not
perform UL garbled noise detection and correction on
specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs
UL static detection and correction on specified UEs.
11)SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA
and Compressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch)
Whether special UEs processing HSDPA services fall
back to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressed
mode.
1: This switch is turned on and special UEs processing
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
enter the compressed mode.
0: This switch is turned off and special UEs
processing HSDPA services do not fall back to the
DCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode.
12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH(HSUPA
and Compressed Mode Permission Disable Switch)
Whether special UEs processing HSUPA services fall
mode.
HSUPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSUPA services do not fall back to the
13)SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+
Whether special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall
mode.
HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSPA+ services do not fall back to the
14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH(Simult
aneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE compressed

modes simultaneously for special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then
LTE measurements.
0: This switch is turned off, and GSM, UMTS, and
LTE compressed modes are started simultaneously for
special UEs.
15)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_S
WITCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users)
When SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the
RNC preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE
message and then processes the security mode
message. However, some special UEs in the
CELL_FACH state experience call drops. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC performs optimized
processing for these special UEs. That is, the RNC
sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM message to these
UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC does not reset
SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC performs
optimized processing for these special UEs.
16)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH(Security Mode and CU Compatibility Switch
for Special UEs)
when a UE initiates a cell update procedure during a
security mode control procedure.1: This switch is set
to on. When a UE initiates a cell update procedure
during a security mode control procedure, the RNC
normally releases the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. When a UE initiates a cell
update procedure during a security mode control
procedure, the RNC rolls back the security mode
control procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure.
17)SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC calibrates the maximum downlink
transmit power of UEs of specified TACs, that is,
whether the RNC increments the original maximum

WCDMA RAN

nd
downlink transmit power by a power offset for UEs of

specified TACs.
calibrates the maximum downlink transmit power for
UEs of specified TACs.
does not calibrate the maximum downlink transmit
power for UEs of specified TACs.
18)SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH
Whether to forbid the use of the optimized downlink
SRB transport format for special UEs when these UEs
use HSDPA channels for data transmission and use
R99 signaling channels.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. After a
special UE has established a RAB, if only the 3.4
kbit/s SRB for the special UE is carried on R99
channels, the special UE is not allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format. The
downlink SRB transport format for special UEs are set
by running the "ADD UTYPSRBDYNTF" command.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. After a
channels, the special UE is allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format [1*0,
1*148].
GUI Value Range:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,
SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITC
H,
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH
, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWI
TCH,
SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_SWI
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
,
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpecUse BSC691 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning:

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black 1)SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
nSwitch AC WRFD- List (Special UE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
4 MOD 160102 Garble Whether to forbid the 4C-HSDPA function for special
UIMEIT Noise UEs.
AC Detectio
n and 1: This switch is turned on and special UEs cannot use
Correcti the 4C-HSDPA function.
on of 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs can use
AMR the 4C-HSDPA function.
Voice 2)SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Specia
l UE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the 3C-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
3)SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
4)SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DB-HSDPA function for special
UEs.
5)SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Speci
al UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch)
Whether to forbid the DC-HSUPA function for special
UEs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
6)SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITC
H(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable
Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs.
7)SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(R
L Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special
UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their
radio links (RLs) on the FACH.
1: This switch is turned on, and special UEs cannot
0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
8)SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWI
TCH(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch)
Whether to perform the RB RECFG procedure for
special UEs processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB
services.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC does not
perform the RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing
AMR-WB or AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC performs the
RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB
or AMR-NB services.
9)SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH(
Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on and the asynchronous
configuration mode is not used for a specified UE in
0: This switch is turned off and the asynchronous
configuration mode can be used for a specified UE in
10)SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWIT
CH(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction
Inhibition Switch for Special UEs)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to forbid UL garbled noise detection and

correction on special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and the RNC does not
perform UL garbled noise detection and correction on
specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs
UL static detection and correction on specified UEs.
11)SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA
Whether special UEs processing HSDPA services fall
mode.
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSDPA services do not fall back to the
12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH(HSUPA
and Compressed Mode Permission Disable Switch)
Whether special UEs processing HSUPA services fall
mode.
HSUPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSUPA services do not fall back to the
13)SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+
Whether special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall
mode.
HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
processing HSPA+ services do not fall back to the
14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH(Simult
aneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE compressed

modes simultaneously for special UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then
LTE measurements.
0: This switch is turned off, and GSM, UMTS, and
LTE compressed modes are started simultaneously for
special UEs.
15)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_S
WITCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users)
When SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the
RNC preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE
message and then processes the security mode
message. However, some special UEs in the
CELL_FACH state experience call drops. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC performs optimized
processing for these special UEs. That is, the RNC
sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM message to these
UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC does not reset
SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4.
16)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH(Security Mode and CU Compatibility Switch
for Special UEs)
when a UE initiates a cell update procedure during a
security mode control procedure.1: This switch is set
to on. When a UE initiates a cell update procedure
during a security mode control procedure, the RNC
normally releases the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. When a UE initiates a cell
update procedure during a security mode control
procedure, the RNC rolls back the security mode
control procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure.
17)SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC calibrates the maximum downlink
transmit power of UEs of specified TACs, that is,
whether the RNC increments the original maximum

WCDMA RAN

nd
downlink transmit power by a power offset for UEs of

specified TACs.
calibrates the maximum downlink transmit power for
UEs of specified TACs.
does not calibrate the maximum downlink transmit
power for UEs of specified TACs.
18)SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH
Whether to forbid the use of the optimized downlink
SRB transport format for special UEs when these UEs
use HSDPA channels for data transmission and use
R99 signaling channels.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. After a
channels, the special UE is not allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format. The
downlink SRB transport format for special UEs are set
by running the "ADD UTYPSRBDYNTF" command.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. After a
channels, the special UE is allowed to use the
optimized downlink SRB transport format [1*0,
1*148].
GUI Value Range:
H,
, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
,
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_CMP_S
WITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DLRLMAXPWR_RECTIFY_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_SRB_TF_OPT_LIMIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpecUse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning:

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160106 Radio 1)SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITC
nSwitch AC Bearer H
2 MOD Setup
Whether to limit the DL peak rate to 8 kbit/s on the
UIMEIT DCH for the PS service in CS+PS combined services
AC of a special UE.
1: This switch is turned on, the DL peak rate on the
DCH is limited to 8 kbit/s.
0: This switch is turned off, there is no limit on the DL
peak rate on the DCH.
2)SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to adjust the data rate of special CS
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, the RNC does not adjust
the uplink data rate of special CS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, the RNC adjusts the
uplink data rate of special CS UEs when required.
3)SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH
1: This switch is turned on, Special UEs are not
allowed to perform UE-not-involved relocation.
0: This switch is turned off, There is no limitation on
special UEs.
4)SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH
Whether to enable the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature
for UEs using a certain type approval code (TAC).
1: This switch is turned on, and special users do not
support the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
0: This switch is turned off, and special users support
the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
5)SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITC
H
Whether special UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services support the combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. Special UEs that are
processing CS+PS combined services do not support
the combined hard handover and SRNS relocation. If
the PS service included in the CS+PS combined
services is a BE service, the RNC releases the special
UE's PS connection and then triggers a combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation for CS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. Special UEs that are

processing CS+PS combined services support the
6)SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH: Whether special UEs are forbidden from
measuring LTE cells.
1: This switch is turned on. The special UEs are not
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will not
send LTE cell measurement control messages to them.
0: This switch is turned off. The special UEs are
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will send
LTE cell measurement control messages to them when
necessary.
GUI Value Range:
SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWITC
H, SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWI
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH:0,SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITCH
:
0,SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpecUse BSC691 ADD WRFD- Fast Meaning:

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160106 Radio 1)SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITC
nSwitch AC Bearer H
2 MOD Setup
Whether to limit the DL peak rate to 8 kbit/s on the
UIMEIT DCH for the PS service in CS+PS combined services
AC of a special UE.
1: This switch is turned on, the DL peak rate on the
DCH is limited to 8 kbit/s.
0: This switch is turned off, there is no limit on the DL
peak rate on the DCH.
2)SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to adjust the data rate of special CS
UEs.
1: This switch is turned on, the RNC does not adjust
the uplink data rate of special CS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, the RNC adjusts the
uplink data rate of special CS UEs when required.
3)SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH
1: This switch is turned on, Special UEs are not
allowed to perform UE-not-involved relocation.
0: This switch is turned off, There is no limitation on
special UEs.
4)SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH
Whether to enable the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature
for UEs using a certain type approval code (TAC).
1: This switch is turned on, and special users do not
support the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
0: This switch is turned off, and special users support
the Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
5)SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITC
H
Whether special UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services support the combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. Special UEs that are
processing CS+PS combined services do not support
the combined hard handover and SRNS relocation. If
the PS service included in the CS+PS combined
services is a BE service, the RNC releases the special
UE's PS connection and then triggers a combined hard
handover and SRNS relocation for CS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. Special UEs that are

processing CS+PS combined services support the
6)SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH: Whether special UEs are forbidden from
measuring LTE cells.
1: This switch is turned on. The special UEs are not
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will not
send LTE cell measurement control messages to them.
0: This switch is turned off. The special UEs are
allowed to measure LTE cells and the RNC will send
LTE cell measurement control messages to them when
necessary.
GUI Value Range:
H, SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_CSPSR99_DL_BRLIMITED_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_STATIC_RELOC_DISABLED_SWIT
CH:0,SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_CSPS_HHO_RELOC_CMP_SWITCH
:
0,SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Coexist BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

MeasTh 0 UHOCO 020302 Frequen event 2D/2F measurement threshold of which
dChoice MM WRFD- cy Hard measurement type (inter-frequency or inter-RAT
020303 Handov measurements) will be used, when inter-frequency and
er Based inter-RAT measurements coexist.
on
Coverag When
e COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is
selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
Inter- oriented towards inter-frequency configuration are
RAT selected. When
Handov COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is
er Based selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
on oriented towards inter-RAT configuration are selected.
Coverag
e GUI Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Ch
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters),
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Cho
osing the inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Default Value:
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Coexist BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

MeasTh 0 UHOCO 020302 Frequen event 2D/2F measurement threshold of which
dChoice MM WRFD- cy Hard measurement type (inter-frequency or inter-RAT
020303 Handov measurements) will be used, when inter-frequency and
er Based inter-RAT measurements coexist.
on
Coverag When
e COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is
selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
Inter- oriented towards inter-frequency configuration are
RAT selected. When
Handov COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is
er Based selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds
on oriented towards inter-RAT configuration are selected.
Coverag
e GUI Value Range:
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters),
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Cho
osing the inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Default Value:
oosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters)

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

h2 0 UCORR 150216 Based 1. HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
MALG WRFD- PS periodically reports the Uu interface load state of a
OSWIT 150217 Redirect cell to the eCoordinator and enables the UL unified
CH ion from overload control feature. When this switch is set to on,
WRFD- UMTS
171224 the RNC periodically reports the Uu interface load
to LTE state of a cell to the eCoordinator and enables the UL
WRFD- Load unified overload control feature. When this switch is
140226 Based set to off, the RNC does not report the Uu interface
WRFD- PS load state of a cell to the eCoordinator and disables
150219 Handov the UL unified overload control feature.
MRFD- er from
2. HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:
101402 UMTS
Whether the DC-HSUPA independent active set
to LTE
WRFD- algorithm is enabled.
020129 IMSI-
based 3. HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH: Whether
WRFD- Mobility the RNC supports LTE FDD frequency bands 26 to
140218 Manage 31.
WRFD- ment for This switch is turned on. The RNC supports LTE FDD
150220 Multiple frequency bands 26 to 31 and can initiate UMTS-to-
Operator LTE redirections, handovers, and fast return to E-
s UTRAN cells of frequency bands 26 to 31.
Fast This switch is turned off. The RNC does not support
Return LTE FDD frequency bands 26 to 31.
from
4.
UMTS
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
to LTE
Whether the RNC selects EARFCNs based on the
Coverag LTE frequency bands that a UE can measure when the
e Based UE is attempting to access an E-UTRAN cell through
PS the blind redirections or fast return.
Redirect
ion from This switch is turned on. The RNC selects EARFCNs
UMTS based on the LTE frequency bands that a UE can
to LTE measure when the UE is attempting to access an E-
UTRAN cell through the blind redirections or fast
UL return.
Unified
Overloa This switch is turned off. The RNC does not select
d EARFCNs based on the LTE frequency bands that a
Control UE can measure, and considers that the UE supports
all LTE frequency bands when the UE is attempting to
PS
access an E-UTRAN cell through the blind
Service
redirections or fast return.
Redirect
ion from 5. HO_REPORT_SWITCH: Whether the HO Report
UMTS function takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
to LTE the HO Report function takes effect. When this switch
Service- is turned off, the HO Report function does not take
Based effect. The HO Report function is used to assist the

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS LTE inter-RAT mobile robust optimization (MRO)

Handov function in determining unnecessary handovers.
er from 6. HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
UMTS IMSI-based mobility management function. The
to LTE IMSI-based mobility management function classifies
Coverag subscribers of different operators into groups by IMSI
e Based number segment, and customizes differentiated
PS UMTS-to-GSM/LTE mobility management policies
Handov for subscriber groups of different operators. These
er from policies include UMTS-to-GSM/LTE camping policy
UMTS in idle mode and UMTS-to-LTE mobility policy in
to LTE connected mode, which enable subscribers of different
operators to preferentially return to the homing
GSM/LTE network. When this switch is turned on, the
IMSI-based mobility management function takes
effect. When this switch is turned off, the IMSI-based
mobility management function does not take effect.
GUI Value Range: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET,
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH, HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH
Default Value: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH:0,
HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:0,
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH:0,
0, HO_REPORT_SWITCH:0,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

h2 0 UCORR 150216 Based 1. HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
MALG WRFD- PS periodically reports the Uu interface load state of a
OSWIT 150217 Redirect cell to the eCoordinator and enables the UL unified
CH ion from overload control feature. When this switch is set to on,
WRFD- UMTS
171224 the RNC periodically reports the Uu interface load
to LTE state of a cell to the eCoordinator and enables the UL
WRFD- Load unified overload control feature. When this switch is
140226 Based set to off, the RNC does not report the Uu interface
WRFD- PS load state of a cell to the eCoordinator and disables
150219 Handov the UL unified overload control feature.
MRFD- er from
2. HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:
101402 UMTS
Whether the DC-HSUPA independent active set
to LTE
WRFD- algorithm is enabled.
020129 IMSI-
based 3. HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH: Whether
WRFD- Mobility the RNC supports LTE FDD frequency bands 26 to
140218 Manage 31.
WRFD- ment for This switch is turned on. The RNC supports LTE FDD
150220 Multiple frequency bands 26 to 31 and can initiate UMTS-to-
Operator LTE redirections, handovers, and fast return to E-
s UTRAN cells of frequency bands 26 to 31.
Fast This switch is turned off. The RNC does not support
Return LTE FDD frequency bands 26 to 31.
from
4.
UMTS
to LTE
Whether the RNC selects EARFCNs based on the
Coverag LTE frequency bands that a UE can measure when the
e Based UE is attempting to access an E-UTRAN cell through
PS the blind redirections or fast return.
Redirect
ion from This switch is turned on. The RNC selects EARFCNs
UMTS based on the LTE frequency bands that a UE can
to LTE measure when the UE is attempting to access an E-
UTRAN cell through the blind redirections or fast
UL return.
Unified
Overloa This switch is turned off. The RNC does not select
d EARFCNs based on the LTE frequency bands that a
Control UE can measure, and considers that the UE supports
all LTE frequency bands when the UE is attempting to
PS
access an E-UTRAN cell through the blind
Service
redirections or fast return.
Redirect
ion from 5. HO_REPORT_SWITCH: Whether the HO Report
UMTS function takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
to LTE the HO Report function takes effect. When this switch
Service- is turned off, the HO Report function does not take
Based effect. The HO Report function is used to assist the

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS LTE inter-RAT mobile robust optimization (MRO)

Handov function in determining unnecessary handovers.
er from 6. HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
UMTS IMSI-based mobility management function. The
to LTE IMSI-based mobility management function classifies
Coverag subscribers of different operators into groups by IMSI
e Based number segment, and customizes differentiated
PS UMTS-to-GSM/LTE mobility management policies
Handov for subscriber groups of different operators. These
er from policies include UMTS-to-GSM/LTE camping policy
UMTS in idle mode and UMTS-to-LTE mobility policy in
to LTE connected mode, which enable subscribers of different
operators to preferentially return to the homing
GSM/LTE network. When this switch is turned on, the
IMSI-based mobility management function takes
effect. When this switch is turned off, the IMSI-based
mobility management function does not take effect.
GUI Value Range: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH, HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH,
HO_REPORT_SWITCH,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH
Default Value: HO_UL_UOLC_SWITCH:0,
HO_DC_HSUPA_IND_TWO_ACTIVESET:0,
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH:0,
0, HO_REPORT_SWITCH:0,
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterPlm BSC690 SET WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Whether inter-RAT inter-PLMN handovers
nHoAllo 0 UOPER 0213040 d are allowed.
wedInter ATORS 1 Carrier GUI Value Range: NO, YES
Rat HARIN WRFD- for Each
GMOD Operator Unit: None
021311
E MOCN Actual Value Range: NO, YES
WRFD-
0213040 Introduc Default Value: NO
3 tion
Package
WRFD-
0213110 Mobility
3 Control
and
WRFD- Service
021304 Differen
tiation
MOCN
Mobility
Manage
ment
RAN
Sharing
Introduc
tion
Package

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterPlm BSC691 SET WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Whether inter-RAT inter-PLMN handovers
nHoAllo 0 UOPER 0213040 d are allowed.
wedInter ATORS 1 Carrier GUI Value Range: NO, YES
Rat HARIN WRFD- for Each
GMOD Operator Unit: None
021311
E MOCN Actual Value Range: NO, YES
WRFD-
0213040 Introduc Default Value: NO
3 tion
Package
WRFD-
0213110 Mobility
3 Control
and
WRFD- Service
021304 Differen
tiation
MOCN
Mobility
Manage
ment
RAN
Sharing
Introduc
tion
Package
SupCnO BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the CN operator group index is
pGrpInd 0 UCELL 020129 Service used. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the CN
ex NFREQ Redirect Operator Group Index parameter must be configured,
PRIOIN ion from and the frequency information in a measurement
FO UMTS control message sent to UEs is filtered based on
MOD to LTE operator information. If this parameter is set to
UCELL FALSE, the frequency information in the
NFREQ measurement control message is not filtered.
FO Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE

WCDMA RAN

nd
SupCnO BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the CN operator group index is
pGrpInd 0 UCELL 020129 Service used. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the CN
ex NFREQ Redirect Operator Group Index parameter must be configured,
PRIOIN ion from and the frequency information in a measurement
FO UMTS control message sent to UEs is filtered based on
MOD to LTE operator information. If this parameter is set to
UCELL FALSE, the frequency information in the
NFREQ measurement control message is not filtered.
FO Unit: None
CnOpGr BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Index of an operator group.

pIndex 0 UCELL 020129 Service GUI Value Range: 0~31
NFREQ Redirect
PRIOIN ion from Unit: None
FO UMTS Actual Value Range: 0~31
MOD to LTE Default Value: None
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
CnOpGr BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Index of an operator group.

pIndex 0 UCELL 020129 Service GUI Value Range: 0~31
NFREQ Redirect
PRIOIN ion from Unit: None
FO UMTS Actual Value Range: 0~31
MOD to LTE Default Value: None
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
CnOpGr BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Index of the operator group that serves an
pIndex 0 ULTEC 020129 Service LTE cell.
ELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 0~31
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~31
Mobility Default Value: None
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
CnOpGr BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Index of the operator group that serves an
pIndex 0 ULTEC 020129 Service LTE cell.
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
RatFreq BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: ID of a RAT/frequency priority group.
Priority 0 URATF 160270 Handov GUI Value Range: 0~255
GroupId REQPRI er Based
OGROU on SPI Unit: None
P Actual Value Range: 0~255
MOD Default Value: None
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P
RMV
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P
RatFreq BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: ID of a RAT/frequency priority group.
Priority 0 URATF 160270 Handov GUI Value Range: 0~255
GroupId REQPRI er Based
OGROU on SPI Unit: None
P Actual Value Range: 0~255
MOD Default Value: None
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P
RMV
URATF
REQPRI
OGROU
P

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPIDBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Whether the UE can be handed over or
sedHand 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov redirected from a UMTS cell to an LTE cell.
overInd FG er Based GUI Value Range: NO, YES
MOD on SPI
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Default Value: YES
SPIDBa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Whether the UE can be handed over or
sedHand 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov redirected from a UMTS cell to an LTE cell.
overInd FG er Based GUI Value Range: NO, YES
MOD on SPI
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Default Value: YES
SPIDBa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Policy of using the LTE frequency in the
sedU2L 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID to filter the target
PSHoM FG er Based frequencies when UEs perform SPID-based UMTS-
ode MOD on SPI to-LTE PS handovers or redirections. When this
USPIDC parameter is set to NOT_FILTERED, the target
FG frequency is not filtered using the LTE frequency in
the RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID. When this
parameter is set to
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the
LTE frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered. When this parameter is
set to LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the LTE
frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered, and the LTE
frequencies that are in the RAT/Frequency Priority
Group ID and with a lower priority than UMTS cells
are filtered.
GUI Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED,
LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
Default Value: NOT_FILTERED

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPIDBa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Policy of using the LTE frequency in the
sedU2L 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID to filter the target
PSHoM FG er Based frequencies when UEs perform SPID-based UMTS-
ode MOD on SPI to-LTE PS handovers or redirections. When this
USPIDC parameter is set to NOT_FILTERED, the target
FG frequency is not filtered using the LTE frequency in
the RAT/Frequency Priority Group ID. When this
parameter is set to
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the
LTE frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered. When this parameter is
set to LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the LTE
frequencies not configured in the RAT/Frequency
Priority Group ID are filtered, and the LTE
frequencies that are in the RAT/Frequency Priority
Group ID and with a lower priority than UMTS cells
are filtered.
GUI Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_FILTERED,
Default Value: NOT_FILTERED
RatFreq BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov frequency priorities.
GroupId FG er Based GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD on SPI
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: 0~255
Default Value: None
RatFreq BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 USPIDC 160270 Handov frequency priorities.
GroupId FG er Based GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD on SPI
Unit: None
USPIDC
FG Actual Value Range: 0~255
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
DediPri BSC690 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Priority of a RAT or frequency.For details
ority 0 URATF 160270 Handov about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
REQPRI er Based GUI Value Range: 0~7
OGROU on SPI
P Unit: None
MOD Actual Value Range: 0~7

URATF Default Value: None
REQPRI
OGROU
P
DediPri BSC691 ADD WRFD- Camp & Meaning: Priority of a RAT or frequency.For details
ority 0 URATF 160270 Handov about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
REQPRI er Based GUI Value Range: 0~7
OGROU on SPI
P Unit: None
MOD Actual Value Range: 0~7

URATF Default Value: None
REQPRI
OGROU
P
ImsiGrp BSC690 ADD WRFD- IMSI- Meaning: Index of an IMSI number segment.
Index 0 UIMSI 171224 based GUI Value Range: 0~1023
MM Mobility
Manage Unit: None
MOD
UIMSI ment for Actual Value Range: 0~1023
MM Multiple Default Value: None
Operator
RMV s
UIMSI
MM
ImsiGrp BSC691 ADD WRFD- IMSI- Meaning: Index of an IMSI number segment.
Index 0 UIMSI 171224 based GUI Value Range: 0~1023
MM Mobility
Manage Unit: None
MOD
UIMSI ment for Actual Value Range: 0~1023
MM Multiple Default Value: None
Operator
RMV s
UIMSI
MM

WCDMA RAN

nd
RatFreq BSC690 ADD WRFD- IMSI- Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 UIMSI 171224 based frequency priorities.
GroupId MM Mobility GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD Manage
ment for Unit: None
UIMSI
MM Multiple Actual Value Range: 0~255
Operator Default Value: None
s
RatFreq BSC691 ADD WRFD- IMSI- Meaning: A set of RATs and their corresponding
Priority 0 UIMSI 171224 based frequency priorities.
GroupId MM Mobility GUI Value Range: 0~255
MOD Manage
ment for Unit: None
UIMSI
MM Multiple Actual Value Range: 0~255
Operator Default Value: None
s
U2LCon BSC690 ADD WRFD- IMSI- Meaning:

nTarget 0 URATF 171224 based Whether the currently configured EUTRAN
FreqInd REQPRI Mobility "DLARFCN" is used as the target frequency for IMSI-
OGROU Manage based U2L mobility in connected mode.
P ment for
MOD Multiple When this parameter is set to TRUE, the function of
URATF Operator IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode can use
REQPRI s "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
OGROU When this parameter is set to FALSE, the function of
P IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode cannot
use "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
The function of U2L mobility in connected mode
includes fast return, redirection, and handover.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Default Value: True

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LCon BSC691 ADD WRFD- IMSI- Meaning:

nTarget 0 URATF 171224 based Whether the currently configured EUTRAN
FreqInd REQPRI Mobility "DLARFCN" is used as the target frequency for IMSI-
OGROU Manage based U2L mobility in connected mode.
P ment for
MOD Multiple When this parameter is set to TRUE, the function of
URATF Operator IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode can use
REQPRI s "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
OGROU When this parameter is set to FALSE, the function of
P IMSI-based U2L mobility in connected mode cannot
use "DLARFCN" of EUTRAN as a target frequency.
The function of U2L mobility in connected mode
includes fast return, redirection, and handover.
Unit: None
Default Value: True
UsedFre BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSCP threshold of the used frequency.
qThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
CP U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV 150219 Handov of the target cell is higher than the corresponding
MOD er from decision threshold as indicated by
UCELL UMTS "TargetRatThdRSRP" or "TargetRatThdRSRQ".For
U2LTE to LTE details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -115~-25
e Based Unit: dBm
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -115~-25
ion from Default Value: -107
UMTS
to LTE
UsedFre BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSCP threshold of the used frequency.
qThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
CP U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -115~-25
e Based Unit: dBm
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -115~-25
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
UsedFre BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Ec/No threshold of the used frequency.
qThdEc 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
No U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -24~0
e Based Unit: dB
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -24~0
UMTS
to LTE
UsedFre BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Ec/No threshold of the used frequency.
qThdEc 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Event 3A is triggered when the quality of the used
No U2LTE WRFD- PS frequency is lower than the threshold and the quality
HOCOV Coverag GUI Value Range: -24~0
e Based Unit: dB
PS
Redirect Actual Value Range: -24~0
UMTS
to LTE
Hystfor3 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for reporting event 3A. For details, see
U2LTE WRFD- PS 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from According to simulation results, the shadow fading
MOD variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
UCELL UMTS
to LTE small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
U2LTE decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB. The shadow
HOCOV Coverag fading variance of low-speed cells covering many
e Based high buildings is large. Therefore, increase the
PS parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Redirect
ion from GUI Value Range: 0~15
UMTS Unit: 0.5dB
to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hystfor3 BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for reporting event 3A. For details, see
U2LTE WRFD- PS 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from According to simulation results, the shadow fading
MOD variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
UCELL UMTS
to LTE small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
U2LTE decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB. The shadow
HOCOV Coverag fading variance of low-speed cells covering many
e Based high buildings is large. Therefore, increase the
PS parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Redirect
ion from GUI Value Range: 0~15
UMTS Unit: 0.5dB
to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4
U2LTEF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Layer 3 filtering coefficient for LTE cell
U2LTE WRFD- PS measurements.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from The RNC delivers the layer 3 filtering coefficient to a
MOD UE to smooth measurement results based on the
UCELL UMTS
to LTE following formula:
U2LTE
HOCOV Coverag Fn = (1-a) x Fn-1 + a x Mn
e Based where
PS a = 1/(2^(k/2))
Redirect
ion from k indicates the layer 3 filtering coefficient.
UMTS Fn-1 indicates the measurement result after the
to LTE filtering of the preceding time.
Mn indicates the latest measurement result.
Fn indicates the measurement result after filtering for
this time.
GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LTEF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Layer 3 filtering coefficient for LTE cell
U2LTE WRFD- PS measurements.
HOCOV 150219 Handov
er from The RNC delivers the layer 3 filtering coefficient to a
MOD UE to smooth measurement results based on the
UCELL UMTS
to LTE following formula:
U2LTE
HOCOV Coverag Fn = (1-a) x Fn-1 + a x Mn
e Based where
PS a = 1/(2^(k/2))
Redirect
ion from k indicates the layer 3 filtering coefficient.
UMTS Fn-1 indicates the measurement result after the
to LTE filtering of the preceding time.
Mn indicates the latest measurement result.
Fn indicates the measurement result after filtering for
this time.
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based threshold for LTE cell measurements. If
RP U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEReportMode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER,
HOCOV 150219 Handov event 3A is triggered when the UE detects the quality
MOD er from of the target cell is higher than the threshold and the
UCELL UMTS quality of the used frequency is lower than the
U2LTE to LTE corresponding threshold. If "LTEReportMode" is set
HOCOV Coverag to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is
e Based triggered when the RNC detects that the quality of the
PS target cell is higher than the threshold. For details
Redirect about this parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
ion from measurement reporting criteria" in 3GPP TS 25.331.
UMTS The RNC carries the Threshold other system IE in the
to LTE measurement control message sent to the UE. This IE
is used to calculate the actual value of the inter-RAT
measurement threshold. Actual value = Threshold
other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold other system =
GUI value - 116.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based threshold for LTE cell measurements. If
RP U2LTE WRFD- PS "LTEReportMode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER,
HOCOV 150219 Handov event 3A is triggered when the UE detects the quality
MOD er from of the target cell is higher than the threshold and the
UCELL UMTS quality of the used frequency is lower than the
U2LTE to LTE corresponding threshold. If "LTEReportMode" is set
HOCOV Coverag to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is
e Based triggered when the RNC detects that the quality of the
PS target cell is higher than the threshold. For details
Redirect about this parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold other system =
GUI value - 116.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSRQ threshold for LTE cell
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based measurements. If "LTEReportMode" is set to
RQ U2LTE WRFD- PS EVENT_TRIGGER, event 3A is triggered when the
HOCOV 150219 Handov UE detects the quality of the target cell is higher than
MOD er from the threshold and the quality of the used frequency is
UCELL UMTS lower than the corresponding threshold. If
U2LTE to LTE "LTEReportMode" is set to
HOCOV Coverag PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is triggered
e Based when the RNC detects that the quality of the target
PS cell is higher than the threshold. For details about this
Redirect parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
other system/2 [dB], Threshold other system = GUI
value - 40.
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -19.5~-3(Actual value meets the
condition: Actual Value = GUI Value*0.5 - 20)
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: RSRQ threshold for LTE cell
atThdRS 0 UCELL 150220 e Based measurements. If "LTEReportMode" is set to
RQ U2LTE WRFD- PS EVENT_TRIGGER, event 3A is triggered when the
HOCOV 150219 Handov UE detects the quality of the target cell is higher than
MOD er from the threshold and the quality of the used frequency is
UCELL UMTS lower than the corresponding threshold. If
U2LTE to LTE "LTEReportMode" is set to
HOCOV Coverag PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is triggered
e Based when the RNC detects that the quality of the target
PS cell is higher than the threshold. For details about this
Redirect parameter, see section 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT
other system/2 [dB], Threshold other system = GUI
value - 40.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
TrigTim BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Time-to-trigger for reporting event 3A. The
e3A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based value of this parameter is related to slow fading. For
U2LTE WRFD- PS details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
MOD er from D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
UCELL UMTS D1280, D2560, D5000
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: ms
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
PS 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Redirect Default Value: D0
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
TrigTim BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning: Time-to-trigger for reporting event 3A. The
e3A 0 UCELL 150220 e Based value of this parameter is related to slow fading. For
U2LTE WRFD- PS details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HOCOV 150219 Handov GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
MOD er from D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
UCELL UMTS D1280, D2560, D5000
U2LTE to LTE
Unit: ms
HOCOV Coverag
e Based Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
PS 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Redirect Default Value: D0
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Hystfor BSC690 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

PeriodL 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for periodically reporting LTE signal
TE U2LTE WRFD- PS quality. When LTE cell measurements are periodically
HOCOV 150219 Handov reported and the target frequency quality meets the
MOD er from following requirement, the UE performs handovers or
UCELL UMTS redirections:
U2LTE to LTE
Mother_RAT is greater than or equal to Tother_RAT
HOCOV Coverag plus HystforPeriodLTE/2, where
e Based
PS Mother_RAT refers to the LTE cell measurement
Redirect result. Tother_RAT refers to the threshold for RSRP or
ion from RSRQ decision of the LTE system for PS services.
UMTS Setting this parameter reduces the error decision rate
to LTE caused by signal jitter.
According to simulation results, the shadow fading
variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB.
The shadow fading variance of low-speed cells
covering many high buildings is large. Therefore,
increase the parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hystfor BSC691 ADD WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

PeriodL 0 UCELL 150220 e Based Hysteresis for periodically reporting LTE signal
TE U2LTE WRFD- PS quality. When LTE cell measurements are periodically
HOCOV 150219 Handov reported and the target frequency quality meets the
MOD er from following requirement, the UE performs handovers or
UCELL UMTS redirections:
U2LTE to LTE
Mother_RAT is greater than or equal to Tother_RAT
HOCOV Coverag plus HystforPeriodLTE/2, where
e Based
PS Mother_RAT refers to the LTE cell measurement
Redirect result. Tother_RAT refers to the threshold for RSRP or
ion from RSRQ decision of the LTE system for PS services.
UMTS Setting this parameter reduces the error decision rate
to LTE caused by signal jitter.
According to simulation results, the shadow fading
variance of high-speed cells covering highways is
small due to flat ground and few barriers. Therefore,
decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB.
The shadow fading variance of low-speed cells
covering many high buildings is large. Therefore,
increase the parameter value to 3.0 dB.
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4
U2LTE BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UU2LT 020129 Service measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me EHONC Redirect LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
OV ion from RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
UMTS set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
Unit: s
Default Value: 5
U2LTE BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UU2LT 020129 Service measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me EHONC Redirect LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
OV ion from RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
UMTS set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
Unit: s
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UHOCO 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail MM WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
WRFD- QoS measurement (inter-RAT or UMTS-to-LTE) during the
020303 period specified by this timer.
Inter
WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
020304 cy Hard Unit: s
Handov
er Based Actual Value Range: 0~65535
on Default Value: 10
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UHOCO 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail MM WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
020303 period specified by this timer.
Inter
WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Handov
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UCELL 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail HOCO WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov MM 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
MOD on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
UCELL 020303
HOCO Inter period specified by this timer.
MM WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Handov
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
Penalty BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Penalty timer on compressed mode after
TimerFo 0 UCELL 020309 RAT coverage-based measurement expires. After coverage-
rCMFail HOCO WRFD- Handov based inter-frequency measurement (inter-RAT or
Cov MM 020302 er Based UMTS-to-LTE) expires, this timer is started and a UE
MOD on DL cannot start the compressed mode for inter-frequency
UCELL 020303
HOCO Inter period specified by this timer.
MM WRFD- Frequen GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Handov
Coverag
e
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
SuppPS BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

HOFlag 0 ULTEC 020129 Service This parameter specifies whether an LTE cell supports
ELL WRFD- Redirect PS handover.
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS When this parameter is set to SUPPORT, the RNC
ULTEC support the PS handover from UMTS to LTE. Before
ELL to LTE
selection, it must be confirmed that CN NEs, and the
Mobility LTE cell both support the handover flow.
Between
UMTS When this parameter is set to NOT SUPPORT, not all
and LTE of the RNC, CN NEs, and the LTE cell support the PS
Phase 1 handover from UMTS to LTE.
GUI Value Range: NotSupport(NotSupport),
Support(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Default Value: NotSupport(NotSupport)

WCDMA RAN

nd
SuppPS BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

HOFlag 0 ULTEC 020129 Service This parameter specifies whether an LTE cell supports
ELL WRFD- Redirect PS handover.
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS When this parameter is set to SUPPORT, the RNC
ULTEC support the PS handover from UMTS to LTE. Before
ELL to LTE
selection, it must be confirmed that CN NEs, and the
Mobility LTE cell both support the handover flow.
Between
UMTS When this parameter is set to NOT SUPPORT, not all
and LTE of the RNC, CN NEs, and the LTE cell support the PS
Phase 1 handover from UMTS to LTE.
GUI Value Range: NotSupport(NotSupport),
Support(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Default Value: NotSupport(NotSupport)
BlindFla BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: ID of the neighboring LTE cell for blind
g 0 ULTEN 150216 Based handovers. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the
CELL WRFD- PS neighboring LTE cell serves as the cell for UMTS-to-
MOD 020129 Redirect LTE blind redirections. If this parameter is set to
ULTEN ion from FALSE, the neighboring LTE cell does not serve as
WRFD- UMTS the cell for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections.
CELL 150219 to LTE GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
PS Unit: None
Service
Redirect Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
ion from Default Value: False
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
BlindFla BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: ID of the neighboring LTE cell for blind
g 0 ULTEN 150216 Based handovers. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the
CELL WRFD- PS neighboring LTE cell serves as the cell for UMTS-to-
MOD 020129 Redirect LTE blind redirections. If this parameter is set to
ULTEN ion from FALSE, the neighboring LTE cell does not serve as
WRFD- UMTS the cell for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections.
CELL 150219 to LTE GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
PS Unit: None
Service
Redirect Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
ion from Default Value: False
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 021101 c 1. PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
tch2 MPARA WRFD- Channel Whether the PS service in the RCS-e service is carried
0106140 Configu on the DCH in the downlink. When this switch is
3 ration turned off, the channel bearer and downlink rate of the
Control PS service in the RCS-e service in the downlink are
WRFD- (DCCC) unlimited. When this switch is turned on, the PS
020203
HSUPA service in the RCS-e service can only be carried on
WRFD- 2ms TTI the DCH in the downlink and the downlink rate
020303 cannot exceed the maximum downlink rate of the PS
Inter
WRFD- RNC service in the RCS-e service. For the maximum
140218 Soft downlink rate of the PS service in the RCS-e service,
Handov see "PsRcsDlDchRate" in the "SET UFRC"
WRFD- command.
150217 er
2.
WRFD- Inter-
PERFENH_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_HRETRY_LMT_S
020400 RAT
WITCH: Whether the RNC prevents HSPA retry
Handov
WRFD- when the NodeB reports that a cell does not support
er Based
020503 HSUPA due to high CPU load on the DSP. This
on
switch is turned off by default. OFF: This switch is
WRFD- Coverag
turned off. When the NodeB reports that the cell does
020605 e
not support HSUPA services, the RNC does not
WRFD- Service- trigger retry to the HSPA channel in the following
150220 Based scenarios:The current cell support the channel retry
WRFD- PS from the DCH to the E-DCH.The current cell support
010610 Handov channel retries from DCH to the E-DCH and the
er from HSDSCH. ON: This switch is turned on. When the
WRFD- UMTS NodeB reports that the cell does not support HSUPA
0204000 to LTE services, the RNC does not trigger retry to the HSPA
3 channel during the DCH to E-DCH channel retry.
Load
WRFD- Based 3.
010612 PS PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_S
WRFD- Handov WITCH: Policy used when the RNC receives a
0106120 er from request for changing the target number of
3 UMTS retransmissions during an E-DCH-to-DCH (E2D)
to LTE channel migration. ON: This switch is turned on.
WRFD-
DRD Upon receiving the request for changing the target
020134
Introduc number of retransmissions, the RNC continues the
WRFD- channel migration procedure and then updates
tion
010619 measurement control. OFF: This switch is turned off.
Package
WRFD- Upon receiving the request for changing the target
Outer number of retransmissions, the RNC instantly updates
020129 Loop measurement control and then performs the channel
WRFD- Power migration. However, this increases the call drop rate.
0106090 Control
2 4.
SRNS PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITCH
WRFD- Relocati : Whether the RNC changes the radio bearer identity
021400 on

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Introduc when CS services are handed over from E-DCHs or

020306 tion HS-DSCHs to DCHs. This switch is turned off by
Package default. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Coverag changes the radio bearer identity. When this switch is
e Based turned off, the RNC does not change the radio bearer
PS identity. For details, see section 8.6.4.2 in 3GPP TS
Handov 25.331 V8.4.0.
er from 5.
UMTS PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWIT
to LTE CH: Whether the RNC carries the information about
HSDPA the configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Introduc CONNECTION REJECT message when neighboring
tion GSM cells are configured during an RRC inter-RAT
Package redirection based on admission failures. For UEs of
3GPP Release 6 or a later version, when this switch is
Inter
turned on, the RNC carries the information about the
System
configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Redirect
CONNECTION REJECT message. When this switch
HSUPA is turned off, the RNC does not carry the information
Introduc about the configured neighboring GSM cells in the
tion RRC CONNECTION REJECT message.
Package
6.
HSUPA PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITC
Power H: Whether high-priority neighboring cells or
Control frequencies are preferred during coverage-based inter-
Push to RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, high-
Talk priority neighboring cells or frequencies are preferred.
If neighboring cells or frequencies have the same
CS
priority, those with better signal quality are preferred.
voice
If their signal quality is the same, the first selected
over
neighboring cell or frequency is the target cell or
HSPA/
frequency. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
HSPA+
neighboring cell with a smaller value of the "HOPrio"
PS parameter in the "ADD U2GNCELL" command is
Service preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-
Redirect to-LTE redirections, the frequency with a greater
ion from value of the "NPriority" parameter in the "ADD
UMTS UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command is
to LTE preferentially selected as the target frequency. When
Combin this switch is turned off, only signal quality is
ation of considered. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
One CS neighboring cell with better signal quality is
and One to-LTE redirections, the frequency with better quality
PS is preferentially selected as the target frequency.
Service 7. PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Direct Whether to optimize the list for measured neighboring
Signalin LTE cells in the measurement control message. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
g this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the list for
Connect measured neighboring LTE cells according to the
ion Re- RNC-level parameters, cell capability, and UE
establish capabilities in handovers and redirections to the LTE
ment network. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
(DSCR) does not filter out the list for measured neighboring
Inter- LTE cells.
RAT 8. PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Handov Scope for matching the neighboring cells in
er Based measurement reports during handovers to GSM cells
on Load when there are multiple cells in the active set and the
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH switch is
turned on. In case of neighboring combination, when
this switch is turned on, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports with
neighboring cells of all cells in the current active set.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports only with
the best cell's neighboring cells.
9.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to select the best target frequency
during a frequency-based redirection from UMTS to
LTE. When this switch is turned on, the selected target
frequency is used as the best frequency if the
measurement report contains multiple neighboring
cells that work at the same frequency.
10.
PERFENH_ICMP_ACCELERATOR_OPT_SWITCH
: Switch for the enhanced algorithm of accelerating
the rate for responding to control messages. This
parameter is a professional parameter and therefore
you must configure this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.For
RTT(round-trip time) tests, the recommended value is
ON. In other scenarios, the recommended value is
OFF.
11. PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI to the services that are
not reconfigured during the reconfiguration procedure
and have a data rate higher than 2048 kbit/s. The 2048
kbit/s is the maximum data rate supported by the 10
ms TTI. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
allocates such services the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC does not allocate such services

these parameters.
12.
PERFENH_CHL_CHG_FAIL_MC_OLPC_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether to use invalid measurement control
parameters and power control parameters on the
MAC-d entity again if a UE in the CELL_DCH state
fails to switch channels and then experiences a
channel fallback. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC uses these parameters again for such a UE.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not use
these parameters again for such a UE.
13.
PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether to allow CELL-DCH-to-CELL_FACH state
transitions when the PS BE services of a UE fail to be
reconfigured with an MBR and the UE periodically
requests the MBR. When this switch is turned on, the
UE is allowed to perform CELL-DCH-to-
CELL_FACH state transitions in the preceding
scenario. When this switch is turned off, the UE is not
allowed to perform these state transitions.
14.
PERFENH_RAB_REL_WITH_PS_D2F_OPT_SWIT
CH: Processing option for a low-rate PS service when
the cell update procedure overlaps the service release
procedure of a CS or PS service in combined services
that also include the low-rate PS service.When this
switch is turned on, the parameter specifying the
status of the low-rate PS service is correctly
configured in the proceeding scenario to prevent a call
drop.When this switch is turned off, the previously
mentioned parameter is incorrectly configured in the
proceeding scenario. This will result in a call drop.For
this parameter, please note the following:
A low-rate PS service is a service whose maximum
data rate is less than the values of the
"UlBeTraffDecThs" and "DlBeTraffDecThs"
parameters.
When a service in combined services that include a
low-rate PS service is being released, the UE is
instructed to perform a state transition from
15.
PERFENH_DRNC_CU_WITHOUT_EXTCELL_SW
ITCH: This switch applies to the following two
scenarios: Scenario 1: A UE sends a CELL UPDATE

WCDMA RAN

nd
message with a cause value of "radio link failure" or

"RLC unrecoverable error" in a drift RNC (DRNC)
cell that is not configured as a neighboring cell of the
UE's SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command. This switch controls whether the serving
RNC (SRNC) reestablishes a radio link for the UE in
this scenario. When this switch is set to on, the SRNC
uses the DSCR procedure to reestablish a radio link
for UEs processing PS BE only services; the SRNC
reestablishes a radio link for UEs processing services
other than PS BE only through the cell update
procedure. When this switch is set to off, the SRNC
directly releases the RRC connection of the UE.
Scenario 2: A UE in the CELL_DCH state sends a cell
update request in a DRNC cell after the SRNC
triggers a call reestablishment. The DRNC cell has
been configured as a neighboring cell of the UE's
SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command, UE's services are carried over HSPA
channels in the DRNC cell but the SRNC is not
configured with the HSPA capability of the DRNC
cell. This switch controls whether the SRNC can
correctly process the cell update request in this
scenario. When this switch is set to on, the SRNC can
correctly process the cell update request. When this
switch is set to off, the SRNC cannot correctly process
the cell update request and as a result, call drops
occur.
16.
PERFENH_HO_NODEB_UP_RES_LIMIT_E2D_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC re-attempts to apply for
DCH resources when the NodeB sends to the RNC
cause value not-enough-user-plane-processing-
resources during the request of E-DCH or HS-DSCH
resources for an intra-RAT handover. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC re-attempts to apply for
the DCH resources in the preceding scenario. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC stops applying for
any channel resources.
17.
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out neighboring LTE cells
based on the principle of preferentially selecting a
maximum of four LTE FDD EARFCNs and four LTE
TDD EARFCNs when the following conditions are
met: 1. The active set contains more than one cell. 2.
Each cell is configured with multiple neighboring LTE
cells. 3. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the "HoSwitch" parameter in the "SET

UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command and
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of the
"HoSwitch1" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command are turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the
neighboring LTE cells based on the principle of
preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs,
preferentially selects the neighboring LTE cells with
the largest number of times the LTE cells are
configured as the neighboring cells for different cells
in the active set until the number of the selected
neighboring LTE cells meets the specifications, and
then filters out the excessive neighboring LTE cells to
obtain the candidate neighboring cell list. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC selects the neighboring
LTE cells with the largest number of times the LTE
cells are configured as the neighboring cells for
different cells in the active set until the number of the
selected neighboring LTE cells meets the
specifications, filters out the excessive neighboring
LTE cells, and then selects the neighboring LTE cells
on the selected EARFCNS according to the principle
of preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE
FDD EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs.
18.
PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_BASED_ABS_FREQ_S
WITCH: Whether a UE is allowed to perform a non-
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection after a
redirection from UMTS to LTE when
ITCH of the HoSwitch1 parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the UE is not allowed
to be redirected back to LTE. When this switch is
turned off, the UE is allowed to be redirected back to
LTE.
19.
PERFENH_HE_BIT_OPT_AFTER_RELOC_IN_SW
ITCH: Value of the HE bit IE during the RB
reconfiguration. The HE bit IE indicates whether the
AMD PDU contains the length indicator (LI). For
details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.321.
When this switch is turned on. During the RB
reconfiguration, the value of the HE bit IE for other
operators' RNCs is unchanged. When this switch is
turned off. During the RB reconfiguration, the HE bit

WCDMA RAN

nd
IE for other operators' RNCs is forcibly changed to

the value of the HE bit IE for Huawei RNC, which
results in call drops.
20.
PERFENH_HHO_RELOC_OUT_WITH_MR_SWIT
CH: Whether compatibility processing is performed
on the RELOCATION REQUIRED message during a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation. When
this switch is turned on. Compatibility processing is
performed so that the RELOCATION REQUIRED
carries the RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement results of
the target cell. When this switch is turned off.
Compatibility processing is not performed so that the
RELOCATION REQUIRED does not carry the RSCP
and Ec/N0 measurement results of the target cell.
21.
PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITC
H: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections after a P2D procedure is
triggered for CS users. After this switch is turned on,
service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections are allowed, causing the CS service
establishment to fail. After the switch is turned off,
redirections are not allowed.
22.
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SW
ITCH: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handovers or redirections after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user. After this switch is turned
on, service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections are allowed after RBs are reconfigured for
a PS user. In this case, the user is always in the
compressed mode if "ChannelRetryHoTimerLen" is
set to a value other than 0 in the "SET
UCOIFTIMER" command and "HsdpaCMPermissio-
nInd" is set to FALSE, "HsupaCMPermissionInd" is
set to Limited, or "EHSPACMPermissionInd" is set to
FALSE in the "SET UCMCF" command. After this
switch is turned off, service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections are forbidden after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user.
23.
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_S
WITCH: Whether to check whether the UE requesting
for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections is an LTE UE or not. After this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned on, the RNC allows service-based UMTS-to-

LTE handovers or redirections for LTE UEs only.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC allows such
handovers or redirections for all requested UEs.
24.
PERFENH_DTXDRX_ENABLEDELAY_CFGOPT_
SWITCH: Method for the RNC to set the delay time
for DTX/DRX to take effect during the D2E channel
switching procedure or the link addition procedure of
a soft handover for a UE enabled with the DTX/DRX
function. When this switch is turned on, For the D2E
channel switching procedure, the RNC sets the value
of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay parameter in the SET
UFRC command to the delay time for DTX/DRX to
take effect. For the link addition procedure of a soft
handover, the RNC permanently sets the field
Enabling Delay in the RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message to 0. When this switch is turned
off, For the D2E channel switching procedure, the
RNC permanently sets the delay time for DTX/DRX
to take effect to 0. For the link addition procedure of a
soft handover, the RNC sets the field Enabling Delay
in the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST message
based on the value of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay
parameter in the SET UFRC command.
25.
PERFENH_MCDRD_FAIL_PENALTY_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC continues to apply a penalty to
a UE that has switched to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state after experiencing a
measured-based DRD failure. When this switch is
turned on. The RNC continues to apply penalty to the
UE after the UE switches to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state from the
CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned off. The
RNC stops the penalty on the UE after the UE
switches to the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state from the CELL_DCH state.
26.
PERFENH_HSDPA_SPI_WEIGHT_UPDATE_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC includes the new scheduling
priority indicator (SPI) weight adjustment factor in the
Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare message when
the SPI is changed because the CN adjusts the traffic
handle priority (THP) value for an HSDPA service.
When this switch is turned on. The RNC includes the
new SPI weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off. The RNC does not include the new SPI
weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITC
H, PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
, PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_HRETRY_LMT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICMP_ACCELERATOR_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CHL_CHG_FAIL_MC_OLPC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_RAB_REL_WITH_PS_D2F_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_DRNC_CU_WITHOUT_EXTCELL_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HO_NODEB_UP_RES_LIMIT_E2D_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_BASED_ABS_FREQ_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HE_BIT_OPT_AFTER_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HHO_RELOC_OUT_WITH_MR_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTXDRX_ENABLEDELAY_CFGOP
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_MCDRD_FAIL_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_SPI_WEIGHT_UPDATE_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 021101 c 1. PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
tch2 MPARA WRFD- Channel Whether the PS service in the RCS-e service is carried
0106140 Configu on the DCH in the downlink. When this switch is
3 ration turned off, the channel bearer and downlink rate of the
Control PS service in the RCS-e service in the downlink are
WRFD- (DCCC) unlimited. When this switch is turned on, the PS
020203
HSUPA service in the RCS-e service can only be carried on
WRFD- 2ms TTI the DCH in the downlink and the downlink rate
020303 cannot exceed the maximum downlink rate of the PS
Inter
WRFD- RNC service in the RCS-e service. For the maximum
140218 Soft downlink rate of the PS service in the RCS-e service,
Handov see "PsRcsDlDchRate" in the "SET UFRC"
WRFD- command.
150217 er
2.
WRFD- Inter-
020400 RAT
WITCH: Whether the RNC prevents HSPA retry
Handov
WRFD- when the NodeB reports that a cell does not support
er Based
020503 HSUPA due to high CPU load on the DSP. This
on
switch is turned off by default. OFF: This switch is
WRFD- Coverag
turned off. When the NodeB reports that the cell does
020605 e
not support HSUPA services, the RNC does not
WRFD- Service- trigger retry to the HSPA channel in the following
150220 Based scenarios:The current cell support the channel retry
WRFD- PS from the DCH to the E-DCH.The current cell support
010610 Handov channel retries from DCH to the E-DCH and the
er from HSDSCH. ON: This switch is turned on. When the
WRFD- UMTS NodeB reports that the cell does not support HSUPA
0204000 to LTE services, the RNC does not trigger retry to the HSPA
3 channel during the DCH to E-DCH channel retry.
Load
WRFD- Based 3.
010612 PS PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_S
WRFD- Handov WITCH: Policy used when the RNC receives a
0106120 er from request for changing the target number of
3 UMTS retransmissions during an E-DCH-to-DCH (E2D)
to LTE channel migration. ON: This switch is turned on.
WRFD-
DRD Upon receiving the request for changing the target
020134
Introduc number of retransmissions, the RNC continues the
WRFD- channel migration procedure and then updates
tion
010619 measurement control. OFF: This switch is turned off.
Package
WRFD- Upon receiving the request for changing the target
Outer number of retransmissions, the RNC instantly updates
020129 Loop measurement control and then performs the channel
WRFD- Power migration. However, this increases the call drop rate.
0106090 Control
2 4.
SRNS PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITCH
WRFD- Relocati : Whether the RNC changes the radio bearer identity
021400 on

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Introduc when CS services are handed over from E-DCHs or

020306 tion HS-DSCHs to DCHs. This switch is turned off by
Package default. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Coverag changes the radio bearer identity. When this switch is
e Based turned off, the RNC does not change the radio bearer
PS identity. For details, see section 8.6.4.2 in 3GPP TS
Handov 25.331 V8.4.0.
er from 5.
UMTS PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWIT
to LTE CH: Whether the RNC carries the information about
HSDPA the configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Introduc CONNECTION REJECT message when neighboring
tion GSM cells are configured during an RRC inter-RAT
Package redirection based on admission failures. For UEs of
3GPP Release 6 or a later version, when this switch is
Inter
turned on, the RNC carries the information about the
System
configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
Redirect
CONNECTION REJECT message. When this switch
HSUPA is turned off, the RNC does not carry the information
Introduc about the configured neighboring GSM cells in the
tion RRC CONNECTION REJECT message.
Package
6.
HSUPA PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITC
Power H: Whether high-priority neighboring cells or
Control frequencies are preferred during coverage-based inter-
Push to RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, high-
Talk priority neighboring cells or frequencies are preferred.
If neighboring cells or frequencies have the same
CS
priority, those with better signal quality are preferred.
voice
If their signal quality is the same, the first selected
over
neighboring cell or frequency is the target cell or
HSPA/
frequency. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
HSPA+
neighboring cell with a smaller value of the "HOPrio"
PS parameter in the "ADD U2GNCELL" command is
Redirect to-LTE redirections, the frequency with a greater
ion from value of the "NPriority" parameter in the "ADD
UMTS UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command is
to LTE preferentially selected as the target frequency. When
Combin this switch is turned off, only signal quality is
ation of considered. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
One CS neighboring cell with better signal quality is
and One to-LTE redirections, the frequency with better quality
PS is preferentially selected as the target frequency.
Service 7. PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Direct Whether to optimize the list for measured neighboring
Signalin LTE cells in the measurement control message. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
g this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the list for
Connect measured neighboring LTE cells according to the
ion Re- RNC-level parameters, cell capability, and UE
establish capabilities in handovers and redirections to the LTE
ment network. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
(DSCR) does not filter out the list for measured neighboring
Inter- LTE cells.
RAT 8. PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Handov Scope for matching the neighboring cells in
er Based measurement reports during handovers to GSM cells
on Load when there are multiple cells in the active set and the
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH switch is
turned on. In case of neighboring combination, when
this switch is turned on, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports with
neighboring cells of all cells in the current active set.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports only with
the best cell's neighboring cells.
9.
TCH: Whether to select the best target frequency
during a frequency-based redirection from UMTS to
LTE. When this switch is turned on, the selected target
frequency is used as the best frequency if the
measurement report contains multiple neighboring
cells that work at the same frequency.
10.
: Switch for the enhanced algorithm of accelerating
the rate for responding to control messages. This
parameter is a professional parameter and therefore
you must configure this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.For
RTT(round-trip time) tests, the recommended value is
ON. In other scenarios, the recommended value is
OFF.
11. PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to allocate the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI to the services that are
not reconfigured during the reconfiguration procedure
and have a data rate higher than 2048 kbit/s. The 2048
kbit/s is the maximum data rate supported by the 10
ms TTI. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
allocates such services the RLC parameters
corresponding to the 2 ms TTI. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC does not allocate such services

these parameters.
12.
ITCH: Whether to use invalid measurement control
parameters and power control parameters on the
MAC-d entity again if a UE in the CELL_DCH state
fails to switch channels and then experiences a
channel fallback. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC uses these parameters again for such a UE.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not use
these parameters again for such a UE.
13.
PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether to allow CELL-DCH-to-CELL_FACH state
transitions when the PS BE services of a UE fail to be
reconfigured with an MBR and the UE periodically
requests the MBR. When this switch is turned on, the
UE is allowed to perform CELL-DCH-to-
CELL_FACH state transitions in the preceding
scenario. When this switch is turned off, the UE is not
allowed to perform these state transitions.
14.
CH: Processing option for a low-rate PS service when
the cell update procedure overlaps the service release
procedure of a CS or PS service in combined services
that also include the low-rate PS service.When this
switch is turned on, the parameter specifying the
status of the low-rate PS service is correctly
configured in the proceeding scenario to prevent a call
drop.When this switch is turned off, the previously
mentioned parameter is incorrectly configured in the
proceeding scenario. This will result in a call drop.For
this parameter, please note the following:
A low-rate PS service is a service whose maximum
data rate is less than the values of the
"UlBeTraffDecThs" and "DlBeTraffDecThs"
parameters.
When a service in combined services that include a
low-rate PS service is being released, the UE is
instructed to perform a state transition from
15.
ITCH: This switch applies to the following two
scenarios: Scenario 1: A UE sends a CELL UPDATE

WCDMA RAN

nd
message with a cause value of "radio link failure" or

"RLC unrecoverable error" in a drift RNC (DRNC)
cell that is not configured as a neighboring cell of the
UE's SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command. This switch controls whether the serving
RNC (SRNC) reestablishes a radio link for the UE in
this scenario. When this switch is set to on, the SRNC
uses the DSCR procedure to reestablish a radio link
for UEs processing PS BE only services; the SRNC
reestablishes a radio link for UEs processing services
other than PS BE only through the cell update
procedure. When this switch is set to off, the SRNC
directly releases the RRC connection of the UE.
Scenario 2: A UE in the CELL_DCH state sends a cell
update request in a DRNC cell after the SRNC
triggers a call reestablishment. The DRNC cell has
been configured as a neighboring cell of the UE's
SRNC cell using the "ADD UEXT3GCELL"
command, UE's services are carried over HSPA
channels in the DRNC cell but the SRNC is not
configured with the HSPA capability of the DRNC
cell. This switch controls whether the SRNC can
correctly process the cell update request in this
scenario. When this switch is set to on, the SRNC can
correctly process the cell update request. When this
switch is set to off, the SRNC cannot correctly process
the cell update request and as a result, call drops
occur.
16.
WITCH: Whether the RNC re-attempts to apply for
DCH resources when the NodeB sends to the RNC
cause value not-enough-user-plane-processing-
resources during the request of E-DCH or HS-DSCH
resources for an intra-RAT handover. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC re-attempts to apply for
the DCH resources in the preceding scenario. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC stops applying for
any channel resources.
17.
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out neighboring LTE cells
based on the principle of preferentially selecting a
maximum of four LTE FDD EARFCNs and four LTE
TDD EARFCNs when the following conditions are
met: 1. The active set contains more than one cell. 2.
Each cell is configured with multiple neighboring LTE
cells. 3. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the "HoSwitch" parameter in the "SET

UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command and
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH of the
"HoSwitch1" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command are turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the
neighboring LTE cells based on the principle of
preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs,
preferentially selects the neighboring LTE cells with
the largest number of times the LTE cells are
configured as the neighboring cells for different cells
in the active set until the number of the selected
neighboring LTE cells meets the specifications, and
then filters out the excessive neighboring LTE cells to
obtain the candidate neighboring cell list. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC selects the neighboring
LTE cells with the largest number of times the LTE
cells are configured as the neighboring cells for
different cells in the active set until the number of the
selected neighboring LTE cells meets the
specifications, filters out the excessive neighboring
LTE cells, and then selects the neighboring LTE cells
on the selected EARFCNS according to the principle
of preferentially selecting a maximum of four LTE
FDD EARFCNs and four LTE TDD EARFCNs.
18.
WITCH: Whether a UE is allowed to perform a non-
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection after a
redirection from UMTS to LTE when
ITCH of the HoSwitch1 parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the UE is not allowed
to be redirected back to LTE. When this switch is
turned off, the UE is allowed to be redirected back to
LTE.
19.
ITCH: Value of the HE bit IE during the RB
reconfiguration. The HE bit IE indicates whether the
AMD PDU contains the length indicator (LI). For
details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.321.
When this switch is turned on. During the RB
reconfiguration, the value of the HE bit IE for other
operators' RNCs is unchanged. When this switch is
turned off. During the RB reconfiguration, the HE bit

WCDMA RAN

nd
IE for other operators' RNCs is forcibly changed to

the value of the HE bit IE for Huawei RNC, which
results in call drops.
20.
CH: Whether compatibility processing is performed
on the RELOCATION REQUIRED message during a
this switch is turned on. Compatibility processing is
performed so that the RELOCATION REQUIRED
carries the RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement results of
the target cell. When this switch is turned off.
Compatibility processing is not performed so that the
RELOCATION REQUIRED does not carry the RSCP
and Ec/N0 measurement results of the target cell.
21.
H: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections after a P2D procedure is
triggered for CS users. After this switch is turned on,
redirections are allowed, causing the CS service
establishment to fail. After the switch is turned off,
redirections are not allowed.
22.
ITCH: Whether to initiate service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handovers or redirections after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user. After this switch is turned
on, service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections are allowed after RBs are reconfigured for
a PS user. In this case, the user is always in the
compressed mode if "ChannelRetryHoTimerLen" is
set to a value other than 0 in the "SET
UCOIFTIMER" command and "HsdpaCMPermissio-
nInd" is set to FALSE, "HsupaCMPermissionInd" is
set to Limited, or "EHSPACMPermissionInd" is set to
FALSE in the "SET UCMCF" command. After this
switch is turned off, service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or redirections are forbidden after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS user.
23.
WITCH: Whether to check whether the UE requesting
for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
redirections is an LTE UE or not. After this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned on, the RNC allows service-based UMTS-to-

LTE handovers or redirections for LTE UEs only.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC allows such
handovers or redirections for all requested UEs.
24.
SWITCH: Method for the RNC to set the delay time
for DTX/DRX to take effect during the D2E channel
switching procedure or the link addition procedure of
a soft handover for a UE enabled with the DTX/DRX
function. When this switch is turned on, For the D2E
channel switching procedure, the RNC sets the value
of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay parameter in the SET
UFRC command to the delay time for DTX/DRX to
take effect. For the link addition procedure of a soft
handover, the RNC permanently sets the field
Enabling Delay in the RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message to 0. When this switch is turned
off, For the D2E channel switching procedure, the
RNC permanently sets the delay time for DTX/DRX
to take effect to 0. For the link addition procedure of a
soft handover, the RNC sets the field Enabling Delay
in the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST message
based on the value of the DtxDrxEnablingDelay
parameter in the SET UFRC command.
25.
CH: Whether the RNC continues to apply a penalty to
a UE that has switched to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state after experiencing a
measured-based DRD failure. When this switch is
turned on. The RNC continues to apply penalty to the
UE after the UE switches to the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state from the
CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned off. The
RNC stops the penalty on the UE after the UE
switches to the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state from the CELL_DCH state.
26.
CH: Whether the RNC includes the new scheduling
priority indicator (SPI) weight adjustment factor in the
Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare message when
the SPI is changed because the CN adjusts the traffic
handle priority (THP) value for an HSDPA service.
When this switch is turned on. The RNC includes the
new SPI weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off. The RNC does not include the new SPI
weight adjustment factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration Prepare message.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
H,
ITCH,
WITCH,
SWITCH,
CH,
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_HRETRY_LMT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICMP_ACCELERATOR_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_MULTI_PS_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CHL_CHG_FAIL_MC_OLPC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_SET2MBR_ALLOW_D2F_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_RAB_REL_WITH_PS_D2F_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_DRNC_CU_WITHOUT_EXTCELL_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HO_NODEB_UP_RES_LIMIT_E2D_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_FILTE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_BASED_ABS_FREQ_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HE_BIT_OPT_AFTER_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HHO_RELOC_OUT_WITH_MR_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTXDRX_ENABLEDELAY_CFGOP
T_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_MCDRD_FAIL_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_SPI_WEIGHT_UPDATE_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
HOPrio BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Priority of the neighboring cell as a target
0 U2GNC 020303 RAT cell for a handover. Value 0 indicates the highest
ELL Handov priority and value 7 indicates the lowest priority.
MOD er Based When this parameter takes effect, the RNC
U2GNC on preferentially selects the cell with the highest priority
ELL Coverag as the target cell. If two or more cells have the same
e priority, the RNC selects a target cell with the best
signal quality.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
HOPrio BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Priority of the neighboring cell as a target
0 U2GNC 020303 RAT cell for a handover. Value 0 indicates the highest
ELL Handov priority and value 7 indicates the lowest priority.
MOD er Based When this parameter takes effect, the RNC
U2GNC on preferentially selects the cell with the highest priority
ELL Coverag as the target cell. If two or more cells have the same
e priority, the RNC selects a target cell with the best
signal quality.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LSer BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

vAlgoS 0 UCELL 020129 Service 1. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
witch U2LTE WRFD- Redirect Whether to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
HONCO 140218 ion from handovers. When this switch is set to on, the RNC is
V UMTS allowed to deliver service-based LTE cell
MOD to LTE measurement control messages and initiate service-
UCELL Service- based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. When this switch
U2LTE Based is set to off, the RNC is prohibited from initiating
HONCO PS service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
V Handov 2. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether
er from to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
UMTS When this switch is set to on, the RNC is allowed to
to LTE deliver service-based LTE cell measurement control
messages and initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections. When this switch is set to off, the RNC is
prohibited from initiating service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirections.
Note: This algorithm applies to scenarios where the
best UTRAN cell and the neighboring E-UTRAN cell
share the same site.
4. HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
Whether a blind redirection can be preferentially
performed to switch a UE to an LTE network if the
UE meets conditions for a service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection and there is a blind
handover neighboring cell or a blind handover
adjacent frequency. When this switch is set to on, a
blind redirection is preferentially performed. When
this switch is set to off, LTE measurement is
preferentially performed and then a handover or
redirection is performed based on the measurement
report from the UE.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

vAlgoS 0 UCELL 020129 Service 1. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
witch U2LTE WRFD- Redirect Whether to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
HONCO 140218 ion from handovers. When this switch is set to on, the RNC is
V UMTS allowed to deliver service-based LTE cell
MOD to LTE measurement control messages and initiate service-
UCELL Service- based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. When this switch
U2LTE Based is set to off, the RNC is prohibited from initiating
HONCO PS service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
V Handov 2. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether
er from to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
UMTS When this switch is set to on, the RNC is allowed to
to LTE deliver service-based LTE cell measurement control
messages and initiate service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections. When this switch is set to off, the RNC is
prohibited from initiating service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirections.
Note: This algorithm applies to scenarios where the
best UTRAN cell and the neighboring E-UTRAN cell
share the same site.
4. HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:
Whether a blind redirection can be preferentially
performed to switch a UE to an LTE network if the
UE meets conditions for a service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection and there is a blind
handover neighboring cell or a blind handover
adjacent frequency. When this switch is set to on, a
blind redirection is preferentially performed. When
this switch is set to off, LTE measurement is
preferentially performed and then a handover or
redirection is performed based on the measurement
report from the UE.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
0,HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LSer BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Timer for periodically triggering service-
vPrdTri 0 UU2LT 020129 Service based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection. The
gTimerL EHONC WRFD- Redirect value 0 indicates that this timer is disabled.
en OV 140218 ion from GUI Value Range: 0~65535
UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
Service- Actual Value Range: 0~65535

Based Default Value: 60
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LSer BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Timer for periodically triggering service-
vPrdTri 0 UU2LT 020129 Service based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection. The
gTimerL EHONC WRFD- Redirect value 0 indicates that this timer is disabled.
en OV 140218 ion from GUI Value Range: 0~65535
UMTS
to LTE Unit: s
Service- Actual Value Range: 0~65535

Based Default Value: 60
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
BestCell BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UCELL 020129 Service LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw U2LTE WRFD- Redirect that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch HONCO 020504 ion from intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
V UMTS switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
WRFD- to LTE LTE cell handovers or redirections after the best cell
MOD 140218
UCELL Inner changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
U2LTE Loop not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
HONCO Power redirections after the best cell changes.
V Control GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Service- Unit: None
Based Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
PS
Handov Default Value: OFF
er from
UMTS
to LTE
BestCell BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UCELL 020129 Service LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw U2LTE WRFD- Redirect that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch HONCO 020504 ion from intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
V UMTS switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
MOD 140218
UCELL Inner changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
U2LTE Loop not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
HONCO Power redirections after the best cell changes.
V Control GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Service- Unit: None
PS
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
BestCell BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UU2LT 020129 Service LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw EHONC WRFD- Redirect that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch OV 020504 ion from intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
UMTS switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
140218 changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
Inner
Loop not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
Power redirections after the best cell changes.
Control GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Service- Unit: None
PS
er from
UMTS
to LTE
BestCell BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based
TrigLTE 0 UU2LT 020129 Service LTE cell handovers or redirections when the best cell
MeasSw EHONC WRFD- Redirect that a UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an
itch OV 020504 ion from intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell. When the
UMTS switch is turned on, the RNC triggers service-based
140218 changes. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
Inner
Loop not trigger service-based LTE cell handovers or
Power redirections after the best cell changes.
Control GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Service- Unit: None
PS
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd

vTrigSo 0 UCELL 020129 Service 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce U2LTE WRFD- Redirect service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
HONCO 140218 ion from redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
V UMTS being set up. When this switch is set to on, a service-
MOD to LTE based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
UCELL Service- be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
U2LTE Based switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
HONCO PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
V Handov preceding scenario.
er from 2. U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER: Whether a
UMTS service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
to LTE redirection can be triggered when the PS service is in
the low-rate transmission state. When this switch is set
to on, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
redirection can be triggered in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-
to-LTE PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered
in the preceding scenario.
3. U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER: Whether
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers or
redirections can be triggered periodically according to
the duration specified by the "U2LServPrdTrigTimer-
Len" parameter. When this switch is set to on, a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
4. U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER: Whether a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
can be triggered when the service is being released.
When this switch is set to on, a service-based UMTS-
to-LTE handover or redirection can be triggered in the
preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off, a
cannot be triggered in the preceding scenario.
5. U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER: Whether a
can be triggered when the Iu-CS connection of the
service is being released. When this switch is set to
on, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
to-LTE handover or redirection cannot be triggered in

WCDMA RAN

nd
6. U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER: Whether service-

triggered by other service change processes such as
intra-RAT migration or upon expiry of the timer
specified by the "U2LPunishSwitch" parameter. When
this switch is set to on, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection can be triggered in the
GUI Value Range:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER,
U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SER
V_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIO
D_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0
&
U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_
OTHER_TRIGGER-0

WCDMA RAN

nd

vTrigSo 0 UCELL 020129 Service 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce U2LTE WRFD- Redirect service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
HONCO 140218 ion from redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
V UMTS being set up. When this switch is set to on, a service-
MOD to LTE based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
UCELL Service- be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
U2LTE Based switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
HONCO PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
V Handov preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd

GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SER
V_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIO
D_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0
&
U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_
OTHER_TRIGGER-0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LSer BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning:

vTrigSo 0 UU2LT 020129 Service 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce EHONC WRFD- Redirect service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
OV 140218 ion from redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
UMTS being set up. When this switch is set to on, a service-
to LTE based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
Service- be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
Based switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
Handov preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd

GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER:
1,U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LSer BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning:

vTrigSo 0 UU2LT 020129 Service 1. U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER: Whether a
urce EHONC WRFD- Redirect service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or
OV 140218 ion from redirection can be triggered when a PS services is
UMTS being set up. When this switch is set to on, a service-
to LTE based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection can
Service- be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
Based switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
PS handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
Handov preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd

GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER:
1,U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER:
0,U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER:0
U2LNC BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Threshold for the number of users in
ovPSCm 0 UCELL 020129 Service compressed mode for triggering the service-based
UserNu CMUSE WRFD- Redirect UMTS-to-LTE measurement. UEs are allowed to
mThd RNUM 140218 ion from perform service-based LTE measurement in
MOD UMTS compressed mode only when the number of UEs in
UCELL to LTE compressed mode in all cells in the active set is less
CMUSE Service- than this threshold. When this parameter is set to 0,
RNUM Based the restriction is not effective.
PS GUI Value Range: 0~255
Handov Unit: None
er from

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Threshold for the number of users in
ovPSCm 0 UCELL 020129 Service compressed mode for triggering the service-based
UserNu CMUSE WRFD- Redirect UMTS-to-LTE measurement. UEs are allowed to
mThd RNUM 140218 ion from perform service-based LTE measurement in
MOD UMTS compressed mode only when the number of UEs in
UCELL to LTE compressed mode in all cells in the active set is less
CMUSE Service- than this threshold. When this parameter is set to 0,
RNUM Based the restriction is not effective.
PS GUI Value Range: 0~255
Handov Unit: None
er from
LTEMea BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of
sTypOf3 0 UCELL 020129 Service measurement result that a UE needs to carry in an
C U2LTE Redirect event-triggered or periodical measurement report.
HONCO ion from When this parameter is set to Measurementquantity,
V UMTS the parameter value is the same as that of
MOD to LTE "Measurement Quantity for Event 3C Measurement of
UCELL LTE". When this parameter is set to Both, the UE
U2LTE needs to report measurement results of both the types:
HONCO Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and
V Reference Signal Receiving Quality (RSRQ).
GUI Value Range: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity), Both(Both)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MeasurementQuantity, Both
Default Value: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity)

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEMea BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of
sTypOf3 0 UCELL 020129 Service measurement result that a UE needs to carry in an
C U2LTE Redirect event-triggered or periodical measurement report.
HONCO ion from When this parameter is set to Measurementquantity,
V UMTS the parameter value is the same as that of
MOD to LTE "Measurement Quantity for Event 3C Measurement of
UCELL LTE". When this parameter is set to Both, the UE
U2LTE needs to report measurement results of both the types:
HONCO Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and
V Reference Signal Receiving Quality (RSRQ).
GUI Value Range: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity), Both(Both)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MeasurementQuantity, Both
Default Value: MeasurementQuanti-
ty(MeasurementQuantity)
LTEMea BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 020129 Service This parameter specifies the measurement quantity of
f3C U2LTE WRFD- Redirect a handover target LTE system in an event 3C
HONCO 140218 ion from measurement report sent by a UE during a handover
V UMTS that is not based on coverage. This parameter can be
MOD to LTE set to RSRP or RSRQ. Note that what specific
UCELL Service- measurement results are reported depends on the
U2LTE Based setting of "Report Type of LTE Measurement", as is
HONCO PS specified in 3GPP TS 25.331.
V Handov RSRP is the average power of signals received on all
er from resource elements (REs) that carry reference signals
UMTS within a certain symbol.
to LTE
RSRQ is defined as the ratio of RSRP to RSSI (RSRQ
= N x RSRP/RSSI). The coefficient N is introduced to
adjust possible bandwidth difference in both types of
measurement.
GUI Value Range: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power), RSRQ(Reference Signal Receiving Quality)
Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power)

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEMea BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

sQuanO 0 UCELL 020129 Service This parameter specifies the measurement quantity of
f3C U2LTE WRFD- Redirect a handover target LTE system in an event 3C
HONCO 140218 ion from measurement report sent by a UE during a handover
V UMTS that is not based on coverage. This parameter can be
MOD to LTE set to RSRP or RSRQ. Note that what specific
UCELL Service- measurement results are reported depends on the
U2LTE Based setting of "Report Type of LTE Measurement", as is
HONCO PS specified in 3GPP TS 25.331.
V Handov RSRP is the average power of signals received on all
er from resource elements (REs) that carry reference signals
UMTS within a certain symbol.
to LTE
RSRQ is defined as the ratio of RSRP to RSSI (RSRQ
= N x RSRP/RSSI). The coefficient N is introduced to
adjust possible bandwidth difference in both types of
measurement.
GUI Value Range: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power), RSRQ(Reference Signal Receiving Quality)
Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power)
U2LTE BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UCELL 020129 Service measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me U2LTE Redirect LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HONCO ion from RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
V UMTS set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
MOD to LTE GUI Value Range: 0~512
UCELL Unit: s
U2LTE
HONCO Actual Value Range: 0~512
V Default Value: 5
U2LTE BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell
MeasTi 0 UCELL 020129 Service measurements. The RNC starts the timer to perform
me U2LTE Redirect LTE cell measurements. When the timer expires, the
HONCO ion from RNC stops measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is
V UMTS set to 0, the RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
MOD to LTE GUI Value Range: 0~512
UCELL Unit: s
U2LTE
HONCO Actual Value Range: 0~512
V Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LLT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

ELoadS 0 UCELL 150216 Based 1. LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
witch HOCO WRFD- PS Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
MM 020129 Redirect based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MOD ion from LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 140218 turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
HOCO to LTE based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MM WRFD- PS LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
150217 Service turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
Redirect cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
ion from load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
UMTS 2. SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
to LTE Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
Service- based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
Based to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
PS turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
Handov based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
er from to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
UMTS turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
to LTE cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
Load service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
Based redirections.
PS GUI Value Range:
Handov LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
er from SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
UMTS Unit: None
to LTE
Actual Value Range:
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
Default Value:
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
0,SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LLT BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

ELoadS 0 UCELL 150216 Based 1. LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
witch HOCO WRFD- PS Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
MM 020129 Redirect based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MOD ion from LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
WRFD- UMTS
UCELL 140218 turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
HOCO to LTE based on LTE cell loads during load-based UMTS-to-
MM WRFD- PS LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
150217 Service turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
Redirect cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
ion from load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
UMTS 2. SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
to LTE Whether to filter neighboring LTE cells or frequencies
Service- based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
Based to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
PS turned on, the RNC filters LTE cells or frequencies
Handov based on LTE cell loads during service-based UMTS-
er from to-LTE handovers or redirections. When this switch is
UMTS turned off, the RNC does not filter neighboring LTE
to LTE cells or frequencies based on LTE cell loads during
Load service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
Based redirections.
PS GUI Value Range:
Handov LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
er from SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
UMTS Unit: None
to LTE
Actual Value Range:
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH,
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
Default Value:
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:
0,SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Priority of an E-UTRA frequency in

yConnec 0 UCELL 150216 Based connected mode. The greater the parameter value, the
t NFREQ WRFD- PS higher the priority of the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: 0~7
FO ion from
WRFD- UMTS Unit: None
MOD 171223
UCELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7
NFREQ WRFD- Load Default Value: 0
PRIOIN 140226 Based
FO WRFD- PS
020129 Handov
WRFD- er from
140218 UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
NPriorit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Priority of an E-UTRA frequency in

yConnec 0 UCELL 150216 Based connected mode. The greater the parameter value, the
t NFREQ WRFD- PS higher the priority of the E-UTRA frequency.
PRIOIN 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: 0~7
FO ion from
WRFD- UMTS Unit: None
MOD 171223
UCELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 0~7
NFREQ WRFD- Load Default Value: 0
PRIOIN 140226 Based
FO WRFD- PS
020129 Handov
WRFD- er from
140218 UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
to LTE
for
SRVCC
User
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LTEF BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 020129 Service This parameter specifies the layer 3 filter coefficient
U2LTE WRFD- Redirect for the LTE measurement. Layer 3 filter coefficient is
HONCO 140218 ion from sent to the UE and the UE performs filtering of the
V UMTS measurements according to the following formula:
MOD to LTE Fn=(1-a)*Fn-1 + a*Mn
UCELL Service- The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
U2LTE Based a=1/(2^(k/2)), where k is this parameter. Fn-1 is the
HONCO PS old filtered measurement result. Mn is the latest
V Handov received measurement result from physical layer
er from measurements. Fn is the updated filtered measurement
UMTS result. For detailed description of the parameter, see
to LTE 3GPP TS 25.331.
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3
U2LTEF BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

ilterCoef 0 UCELL 020129 Service This parameter specifies the layer 3 filter coefficient
U2LTE WRFD- Redirect for the LTE measurement. Layer 3 filter coefficient is
HONCO 140218 ion from sent to the UE and the UE performs filtering of the
V UMTS measurements according to the following formula:
MOD to LTE Fn=(1-a)*Fn-1 + a*Mn
UCELL Service- The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
U2LTE Based a=1/(2^(k/2)), where k is this parameter. Fn-1 is the
HONCO PS old filtered measurement result. Mn is the latest
V Handov received measurement result from physical layer
er from measurements. Fn is the updated filtered measurement
UMTS result. For detailed description of the parameter, see
to LTE 3GPP TS 25.331.
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRP threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
atThdRS 0 UCELL 020129 Service measurements during a non-coverage-based handover.
RP U2LTE WRFD- Redirect If RSRP is used as the measurement quantity for event
HONCO 140218 ion from 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the signal
V UMTS quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD to LTE threshold.For details about this parameter, see section
UCELL Service- 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT measurement reporting criteria"
U2LTE Based in 3GPP TS 25.331. The RNC carries the Threshold
HONCO PS other system IE in the measurement control message
V Handov sent to the UE. This IE is used to calculate the actual
er from value of the inter-RAT measurement threshold. Actual
UMTS value = Threshold other system - 25 [dBm], Threshold
to LTE other system = GUI value - 116.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRP threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RP U2LTE WRFD- Redirect If RSRP is used as the measurement quantity for event
HONCO 140218 ion from 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the signal
V UMTS quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD to LTE threshold.For details about this parameter, see section
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRQ threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RQ U2LTE WRFD- Redirect If RSRQ is used as the measurement quantity for
HONCO 140218 ion from event 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the
V UMTS signal quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD to LTE threshold. For details about this parameter, see section
UMTS value = Threshold other system/2 [dB], Threshold
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
TargetR BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRQ threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RQ U2LTE WRFD- Redirect If RSRQ is used as the measurement quantity for
HONCO 140218 ion from event 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the
V UMTS signal quality of the target cell is greater than the
MOD to LTE threshold. For details about this parameter, see section
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hystfor3 BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the hysteresis for a
C 0 UCELL 020129 Service UE to report event 3C. For detailed description of the
U2LTE WRFD- Redirect parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HONCO 140218 ion from GUI Value Range: 0~15
V UMTS
to LTE Unit: 0.5dB
MOD
UCELL Service- Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
U2LTE Based Default Value: 4
HONCO PS
V Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Hystfor3 BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the hysteresis for a
C 0 UCELL 020129 Service UE to report event 3C. For detailed description of the
U2LTE WRFD- Redirect parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
HONCO 140218 ion from GUI Value Range: 0~15
V UMTS
to LTE Unit: 0.5dB
MOD
UCELL Service- Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
U2LTE Based Default Value: 4
HONCO PS
V Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
TrigTim BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the interval time
e3C 0 UCELL 020129 Service between detection of event 3C and sending of the
U2LTE WRFD- Redirect measurement report. How to set this parameter is
HONCO 140218 ion from related to slow fading. For detailed description of the
V UMTS parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
MOD to LTE GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
UCELL Service- D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
U2LTE Based D1280, D2560, D5000
HONCO PS Unit: ms
V Handov
er from Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
UMTS 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
to LTE Default Value: D0

WCDMA RAN

nd
TrigTim BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the interval time
e3C 0 UCELL 020129 Service between detection of event 3C and sending of the
U2LTE WRFD- Redirect measurement report. How to set this parameter is
HONCO 140218 ion from related to slow fading. For detailed description of the
V UMTS parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
MOD to LTE GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
UCELL Service- D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
U2LTE Based D1280, D2560, D5000
HONCO PS Unit: ms
V Handov
er from Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
UMTS 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
U2LPun BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the function of preventing service-
ishSwitc 0 UU2LT 020129 Service based ping-pong handovers or redirections between
h EHONC WRFD- Redirect UMTS cells and LTE cells takes effect. When this
OV 020504 ion from switch is turned on, the function takes effect.
UMTS Otherwise, the function does not take effect.
WRFD- to LTE
140218 GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Inner Unit: None
Loop
Power Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Control Default Value: OFF
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LPun BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Whether the function of preventing service-
ishSwitc 0 UU2LT 020129 Service based ping-pong handovers or redirections between
h EHONC WRFD- Redirect UMTS cells and LTE cells takes effect. When this
OV 020504 ion from switch is turned on, the function takes effect.
UMTS Otherwise, the function does not take effect.
WRFD- to LTE
140218 GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Inner Unit: None
Loop
Power Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Control Default Value: OFF
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LPun BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Timer during which service-based ping-
ishTime 0 UU2LT 020129 Service pong handovers or redirections between UMTS cells
r EHONC WRFD- Redirect and LTE cells are prevented. When this parameter is
OV 140218 ion from set to 0, the service-based ping-pong handovers or
UMTS redirections between UMTS cells and LTE cells are
to LTE allowed.
Service- GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Based Unit: s
PS
Handov Actual Value Range: 0~65535
er from Default Value: 20
UMTS
to LTE
U2LPun BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Timer during which service-based ping-
ishTime 0 UU2LT 020129 Service pong handovers or redirections between UMTS cells
r EHONC WRFD- Redirect and LTE cells are prevented. When this parameter is
OV 140218 ion from set to 0, the service-based ping-pong handovers or
UMTS redirections between UMTS cells and LTE cells are
to LTE allowed.
Service- GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Based Unit: s
PS
Handov Actual Value Range: 0~65535
er from Default Value: 20
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
AntiPin BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether a UE that is redirected from the
panLteF 0 UU2LT 150217 Based LTE network to the UMTS network can be redirected
ddRedrS EHONC WRFD- PS back to an LTE FDD frequency. When this switch is
witch OV 140218 Handov turned on, the UE cannot initiate the redirection to an
er from LTE FDD frequency, which prevents ping-pong
UMTS redirections between the UMTS network and the LTE
to LTE network. When this switch is turned off, the UE can
Service- be redirected to an LTE FDD frequency.
Based GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
PS Unit: None
Handov
er from Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
UMTS Default Value: OFF
to LTE
AntiPin BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether a UE that is redirected from the
panLteF 0 UU2LT 150217 Based LTE network to the UMTS network can be redirected
ddRedrS EHONC WRFD- PS back to an LTE FDD frequency. When this switch is
witch OV 140218 Handov turned on, the UE cannot initiate the redirection to an
er from LTE FDD frequency, which prevents ping-pong
UMTS redirections between the UMTS network and the LTE
to LTE network. When this switch is turned off, the UE can
Service- be redirected to an LTE FDD frequency.
Based GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
PS Unit: None
Handov
er from Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
UMTS Default Value: OFF
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1.
tch4 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_MAX_NUM_S
010510 Handov WITCH: Whether to delimit the number of intra-
er frequency neighboring cells configured for a cell.
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 When this switch is turned on, A cell can be
3.6/27.2 configured with 31 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Kbps at most. When this switch is turned off, A cell can be
010614 RRC configured with 63 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Connect at most.
020103 ion and 2.
Radio PERFENH_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WRFD- Access
140226 WITCH: Whether the RNC supports HSDPA UE
Bearer camping prohibition in case of overloaded WBBPs. If
WRFD- Establis the WBBP board is overloaded, the NodeB sends the
020203 hment RNC an RTWP measurement report indicating
WRFD- and whether HSDPA UEs can be admitted. When this
150232 Release switch is turned on. If the NodeB informs the RNC
WRFD- Intra that HSDPA UEs cannot be admitted, the RNC
010202 RNC prohibits access of UEs to HSDPA and R99
Soft reconfiguration to HSDPA. When this switch is turned
WRFD- Handov off. The RNC does not provide the preceding
020900 er restrictions.
WRFD- HSUPA 3.
140218 Phase 2 PERFENH_PTT_COMB_RAB_TTI_CTRL_SWITC
WRFD- Inter H: Whether E-DCH TTI for PTT combined services
020402 Frequen (combined services with a PTT service) is under the
cy Load control of the EDCH TTI policies for a PTT-only
WRFD-
Balance service. When this switch is turned on. If
020401
"PTTHSUPATTI" in the "SET UFRC" command is set
WRFD- Fast to EDCH_TTI_10ms, E-DCH TTI 2ms is not allowed
140102 Return to be selected for PTT combined services. When this
from switch is turned off. E-DCH TTI for PTT combined
WRFD-
UMTS services is not restricted by the "PTTHSUPATTI"
020803
to LTE parameter.
WRFD-
Inter 4. PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
020129
RNC Whether the algorithm for optimizing the SRB rate of
WRFD- Soft CSFB UEs takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
020302 Handov the SRB rate uses the value of the "CSFBSRBRate"
WRFD- er parameter if either of the following is true: 1. The
020303 Multiba "CSFB Indication" IE is contained in the RRC
nd Connection Setup Request message during a
WRFD-
Direct redirection. 2. The cause value "CS Fallback
020701
Retry triggered" is contained in the Relocation Request
WRFD- Based message during a relocation in the CSFB procedure.
020307 on UE When this switch is turned off. If cause value "CS
Location Fallback triggered" is contained in the Relocation

WCDMA RAN

nd
UE Request message during a relocation in the CSFB

State in procedure, the SRB rate is 3.4 kbit/s. If the "CSFB
Connect Indication" IE is contained in the RRC Connection
ed Mode Setup Request message during a redirection in the
(CELL- CSFB procedure, the SRB rate is configured by
DCH, running the "SET URRCESTCAUSE" command.
CELL- 5. PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
PCH, optimization for the QoS guarantee algorithm takes
URA- effect. When this switch is turned on. The
PCH, optimization takes effect. 1) If the absolute threshold
CELL- for uplink power measurement changes after a channel
FACH) reconfiguration or handover, the RNC resends an
Logical uplink power measurement control message to the
Channel UE. 2) If only one BE service exists after the first
Manage established PS service is released, the QoS guarantee
ment algorithm takes effect on the basis of a single BE
Service- service. When this switch is turned off. The
Based optimization does not take effect. 1) If the relative
PS threshold for uplink power measurement changes after
Handov a channel reconfiguration or handover, the RNC
er from resends an uplink power measurement control
UMTS message to the UE. 2) If only one BE service exists
to LTE after the first established PS service is released, the
QoS guarantee algorithm does not take effect on the
Measure basis of a single BE service.
ment
Based 6.
Direct PERFENH_DRL_SHO_SCRAMBLE_SEL_SWITC
Retry H: Whether to carry the scrambling code configured
by the SRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
Inter- when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
RAT When this switch is set to off, the SRNC carries the
Redirect scrambling code configured by the SRNC in the
ion ACTIVE SET UPDATE message when adding a
Based DRNC cell to the UE's active set. When this switch is
on set to on, the SRNC carries the scrambling code
Distance included in the intra-frequency cell information sent
CS by the DRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
Fallback when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
Guarant 7.
ee for PERFENH_LOW_PRIO_MC_BUFFPROC_SWITC
LTE H: Whether a low-priority measurement control
Emerge message that has been buffered can be delivered
ncy again. When this switch is set to off, the low-priority
Calls measurement control message that has been buffered
A-GPS will not be delivered again. When this switch is set to
Based on, the low-priority measurement control message that
LCS has been buffered will be delivered again.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS 8. PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH: Whether
Service to classify measurement reports (MRs). When this
Redirect switch is set to on, the RNC classifies MRs based on
ion from the thresholds set by the "ADD UCELLMR" or
UMTS "MOD UCELLMR" command, which improves the
to LTE efficiency of data analyzing for the SAU. When this
Inter switch is set to off, the RNC does not classify MRs.
Frequen 9.
cy Hard PERFENH_BESTCELLCHG_MC_TRIG_H2D_SWI
Handov TCH: Whether to trigger measurement control for
er Based service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
on after a best cell change when HSPA services cannot
Coverag coexist with the compressed mode. When this switch
e is set to on, measurement control for service-based
Inter- UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection can be
RAT triggered after a best cell change when HSPA services
Handov cannot coexist with the compressed mode. When this
er Based switch is set to off, measurement control for service-
on based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection cannot
Coverag be triggered after a best cell change when HSPA
e services cannot coexist with the compressed mode.
AMR/W 10.
B-AMR PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
Speech Whether the optimized solution for selecting the target
Rates cell takes effect during a channel rate increase. When
Control this switch is turned on. The optimized solution for
selecting the target cell takes effect during the channel
rate increase. The RNC uses the following rules in
sequence when selecting the target cell: 1) If a channel
fallback from the E-DCH to the DCH or from the HS-
DSCH to the DCH occurs in a cell, the RNC does not
select the cell as the target cell. 2) If a channel
fallback from the DCH to the E-DCH in the uplink or
from the DCH to the HS-DSCH in the downlink
occurs in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as the target
cell. 3) If HSPA+ fallback occurs in a cell, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. 4) If rate
decrease occurs on the uplink or downlink channel in
a cell, the RNC does not select the cell as the target
cell. 5) If rate increase occurs on the uplink or
downlink channel in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as
the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC does not select the
cell as the target cell. When this switch is turned off.
The optimized solution for selecting the DRD target
cell does not take effect during the channel rate
increase. The RNC uses the following rules in

WCDMA RAN

nd

select the cell as the target cell. 2) If the uplink or
downlink channel rate changes in a cell, the RNC
selects the cell as the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. Note: 1) D2H
refers to a service reconfiguration from the DCH to
the High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-
DSCH) in the downlink. 2) D2E refers to a service
reconfiguration from the DCH to the enhanced
dedicated channel (E-DCH) in the uplink.
11.
PERFENH_ONLYSRBONDCH_SRB_TFOPT_SWI
TCH: Whether the transport format set (TFS) of the
dedicated channel (DCH) is set to [1*0, 1*148] if only
a PS service is established over HSDPA and the
downlink SRB of the PS service is carried over the
DCH at a rate of 3.4 kbit/s. When this switch is turned
off, the TFS of the DCH is configured based on
typical parameter settings. When this switch is turned
on, the TFS of the DCH is set to [1*0, 1*148].
12.
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TIMEOUT_DRD_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback or a
DRD procedure towards another cell if the Uu-
interface response times out during the RB
reconfiguration procedure. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
procedure towards another cell if the Uu-interface
response times out. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not perform channel fallback or a DRD
response times out.
13.
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_BE_RATE_DOWN_SWITC
H: Whether a UE processing a single BE service can
access a UMTS cell through rate reduction after an
incoming inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set
to on, the uplink or downlink rate of the UE can be
reduced to DCH 8K for UE access if cell resources are
congested. If cell resources are not congested but the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is insufficient,
the uplink or downlink rate of an HSPA UE is reduced
to the initial access rate and the UE falls back to the
DCH. If cell resources are not congested and the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is sufficient,
rate reduction is not used for UE access. When this
switch is set to off, rate reduction is not used for UE
access after an incoming inter-RAT handover.

WCDMA RAN

nd
14.
PERFENH_CLB_HO_FAIL_PUNISH_MODE_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC applies a penalty to the target
cell after an inter-frequency CLB handover between
cells under different RNCs fails. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
whenever it receives a RELOCATION
PREPARATION FAILURE or RNSAP RADIO LINK
SETUP FAILURE message. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
only when it receives a failure indication message
with cause value "Resource Unavailable".
The RNC applies a penalty to the target cell in the
following scenarios:
1) After the relocation with an inter-frequency CLB
hard handover fails, the RNC receives a
RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE with one
the following cause values:
No Radio Resources Available in Target Cell
Traffic Load In The Target Cell Higher Than In The
Source Cell.
2) After an inter-frequency CLB hard handover fails,
the RNC receives an RNSAP RADIO LINK SETUP
FAILURE message with one the following cause
values:
DL Radio Resources not Available
UL Radio Resources not Available
Source Cell.
15. PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the LTE measurement control
release procedure. This switch specifies scenarios
where the RNC can trigger LTE measurement control
release when the switch for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection is set to off. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC triggers LTE
measurement control release only when the CN
domain or service bearer channel type changes. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC triggers LTE
measurement control release also in scenarios such as
service rate change, service setup, or service release,
in addition to the preceding scenarios. .
16.
PERFENH_HSPA_CM_COEXIST_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs an H2D channel fallback
for HSPA UEs that do not need to start measurement

WCDMA RAN

nd
by entering the compressed mode. When this switch is

set to on, the RNC does not perform an H2D channel
fallback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC performs an H2D channel fallback
in the preceding scenario. .
17. PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
channel fallback, or rate reduction upon an F2D
failure an F2D procedure. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
failure an F2D procedure, and enables any of the
following algorithms: When the
"H2dAccBasCovSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFRC" command is set to on, the coverage-
based PS NRT H2D switch during access takes effect;
When the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set to on, the
algorithm for switching a PS BE UE with weak
coverage from HSUPA to R99 channels takes effect;
When
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
weak coverage-based SRB H2D fallback algorithm
takes effect.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
consider the HSPA+ feature disabling, channel
fallback, or rate reduction upon an F2D failure an F2D
procedure, and the preceding algorithms do not take
effect.
18.
PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC processes the first PS BE
service set up by a CSFB UE in the same way as it
processes a PS BE service in the CS+PS combined
service. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
processes the first PS BE service set up by a CSFB
UE in the same way as it processes a PS BE service in
the CS+PS combined service. The bearer channel type
and initial data rate for the PS BE service are set by
the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter in the "SET
UFRC" command. DRD for service steering
(specified by the "ServiceDiffDrdSwitch" parameter
in the "SET UDRD" command) takes the CS service
as the highest priority service for selecting a cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is set to off, the RNC processes the

first PS BE service set up by a CSFB UE in the same
way as it processes a single PS service.
19.
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_BE_DOWNRATE_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC decreases the access rate
for PS BE services during combined hard handover
and SRNS relocation. When this switch is turned off.
The RNC does not change the access rate of PS BE
services during combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. When this switch is turned on. The RNC
decreases the access rate of PS BE services to the
values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command.
20.
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_LDR_DOWNRATE_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers the cell load
when reducing access rate of PS BE services during
this switch is turned off. The RNC does not consider
the cell load, but directly decreases the access rate of
PS BE services to the values of the
"CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command. When this switch is turned
on. The RNC considers the cell load. The RNC
decreases the uplink or downlink access rate of PS BE
services to the values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDown-
wardRate" parameter in the "SET UFRC" command
only when the cell is in the load congestion state in the
uplink or downlink.
21.
PERFENH_TTI_10MS_TO_2MS_RECFG_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether the transmission time interval (TTI)
for best effort (BE) services can be changed from 10
ms to 2 ms by using the TTI switch algorithm or the
periodic retry algorithm if BE services that meet the
requirements for HUSPA 2 ms TTI do not use 2 ms
TTI and the "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs" parameter in
the "SET UFRC" command is set to a value greater
than D2048. When this switch is set to on, the TTI for
BE services can be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
When this switch is set to off, the TTI for BE services
cannot be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
22.
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_DIST_INTRA_PROT_SW
ITCH: Whether to enable the anti-pingpong function
for location-based inter-RAT RRC redirection. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the anti-pingpong function is

enabled for location-based inter-RAT RRC
redirection.When this switch is turned off, the anti-
pingpong function is not enabled for location-based
inter-RAT RRC redirection.
23.
SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_SRB_MOD_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether to optimize the channel transition with
serving cell change procedure during RRC connection
setup. When this switch is set to off, the RNC
incorrectly performs channel transition and serving
cell change in the same procedure in the following
scenario: The SRB is carried over HSPA channels; the
RNC simultaneously processes two 1D measurement
reports from one UE during RRC connection setup;
The target cell included in one 1D measurement report
is in the active set, whereas that in the other 1D
measurement report is not; the target cell not in the
active set does not support HSPA. Consequently, the
radio link (RL) reconfiguration fails. When this switch
is set to on, the RNC performs channel transition
before the radio link is added in the preceding
scenario.
24.
PERFENH_DRD2STEP_AND_SHO_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers a two-step DRD
for AMR services if the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the processing of a soft handover.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC triggers a two-
step DRD for AMR services in the preceding scenario.
trigger a two-step DRD for AMR services in the
preceding scenario.
25.
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_DCH_OP_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the E-UTRA absolute radio frequency
channel numbers (EARFCNs) filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on the operators for
UEs carried on the DCH. When this switch is set to
on, the EARFCNs filled out in the blind fast return
procedure are filtered based on operators. That is, only
the EARFCNs belonging to the UE's access operator
are filled out. When this switch is set to off, the
EARFCNs filled out in the blind fast return procedure
are not filtered based on operators.

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_CCH_OP_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the EARFCNs filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on operators for
UEs carried on the CCH. When this switch is set to
27.
PERFENH_DCCH_CONG_F2D_FAIL_END_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC terminates failed F2D state
transition procedures caused by DCCH congestion.
When the RNC terminates failed F2D state transition
procedures, the RNC does not perform channel
fallback or a DRD procedure. F2D state transition
refers to the transition of the state from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. When the switch is turned on, the
RNC terminates failed F2D state transition procedures
caused by DCCH congestion. When the switch is set
to off, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
procedure if the state transition failure is caused by
DCCH congestion.
28.
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:
Whether the measurement report (MR) is reported to
the OMU after a state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH (D2P). When this switch is
set to on, the MR is reported to the OMU after a D2P
state transition. When this switch is set to off, the MR
is not reported to the OMU after a D2P state
transition.
29.
PERFENH_IUUP_RC_ACK_COMPATIBLE_SWIT
CH: Switch for handling the incorrect RAB Subflow
Combination Indicator (RFCI) included in the IUUP
rate control ACK message sent by the CN. When this
switch is set to on: 1. When the
Switch3GPP25415CR0125 parameter is set to on, the
maximum rate for the reverse direction is included in
the IUUP rate control ACK message for AMR
services (the maximum rate in the ACK message is
the maximum uplink rate supported by the local end).
If the maximum rate in the ACK message exceeds the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC does not
increase the uplink rate of the local end (Data

WCDMA RAN

nd
transmitted at a low rate can be received by the peer

end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message is
lower than the current uplink rate of the local end, the
RNC reduces the uplink rate of the local end to the
maximum rate in the ACK message to prevent the
occurrence of one-way audio. 2. When the
Switch3GPP25415CR0125 parameter is set to off, the
maximum rate for the current direction is included in
the maximum downlink rate supported by the local
end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message
exceeds the current downlink rate of the local end and
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink, the
RNC does not increase the downlink rate of the local
end.
When this switch is set to on: 1. When the
RNC increases the uplink rate of the local end if the
maximum rate included in the ACK message exceeds
the current uplink rate of the local end. If the
maximum rate in the ACK message is lower than the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC reduces
the uplink rate of the local end to the maximum rate
included in the ACK message. 2. When the
RNC increases the downlink rate of the local end if
the maximum rate included in the ACK message
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink.
30.
PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC determines that a UE, which
accesses the UMTS network again, has been
redirected from the LTE network to the UMTS
network when the following conditions apply:
1. The UE is redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.
2. After updating its location area or routing area, the
UE promptly releases the RRC connection.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC determines that
the UE has been redirected from the LTE network to
the UMTS network.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC determines that
the UE is not redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_MAX_NUM_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_COMB_RAB_TTI_CTRL_SWITC
H, PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DRL_SHO_SCRAMBLE_SEL_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_LOW_PRIO_MC_BUFFPROC_SWITC
H, PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BESTCELLCHG_MC_TRIG_H2D_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH, PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CM_COEXIST_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
CH,
CH,
CH,
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
CH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
Default Value:
WITCH:1,
WITCH:0,
H:0, PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
1, PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH:1,
H:1,
H:1, PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
TCH:0,
H:1,
H:0,
TCH:0, PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
0, PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:1,
TCH:0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_TTI_10MS_TO_2MS_RECFG_OPT_S
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
CH:1,
WITCH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:0,
CH:1,
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:0,
CH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITC
H:1

WCDMA RAN

nd

tch4 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_MAX_NUM_S
010510 Handov WITCH: Whether to delimit the number of intra-
er frequency neighboring cells configured for a cell.
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 When this switch is turned on, A cell can be
3.6/27.2 configured with 31 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Kbps at most. When this switch is turned off, A cell can be
010614 RRC configured with 63 intra-frequency neighboring cells
WRFD- Connect at most.
020103 ion and 2.
Radio PERFENH_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WRFD- Access
140226 WITCH: Whether the RNC supports HSDPA UE
Bearer camping prohibition in case of overloaded WBBPs. If
WRFD- Establis the WBBP board is overloaded, the NodeB sends the
020203 hment RNC an RTWP measurement report indicating
WRFD- and whether HSDPA UEs can be admitted. When this
150232 Release switch is turned on. If the NodeB informs the RNC
WRFD- Intra that HSDPA UEs cannot be admitted, the RNC
010202 RNC prohibits access of UEs to HSDPA and R99
Soft reconfiguration to HSDPA. When this switch is turned
WRFD- Handov off. The RNC does not provide the preceding
020900 er restrictions.
WRFD- HSUPA 3.
140218 Phase 2 PERFENH_PTT_COMB_RAB_TTI_CTRL_SWITC
WRFD- Inter H: Whether E-DCH TTI for PTT combined services
020402 Frequen (combined services with a PTT service) is under the
cy Load control of the EDCH TTI policies for a PTT-only
WRFD-
Balance service. When this switch is turned on. If
020401
"PTTHSUPATTI" in the "SET UFRC" command is set
WRFD- Fast to EDCH_TTI_10ms, E-DCH TTI 2ms is not allowed
140102 Return to be selected for PTT combined services. When this
from switch is turned off. E-DCH TTI for PTT combined
WRFD-
UMTS services is not restricted by the "PTTHSUPATTI"
020803
to LTE parameter.
WRFD-
Inter 4. PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
020129
RNC Whether the algorithm for optimizing the SRB rate of
WRFD- Soft CSFB UEs takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
020302 Handov the SRB rate uses the value of the "CSFBSRBRate"
WRFD- er parameter if either of the following is true: 1. The
020303 Multiba "CSFB Indication" IE is contained in the RRC
nd Connection Setup Request message during a
WRFD-
Direct redirection. 2. The cause value "CS Fallback
020701
Retry triggered" is contained in the Relocation Request
WRFD- Based message during a relocation in the CSFB procedure.
020307 on UE When this switch is turned off. If cause value "CS
Location Fallback triggered" is contained in the Relocation

WCDMA RAN

nd
UE Request message during a relocation in the CSFB

State in procedure, the SRB rate is 3.4 kbit/s. If the "CSFB
Connect Indication" IE is contained in the RRC Connection
ed Mode Setup Request message during a redirection in the
(CELL- CSFB procedure, the SRB rate is configured by
DCH, running the "SET URRCESTCAUSE" command.
CELL- 5. PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
PCH, optimization for the QoS guarantee algorithm takes
URA- effect. When this switch is turned on. The
PCH, optimization takes effect. 1) If the absolute threshold
CELL- for uplink power measurement changes after a channel
FACH) reconfiguration or handover, the RNC resends an
Logical uplink power measurement control message to the
Channel UE. 2) If only one BE service exists after the first
Manage established PS service is released, the QoS guarantee
ment algorithm takes effect on the basis of a single BE
Service- service. When this switch is turned off. The
Based optimization does not take effect. 1) If the relative
PS threshold for uplink power measurement changes after
Handov a channel reconfiguration or handover, the RNC
er from resends an uplink power measurement control
UMTS message to the UE. 2) If only one BE service exists
to LTE after the first established PS service is released, the
QoS guarantee algorithm does not take effect on the
Measure basis of a single BE service.
ment
Based 6.
Direct PERFENH_DRL_SHO_SCRAMBLE_SEL_SWITC
Retry H: Whether to carry the scrambling code configured
by the SRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
Inter- when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
RAT When this switch is set to off, the SRNC carries the
Redirect scrambling code configured by the SRNC in the
ion ACTIVE SET UPDATE message when adding a
Based DRNC cell to the UE's active set. When this switch is
on set to on, the SRNC carries the scrambling code
Distance included in the intra-frequency cell information sent
CS by the DRNC in the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message
Fallback when adding a DRNC cell to the UE's active set.
Guarant 7.
ee for PERFENH_LOW_PRIO_MC_BUFFPROC_SWITC
LTE H: Whether a low-priority measurement control
Emerge message that has been buffered can be delivered
ncy again. When this switch is set to off, the low-priority
Calls measurement control message that has been buffered
A-GPS will not be delivered again. When this switch is set to
Based on, the low-priority measurement control message that
LCS has been buffered will be delivered again.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS 8. PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH: Whether
Service to classify measurement reports (MRs). When this
Redirect switch is set to on, the RNC classifies MRs based on
ion from the thresholds set by the "ADD UCELLMR" or
UMTS "MOD UCELLMR" command, which improves the
to LTE efficiency of data analyzing for the SAU. When this
Inter switch is set to off, the RNC does not classify MRs.
Frequen 9.
cy Hard PERFENH_BESTCELLCHG_MC_TRIG_H2D_SWI
Handov TCH: Whether to trigger measurement control for
er Based service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
on after a best cell change when HSPA services cannot
Coverag coexist with the compressed mode. When this switch
e is set to on, measurement control for service-based
Inter- UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection can be
RAT triggered after a best cell change when HSPA services
Handov cannot coexist with the compressed mode. When this
er Based switch is set to off, measurement control for service-
on based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection cannot
Coverag be triggered after a best cell change when HSPA
e services cannot coexist with the compressed mode.
AMR/W 10.
B-AMR PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
Speech Whether the optimized solution for selecting the target
Rates cell takes effect during a channel rate increase. When
Control this switch is turned on. The optimized solution for
selecting the target cell takes effect during the channel
rate increase. The RNC uses the following rules in
select the cell as the target cell. 2) If a channel
fallback from the DCH to the E-DCH in the uplink or
from the DCH to the HS-DSCH in the downlink
occurs in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as the target
cell. 3) If HSPA+ fallback occurs in a cell, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. 4) If rate
decrease occurs on the uplink or downlink channel in
a cell, the RNC does not select the cell as the target
cell. 5) If rate increase occurs on the uplink or
downlink channel in a cell, the RNC selects the cell as
the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC does not select the
cell as the target cell. When this switch is turned off.
The optimized solution for selecting the DRD target
cell does not take effect during the channel rate
increase. The RNC uses the following rules in

WCDMA RAN

nd

select the cell as the target cell. 2) If the uplink or
downlink channel rate changes in a cell, the RNC
selects the cell as the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC
does not select the cell as the target cell. Note: 1) D2H
refers to a service reconfiguration from the DCH to
the High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-
DSCH) in the downlink. 2) D2E refers to a service
reconfiguration from the DCH to the enhanced
dedicated channel (E-DCH) in the uplink.
11.
TCH: Whether the transport format set (TFS) of the
dedicated channel (DCH) is set to [1*0, 1*148] if only
a PS service is established over HSDPA and the
downlink SRB of the PS service is carried over the
DCH at a rate of 3.4 kbit/s. When this switch is turned
off, the TFS of the DCH is configured based on
typical parameter settings. When this switch is turned
on, the TFS of the DCH is set to [1*0, 1*148].
12.
H: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback or a
DRD procedure towards another cell if the Uu-
interface response times out during the RB
reconfiguration procedure. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
response times out. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not perform channel fallback or a DRD
response times out.
13.
H: Whether a UE processing a single BE service can
access a UMTS cell through rate reduction after an
incoming inter-RAT handover. When this switch is set
to on, the uplink or downlink rate of the UE can be
reduced to DCH 8K for UE access if cell resources are
congested. If cell resources are not congested but the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is insufficient,
the uplink or downlink rate of an HSPA UE is reduced
to the initial access rate and the UE falls back to the
DCH. If cell resources are not congested and the
remaining number for new HSPA UEs is sufficient,
rate reduction is not used for UE access. When this
switch is set to off, rate reduction is not used for UE
access after an incoming inter-RAT handover.

WCDMA RAN

nd
14.
TCH: Whether the RNC applies a penalty to the target
cell after an inter-frequency CLB handover between
cells under different RNCs fails. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
whenever it receives a RELOCATION
PREPARATION FAILURE or RNSAP RADIO LINK
SETUP FAILURE message. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC applies a penalty to the target cell
only when it receives a failure indication message
with cause value "Resource Unavailable".
The RNC applies a penalty to the target cell in the
following scenarios:
1) After the relocation with an inter-frequency CLB
hard handover fails, the RNC receives a
RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE with one
the following cause values:
No Radio Resources Available in Target Cell
Source Cell.
2) After an inter-frequency CLB hard handover fails,
the RNC receives an RNSAP RADIO LINK SETUP
FAILURE message with one the following cause
values:
DL Radio Resources not Available
UL Radio Resources not Available
Source Cell.
15. PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the LTE measurement control
release procedure. This switch specifies scenarios
where the RNC can trigger LTE measurement control
release when the switch for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection is set to off. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC triggers LTE
measurement control release only when the CN
domain or service bearer channel type changes. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC triggers LTE
measurement control release also in scenarios such as
service rate change, service setup, or service release,
in addition to the preceding scenarios. .
16.
Whether the RNC performs an H2D channel fallback
for HSPA UEs that do not need to start measurement

WCDMA RAN

nd
by entering the compressed mode. When this switch is

set to on, the RNC does not perform an H2D channel
fallback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC performs an H2D channel fallback
in the preceding scenario. .
17. PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:Whether
the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
failure an F2D procedure. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC considers the HSPA+ feature disabling,
failure an F2D procedure, and enables any of the
following algorithms: When the
"H2dAccBasCovSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFRC" command is set to on, the coverage-
based PS NRT H2D switch during access takes effect;
When the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
algorithm for switching a PS BE UE with weak
coverage from HSUPA to R99 channels takes effect;
When
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
under the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
weak coverage-based SRB H2D fallback algorithm
takes effect.
consider the HSPA+ feature disabling, channel
fallback, or rate reduction upon an F2D failure an F2D
procedure, and the preceding algorithms do not take
effect.
18.
TCH: Whether the RNC processes the first PS BE
service set up by a CSFB UE in the same way as it
processes a PS BE service in the CS+PS combined
service. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
processes the first PS BE service set up by a CSFB
UE in the same way as it processes a PS BE service in
the CS+PS combined service. The bearer channel type
and initial data rate for the PS BE service are set by
the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter in the "SET
UFRC" command. DRD for service steering
(specified by the "ServiceDiffDrdSwitch" parameter
in the "SET UDRD" command) takes the CS service
as the highest priority service for selecting a cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is set to off, the RNC processes the

first PS BE service set up by a CSFB UE in the same
way as it processes a single PS service.
19.
WITCH: Whether the RNC decreases the access rate
for PS BE services during combined hard handover
and SRNS relocation. When this switch is turned off.
The RNC does not change the access rate of PS BE
services during combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. When this switch is turned on. The RNC
decreases the access rate of PS BE services to the
values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command.
20.
WITCH: Whether the RNC considers the cell load
when reducing access rate of PS BE services during
this switch is turned off. The RNC does not consider
the cell load, but directly decreases the access rate of
PS BE services to the values of the
"CsPsRelocInBeDownwardRate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command. When this switch is turned
on. The RNC considers the cell load. The RNC
decreases the uplink or downlink access rate of PS BE
services to the values of the "CsPsRelocInBeDown-
wardRate" parameter in the "SET UFRC" command
only when the cell is in the load congestion state in the
uplink or downlink.
21.
ITCH: Whether the transmission time interval (TTI)
for best effort (BE) services can be changed from 10
ms to 2 ms by using the TTI switch algorithm or the
periodic retry algorithm if BE services that meet the
requirements for HUSPA 2 ms TTI do not use 2 ms
TTI and the "BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs" parameter in
the "SET UFRC" command is set to a value greater
than D2048. When this switch is set to on, the TTI for
BE services can be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
When this switch is set to off, the TTI for BE services
cannot be changed from 10 ms to 2 ms.
22.
ITCH: Whether to enable the anti-pingpong function
for location-based inter-RAT RRC redirection. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the anti-pingpong function is

enabled for location-based inter-RAT RRC
redirection.When this switch is turned off, the anti-
pingpong function is not enabled for location-based
inter-RAT RRC redirection.
23.
CH: Whether to optimize the channel transition with
serving cell change procedure during RRC connection
setup. When this switch is set to off, the RNC
incorrectly performs channel transition and serving
cell change in the same procedure in the following
scenario: The SRB is carried over HSPA channels; the
RNC simultaneously processes two 1D measurement
reports from one UE during RRC connection setup;
The target cell included in one 1D measurement report
is in the active set, whereas that in the other 1D
measurement report is not; the target cell not in the
active set does not support HSPA. Consequently, the
radio link (RL) reconfiguration fails. When this switch
is set to on, the RNC performs channel transition
before the radio link is added in the preceding
scenario.
24.
WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers a two-step DRD
for AMR services if the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the processing of a soft handover.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC triggers a two-
step DRD for AMR services in the preceding scenario.
trigger a two-step DRD for AMR services in the
preceding scenario.
25.
CH: Whether the E-UTRA absolute radio frequency
channel numbers (EARFCNs) filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on the operators for
UEs carried on the DCH. When this switch is set to

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
CH: Whether the EARFCNs filled out in a blind fast
return procedure are filtered based on operators for
UEs carried on the CCH. When this switch is set to
27.
CH: Whether the RNC terminates failed F2D state
transition procedures caused by DCCH congestion.
When the RNC terminates failed F2D state transition
procedures, the RNC does not perform channel
fallback or a DRD procedure. F2D state transition
refers to the transition of the state from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. When the switch is turned on, the
RNC terminates failed F2D state transition procedures
caused by DCCH congestion. When the switch is set
to off, the RNC performs channel fallback or a DRD
procedure if the state transition failure is caused by
DCCH congestion.
28.
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:
Whether the measurement report (MR) is reported to
the OMU after a state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH (D2P). When this switch is
set to on, the MR is reported to the OMU after a D2P
state transition. When this switch is set to off, the MR
is not reported to the OMU after a D2P state
transition.
29.
CH: Switch for handling the incorrect RAB Subflow
Combination Indicator (RFCI) included in the IUUP
rate control ACK message sent by the CN. When this
switch is set to on: 1. When the
maximum rate for the reverse direction is included in
the maximum uplink rate supported by the local end).
If the maximum rate in the ACK message exceeds the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC does not
increase the uplink rate of the local end (Data

WCDMA RAN

nd
transmitted at a low rate can be received by the peer

end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message is
lower than the current uplink rate of the local end, the
RNC reduces the uplink rate of the local end to the
maximum rate in the ACK message to prevent the
occurrence of one-way audio. 2. When the
maximum rate for the current direction is included in
the maximum downlink rate supported by the local
end). If the maximum rate in the ACK message
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink, the
RNC does not increase the downlink rate of the local
end.
When this switch is set to on: 1. When the
RNC increases the uplink rate of the local end if the
maximum rate included in the ACK message exceeds
the current uplink rate of the local end. If the
maximum rate in the ACK message is lower than the
current uplink rate of the local end, the RNC reduces
the uplink rate of the local end to the maximum rate
included in the ACK message. 2. When the
RNC increases the downlink rate of the local end if
the maximum rate included in the ACK message
rate decrease is to be performed for the downlink.
30.
PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC determines that a UE, which
accesses the UMTS network again, has been
redirected from the LTE network to the UMTS
network when the following conditions apply:
1. The UE is redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.
2. After updating its location area or routing area, the
UE promptly releases the RRC connection.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC determines that
the UE has been redirected from the LTE network to
the UMTS network.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC determines that
the UE is not redirected from the LTE network to the
UMTS network.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
CH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
CH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
Default Value:
WITCH:1,
WITCH:0,
H:0, PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
1, PERFENH_QOS_OPT_SWITCH:1,
H:1,
H:1, PERFENH_MR_CLASSIFY_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_DCCC_CELL_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
TCH:0,
H:1,
H:0,
TCH:0, PERFENH_LTE_MC_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
1,
0, PERFENH_F2D_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:1,
TCH:0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_TTI_10MS_TO_2MS_RECFG_OPT_S
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
CH:1,
WITCH:0,
CH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:0,
CH:1,
PERFENH_MR_D2P_RPRT_TO_OMU_SWITCH:0,
CH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITC
H:1
U2LSer BSC691 SET None None Meaning: The penalty duration during which service-
vMcTim 0 UU2LT based LTE measurement cannot be started again after
eOutPun EHONC the previous service-based LTE measurement control
ishTime OV is released. The types of service-based LTE
measurement control release that will be punished are
specified by the
H under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch5" parameter in the
"SET UCORRMPARA" command.
Unit: s
Default Value: 90
U2LSer BSC690 SET None None Meaning: The penalty duration during which service-
vMcTim 0 UU2LT based LTE measurement cannot be started again after
eOutPun EHONC the previous service-based LTE measurement control
ishTime OV is released. The types of service-based LTE
measurement control release that will be punished are
specified by the
H under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch5" parameter in the
"SET UCORRMPARA" command.
Unit: s
Default Value: 90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Interval at which UEs send RSCP
ovRscpP 0 UU2LT 020129 Service measurement reports when the
rdTimer EHONC WRFD- Redirect HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH
OV 140218 ion from algorithm is enabled.
UMTS GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000,
to LTE D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000,
Service- D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D36000
Based Unit: ms
PS
Handov Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000,
er from 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
UMTS 28000, 32000, 64000
U2LNC BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: Interval at which UEs send RSCP
ovRscpP 0 UU2LT 020129 Service measurement reports when the
rdTimer EHONC WRFD- Redirect HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH
OV 140218 ion from algorithm is enabled.
UMTS GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000,
to LTE D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000,
Service- D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D36000
Based Unit: ms
PS
Handov Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000,
er from 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
UMTS 28000, 32000, 64000

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UCELL 020129 Service Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd U2LTE WRFD- Redirect
HONCO 140218 ion from When the
V UMTS "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
MOD to LTE the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
UCELL Service- to on, there are the following cases:
U2LTE Based If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
HONCO PS threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
V Handov and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
er from redirection cannot be triggered.
UMTS If the RSCP of the best cell is higher than this
to LTE threshold, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
redirection will be triggered.
When the
"HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWIT
CH" in the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH"
command is set to on, there are the following cases:
If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
and a UMTS-to-LTE blind fast return cannot be
triggered.
If the RSCP of the best cell is higher than this
threshold, a UMTS-to-LTE blind fast return will be
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UCELL 020129 Service Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd U2LTE WRFD- Redirect
HONCO 140218 ion from When the
V UMTS "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
MOD to LTE the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
UCELL Service- to on, there are the following cases:
U2LTE Based If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
HONCO PS threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
V Handov and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
When the
triggered.
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UU2LT 020129 Service Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd EHONC WRFD- Redirect
OV 140218 ion from When the
UMTS "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
to LTE the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
Service- to on, there are the following cases:
Based If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
PS threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
Handov and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
When the
triggered.
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LNC BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning:

ovRscp 0 UU2LT 020129 Service Threshold for RSCP of the best cell.
Thd EHONC WRFD- Redirect
OV 140218 ion from When the
UMTS "HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH" in
to LTE the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is set
Service- to on, there are the following cases:
Based If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
PS threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
Handov and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
When the
triggered.
triggered.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -90
UlPSU2 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing uplink
LHOUe 0 UCELL 150216 Based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Num LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: 1~10
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
LDR UMTS Actual Value Range: 1~10
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlPSU2 BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing uplink
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
DlPSU2 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing downlink
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
DlPSU2 BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of UEs for performing downlink
MOD 150217 Redirect
ion from Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd

tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- Kbps only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
020103 RRC handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD- Establis
150232 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
Inter cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803
Frequen the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- cy Load not take effect.
020302 Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- Fast enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Return (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
WRFD- from is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
020701 UMTS before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
to LTE switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
WRFD-
speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
020307 Inter
performed.
RNC
Soft 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Handov configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
er message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
Multiba (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
nd on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Direct RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Retry rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Based maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
on UE off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Location RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
UE mode.
State in
Connect

WCDMA RAN

nd
ed Mode 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

(CELL- MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
DCH, When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
CELL- measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
PCH, "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
URA- switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
PCH, control message, the RNC defines the information
CELL- element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
FACH) "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
Logical 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Channel "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Manage measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
ment CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
Measure to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
ment unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
Based measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Direct turned on.
Retry
6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
A-GPS the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
Based the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
LCS switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
Inter does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Frequen core network. When this switch is turned on and
cy Hard AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends the core network a
Handov rate adjustment failure message after receiving rate
er Based adjustment requests from the core network. When
on AMRC is enabled, it is good practice to select
Coverag CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH
e under the "CsSwitch" parameter in the "SET
Inter- UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to ensure that
RAT the RNC responds a rate adjustment failure message
Handov to the core network when the TrFO-based rate
er Based adjustment fails.
on 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
Coverag RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
e DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
AMR/W when the measurement-based DRD function is
B-AMR enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
Speech retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
Rates modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Control When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurement-

WCDMA RAN

nd
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC

filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters DRD cells in high frequency
bands if the current cell is in a low frequency band
and the RSCP value cannot be measured or cannot be
obtained through measurements or it expires the
validity of measurement reports when the location-
based multiband DRD algorithm or the blind-
handover-based DRD coverage decision function is
enabled. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
filters out all DRD cells in high frequency bands.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not filter
DRD cells in high frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_SWI
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services

of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-
MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB

WCDMA RAN

nd
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE

"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the
RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_S
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the blacklisted cell list is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the blacklisted cell list is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not
good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link

WCDMA RAN

nd
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the

serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Terminating Interactive Call, Terminating Background
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITC
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when
the time delay for triggering handovers based on
periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/

WCDMA RAN

nd
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.

When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)
for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_SWI
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
during the RRC connection setup when the NodeB
sends to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
message indicating that a cell does not support
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on
the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned

WCDMA RAN

nd
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in

the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transitions.
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this

function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource
insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH, PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH,
CH,
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL,
H,
TCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd

tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- Kbps only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
020103 RRC handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD- Establis
150232 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
Inter cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803
Frequen the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- cy Load not take effect.
020302 Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- Fast enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Return (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
WRFD- from is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
020701 UMTS before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
to LTE switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
WRFD-
speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
020307 Inter
performed.
RNC
Soft 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Handov configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
er message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
Multiba (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
nd on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Direct RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Retry rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Based maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
on UE off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Location RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
UE mode.
State in
Connect

WCDMA RAN

nd
ed Mode 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

(CELL- MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
DCH, When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
CELL- measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
PCH, "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
URA- switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
PCH, control message, the RNC defines the information
CELL- element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
FACH) "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
Logical 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Channel "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Manage measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
ment CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
Measure to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
ment unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
Based measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Direct turned on.
Retry
6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
A-GPS the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
Based the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
LCS switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
Inter does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Frequen core network. When this switch is turned on and
cy Hard AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends the core network a
Handov rate adjustment failure message after receiving rate
er Based adjustment requests from the core network. When
on AMRC is enabled, it is good practice to select
Coverag CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH
e under the "CsSwitch" parameter in the "SET
Inter- UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to ensure that
RAT the RNC responds a rate adjustment failure message
Handov to the core network when the TrFO-based rate
er Based adjustment fails.
on 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
Coverag RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
e DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
AMR/W when the measurement-based DRD function is
B-AMR enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
Speech retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
Rates modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Control When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurement-

WCDMA RAN

nd
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC

filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters DRD cells in high frequency
bands if the current cell is in a low frequency band
and the RSCP value cannot be measured or cannot be
obtained through measurements or it expires the
validity of measurement reports when the location-
based multiband DRD algorithm or the blind-
handover-based DRD coverage decision function is
enabled. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
filters out all DRD cells in high frequency bands.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not filter
DRD cells in high frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services

of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-
MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB

WCDMA RAN

nd
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE

"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the
RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the blacklisted cell list is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the blacklisted cell list is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not
good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link

WCDMA RAN

nd
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the

serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Terminating Interactive Call, Terminating Background
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when
the time delay for triggering handovers based on
periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/

WCDMA RAN

nd
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.

When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)
for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on
the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned

WCDMA RAN

nd
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in

the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transitions.
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this

function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource
insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LPhy BSC690 SET WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of non-coverage-based
um EHONC PS UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by physical
OV Handov channel failures. During a non-coverage-based
er from UMTS-to-LTE handover, if the UE sends a
UMTS HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message
to LTE with a cause value of "physicalChannelFailure" to the
RNC, the RNC regards that the handover fails. When
the number of such failures is greater than or equal to
this parameter value, the RNC punishes the UE by
prohibiting the UE from initiating non-coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers within the period specified
by the "PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
When this parameter is set to 0, no punishment is
imposed on UEs that have experienced non-coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by
For details about physical channel failures, see 3GPP
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of non-coverage-based
um EHONC PS UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by physical
OV Handov channel failures. During a non-coverage-based
er from UMTS-to-LTE handover, if the UE sends a
UMTS HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message
to LTE with a cause value of "physicalChannelFailure" to the
RNC, the RNC regards that the handover fails. When
the number of such failures is greater than or equal to
this parameter value, the RNC punishes the UE by
prohibiting the UE from initiating non-coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers within the period specified
by the "PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Penalty BSC690 SET WRFD- Coverag Meaning:

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced non-
PhyChF EHONC PS coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures
ail OV Handov caused by physical channel failures are punished.
er from Within the period specified by this parameter, the
UMTS RNC punishes these UEs by prohibiting them from
to LTE initiating non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30

WCDMA RAN

nd

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced non-
PhyChF EHONC PS coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures
ail OV Handov caused by physical channel failures are punished.
er from Within the period specified by this parameter, the
UMTS RNC punishes these UEs by prohibiting them from
to LTE initiating non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of coverage-based UMTS-
um EHOCO PS to-LTE handover failures caused by physical channel
V Handov failures. During a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
er from handover, if the UE sends a HANDOVER FROM
UMTS UTRAN FAILURE message with a cause value of
to LTE "physicalChannelFailure" to the RNC, the RNC
regards that the handover fails. When the number of
such failures is greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the RNC punishes the UE by prohibiting the
UE from initiating coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers within the period specified by the
"PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
imposed on UEs that have experienced coverage-
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ChFailN 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Threshold for the number of coverage-based UMTS-
um EHOCO PS to-LTE handover failures caused by physical channel
V Handov failures. During a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
er from handover, if the UE sends a HANDOVER FROM
UMTS UTRAN FAILURE message with a cause value of
to LTE "physicalChannelFailure" to the RNC, the RNC
regards that the handover fails. When the number of
such failures is greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the RNC punishes the UE by prohibiting the
UE from initiating coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handovers within the period specified by the
"PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail" parameter.
TS 25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced coverage-
PhyChF EHOCO PS based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by
ail V Handov physical channel failures are punished. Within the
er from period specified by this parameter, the RNC punishes
UMTS these UEs by prohibiting them from initiating
to LTE coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30

WCDMA RAN

nd

TimeFor 0 UU2LT 150220 e Based Period in which UEs that have experienced coverage-
PhyChF EHOCO PS based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures caused by
ail V Handov physical channel failures are punished. Within the
er from period specified by this parameter, the RNC punishes
UMTS these UEs by prohibiting them from initiating
to LTE coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
TS 25.331.
Unit: s
Default Value: 30
U2LBlin BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Timer during which blind redirections to an
dRedirPi 0 UHOCO LTE network are prevented. If a UE performed a blind
ngpong MM redirection to an LTE network within 30 seconds
Timer before its request to establish a PS service in the
UMTS network, the RNC penalizes the UE for a
period set by this parameter. Within the penalty
period, the UE is not allowed to shift to the LTE
network through a blind redirection.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
U2LBlin BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Timer during which blind redirections to an
dRedirPi 0 UHOCO LTE network are prevented. If a UE performed a blind
ngpong MM redirection to an LTE network within 30 seconds
Timer before its request to establish a PS service in the
UMTS network, the RNC penalizes the UE for a
period set by this parameter. Within the penalty
period, the UE is not allowed to shift to the LTE
network through a blind redirection.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60

WCDMA RAN

nd
McHsdp BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Whether the RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA
aLteCM 0 UCMCF services as HSDPA services for UEs during the LTE
Permissi cell measurement in CM. If this parameter is set to
onInd FALSE, The RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA services
as HSDPA services. If this parameter is set to TRUE,
The original algorithm applies.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
FALSE,
TRUE
Default Value: TRUE(Permit)
McHsdp BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Whether the RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA
aLteCM 0 UCMCF services as HSDPA services for UEs during the LTE
Permissi cell measurement in CM. If this parameter is set to
onInd FALSE, The RNC reconfigures MC-HSDPA services
as HSDPA services. If this parameter is set to TRUE,
The original algorithm applies.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
FALSE,
TRUE

WCDMA RAN

nd
HsdpaC BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

MPermi 0 UCMCF 0106120 Mobility Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
ssionInd 4 Manage when an HSDPA service is in progress and whether an
WRFD- ment HSDPA service can be set up when the CM is active.
020306 Inter- If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
RAT enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA
Handov services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
er Based this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA
on Load services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-
DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA
services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the
HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when
HSDPA is enabled.
Unit: None
HsdpaC BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

MPermi 0 UCMCF 0106120 Mobility Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
ssionInd 4 Manage when an HSDPA service is in progress and whether an
WRFD- ment HSDPA service can be set up when the CM is active.
020306 Inter- If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
RAT enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA
Handov services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
er Based this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA
on Load services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-
DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA
services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the
HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when
HSDPA is enabled.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
EHSPA BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

CMPer 0 UCMCF 020302 Frequen Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
missionI WRFD- cy Hard when an HSPA+ service is in progress and whether an
nd 020303 Handov HSPA+ service can be set up when the CM is active.
er Based If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
on enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+
Coverag services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
e this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+
Inter- services can be enabled only after the uplink E2D (E-
RAT DCH to DCH) and downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to
Handov DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services cannot
er Based be enabled when the CM is enabled.
on This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA
Coverag + terminals that do not support CM when HSPA+ is
e enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(Forbidden)
EHSPA BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

CMPer 0 UCMCF 020302 Frequen Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be activated
missionI WRFD- cy Hard when an HSPA+ service is in progress and whether an
nd 020303 Handov HSPA+ service can be set up when the CM is active.
er Based If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
on enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+
Coverag services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
e this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+
Inter- services can be enabled only after the uplink E2D (E-
RAT DCH to DCH) and downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to
Handov DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services cannot
er Based be enabled when the CM is enabled.
on This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA
Coverag + terminals that do not support CM when HSPA+ is
e enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(Forbidden)

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 021101 c PS rate negotiation switch group.
MALG WRFD- Channel
OSWIT Configu 1.
010690 PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
CH ration
WRFD- Control When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or
030004 (DCCC) on the FACH is determined according to the current
WRFD- connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission
TTI and the later preemption and queuing fail.
010504 Switch
for BE 2. PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
Services When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
Based should be dynamically configured according to the
on value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
Coverag service is established.
e 3. PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
Adaptiv switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
e applied to the PS BE service if Alternative RAB
Configu Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB
ration of ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
Typical REQUEST message.
HSPA 4. PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the
Rate switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is
Backgro activated, the initial speed is determined on the basis
und QoS of cell resources. Downsizing is implemented for BE
Class services.
5. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
applied to the PS STREAM service if Alternative
RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message.
6. PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate
and alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
or RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider
cell capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation
between different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON.
7. HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the RNC can calculate the

WCDMA RAN

nd
actual maximum traffic rate of PS BE services over

HSPA channels based on the MBR assigned by the
CN, if the license controlling the Adaptive
Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate feature is
activated.
8. PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH: Whether to
allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH in the uplink and downlink to
HSPA services after the corresponding UE enters the
compressed mode due to poor coverage.When this
switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is allocated to
HSPA services in the uplink and downlink after the
corresponding UE enters the compressed mode due to
poor coverage.
9. PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to allocate a high data rate to the PS
services of a UE in compressed mode when the UE
applies for a high data rate by moving to an inter-
frequency co-coverage cell using the directed retry
procedure.When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the data rate of the PS services of a
UE in compressed mode when the UE applies for a
high data rate by moving to an inter-frequency co-
coverage cell using the directed retry procedure.
10. PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to increase the PS data rate of a UE
that is in the weak coverage state. Conventionally, a
UE enters the weak coverage state after reporting the
event 2D and exits the state after reporting the event
2F. During the interval between the two events, the
UE is regarded as being in the weak coverage state.
Note that the UE can also exit the state through other
processes, such as a hard handover. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC refuses to increase the PS data
rate of such a UE.
11.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_ENHANCE_SWITCH
: Whether the Iu QoS negotiation enhancement
function of PS streaming services takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the Iu QoS negotiation
Enhancement function of PS streaming services takes
effect. The Iu QoS negotiation enhancement function
of PS streaming services includes the following:
1)The Iu QoS negotiation on alternative guarantee bit
rates of PS streaming services is now supported.
2)The Iu QoS negotiation function of PS services is
supported in the inter-RAT handover process. When
this switch is turned off, the Iu QoS negotiation

WCDMA RAN

nd
Enhancement function of PS streaming services does

not take effect.
12. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:
Whether Iu QoS re-negotiation is performed for PS
streaming services. When this switch is turned on, Iu
QoS re-negotiation is performed for streaming
services. That is, if the rate over the Uu interface
changes after the RAB establishment, the RNC sends
the RAB MOBIFY REQUEST message to instruct the
CN to modify the maximum bit rate and guarantee bit
rate. When this switch is turned off, Iu QoS re-
negotiation is not performed for streaming services.
13. PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH: Whether the
aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR) function takes
effect on the UTRAN side. When this switch is turned
on, the UTRAN uses the AMBR assigned by the CN
to restrict the total air interface rate of all non-GBR
services, and the air interface rate of these services are
no longer restricted by the maximum bit rate (MBR).
When this switch is turned off, the UTRAN does not
use the AMBR to restrict the total air interface rate of
all non-GBR services. For details about the AMBR,
see 3GPP TS 25.413, 3GPP TS 25.423, and 3GPP TS
25.433.
GUI Value Range:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH,
PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH,
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH,
, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH,
PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:
1,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH:
0,PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_ENHANCE_SWITC
H:0, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:1,
PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PsSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 021101 c PS rate negotiation switch group.
MALG WRFD- Channel
OSWIT Configu 1.
010690 PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
CH ration
WRFD- Control When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or
030004 (DCCC) on the FACH is determined according to the current
connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission
TTI and the later preemption and queuing fail.
Switch
for BE 2. PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
Services When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
Based should be dynamically configured according to the
on value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
Coverag service is established.
e 3. PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
Adaptiv switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
e applied to the PS BE service if Alternative RAB
Configu Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB
ration of ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
Typical REQUEST message.
HSPA 4. PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the
Rate switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is
activated, the initial speed is determined on the basis
of cell resources. Downsizing is implemented for BE
services.
5. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
applied to the PS STREAM service if Alternative
RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP
REQUEST message.
6. PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate
and alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
or RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider
cell capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation
between different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON.
7. HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the RNC can calculate the

WCDMA RAN

nd
actual maximum traffic rate of PS BE services over

HSPA channels based on the MBR assigned by the
CN, if the license controlling the Adaptive
Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate feature is
activated.
8. PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH: Whether to
allocate a 0 kbit/s DCH in the uplink and downlink to
HSPA services after the corresponding UE enters the
compressed mode due to poor coverage.When this
switch is turned on, a 0 kbit/s DCH is allocated to
HSPA services in the uplink and downlink after the
corresponding UE enters the compressed mode due to
poor coverage.
9. PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to allocate a high data rate to the PS
services of a UE in compressed mode when the UE
applies for a high data rate by moving to an inter-
frequency co-coverage cell using the directed retry
procedure.When this switch is turned on, the RNC
refuses to increase the data rate of the PS services of a
UE in compressed mode when the UE applies for a
high data rate by moving to an inter-frequency co-
coverage cell using the directed retry procedure.
10. PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to refuse to increase the PS data rate of a UE
that is in the weak coverage state. Conventionally, a
UE enters the weak coverage state after reporting the
event 2D and exits the state after reporting the event
2F. During the interval between the two events, the
UE is regarded as being in the weak coverage state.
Note that the UE can also exit the state through other
processes, such as a hard handover. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC refuses to increase the PS data
rate of such a UE.
11.
: Whether the Iu QoS negotiation enhancement
function of PS streaming services takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the Iu QoS negotiation
Enhancement function of PS streaming services takes
effect. The Iu QoS negotiation enhancement function
of PS streaming services includes the following:
1)The Iu QoS negotiation on alternative guarantee bit
rates of PS streaming services is now supported.
2)The Iu QoS negotiation function of PS services is
supported in the inter-RAT handover process. When
this switch is turned off, the Iu QoS negotiation

WCDMA RAN

nd
Enhancement function of PS streaming services does

not take effect.
12. PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:
Whether Iu QoS re-negotiation is performed for PS
streaming services. When this switch is turned on, Iu
QoS re-negotiation is performed for streaming
services. That is, if the rate over the Uu interface
changes after the RAB establishment, the RNC sends
the RAB MOBIFY REQUEST message to instruct the
CN to modify the maximum bit rate and guarantee bit
rate. When this switch is turned off, Iu QoS re-
negotiation is not performed for streaming services.
13. PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH: Whether the
aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR) function takes
effect on the UTRAN side. When this switch is turned
on, the UTRAN uses the AMBR assigned by the CN
to restrict the total air interface rate of all non-GBR
services, and the air interface rate of these services are
no longer restricted by the maximum bit rate (MBR).
When this switch is turned off, the UTRAN does not
use the AMBR to restrict the total air interface rate of
all non-GBR services. For details about the AMBR,
see 3GPP TS 25.413, 3GPP TS 25.423, and 3GPP TS
25.433.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:
1,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
0,HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH:
0,PS_CM_COV_H2D_0K_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_ENHANCE_SWITC
H:0, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_RENEG_SWITCH:1,
PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch14 0 UALGO CORRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Parameters
RSVPA 14. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further
RA change request use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch14 0 UALGO CORRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Parameters
RSVPA 14. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further
RA change request use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd
NRTInit BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

Ratefor 0 UFRC 150215 from Channel type and initial data rate of a non-real-time
L2U LTE to PS service involved in CS+PS SRVCC handover or
UMTS PS-handover-based CSFB.
with PS
Handov When this parameter is set to DCH0K, the non-real-
er time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
uplink and downlink with an initial data rate of 0
kbit/s after the PS handover is complete.
When this parameter is set to DCH8K, the non-real-
time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
When this parameter is set to DCH8KHSDPA, the
non-real-time PS service is carried over the DCH in
the uplink with an initial data rate of 8 kbit/s after the
PS handover is complete. In the downlink, if the PS
service is carried over the HS-DSCH after the PS
handover is complete, the initial data rate is not
limited; if the PS service is carried over the DCH, the
initial data rate is 8 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the original
channel type and data rate of the non-real-time PS
service are retained after the PS handover is complete.
GUI Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Default Value: DCH8K

WCDMA RAN

nd
NRTInit BSC691 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

Ratefor 0 UFRC 150215 from Channel type and initial data rate of a non-real-time
L2U LTE to PS service involved in CS+PS SRVCC handover or
UMTS PS-handover-based CSFB.
with PS
Handov When this parameter is set to DCH0K, the non-real-
er time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
When this parameter is set to DCH8K, the non-real-
time PS service is carried over the DCH in both the
When this parameter is set to DCH8KHSDPA, the
non-real-time PS service is carried over the DCH in
the uplink with an initial data rate of 8 kbit/s after the
PS handover is complete. In the downlink, if the PS
service is carried over the HS-DSCH after the PS
handover is complete, the initial data rate is not
limited; if the PS service is carried over the DCH, the
initial data rate is 8 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the original
channel type and data rate of the non-real-time PS
service are retained after the PS handover is complete.
GUI Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K,
DCH8KHSDPA
Default Value: DCH8K

WCDMA RAN

nd
CSFBS BSC690 SET WRFD- CS Meaning: SRB rate of CSFB UEs. Upon receiving a
RBRate 0 UFRC 140102 Fallback Relocation Request message from UEs during a
Guarant handover in the CSFB procedure, the RNC sets the
ee for uplink and downlink SRB rates to the value of this
LTE parameter and then changes these rates to 3.4 kbit/s
Emerge for subsequent CS calls. Upon receiving an RRC
ncy Connection Setup Request message carrying the IE
Calls "CSFB Indication" during a redirection in the CSFB
procedure, the RNC sets the uplink and downlink SRB
rates to the value of this parameter during the RRC
connection setup and then changes these rates to 3.4
kbit/s for subsequent CS calls. When SRBs are carried
over HSDPA and HSUPA, the minimum data rate can
reach 13.6 kbit/s. Therefore, this parameter
configuration is not applicable to this scenario.
GUI Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
SRB_13.6K, SRB_27.2K
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
Default Value: SRB_13.6K
CSFBS BSC691 SET WRFD- CS Meaning: SRB rate of CSFB UEs. Upon receiving a
RBRate 0 UFRC 140102 Fallback Relocation Request message from UEs during a
Guarant handover in the CSFB procedure, the RNC sets the
ee for uplink and downlink SRB rates to the value of this
LTE parameter and then changes these rates to 3.4 kbit/s
Emerge for subsequent CS calls. Upon receiving an RRC
ncy Connection Setup Request message carrying the IE
Calls "CSFB Indication" during a redirection in the CSFB
procedure, the RNC sets the uplink and downlink SRB
rates to the value of this parameter during the RRC
connection setup and then changes these rates to 3.4
kbit/s for subsequent CS calls. When SRBs are carried
over HSDPA and HSUPA, the minimum data rate can
reach 13.6 kbit/s. Therefore, this parameter
configuration is not applicable to this scenario.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0106100 Power 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
tch MPARA 4 Control switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR
WRFD- Emerge service establishment takes effect.
021104 ncy Call
2. PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- HSUPA switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect.
0106140 2ms/
10ms 3. PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
4
TTI switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect.
WRFD-
Handov 4. PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
140102
er switch is turned on, the OLPC template takes effect.
WRFD-
CS 5. PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When
0206050
Fallback this switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template
1
Guarant takes effect.
WRFD- ee for
6. PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
010202 LTE
When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
WRFD- Emerge
measurement control template takes effect.
0204000 ncy
3 Calls 7. PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
WRFD- SRNS
an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
020402 Relocati
attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
on (UE
WRFD- When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
Not
020400 this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
Involved
WRFD- ) 8.
010636 UE PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
State in When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
Connect HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
ed Mode carried on DCHs, and the original parameter Type of
(CELL- Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is invalid.
DCH, When this switch is turned off, SRBs for HSUPA 10
CELL- ms non-conversational services can be carried on
PCH, HSUPA channels when the original parameter Type of
URA- Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is set to
PCH, HSUPA or HSPA. The switch is set to OFF by default.
CELL- 9. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
FACH) When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-
Inter rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is
System enabled. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
Redirect is disabled. The switch is set to OFF by default.
Measure 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
ment When this switch is turned on, the P2D cell update
Based confirm message simplification algorithm takes effect.
Direct When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not
Retry take effect. By default, this switch is turned off.
DRD 11.
Introduc PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion : This check box controls whether the RNC considers

Package the converged SIRTarget value that is used before
SRB radio link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
over performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the
HSUPA check box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial
SIRTarget value used after radio link reconfiguration
to the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC
selects a more appropriate value from the initial
and the converged SIRTarget value used before radio
link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected.
12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, The mechanism to
avoid endless back-and-forth RRC-redirections takes
effect. The switch is set to OFF by default.
13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: whether to
enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also
referred to as H2F state transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F state transition
algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement of
traffic volume or throughput is added to the state
transition procedure. The added event 4A
measurement prevents an H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14. PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When
the switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-
to-CELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is
triggered for a PS service, the PS service can be set up
on HSPA channels after the state transition. When the
switch is turned off, PS services can be set up only on
DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
turned off by default.
15. PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results.
16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger

WCDMA RAN

nd
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement

control message. When this switch is turned on, the
uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after
trigger IE for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state and processing PS BE
services. The value of this IE can be changed by
running the "SET UUESTATETRANS" command.
17.
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different
uplink bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the
system cannot guarantee that all users can access the
network with the highest service bearer supported by
UEs. This switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the
cell capability reported through the NodeB private
interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications.
When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled.
18.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services
When this switch is turned off, the optimized
algorithm does not take effect. The original
mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized
algorithm takes effect. After HSUPA services are
configured or reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to
network resource (admission CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use
2 ms TTI if no data needs to be transmitted.
19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the
single-threaded download rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to
CS services based on the best cell's uplink load status.
When this switch is turned on, the outer loop power
control algorithm uses the target BLER set by the
OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR
or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by
five.
21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the
sending of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information when an emergency call
is made. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC sends this message upon
receiving a LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL
22.
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to
use the value of "CQIReF" and the value of
"CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having only one RLS.
The two parameters can be set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH"
commands. When this switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of the two parameters that are
for UEs having only one RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS.
23.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
When this switch is turned on, static relocation request
messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when
messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off,
the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if

do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned on,
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AM
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource
usage. If power, CE, or code resources in a cell
become congested, the RNC determines that the cell
experiences resource congestion. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power resource usage only.
26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are
ranked by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,
and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as
the target cell. When this switch is turned off,
candidate cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuan-
tity for MBDR.
27.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision
on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection
setup. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not make a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup.
28. PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
UEs located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is
disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit PS services of UEs
involved in LTE-to-UMTS CS fallback. When this
switch is turned on: If a UE involved in a LTE-to-
UMTS CS fallback is processing a non-real-time PS
service, the channel type and initial data rate for the
PS service are determined by the
"NRTInitRateforL2U" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command during service admission. If the UE is
processing a real-time PS service, the UE follows the
standard access procedure. If the access attempt fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt radio resources of existing UEs in the
UMTS cell. When this switch is turned off, the UE
follows the standard access procedure for the PS
service.
30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRB
ONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated single-
signaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMR
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if
the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel.
32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10
ms to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
, PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH,
,
WITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH,
H,
CH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH,
END,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH,
, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH:0,
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_A
MEND:
1,PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSR
BONDCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM
RONDCH:
0,PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMI
T:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0106100 Power 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
tch MPARA 4 Control switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR
WRFD- Emerge service establishment takes effect.
021104 ncy Call
2. PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- HSUPA switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect.
0106140 2ms/
10ms 3. PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
4
TTI switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect.
WRFD-
Handov 4. PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
140102
er switch is turned on, the OLPC template takes effect.
WRFD-
CS 5. PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When
0206050
Fallback this switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template
1
Guarant takes effect.
WRFD- ee for
6. PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
010202 LTE
When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
WRFD- Emerge
measurement control template takes effect.
0204000 ncy
3 Calls 7. PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
WRFD- SRNS
an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
020402 Relocati
attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
on (UE
WRFD- When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
Not
020400 this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
Involved
WRFD- ) 8.
010636 UE PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
State in When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
Connect HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
ed Mode carried on DCHs, and the original parameter Type of
(CELL- Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is invalid.
DCH, When this switch is turned off, SRBs for HSUPA 10
CELL- ms non-conversational services can be carried on
PCH, HSUPA channels when the original parameter Type of
URA- Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is set to
PCH, HSUPA or HSPA. The switch is set to OFF by default.
CELL- 9. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
FACH) When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-
Inter rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is
System enabled. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
Redirect is disabled. The switch is set to OFF by default.
Measure 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
ment When this switch is turned on, the P2D cell update
Based confirm message simplification algorithm takes effect.
Direct When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not
Retry take effect. By default, this switch is turned off.
DRD 11.
Introduc PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion : This check box controls whether the RNC considers

Package the converged SIRTarget value that is used before
SRB radio link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
over performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the
HSUPA check box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial
to the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC
selects a more appropriate value from the initial
and the converged SIRTarget value used before radio
link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected.
12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, The mechanism to
avoid endless back-and-forth RRC-redirections takes
effect. The switch is set to OFF by default.
13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: whether to
enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also
referred to as H2F state transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F state transition
algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement of
traffic volume or throughput is added to the state
transition procedure. The added event 4A
measurement prevents an H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14. PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When
the switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-
to-CELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is
triggered for a PS service, the PS service can be set up
on HSPA channels after the state transition. When the
switch is turned off, PS services can be set up only on
DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
15. PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results.
16.
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger

WCDMA RAN

nd
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement

control message. When this switch is turned on, the
uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after
trigger IE for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state and processing PS BE
services. The value of this IE can be changed by
running the "SET UUESTATETRANS" command.
17.
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different
uplink bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the
system cannot guarantee that all users can access the
network with the highest service bearer supported by
UEs. This switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the
cell capability reported through the NodeB private
interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications.
When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled.
18.
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services
When this switch is turned off, the optimized
algorithm does not take effect. The original
mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized
algorithm takes effect. After HSUPA services are
configured or reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to
network resource (admission CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use
2 ms TTI if no data needs to be transmitted.
19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the
single-threaded download rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to
CS services based on the best cell's uplink load status.
When this switch is turned on, the outer loop power
control algorithm uses the target BLER set by the
OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR
or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by
five.
21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the
sending of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information when an emergency call
is made. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC sends this message upon
receiving a LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL
22.
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to
use the value of "CQIReF" and the value of
"CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having only one RLS.
The two parameters can be set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH"
commands. When this switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of the two parameters that are
for UEs having only one RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS.
23.
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
When this switch is turned on, static relocation request
messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if

do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned on,
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource
usage. If power, CE, or code resources in a cell
become congested, the RNC determines that the cell
experiences resource congestion. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power resource usage only.
26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are
ranked by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,
and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as
the target cell. When this switch is turned off,
candidate cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuan-
tity for MBDR.
27.
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision
on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not make a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup.
28. PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
UEs located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is
disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit PS services of UEs
involved in LTE-to-UMTS CS fallback. When this
switch is turned on: If a UE involved in a LTE-to-
UMTS CS fallback is processing a non-real-time PS
service, the channel type and initial data rate for the
PS service are determined by the
"NRTInitRateforL2U" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command during service admission. If the UE is
processing a real-time PS service, the UE follows the
standard access procedure. If the access attempt fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt radio resources of existing UEs in the
UMTS cell. When this switch is turned off, the UE
follows the standard access procedure for the PS
service.
30.
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated single-
signaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if
the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel.
32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10
ms to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH:0,
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_A
MEND:
1,PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSR
BONDCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM
RONDCH:
0,PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMI
T:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- System Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat 1.
tch ARA WRFD- ion PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH(R99Cell
020101 Broadca BroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is
sting turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
WRFD-
150222 Admissi neighboring cells in a system information message.
on 2.
WRFD- Control
020131 PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(O
HSUPA ptimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch):
WRFD- Time When this switch is turned on, the DL transmit power
010612 Division in a cell is calculated using the following
WRFD- Scheduli formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell
020402 ng = Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power +
Optimiz Percentage of the HSDPA guaranteed bit power
ation of (GBP) + Reserved power coefficient for DL common
R99 and channels + Reserved power factor for DL MBMS
HSUPA services + Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA
Users users.If UL or DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds
Fairness the value of InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or
InterFreqDlMbdrTrigThreshold (in the ADD
HSUPA UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ command), handover to
Introduc this neighboring cell cannot be performed. When this
tion switch is turned off, the percentage of the HSDPA
Package GBP is not considered during the calculation of the
Measure DL transmit power in a cell, and the original
ment algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring cell
Based using MBDR.
Direct 3.
Retry PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results
of equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned
on, the optimized calculation results can accurately
reflect the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only
when the HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater
than 750 kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or
equal to 750 kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the
algorithm for calculating the number of equivalent
HSUPA UEs will not be optimized.
4. PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
Whether to allow resource preemption of common
users for HSUPA common channels to ensure that the
code resources are allocated to the left. Value of this
bit field will be removed from later versions.
Although the configuration interface in this version
supports delivery of the setting of this bit field, the
system does not use this bit field. Therefore, this bit
field is not recommended.

WCDMA RAN

nd
5. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple
RLs occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell
groups consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy
more than one local cell group, no matter whether the
UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
6. PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the
idle mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter.
To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support.
7.
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWIT
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5.
8. PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell
at a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned on,
the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is
not used.
9. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch
is turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell
are combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent
messages.
10.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel
codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established.

WCDMA RAN

nd
11.
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose
both uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces
the BE service rate of only the users whose uplink and
downlink services are carried on R99 channels.
12.
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITC
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the
HS-PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated.
When this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been
activated, no matter whether the last SF16 code is
vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF
spreading code usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails,
the RNC allocates the last vacant SF16 code to the
HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned off and
HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This
improves the HSDPA activation efficiency.
13. PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D
for short) when a cell is in the overload control (OLC)
state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC does not support the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition.
14. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH
state are served by the cell. When this switch is turned
off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does
not update the background noise value based on the
common measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load.

WCDMA RAN

nd
15. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether

HRNTI adopts an optimized algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, the hamming distance between the
HRNTI identifiers distributed by the RNC is equal to
or larger than 4, which effectively avoids incorrect
demodulation. When this switch is turned off, the
hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1.
16.
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITC
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for
F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically
or when SF code resource allocation fails and releases
the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the
usage of F-DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-
DPCH codes.
17. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, the channel
codes released by a common channel are reserved
during reestablishment of the common channel. That
is, the reestablished common channel uses the same
channel codes after cell setup. When this switch is
turned off, the channel codes released by a common
channel are not reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel. That is, the reestablished common
channel uses different channel codes after cell setup.
18.
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission
decisions on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related
admission thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC makes admission decisions only
on CS service procedures. That is, the RNC always
admits PS service requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to
or larger than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF
reserved for a handover can be configured by the

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlHoCeResvSf and DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters

in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC[/CMD] command.
19.
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only
when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the
"NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When this
switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission
for HSDPA users.
20. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned
off. Alignment using chip offset configurations for
HSUPA time division scheduling does not take effect
in the RRC connection setup phase.ON: This switch is
turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in
the RRC connection setup phase.
21. PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The
cell measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation.
1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the
cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is
measured by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter.
22.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy.
23.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR

status after incoming inter-RAT handovers.
24.
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWIT
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on.
The cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB
user admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell
LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.
25. PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
use the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place
where the last allocated C-RNTI is located,
sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the last
allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-RNTI
for a UE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
starts from the place where the first allocated C-RNTI
is located, sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the
first allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-
RNTI for the UE.
26.
PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWIT
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement
Switch): Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell
is limited by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification. When this switch is set to on, the
number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited not only by
the FACH UE number specification but also by the
CELL_FACH UE number specification
(CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH UEs and
FACH UEs). That is, the total number of FACH UEs
and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed the
CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to off, the number FACH UEs in a cell is
only limited by the FACH UE specification.
27.
PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and
preemption. When this switch is set to on, the user
selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static
relocation UEs is used for LDR and preemption,
which makes the user priority recognition more

WCDMA RAN

nd
accurate. When this switch is turned off, default user

priority is used for LDR and preemption.
28. PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates
the consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to
OFF, the CE resources consumed on the link that is
deleted after a soft handover are not calculated. As a
result, the available CE resources increase and excess
users access the cell.
29. PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
LCG CE resource optimization switch for preempted
UEs. When this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly
maintains the LCG CE resources used by a UE after
an RRC connection setup. If the UE is preempted,
these resources are provided to the preempting UE.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC cannot update
the LCG CE resources used by a UE in time, which
leads to incorrect resource maintenance and affects the
calculation of resources for preemption.
30.
PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWITC
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately calculates the resource
consumed by the users who stop queuing, ensuring
that the RNC correctly calculates cell resources. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
immediately calculate the resource consumed by the
users who stop queuing. As a result, the consumed cell
resources are more than the resources recorded on the
RNC, and excessive users access the cell.
31.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.
This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC uses the original DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to an F2D or P2D
state transition). This cannot ensure even DOFF
distribution. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
uses the optimized DOFF allocation algorithm for a
new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are carried over
HSDPA. This ensures even DOFF distribution.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Disuse Statement:Value of bit field

"PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER" in
the parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch will be removed
from later versions. Although the configuration
interface in this version supports delivery of the
setting of this bit field, the system does not use this bit
field. Therefore, this bit field is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH,
CH, PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
H, PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH,
TCH,
, PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT,
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Actual Value Range:

WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
1,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- System Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat 1.
tch ARA WRFD- ion PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH(R99Cell
020101 Broadca BroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is
sting turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
WRFD-
150222 Admissi neighboring cells in a system information message.
on 2.
WRFD- Control
020131 PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(O
HSUPA ptimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch):
WRFD- Time When this switch is turned on, the DL transmit power
010612 Division in a cell is calculated using the following
WRFD- Scheduli formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell
020402 ng = Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power +
Optimiz Percentage of the HSDPA guaranteed bit power
ation of (GBP) + Reserved power coefficient for DL common
R99 and channels + Reserved power factor for DL MBMS
HSUPA services + Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA
Users users.If UL or DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds
Fairness the value of InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or
InterFreqDlMbdrTrigThreshold (in the ADD
HSUPA UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ command), handover to
Introduc this neighboring cell cannot be performed. When this
tion switch is turned off, the percentage of the HSDPA
Package GBP is not considered during the calculation of the
Measure DL transmit power in a cell, and the original
ment algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring cell
Based using MBDR.
Direct 3.
Retry PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results
of equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned
on, the optimized calculation results can accurately
reflect the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only
when the HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater
than 750 kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or
equal to 750 kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the
algorithm for calculating the number of equivalent
HSUPA UEs will not be optimized.
4. PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
Whether to allow resource preemption of common
users for HSUPA common channels to ensure that the
code resources are allocated to the left. Value of this
bit field will be removed from later versions.
supports delivery of the setting of this bit field, the
system does not use this bit field. Therefore, this bit
field is not recommended.

WCDMA RAN

nd
5. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple
RLs occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell
groups consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy
more than one local cell group, no matter whether the
UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
6. PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the
idle mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter.
To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support.
7.
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5.
8. PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell
at a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned on,
the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is
not used.
9. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch
is turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell
are combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent
messages.
10.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel
codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established.

WCDMA RAN

nd
11.
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose
both uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces
the BE service rate of only the users whose uplink and
downlink services are carried on R99 channels.
12.
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the
HS-PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated.
When this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been
activated, no matter whether the last SF16 code is
vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF
spreading code usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails,
the RNC allocates the last vacant SF16 code to the
HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned off and
HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This
improves the HSDPA activation efficiency.
13. PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D
for short) when a cell is in the overload control (OLC)
state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC does not support the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition.
14. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH
state are served by the cell. When this switch is turned
off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does
not update the background noise value based on the
common measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load.

WCDMA RAN

nd
15. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether

HRNTI adopts an optimized algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, the hamming distance between the
HRNTI identifiers distributed by the RNC is equal to
or larger than 4, which effectively avoids incorrect
demodulation. When this switch is turned off, the
hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1.
16.
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for
F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically
or when SF code resource allocation fails and releases
the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the
usage of F-DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-
DPCH codes.
17. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, the channel
codes released by a common channel are reserved
during reestablishment of the common channel. That
is, the reestablished common channel uses the same
channel codes after cell setup. When this switch is
turned off, the channel codes released by a common
channel are not reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel. That is, the reestablished common
channel uses different channel codes after cell setup.
18.
TCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission
decisions on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related
admission thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC makes admission decisions only
on CS service procedures. That is, the RNC always
admits PS service requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to
or larger than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF
reserved for a handover can be configured by the

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlHoCeResvSf and DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters

in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC[/CMD] command.
19.
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only
when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the
"NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When this
switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission
for HSDPA users.
20. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned
off. Alignment using chip offset configurations for
HSUPA time division scheduling does not take effect
in the RRC connection setup phase.ON: This switch is
turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in
the RRC connection setup phase.
21. PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The
cell measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation.
1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the
cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is
measured by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. Disuse
Statements: This switch will be deleted from later
versions. Although the configuration interface in this
version supports delivery of the setting of this
parameter, the system does not use this parameter.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
22.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy.
23.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after

turned on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR
status after incoming inter-RAT handovers.
24.
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on.
The cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB
user admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell
LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.
25. PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
use the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place
where the last allocated C-RNTI is located,
sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the last
allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-RNTI
for a UE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
starts from the place where the first allocated C-RNTI
is located, sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the
first allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-
RNTI for the UE.
26.
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement
Switch): Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell
is limited by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification. When this switch is set to on, the
number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited not only by
the FACH UE number specification but also by the
CELL_FACH UE number specification
(CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH UEs and
FACH UEs). That is, the total number of FACH UEs
and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed the
CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to off, the number FACH UEs in a cell is
only limited by the FACH UE specification.
27.
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and
preemption. When this switch is set to on, the user
selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is

WCDMA RAN

nd
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static

relocation UEs is used for LDR and preemption,
which makes the user priority recognition more
accurate. When this switch is turned off, default user
priority is used for LDR and preemption.
28. PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates
the consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to
OFF, the CE resources consumed on the link that is
deleted after a soft handover are not calculated. As a
result, the available CE resources increase and excess
users access the cell.
29. PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
LCG CE resource optimization switch for preempted
UEs. When this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly
maintains the LCG CE resources used by a UE after
an RRC connection setup. If the UE is preempted,
these resources are provided to the preempting UE.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC cannot update
the LCG CE resources used by a UE in time, which
leads to incorrect resource maintenance and affects the
calculation of resources for preemption.
30.
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately calculates the resource
consumed by the users who stop queuing, ensuring
that the RNC correctly calculates cell resources. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
immediately calculate the resource consumed by the
users who stop queuing. As a result, the consumed cell
resources are more than the resources recorded on the
RNC, and excessive users access the cell.
31.
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.
This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC uses the original DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to an F2D or P2D
state transition). This cannot ensure even DOFF
distribution. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
uses the optimized DOFF allocation algorithm for a

WCDMA RAN

nd
new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are carried over

HSDPA. This ensures even DOFF distribution.
Disuse Statement:Value of bit field
"PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER" in
the parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch will be removed
from later versions. Although the configuration
interface in this version supports delivery of the
setting of this bit field, the system does not use this bit
field. Therefore, this bit field is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
1,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

RA use.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd

WCDMA RAN

nd
Improve BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

mentSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1)CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Whether to convert a specific cause value in the IE
TCH 020605 Configu
"Cause" in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into
ration
WRFD- "No Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if
Control
010510 an incoming inter-RAT relocation fails due to
(DCCC)
insufficient code or CE resources in the target UMTS
WRFD-
SRNS cell. The original cause value can be "Requested
010651
Relocati Maximum Bit Rate not Available(20)", "Requested
WRFD- on Maximum Bit Rate for DL not Available(33)",
140103 Introduc "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for UL not
WRFD- tion Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate not
010610 Package Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 DL not Available(35)", or "Requested Guaranteed Bit
010612 3.6/27.2 Rate for UL not Available(36)."
Kbps 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC converts the
WRFD-
RRC cause value in the preceding scenario and sends the
0106150
Connect CN a RELOCATION FAILURE message.
2
ion and 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the CN a
WRFD- Radio RELOCATION FAILUR message with the original
010801 Access cause value.
WRFD- Bearer
2)DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
010802 Establis
hment Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
WRFD- REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
011402 and
Release BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
WRFD- message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the
0106150 HSDPA RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
4 over Iur COMPLETE message because the RNC is performing
Call RB reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
Reestabl state transition for the UE.
ishment 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC immediately
HSDPA process the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message.
Introduc 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
tion immediately process the SRNS CONTEXT
Package REQUEST message. Instead, the RNC continues to
wait for the RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
HSUPA
COMPLETE message.
Introduc
tion 3)DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH
Package Whether to enable the DRNC to delay releasing code
Combin resources when Iur links are set up.
ation of 1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC delays
One CS releasing code resources and the delay is 100 ms or x,
Service whichever is smaller. x equals the sum of 35 ms and
and Two the unidirectional Iub-interface FP delay.
PS 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases code
Services resources when required.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Intra 4)ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
RNC Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
Cell on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the
Update INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged
Inter every time a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined
RNC services when Iu Flex is applied.
Cell 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC selects a CN
Update node in the preceding way.
Encrypti 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN
on node based on the "Routing parameter" IE included in
Combin the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message
ation of exchanged the first time a CS service is set up for CS
One CS +PS combined services if Iu Flex is applied.
Service 5)COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
and
Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
Three
one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
PS
COMMAND message from the CS domain and an
Services
inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is
in progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of the
previously mentioned counters are increased by one in
0: This switch is turned off. The values of these
counters are increased by one when the RNC receives
an IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS
and PS domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover
for CS+PS combined services is in progress.
6)SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming
SRNS relocation.
the message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the
message to the UE.
7)REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process.
releases the data of a UE from an Iur common channel
if the UE initiates the DSCR process.

WCDMA RAN

nd

data of the UE from the Iur common channel after the
UE completes the DSCR process.
8)RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS
relocation procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in
the CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending
state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate
the procedure for such UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC initiates the
procedure for such UEs.
9)COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of service setup
attempt-related counters by one in special scenarios.
These counters are VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64.
The special scenarios are as follows:
Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN
after initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the
RNC responds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message instead of processing the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
Scenario 2: The MBDR algorithm is activated. The
RNC receives two RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
messages from the same domain of the CN before
receiving an inter-frequency or inter-RAT
measurement report from the UE in question. In this
case, the RNC responds to the first RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message.
Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message where the values of key IEs are
incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC responds
with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
instead of processing the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of the counters
that are related to service setup attempts are increased
by one in any of the preceding special scenarios.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The values of the counters

that are related to service setup attempts remain
unchanged in any of the preceding special scenarios.
This parameter is a professional parameter and
therefore you must configure this parameter under the
10)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P.Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of these
counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
counters are increased on a per UE basis.
11)DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to delay sending a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC starts the T1
timer after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message. If the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT message
before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the T2
timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC
sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the
UE.
sends the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message.
Note that T1 is controlled by the
"DelaySndMeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command and T2 is controlled by
the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET
12)TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to include an activation time to a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message when the DRD
process is in progress.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. An activation time is not

included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP message if
the DRD process is in progress.
0: This switch is turned off. An activation time is
13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if
the UE does not respond within 3 seconds after
receiving a DIRECT TRANSFER message from the
CN during a CS call release. The value of the IE
Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER message
is Disconnect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends it to the
CN. The value of the IE Message Type in the
DIRECT TRANSFER message is Release.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not create
14)NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
RL for a UE when both of the following conditions
are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC.
- The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the
synchronization.
If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update.
reestablish an RL for the UE in the preceding
scenario.
15)SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
for a UE's response in the security mode procedure,
the RL for the UE is reestablished if the RNC detects
a timeout or SRB reset or if the NodeB reports that all
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization.
scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time
in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the UE
capability at a delayed time in the case of a PS HO-
based CSFB. That is, the RNC queries the UE
capability after the CS service is set up.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC queries the UE
capability during the PS HO-based CSFB.
17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Paging
Whether the RNC records the international mobile
subscriber identity (IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode
when the UE does not respond to a CS paging in time
and the cause value carried in the CS paging message
is Terminating Conversational Call, Terminating Low
Priority Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the
IMSI of the UE in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
the IMSI of the UE in the preceding scenario.
18)DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated)
Whether to transition UEs processing HSPA services
to the CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after
the HSPA function is deactivated in a cell.
1: This switch is turned on. UEs processing HSPA
services transition to the CELL_FACH state after the
HSPA function is deactivated in the cell.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs processing HSPA
services are released after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell.
19)OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state
during an incoming relocation procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. Under this circumstance,
the RNC does not send a UE CAPABILITY
0: This switch is turned off. Under this circumstance,
the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in the
preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
20)RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether to measure the number of RAB setup
attempts when the cross processing of RAB setup and
cell update fails or the radio link reestablishment
triggered by RAB setup fails.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB setup
attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of RAB setup
attempts is not measured.
21)FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI
Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTI from
one UE to another when the timer for the UE to wait
for a response message from the RNC expires after the
UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI
from one UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts.
This switch is turned on by default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC delays the
assignment of the URNTI from the current UE to
another UE.
assigns the URNTI from the current UE to another
UE.
22)FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
This switch is turned off by default.
another UE.
UE.
23)RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sets the "RLC info" IE of the "RB
information to setup" IE contained in the second and
third RB subflows to "Same as RB:0xM" if the RLC

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters of three CS RB subflows in the RADIO

BEARER SETUP message are the same. M refers to
the ID of the first RB subflow.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IE of the "RB information to setup" IE contained
in the second and third RB subflows to "Same as RB:
0xM."
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IEs of the "RB information to setup" IE
contained in the three RB subflows to the same value.
24)DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWI
TCH
Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard
this message.
25)SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards is
close to the full configuration.
1: This switch is turned on. The main SPU subsystem
cancels the periodic transmission of status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. The main SPU subsystem
periodically sends status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems.
26)RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SW
ITCH
Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure
F2D DRD procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd

RRC connection for the UE.
the RRC connection for the UE.
27)PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWI
TCH
Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is not measured.
28)P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and
select a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of
"Radio link failure" during the waiting for a response
message from the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back the
P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the current
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry.
29)TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH
Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC
mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset.
reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode.
processing method and reestablishes the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode.
30)ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_S
WITCH
Whether to send an initial direct transfer message to
another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
configured CN node experiences SCCP congestion in
Iu Flex networking.
1: This switch is turned on. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to another CN node without SCCP

WCDMA RAN

nd
congestion if the configured CN node experiences

SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking.
0: This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking.
31)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH
When the RNC delays the transmission of a routing
area update message to the CN in the following
scenario: A CS service on an LTE network is
transferred to a UMTS network by CS fallback
(CSFB) and the CS service has not established on the
UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
message to the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a routing
area update message to the CN only after it receives a
RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message or
after "Delayed Routing Area Update Timer for CSFB
UEs" expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delay
the transmission of the routing area update message.
32)CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB.
the IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
bit field value under the ImprovementSwitch
parameter will be deleted.Instead, the function of
will be controlled by
D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH in
(OptimizationSwitch5,SET URRCTRLSWITCH).
GUI Value Range:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,
CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,
PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,
FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
URNTI,
FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
URNTI, RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITC
H,
SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWI
TCH,
RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH,
PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H,
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,
TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWI
TCH,
ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWI
TCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
URNTI,
URNTI,
RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:
1,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:0,RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Improve BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

mentSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1)CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Whether to convert a specific cause value in the IE
TCH 020605 Configu
"Cause" in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into
ration
WRFD- "No Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if
Control
010510 an incoming inter-RAT relocation fails due to
(DCCC)
insufficient code or CE resources in the target UMTS
WRFD-
SRNS cell. The original cause value can be "Requested
010651
Relocati Maximum Bit Rate not Available(20)", "Requested
WRFD- on Maximum Bit Rate for DL not Available(33)",
140103 Introduc "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for UL not
WRFD- tion Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate not
010610 Package Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit Rate for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 DL not Available(35)", or "Requested Guaranteed Bit
010612 3.6/27.2 Rate for UL not Available(36)."
Kbps 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC converts the
WRFD-
RRC cause value in the preceding scenario and sends the
0106150
Connect CN a RELOCATION FAILURE message.
2
ion and 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the CN a
WRFD- Radio RELOCATION FAILUR message with the original
010801 Access cause value.
WRFD- Bearer
2)DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
010802 Establis
hment Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
WRFD- REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
011402 and
Release BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
WRFD- message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the
0106150 HSDPA RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
4 over Iur COMPLETE message because the RNC is performing
Call RB reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
Reestabl state transition for the UE.
ishment 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC immediately
HSDPA process the SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message.
Introduc 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
tion immediately process the SRNS CONTEXT
Package REQUEST message. Instead, the RNC continues to
wait for the RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
HSUPA
COMPLETE message.
Introduc
tion 3)DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH
Package Whether to enable the DRNC to delay releasing code
Combin resources when Iur links are set up.
ation of 1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC delays
One CS releasing code resources and the delay is 100 ms or x,
Service whichever is smaller. x equals the sum of 35 ms and
and Two the unidirectional Iub-interface FP delay.
PS 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases code
Services resources when required.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Intra 4)ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
RNC Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
Cell on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the
Update INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged
Inter every time a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined
RNC services when Iu Flex is applied.
Cell 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC selects a CN
Update node in the preceding way.
Encrypti 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN
on node based on the "Routing parameter" IE included in
Combin the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message
ation of exchanged the first time a CS service is set up for CS
One CS +PS combined services if Iu Flex is applied.
Service 5)COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
and
Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
Three
one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
PS
COMMAND message from the CS domain and an
Services
inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is
in progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of the
previously mentioned counters are increased by one in
counters are increased by one when the RNC receives
an IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS
and PS domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover
for CS+PS combined services is in progress.
6)SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming
SRNS relocation.
the message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the
message to the UE.
7)REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process.
releases the data of a UE from an Iur common channel
if the UE initiates the DSCR process.

WCDMA RAN

nd

data of the UE from the Iur common channel after the
UE completes the DSCR process.
8)RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS
relocation procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in
the CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending
state.
the procedure for such UEs.
procedure for such UEs.
9)COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of service setup
attempt-related counters by one in special scenarios.
These counters are VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64.
The special scenarios are as follows:
Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN
after initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the
RNC responds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message instead of processing the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
Scenario 2: The MBDR algorithm is activated. The
RNC receives two RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
messages from the same domain of the CN before
receiving an inter-frequency or inter-RAT
measurement report from the UE in question. In this
case, the RNC responds to the first RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message.
Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message where the values of key IEs are
incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC responds
with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
instead of processing the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of the counters
that are related to service setup attempts are increased
by one in any of the preceding special scenarios.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The values of the counters

that are related to service setup attempts remain
unchanged in any of the preceding special scenarios.
This parameter is a professional parameter and
therefore you must configure this parameter under the
10)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P.Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis.
1: This switch is turned on. The values of these
counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
counters are increased on a per UE basis.
11)DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to delay sending a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC starts the T1
timer after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message. If the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT message
before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the T2
timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC
sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the
UE.
sends the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message.
Note that T1 is controlled by the
"DelaySndMeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command and T2 is controlled by
the "DelaySndMeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET
12)TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to include an activation time to a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message when the DRD
process is in progress.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. An activation time is not

0: This switch is turned off. An activation time is
13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if
the UE does not respond within 3 seconds after
receiving a DIRECT TRANSFER message from the
CN during a CS call release. The value of the IE
Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER message
is Disconnect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends it to the
CN. The value of the IE Message Type in the
DIRECT TRANSFER message is Release.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not create
14)NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
RL for a UE when both of the following conditions
are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC.
- The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the
synchronization.
If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update.
scenario.
15)SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
for a UE's response in the security mode procedure,
the RL for the UE is reestablished if the RNC detects
a timeout or SRB reset or if the NodeB reports that all
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization.
scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time
in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the UE
capability at a delayed time in the case of a PS HO-
based CSFB. That is, the RNC queries the UE
capability after the CS service is set up.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC queries the UE
capability during the PS HO-based CSFB.
17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Paging
Whether the RNC records the international mobile
subscriber identity (IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode
when the UE does not respond to a CS paging in time
and the cause value carried in the CS paging message
is Terminating Conversational Call, Terminating Low
Priority Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the
IMSI of the UE in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
the IMSI of the UE in the preceding scenario.
18)DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated)
Whether to transition UEs processing HSPA services
to the CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after
the HSPA function is deactivated in a cell.
1: This switch is turned on. UEs processing HSPA
services transition to the CELL_FACH state after the
HSPA function is deactivated in the cell.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs processing HSPA
services are released after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell.
19)OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
1: This switch is turned on. Under this circumstance,
the RNC does not send a UE CAPABILITY
0: This switch is turned off. Under this circumstance,
the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in the
preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
20)RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether to measure the number of RAB setup
attempts when the cross processing of RAB setup and
cell update fails or the radio link reestablishment
triggered by RAB setup fails.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB setup
attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of RAB setup
attempts is not measured.
21)FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
This switch is turned on by default.
another UE.
UE.
22)FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
This switch is turned off by default.
another UE.
UE.
23)RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sets the "RLC info" IE of the "RB
information to setup" IE contained in the second and
third RB subflows to "Same as RB:0xM" if the RLC

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters of three CS RB subflows in the RADIO

BEARER SETUP message are the same. M refers to
the ID of the first RB subflow.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IE of the "RB information to setup" IE contained
in the second and third RB subflows to "Same as RB:
0xM."
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sets the "RLC
info" IEs of the "RB information to setup" IE
contained in the three RB subflows to the same value.
24)DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWI
TCH
Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard
this message.
25)SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards is
close to the full configuration.
1: This switch is turned on. The main SPU subsystem
cancels the periodic transmission of status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. The main SPU subsystem
periodically sends status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems.
26)RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SW
ITCH
Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure
F2D DRD procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd

RRC connection for the UE.
the RRC connection for the UE.
27)PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWI
TCH
Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is measured.
0: This switch is turned off. The number of PTT RAB
setup attempts is not measured.
28)P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and
select a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of
"Radio link failure" during the waiting for a response
message from the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back the
P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry.
29)TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH
Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC
mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset.
reestablish the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode.
processing method and reestablishes the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode.
30)ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_S
WITCH
Whether to send an initial direct transfer message to
another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
Iu Flex networking.
1: This switch is turned on. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to another CN node without SCCP

WCDMA RAN

nd
congestion if the configured CN node experiences

SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking.
0: This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking.
31)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH
When the RNC delays the transmission of a routing
area update message to the CN in the following
scenario: A CS service on an LTE network is
transferred to a UMTS network by CS fallback
(CSFB) and the CS service has not established on the
UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
message to the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a routing
area update message to the CN only after it receives a
RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message or
after "Delayed Routing Area Update Timer for CSFB
UEs" expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delay
the transmission of the routing area update message.
32)CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB.
the IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
IMEI-based Identity Request procedure.
bit field value under the ImprovementSwitch
parameter will be deleted.Instead, the function of
will be controlled by
D2F_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH in
(OptimizationSwitch5,SET URRCTRLSWITCH).
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
URNTI,
URNTI, RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
URNTI,
URNTI,
RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:
1,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE
_URNTI:0,RB_SETUP_RLC_INFO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DrSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 0204000 System Direct retry switch group.
MALG 1 Direct
OSWIT Retry 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC
WRFD- connection): When the switch is on, DRD and
CH 020103 Inter redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
WRFD- Frequen required.
150232 cy Load
2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
Balance
WRFD- single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
020120 Multiba performed for single service if retry is required.
nd
WRFD- 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch
Direct
0204000 for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
Retry
3 performed for combined services if retry is required.
Based
WRFD- on UE 4. DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT
0204000 Location DRD switch): When this switch is turned on, inter-
2 RAT directed retry is supported.
Service
WRFD- Steering 5.
0204000 and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER:
4 Load Whether a CS UE can perform a DRD for combined
WRFD- Sharing services. When this switch and the
020400 in RRC DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH are both set to on,
Connect a CS UE can initiate a DRD for combined services.
WRFD- When this switch is set to off, a CS UE cannot initiate
0106111 ion
Setup a DRD for combined services even if the
2 DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to on.
Inter
System 6.
Redirect DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable the inter-RAT DRD function
Inter for CS+PS combined services. When this switch is set
System to on, if a new CS service in CS+PS combined
Direct services cannot be admitted to the UMTS network, the
Retry RNC switches the CS service to the GSM network
Traffic through a DRD.
Steering GUI Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
and DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
Load DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
Sharing DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
During DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER,
RAB DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
Setup CH
DRD Unit: None
Introduc Actual Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
tion DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
Package DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
HSDPA DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
DRD DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH
Default Value: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH:
0,DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER
:
1,DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWI
TCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DrSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 0204000 System Direct retry switch group.
MALG 1 Direct
OSWIT Retry 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC
WRFD- connection): When the switch is on, DRD and
CH 020103 Inter redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
WRFD- Frequen required.
150232 cy Load
2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
Balance
WRFD- single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
020120 Multiba performed for single service if retry is required.
nd
WRFD- 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch
Direct
0204000 for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
Retry
3 performed for combined services if retry is required.
Based
WRFD- on UE 4. DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT
0204000 Location DRD switch): When this switch is turned on, inter-
2 RAT directed retry is supported.
Service
WRFD- Steering 5.
0204000 and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER:
4 Load Whether a CS UE can perform a DRD for combined
WRFD- Sharing services. When this switch and the
020400 in RRC DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH are both set to on,
Connect a CS UE can initiate a DRD for combined services.
WRFD- When this switch is set to off, a CS UE cannot initiate
0106111 ion
Setup a DRD for combined services even if the
2 DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to on.
Inter
System 6.
Redirect DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable the inter-RAT DRD function
Inter for CS+PS combined services. When this switch is set
System to on, if a new CS service in CS+PS combined
Direct services cannot be admitted to the UMTS network, the
Retry RNC switches the CS service to the GSM network
Traffic through a DRD.
Steering GUI Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
and DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
Load DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
Sharing DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
During DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER,
RAB DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
Setup CH
DRD Unit: None
Introduc Actual Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
tion DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
Package DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
HSDPA DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
DRD DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH
Default Value: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH:
0,DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER
:
1,DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWI
TCH:0
CSFBU BSC690 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Value of the timer for delayed routing area
eDelayR 0 USTAT 020126 Between update for CSFB UEs.
AUTime ETIME UMTS GUI Value Range: 1~10
r R and LTE
Phase 1 Unit: s
Default Value: 5
CSFBU BSC691 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning: Value of the timer for delayed routing area
eDelayR 0 USTAT 020126 Between update for CSFB UEs.
AUTime ETIME UMTS GUI Value Range: 1~10
r R and LTE
Phase 1 Unit: s
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150215 from 1) LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL (Cell Load
CH2 RLSWI WRFD- LTE to Information TL Input Switch)
TCH 010101 UMTS
with PS During inter-RAT handovers from 3G cells to 2G
WRFD- Handov cells, the RNC can records information about load on
160103 er 3G cells in the RELOCATION REQUIRED container
WRFD- in the Tag Length Value (TLV) format.
3GPP
030011 R9 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the Tag
WRFD- Specific Length in the container.
020500 ations 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
WRFD- Termina the Tag Length.
140224 l Black 2) SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET (Switch for
WRFD- List Transferring INITIAL UE Messages in the IU Reset
160271 MIMO State)
WRFD- Prime 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the
020400 Enhance INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
d Fast interface is in the reset state.
WRFD-
140205 Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC handles the
cy INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
Fast CS interface is in the reset state.
Fallback 3)
Based RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
on RIM H (RB Reconfiguration DRD Rollback Switch)
Ultra- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
Flash rollback caused by failed directed retry decisions
CSFB (DRDs) of RB reconfiguration.
DRD 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Introduc support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
tion reconfiguration.
Package 4) RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (CS IMEI
Voice Request Switch)
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rather than the
Experie CN sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
nce obtain the international mobile equipment identity
Improve (IMEI) of a UE. Note: When the CN checks the serial
ment for number of direct transfer messages and the
Weak SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH switch is turned off,
Receptio turning on this switch leads to inconsistency in the
n Ues serial number of direct transfer messages between the
CN and the UE. This causes CS service setup failures.
Therefore, you are not advised to turn on this switch.
Before turning on this switch, test the interworking
between the RNC and the CN. If the CN checks the
serial number of direct transfer messages, turn on
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH under

WCDMA RAN

nd

an IDENTITY REQUEST message to obtain the IMEI
of a UE.
5) RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI
Request Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC, rather than the
CN, sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
obtain the IMEI of a UE.
of a UE.
6) FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D (P2D Switch for
Congested FACH or DTCH)
1: This switch is turned on. The DCH resources may
be congested, thereby decreasing the access success
rate.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs using PS services do
not trigger the P2D procedure on a congested FACH
or DTCH.
7)
RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H (RB Establishment DRD Rollback Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB establishment.
support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
establishment. However, the RNC cannot control the
scenario where the RB fast setup function is used for
RB establishment accompanied by DRDs.
8) PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH
(Switch for Not Triggering Rate Reduction
Negotiation Between the CN and the RNC After a PS
Service Access Failure)
1: This switch is turned on. The access rate is not
negotiated between the RNC and the CN if a PS
service fails to be admitted.
0: This switch is turned off. The access rate is
9) ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH
(Switch for Performing the Optimized Soft-Handover
Timeout Procedure)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC considers that it

has received an ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE
message during soft handover procedure after the
message has expired.
0: This switch is turned off. RABs are directly
released during soft handover procedure after the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE message has
expired.
10) RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH (Switch
for Performing the Optimized RRC Connection
Release Procedure with No Data Transmitted on the
UE upon UE State Transition Timeout)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiated the
release process with the cause of user inactive when
the UE have no data to transmit.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC initiated the
release process with other causes when the UE have
no data to transmit.
11) RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized RRC Connection Release
Procedure on Receipt of a SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION Message)
normal release process after receiving the
SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION message from UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC determines
whether to initiate the normal release process based on
the release cause value after receiving the
INDICATION message.
12)
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH
(Switch for SRB Reestablishment During a Cell
Update with the Cause Value of RL Failure)
1: This switch is turned on. SRBs are reestablished
during cell update procedure with the "RL Failure"
cause value.
0: This switch is turned off. SRBs are not
reestablished during cell update procedure with the
"RL Failure" cause value.
13) CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized Procedure for Concurrent
RB and Cell Update, Hard handover, or DRD)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The DSCR procedure is

performed if RNC can not handles different processes
performed simultaneously.
0: This switch is turned off. The DSCR procedure is
not performed in this scenes.
14) TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized TRB Reset Procedure for
PS BE Services)
performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error occurs.
not performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error
occurs.
15) RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH
(Signaling Connection Release Switch for UEs
Supporting Fast Dormancy)
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC receives a
SIGNALING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION from UE with the cause of "UE
Requested PS Data session end", the RNC triggers the
state transition for the UE. Otherwise, the RNC
releases the signaling connection.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC receives a
INDICATION from UE, the RNC triggers the state
transition for the UE.
16) FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH (Switch for Tracing
UEs Failing in FP Synchronization)
1: This switch is turned on. UEs using FP can be
traced in terms of data streams.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs using FP cannot be
17) RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
(Switch for Reducing PCHR Log Information for
Normal Procedure)
The switch RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
controls whether the RNC reduces information
recorded in a PCHR log for a normal procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reduces
information in a performance call history record
(PCHR) log recorded during a normal procedure and
reports only the following information blocks:
-CONN_SETUP(Connection Block)
-RRC_RELEASE(RRC Release Block)

WCDMA RAN

nd
-CS_RAB_SETUP(CS RAB Setup Block)

-PS_RAB_SETUP(PS RAB Setup Block)
-CS_RAB_REL(CS RAB Release Block)
-PS_RAB_REL(PS RAB Release Block)
-SHO(Soft Handover Block)
-SYS_HO_OUT(Inter-RAT Handover Block)
-INTRA_FREQ_NET_OPT(Intra-Frequency Missing
Neighboring Cell Block)
-STAT(Statistical Block)
-CS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(CS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-PS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(PS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-CS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(CS Setup Direct
Transfer Message Statistical Block)
-PS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(PS Setup Direct
A procedure is abnormal only when either of the
following conditions is met:
-The RRC connection setup fails.
-The RAB setup fails.
-The RAB is abnormally released.
-The value of the information element (IE) NAS-PDU
contained in a DIRECT TRANSFER message is
ATTACH REJECT, RAU REJECT, or LAU REJECT.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reduce
information recorded in a PCHR log.
18) DTMF_SWITCH (DTMF Switch)
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
hyper frame number (HFN) modification, noise
pouring, and Iu-UP loopback functions by direct
transfer messages from a UE.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
trigger HFN modification, noise pouring, or Iu-UP
loopback functions by direct transfer messages from a
UE.
19) FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH
(Switch for fast CSFB based on RIM)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports fast
CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.

WCDMA RAN

nd

support fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.
20) L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH
Whether to support LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers simultaneously.
1: This switch is turned on. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers can happen simultaneously.
0: This switch is turned off. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers cannot happen simultaneously.
21)ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH(Ultra-Flash
CSFB Function Switch)
Whether the Ultra-Flash CSFB function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports the
Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay of CSFB is
reduced, improving user experience.
support the Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay
of CSFB is long, affecting user experience.
22)RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH(Suppo
rt RNC PS Querying UE IMEISV)
Whether the RNC sends an Identity Request message
to the UE, requesting the UE's international mobile
station equipment identity and software version
(IMEISV).
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends an Identity
Request message to the UE, requesting the UE's
IMEISV.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send an
Identity Request message to the UE.
If this switch is enabled together with the
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH, the RNC
queries the UE's IMEISV, not IMEI.
GUI Value Range:
LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL,
SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET,
RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H, RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D,
H, PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH,
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH,
TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH,
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH,
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH,
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH,
DTMF_SWITCH,
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH,
L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH,
ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH,
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
DTMF_SWITCH,
Default Value: LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL:
0,SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET:
0,RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWI
TCH:1,RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D:
0,RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWIT
CH:0,PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH:
0,FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH:
1,RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH:
1,DTMF_SWITCH:
1,FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150215 from 1) LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL (Cell Load
CH2 RLSWI WRFD- LTE to Information TL Input Switch)
TCH 010101 UMTS
with PS During inter-RAT handovers from 3G cells to 2G
WRFD- Handov cells, the RNC can records information about load on
160103 er 3G cells in the RELOCATION REQUIRED container
WRFD- in the Tag Length Value (TLV) format.
3GPP
030011 R9 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC records the Tag
WRFD- Specific Length in the container.
020500 ations 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not record
WRFD- Termina the Tag Length.
140224 l Black 2) SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET (Switch for
WRFD- List Transferring INITIAL UE Messages in the IU Reset
160271 MIMO State)
WRFD- Prime 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards the
020400 Enhance INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
d Fast interface is in the reset state.
WRFD-
140205 Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC handles the
cy INITIAL UE message from a CN node if the Iu
Fast CS interface is in the reset state.
Fallback 3)
Based RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
on RIM H (RB Reconfiguration DRD Rollback Switch)
Ultra- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
Flash rollback caused by failed directed retry decisions
CSFB (DRDs) of RB reconfiguration.
DRD 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Introduc support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
tion reconfiguration.
Package 4) RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (CS IMEI
Voice Request Switch)
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rather than the
Experie CN sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
nce obtain the international mobile equipment identity
Improve (IMEI) of a UE. Note: When the CN checks the serial
ment for number of direct transfer messages and the
Weak SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH switch is turned off,
Receptio turning on this switch leads to inconsistency in the
n Ues serial number of direct transfer messages between the
CN and the UE. This causes CS service setup failures.
Therefore, you are not advised to turn on this switch.
Before turning on this switch, test the interworking
between the RNC and the CN. If the CN checks the
serial number of direct transfer messages, turn on
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH under

WCDMA RAN

nd

of a UE.
5) RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI
Request Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC, rather than the
CN, sends an IDENTITY REQUEST message to
obtain the IMEI of a UE.
of a UE.
6) FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D (P2D Switch for
Congested FACH or DTCH)
1: This switch is turned on. The DCH resources may
be congested, thereby decreasing the access success
rate.
0: This switch is turned off. UEs using PS services do
not trigger the P2D procedure on a congested FACH
or DTCH.
7)
H (RB Establishment DRD Rollback Switch)
rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB establishment.
support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
establishment. However, the RNC cannot control the
scenario where the RB fast setup function is used for
RB establishment accompanied by DRDs.
8) PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH
(Switch for Not Triggering Rate Reduction
Negotiation Between the CN and the RNC After a PS
Service Access Failure)
1: This switch is turned on. The access rate is not
0: This switch is turned off. The access rate is
9) ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH
(Switch for Performing the Optimized Soft-Handover
Timeout Procedure)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC considers that it

has received an ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE
message during soft handover procedure after the
message has expired.
0: This switch is turned off. RABs are directly
released during soft handover procedure after the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE message has
expired.
10) RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH (Switch
for Performing the Optimized RRC Connection
Release Procedure with No Data Transmitted on the
UE upon UE State Transition Timeout)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiated the
release process with the cause of user inactive when
the UE have no data to transmit.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC initiated the
release process with other causes when the UE have
no data to transmit.
11) RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized RRC Connection Release
Procedure on Receipt of a SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION Message)
normal release process after receiving the
INDICATION message from UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC determines
whether to initiate the normal release process based on
the release cause value after receiving the
INDICATION message.
12)
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH
(Switch for SRB Reestablishment During a Cell
Update with the Cause Value of RL Failure)
1: This switch is turned on. SRBs are reestablished
during cell update procedure with the "RL Failure"
cause value.
0: This switch is turned off. SRBs are not
reestablished during cell update procedure with the
"RL Failure" cause value.
13) CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized Procedure for Concurrent
RB and Cell Update, Hard handover, or DRD)

WCDMA RAN

nd

performed if RNC can not handles different processes
performed simultaneously.
not performed in this scenes.
14) TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized TRB Reset Procedure for
PS BE Services)
performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error occurs.
not performed if a Layer 2 data transmission error
occurs.
15) RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH
(Signaling Connection Release Switch for UEs
Supporting Fast Dormancy)
1: This switch is turned on. If the RNC receives a
INDICATION from UE with the cause of "UE
Requested PS Data session end", the RNC triggers the
state transition for the UE. Otherwise, the RNC
releases the signaling connection.
0: This switch is turned off. If the RNC receives a
INDICATION from UE, the RNC triggers the state
transition for the UE.
16) FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH (Switch for Tracing
UEs Failing in FP Synchronization)
1: This switch is turned on. UEs using FP can be
0: This switch is turned off. UEs using FP cannot be
17) RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
(Switch for Reducing PCHR Log Information for
Normal Procedure)
The switch RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH
controls whether the RNC reduces information
recorded in a PCHR log for a normal procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reduces
information in a performance call history record
(PCHR) log recorded during a normal procedure and
reports only the following information blocks:
-CONN_SETUP(Connection Block)
-RRC_RELEASE(RRC Release Block)

WCDMA RAN

nd
-CS_RAB_SETUP(CS RAB Setup Block)

-PS_RAB_SETUP(PS RAB Setup Block)
-CS_RAB_REL(CS RAB Release Block)
-PS_RAB_REL(PS RAB Release Block)
-SHO(Soft Handover Block)
-SYS_HO_OUT(Inter-RAT Handover Block)
-INTRA_FREQ_NET_OPT(Intra-Frequency Missing
Neighboring Cell Block)
-STAT(Statistical Block)
-CS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(CS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-PS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT(PS RAB Quality
Statistical Block)
-CS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(CS Setup Direct
-PS_SETUP_DIRECT_STAT(PS Setup Direct
A procedure is abnormal only when either of the
following conditions is met:
-The RRC connection setup fails.
-The RAB setup fails.
-The RAB is abnormally released.
-The value of the information element (IE) NAS-PDU
contained in a DIRECT TRANSFER message is
ATTACH REJECT, RAU REJECT, or LAU REJECT.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reduce
information recorded in a PCHR log.
18) DTMF_SWITCH (DTMF Switch)
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
hyper frame number (HFN) modification, noise
pouring, and Iu-UP loopback functions by direct
transfer messages from a UE.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
trigger HFN modification, noise pouring, or Iu-UP
loopback functions by direct transfer messages from a
UE.
19) FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH
(Switch for fast CSFB based on RIM)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports fast
CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.

WCDMA RAN

nd

support fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.
20) L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH
Whether to support LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers simultaneously.
1: This switch is turned on. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers can happen simultaneously.
0: This switch is turned off. LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS
handovers cannot happen simultaneously.
21)ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH(Ultra-Flash
CSFB Function Switch)
Whether the Ultra-Flash CSFB function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports the
Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay of CSFB is
reduced, improving user experience.
support the Ultra-Flash CSFB function, and the delay
of CSFB is long, affecting user experience.
22)RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH(Suppo
rt RNC PS Querying UE IMEISV)
Whether the RNC sends an Identity Request message
to the UE, requesting the UE's international mobile
station equipment identity and software version
(IMEISV).
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC sends an Identity
Request message to the UE, requesting the UE's
IMEISV.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not send an
Identity Request message to the UE.
If this switch is enabled together with the
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH, the RNC
queries the UE's IMEISV, not IMEI.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
DTMF_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
DTMF_SWITCH,
Default Value: LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL:
0,SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET:
0,RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWI
TCH:1,RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:
0,FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D:
0,RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWIT
CH:0,PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH:
0,RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH:
0,FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH:
1,RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH:
1,DTMF_SWITCH:
1,FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH:
0,ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH:
0,RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEISV_SWITCH:0
Improve BSC691 SET WRFD- Mobility Meaning:

mentSwi 0 URRCT 020126 Between 1)CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
tch2 RLSWI UMTS
TCH and LTE Whether the enhancement of CSFB delay
Phase 1 optimization is enabled. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC uses an existing method as well as RRC
messages to identify CSFB UEs.
optimizes the CSFB delay of all identified CSFB UEs
by delaying routing area updates (RAUs) for these
CSFB UEs and by not querying these CSFB UEs'
IMEIs. All identified CSFB UEs include the CSFB
UEs that are identified by using the existing method
and RRC messages.
optimizes the CSFB delay of only CSFB UEs that are
identified by using the existing method.
GUI Value Range:
CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Default Value: CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0
DeferM BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Whether SIB3 carries the Deferred
cReadIn 0 UCELL measurement control reading support IE. 1: This
d MEAS switch is turned on. SIB3 carries the Deferred
MOD measurement control reading support IE. 2: This
UCELL switch is turned off. SIB3 does not carry the Deferred
MEAS measurement control reading support IE.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
DeferM BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Whether SIB3 carries the Deferred
cReadIn 0 UCELL measurement control reading support IE. 1: This
d MEAS switch is turned on. SIB3 carries the Deferred
MOD measurement control reading support IE. 2: This
UCELL switch is turned off. SIB3 does not carry the Deferred
MEAS measurement control reading support IE.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- MOCN Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 140223 Cell 1.
tch2 ARA WRFD- Resourc PERFENH_MULTIRAB_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH
020101 e : Whether a UE can preempt multiple RABs from UEs
Demarc processing combined services. When this switch is set
WRFD- ation
010688 to on, a UE can preempt multiple RABs from UEs
Admissi processing combined services if cell resources are
on insufficient. When this switch is set to off, a UE can
Control preempt only one RAB from UEs processing
Downlin combined services if cell resources are insufficient.
k Note: This solution is always effective during resource
Enhance preemption for platinum UEs and UEs initiating
d emergency calls.
CELL_F 2.
ACH PERFENH_RRC_PREEMPT_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC re-calculates the resources for
preemption if RRC UEs are to be preempted. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC re-calculates the
resources for preemption after releasing the resources
preempted from RAB UEs if RRC UEs are to be
preempted. When this switch is set to off, the RNC
does not re-calculate the resources for preemption if
RRC UEs are to be preempted.
Note: This solution is always effective during resource
preemption for platinum UEs and UEs initiating
emergency calls.
3. PERFENH_CODEADJ_TIME_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to change the duration of the code
readjustment timer. When this switch is turned on, the
duration of the code readjustment timer is changed to
the value of "HoPhychRecfgTmr" in "SET
USTATETIMER" plus 3s. When this switch is turned
off, the duration of the code readjustment timer is
fixed to 6s.
4.
PERFENH_HSDPA_SRBDCH_CODE_CACOPT_S
WITCH: Code admission optimization switch for
HSDPA SRB over DCH. When this switch is set to
off, the code admission optimization switch for
HSDPA SRB over DCH is not enabled. When this
switch is set to on, the code admission optimization
switch for HSDPA SRB over DCH is enabled.
5.
PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to set the maximum scheduling period for
SIB3 to 160 ms. When this switch is set to off, the
maximum scheduling period for SIB3 is 40960 ms.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is set to on, the maximum

scheduling period for SIB3 is 160 ms.
6. PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the SIB3 scheduling optimization
function. When this switch is set to off, the scheduling
period for SIB3 is equal to, half, or two times the
maximum scheduling period among SIB1/SIB5/
SIB11. When this switch is set to on, the scheduling
period for SIB3 is 1/8 of the maximum scheduling
period among SIB1/SIB5/SIB11. In addition, the
scheduling period for SIB7 is extended to 160 ms.
7.
PERFENH_DEMARC_NODEB_TYPE_REF_SWIT
CH: Whether the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
feature in a cell depends on the sharing type of the
NodeB. The sharing type of a NodeB is specified by
the "SharingType" parameter in the "ADD UNODEB"
command. When this switch is set to on, the MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation feature in a cell depends
on the sharing type of the NodeB. That is, when the
"SharingType" parameter for the NodeB is set to
MOCN, the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
feature takes effect in the cells under the NodeB. In
other cases, this feature does not take effect in the
cells under the NodeB. When this switch is set to off,
the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation feature in a
cell does not depend on the sharing type of the
NodeB.
8.
PERFENH_QOSSHUTDOWN_BY_LOAD_LIC_S
WITCH: Whether the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based
on QoS feature is controlled by the license for the
Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load
feature. When this switch is set to on, the Multi-
Carrier Switch off Based on QoS feature is controlled
by the license for the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based
on Traffic Load feature. When this switch is set to off,
the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS feature is
not controlled by the license for the Multi-Carrier
Switch off Based on Traffic Load feature.
9.
PERFENH_EVENT_MEAS_ELEM_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC processes IEs in event
measurement reports sent by the NodeB. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC processes IEs in the event
measurement reports. When this switch is set to on,

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RNC does not process IEs in the event

measurement reports.
10.
PERFENH_CSMODIFY_ADMPRE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether CS RAB modification can use the same
policy as CS RAB setup for admission and
preemption. When this switch is set to on, CS RAB
modification uses the same priority as CS RAB setup
for admission. During preemption, CS RAB
modification has the same preempting capability as
CS RAB setup and can preempt resources of the same
UEs as CS RAB setup. When this switch is set to off,
CS RAB modification uses different policies from CS
RAB setup for admission and preemption. CS RAB
modification cannot use functions such as admission
guarantee for CS AMR (controlled by the
"CSRABCacOptSwitch" parameter) and CS forcibly
preempting PS (controlled by the
"PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable" parameter).
11.
PERFENH_CHTYPE_CHG_PFM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized channel type
switching function. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not include the D2H, H2D, E2D, or D2E
procedure in the VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallReq and
VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallAcc counters. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC includes the D2H, H2D,
E2D, and D2E procedures in the
VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallReq and
VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallAcc counters.
12.
PERFENH_ONE_CNOP_NO_PLMN_LIST_SWITC
H: Whether the IE "Multiple PLMN List" is deliverd
in cells that are served by an MOCN NodeB but
belong to one operator.
1: This switch is turned on. The IE "Multiple PLMN
List" is deliverd in cells that are served by an MOCN
NodeB but belong to one operator.
0: This switch is turned off. The IE "Multiple PLMN
List" is not deliverd in cells that are served by an
MOCN NodeB but belong to one operator.
13.
PERFENH_DC_HSDPA_GROUP_LOAD_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to optimize the downlink power load
decision and broadcasting method for DC-HSDPA
carrier groups. When this parameter is set to on, the
RNC uses the same method for determining the LDR

WCDMA RAN

nd
state and OLC state of downlink power load for DC-

HSDPA carrier groups as that for SC-HSDPA carrier
groups. In addition, the RNC considers the load state
of DC-HSDPA carrier groups when reporting UMTS
cell load state to another system.
14. PERFENH_HSPA_SHO_OPT_SWITCH: An
HSPA service has been established and the RNC has
added a non-serving link for this HSPA service in a
cell that does not support HSUPA. This switch
controls whether the RNC identifies the HSPA service
in this cell.When this switch is set to on, the RNC
does not identify the HSPA service in this cell.When
this switch is set to off, the RNC identifies the HSPA
service in this cell.
15.
PERFENH_DCLOAD_REMAIN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC needs to obtain the load
information of a peer cell from the load broadcast
message when calculating the remaining DC
resources. When this switch is set to on, if the primary
and secondary cells belong to the same subsystem, the
RNC directly obtains the load information of a peer
cell when calculating the remaining DC resources
without obtaining the load information from the load
broadcast message. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC always obtains the load information of a peer
cell from the load broadcast message when calculating
the remaining DC resources.
16.
PERFENH_HSPA_CCH_IUB_RSRC_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the EFACH, EPCH, and ERACH can use
the priorities of emergency calls for transmission
bandwidth application.When this switch is set to on,
the EFACH, EPCH, and ERACH use the priorities of
emergency calls for transmission bandwidth
application. When this switch is set to off, the
EFACH, EPCH, and ERACH use the priorities of
non-emergency calls for transmission bandwidth
application.This parameter takes effect only when the
"EmergencyCallAdmitSw" parameter in the "SET
TNSOFTPARA" command is set to on.
17. PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the method for calculating the
proportion of code resources utilized by one operator
when load reshuffling (LDR) is triggered due to cell
code resource congestion in the following scenarios:
The ICR Demarcation or MOCN Demarcation feature

WCDMA RAN

nd
is enabled, and the "NbmSFLdcUeSelSwitch"

parameter in the "MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH"
command is set to NBM_SF_LDC_DEMARC. When
this switch is turned on, the proportion of code
resources utilized by one operator is calculated by
dividing the code resources actually used by the
operator by the sum of code resources used by each
operator. When this switch is turned off, the
proportion of code resources utilized one operator is
calculated by dividing the code resources actually
used by the operator by the total code resources.
18. PERFENH_PUC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
optimize the Potential User Control (PUC) algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, the PUC algorithm can
adjust selection/reselection parameters of all inter-
frequency neighboring cells requiring adjustment.
When this switch is turned off, the PUC algorithm
adjusts the selection/reselection parameters of only
some inter-frequency neighboring cells.
19.
PERFENH_PSBERRC_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the algorithm for selecting PS
BE UEs in RRC connection setup phase for resource
preemption. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm is optimized, and resources of these UEs
can be accurately identified. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm is not optimized.
20. PERFENH_DYNSHUTDOWN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the dynamic carrier shutdown
function. When this switch is turned on, the cell
selection algorithm for inter-frequency handover is
optimized, thereby improving the outgoing handover
success rate and the cell shutdown success rate. When
this switch is turned off, the cell selection algorithm
for inter-frequency handover is not optimized.
21. PERFENH_SIB4_AC_LIST_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the cell system information SIB4 carries the
Access Class Barred List.
1: This switch is turned on, and the cell system
information SIB4 does not carry the Access Class
Barred List.
0: This switch is turned off, and the cell system
information SIB4 carries the Access Class Barred
List.
22.
PERFENH_RESREQ_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the timer for acknowledging the

WCDMA RAN

nd
radio resource request in a cell. When this switch is

turned on, the length of this timer equals the value of
the RBRECFGRSPTMR parameter in the SET
USTATETIMER command plus 3s. When this switch
is turned off, the length of this timer equals the value
of the CellRrRsltTimerLen parameter in the SET
UCERRMTIMER command.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_MULTIRAB_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_RRC_PREEMPT_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH
, PERFENH_CODEADJ_TIME_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSMODIFY_ADMPRE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CHTYPE_CHG_PFM_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH, PERFENH_HSPA_SHO_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DCLOAD_REMAIN_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PUC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSBERRC_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DYNSHUTDOWN_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB4_AC_LIST_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RESREQ_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
H,
PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
:
0,PERFENH_RRC_PREEMPT_RSRC_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_CODEADJ_TIME_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_SRBDCH_CODE_CACOPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DEMARC_NODEB_TYPE_REF_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_QOSSHUTDOWN_BY_LOAD_LIC_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_EVENT_MEAS_ELEM_PROC_OPT_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_CSMODIFY_ADMPRE_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CHTYPE_CHG_PFM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ONE_CNOP_NO_PLMN_LIST_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_DC_HSDPA_GROUP_LOAD_OPT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_HSPA_SHO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DCLOAD_REMAIN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CCH_IUB_RSRC_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,
PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_PUC_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_PSBERRC_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DYNSHUTDOWN_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SIB4_AC_LIST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RESREQ_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- MOCN Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 140223 Cell 1.
tch2 ARA WRFD- Resourc PERFENH_MULTIRAB_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH
020101 e : Whether a UE can preempt multiple RABs from UEs
Demarc processing combined services. When this switch is set
WRFD- ation
010688 to on, a UE can preempt multiple RABs from UEs
Admissi processing combined services if cell resources are
on insufficient. When this switch is set to off, a UE can
Control preempt only one RAB from UEs processing
Downlin combined services if cell resources are insufficient.
k Note: This solution is always effective during resource
Enhance preemption for platinum UEs and UEs initiating
d emergency calls.
CELL_F 2.
ACH PERFENH_RRC_PREEMPT_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC re-calculates the resources for
preemption if RRC UEs are to be preempted. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC re-calculates the
resources for preemption after releasing the resources
preempted from RAB UEs if RRC UEs are to be
preempted. When this switch is set to off, the RNC
does not re-calculate the resources for preemption if
RRC UEs are to be preempted.
Note: This solution is always effective during resource
preemption for platinum UEs and UEs initiating
emergency calls.
3. PERFENH_CODEADJ_TIME_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to change the duration of the code
readjustment timer. When this switch is turned on, the
duration of the code readjustment timer is changed to
the value of "HoPhychRecfgTmr" in "SET
USTATETIMER" plus 3s. When this switch is turned
off, the duration of the code readjustment timer is
fixed to 6s.
4.
WITCH: Code admission optimization switch for
HSDPA SRB over DCH. When this switch is set to
off, the code admission optimization switch for
HSDPA SRB over DCH is not enabled. When this
switch is set to on, the code admission optimization
switch for HSDPA SRB over DCH is enabled.
5.
PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to set the maximum scheduling period for
SIB3 to 160 ms. When this switch is set to off, the
maximum scheduling period for SIB3 is 40960 ms.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is set to on, the maximum

scheduling period for SIB3 is 160 ms.
6. PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the SIB3 scheduling optimization
function. When this switch is set to off, the scheduling
period for SIB3 is equal to, half, or two times the
maximum scheduling period among SIB1/SIB5/
SIB11. When this switch is set to on, the scheduling
period for SIB3 is 1/8 of the maximum scheduling
period among SIB1/SIB5/SIB11. In addition, the
scheduling period for SIB7 is extended to 160 ms.
7.
CH: Whether the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
feature in a cell depends on the sharing type of the
NodeB. The sharing type of a NodeB is specified by
the "SharingType" parameter in the "ADD UNODEB"
command. When this switch is set to on, the MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation feature in a cell depends
on the sharing type of the NodeB. That is, when the
"SharingType" parameter for the NodeB is set to
MOCN, the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
feature takes effect in the cells under the NodeB. In
other cases, this feature does not take effect in the
cells under the NodeB. When this switch is set to off,
the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation feature in a
cell does not depend on the sharing type of the
NodeB.
8.
WITCH: Whether the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based
on QoS feature is controlled by the license for the
Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load
feature. When this switch is set to on, the Multi-
Carrier Switch off Based on QoS feature is controlled
by the license for the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based
on Traffic Load feature. When this switch is set to off,
the Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS feature is
not controlled by the license for the Multi-Carrier
Switch off Based on Traffic Load feature.
9.
WITCH: Whether the RNC processes IEs in event
measurement reports sent by the NodeB. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC processes IEs in the event
measurement reports. When this switch is set to on,

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RNC does not process IEs in the event

measurement reports.
10.
PERFENH_CSMODIFY_ADMPRE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether CS RAB modification can use the same
policy as CS RAB setup for admission and
preemption. When this switch is set to on, CS RAB
modification uses the same priority as CS RAB setup
for admission. During preemption, CS RAB
modification has the same preempting capability as
CS RAB setup and can preempt resources of the same
UEs as CS RAB setup. When this switch is set to off,
CS RAB modification uses different policies from CS
RAB setup for admission and preemption. CS RAB
modification cannot use functions such as admission
guarantee for CS AMR (controlled by the
"CSRABCacOptSwitch" parameter) and CS forcibly
preempting PS (controlled by the
"PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable" parameter).
11.
PERFENH_CHTYPE_CHG_PFM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized channel type
switching function. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not include the D2H, H2D, E2D, or D2E
procedure in the VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallReq and
VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallAcc counters. When this
switch is set to on, the RNC includes the D2H, H2D,
E2D, and D2E procedures in the
VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallReq and
VS.RAC.TrChSwitchCallAcc counters.
12.
H: Whether the IE "Multiple PLMN List" is deliverd
in cells that are served by an MOCN NodeB but
belong to one operator.
1: This switch is turned on. The IE "Multiple PLMN
List" is deliverd in cells that are served by an MOCN
NodeB but belong to one operator.
0: This switch is turned off. The IE "Multiple PLMN
List" is not deliverd in cells that are served by an
MOCN NodeB but belong to one operator.
13.
TCH: Whether to optimize the downlink power load
decision and broadcasting method for DC-HSDPA
carrier groups. When this parameter is set to on, the
RNC uses the same method for determining the LDR

WCDMA RAN

nd
state and OLC state of downlink power load for DC-

HSDPA carrier groups as that for SC-HSDPA carrier
groups. In addition, the RNC considers the load state
of DC-HSDPA carrier groups when reporting UMTS
cell load state to another system.
14. PERFENH_HSPA_SHO_OPT_SWITCH: An
HSPA service has been established and the RNC has
added a non-serving link for this HSPA service in a
cell that does not support HSUPA. This switch
controls whether the RNC identifies the HSPA service
in this cell.When this switch is set to on, the RNC
does not identify the HSPA service in this cell.When
this switch is set to off, the RNC identifies the HSPA
service in this cell.
15.
PERFENH_DCLOAD_REMAIN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC needs to obtain the load
information of a peer cell from the load broadcast
message when calculating the remaining DC
resources. When this switch is set to on, if the primary
and secondary cells belong to the same subsystem, the
RNC directly obtains the load information of a peer
cell when calculating the remaining DC resources
without obtaining the load information from the load
broadcast message. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC always obtains the load information of a peer
cell from the load broadcast message when calculating
the remaining DC resources.
16.
H: Whether the EFACH, EPCH, and ERACH can use
the priorities of emergency calls for transmission
bandwidth application.When this switch is set to on,
the EFACH, EPCH, and ERACH use the priorities of
emergency calls for transmission bandwidth
application. When this switch is set to off, the
EFACH, EPCH, and ERACH use the priorities of
non-emergency calls for transmission bandwidth
application.This parameter takes effect only when the
"EmergencyCallAdmitSw" parameter in the "SET
TNSOFTPARA" command is set to on.
17. PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the method for calculating the
proportion of code resources utilized by one operator
when load reshuffling (LDR) is triggered due to cell
code resource congestion in the following scenarios:
The ICR Demarcation or MOCN Demarcation feature

WCDMA RAN

nd
is enabled, and the "NbmSFLdcUeSelSwitch"

parameter in the "MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH"
command is set to NBM_SF_LDC_DEMARC. When
this switch is turned on, the proportion of code
resources utilized by one operator is calculated by
dividing the code resources actually used by the
operator by the sum of code resources used by each
operator. When this switch is turned off, the
proportion of code resources utilized one operator is
calculated by dividing the code resources actually
used by the operator by the total code resources.
18. PERFENH_PUC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
optimize the Potential User Control (PUC) algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, the PUC algorithm can
adjust selection/reselection parameters of all inter-
frequency neighboring cells requiring adjustment.
When this switch is turned off, the PUC algorithm
adjusts the selection/reselection parameters of only
some inter-frequency neighboring cells.
19.
PERFENH_PSBERRC_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the algorithm for selecting PS
BE UEs in RRC connection setup phase for resource
preemption. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm is optimized, and resources of these UEs
can be accurately identified. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm is not optimized.
20. PERFENH_DYNSHUTDOWN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the dynamic carrier shutdown
function. When this switch is turned on, the cell
selection algorithm for inter-frequency handover is
optimized, thereby improving the outgoing handover
success rate and the cell shutdown success rate. When
this switch is turned off, the cell selection algorithm
for inter-frequency handover is not optimized.
21. PERFENH_SIB4_AC_LIST_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the cell system information SIB4 carries the
Access Class Barred List.
1: This switch is turned on, and the cell system
information SIB4 does not carry the Access Class
Barred List.
0: This switch is turned off, and the cell system
information SIB4 carries the Access Class Barred
List.
22.
PERFENH_RESREQ_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the timer for acknowledging the

WCDMA RAN

nd
radio resource request in a cell. When this switch is

turned on, the length of this timer equals the value of
the RBRECFGRSPTMR parameter in the SET
USTATETIMER command plus 3s. When this switch
is turned off, the length of this timer equals the value
of the CellRrRsltTimerLen parameter in the SET
UCERRMTIMER command.
GUI Value Range:
,
WITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
H, PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
H,
H,
PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
:
0,PERFENH_RRC_PREEMPT_RSRC_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_CODEADJ_TIME_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_SRBDCH_CODE_CACOPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DEMARC_NODEB_TYPE_REF_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_QOSSHUTDOWN_BY_LOAD_LIC_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_EVENT_MEAS_ELEM_PROC_OPT_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_CSMODIFY_ADMPRE_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CHTYPE_CHG_PFM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ONE_CNOP_NO_PLMN_LIST_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_DC_HSDPA_GROUP_LOAD_OPT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_HSPA_SHO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DCLOAD_REMAIN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CCH_IUB_RSRC_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,
PERFENH_DEMARC_SF_LDC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_PUC_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_PSBERRC_PREEMPT_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DYNSHUTDOWN_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SIB4_AC_LIST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RESREQ_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0
SrbRate BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

CovSelS 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 Switch for the coverage-based adaptive SRB rate
witch ATECO Kbps adjustment algorithm.
VSEL RRC
Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm takes effect
ion and during a CS service setup (through CELL_PCH/
Radio URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state transitions) or
Access an RRC connection setup in the CELL_DCH state.
Bearer 0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm does not
Establis take effect during a CS service setup (through
hment CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state
and transitions) or an RRC connection setup in the
Release CELL_DCH state.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
SrbRate BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

CovSelS 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 Switch for the coverage-based adaptive SRB rate
witch ATECO Kbps adjustment algorithm.
VSEL RRC
Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm takes effect
ion and during a CS service setup (through CELL_PCH/
Radio URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state transitions) or
Access an RRC connection setup in the CELL_DCH state.
Bearer 0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm does not
Establis take effect during a CS service setup (through
hment CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state
and transitions) or an RRC connection setup in the
Release CELL_DCH state.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
RrcSetS BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Strong coverage threshold of the coverage-
rbRateG 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 based adaptive SRB rate adjustment algorithm during
oodEcN ATECO Kbps RRC connection setup. If the Ec/No carried in an
oThd VSEL RRC RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is greater
Connect than or equal to the value of this parameter, 27.2 kbit/s
ion and SRBs are allocated during RRC connection setup. If
Radio the Ec/No is less than the value of the
Access "RrcSetSrbRateBadEcNoThd" parameter, 3.4 kbit/s
Bearer SRBs are allocated during RRC connection setup. If
Establis the Ec/No is between the two parameters' values, 13.6
hment kbit/s SRBs are allocated during RRC connection
and setup.
Release GUI Value Range: -24~0
Unit: dB
Default Value: -8
RrcSetS BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Strong coverage threshold of the coverage-
rbRateG 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 based adaptive SRB rate adjustment algorithm during
oodEcN ATECO Kbps RRC connection setup. If the Ec/No carried in an
oThd VSEL RRC RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is greater
Connect than or equal to the value of this parameter, 27.2 kbit/s
ion and SRBs are allocated during RRC connection setup. If
Radio the Ec/No is less than the value of the
Access "RrcSetSrbRateBadEcNoThd" parameter, 3.4 kbit/s
Bearer SRBs are allocated during RRC connection setup. If
Establis the Ec/No is between the two parameters' values, 13.6
hment kbit/s SRBs are allocated during RRC connection
and setup.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -8

WCDMA RAN

nd
RrcSetS BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Weak coverage threshold of the coverage-
rbRateB 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 based adaptive SRB rate adjustment algorithm during
adEcNo ATECO Kbps RRC connection setup. If the Ec/No carried in an
Thd VSEL RRC RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is greater
Connect than or equal to the value of the "RrcSetSrbRateGoo-
ion and dEcNoThd" parameter, 27.2 kbit/s SRBs are allocated
Radio during RRC connection setup. If the Ec/No is less
Access than the value of the "RrcSetSrbRateBadEcNoThd"
Bearer parameter, 3.4 kbit/s SRBs are allocated during RRC
Establis connection setup. If the Ec/No is between the two
hment parameters' values, 13.6 kbit/s SRBs are allocated
and during RRC connection setup.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
RrcSetS BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Weak coverage threshold of the coverage-
rbRateB 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 based adaptive SRB rate adjustment algorithm during
adEcNo ATECO Kbps RRC connection setup. If the Ec/No carried in an
Thd VSEL RRC RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is greater
Connect than or equal to the value of the "RrcSetSrbRateGoo-
ion and dEcNoThd" parameter, 27.2 kbit/s SRBs are allocated
Radio during RRC connection setup. If the Ec/No is less
Access than the value of the "RrcSetSrbRateBadEcNoThd"
Bearer parameter, 3.4 kbit/s SRBs are allocated during RRC
Establis connection setup. If the Ec/No is between the two
hment parameters' values, 13.6 kbit/s SRBs are allocated
and during RRC connection setup.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

WCDMA RAN

nd
RrcSetu BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: RRC connection setup cause values
pSrbRat 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 recognized by the coverage-based adaptive SRB rate
eSelSet ATECO Kbps adjustment algorithm.
VSEL RRC GUI Value Range: ORIGCONVCALLEST,
Connect ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST,
ion and ORIGBKGCALLEST, ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALL-
Radio EST, TERMCONVCALLEST,
Access TERMSTREAMCALLEST,
Bearer TERMINTERCALLEST, TERMBKGCALLEST,
Establis EMERGCALLEST, INTERRATCELLRESELEST,
hment INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST, REGISTEST,
and DETACHEST, ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
Release ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST, CALLREEST,
TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST,
TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN, MBMSCALLEST,
DEFAULTEST
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ORIGCONVCALLEST,
ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST,
ORIGBKGCALLEST, ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALL-
EST, TERMCONVCALLEST,
TERMSTREAMCALLEST,
TERMINTERCALLEST, TERMBKGCALLEST,
EMERGCALLEST, INTERRATCELLRESELEST,
INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST, REGISTEST,
DETACHEST, ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST, CALLREEST,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST,
DEFAULTEST
Default Value: ORIGCONVCALLEST:1,
ORIGSTREAMCALLEST:0,
ORIGINTERCALLEST:0, ORIGBKGCALLEST:0,
ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALLEST:0,
TERMCONVCALLEST:1,
TERMSTREAMCALLEST:0,
TERMINTERCALLEST:0, TERMBKGCALLEST:0,
EMERGCALLEST:1, INTERRATCELLRESELEST:
0, INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST:0,
REGISTEST:0, DETACHEST:0,
ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST:0,
ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST:0, CALLREEST:0,
TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST:0,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN:0, MBMSCALLEST:0,
DEFAULTEST:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RrcSetu BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: RRC connection setup cause values
pSrbRat 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 recognized by the coverage-based adaptive SRB rate
eSelSet ATECO Kbps adjustment algorithm.
VSEL RRC GUI Value Range: ORIGCONVCALLEST,
Connect ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST,
ion and ORIGBKGCALLEST, ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALL-
Radio EST, TERMCONVCALLEST,
Access TERMSTREAMCALLEST,
Bearer TERMINTERCALLEST, TERMBKGCALLEST,
Establis EMERGCALLEST, INTERRATCELLRESELEST,
hment INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST, REGISTEST,
and DETACHEST, ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
Release ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST, CALLREEST,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST,
DEFAULTEST
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ORIGCONVCALLEST,
ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST,
ORIGBKGCALLEST, ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALL-
EST, TERMCONVCALLEST,
TERMSTREAMCALLEST,
TERMINTERCALLEST, TERMBKGCALLEST,
EMERGCALLEST, INTERRATCELLRESELEST,
INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST, REGISTEST,
DETACHEST, ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST, CALLREEST,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST,
DEFAULTEST
Default Value: ORIGCONVCALLEST:1,
ORIGSTREAMCALLEST:0,
ORIGINTERCALLEST:0, ORIGBKGCALLEST:0,
ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALLEST:0,
TERMCONVCALLEST:1,
TERMSTREAMCALLEST:0,
TERMINTERCALLEST:0, TERMBKGCALLEST:0,
EMERGCALLEST:1, INTERRATCELLRESELEST:
0, INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST:0,
REGISTEST:0, DETACHEST:0,
ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST:0,
ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST:0, CALLREEST:0,
TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST:0,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN:0, MBMSCALLEST:0,
DEFAULTEST:0
UltraFla BSC690 SET WRFD- Ultra- Meaning: SRB rate for Ultra-Flash CSFB. Upon
shCSFB 0 UFRC 160271 Flash receiving a Relocation Request from an Ultra-Flash
SRBRat CSFB CSFB UE, the RNC allocates the rate specified by this
e parameter to SRBs in both the uplink and downlink.
Unit: None
UltraFla BSC691 SET WRFD- Ultra- Meaning: SRB rate for Ultra-Flash CSFB. Upon
shCSFB 0 UFRC 160271 Flash receiving a Relocation Request from an Ultra-Flash
SRBRat CSFB CSFB UE, the RNC allocates the rate specified by this
e parameter to SRBs in both the uplink and downlink.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvdPar BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning:

a1 0 URRCT 010101 R9 1) NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH (QoS Change Switch
RLSWI Specific for NAS)
TCH ations
1: This switch is turned on. For UEs whose HS-DSCH
category is smaller than 13, if the maximum downlink
rate specified in the PDP activation requests from the
UEs exceeds 16 Mbit/s, the requests are sent to the
CN after the rate is changed to 16 Mbit/s.
0: This switch is turned off. The PDP activation
requests are sent to the CN without changing the
2)SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH(Switch for
Permit Incoming CS Inter-RAT Handovers)
1: This switch is turned on. CS Inter-RAT Handovers
are permitted.
0: This switch is turned off. CS Inter-RAT Handovers
are not permitted.
GUI Value Range: RSVDBIT1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH, RSVDBIT1_BIT3,
RSVDBIT1_BIT4, RSVDBIT1_BIT5,
RSVDBIT1_BIT16,
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSVDBIT1_BIT1,
RSVDBIT1_BIT16,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RSVDBIT1_BIT32
Default Value:
RSVDBIT1_BIT1:0,NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH:
1,RSVDBIT1_BIT3:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT4:0,RSVDBIT
1_BIT5:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT6:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT7:0,R
SVDBIT1_BIT8:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT9:0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT10:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT11:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT12:0,
RSVDBIT1_BIT13:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT14:0,RSVDBI
T1_BIT15:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT16:0,SYSHO_CSIN_PE
RMIT_SWITCH:
1,RSVDBIT1_BIT18:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT19:1,RSVDB
IT1_BIT20:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT21:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT2
2:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT23:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT24:1,RSV
DBIT1_BIT25:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT26:1,RSVDBIT1_B
IT27:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT28:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT29:1,R
SVDBIT1_BIT30:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT31:1,RSVDBIT
1_BIT32:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvdPar BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning:

a1 0 URRCT 010101 R9 1) NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH (QoS Change Switch
RLSWI Specific for NAS)
TCH ations
1: This switch is turned on. For UEs whose HS-DSCH
category is smaller than 13, if the maximum downlink
rate specified in the PDP activation requests from the
UEs exceeds 16 Mbit/s, the requests are sent to the
CN after the rate is changed to 16 Mbit/s.
0: This switch is turned off. The PDP activation
requests are sent to the CN without changing the
2)SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH(Switch for
Permit Incoming CS Inter-RAT Handovers)
1: This switch is turned on. CS Inter-RAT Handovers
are permitted.
0: This switch is turned off. CS Inter-RAT Handovers
are not permitted.
GUI Value Range: RSVDBIT1_BIT1,
RSVDBIT1_BIT16,
RSVDBIT1_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSVDBIT1_BIT1,
RSVDBIT1_BIT16,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RSVDBIT1_BIT32
Default Value:
RSVDBIT1_BIT1:0,NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH:
1,RSVDBIT1_BIT3:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT4:0,RSVDBIT
1_BIT5:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT6:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT7:0,R
SVDBIT1_BIT8:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT9:0,RSVDBIT1_
BIT10:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT11:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT12:0,
RSVDBIT1_BIT13:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT14:0,RSVDBI
T1_BIT15:0,RSVDBIT1_BIT16:0,SYSHO_CSIN_PE
RMIT_SWITCH:
1,RSVDBIT1_BIT18:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT19:1,RSVDB
IT1_BIT20:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT21:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT2
2:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT23:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT24:1,RSV
DBIT1_BIT25:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT26:1,RSVDBIT1_B
IT27:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT28:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT29:1,R
SVDBIT1_BIT30:1,RSVDBIT1_BIT31:1,RSVDBIT
1_BIT32:1
IRatHo BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning: Timer set for the RNC to wait for the
WaitPS 0 USTAT 150215 from RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
RelocRe ETIME LTE to domain if the RNC has received the message from the
qTmr R UMTS CS domain during incoming inter-RAT handovers for
with PS CS+PS combined services.
Handov GUI Value Range: 100~10000
er
Unit: ms
Default Value: 3000
WaitPS 0 USTAT 150215 from RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
RelocRe ETIME LTE to domain if the RNC has received the message from the
qTmr R UMTS CS domain during incoming inter-RAT handovers for
er
Unit: ms
Default Value: 3000

WCDMA RAN

nd
WaitCS 0 USTAT 150215 from RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
RelocRe ETIME LTE to domain if the RNC has received this message from the
qTmr R UMTS PS domain during incoming inter-RAT handovers for
er
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
WaitCS 0 USTAT 150215 from RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
RelocRe ETIME LTE to domain if the RNC has received this message from the
qTmr R UMTS PS domain during incoming inter-RAT handovers for
er
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 150215 from 1)PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILAB
tch8 RLSWI WRFD- LTE to LE(Optimize RAB Release Due to GTP-U Resource
TCH 160271 UMTS Unavailable)
with PS
WRFD- Handov Whether the RNC initiates RAB release requests due
160270 er to unavailable GTP-U resources when the RNC
performs PDP deactivation.
Ultra-
Flash 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
CSFB does not initiate RAB releases due to unavailable
GTP-U resources.
Camp &
Handov 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
er Based initiates RAB releases due to unavailable GTP-U
on SPI resources.
2)MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
ITCH(Maintain Two Integrity Configuration Switch)
Whether the RNC retains two different sets of
integrity protection parameters and activation times
when the uplink integrity protection is activated at two
different times in two successive security modes
during the incoming relocation from the PS domain
through CSFB.
retains two different sets of integrity protection
parameters and activation times in the preceding
scenario.
retains the first activation time and the second
integrity protection parameters.
3)DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for DCCC/HHO/CU)
Whether the RNC is forbidden to modify the GTP-U
local IP address at the transport layer during the
DCCC, hard handover, or cell update procedure
initiated by the RNC.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC is
forbidden to modify the GTP-U local IP address at the
transport layer in the preceding scenario.
can modify the GTP-U local IP address at the
4)RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SW
ITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for RAB modification)

WCDMA RAN

nd

local IP address at the transport layer during the RAB
modification procedure initiated by the PS CN.
5)IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH(DSCR switch for Iur Cell Update)
Whether the SRNC directly initiates the Directed
Signalling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
procedure when a cross-Iur F2P or P2P procedure
overlaps a cross-Iur cell update procedure and the
SRNC is processing the cell update message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The SRNC
directly initiates the DSCR procedure instead of the
relocation procedure in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The SRNC
initiates the relocation procedure in the preceding
scenario.
6)STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimiz
e the Measurement of State Transitions)
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, state
transitions in the following scenario are also
measured: A UE initiates a state transition in a cell
under the DRNC and moves to a cell under the SRNC
after the state transition.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, state
transitions in the preceding scenario are not measured.
7)CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH(RB Configuration
Optimization Switch for Cell Update)
Whether the RB configuration information
optimization function is enabled during a cell update
procedure.
1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When SRB
H2D reconfiguration is accompanied by TRB
reconfiguration in cell update scenarios, the TRB
configuration information is correctly updated.
0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RB
configuration information optimization function is
disabled during a cell update procedure.
8)SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC sends a RESET REQUEST

message again to a neighboring RNC over the Iur
interface when the recovery of the master RNC in
node redundancy scenarios overlaps with RNC
startup.
sends a RESET REQUEST message again to a
neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
does not send a RESET REQUEST message again to
a neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
9)SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a Relocation Complete
message to the CN immediately after receiving a
Handover to UTRAN Complete message from the UE
over the Uu interface during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN after
receiving a Handover to UTRAN Complete message
from the UE over the Uu interface and receiving a
Security Mode Command message.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN
immediately after receiving a Handover to UTRAN
Complete message from the UE over the Uu interface.
10)CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends two security mode
commands, one for the CS domain and the other for
the PS domain, during an incoming inter-RAT
handover of CS+PS combined services.
first sends a security mode command to the CS
domain of the CN and then sends a security mode
command to the PS domain of the CN during an
incoming inter-RAT handover of CS+PS combined
services.
only sends a security mode command to the domain
that sends the Relocation Request message at a later
time during an incoming inter-RAT handover of CS
+PS combined services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
11)MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH(SPI
D Selection Optimization Switch for Redirection)
Whether non-supporting UEs select the subscriber
profile ID (SPID) in an optimized way when
accessing the network in a MOCN cell.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Non-
supporting UEs select the SPID of the most recent
serving operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Non-
supporting UEs select the most recent valid SPID.
12)RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the RNC correctly processes a relocation
procedure when the Relocation Request message does
not contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
correctly processes a relocation procedure when the
Relocation Request message does not contain the
Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
occasionally fails to process a relocation procedure
when the Relocation Request message does not
contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
13) RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH
(Send RELOCATION ACK After IuUP Initialized)
Whether the RNC waits until the IuUP initialization is
complete and then sends a RELOCATION ACK
message to the CN during an incoming relocation
procedure.
does not send a RELOCATION ACK message to the
CN until the IuUP initialization is complete during an
incoming relocation procedure.
sends a RELOCATION ACK message to the CN,
regardless of whether the IuUP initialization is
complete.
14)ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether the enhancement of RL reestablishment
optimization takes effect when an active set update
procedure overlaps with a cell update procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect in the preceding procedure overlap

scenario.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization does
not take effect in the preceding procedure overlap
scenario.
15)RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether to enable the enhancement of RL
reestablishment optimization for RB-related
procedures, which are RB setup, RB reconfiguration,
and CPC deactivation through physical channel
reconfiguration.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization is
enabled for RB-related procedures.
not enabled for RB-related procedures.
16)DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reestablishment of a UE in the
CELL_DCH state is supported when the UE sends a
second CELL UPDATE message in another cell after
sending a CELL UPDATE message in a cell.
reestablishment of the UE in the CELL_DCH state is
supported in the preceding scenario.
not supported in the preceding scenario.
17)RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
Whether the one-way audio detection is started at an
earlier time during an SRNS relocation procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The one-way
audio detection is started after the user-plane
resources of the DRNC are prepared.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The one-
way audio detection is started after the SRNS
relocation or inter-RAT handover is complete.
18)RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC delays deleting RLs during an SHO
when the RL restoration times out.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When some
RLs fall out of synchronization or some new RLs are
initially synchronized and when RL restoration times

WCDMA RAN

nd
out, the RNC delays triggering soft handovers and

deleting unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE
in the CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization
and the RL restoration times out, the RNC delays
triggering abnormal release or RL reestablishment.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When some
initially synchronized and when the RL restoration
times out, the RNC triggers soft handovers and deletes
unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE in the
CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization and RL
restoration times out, the RNC triggers abnormal
release or RL reestablishment.
GUI Value Range:
PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILABL
E(PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILA
BLE),
MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SWIT
CH(MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_S
WITCH),
DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWI
TCH(DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP
_SWITCH),
RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWIT
CH(RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH),
IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SWIT
CH(IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_S
WITCH),
STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(STATE_T
RANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH),
CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH(CU_RB_CFG_OPT_S
WITCH),
SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH(SEND_
RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH),
SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH(SYS_HO_
RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH),
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH(CSPS_SYS_H
O_IN_SMC_SWITCH),
MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH(MOCN
_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH),
RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_SWIT
CH(RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_S
WITCH),
RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH,
ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH(ASU_CU_
CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH),
RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH(RB_RL_REE

WCDMA RAN

nd
ST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH),
DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH(DCH_CU_C
HGCELL_OPT_SWITCH),
RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH(RELOC_SIL
ENT_DETECT_SWITCH),
RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH(RL_FAIL_S
USP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
E,
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH,
SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH,
MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH,
RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH
Default Value:
E:
0,MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
ITCH:
0,DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWI
TCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH:0,STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH:
0,MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH:
0,ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 150215 from 1)PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILAB
tch8 RLSWI WRFD- LTE to LE(Optimize RAB Release Due to GTP-U Resource
TCH 160271 UMTS Unavailable)
with PS
WRFD- Handov Whether the RNC initiates RAB release requests due
160270 er to unavailable GTP-U resources when the RNC
performs PDP deactivation.
Ultra-
Flash 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
CSFB does not initiate RAB releases due to unavailable
GTP-U resources.
Camp &
Handov 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
er Based initiates RAB releases due to unavailable GTP-U
on SPI resources.
2)MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
ITCH(Maintain Two Integrity Configuration Switch)
Whether the RNC retains two different sets of
integrity protection parameters and activation times
when the uplink integrity protection is activated at two
different times in two successive security modes
during the incoming relocation from the PS domain
through CSFB.
retains two different sets of integrity protection
parameters and activation times in the preceding
scenario.
retains the first activation time and the second
integrity protection parameters.
3)DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for DCCC/HHO/CU)
local IP address at the transport layer during the
DCCC, hard handover, or cell update procedure
initiated by the RNC.
4)RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SW
ITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for RAB modification)

WCDMA RAN

nd

local IP address at the transport layer during the RAB
modification procedure initiated by the PS CN.
5)IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH(DSCR switch for Iur Cell Update)
Whether the SRNC directly initiates the Directed
Signalling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
procedure when a cross-Iur F2P or P2P procedure
overlaps a cross-Iur cell update procedure and the
SRNC is processing the cell update message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The SRNC
directly initiates the DSCR procedure instead of the
relocation procedure in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The SRNC
initiates the relocation procedure in the preceding
scenario.
6)STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimiz
e the Measurement of State Transitions)
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, state
transitions in the following scenario are also
measured: A UE initiates a state transition in a cell
under the DRNC and moves to a cell under the SRNC
after the state transition.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, state
transitions in the preceding scenario are not measured.
7)CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH(RB Configuration
Optimization Switch for Cell Update)
Whether the RB configuration information
optimization function is enabled during a cell update
procedure.
1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When SRB
H2D reconfiguration is accompanied by TRB
reconfiguration in cell update scenarios, the TRB
configuration information is correctly updated.
0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RB
configuration information optimization function is
disabled during a cell update procedure.
8)SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC sends a RESET REQUEST

message again to a neighboring RNC over the Iur
interface when the recovery of the master RNC in
node redundancy scenarios overlaps with RNC
startup.
sends a RESET REQUEST message again to a
neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
does not send a RESET REQUEST message again to
a neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
9)SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a Relocation Complete
message to the CN immediately after receiving a
Handover to UTRAN Complete message from the UE
over the Uu interface during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN after
receiving a Handover to UTRAN Complete message
from the UE over the Uu interface and receiving a
Security Mode Command message.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN
immediately after receiving a Handover to UTRAN
Complete message from the UE over the Uu interface.
10)CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends two security mode
commands, one for the CS domain and the other for
the PS domain, during an incoming inter-RAT
handover of CS+PS combined services.
first sends a security mode command to the CS
domain of the CN and then sends a security mode
command to the PS domain of the CN during an
incoming inter-RAT handover of CS+PS combined
services.
only sends a security mode command to the domain
that sends the Relocation Request message at a later
time during an incoming inter-RAT handover of CS
+PS combined services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
11)MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH(SPI
D Selection Optimization Switch for Redirection)
Whether non-supporting UEs select the subscriber
profile ID (SPID) in an optimized way when
accessing the network in a MOCN cell.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Non-
supporting UEs select the SPID of the most recent
serving operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Non-
supporting UEs select the most recent valid SPID.
12)RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the RNC correctly processes a relocation
procedure when the Relocation Request message does
not contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
correctly processes a relocation procedure when the
Relocation Request message does not contain the
Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
occasionally fails to process a relocation procedure
when the Relocation Request message does not
contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
13) RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH
(Send RELOCATION ACK After IuUP Initialized)
Whether the RNC waits until the IuUP initialization is
complete and then sends a RELOCATION ACK
message to the CN during an incoming relocation
procedure.
does not send a RELOCATION ACK message to the
CN until the IuUP initialization is complete during an
incoming relocation procedure.
sends a RELOCATION ACK message to the CN,
regardless of whether the IuUP initialization is
complete.
14)ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether the enhancement of RL reestablishment
optimization takes effect when an active set update
procedure overlaps with a cell update procedure.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect in the preceding procedure overlap

scenario.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization does
not take effect in the preceding procedure overlap
scenario.
15)RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether to enable the enhancement of RL
reestablishment optimization for RB-related
procedures, which are RB setup, RB reconfiguration,
and CPC deactivation through physical channel
reconfiguration.
enabled for RB-related procedures.
not enabled for RB-related procedures.
16)DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reestablishment of a UE in the
CELL_DCH state is supported when the UE sends a
second CELL UPDATE message in another cell after
sending a CELL UPDATE message in a cell.
supported in the preceding scenario.
not supported in the preceding scenario.
17)RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
Whether the one-way audio detection is started at an
earlier time during an SRNS relocation procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The one-way
audio detection is started after the user-plane
resources of the DRNC are prepared.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The one-
way audio detection is started after the SRNS
relocation or inter-RAT handover is complete.
18)RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC delays deleting RLs during an SHO
when the RL restoration times out.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When some
initially synchronized and when RL restoration times

WCDMA RAN

nd
out, the RNC delays triggering soft handovers and

deleting unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE
in the CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization
and the RL restoration times out, the RNC delays
triggering abnormal release or RL reestablishment.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When some
initially synchronized and when the RL restoration
times out, the RNC triggers soft handovers and deletes
unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE in the
CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization and RL
restoration times out, the RNC triggers abnormal
release or RL reestablishment.
GUI Value Range:
E(PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILA
BLE),
CH(MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_S
WITCH),
TCH(DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP
_SWITCH),
CH(RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH),
CH(IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_S
WITCH),
STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(STATE_T
RANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH),
CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH(CU_RB_CFG_OPT_S
WITCH),
SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH(SEND_
RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH),
SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH(SYS_HO_
RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH),
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH(CSPS_SYS_H
O_IN_SMC_SWITCH),
MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH(MOCN
_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH),
CH(RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_S
WITCH),
ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH(ASU_CU_
CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH),
RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH(RB_RL_REE

WCDMA RAN

nd
ST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH),
DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH(DCH_CU_C
HGCELL_OPT_SWITCH),
RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH(RELOC_SIL
ENT_DETECT_SWITCH),
RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH(RL_FAIL_S
USP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
E,
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH,
SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH,
MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH,
RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH
Default Value:
E:
0,MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
ITCH:
0,DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWI
TCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH:0,STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH:
0,MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH:
0,ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITC
tch4 RLSWI H(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
TCH
When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related
procedure succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged
mode (AM) or the size of the RLC PDU changes in
AM; the RLC entity is not reestablished for the TRB.
As a result, data transmission fails on the user plane,
and the TRB is reset. This parameter specifies whether
the RNC reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that
use AM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RLC entity is
reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is not
2)RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM
TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE.
Services are interrupted. This parameter specifies
whether the RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that
use UM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. If the TRB has been
established for the UE, RL reestablishment is not
performed in the preceding scenario even if its trigger
conditions are met.
0: This switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is
performed in the preceding scenario when its trigger
conditions are met.
3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC RL
Reestablishment Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC receives a complete message from
the UE during radio link (RL) reestablishment over
the Iur interface.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a

complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not receive
a complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
4)URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH
Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-
entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAN processes the
cell update procedure during a state transition from
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAN determines that
the cell update procedure is abnormally triggered and
therefore does not process the procedure. As a result,
the cell update procedure times out, and the UE's
connection is abnormally released, increasing the call
drop rate.
5)RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannot
receive this message in UM can now correctly receive
this message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in UM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state.
6)RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message in AM to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to
the CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that
cannot receive this message in UM can now correctly
receive this message.

WCDMA RAN

nd

BEARER RECONFIGURATION message in UM to a
the CELL_FACH state.
7)RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_DCH state.
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to
the CELL_DCH state. Therefore, those UEs that
the CELL_DCH state.
8)RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations at 3:00
a.m..
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC does
not calculate the number of UEs that are processing a
signaling procedure into these two counters.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC calculates the
number of UEs that are processing a signaling
procedure into these two counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates
the number of these UEs into these two counters again
after their signaling procedures are complete.
9)TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable load sharing for the SRNS
relocations and incoming Inter-RAT handover
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. During an SRNS
relocation and incoming Inter-RAT handover
procedure, the signaling and SCCP are processed by
the same signaling subsystem, and load sharing is
implemented between signaling subsystems.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS

procedure, the signaling is processed by the signaling
subsystem that carries the serving cell.
10)IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page
UEs When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection)
Whether the RNC sends paging messages to UEs in
the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends paging
messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH
states when these UEs are releasing their connections
in the CS or PS domain.
paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain.
11)CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup.
1: This switch is set to on. The CPC is configured in
an optimized way during RL setup. That is, if the RL
activation time is carried, the RNC forwards the RL
activation time to the NodeB during RL setup. If the
RL activation time is not carried, the RNC changes
the Enabling Delay to 128.
0: This switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured
in an optimized way. That is, the RNC neither
forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB during
RL setup nor changes the Enabling Delay.
12) D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P)
Whether to release the RRC connection after an L2
deactivation failure during the D2P state transition.
released after an L2 deactivation failure.
not released after an L2 deactivation failure. The UE
stays in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, and the
dedicated channel is released.

WCDMA RAN

nd
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch)
Whether special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their
RRC CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell
is enabled with E-FACH.
1: This switch is set to on. the RNC retransmits the
last RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the E-
FACH if special users do not respond to the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message on the FACH. If the
UE returns an RRC CONNECTION SETUP CMP
message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH state during
data transmission.
0: This switch is set to off. no special processing is
performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D)
Whether the RNC discards a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message
received from a UE during P2D state transitions when
the value of the "RRC transaction identifier" IE in the
message is incorrect.
message and waits for the UE's response.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the
P2D state transition procedure.
15)
AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWIT
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled)
Whether the RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures
in the scenario where the narrowband AMRC function
takes effect.
rollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services
experience hard handover failures in the preceding
scenario.
scenario.
16)RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes

to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes only to the RLs on the E-DCH
for UEs in the CELL_DCH state during UE-not-
involved relocations.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved
relocations.
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update)
Whether the RNC supports the concurrence of the
compressed mode (CM) procedure and the cell update
procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC rolls back the
CM procedure and then processes the cell update
message.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not support
the concurrence of the CM procedure and the cell
update procedure.
18)DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
(which carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs)
over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is set to on. the radio link
interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface.
0: This switch is set to off, the radio link
interface fails after the DRNC receives the preceding
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE
message over the Iur interface.
19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface
messages in an optimized way.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. the RNC allocates

TransIDs independently to each NodeB to prevent the
message out-of-order problem caused by NodeBs'
responses carrying the same TransID.
0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates a set of
TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs.
20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature in the
following scenario: The UE has established a service
and the service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE
initiates a second service and the second service
experiences a cell update failure during its setup and is
rolled back.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly
configures the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature and correctly processes the service setup and
cell update rollback in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC cannot
correctly configure the parameters related to the
enhanced L2 feature, and consequently call drops
occur.
21)ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH
Radio link (RL) reestablishment optimization switch
for the scenario where the following functions are
enabled: RB fast setup function for RB setups
accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs, and
hard handover fast reconfiguration.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC determines
whether a new RL is synchronized and whether the
CELL UPDATE message carries the reconfiguration
tag. If the RL is not synchronized and the CELL
UPDATE message does not carry the reconfiguration
tag, the RL is reestablished.
When this switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of
RL reestablishment remain unchanged.
22)RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch)
Whether the IMSI-based handover feature takes effect
in multioperator core network (MOCN) scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on. In MOCN scenarios, the
RNC releases the connections of the UEs using a
certain international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)
after receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the

RNC does not release the connections of the UEs
using a certain IMSI after receiving a COMMON ID
23)IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_S
WITCH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify
IE in RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE Messages over Iur)
Whether the RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in
the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field
will remain unchanged after the reconfiguration.
1: This switch is set to on. the RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over the
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-to-
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after
the reconfiguration. In this case, the DRNC can
successfully reinitiate a relocation process after a UE
of Release 6 and earlier versions whose SRB is carried
on an HSDPA channel is relocated to the DRNC.
0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO LINK
Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueue-Info-to-
Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate and
DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after
being relocated to the DRNC.
24)URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SW
ITCH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change
During URA Update)
Whether paging is performed when the location area
code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of the target
cell differs from that of the source cell during a
UTRAN registration area (URA) update.
1: This switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in
0: This switch is set to off. Paging is performed in the
preceding scenario.
25)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimi
ze CS Paging During Cell Update)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC optimizes CS paging that occurs

during a cell update procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC optimizes CS
paging that occurs during a cell update procedure.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not
optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CS
called partly is long.
26)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH(S
RVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an
SRVCC incoming relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CS CK during an
SRVCC incoming relocation. This prevents relocation
failures caused by incorrect CKs.
0: This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CK of the last released
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the
last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation
fails.
27)SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent
by the cell broadcast center (CBC) server.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC correctly
processes the messages whose size is greater than 32
Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC cannot correctly
process the messages whose size is greater than
32Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
28)CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH(
Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process
Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in
processing method is used.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29)INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for
Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers)
Whether the optimized integrity protection function is
enabled for incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handovers.
1: This switch is set to on. The integrity protection
function is immediately activated for SRB0 to SRB4
after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is
complete.
0: This switch is set to off. The integrity protection
function is activated only for SRB2 after the incoming
L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is complete. The
integrity protection for other SRBs (SRB0, SRB1,
SRB3, and SRB4) is activated only after the UE sends
a message.
30)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH(
Optimize CS Paging During RRC Procedures)
when a UE is paged in the CS domain during an RRC
connection setup procedure.
performs optimized processing when a UE is paged in
the CS domain during an RRC connection setup
procedure.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The access
delay of the CS paging procedure increases.
31)INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services)
Whether the rate optimization policy is applied in the
scenario where the radio link (RL) for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB.
1: This switch is set to on. The rate optimization
policy is applied in the scenario where the RL for
HSPA services changes inside the NodeB.
0: This switch is set to off. The rate optimization
policy is not applied in the scenario where the RL for
32)DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)
Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the
Iur interface can be correctly processed.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND

message over the Iur interface can be correctly
processed.
0: This switch is set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND
message over the Iur interface cannot be correctly
processed.
GUI Value Range:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,
WITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWIT
CH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,
CH,
RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITC
H, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,
IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,
IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWIT
CH,
URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWIT
CH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH,
INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH
, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
CH,
H,
SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
,
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
L2USR BSC690 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning: ARP value to identify an emergency call in
VCCEm 0 UFRC 150215 from CS only SRVCC handover or CS+PS SRVCC
erCallA LTE to handover. During LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC, if the ARP
RP UMTS value included in a RELOCATION REQUEST
with PS message for an AMR service is the same as the value
Handov of this parameter, the RNC identifies the AMR service
er as an emergency call. When this parameter is set to 0,
the RNC does not determine whether an emergency
call is involved in CS only SRVCC handover or CS
+PS SRVCC handover.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
L2USR BSC691 SET WRFD- SRVCC Meaning: ARP value to identify an emergency call in
VCCEm 0 UFRC 150215 from CS only SRVCC handover or CS+PS SRVCC
erCallA LTE to handover. During LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC, if the ARP
RP UMTS value included in a RELOCATION REQUEST
with PS message for an AMR service is the same as the value
Handov of this parameter, the RNC identifies the AMR service
er as an emergency call. When this parameter is set to 0,
the RNC does not determine whether an emergency
call is involved in CS only SRVCC handover or CS
+PS SRVCC handover.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- Cell Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 021102 Barring 1)INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH.
CH RLSWI WRFD- Layered
TCH 1: This switch is turned on. RNC will start Invoke
150205 Paging Trace procedure upon receiving INVOKE TRACE
WRFD- in Idle Message form CN.
150204 Mode
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not start the
WRFD- Platinu Invoke Trace procedure though it receives the
010101 m User INVOKE TRACE message.
Prioritizi
WRFD- 2)SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST.
ng
150231
3GPP 1: This switch is turned on. The SIB1 does not contain
WRFD- broken-down CN information. In this case, the UE
020500 R9
Specific will not select broken-down network when Iu
WRFD- ations transmission failure occurs.
021303 0: This switch is turned off. The SIB1 contains the
RIM
WRFD- Based broken-down CN information. In this case, the UE
020132 UMTS will select broken-down network but the RNC will
WRFD- Target reject the request when Iu transmission failure occurs.
020124 Cell 3)DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR.
WRFD- Selectio Whether the Directed Signaling Connection re-
140206 n for establishment (DSCR) procedure is triggered during a
LTE cell update over the Iur interface for UEs that are not
WRFD-
020134 Enhance in the CELL_DCH state or for UEs that are in the
d Fast CELL_DCH state and do not have an Iur connection.
WRFD-
Dorman This switch is set on the drift radio network controller
020128
cy (DRNC) side.
WRFD-
IMSI 1: This switch is turned on. DRNC will start DSCR
0106121
Based procedure directly in RRC states other than
2
Handov CELL_DCH or CELL_DCH that do not have an Iur
WRFD- er connection.
010641
Web 0: This switch is turned off. DRNC will transfer RRC
WRFD- browsin CELL UPDATE message to SRNC.
020806 g 4)PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH (Platinum
accelerat user identify enhancement switch)
ion
Whether platinum users are identified in DRNC or
Uplink relocation scenarios.
Flow
Control 1: This switch is turned on. Platinum users are
of User identified and their services are guaranteed in DRNC
Plane or relocation scenarios.
Layered 0: This switch is turned off. Platinum users are not

Paging identified in DRNC or relocation scenarios.
in 5)RNC_SHARE_SWITCH.
URA_P 1: This switch is turned on. The traffic sharing
CH function is enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Push to 0: This switch is turned off. The traffic sharing

Talk function is disabled, service access will be affected
Quality under heavy traffic.
Improve 6)RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH.
ment for 1: This switch is turned on. Imsi handover function
Subscrib will be used.
ed
0: This switch is turned off. Imsi handover function
Service
will not be used.
HSUPA 7)TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH.
Iub
Flow 1: This switch is turned on. Terminal version R4 will
Control debase to R99.
in Case 0: This switch is turned off. Terminal version R4 will
of Iub not debase to R99.
Congesti 8)SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH.
on
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC will add
HSUPA ciphering byte at GSM HANDOVER COMMAND if
Adaptiv the GSM system do not add any cipher information at
e that message.
Transmi 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC will not add
ssion ciphering byte at GSM HANDOVER COMMAND if
Differen the GSM system do not add any cipher information at
tiated that message.
Service 9)SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG.
Based
on SPI 1: This switch is turned on. The cipher configuration
Weight in the added cipher byte in GSM will be A5/1.
0: This switch is turned off. The cipher configuration
is A5/0.
10)BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST.
1: This switch is turned on. Cell will be bared when
CS domain is invalid.
0: This switch is turned off. The CS domain will be
bared when CS domain is invalid.
It is invalid If SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
is not checked.
11)CR2284R1_SWITCH.
processing based on CR2284R1, that is, based on the
description in section 8.6.6.28 of Release 5 TS 25.331.
In this section, it describes that the HFN is increased
by one when RB setup is accompanied by a Timing
re-initialized hard handover.
0: This switch is turned off. The HFN is not increased

WCDMA RAN

nd
12)CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE.
1: This switch is turned on. CDT trace function starts
tracing from message RRC CONNECT REQUEST.
0: This switch is turned off. CDT trace function starts
tracing from message COMMON ID.
13)CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
CR2284R1 causes the compatible problem. if UE is
not consistent with RNC regarding whether accept the
CR2284R1 or not, it will cause the problem of
streaming when UEs are communicating with each
other. So RNC creates this switch. when it is checked,
RNC is auto-adaptive to accept the CR2284R1
according to UE version information. The principles
that RNC judges UE whether to accept the CR2284R1
are as follows: R5 and above UE accepts the CR;
R99/R4 UE, if it receives the START LIST value from
RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE
accepts the CR; R99/R4 UE, if it only receives the
START value from RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC
figures that UE does not accept the CR; when it is not
checked, whether RNC accept the CR or not is
according to CR2284R1_SWITCH. The relations
between these two switches CR2284R1_SWITCH and
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH are as follows:
1: This switch is turned on. RNC is self-compatible,
so the CR2284R1_SWITCH is invalid;
0: This switch is turned off. The
CR2284R1_SWITCH is valid.
14)COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will not reject the
message RB SETUP CMP without the IE active time.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will reject the
15)UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH.
supports delivery and synchronization of the bit field
value, the bit field value is no longer internally used.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will do integrity
protection check for uplink RRC messages.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not do integrity
16)FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will apply FAST
DORMANCY function.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not apply FAST

DORMANCY function.
17)SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH.
During an incoming GSM-to-UMTS handover, if the
RNC cannot obtain a UE's encryption capability
information from the RELOC REQ message:
1: This switch is turned on. The encryption algorithm
that is configured for both the RNC and CN is used.
For example, if the CN is configured with the
encryption algorithm UEA1 and the RNC is
configured with encryption algorithms UEA0 and
UEA1, then the RNC uses the encryption algorithm
UEA1.
0: This switch is turned off. Default configured of
encrypted parameter UIA1 and UEA0 is used.
18)PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF.
1: This switch is turned on. PTT user will not apply
the early transmission function.
0: This switch is turned off. PTT user will apply the
early transmission function.
19)UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH.
This switch has become invalid.
20)NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The NodeB private
interface data can be taken to the NodeB through the
IUB protocol message.
0: This switch is turned off. The NodeB private
interface data can not be taken to the NodeB through
the IUB protocol message.
21)PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF.
1: This switch is turned on. Special LI(Length
Indicator) will not be used for PTT user.
0: This switch is turned off. Special LI(Length
Indicator) will be used for PTT user.
22)RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will support
transferring Fast Dormancy UE from CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not support
23)FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC uses TAC

matching to determine whether to apply the FAST
DORMANCY function for UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC applies the
FAST DORMANCY function for UEs of 3GPP
Release 5 or later.
24)NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. If a UE sets up a non-PTT
service on the DCH, the RNC includes the Post-
verification period information element (IE) in a Uu
message to instruct the UE to perform concurrent
uplink and downlink synchronization.
0: This switch is turned off. If a UE sets up a non-PTT
service on the DCH, the RNC does not include the
Post-verification period IE in a Uu message. The UE
first performs downlink synchronization and then
uplink synchronization.
25)URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC allows Layered Paging in
URA_PCH for a UE processing real-time services.
messages to the cell on which a UE processing real-
time services camped recently and to the neighboring
cells of this cell. The RNC pages the UE in the entire
UTRAN registration area (URA) only when it does
not receive a response from the UE. This significantly
reduces the number of paging messages on the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly pages
the UE in the entire URA.
26)URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
URA_PCH for a UE processing non-real-time
services.
messages to the cell on which a UE processing non-
real-time services camped recently and to the
neighboring cells of this cell. The RNC pages the UE
in the entire URA only when the RNC does not
receive a response from the UE. This significantly
interface.
27)IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle

state who will establish non-real-time service.
1: This switch is turned on. The first broadcasts a
paging message in the cell who has interacted with the
UE for the last time and its neighboring cells. If the
UE cannot be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a
paging message in the LAC or RAC area.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly
broadcasts a paging message in the LAC or RAC area.
28)IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
state who will establish real-time service.
1: This switch is turned on. First broadcasts a paging
message in the cell who has interacted with the UE for
the last time and its neighboring cells. If the UE
cannot be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging
message in the LAC or RAC area.
29)INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELECT
ION.
Whether to enable intelligent Wi-Fi detection and
selection for the RNC.
intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
30)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWIT
CH.
Whether to enable the RIM-based cell load sharing
function(Multiple Report).
1: This switch is turned on. RIM-based load sharing
can be achieved between UMTS and LTE cells. Upon
receiving a load sharing request from an LTE cell, a
UMTS cell responds with its own load information.
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
support the RIM-based cell load sharing function.
Therefore, UMTS cells do not respond to load sharing
requests from LTE cells.
31)PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH.
Whether to preferentially guarantee platinum users in
terms of network access, voice quality, or PS service
rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC recognizes

platinum users and preferentially guarantees their user
experience.
recognize platinum users and does not preferentially
guarantee their user experience.
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH,
CR2284R1_SWITCH,
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH and
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH bit
field value under the PROCESSSWITCH parameter
internally used.
Instead, the function of RNC_SHARE_SWITCH will
be controlled by the RncShareSwitch parameter in the
SET UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA command.
GUI Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG,
BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST,
CR2284R1_SWITCH, CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE,
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH,
UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH,
FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH,
PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF,
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH,
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH,
PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF,
RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH,
FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH,
NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH,
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH,
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH,
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH,
INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELECTIO
N,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH,
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
N,
Default Value: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH:
0,SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
0,DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR:
0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RNC_SHARE_SWITCH:
1,RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH:
0,TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG:
1,BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST:
0,CR2284R1_SWITCH:
0,CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE:
0,CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
1,COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH:
1,UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH:
0,PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF:
0,UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH:
0,NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH:
0,PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF:
0,RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH:
0,FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH:
0,NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
0,INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELECTI
ON:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITC
H:0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- Cell Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 021102 Barring 1)INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH.
CH RLSWI WRFD- Layered
TCH 1: This switch is turned on. RNC will start Invoke
150205 Paging Trace procedure upon receiving INVOKE TRACE
WRFD- in Idle Message form CN.
150204 Mode
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not start the
WRFD- Platinu Invoke Trace procedure though it receives the
010101 m User INVOKE TRACE message.
Prioritizi
WRFD- 2)SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST.
ng
150231
3GPP 1: This switch is turned on. The SIB1 does not contain
WRFD- broken-down CN information. In this case, the UE
020500 R9
Specific will not select broken-down network when Iu
WRFD- ations transmission failure occurs.
021303 0: This switch is turned off. The SIB1 contains the
RIM
WRFD- Based broken-down CN information. In this case, the UE
020132 UMTS will select broken-down network but the RNC will
WRFD- Target reject the request when Iu transmission failure occurs.
020124 Cell 3)DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR.
WRFD- Selectio Whether the Directed Signaling Connection re-
140206 n for establishment (DSCR) procedure is triggered during a
LTE cell update over the Iur interface for UEs that are not
WRFD-
020134 Enhance in the CELL_DCH state or for UEs that are in the
d Fast CELL_DCH state and do not have an Iur connection.
WRFD-
Dorman This switch is set on the drift radio network controller
020128
cy (DRNC) side.
WRFD-
IMSI 1: This switch is turned on. DRNC will start DSCR
0106121
Based procedure directly in RRC states other than
2
Handov CELL_DCH or CELL_DCH that do not have an Iur
WRFD- er connection.
010641
Web 0: This switch is turned off. DRNC will transfer RRC
WRFD- browsin CELL UPDATE message to SRNC.
020806 g 4)PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH (Platinum
accelerat user identify enhancement switch)
ion
Whether platinum users are identified in DRNC or
Uplink relocation scenarios.
Flow
Control 1: This switch is turned on. Platinum users are
of User identified and their services are guaranteed in DRNC
Plane or relocation scenarios.
Layered 0: This switch is turned off. Platinum users are not

Paging identified in DRNC or relocation scenarios.
in 5)RNC_SHARE_SWITCH.
URA_P 1: This switch is turned on. The traffic sharing
CH function is enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Push to 0: This switch is turned off. The traffic sharing

Talk function is disabled, service access will be affected
Quality under heavy traffic.
Improve 6)RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH.
ment for 1: This switch is turned on. Imsi handover function
Subscrib will be used.
ed
0: This switch is turned off. Imsi handover function
Service
will not be used.
HSUPA 7)TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH.
Iub
Flow 1: This switch is turned on. Terminal version R4 will
Control debase to R99.
in Case 0: This switch is turned off. Terminal version R4 will
of Iub not debase to R99.
Congesti 8)SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH.
on
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC will add
HSUPA ciphering byte at GSM HANDOVER COMMAND if
Adaptiv the GSM system do not add any cipher information at
e that message.
Transmi 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC will not add
ssion ciphering byte at GSM HANDOVER COMMAND if
Differen the GSM system do not add any cipher information at
tiated that message.
Service 9)SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG.
Based
on SPI 1: This switch is turned on. The cipher configuration
Weight in the added cipher byte in GSM will be A5/1.
0: This switch is turned off. The cipher configuration
is A5/0.
10)BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST.
1: This switch is turned on. Cell will be bared when
CS domain is invalid.
0: This switch is turned off. The CS domain will be
bared when CS domain is invalid.
It is invalid If SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
is not checked.
11)CR2284R1_SWITCH.
processing based on CR2284R1, that is, based on the
description in section 8.6.6.28 of Release 5 TS 25.331.
In this section, it describes that the HFN is increased
0: This switch is turned off. The HFN is not increased

WCDMA RAN

nd
12)CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE.
1: This switch is turned on. CDT trace function starts
tracing from message RRC CONNECT REQUEST.
0: This switch is turned off. CDT trace function starts
tracing from message COMMON ID.
13)CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
CR2284R1 causes the compatible problem. if UE is
not consistent with RNC regarding whether accept the
CR2284R1 or not, it will cause the problem of
streaming when UEs are communicating with each
other. So RNC creates this switch. when it is checked,
RNC is auto-adaptive to accept the CR2284R1
according to UE version information. The principles
that RNC judges UE whether to accept the CR2284R1
are as follows: R5 and above UE accepts the CR;
R99/R4 UE, if it receives the START LIST value from
RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE
accepts the CR; R99/R4 UE, if it only receives the
START value from RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC
figures that UE does not accept the CR; when it is not
checked, whether RNC accept the CR or not is
according to CR2284R1_SWITCH. The relations
between these two switches CR2284R1_SWITCH and
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH are as follows:
1: This switch is turned on. RNC is self-compatible,
so the CR2284R1_SWITCH is invalid;
0: This switch is turned off. The
CR2284R1_SWITCH is valid.
14)COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will not reject the
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will reject the
15)UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH.
supports delivery and synchronization of the bit field
value, the bit field value is no longer internally used.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will do integrity
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not do integrity
16)FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will apply FAST
DORMANCY function.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not apply FAST

DORMANCY function.
17)SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH.
During an incoming GSM-to-UMTS handover, if the
RNC cannot obtain a UE's encryption capability
information from the RELOC REQ message:
1: This switch is turned on. The encryption algorithm
that is configured for both the RNC and CN is used.
For example, if the CN is configured with the
encryption algorithm UEA1 and the RNC is
configured with encryption algorithms UEA0 and
UEA1, then the RNC uses the encryption algorithm
UEA1.
0: This switch is turned off. Default configured of
encrypted parameter UIA1 and UEA0 is used.
18)PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF.
1: This switch is turned on. PTT user will not apply
the early transmission function.
0: This switch is turned off. PTT user will apply the
early transmission function.
19)UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH.
This switch has become invalid.
20)NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The NodeB private
interface data can be taken to the NodeB through the
IUB protocol message.
0: This switch is turned off. The NodeB private
interface data can not be taken to the NodeB through
the IUB protocol message.
21)PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF.
1: This switch is turned on. Special LI(Length
Indicator) will not be used for PTT user.
0: This switch is turned off. Special LI(Length
Indicator) will be used for PTT user.
22)RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. RNC will support
0: This switch is turned off. RNC will not support
23)FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC uses TAC

matching to determine whether to apply the FAST
DORMANCY function for UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC applies the
FAST DORMANCY function for UEs of 3GPP
Release 5 or later.
24)NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH.
1: This switch is turned on. If a UE sets up a non-PTT
service on the DCH, the RNC includes the Post-
verification period information element (IE) in a Uu
message to instruct the UE to perform concurrent
uplink and downlink synchronization.
0: This switch is turned off. If a UE sets up a non-PTT
service on the DCH, the RNC does not include the
Post-verification period IE in a Uu message. The UE
first performs downlink synchronization and then
uplink synchronization.
25)URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
URA_PCH for a UE processing real-time services.
messages to the cell on which a UE processing real-
time services camped recently and to the neighboring
cells of this cell. The RNC pages the UE in the entire
UTRAN registration area (URA) only when it does
not receive a response from the UE. This significantly
interface.
26)URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
URA_PCH for a UE processing non-real-time
services.
messages to the cell on which a UE processing non-
real-time services camped recently and to the
neighboring cells of this cell. The RNC pages the UE
in the entire URA only when the RNC does not
receive a response from the UE. This significantly
interface.
27)IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd

state who will establish non-real-time service.
1: This switch is turned on. The first broadcasts a
paging message in the cell who has interacted with the
UE for the last time and its neighboring cells. If the
UE cannot be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a
paging message in the LAC or RAC area.
28)IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
state who will establish real-time service.
1: This switch is turned on. First broadcasts a paging
message in the cell who has interacted with the UE for
the last time and its neighboring cells. If the UE
cannot be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging
message in the LAC or RAC area.
29)INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELECT
ION.
Whether to enable intelligent Wi-Fi detection and
selection for the RNC.
intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
30)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWIT
CH.
Whether to enable the RIM-based cell load sharing
function(Multiple Report).
1: This switch is turned on. RIM-based load sharing
can be achieved between UMTS and LTE cells. Upon
receiving a load sharing request from an LTE cell, a
UMTS cell responds with its own load information.
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
support the RIM-based cell load sharing function.
Therefore, UMTS cells do not respond to load sharing
requests from LTE cells.
31)PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH.
Whether to preferentially guarantee platinum users in
terms of network access, voice quality, or PS service
rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC recognizes

platinum users and preferentially guarantees their user
experience.
recognize platinum users and does not preferentially
guarantee their user experience.
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
CR2284R1_SWITCH,
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH and
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH bit
field value under the PROCESSSWITCH parameter
internally used.
Instead, the function of RNC_SHARE_SWITCH will
be controlled by the RncShareSwitch parameter in the
SET UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA command.
GUI Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
N,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR,
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
N,
Default Value: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH:
0,SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
0,DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR:
0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RNC_SHARE_SWITCH:
1,RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH:
0,TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG:
1,BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST:
0,CR2284R1_SWITCH:
0,CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE:
0,CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
1,COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH:
1,UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH:
0,PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF:
0,UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH:
0,NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH:
0,PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF:
0,RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH:
0,FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH:
0,NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
0,URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH:
0,IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH:
ON:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITC
H:0,PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH:0
LoadLe BSC690 SET WRFD- RIM Meaning: After the RIM-based cell load sharing
velForL 0 ULDM 150231 Based function is enabled (controlled by the
TE UMTS INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH
Target under the "PROCESSSWITCH" parameter in the
Cell "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command), the RNC
Selectio reports UMTS cell load information to the eNodeB
n for based on eNodeB requests. This parameter specifies
LTE the number of load state levels to be reported. When
this parameter is set to D3, three load states are
reported (including overload, congestion, and normal).
When this parameter is set to D4, four loads states are
reported (including overload, congestion, normal, and
light).
GUI Value Range: D3, D4
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 3, 4
Default Value: D3

WCDMA RAN

nd
LoadLe BSC691 SET WRFD- RIM Meaning: After the RIM-based cell load sharing
velForL 0 ULDM 150231 Based function is enabled (controlled by the
TE UMTS INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH
Target under the "PROCESSSWITCH" parameter in the
Cell "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command), the RNC
Selectio reports UMTS cell load information to the eNodeB
n for based on eNodeB requests. This parameter specifies
LTE the number of load state levels to be reported. When
this parameter is set to D3, three load states are
reported (including overload, congestion, and normal).
When this parameter is set to D4, four loads states are
reported (including overload, congestion, normal, and
light).
GUI Value Range: D3, D4
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 3, 4
Default Value: D3
DlPwrP BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Threshold for triggering PS CLB state based
SClbTri 0 UCELL 140217 Frequen on downlink power usage. If the percentage of
gThd LDM cy Load downlink power usage is higher than or equal to this
MOD Balancin threshold for a duration longer than that specified by
UCELL g Based the "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink PS
LDM on CLB state based on downlink power usage is
Configu triggered. The recommended value difference between
rable "DlPwrPSClbRelThd" and "DlPwrPSClbTrigThd" is
Load higher than 10% because the load fluctuates.
Threshol Otherwise, a cell frequently enters and leaves the PS
d CLB state.
Unit: %
Default Value: 40

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlPwrP BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Threshold for triggering PS CLB state based
SClbTri 0 UCELL 140217 Frequen on downlink power usage. If the percentage of
gThd LDM cy Load downlink power usage is higher than or equal to this
MOD Balancin threshold for a duration longer than that specified by
UCELL g Based the "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink PS
LDM on CLB state based on downlink power usage is
Configu triggered. The recommended value difference between
rable "DlPwrPSClbRelThd" and "DlPwrPSClbTrigThd" is
Threshol Otherwise, a cell frequently enters and leaves the PS
d CLB state.
Unit: %
Default Value: 40
LoadUpt BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Period for the RNC to update the UMTS
ForLTE 0 ULDM 020102 Measure cell load information sent to the eNodeB. The RNC
TimerLe ment identifies all the UMTS cells whose load has changed
n within the time specified by this parameter. When this
parameter is set to 0, the RNC updates the UMTS cell
load information at a maximum interval of 10s.
Unit: s
Default Value: 3
LoadUpt BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Period for the RNC to update the UMTS
ForLTE 0 ULDM 020102 Measure cell load information sent to the eNodeB. The RNC
TimerLe ment identifies all the UMTS cells whose load has changed
n within the time specified by this parameter. When this
parameter is set to 0, the RNC updates the UMTS cell
load information at a maximum interval of 10s.
Unit: s
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
LoadUpt BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Maximum number of UMTS cell load
ForLTE 0 UNBMP 020102 Measure broadcast messages that can be sent to the eNodeB by
MaxNu HYPAR ment an RNC subsystem per second. For example, if this
m A parameter is set to 128, the maximum number of
UMTS cell load broadcast messages sent by all cells
to the eNodeB per second cannot exceed 128. If this
parameter is set to 0, each cell can send only one
UMTS cell load broadcast message to the eNodeB per
second.
Unit: None
Default Value: 128
LoadUpt BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning: Maximum number of UMTS cell load
ForLTE 0 UNBMP 020102 Measure broadcast messages that can be sent to the eNodeB by
MaxNu HYPAR ment an RNC subsystem per second. For example, if this
m A parameter is set to 128, the maximum number of
UMTS cell load broadcast messages sent by all cells
to the eNodeB per second cannot exceed 128. If this
parameter is set to 0, each cell can send only one
UMTS cell load broadcast message to the eNodeB per
second.
Unit: None
Default Value: 128

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRP threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
atThdRS 0 UU2LT 020129 Service measurements during a non-coverage-based handover.
RP EHONC WRFD- Redirect If RSRP is used as the measurement quantity for event
OV 140218 ion from 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the signal
UMTS quality of the target cell is greater than the
to LTE threshold.For details about this parameter, see section
Service- 10.3.7.30 "Inter-RAT measurement reporting criteria"
Based in 3GPP TS 25.331. The RNC carries the Threshold
PS other system IE in the measurement control message
Handov sent to the UE. This IE is used to calculate the actual
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
TargetR BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRP threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RP EHONC WRFD- Redirect If RSRP is used as the measurement quantity for event
OV 140218 ion from 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the signal
UMTS quality of the target cell is greater than the
to LTE threshold.For details about this parameter, see section
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

WCDMA RAN

nd
TargetR BSC690 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRQ threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RQ EHONC WRFD- Redirect If RSRQ is used as the measurement quantity for
OV 140218 ion from event 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the
UMTS signal quality of the target cell is greater than the
to LTE threshold. For details about this parameter, see section
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
TargetR BSC691 SET WRFD- PS Meaning: RSRQ threshold for event 3C for LTE cell
RQ EHONC WRFD- Redirect If RSRQ is used as the measurement quantity for
OV 140218 ion from event 3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the
UMTS signal quality of the target cell is greater than the
to LTE threshold. For details about this parameter, see section
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
NodeBP BSC690 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning: Protocol version supported by the NodeB.
rotclVer 0 UNODE 010699 HSDPA This parameter is modified based on the actual
B WRFD- +MIMO protocol version of the NodeB when the NodeB
MOD 010698 HSPA+ protocol version upgrade, otherwise it will cause
UNODE Uplink features supported by the new protocol version
WRFD- unavailable.
B 010651 11.5Mbi
t/s per GUI Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10,
WRFD- User R11
010652
HSDPA Unit: None
WRFD- over Iur Actual Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9,
010693
SRB R10, R11
WRFD- over Default Value: R9
010695 HSDPA
WRFD- DL
010694 64QAM
WRFD- +MIMO
010697 UL
WRFD- Layer 2
010696 Improve
ment
WRFD-
010686 UL
16QAM
WRFD-
140203 E-
DPCCH
WRFD-
Boostin
020126
g
WRFD-
DC-
010703
HSDPA
WRFD-
CPC -
010702
DTX /
WRFD- DRX
010689
HSPA+
WRFD- Uplink
010101 23
WRFD- Mbit/s
010687 per User
WRFD- Mobility
010685 Between
UMTS
WRFD- and LTE
010683 Phase 1
WRFD- HSPA+
010680 Downlin
WRFD- k
010681 84Mbit/

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- s per
010618 User
WRFD- Enhance
0106140 d DRX
3 HSPA+
WRFD- Downlin
010636 k
WRFD- 42Mbps
010635 per User
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
CPC -
HS-
SCCH
less
operatio
n
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
HSPA+
Downlin
k
28Mbps
per User
HSPA+
Downlin
k
21Mbps
per User
IMS
Signalin
g over
HSPA
HSUPA
2ms TTI
SRB
over
HSUPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSUPA
over Iur

WCDMA RAN

nd
NodeBP BSC691 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning: Protocol version supported by the NodeB.
rotclVer 0 UNODE 010699 HSDPA This parameter is modified based on the actual
B WRFD- +MIMO protocol version of the NodeB when the NodeB
MOD 010698 HSPA+ protocol version upgrade, otherwise it will cause
UNODE Uplink features supported by the new protocol version
WRFD- unavailable.
B 010651 11.5Mbi
t/s per GUI Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10,
WRFD- User R11
010652
HSDPA Unit: None
WRFD- over Iur Actual Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9,
010693
SRB R10, R11
WRFD- over Default Value: R9
010695 HSDPA
WRFD- DL
010694 64QAM
WRFD- +MIMO
010697 UL
WRFD- Layer 2
010696 Improve
ment
WRFD-
010686 UL
16QAM
WRFD-
140203 E-
DPCCH
WRFD-
Boostin
020126
g
WRFD-
DC-
010703
HSDPA
WRFD-
CPC -
010702
DTX /
WRFD- DRX
010689
HSPA+
WRFD- Uplink
010101 23
WRFD- Mbit/s
010687 per User
WRFD- Mobility
010685 Between
UMTS
WRFD- and LTE
010683 Phase 1
WRFD- HSPA+
010680 Downlin
WRFD- k
010681 84Mbit/

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- s per
010618 User
WRFD- Enhance
0106140 d DRX
3 HSPA+
WRFD- Downlin
010636 k
WRFD- 42Mbps
010635 per User
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
CPC -
HS-
SCCH
less
operatio
n
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
HSPA+
Downlin
k
28Mbps
per User
HSPA+
Downlin
k
21Mbps
per User
IMS
Signalin
g over
HSPA
HSUPA
2ms TTI
SRB
over
HSUPA

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSUPA
over Iur
FACHM BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Whether a UE in the CELL_FACH state
easInd 0 UCELL performs inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurements.
MEAS If "InterFreqInterRatMeasInd" is set to
MOD NOT_REQUIRE, this parameter does not need to be
UCELL set. If "InterFreqInterRatMeasInd" is set to
MEAS INTER_FREQ or INTER_RAT, this parameter can be
set to NOT_REQUIRE or REQUIRE. If
"InterFreqInterRatMeasInd" is set to
INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT, this parameter
can be set to NOT_REQUIRE, INTER_FREQ,
INTER_RAT, or INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT.
GUI Value Range: REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE,
INTER_FREQ, INTER_RAT,
INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE,
Default Value: INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT
FACHM BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Whether a UE in the CELL_FACH state
easInd 0 UCELL performs inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurements.
MEAS If "InterFreqInterRatMeasInd" is set to
MOD NOT_REQUIRE, this parameter does not need to be
UCELL set. If "InterFreqInterRatMeasInd" is set to
MEAS INTER_FREQ or INTER_RAT, this parameter can be
set to NOT_REQUIRE or REQUIRE. If
"InterFreqInterRatMeasInd" is set to
INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT, this parameter
can be set to NOT_REQUIRE, INTER_FREQ,
INTER_RAT, or INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT.
GUI Value Range: REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE,
Default Value: INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT

WCDMA RAN

nd
Index 0 ULTEC 020129 Service uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC

ULTEC Between
ELL UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Index 0 ULTEC 020129 Service uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC

ULTEC Between
ELL UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
LTECell BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the cell name that
Name 0 ULTEC 020129 Service uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
ELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 1~64 characters
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
LTECell BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the cell name that
Name 0 ULTEC 020129 Service uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
ELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 1~64 characters
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
EUTRA BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter is used to uniquely identify
NCELLI 0 ULTEC 020129 Service an LTE cell in the PLMN. EutranCellId consists of
D ELL WRFD- Redirect eNodeBID of 20 bits and CellID of 8 bits, that is
MOD 020126 ion from EutranCellId=eNodeBID x 256 + CellID. For details
ULTEC UMTS about the parameter description, see 3GPP TS 36.300.
ELL to LTE GUI Value Range: 0~268435455
Mobility Unit: None
Between
and LTE Default Value: None
Phase 1
EUTRA BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter is used to uniquely identify
NCELLI 0 ULTEC 020129 Service an LTE cell in the PLMN. EutranCellId consists of
D ELL WRFD- Redirect eNodeBID of 20 bits and CellID of 8 bits, that is
MOD 020126 ion from EutranCellId=eNodeBID x 256 + CellID. For details
ULTEC UMTS about the parameter description, see 3GPP TS 36.300.
ELL to LTE GUI Value Range: 0~268435455
Mobility Unit: None
Between
and LTE Default Value: None
Phase 1
MCC BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter uniquely identifies the
0 ULTEC 020129 Service country of the LTE cell's primary operator.
ELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 3 digits
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 3 digits
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
MCC BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter uniquely identifies the
0 ULTEC 020129 Service country of the LTE cell's primary operator.
ELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 3 digits
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 3 digits
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
MNC BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter uniquely identifies the
0 ULTEC 020129 Service network of the LTE's primary operator.
ELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 2~3 digits
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 2~3 digits
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
MNC BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter uniquely identifies the
0 ULTEC 020129 Service network of the LTE's primary operator.
ELL WRFD- Redirect GUI Value Range: 2~3 digits
MOD 020126 ion from
UMTS Unit: None
ULTEC
ELL to LTE Actual Value Range: 2~3 digits
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
TAC BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies Tracking Area
0 ULTEC 020129 Service Code (TAC) of a cell. In principle, base stations in an
ELL WRFD- Redirect area are managed by an MME in specialized charge of
MOD 020126 ion from the area. The TAC of each cell under these base
ULTEC UMTS stations is recorded in the MME. "TAC" in this area
ELL to LTE should be configured within the value range. For
Mobility details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 23.003.
Between GUI Value Range: 0~65535
UMTS Unit: None
and LTE
Phase 1 Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
TAC BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies Tracking Area
0 ULTEC 020129 Service Code (TAC) of a cell. In principle, base stations in an
ELL WRFD- Redirect area are managed by an MME in specialized charge of
MOD 020126 ion from the area. The TAC of each cell under these base
ULTEC UMTS stations is recorded in the MME. "TAC" in this area
ELL to LTE should be configured within the value range. For
Mobility details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 23.003.
Between GUI Value Range: 0~65535
UMTS Unit: None
and LTE
Phase 1 Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: None
CellPH BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the physical cell
YID 0 ULTEC 020129 Service identity of an LTE cell. For detailed description of the
ELL WRFD- Redirect parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
ULTEC UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
ELL
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
CellPH BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning: This parameter specifies the physical cell
YID 0 ULTEC 020129 Service identity of an LTE cell. For detailed description of the
ELL WRFD- Redirect parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
ULTEC UMTS
to LTE Unit: None
ELL
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEBan BSC690 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

d 0 ULTEC 020129 Service This parameter specifies the frequency band that an
ELL WRFD- Redirect LTE cell is on. For detailed description about this
MOD 020126 ion from parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104. Band1 to Band25 is
ULTEC UMTS Fdd Band. Band33 to Band43 is Tdd Band.
ELL to LTE
Band1: Down Link Frequency range (0-599)
Mobility
Between Band2: Down Link Frequency range (600-1199)
UMTS Band3: Down Link Frequency range (1200-1949)
and LTE Band4: Down Link Frequency range (1950-2399)
Phase 1
Band43: Down Link Frequency range (43590-45589).

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
LTEBan BSC691 ADD WRFD- PS Meaning:

d 0 ULTEC 020129 Service This parameter specifies the frequency band that an
ELL WRFD- Redirect LTE cell is on. For detailed description about this
MOD 020126 ion from parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104. Band1 to Band25 is
ULTEC UMTS Fdd Band. Band33 to Band43 is Tdd Band.
ELL to LTE
Mobility
Between Band2: Down Link Frequency range (600-1199)
UMTS Band3: Down Link Frequency range (1200-1949)
and LTE Band4: Down Link Frequency range (1950-2399)
Phase 1
Band43: Down Link Frequency range (43590-45589).

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Default Value: None
RNCId BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: ID of an RNC

0 ULTEN GUI Value Range: 0~4095
CELL
Unit: None
MOD
ULTEN Actual Value Range: 0~4095
CELL Default Value: None
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
RNCId BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: ID of an RNC

CELL
Unit: None
MOD
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
CellId BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Unique ID of a cell

CELL
Unit: None
MOD
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
CellId BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Unique ID of a cell

CELL
Unit: None
MOD
RMV
ULTEN
CELL

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LRim BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Index of an operator, which is used to select
CNOper 0 ULTEC 150216 Based an Iu-PS interface for transmitting messages in the
atorRTI ELL WRFD- PS UMTS-to-LTE RIM procedure. The parameter can be
ndex MOD 020129 Redirect set to 0, 1, 2, 3, or 255. Values 0 to 3 are indexes of
ULTEC ion from different Iu-PS interfaces, and value 255 indicates that
WRFD- UMTS the index is invalid. Before sending a RIM message to
ELL 140218 to LTE an LTE cell, the RNC first selects the PLMN from the
WRFD- PS CnOpGrpIndex that can transmit the RIM message to
150217 Service the LTE cell. If a primary operator is configured, the
Redirect RNC selects the PLMN of the primary operator.
ion from Otherwise, the RNC selects the first PLMN in the
UMTS operator group. The RNC then uses the Iu-PS
to LTE interface of the selected PLMN to transmit the RIM
message. If the PLMN has no Iu-PS interface, the
Service- RIM message cannot be transmitted.
Based
PS GUI Value Range: 0~3;255
Handov Unit: None
er from Actual Value Range: 0~3, 255
UMTS
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
U2LRim BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Index of an operator, which is used to select
CNOper 0 ULTEC 150216 Based an Iu-PS interface for transmitting messages in the
atorRTI ELL WRFD- PS UMTS-to-LTE RIM procedure. The parameter can be
ndex MOD 020129 Redirect set to 0, 1, 2, 3, or 255. Values 0 to 3 are indexes of
ULTEC ion from different Iu-PS interfaces, and value 255 indicates that
WRFD- UMTS the index is invalid. Before sending a RIM message to
ELL 140218 to LTE an LTE cell, the RNC first selects the PLMN from the
WRFD- PS CnOpGrpIndex that can transmit the RIM message to
150217 Service the LTE cell. If a primary operator is configured, the
Redirect RNC selects the PLMN of the primary operator.
ion from Otherwise, the RNC selects the first PLMN in the
UMTS operator group. The RNC then uses the Iu-PS
to LTE interface of the selected PLMN to transmit the RIM
message. If the PLMN has no Iu-PS interface, the
Service- RIM message cannot be transmitted.
Based
PS GUI Value Range: 0~3;255
Handov Unit: None
er from Actual Value Range: 0~3, 255
UMTS
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
PSServi BSC690 ADD WRFD- GSM Meaning:

ceHOS 0 UCELL 070007 and Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for only
witch HOCO WRFD- UMTS PS services.
MM 020305 Traffic
Steering When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover
MOD for PS services is enabled. When the switch is set to
UCELL Based
on Iur-g OFF, the inter-RAT handover for PS services is
HOCO disabled.
MM Inter-
RAT Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service
Handov and the related parameter configurations on the
er Based network side, related measurements and inter-RAT
on handover are triggered immediately once a service is
Service set up.
GUI Value Range: ON, OFF
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
PSServi BSC691 ADD WRFD- GSM Meaning:

ceHOS 0 UCELL 070007 and Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for only
witch HOCO WRFD- UMTS PS services.
MM 020305 Traffic
Steering When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover
MOD for PS services is enabled. When the switch is set to
UCELL Based
on Iur-g OFF, the inter-RAT handover for PS services is
HOCO disabled.
MM Inter-
RAT Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service
Handov and the related parameter configurations on the
er Based network side, related measurements and inter-RAT
on handover are triggered immediately once a service is
Service set up.
GUI Value Range: ON, OFF
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
TAC BSC690 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning: Type Allocation Code (TAC) is proportion
0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black of the International Mobile Station Equipment Identity
AC WRFD- List (IMEI) and represent the first eight digits of the IMEI.
MOD 020500 Enhance TAC is used to differentiate between the MSs of
UIMEIT d Fast different models. This parameter consists of an eight
AC Dorman digit string. If the string is less than eight digits, the
cy system fills the higher orders with 0s to achieve an
RMV eight digit string.
UIMEIT
AC GUI Value Range: 0~99999999
Unit: None
Default Value: None
TAC BSC691 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning: Type Allocation Code (TAC) is proportion
0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black of the International Mobile Station Equipment Identity
AC WRFD- List (IMEI) and represent the first eight digits of the IMEI.
MOD 020500 Enhance TAC is used to differentiate between the MSs of
UIMEIT d Fast different models. This parameter consists of an eight
AC Dorman digit string. If the string is less than eight digits, the
cy system fills the higher orders with 0s to achieve an
RMV eight digit string.
UIMEIT
AC GUI Value Range: 0~99999999
Unit: None
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0204000 System 1.
tch6 MPARA 1 Direct PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
WRFD- Retry CH: Whether to use the Cell ID+RTT positing method
020202 Intra for MR collection if the AGPS fails. RTT is short for
WRFD- RNC round trip time and AGPS is short for Assisted Global
010652 Soft Positioning System. When this switch is set to on, the
Handov Cell ID+RTT positing method can be used for MR
WRFD- collection if the AGPS fails. When this switch is set to
er
010502 off, the Cell ID+RTT positing method cannot be used
SRB
WRFD- for MR collection if the AGPS fails. This switch is set
over
171201 to off by default.
HSDPA
WRFD- 2.
1502010 Streami
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
1 ng QoS
TCH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
Class
WRFD- function identifies the RRC connection setup request
020120 Crystal whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
Voice in Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
WRFD- Deep or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
0204000 Coverag connection setup request for PS services. When this
3 e switch is set to on, the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- function identifies the RRC connection setup request
Macro
010632 whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
& Micro
WRFD- Joint Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
0204000 Inter- or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
5 frequenc connection setup request for PS services. When this
y switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD-
Redirect function does not identify the RRC connection setup
020306
ion request whose cause value is "Originating High
WRFD- Priority Signalling", "Terminating High Priority
020400 Service Signalling", or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call"
Steering as an RRC connection setup request for PS services.
WRFD-
and
020303 3.
Load
WRFD- PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
Sharing
020305 CH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
in RRC
function identifies PS services initiated by UEs
WRFD- Connect
complying with 3GPP Release 5. When this switch is
150220 ion
set to on, the service-based RRC redirection function
WRFD- Setup
identifies PS services initiated by a UE complying
010630 Inter with 3GPP Release 5 as HSPA PS services. When this
System switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
Redirect function does not identify PS services initiated by a
Streami UE complying with 3GPP Release 5. As a result, PS
ng services initiated by this type of UE will not be
Traffic redirected.
Class on 4.
HSUPA PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter- CH: Whether RRC redirection or directed retry

Frequen decision (DRD) can be initiated to a cell operating in
cy the U2100 frequency band. When this switch is set to
Redirect on, RRC redirection or DRD can be initiated from a
ion cell operating in other frequency bands to a cell
Based operating in the U2100 frequency band. When this
on switch is set to off, RRC redirection or DRD can only
Distance be initiated to a cell operating in the same frequency
Inter- band as the source cell.
RAT 5.
Handov PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
er Based H: Whether the RNC optimizes the delivery of
on Load downlink DPCH channel code number during
DRD downlink DPCH reconfiguration. 1: When this switch
Introduc is set to on, if the number of downlink DPCH channel
tion codes before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is
Package different from that after downlink DPCH
reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers the DPCH
Inter- channel code number. 0: When this switch is set to off,
RAT if the number of downlink DPCH channel codes
Handov before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is different
er Based from the number of downlink spreading factors after
on downlink DPCH reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers
Coverag the DPCH channel code number.
e
6.
Inter- PERFENH_SRNSR_IUB_DM_TERMIN_OPT_SWI
RAT TCH: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) stops the
Handov ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
er Based serving RNC (SRNC) after a static relocation. When
on this switch is set to on, the DRNC does not stop the
Service ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
Coverag SRNC after a static relocation. When this switch is set
e Based to off, the DRNC stops all the ongoing dedicated
PS measurement control started by the SRNC after a
Handov static relocation and the NodeB sends a dedicated
er from measurement error message with a cause value of
UMTS "semantic error" for the deleted radio links.
to LTE 7.
Streami PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
ng TCH: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on inter-
Traffic RAT handover failures. When this switch is set to on,
Class on the RNC imposes penalty only on inter-RAT handover
HSDPA failure messages returned through standard interfaces.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC imposes
penalty on all types of inter-RAT handover failures.
8. PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether
the enhanced differentiated QoS management function

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect. When this switch is set to on, the

enhanced differentiated QoS management function
takes effect. The "SET UUSERINTEGPRIO" or
"ADD UOPERUSERINTEGPRIO" command is used
to set the integrated user priority and specify the
sequence for queuing, preemption, load reshuffling
(LDR), and overload control (OLC). The "SET
USCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" or "ADD
UOPERSCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" command is used
to set the mapping information of enhanced
scheduling priorities. The "SET UUSERGBREX" or
"ADD UOPERUSERGBREX" command is used to
set the enhanced guaranteed bit rates (GBRs). When
this switch is set to off, the enhanced differentiated
QoS management function does not take effect.
9.
PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWI
TCH: Whether an SRB D2H channel switch can be
triggered only by using the coverage- and load-based
algorithm for dynamically reconfiguring the bearer
channels for downlink SRBs after an SRB H2D
channel switch not by triggered by using this
algorithm. H2D is short for HS-DSCH to DCH.
When this switch is set to on, the SRB D2H channel
switch can only be triggered by using this algorithm in
the SRB D2H channel switch can be triggered by
using periodic retry or other reconfiguration
algorithms in the preceding scenario.
10.
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage- and load-based algorithm for
dynamically reconfiguring the bearer channels for
downlink SRBs considers code resource usage when
determining the load condition.
When this switch is set to on, code resource usage is
considered during load condition decision. When this
switch is set to off, code resource usage is not
considered during load condition decision.
11.
PERFENH_HOPRIOMEASTIMER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC restarts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer before delivering an inter-
frequency measurement control message. When this
switch is set to on for scenarios where inter-frequency
handovers are preferentially performed compared with
inter-RAT handovers, the RNC starts the preferential

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-frequency handover timer during compressed

mode pre-configuration, and then restarts this timer
before delivering an inter-frequency measurement
control message. When this switch is set to off for
scenarios where inter-frequency handovers are
preferentially performed compared with inter-RAT
handovers, the RNC starts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer only during compressed
mode pre-configuration.
12.
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC deactivates the compressed mode
during the setup of measurement control for intra-
frequency events. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC deactivates the activated compressed mode
frequency events only when the current procedure is
incoming relocation. When this switch is set to off, the
original processing applies, that is, the RNC
deactivates the activated compressed mode during the
setup of measurement control for intra-frequency
events in spite of the current procedure.
13.
PERFENH_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_ULRMA_OPT_
SWITCH: When this switch is set to on, the uplink
RMA optimization function takes effect, Then the
RNC decreases the value of the RMA factor for
substream A, whereas increases the values of RMC
factors for substreams B and C when processing
transmission channel data. When this switch is set to
off, the uplink RMA optimization function does not
take effect.
14.
PERFENH_CSPS_CACFAIL_PSBE_DOWN_0K_S
WITCH: Whether the new CS service that has failed
to be admitted can perform another admission attempt
in CS+PS combined service scenarios after PS BE
services have been switched to DCH 0 kbit/s. When
this switch is turned on in CS+PS combined service
scenarios where PS services exist and new CS RABs
are to be established, the new CS service that has
failed to be admitted can perform another admission
attempt after PS BE services have been switched to
DCH 0 kbit/s. If the admission fails again and the
[UQUEUEPREEMPT:PreemptEnhSwitch]PREEMPT
_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_SWITCH is
turned off, PS BE services will perform preemption at
a rate of 0 kbit/s on the DCH. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, PS BE services cannot have a rate

reduction to 0 kbit/s to allow the new CS service to
perform admission attempts.
Note:In scenarios where UEs with CS+PS combined
services perform soft handovers, if PS services are
initially carried on the HSUPA channel, the function is
supported only when the function of E2D after failed
soft handovers is enabled by setting the
[UINTRAFREQHO :SoftFailE2Dswitch] to ON.
15. PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the typical parameter configuration for high-
speed PS streaming services function takes effect.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports
high-speed PS streaming services. The RNC
configures Uu-interface bandwidth which is equal to
or close to the maximum bit rate (MBR) of streaming
services based on Radio Access Network (RAN) and
UE capabilities during the access of high-speed PS
streaming services, and Iu QoS negotiation/
renegotiation fails to take effect.
0: When this switch is set to off, streaming services
with a data rate higher than 384 kbit/s are unavailable
during the access of PS streaming services.
16.
PERFENH_CACFAIL_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_S
WITCH: Whether to use the anti-pingpong
mechanism for the RRC redirection triggered after an
admission failure. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not use the anti-pingpong mechanism for
the RRC redirection triggered after an admission
failure. When this switch is set to on, the RNC uses
the anti-pingpong mechanism for the RRC redirection
triggered after an admission failure.
17.
PERFENH_RRCDRD_CELL_RANDOM_SEL_SWI
TCH: Whether a candidate cell in the RRC DRD
algorithm is randomly selected. When this switch is
turned on and the RNC implements the RRC DRD
algorithm, a cell is randomly selected for access if
multiple candidate DRD target cells exist. When this
switch is turned off and the RNC implements the RRC
DRD algorithm, a cell is selected for access based on
the sequence of neighboring cells for the current cell if
multiple candidate DRD target cells exist.
18.PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC uses the rate limit for AMR
services (including wideband and narrowband AMR

WCDMA RAN

nd
services) as the maximum Uu-interface rate for AMR

services when IuUP V2 is used.
1: When this switch is set to on and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the maximum rate assigned by the CN
as the downlink rate for AMR services during AMR
service setup. After the AMR service setup, a Uu-
interface AMR service reconfiguration procedure is
initiated in subsequent procedures,and the RNC uses
the rate configured for gold, silver, or copper users as
the maximum Uu-interface downlink rate for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to off and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the rate set assigned by the CN as the
downlink rate set for AMR services and does not use
services.
Note: 1.This function takes effect only when the AMR
Rate Control (AMRC) feature is activated.
2. Rate modes for gold, silver, and copper users can be
set using the following commands: SET UAMRC,
SET UAMRCWB, ADD UCELLAMRC/MOD
UCELLAMRC, and ADD UCELLAMRCWB/MOD
UCELLAMRCWB.
19.PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWI
TCH: Whether to use symmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration for AMR services (including
both wideband and narrowband AMR services).
1: When this switch is set to on, symmetric uplink and
downlink rate set configuration is used for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to off, asymmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration can be used for
AMR services.
Note: 1. When this switch is set to on, LDR-triggered
rate reduction cannot be performed during initial
AMR service access. 2. If the current user is in the
AMRC blacklist, asymmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration can be used even when this
switch is set to on. Users in the AMRC blacklist can
be set according to the help document of the
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC command. 3. This function
takes effect only when the AMRC feature is activated.
When IuUP Version 2 is used, the AMRC rate set
extension function must also be enabled to ensure
symmetric rate sets. You can run the following

WCDMA RAN

nd
commands to set the AMRC rate set extension

function for WB-AMR and NB-AMR services,
respectively:
CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRAD
UALLY_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_R
ATESET_EXT_SWITCH-1;
20.PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing when the available AMR rate set parsed by
the RNC is inconsistent with that assigned by the CN
during an incoming static relocation.
When this switch is set to on and IUUP V2 is used,
the RNC performs an IUUP initialization based on the
rate set assigned by the CN during an incoming static
relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
When this switch is set to off and IUUP V2 is used,
available AMR rate set parsed by the RNC during an
incoming static relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
21.PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_
SWITCH: Whether to allow UEs that have performed
a Uu-interface AMR rate mode reconfiguration
(including wideband and narrowband AMR services)
to perform an outgoing static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs that have
performed a Uu-interface AMR rate mode
reconfiguration (including wideband and narrowband
AMR services) can perform an outgoing static
relocation.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs that have
AMR services) cannot perform an outgoing static
relocation.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
CH,
TCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_SRNSR_IUB_DM_TERMIN_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
TCH, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HOPRIOMEASTIMER_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_SW
ITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH
Default Value:
CH:0,
TCH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
H:0,
TCH:0,
TCH:1, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:1,
0,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:1,
SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0204000 System 1.
tch6 MPARA 1 Direct PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
WRFD- Retry CH: Whether to use the Cell ID+RTT positing method
020202 Intra for MR collection if the AGPS fails. RTT is short for
WRFD- RNC round trip time and AGPS is short for Assisted Global
171201 Soft Positioning System. When this switch is set to on, the
Handov Cell ID+RTT positing method can be used for MR
WRFD-
er collection if the AGPS fails. When this switch is set to
1502010
Crystal off, the Cell ID+RTT positing method cannot be used
1
Voice in for MR collection if the AGPS fails. This switch is set
WRFD- to off by default.
Deep
020120
Coverag 2.
WRFD- e PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
0204000 TCH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
3 Macro
& Micro function identifies the RRC connection setup request
WRFD- Joint whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
0204000 Inter- Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
5 frequenc or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
y connection setup request for PS services. When this
WRFD-
Redirect switch is set to on, the service-based RRC redirection
020400
ion function identifies the RRC connection setup request
WRFD- whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
010502 Service Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
WRFD- Steering or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
010632 and connection setup request for PS services. When this
Load switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- Sharing
010630 function does not identify the RRC connection setup
in RRC request whose cause value is "Originating High
Connect Priority Signalling", "Terminating High Priority
ion Signalling", or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call"
Setup as an RRC connection setup request for PS services.
Inter 3.
System PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
Redirect CH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
Inter- function identifies PS services initiated by UEs
Frequen complying with 3GPP Release 5. When this switch is
cy set to on, the service-based RRC redirection function
Redirect identifies PS services initiated by a UE complying
ion with 3GPP Release 5 as HSPA PS services. When this
Based switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
on function does not identify PS services initiated by a
Distance UE complying with 3GPP Release 5. As a result, PS
services initiated by this type of UE will not be
DRD redirected.
Introduc
tion 4.
Package PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
Streami CH: Whether RRC redirection or directed retry

ng QoS decision (DRD) can be initiated to a cell operating in
Class the U2100 frequency band. When this switch is set to
Streami on, RRC redirection or DRD can be initiated from a
ng cell operating in other frequency bands to a cell
Traffic operating in the U2100 frequency band. When this
Class on switch is set to off, RRC redirection or DRD can only
HSUPA be initiated to a cell operating in the same frequency
band as the source cell.
Streami
ng 5.
Traffic PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
Class on H: Whether the RNC optimizes the delivery of
HSDPA downlink DPCH channel code number during
downlink DPCH reconfiguration. 1: When this switch
is set to on, if the number of downlink DPCH channel
codes before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is
different from that after downlink DPCH
reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers the DPCH
channel code number. 0: When this switch is set to off,
if the number of downlink DPCH channel codes
before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is different
from the number of downlink spreading factors after
downlink DPCH reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers
the DPCH channel code number.
6.
TCH: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) stops the
ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
serving RNC (SRNC) after a static relocation. When
this switch is set to on, the DRNC does not stop the
ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
SRNC after a static relocation. When this switch is set
to off, the DRNC stops all the ongoing dedicated
measurement control started by the SRNC after a
static relocation and the NodeB sends a dedicated
measurement error message with a cause value of
"semantic error" for the deleted radio links.
7.
TCH: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on inter-
RAT handover failures. When this switch is set to on,
the RNC imposes penalty only on inter-RAT handover
failure messages returned through standard interfaces.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC imposes
penalty on all types of inter-RAT handover failures.
8. PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether
the enhanced differentiated QoS management function

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect. When this switch is set to on, the

enhanced differentiated QoS management function
takes effect. The "SET UUSERINTEGPRIO" or
"ADD UOPERUSERINTEGPRIO" command is used
to set the integrated user priority and specify the
sequence for queuing, preemption, load reshuffling
(LDR), and overload control (OLC). The "SET
USCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" or "ADD
UOPERSCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" command is used
to set the mapping information of enhanced
scheduling priorities. The "SET UUSERGBREX" or
"ADD UOPERUSERGBREX" command is used to
set the enhanced guaranteed bit rates (GBRs). When
this switch is set to off, the enhanced differentiated
QoS management function does not take effect.
9.
TCH: Whether an SRB D2H channel switch can be
triggered only by using the coverage- and load-based
algorithm for dynamically reconfiguring the bearer
channels for downlink SRBs after an SRB H2D
channel switch not by triggered by using this
algorithm. H2D is short for HS-DSCH to DCH.
When this switch is set to on, the SRB D2H channel
switch can only be triggered by using this algorithm in
the SRB D2H channel switch can be triggered by
using periodic retry or other reconfiguration
algorithms in the preceding scenario.
10.
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage- and load-based algorithm for
dynamically reconfiguring the bearer channels for
downlink SRBs considers code resource usage when
determining the load condition.
When this switch is set to on, code resource usage is
considered during load condition decision. When this
switch is set to off, code resource usage is not
considered during load condition decision.
11.
Whether the RNC restarts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer before delivering an inter-
frequency measurement control message. When this
switch is set to on for scenarios where inter-frequency
handovers are preferentially performed compared with
inter-RAT handovers, the RNC starts the preferential

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-frequency handover timer during compressed

mode pre-configuration, and then restarts this timer
before delivering an inter-frequency measurement
control message. When this switch is set to off for
scenarios where inter-frequency handovers are
preferentially performed compared with inter-RAT
handovers, the RNC starts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer only during compressed
mode pre-configuration.
12.
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC deactivates the compressed mode
frequency events. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC deactivates the activated compressed mode
frequency events only when the current procedure is
incoming relocation. When this switch is set to off, the
original processing applies, that is, the RNC
deactivates the activated compressed mode during the
setup of measurement control for intra-frequency
events in spite of the current procedure.
13.
SWITCH: When this switch is set to on, the uplink
RMA optimization function takes effect, Then the
RNC decreases the value of the RMA factor for
substream A, whereas increases the values of RMC
factors for substreams B and C when processing
transmission channel data. When this switch is set to
off, the uplink RMA optimization function does not
take effect.
14.
WITCH: Whether the new CS service that has failed
to be admitted can perform another admission attempt
in CS+PS combined service scenarios after PS BE
services have been switched to DCH 0 kbit/s. When
this switch is turned on in CS+PS combined service
scenarios where PS services exist and new CS RABs
are to be established, the new CS service that has
failed to be admitted can perform another admission
attempt after PS BE services have been switched to
DCH 0 kbit/s. If the admission fails again and the
[UQUEUEPREEMPT:PreemptEnhSwitch]PREEMPT
_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_SWITCH is
turned off, PS BE services will perform preemption at
a rate of 0 kbit/s on the DCH. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, PS BE services cannot have a rate

reduction to 0 kbit/s to allow the new CS service to
perform admission attempts.
Note:In scenarios where UEs with CS+PS combined
services perform soft handovers, if PS services are
initially carried on the HSUPA channel, the function is
supported only when the function of E2D after failed
soft handovers is enabled by setting the
[UINTRAFREQHO :SoftFailE2Dswitch] to ON.
15. PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the typical parameter configuration for high-
speed PS streaming services function takes effect.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports
high-speed PS streaming services. The RNC
configures Uu-interface bandwidth which is equal to
or close to the maximum bit rate (MBR) of streaming
services based on Radio Access Network (RAN) and
UE capabilities during the access of high-speed PS
streaming services, and Iu QoS negotiation/
renegotiation fails to take effect.
0: When this switch is set to off, streaming services
with a data rate higher than 384 kbit/s are unavailable
during the access of PS streaming services.
16.
WITCH: Whether to use the anti-pingpong
mechanism for the RRC redirection triggered after an
admission failure. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not use the anti-pingpong mechanism for
the RRC redirection triggered after an admission
failure. When this switch is set to on, the RNC uses
the anti-pingpong mechanism for the RRC redirection
triggered after an admission failure.
17.
TCH: Whether a candidate cell in the RRC DRD
algorithm is randomly selected. When this switch is
turned on and the RNC implements the RRC DRD
algorithm, a cell is randomly selected for access if
multiple candidate DRD target cells exist. When this
switch is turned off and the RNC implements the RRC
DRD algorithm, a cell is selected for access based on
the sequence of neighboring cells for the current cell if
multiple candidate DRD target cells exist.
18.PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC uses the rate limit for AMR
services (including wideband and narrowband AMR

WCDMA RAN

nd
services) as the maximum Uu-interface rate for AMR

services when IuUP V2 is used.
1: When this switch is set to on and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the maximum rate assigned by the CN
as the downlink rate for AMR services during AMR
service setup. After the AMR service setup, a Uu-
interface AMR service reconfiguration procedure is
initiated in subsequent procedures,and the RNC uses
services.
0: When this switch is set to off and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the rate set assigned by the CN as the
downlink rate set for AMR services and does not use
services.
Note: 1.This function takes effect only when the AMR
Rate Control (AMRC) feature is activated.
2. Rate modes for gold, silver, and copper users can be
set using the following commands: SET UAMRC,
SET UAMRCWB, ADD UCELLAMRC/MOD
UCELLAMRC, and ADD UCELLAMRCWB/MOD
UCELLAMRCWB.
19.PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWI
TCH: Whether to use symmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration for AMR services (including
both wideband and narrowband AMR services).
1: When this switch is set to on, symmetric uplink and
downlink rate set configuration is used for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to off, asymmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration can be used for
AMR services.
Note: 1. When this switch is set to on, LDR-triggered
rate reduction cannot be performed during initial
AMR service access. 2. If the current user is in the
AMRC blacklist, asymmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration can be used even when this
switch is set to on. Users in the AMRC blacklist can
be set according to the help document of the
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC command. 3. This function
takes effect only when the AMRC feature is activated.
When IuUP Version 2 is used, the AMRC rate set
extension function must also be enabled to ensure
symmetric rate sets. You can run the following

WCDMA RAN

nd
commands to set the AMRC rate set extension

function for WB-AMR and NB-AMR services,
respectively:
CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRAD
UALLY_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_R
ATESET_EXT_SWITCH-1;
20.PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing when the available AMR rate set parsed by
the RNC is inconsistent with that assigned by the CN
during an incoming static relocation.
When this switch is set to on and IUUP V2 is used,
rate set assigned by the CN during an incoming static
relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
When this switch is set to off and IUUP V2 is used,
available AMR rate set parsed by the RNC during an
incoming static relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
21.PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_
SWITCH: Whether to allow UEs that have performed
a Uu-interface AMR rate mode reconfiguration
(including wideband and narrowband AMR services)
to perform an outgoing static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs that have
AMR services) can perform an outgoing static
relocation.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs that have
AMR services) cannot perform an outgoing static
relocation.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
TCH,
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH
Default Value:
CH:0,
TCH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
H:0,
TCH:0,
TCH:1, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:1,
0,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:1,
SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0
UlLdrTr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for triggering uplink LDR. If the
igThd 0 UCELL 020102 Measure ratio of the uplink load to the uplink capacity is higher
LDM WRFD- ment than or equal to this threshold for a duration longer
MOD 020103 Inter than that specified by the "UlLdTrnsHysTime"
UCELL Frequen parameter, uplink LDR (preliminary congestion state)
WRFD- is triggered and LDR actions are performed to reduce
LDM 020106 cy Load
Balance the cell load. The recommended value difference
between "UlLdrRelThd" and "UlLdrTrigThd" is
Reshuffl Otherwise, a cell frequently enters and leaves the
ing preliminary congestion state.
Unit: %
Default Value: 55
UlLdrTr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for triggering uplink LDR. If the
igThd 0 UCELL 020102 Measure ratio of the uplink load to the uplink capacity is higher
LDM WRFD- ment than or equal to this threshold for a duration longer
MOD 020103 Inter than that specified by the "UlLdTrnsHysTime"
UCELL Frequen parameter, uplink LDR (preliminary congestion state)
WRFD- is triggered and LDR actions are performed to reduce
LDM 020106 cy Load
Balance the cell load. The recommended value difference
between "UlLdrRelThd" and "UlLdrTrigThd" is
Reshuffl Otherwise, a cell frequently enters and leaves the
ing preliminary congestion state.
Unit: %
Default Value: 55

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrTr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for triggering downlink LDR. If
igThd 0 UCELL 020102 Measure the ratio of the downlink load to the downlink
LDM WRFD- ment capacity is higher than or equal to this threshold for a
MOD 020103 Inter duration longer than that specified by the
UCELL Frequen "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink LDR
WRFD- (preliminary congestion state) is triggered and LDR
LDM 020117 cy Load
Balance actions are performed to reduce the cell load. The
WRFD- recommended value difference between
020106 Multi- "DlLdrRelThd" and "DlLdrTrigThd" is higher than
Carrier 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
WRFD- Switch
020122 frequently enters and leaves the preliminary
off congestion state.
Based
on GUI Value Range: 0~100
Traffic Unit: %
Load Actual Value Range: 0~100
Load Default Value: 70
Reshuffl
ing
Multi-
Carrier
Switch
off
Based
on QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrTr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for triggering downlink LDR. If
igThd 0 UCELL 020102 Measure the ratio of the downlink load to the downlink
LDM WRFD- ment capacity is higher than or equal to this threshold for a
MOD 020103 Inter duration longer than that specified by the
UCELL Frequen "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink LDR
WRFD- (preliminary congestion state) is triggered and LDR
LDM 020117 cy Load
Balance actions are performed to reduce the cell load. The
WRFD- recommended value difference between
020106 Multi- "DlLdrRelThd" and "DlLdrTrigThd" is higher than
Carrier 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
WRFD- Switch
020122 frequently enters and leaves the preliminary
off congestion state.
Based
on GUI Value Range: 0~100
Traffic Unit: %
Load Actual Value Range: 0~100
Reshuffl
ing
Multi-
Carrier
Switch
off
Based
on QoS
UlLdrB BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE
ERateRe 0 UCELL 021101 c traffic rate reduction.
duction LDR WRFD- Channel GUI Value Range: 1~10
RabNu MOD 020106 Configu
m ration Unit: None
UCELL
LDR Control Actual Value Range: 1~10
(DCCC) Default Value: 1
Load
Reshuffl
ing
UlLdrB BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE
m ration Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Reshuffl
ing

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrPs BSC690 ADD WRFD- RAB Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR
RTQosR 0 UCELL 010506 Quality uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation. The
enegRab LDR WRFD- of target users of this parameter are the PS domain real-
Num MOD 020106 Service time users. The setting of this parameter is similar to
UCELL Renegot the setting of BE service rate reduction user number.
LDR iation Considering the scenario where the candidate users
over Iu selected for DL LDR do not meet the QoS
Interface renegotiation conditions, you need to leave some
Load margin when setting this parameter to ensure the
Reshuffl success of LDR.
ing GUI Value Range: 1~10
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlLdrPs BSC691 ADD WRFD- RAB Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR
LDR iation Considering the scenario where the candidate users
over Iu selected for DL LDR do not meet the QoS
Interface renegotiation conditions, you need to leave some
Load margin when setting this parameter to ensure the
Reshuffl success of LDR.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlCSInt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS
erRatSh 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The
ouldBe LDR WRFD- ing target users of this parameter are the CS domain users
HOUeN MOD 020306 Inter- for whom "SHInd" is handover to GSM should be
um UCELL RAT performed. Because the CS domain users are session
LDR Handov users in general and they have little impact on load,
er Based you can set this parameter to a comparatively larger
on Load value.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
um UCELL RAT performed. Because the CS domain users are session
LDR Handov users in general and they have little impact on load,
er Based you can set this parameter to a comparatively larger
on Load value.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
UlPSInt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS
ouldBe LDR WRFD- ing target users of this parameter are the PS domain users
um UCELL RAT performed.
LDR Handov GUI Value Range: 1~10
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1
UlLdrA BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR
MRRate 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl AMR traffic rate reduction.
Reducti LDR WRFD- ing GUI Value Range: 1~10
onRabN MOD 020701 AMR/W
um Unit: None
UCELL B-AMR
LDR Speech Actual Value Range: 1~10
Rates Default Value: 1
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrA BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR
MRRate 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl AMR traffic rate reduction.
um Unit: None
UCELL B-AMR
Control
erRatSh 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.
ouldNot LDR WRFD- ing The target users of this parameter are the CS domain
HOUeN MOD 020306 Inter- users for whom "SHInd" is handover to GSM should
um UCELL RAT not be performed.
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 3
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 3
ouldNot LDR WRFD- ing The target users of this parameter are the PS domain
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1
UlInterF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Cell UL load remaining space limit for
reqHoC 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen load-based inter-frequency handovers. In the load-
ellLoad LDR WRFD- cy Load based inter-frequency handovers involved in LDR
SpaceTh MOD 020106 Balance triggered by basic congestions in the uplink, the inter-
d UCELL Load frequency neighboring cell can be selected as the
LDR Reshuffl target cell of the handover only when the uplink load
ing remaining space of the cell is larger than this
parameter value.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20
UlInterF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Cell UL load remaining space limit for
reqHoC 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen load-based inter-frequency handovers. In the load-
ellLoad LDR WRFD- cy Load based inter-frequency handovers involved in LDR
SpaceTh MOD 020106 Balance triggered by basic congestions in the uplink, the inter-
d UCELL Load frequency neighboring cell can be selected as the
LDR Reshuffl target cell of the handover only when the uplink load
ing remaining space of the cell is larger than this
parameter value.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlInterF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Cell DL load remaining space limit for
reqHoC 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen load-based inter-frequency handovers. In a load-based
ellLoad LDR WRFD- cy Load inter-frequency handover with LDR triggered by basic
SpaceTh MOD 020106 Balance congestions in the uplink, the inter-frequency
d UCELL Load neighboring cell can be selected as the target cell of
LDR Reshuffl the handover only when the DL load remaining space
ing of the cell is larger than the value of this parameter.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20
DlInterF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Cell DL load remaining space limit for
reqHoC 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen load-based inter-frequency handovers. In a load-based
ellLoad LDR WRFD- cy Load inter-frequency handover with LDR triggered by basic
SpaceTh MOD 020106 Balance congestions in the uplink, the inter-frequency
d UCELL Load neighboring cell can be selected as the target cell of
LDR Reshuffl the handover only when the DL load remaining space
ing of the cell is larger than the value of this parameter.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20
UlInterF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Upper UL bandwidth limit for load-based
reqHoB 0 UCELL 140217 Frequen inter-frequency handovers. The UE can be selected to
WThd LDR WRFD- cy Load perform load-based inter-frequency handovers only
MOD 020106 Balancin when its bandwidth is less than this threshold.
UCELL g Based GUI Value Range: 0~400000
WRFD- on
LDR 020103 Unit: bit/s
Configu
rable Actual Value Range: 0~400000
Threshol
d
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlInterF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Upper UL bandwidth limit for load-based
WRFD- on
Configu
Threshol
d
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
DlInterF BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Upper DL bandwidth limit for load-based
WRFD- on
Configu
Threshol
d
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlInterF BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Upper DL bandwidth limit for load-based
WRFD- on
Configu
Threshol
d
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
MbmsD BSC690 ADD WRFD- MBMS Meaning: When the priority of the RAB of MBMS
ecPower 0 UCELL 0106160 Load services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the
RabThd LDR 3 Control MBMS power to the minimum power. The MBMS
MOD WRFD- Load service at each rate is set on the basis of two power
UCELL 020106 Reshuffl levels. The power set for an MBMS service is
LDR ing determined according to cell load during the service
access. In addition, the FACH power of the MBMS
service must be decreased as required in the duration
of cell congestion. a part of services with high priority,
for example the disaster pre-alert, however, do not
need the coverage shrink caused by cell load. In such
a case, you can adjust the service priority threshold to
protect the services with high priority against the
impact of the service access failure and the load
control algorithm.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
MbmsD BSC691 ADD WRFD- MBMS Meaning: When the priority of the RAB of MBMS
ecPower 0 UCELL 0106160 Load services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the
RabThd LDR 3 Control MBMS power to the minimum power. The MBMS
MOD WRFD- Load service at each rate is set on the basis of two power
UCELL 020106 Reshuffl levels. The power set for an MBMS service is
LDR ing determined according to cell load during the service
access. In addition, the FACH power of the MBMS
service must be decreased as required in the duration
of cell congestion. Services with high priority, for
example the disaster pre-alert, however, do not need
the coverage shrink caused by cell load. In such a
case, you can adjust the service priority threshold to
protect the services with high priority against the
impact of the service access failure and the load
control algorithm.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellLdr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This
SfResTh 0 UCELL 150216 Based parameter is used to determine whether the code load
d LDR WRFD- PS reshuffling (LDR) is allowed.
MOD 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
UCELL ion from SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 020108 SF256(SF256)
to LTE
WRFD- Unit: None
Load
150215 Based Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
WRFD- PS SF128, SF256
140226 Handov Default Value: SF8(SF8)
WRFD- er from
140102 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
020106 Code
Resourc
WRFD- e
150231 Manage
WRFD- ment
150219 SRVCC
WRFD- from
020126 LTE to
WRFD- UMTS
020103 with PS
Handov
WRFD- er
020129
Fast
WRFD- Return
140218 from
WRFD- UMTS
150220 to LTE
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RIM
Based
UMTS
Target
Cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
Selectio
n for
LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellLdr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This
SfResTh 0 UCELL 150216 Based parameter is used to determine whether the code load
d LDR WRFD- PS reshuffling (LDR) is allowed.
MOD 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
UCELL ion from SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 020108 SF256(SF256)
to LTE
WRFD- Unit: None
Load
150215 Based Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
WRFD- PS SF128, SF256
140226 Handov Default Value: SF8(SF8)
WRFD- er from
140102 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
020106 Code
Resourc
WRFD- e
150231 Manage
WRFD- ment
150219 SRVCC
WRFD- from
020126 LTE to
WRFD- UMTS
020103 with PS
Handov
WRFD- er
020129
Fast
WRFD- Return
140218 from
WRFD- UMTS
150220 to LTE
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RIM
Based
UMTS
Target
Cell

WCDMA RAN

nd
Selectio
n for
LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
LdrCode BSC690 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning: Code priority indication for LDR. If this
PriUseIn 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc parameter is set to TRUE, the codes with a high
d LDR WRFD- e priority, that is the subtree with a large code number,
MOD 020106 Manage are reserved during the code reshuffling. This
UCELL ment facilitates code resource dynamic sharing for HSDPA
LDR Load services. If this parameter is set to FALSE, the subtree
Reshuffl with a minimum number of users is selected from the
ing candidate subtrees. If there are multiple subtrees with
a minimum number of users, the subtree with the
maximum code number is selected for code
reshuffling.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(FALSE)
LdrCode BSC691 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning: Code priority indication for LDR. If this
PriUseIn 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc parameter is set to TRUE, the codes with a high
d LDR WRFD- e priority, that is the subtree with a large code number,
MOD 020106 Manage are reserved during the code reshuffling. This
UCELL ment facilitates code resource dynamic sharing for HSDPA
LDR Load services. If this parameter is set to FALSE, the subtree
Reshuffl with a minimum number of users is selected from the
ing candidate subtrees. If there are multiple subtrees with
a minimum number of users, the subtree with the
maximum code number is selected for code
reshuffling.
Unit: None
MaxUse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning: Maximum number of users selected in code
rNumCo 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc reshuffling. Code reshuffling is triggered only when
deAdj LDR WRFD- e the number of users on a code is less than or equal to
MOD 020106 Manage this threshold. Code reshuffling has a severe impact
UCELL ment on the QoS. In addition, the reshuffled users occupy
LDR Load two code resources during code reshuffling.
Reshuffl Therefore, the parameter value 1 is recommended.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxUse BSC691 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning: Maximum number of users selected in code
rNumCo 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc reshuffling. Code reshuffling is triggered only when
deAdj LDR WRFD- e the number of users on a code is less than or equal to
MOD 020106 Manage this threshold. Code reshuffling has a severe impact
UCELL ment on the QoS. In addition, the reshuffled users occupy
LDR Load two code resources during code reshuffling.
Reshuffl Therefore, the parameter value 1 is recommended.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlLdrCr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit
editSfRe 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen LDR. The uplink credit LDR could be triggered only
sThd LDR WRFD- cy Load when the SF factor corresponding to the uplink
MOD 020106 Balance remaining credit is higher than this threshold.
UCELL Load GUI Value Range: 8*SF4(8*SF4), 7*SF4(7*SF4),
LDR Reshuffl 6*SF4(6*SF4), 5*SF4(5*SF4), 4*SF4(4*SF4),
ing 3*SF4(3*SF4), 2*SF4(2*SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8),
SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8*SF4, 7*SF4, 6*SF4, 5*SF4,
4*SF4, 3*SF4, 2*SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Default Value: SF8(SF8)
UlLdrCr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit
editSfRe 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen LDR. The uplink credit LDR could be triggered only
sThd LDR WRFD- cy Load when the SF factor corresponding to the uplink
MOD 020106 Balance remaining credit is higher than this threshold.
UCELL Load GUI Value Range: 8*SF4(8*SF4), 7*SF4(7*SF4),
LDR Reshuffl 6*SF4(6*SF4), 5*SF4(5*SF4), 4*SF4(4*SF4),
ing 3*SF4(3*SF4), 2*SF4(2*SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8),
SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8*SF4, 7*SF4, 6*SF4, 5*SF4,
4*SF4, 3*SF4, 2*SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrCr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in DL credit LDR.
editSfRe 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl DL credit LDR is triggered when the SF value
sThd LDR ing corresponding to the DL remaining credit is greater
MOD than this threshold.
UCELL GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
LDR SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
DlLdrCr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in DL credit LDR.
editSfRe 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl DL credit LDR is triggered when the SF value
sThd LDR ing corresponding to the DL remaining credit is greater
MOD than this threshold.
UCELL GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
LDR SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
LdrCode BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Code resource usage difference threshold.
UsedSpa 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen Inter-frequency handovers are triggered when the
ceThd LDR WRFD- cy Load difference between the resource usage of the current
MOD 020106 Balance cell and that of the target cell is greater than this
UCELL Load threshold.
LDR Reshuffl GUI Value Range: 0~100
ing Unit: %
Default Value: 13
LdrCode BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Code resource usage difference threshold.
UsedSpa 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen Inter-frequency handovers are triggered when the
ceThd LDR WRFD- cy Load difference between the resource usage of the current
MOD 020106 Balance cell and that of the target cell is greater than this
UCELL Load threshold.
LDR Reshuffl GUI Value Range: 0~100
ing Unit: %
Default Value: 13

WCDMA RAN

nd
CodeCo BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether an inter-frequency handover is

ngSelInt 0 UCELL 150216 Based selected in code resource congestion. If this parameter
erFreqH LDR WRFD- PS is set to TRUE(TRUE), the inter-frequency handover
oInd MOD 150217 Redirect is selected in code resource congestion. If this
UCELL ion from parameter is set to FALSE(FALSE), the inter-
WRFD- UMTS frequency handover is not selected in code resource
LDR 150215 to LTE congestion. This parameter is set based on the network
WRFD- resource usage. In the case of multi-frequency
Load
140226 coverage, if code resources present a bottleneck, such
Based
WRFD- PS as indoor environment, the parameter is recommended
020103 Handov to be set to TRUE(TRUE).
WRFD- er from GUI Value Range: FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
020106 UMTS Unit: None
to LTE
WRFD- Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
150231 SRVCC
from
WRFD-
LTE to
150219
UMTS
WRFD- with PS
020126 Handov
WRFD- er
140102 Fast
WRFD- Return
020129 from
WRFD- UMTS
140218 to LTE
WRFD- Inter
150220 Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RIM
Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selectio
n for
LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from

WCDMA RAN

nd
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
CodeCo BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Whether an inter-frequency handover is

ngSelInt 0 UCELL 150216 Based selected in code resource congestion. If this parameter
erFreqH LDR WRFD- PS is set to TRUE(TRUE), the inter-frequency handover
oInd MOD 150217 Redirect is selected in code resource congestion. If this
UCELL ion from parameter is set to FALSE(FALSE), the inter-
WRFD- UMTS frequency handover is not selected in code resource
LDR 150215 to LTE congestion. This parameter is set based on the network
WRFD- resource usage. In the case of multi-frequency
Load
140226 coverage, if code resources present a bottleneck, such
Based
WRFD- PS as indoor environment, the parameter is recommended
020103 Handov to be set to TRUE(TRUE).
WRFD- er from GUI Value Range: FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
020106 UMTS Unit: None
to LTE
WRFD- Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
150231 SRVCC
from
WRFD-
LTE to
150219
UMTS
WRFD- with PS
020126 Handov
WRFD- er
140102 Fast
WRFD- Return
020129 from
WRFD- UMTS
140218 to LTE
WRFD- Inter
150220 Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RIM
Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selectio
n for
LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from

WCDMA RAN

nd
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
GoldUse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Whether gold users involve in the
rLoadCo 0 UCELL 140217 Frequen congestion control. According to the policy set for
ntrolSwi LDR WRFD- cy Load gold users by operators, if service quality of gold
tch MOD 020131 Balancin users should be guaranteed even in resource
UCELL g Based congestion, the switch should be turned off. If this
WRFD- on switch is turned on, LDR such as rate reduction and
LDR 020106 Configu handover also occurs on gold users even in cell
rable resource congestion, which impacts user service
Load quality. If this switch is disabled, no action is
Threshol performed on gold users.
d GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Optimiz Unit: None
ation of
R99 and Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
HSUPA Default Value: OFF(OFF)
Users
Fairness
Load
Reshuffl
ing
GoldUse BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Whether gold users involve in the
rLoadCo 0 UCELL 140217 Frequen congestion control. According to the policy set for
ntrolSwi LDR WRFD- cy Load gold users by operators, if service quality of gold
tch MOD 020131 Balancin users should be guaranteed even in resource
UCELL g Based congestion, the switch should be turned off. If this
WRFD- on switch is turned on, LDR such as rate reduction and
LDR 020106 Configu handover also occurs on gold users even in cell
rable resource congestion, which impacts user service
Load quality. If this switch is disabled, no action is
Threshol performed on gold users.
d GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Optimiz Unit: None
ation of
R99 and Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
HSUPA Default Value: OFF(OFF)
Users
Fairness
Load
Reshuffl
ing

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterFre BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Forbidden traffic classes when inter-
qLdHoF 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen frequency handovers are performed. This parameter is
orbiden LDR WRFD- cy Load used to prevent the LDR action from disarranging the
TC MOD 020106 Balance original service steering sequence.
UCELL Load GUI Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL(R99
LDR Reshuffl Conversational), R99_STREAMING(R99 Streaming),
ing R99_BE(R99 BE),
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSDPA
Conversational), HSDPA_STREAMING(HSDPA
Streaming), HSDPA_BE(HSDPA BE),
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSPA Conversational),
HSPA_STREAMING(HSPA Streaming),
HSPA_BE(HSPA BE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL,
R99_STREAMING, R99_BE,
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL,
HSDPA_STREAMING, HSDPA_BE,
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSPA_STREAMING,
HSPA_BE
Default Value: R99_CONVERSATIONAL:
0,R99_STREAMING:0,R99_BE:
0,HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL:
0,HSDPA_STREAMING:0,HSDPA_BE:
0,HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL:
0,HSPA_STREAMING:0,HSPA_BE:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterFre BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Forbidden traffic classes when inter-
qLdHoF 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen frequency handovers are performed. This parameter is
orbiden LDR WRFD- cy Load used to prevent the LDR action from disarranging the
TC MOD 020106 Balance original service steering sequence.
UCELL Load GUI Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL(R99
LDR Reshuffl Conversational), R99_STREAMING(R99 Streaming),
ing R99_BE(R99 BE),
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSDPA
Conversational), HSDPA_STREAMING(HSDPA
Streaming), HSDPA_BE(HSDPA BE),
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSPA Conversational),
HSPA_STREAMING(HSPA Streaming),
HSPA_BE(HSPA BE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL,
R99_STREAMING, R99_BE,
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL,
HSDPA_STREAMING, HSDPA_BE,
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSPA_STREAMING,
HSPA_BE
Default Value: R99_CONVERSATIONAL:
0,R99_STREAMING:0,R99_BE:
0,HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL:
0,HSDPA_STREAMING:0,HSDPA_BE:
0,HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL:
0,HSPA_STREAMING:0,HSPA_BE:0
UlTtiCr BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: The threshold of the reserved SF is used for
editSfRe 0 UCELL judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
sThd LDR decision. When uplink credit is lower than the
MOD threshold, the credit state of TTI switchover algorithm
UCELL is set to restricted. The smaller the parameter value is,
LDR the easier the credit state is set to restricted. The
threshold of the reserved SF is converted to credit by
DCH consumption law.
GUI Value Range: 8SF4(8SF4), 7SF4(7SF4),
6SF4(6SF4), 5SF4(5SF4), 4SF4(4SF4), 3SF4(3SF4),
2SF4(2SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8SF4, 7SF4, 6SF4, 5SF4, 4SF4,
3SF4, 2SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128,
SF256
Default Value: 4SF4(4SF4)

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlTtiCr BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: The threshold of the reserved SF is used for
editSfRe 0 UCELL judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
sThd LDR decision. When uplink credit is lower than the
MOD threshold, the credit state of TTI switchover algorithm
UCELL is set to restricted. The smaller the parameter value is,
LDR the easier the credit state is set to restricted. The
threshold of the reserved SF is converted to credit by
DCH consumption law.
GUI Value Range: 8SF4(8SF4), 7SF4(7SF4),
6SF4(6SF4), 5SF4(5SF4), 4SF4(4SF4), 3SF4(3SF4),
2SF4(2SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8SF4, 7SF4, 6SF4, 5SF4, 4SF4,
3SF4, 2SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128,
SF256
Default Value: 4SF4(4SF4)
InterFre BSC690 ADD WRFD- Enhance Meaning: Whether to perform LDR-triggered

qLDHO 0 UCELL 020160 d measurement-based inter-frequency handover or
Method LDR WRFD- Multiba LDR-triggered blind inter-frequency handover.
Selectio MOD 020106 nd Measurement-based handover applies to scenarios
n UCELL Manage where cells in a network use different frequency bands
WRFD- ment and cover different areas, while blind handover
LDR 020103
Load applies to scenarios where these cells use the same
Reshuffl frequency band and cover the same area. If these two
ing types of scenario coexist in a network, you are advised
to set this parameter to PRIOBLINDHO. When this
Inter parameter is set to PRIOBLINDHO, the RNC
Frequen preferentially performs LDR-triggered blind inter-
cy Load frequency handover. If none of the configured
Balance neighboring cells for blind handover meets the related
requirements, the RNC then selects one cell from the
configured cells that support LDR-triggered
measurement-based inter-frequency handover as the
target cell.
GUI Value Range: BLINDHO(BLINDHO),
MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO),
PRIOBLINDHO(PRIOBLINDHO)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BLINDHO, MEASUREHO,
PRIOBLINDHO
Default Value: BLINDHO(BLINDHO)

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterFre BSC691 ADD WRFD- Enhance Meaning: Whether to perform LDR-triggered

qLDHO 0 UCELL 020160 d measurement-based inter-frequency handover or
Method LDR WRFD- Multiba LDR-triggered blind inter-frequency handover.
Selectio MOD 020106 nd Measurement-based handover applies to scenarios
n UCELL Manage where cells in a network use different frequency bands
WRFD- ment and cover different areas, while blind handover
LDR 020103
Load applies to scenarios where these cells use the same
Reshuffl frequency band and cover the same area. If these two
ing types of scenario coexist in a network, you are advised
to set this parameter to PRIOBLINDHO. When this
Inter parameter is set to PRIOBLINDHO, the RNC
Frequen preferentially performs LDR-triggered blind inter-
cy Load frequency handover. If none of the configured
Balance neighboring cells for blind handover meets the related
requirements, the RNC then selects one cell from the
configured cells that support LDR-triggered
measurement-based inter-frequency handover as the
target cell.
GUI Value Range: BLINDHO(BLINDHO),
MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO),
PRIOBLINDHO(PRIOBLINDHO)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BLINDHO, MEASUREHO,
PRIOBLINDHO
Default Value: BLINDHO(BLINDHO)
CodeCo BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Whether the code-resource-congestion-

ngHoEn 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen triggered neighboring cell selection enhancement
hanceIn LDR WRFD- cy Load algorithm takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
d MOD 020106 Balance a UE can be handed over to an inter-SPU subsystem
UCELL Load cell through an inter-frequency handover triggered by
LDR Reshuffl code resource congestion. When this switch is turned
ing off, a UE cannot be handed over to an inter-SPU
subsystem cell through an inter-frequency handover
triggered by code resource congestion.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
CodeCo BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Whether the code-resource-congestion-

ngHoEn 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen triggered neighboring cell selection enhancement
hanceIn LDR WRFD- cy Load algorithm takes effect. When this switch is turned on,
d MOD 020106 Balance a UE can be handed over to an inter-SPU subsystem
UCELL Load cell through an inter-frequency handover triggered by
LDR Reshuffl code resource congestion. When this switch is turned
ing off, a UE cannot be handed over to an inter-SPU
subsystem cell through an inter-frequency handover
triggered by code resource congestion.
Unit: None
DlLdrB BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE
m ration Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Reshuffl
ing
DlLdrB BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE
m ration Unit: None
UCELL
Load
Reshuffl
ing

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrPs BSC690 ADD WRFD- RAB Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR
LDR iation When the candidate users selected for DL LDR do not
over Iu meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, the number of
Interface users performing QoS renegotiation is smaller than the
Load value of this parameter. Therefore, leave some margin
Reshuffl when setting this parameter to ensure the success of
ing LDR.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
DlLdrPs BSC691 ADD WRFD- RAB Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR
LDR iation When the candidate users selected for DL LDR do not
over Iu meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, the number of
Interface users performing QoS renegotiation is smaller than the
Load value of this parameter. Therefore, leave some margin
Reshuffl when setting this parameter to ensure the success of
ing LDR.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
DlCSInt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR-CS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 3

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlCSInt BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR-CS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 3
DlPSInt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR-PS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1
DlPSInt BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR-PS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1
DlLdrA BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR-
MRRate 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl AMR voice service rate reduction.
um Unit: None
UCELL B-AMR
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrA BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR-
MRRate 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl AMR voice service rate reduction.
um Unit: None
UCELL B-AMR
Control
DlCSInt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 3
DlCSInt BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 3
DlPSInt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlPSInt BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS
er Based Unit: None
on Load
Default Value: 1

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

rstActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.
n LDR WRFD- PS
Redirect INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load
MOD 150217 handover is performed.
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS
LDR BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
020108 to LTE service.
WRFD- Load QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the
020103 Based uncontrollable real-time service is performed.
WRFD- PS
CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov
SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from
performed.
020106 UMTS
to LTE PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD- SHOULDBE load handover of the PS domain is
070004 Code
performed.
Resourc
WRFD- e AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
0106160 Manage setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
3 ment service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
WRFD- service.
Inter
021101 Frequen MBMSDECPOWER (MBMS power limiting): The
WRFD- cy Load MBMS service is configured with the minimum
020701 Balance power.
WRFD- RAB CODEADJ (code tree reshuffling): The fragments of
020306 Quality the downlink code tree are arranged.
of CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Service SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
Renegot performed.
iation
over Iu PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Interface SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
performed.
Load
Reshuffl PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
ing based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
performed.
Load
Based WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
GSM reconfiguration): The rate of an AMR-WB service is
and lowered through RB reconfiguration and the SF of the
UMTS AMR-WB service is reconfigured when code resource
Handov congestion occurs.
er The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Enhance judges whether each action is successful. If an action
ment is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Based action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
on Iur-g all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
is finished, and the system waits for the next
triggering of the LDR.

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS Because each action is performed by its algorithm

Load module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and
Control delivers control messages, the execution result of each
Dynami action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
c algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Channel only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
Configu candidate users are found.
ration The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
Control the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
(DCCC) inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the
AMR/W first action.
B-AMR The BE service rate reduction is effective only when
Speech the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
Rates GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Control InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
Inter- BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
RAT QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
Handov negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
er Based inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
on Load BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
should not be load handover),
PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover),
WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
reconfiguration)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
Default Value: CodeAdj(Code adjust)

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

rstActio 0 UCELL 021101 c NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.
n LDR WRFD- Channel
Configu INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load
UCELL ration
WRFD- Control BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 020103 (DCCC) service.
WRFD- Code QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the
010506 Resourc uncontrollable real-time service is performed.
WRFD- e CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
020106 Manage SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- ment performed.
0106160 Inter PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
3 Frequen SHOULDBE load handover of the PS domain is
WRFD- cy Load performed.
020701 Balance
AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
RAB setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
Quality service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
of service.
Service
Renegot MBMSDECPOWER (MBMS power limiting): The
iation MBMS service is configured with the minimum
over Iu power.
Interface CODEADJ (code tree reshuffling): The fragments of
Load the downlink code tree are arranged.
Reshuffl CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
ing SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
MBMS performed.
Load PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Control SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
AMR/W performed.
B-AMR PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
Speech based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Rates performed.
Control WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
reconfiguration): The rate of an AMR-WB service is
lowered through RB reconfiguration and the SF of the
AMR-WB service is reconfigured when code resource
congestion occurs.
The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
judges whether each action is successful. If an action
is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
is finished, and the system waits for the next
triggering of the LDR.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Because each action is performed by its algorithm

module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and
delivers control messages, the execution result of each
action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
candidate users are found.
The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the
first action.
The BE service rate reduction is effective only when
the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
should not be load handover),
WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
reconfiguration)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
Default Value: CodeAdj(Code adjust)

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrSe BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
condAct 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
ion LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
MOD 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
UCELL ion from InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 070004 BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
to LTE QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
WRFD- Load negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
020103 Based inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
WRFD- PS BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
010506 Handov handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
WRFD- er from MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
020106 UMTS CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
to LTE HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
WRFD- PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
020108 Load
Based should not be load handover),
WRFD- GSM PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover),
0106160 and WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
3 UMTS reconfiguration)
WRFD- Handov Unit: None
021101 er Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
WRFD- Enhance BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
020701 ment HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
Based MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
WRFD-
on Iur-g NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
020306
Inter PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
Frequen Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
cy Load handover)
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrSe BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
condAct 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
ion LDR WRFD- Channel should be unique.
MOD 020108 Configu GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
UCELL ration InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
WRFD- Control
(DCCC) QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
WRFD- Code negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
010506 Resourc inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
WRFD- e BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
020106 Manage handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
WRFD- ment MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
0106160 Inter CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
3 Frequen HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
cy Load PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
WRFD- should not be load handover),
020701 Balance
RAB WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
Quality reconfiguration)
of
Service Unit: None
Renegot Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
iation BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
over Iu HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
Interface MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
Load NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
Reshuffl PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
ing Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
MBMS handover)
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrTh BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
irdActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
n LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
Frequen Default Value: BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrTh BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
irdActio 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
n LDR WRFD- Channel should be unique.
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
ing Default Value: BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFo BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
urthActi 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
on LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
Frequen Default Value: NoAct(no action)
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFo BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
urthActi 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
on LDR WRFD- Channel should be unique.
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
ing Default Value: NoAct(no action)
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
fthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
fthActio 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrSi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
xthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrSi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
xthActio 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrSe BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
venthAc 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
tion LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrSe BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
venthAc 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
tion LDR WRFD- Channel should be unique.
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrEi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
ghthActi 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrEi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
ghthActi 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
on LDR WRFD- Channel should be unique.
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrNi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
nthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrNi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
nthActio 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrTe BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
nthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
WRFD-
020306
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrTe BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
nthActio 0 UCELL 021101 c DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- Control
020701 Balance
of
Service Unit: None
MBMS
Load
Control
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrEl BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Action different from that specified by
eventhA 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction.
ction LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
MOD 150217 Redirect InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
UCELL ion from BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 070004 QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
to LTE negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
WRFD- Load inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
020701 Based BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
WRFD- PS handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
020306 Handov MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
er from CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
UMTS HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
to LTE PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
Load should not be load handover),
Based PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover),
GSM WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
and reconfiguration)
UMTS Unit: None
Handov Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
er BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
Enhance HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
ment MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
Based NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
on Iur-g PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
AMR/W Default Value: NoAct(no action)
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrEl BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Action different from that specified by
eventhA 0 UCELL 150216 Based DlLdrFirstAction.
ction LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
WRFD- UMTS
WRFD- PS handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
020306 Handov MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
er from CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
UMTS HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
to LTE PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
Load should not be load handover),
Based PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover),
GSM WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
and reconfiguration)
UMTS Unit: None
Handov Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
er BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
Enhance HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
ment MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
Based NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
on Iur-g PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
AMR/W Default Value: NoAct(no action)
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

n LDR WRFD- PS
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 070004 to LTE service.
WRFD- PS CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from performed.
020106 UMTS
PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
to LTE
020108 Load performed.
Based
WRFD- AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
GSM
0106160 setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
and
3 service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
UMTS
service.
WRFD- Handov
021101 er CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Enhance SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD-
ment performed.
020701
Based PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD-
on Iur-g SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
020306
Inter performed.
Frequen PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
cy Load based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Balance performed.
RAB The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Quality judges whether each action is successful. If an action
of is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Service action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
Renegot all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
iation is finished, and the system waits for the next
over Iu triggering of the LDR.
Interface Because each action is performed by its algorithm
Reshuffl delivers control messages, the execution result of each
ing action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
Code algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Resourc only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
e candidate users are found.
Manage The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
ment the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
first action.

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when

Load the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
Control GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Dynami InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
c BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
Channel QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
Configu negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
ration inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Control BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
(DCCC) handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
AMR/W CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
B-AMR should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Speech NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
Rates handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Control Unit: None
Inter- Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
RAT BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
Handov HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
er Based CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
on Load NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover)

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

n LDR WRFD- PS
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 070004 to LTE service.
WRFD- PS CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from performed.
020106 UMTS
PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
to LTE
020108 Load performed.
Based
WRFD- AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
GSM
0106160 setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
and
3 service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
UMTS
service.
WRFD- Handov
021101 er CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Enhance SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD-
ment performed.
020701
Based PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD-
on Iur-g SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
020306
Inter performed.
Frequen PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
cy Load based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Balance performed.
RAB The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Quality judges whether each action is successful. If an action
of is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Service action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
Renegot all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
iation is finished, and the system waits for the next
over Iu triggering of the LDR.
Interface Because each action is performed by its algorithm
Reshuffl delivers control messages, the execution result of each
ing action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
Code algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Resourc only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
e candidate users are found.
Manage The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
ment the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
first action.

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when

Load the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
Control GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Dynami InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
c BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
Channel QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
Configu negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
ration inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Control BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
(DCCC) handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
AMR/W CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
B-AMR should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Speech NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
Rates handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Control Unit: None
Inter- Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
RAT BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
Handov HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
er Based CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
on Load NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover)

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrSe BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
condAct 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
WRFD- er from CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
020106 UMTS should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
to LTE NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
WRFD- handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
0106160 Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
and BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
3 UMTS HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
WRFD- Handov CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
021101 er NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
WRFD- Enhance
ment Default Value: BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
condAct 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
ment Default Value: BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrTh BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
irdActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
ment Default Value: NoAct(no action)
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrTh BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
irdActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFo BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
urthActi 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFo BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
urthActi 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
fthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
fthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrSi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
xthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrSi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
xthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
venthAc 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
venthAc 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrEi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
ghthActi 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrEi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
ghthActi 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
WRFD- Enhance
020701
Based
WRFD-
on Iur-g
020306
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS
Load
Control
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrNi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Action different from that specified by
nthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction.
n LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
WRFD- UMTS
PS handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
Handov CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
er from should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
UMTS NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
to LTE handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Load Unit: None
Based Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
GSM BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
and HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
UMTS CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
Handov NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
er
Enhance Default Value: NoAct(no action)
ment
Based
on Iur-g
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrNi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Action different from that specified by
nthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction.
n LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
WRFD- UMTS
PS handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
Handov CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
er from should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
UMTS NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
to LTE handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Load Unit: None
Based Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
GSM BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
and HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
UMTS CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
Handov NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
er
Enhance Default Value: NoAct(no action)
ment
Based
on Iur-g
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMLd BSC690 ADD WRFD- Campin Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 151203 g Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
witch ALGOS WRFD- Strategy control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WITCH 020106 Switch algorithm and clearing a switch disables the
MOD for Mass corresponding algorithm.
WRFD- Event
UCELL 171213 1. INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable
ALGOS Load the cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-
WITCH WRFD- Reshuffl CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the
150231 ing downlink TCP load to achieve load balancing between
WRFD- Self intra-frequency cells. This algorithm automatically
150219 Optimiz becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P-
WRFD- ation CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
150216 Under (controlled by the
Uplink DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- Interfere switch) takes effect.
150217 nce 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- RIM (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection
150215 Based and reselection parameters based on the cell load to
WRFD- UMTS enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded cells.
0106100 Target 3. UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load
3 Cell reshuffling (LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is
Selectio heavy in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
WRFD-
n for load by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
020102
LTE BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
WRFD-
Coverag service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
140223
e Based RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction.
WRFD- PS 4. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink
150236 Redirect LDR algorithm. When the downlink load is heavy in a
WRFD- ion from cell, this algorithm alleviates the downlink load by
020101 UMTS using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
to LTE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
WRFD-
140226 Load QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Based handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS
WRFD- PS power restriction.
020107 Redirect 5. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
WRFD- ion from overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
020104 UMTS power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
to LTE the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
WRFD-
020105 Load restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
Based common channels, or releasing UEs.
WRFD-
PS 6. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink
020126
Handov OLC algorithm. When the downlink power is
WRFD- er from overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the
0106120 UMTS downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
2 to LTE distributing BE services to common channels,
WRFD- SRVCC releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum transmit
020129 from power of FACHs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- LTE to 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC

010626 UMTS event measurement.
WRFD- with PS 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell code
010627 Handov reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
er overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource
WRFD-
HSDPA overuse by using BE service rate reduction, code tree
020103
Admissi reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency handovers.
WRFD- on 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to enable the cell
010660 Control credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event of cell credit
WRFD- Load overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit overuse by
010661 Measure using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
WRFD- ment service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
010662 MOCN QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Cell handovers.
WRFD-
010663 Resourc 10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to
e enable RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
WRFD- algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
Demarc
010665 power of a cell based on the RTWP load to achieve
ation
WRFD- Load load balancing between intra-frequency cells. This
140102 Based algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the
WRFD- Dynami load-based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power
0106600 c adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
4 Adjustm DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
ent of switch) takes effect.
WRFD-
0106160 PCPICH 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
6 Admissi based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
on whether a cell enters the CLB state by the uplink load
WRFD- on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
0106600 Control
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
2 Fast triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
Return between inter-frequency cells.
WRFD-
from
0106600 12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink
UMTS
3 load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
to LTE
WRFD- whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
Overloa load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
0106600
d measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
1
Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD-
Intra between inter-frequency cells.
0106160
Frequen 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code
5
cy Load resource-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
WRFD- Balance determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the
020501 Potential code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
WRFD- User measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
150220 Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD- Mobility between inter-frequency cells.
0106160 Between 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-
1 UMTS based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- and LTE whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit
0106160 Phase 1 resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
3 HSUPA measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
WRFD- Admissi triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
0106160 on between inter-frequency cells.
2 Control 15.
WRFD- PS DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
140217 Service Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
Redirect primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
WRFD-
ion from adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the P-
0106160
UMTS CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
4
to LTE power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
WRFD- load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
010616 MBMS algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based
WRFD- FLC(Fre on TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
0106160 quency
16. ADAPTIVE_RACH: Function switch for the
8 Layer
adaptive RACH feature. When this switch is turned
Converg
WRFD- on, this feature is activated. In this case, the RNC
ence)/
140218 adjusts the random access parameters based on the
FLD(Fre
random access state and on the uplink power load of
quency
the target cell. When this switch is turned off, this
Layer
feature is deactivated.
Dispersi
on) 17. ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS: Whether to
measure the number of acknowledged PRACH
FACH
preambles. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Transmi
measures the number of acknowledged PRACH
ssion
preambles. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Sharing
does not measure the number of acknowledged
for
PRACH preambles.
MBMS
18. CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH: Whether to
Inter
enable the camping policy switching function when
Frequen
traffic is heavy. This is a function switch for the
cy Load
function. When the switch is turned on, the camping
Balance
policy switching function is enabled if traffic is heavy
MBMS in the entire network. Then, the target cell is no longer
Phase 2 a preferred camping cell for the UE in question, but a
MBMS random camping cell.
over Iur 19. INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
Dynami Whether the RNC considers the RTWP of the cell
c Power during incoming coverage-based inter-frequency
Estimati handovers to this cell. When this switch is turned on
on for and the Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference
MTCH feature takes effect, UEs can perform coverage-based
inter-frequency handovers to the cell only when the
MSCH difference between the RTWP and RSCP (RTWP -
Scheduli RSCP) of this cell is less than the value of the
ng "InterFreqInUlCovLimitThld" parameter in the "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command. When this

Channel switch is turned off, whether the RNC considers the
Audienc uplink coverage (RTWP) of the cell during incoming
e Rating coverage-based inter-frequency handovers to this cell
Statistic depends on the value of the "InterFreqHOConsi-
s derRTWPSw" parameter in the "ADD
CS UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command configured
Fallback for the neighboring cell.
Guarant GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
ee for PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
LTE DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
Emerge CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
ncy UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
Calls DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
Inter- CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
Frequen DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
cy ADAPTIVE_RACH,
Neighbo ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
ring Cell CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
Selectio INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH
n for Unit: None
MBMS Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PTP PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
Users DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
Streami CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
ng UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
Service DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
on CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
MBMS DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
MBMS ADAPTIVE_RACH,
P2P ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
over CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
HSDPA INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH
MBMS Default Value: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB:0,PUC:
Admissi 0,UL_UU_LDR:0,DL_UU_LDR:0,UL_UU_OLC:
on 0,DL_UU_OLC:0,OLC_EVENTMEAS:
Enhance 0,CELL_CODE_LDR:0,CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
ment 0,UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:0,UL_UU_CLB:
MBMS 0,DL_UU_CLB:0,CELL_CODE_CLB:
Enhance 0,CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
d 0,DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITC
Broadca H:0,ADAPTIVE_RACH:
st Mode 0,ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
0,CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
MBMS 0,INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:0
Transpo
rt
Resourc

WCDMA RAN

nd
e
Manage
ment
Open
Loop
Power
Control
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
MBMS
Broadca
st Mode
MBMS
Load
Control
MBMS
Admissi
on
Control
Inter-
Frequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
MBMS
Soft/
Selectiv
e
Combini
ng
MBMS
Introduc
tion
Package

WCDMA RAN

nd
16/32/64
/
128Kbp
s
Channel
Rate on
MBMS
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMLd BSC691 ADD WRFD- Campin Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 151203 g Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
witch ALGOS WRFD- Strategy control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WITCH 020106 Switch algorithm and clearing a switch disables the
MOD for Mass corresponding algorithm.
WRFD- Event
UCELL 171213 1. INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable
ALGOS Load the cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-
WITCH WRFD- Reshuffl CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the
150231 ing downlink TCP load to achieve load balancing between
WRFD- Self intra-frequency cells. This algorithm automatically
150219 Optimiz becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P-
WRFD- ation CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
150216 Under (controlled by the
Uplink DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- Interfere switch) takes effect.
150217 nce 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- RIM (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection
150215 Based and reselection parameters based on the cell load to
WRFD- UMTS enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded cells.
0106100 Target 3. UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load
3 Cell reshuffling (LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is
Selectio heavy in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
WRFD-
n for load by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
020102
LTE BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
WRFD-
Coverag service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
140223
e Based RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction.
WRFD- PS 4. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink
150236 Redirect LDR algorithm. When the downlink load is heavy in a
WRFD- ion from cell, this algorithm alleviates the downlink load by
020101 UMTS using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
to LTE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
WRFD-
140226 Load QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Based handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS
WRFD- PS power restriction.
020107 Redirect 5. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
WRFD- ion from overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
020104 UMTS power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
to LTE the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
WRFD-
020105 Load restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
Based common channels, or releasing UEs.
WRFD-
PS 6. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink
020126
Handov OLC algorithm. When the downlink power is
WRFD- er from overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the
0106120 UMTS downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
2 to LTE distributing BE services to common channels,
WRFD- SRVCC releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum transmit
020129 from power of FACHs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- LTE to 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC

010626 UMTS event measurement.
WRFD- with PS 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell code
010627 Handov reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
er overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource
WRFD-
HSDPA overuse by using BE service rate reduction, code tree
020103
Admissi reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency handovers.
WRFD- on 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to enable the cell
010660 Control credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event of cell credit
WRFD- Load overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit overuse by
010661 Measure using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
WRFD- ment service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
010662 MOCN QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Cell handovers.
WRFD-
010663 Resourc 10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to
e enable RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
WRFD- algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
Demarc
010665 power of a cell based on the RTWP load to achieve
ation
WRFD- Load load balancing between intra-frequency cells. This
140102 Based algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the
WRFD- Dynami load-based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power
0106600 c adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
4 Adjustm DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
ent of switch) takes effect.
WRFD-
0106160 PCPICH 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
6 Admissi based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
on whether a cell enters the CLB state by the uplink load
WRFD- on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
0106600 Control
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
2 Fast triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
Return between inter-frequency cells.
WRFD-
from
0106600 12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink
UMTS
3 load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
to LTE
WRFD- whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
Overloa load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
0106600
d measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
1
Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD-
Intra between inter-frequency cells.
0106160
Frequen 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code
5
cy Load resource-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
WRFD- Balance determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the
020501 Potential code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
WRFD- User measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
150220 Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD- Mobility between inter-frequency cells.
0106160 Between 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-
1 UMTS based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- and LTE whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit
0106160 Phase 1 resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
3 HSUPA measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
WRFD- Admissi triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
0106160 on between inter-frequency cells.
2 Control 15.
WRFD- PS DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
140217 Service Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
Redirect primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
WRFD-
ion from adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the P-
0106160
UMTS CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
4
to LTE power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
WRFD- load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
010616 MBMS algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based
WRFD- FLC(Fre on TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
0106160 quency
16. ADAPTIVE_RACH: Function switch for the
8 Layer
adaptive RACH feature. When this switch is turned
Converg
WRFD- on, this feature is activated. In this case, the RNC
ence)/
140218 adjusts the random access parameters based on the
FLD(Fre
random access state and on the uplink power load of
quency
the target cell. When this switch is turned off, this
Layer
feature is deactivated.
Dispersi
on) 17. ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS: Whether to
measure the number of acknowledged PRACH
FACH
preambles. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Transmi
measures the number of acknowledged PRACH
ssion
preambles. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Sharing
does not measure the number of acknowledged
for
PRACH preambles.
MBMS
18. CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH: Whether to
Inter
enable the camping policy switching function when
Frequen
traffic is heavy. This is a function switch for the
cy Load
function. When the switch is turned on, the camping
Balance
policy switching function is enabled if traffic is heavy
MBMS in the entire network. Then, the target cell is no longer
Phase 2 a preferred camping cell for the UE in question, but a
MBMS random camping cell.
over Iur 19. INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
Dynami Whether the RNC considers the RTWP of the cell
c Power during incoming coverage-based inter-frequency
Estimati handovers to this cell. When this switch is turned on
on for and the Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference
MTCH feature takes effect, UEs can perform coverage-based
inter-frequency handovers to the cell only when the
MSCH difference between the RTWP and RSCP (RTWP -
Scheduli RSCP) of this cell is less than the value of the
ng "InterFreqInUlCovLimitThld" parameter in the "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command. When this

Channel switch is turned off, whether the RNC considers the
Audienc uplink coverage (RTWP) of the cell during incoming
e Rating coverage-based inter-frequency handovers to this cell
Statistic depends on the value of the "InterFreqHOConsi-
s derRTWPSw" parameter in the "ADD
CS UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command configured
Fallback for the neighboring cell.
Guarant GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
ee for PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
LTE DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
Emerge CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
ncy UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
Calls DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
Inter- CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
Frequen DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
cy ADAPTIVE_RACH,
Neighbo ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
ring Cell CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
Selectio INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH
n for Unit: None
MBMS Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PTP PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
Users DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
Streami CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
ng UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
Service DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
on CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
MBMS DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
MBMS ADAPTIVE_RACH,
P2P ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
over CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
HSDPA INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH
MBMS Default Value: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB:0,PUC:
Admissi 0,UL_UU_LDR:0,DL_UU_LDR:0,UL_UU_OLC:
on 0,DL_UU_OLC:0,OLC_EVENTMEAS:
Enhance 0,CELL_CODE_LDR:0,CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
ment 0,UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:0,UL_UU_CLB:
MBMS 0,DL_UU_CLB:0,CELL_CODE_CLB:
Enhance 0,CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
d 0,DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITC
Broadca H:0,ADAPTIVE_RACH:
st Mode 0,ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
0,CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
MBMS 0,INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:0
Transpo
rt
Resourc

WCDMA RAN

nd
e
Manage
ment
Open
Loop
Power
Control
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
MBMS
Broadca
st Mode
MBMS
Load
Control
MBMS
Admissi
on
Control
Inter-
Frequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
MBMS
Soft/
Selectiv
e
Combini
ng
MBMS
Introduc
tion
Package

WCDMA RAN

nd
16/32/64
/
128Kbp
s
Channel
Rate on
MBMS
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITC
tch4 RLSWI H(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
TCH
When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related
procedure succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged
mode (AM) or the size of the RLC PDU changes in
AM; the RLC entity is not reestablished for the TRB.
As a result, data transmission fails on the user plane,
and the TRB is reset. This parameter specifies whether
the RNC reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that
use AM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RLC entity is
0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is not
2)RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM
TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE.
Services are interrupted. This parameter specifies
whether the RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that
use UM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. If the TRB has been
established for the UE, RL reestablishment is not
performed in the preceding scenario even if its trigger
conditions are met.
0: This switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is
performed in the preceding scenario when its trigger
conditions are met.
3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC RL
Reestablishment Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC receives a complete message from
the UE during radio link (RL) reestablishment over
the Iur interface.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a

complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not receive
a complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
4)URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH
Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-
entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAN processes the
cell update procedure during a state transition from
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAN determines that
the cell update procedure is abnormally triggered and
therefore does not process the procedure. As a result,
the cell update procedure times out, and the UE's
connection is abnormally released, increasing the call
drop rate.
5)RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state.
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannot
receive this message in UM can now correctly receive
this message.
BEARER SETUP message in UM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state.
6)RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.
the CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that

WCDMA RAN

nd

the CELL_FACH state.
7)RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_DCH state.
the CELL_DCH state. Therefore, those UEs that
the CELL_DCH state.
8)RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations at 3:00
a.m..
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC does
not calculate the number of UEs that are processing a
signaling procedure into these two counters.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC calculates the
number of UEs that are processing a signaling
procedure into these two counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates
the number of these UEs into these two counters again
after their signaling procedures are complete.
9)TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable load sharing for the SRNS
relocations and incoming Inter-RAT handover
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. During an SRNS
procedure, the signaling and SCCP are processed by
the same signaling subsystem, and load sharing is
implemented between signaling subsystems.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS

procedure, the signaling is processed by the signaling
subsystem that carries the serving cell.
10)IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page
UEs When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection)
Whether the RNC sends paging messages to UEs in
the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
domain.
messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH
states when these UEs are releasing their connections
in the CS or PS domain.
paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain.
11)CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup.
1: This switch is set to on. The CPC is configured in
an optimized way during RL setup. That is, if the RL
activation time is carried, the RNC forwards the RL
activation time to the NodeB during RL setup. If the
RL activation time is not carried, the RNC changes
the Enabling Delay to 128.
0: This switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured
in an optimized way. That is, the RNC neither
forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB during
RL setup nor changes the Enabling Delay.
12) D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P)
Whether to release the RRC connection after an L2
deactivation failure during the D2P state transition.
released after an L2 deactivation failure.
not released after an L2 deactivation failure. The UE
stays in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, and the
dedicated channel is released.

WCDMA RAN

nd
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch)
Whether special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their
RRC CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell
is enabled with E-FACH.
1: This switch is set to on. the RNC retransmits the
last RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the E-
FACH if special users do not respond to the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message on the FACH. If the
UE returns an RRC CONNECTION SETUP CMP
message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH state during
data transmission.
0: This switch is set to off. no special processing is
performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D)
Whether the RNC discards a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message
received from a UE during P2D state transitions when
the value of the "RRC transaction identifier" IE in the
message is incorrect.
message and waits for the UE's response.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the
P2D state transition procedure.
15)
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled)
Whether the RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures
in the scenario where the narrowband AMRC function
takes effect.
scenario.
scenario.
16)RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes

to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes only to the RLs on the E-DCH
for UEs in the CELL_DCH state during UE-not-
involved relocations.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved
relocations.
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update)
Whether the RNC supports the concurrence of the
compressed mode (CM) procedure and the cell update
procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC rolls back the
CM procedure and then processes the cell update
message.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not support
the concurrence of the CM procedure and the cell
update procedure.
18)DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
(which carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs)
over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is set to on. the radio link
interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface.
0: This switch is set to off, the radio link
interface fails after the DRNC receives the preceding
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE
message over the Iur interface.
19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface
messages in an optimized way.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. the RNC allocates

TransIDs independently to each NodeB to prevent the
message out-of-order problem caused by NodeBs'
responses carrying the same TransID.
0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates a set of
TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs.
20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature in the
following scenario: The UE has established a service
and the service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE
initiates a second service and the second service
experiences a cell update failure during its setup and is
rolled back.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly
configures the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature and correctly processes the service setup and
cell update rollback in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC cannot
correctly configure the parameters related to the
enhanced L2 feature, and consequently call drops
occur.
21)ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH
Radio link (RL) reestablishment optimization switch
for the scenario where the following functions are
enabled: RB fast setup function for RB setups
accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs, and
hard handover fast reconfiguration.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC determines
whether a new RL is synchronized and whether the
CELL UPDATE message carries the reconfiguration
tag. If the RL is not synchronized and the CELL
UPDATE message does not carry the reconfiguration
tag, the RL is reestablished.
When this switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of
RL reestablishment remain unchanged.
22)RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch)
Whether the IMSI-based handover feature takes effect
in multioperator core network (MOCN) scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on. In MOCN scenarios, the
RNC releases the connections of the UEs using a
certain international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)
after receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the

RNC does not release the connections of the UEs
using a certain IMSI after receiving a COMMON ID
23)IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_S
WITCH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify
IE in RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE Messages over Iur)
Whether the RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in
the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field
will remain unchanged after the reconfiguration.
1: This switch is set to on. the RADIO LINK
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-to-
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after
the reconfiguration. In this case, the DRNC can
successfully reinitiate a relocation process after a UE
of Release 6 and earlier versions whose SRB is carried
on an HSDPA channel is relocated to the DRNC.
0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO LINK
Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueue-Info-to-
Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate and
DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after
being relocated to the DRNC.
24)URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SW
ITCH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change
During URA Update)
Whether paging is performed when the location area
code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of the target
cell differs from that of the source cell during a
UTRAN registration area (URA) update.
1: This switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in
0: This switch is set to off. Paging is performed in the
preceding scenario.
25)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimi
ze CS Paging During Cell Update)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC optimizes CS paging that occurs

during a cell update procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC optimizes CS
paging that occurs during a cell update procedure.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not
optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CS
called partly is long.
26)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH(S
RVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an
SRVCC incoming relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CS CK during an
SRVCC incoming relocation. This prevents relocation
failures caused by incorrect CKs.
0: This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CK of the last released
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the
last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation
fails.
27)SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent
by the cell broadcast center (CBC) server.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC correctly
processes the messages whose size is greater than 32
Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC cannot correctly
process the messages whose size is greater than
32Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
28)CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH(
Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process
Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in
processing method is used.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29)INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for
Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers)
Whether the optimized integrity protection function is
enabled for incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handovers.
1: This switch is set to on. The integrity protection
function is immediately activated for SRB0 to SRB4
after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is
complete.
0: This switch is set to off. The integrity protection
function is activated only for SRB2 after the incoming
L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is complete. The
integrity protection for other SRBs (SRB0, SRB1,
SRB3, and SRB4) is activated only after the UE sends
a message.
30)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH(
Optimize CS Paging During RRC Procedures)
when a UE is paged in the CS domain during an RRC
connection setup procedure.
performs optimized processing when a UE is paged in
the CS domain during an RRC connection setup
procedure.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The access
delay of the CS paging procedure increases.
31)INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services)
Whether the rate optimization policy is applied in the
scenario where the radio link (RL) for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB.
1: This switch is set to on. The rate optimization
policy is applied in the scenario where the RL for
0: This switch is set to off. The rate optimization
policy is not applied in the scenario where the RL for
32)DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)
Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the
Iur interface can be correctly processed.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND

message over the Iur interface can be correctly
processed.
0: This switch is set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND
message over the Iur interface cannot be correctly
processed.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
CH,
H, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
CH,
H,
SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
,
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_

WCDMA RAN

nd
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
ImsChlT BSC690 SET WRFD- IMS Meaning:

ype 0 UFRCC 010618 Signalin Channel type of IMS signaling.
HLTYP g over
EPARA HSPA - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are preferably
carried on the DCH.
- HSDPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the DCH,
and downlink is preferably carried on the HS-DSCH.
- HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the E-DCH,
GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH),
HSPA(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSPA
Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
ImsChlT BSC691 SET WRFD- IMS Meaning:

ype 0 UFRCC 010618 Signalin Channel type of IMS signaling.
HLTYP g over
EPARA HSPA - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are preferably
carried on the DCH.
- HSDPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the DCH,
- HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the E-DCH,
GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH),
HSPA(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSPA
Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
CmpSwi BSC690 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

tch 0 UCORR 0106100 Mobility 1.
MALG 6 Manage CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH:
OSWIT WRFD- ment When the switch is on, the IMS signaling assigned by
CH 020203 Inter the CN undergoes compatibility processing as an
WRFD- RNC ordinary PS service. When the switch is not on, no
020202 Soft special processing is performed.
Handov 2.
WRFD- er
150209 CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT_SW
Intra ITCH: When the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
WRFD- RNC active and the switch is on, IE RAB Asymmetry
150227 Soft Indicator is Symmetric bidirectional, The uplink and
WRFD- Handov downlink RNC negotiation rate is asymmetric, "RNC"
021200 er select the bigger rate as Iu QoS negotiation rate. When
WRFD- DB- the switch is OFF, "RNC" select the less rate as Iu
150223 HSDPA QoS negotiation rate.
WRFD- DB- 3.
010696 HSDPA CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITC
+MIMO H: When the switch is on, the IUUP version can be
WRFD-
rolled back to R99 when complete configurations are
010202 HCS applied during inter-RAT handover.
WRFD- (Hierarc
hical 4.
0106120
Cell CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SWIT
4
Structur CH: When the switch is on, H2D is performed before
WRFD- a neighboring RNC cell whose version is earlier than
e)
140204 R5 is added to the active set; E2D is performed before
MC- a neighboring RNC cell whose version is earlier than
WRFD-
HSDPA R6 is added to the active set. If the DRNC is of a
150250
+MIMO version earlier than R5, DL services cannot be
DC- mapped on the HS-DSCH. If the DRNC is of a
HSDPA version earlier than R6, DL services cannot be
UE mapped on the HS-EDCH.
State in 5. CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH: When the
Connect switch is on, the diversity combination over the Iur
ed Mode interface is configured on the basis of that of the local
(CELL- RNC. When the switch is not on, the diversity
DCH, combination over the Iur interface is configured on the
CELL- basis of services. The flag of diversity combination
PCH, over the Iur interface can be set to MUST (for BE
URA- services) or MAY (for other services).
PCH, 6. CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH:
CELL- Whether the RNC activates the compressed mode
FACH) before initiating an inter-frequency measurement on a
HSUPA DC-HSDPA or DB-HSDPA UE. When this parameter
Mobility is set to ON, the RNC initiates the inter-frequency
Manage measurement without activating the compressed mode
ment if both the UE and EARFCN support the non-

WCDMA RAN

nd
DC- compressed inter-frequency measurement. When this

HSUPA parameter is set to OFF, the RNC activates the
3C- compressed mode before initiating the inter-frequency
HSDPA measurement. This switch takes effect only in non-
flexible DC cells and DB cells.
7.
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH:
This parameter specifies to enable AMR through DRD
two-step procedure function. When SRB is set up on
DCH, and "RNC" decides to setup the AMR through
DRD procedure, When the switch is enabled, "RNC"
will execute blind handover to the target cell, and then
setup the AMR RBs on the target cell, When the
switch is disabled, "RNC" will setup the AMR RBs on
the target cell directly.
8. CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH: For
narrowband AMR services, when the switch is on, the
SID frame is always configured; when the switch is
not on, the SID frame is configured on the basis of CN
assignment.
9. CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH: When
the switch is OFF, if the information element that
indicates the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the
message "RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or
"RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_CMP", the F-DPCH
capability depends on that indicator. In other case, it
means UE does not support F-DPCH. When the
switch is ON, if the information element that indicates
the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the message
"RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or
capability depends on that indicator. If that
information element does not exist, UE supports F-
DPCH when all the conditions meets: a) the UE is of
3GPP Release 6 or later. b) UE supports HS-PDSCH.
The switch CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH
in this version supports configuration synchronization
and delivery, but the RNC does not use this switch any
longer. Future versions do not support this switch.
Therefore, it is recommended that users avoid using
this switch.
10. CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the RAB assignment request
and the subsequent RB setup procedure proceed if the
RLC AM capabilities of the UE fail to meet the
minimum RLC TX/RX window buffer requirement of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RAB to be setup. When the switch is not on, the

RAB assignment request is rejected.
11.
CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_CIO_S
WITCH: When this switch is on, the cell individual
offset (CIO) of the best cell is always set to 0 in the
INTRA-FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT
CONTROL messages. Otherwise, the CIO
information of the best cell is not carried in the
CONTROL messages.
12.
CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_REPORT_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the cell synchronization
information traced by the IOS need to be reported
during the RRC measurement period.
13.
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITC
H: When the switch is on, the active set update is in
the same procedure as the change of the serving cell.
When the switch is not on, the serving cell is changed
after the UE updates the active set and delivers
reconfiguration of physical channels. This switch is
applicable only to R6 or aboveUEs.
14.
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_S
WITCH: When the switch is on, channel transition is
in the same procedure as the change of the serving
cell. When the switch is not on, the serving cell is
changed after the UE performs channel transition and
delivers reconfiguration of physical channels.
15.
CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_S
WITCH: By default, the switch is on. In this case, the
Alternative E-bit is not configured for L2.
16.
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, only uplink RLC or
downlink RLC can be re-established during the state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH (F2F
for short).
17.
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F

WCDMA RAN

nd
for short) or from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH or

URA_PCH (D2P for short).
18. CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH: When the
switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID 5 can be
configured with the Robust Header Compression
(ROHC) function. When the switch is set to OFF, the
service with RAB ID 5 cannot be configured with the
ROHC function.
configured with the ROHC function. When the switch
is set to OFF, the service with RAB ID 6 cannot be
configured with the ROHC function.
23. CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, MAC-d flow can be
multiplexed without any restrictions. When the switch
is set to OFF, only MAC-d flows whose scheduling
priority is lower than that of the current MAC-d flow
can be multiplexed.
24. CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH: If
the Client Type of a positioning request is Emergency
Services, PLMN Operator Services, PLMN Operator -
broadcast services, PLMN Operator - O&M, PLMN
Operator - anonymous statistics or PLMN Operator -
Target MS service support, the positioning result is
reported by using the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty
circle type. For other client types, the positioning
result is reported by using the Ellipsoid Arc type.
25.
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
Switch for optimizing the procedure for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state
transition. When this switch is set to on, F2P state
transition is performed through the physical channel
reconfiguration procedure.When this switch is set to
off, F2P state transition is performed through the RB
26.
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH:
Whether to carry parameters related to events 1A and
1D in system information block type 11 (SIB 11) and
SIB 12.If the switch of deferred measurement control
reading is turned on, the UE cannot promptly read
parameters related to events 1A and 1D for intra-
frequency neighboring cells from SIB 11 or SIB12. As
a result, the UE cannot perform soft handovers in
advance. The switch is set using DeferMcReadInd in
the ADD/MOD UCELLMEAS command.
GUI Value Range:
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITC
H,
CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SWIT
CH, CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH,
H,
WITCH,
WITCH, CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT_SW
ITCH,
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH,
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
WITCH,
WITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH
Default Value:
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SW
ITCH:0,CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH
:1,CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH:
1,CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_CIO_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_REPORT_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_
SWITCH:
1,CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_S
WITCH:
1,CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH:
0,CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
:0,CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CmpSwi BSC691 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

tch 0 UCORR 0106100 Mobility 1.
MALG 6 Manage CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH:
OSWIT WRFD- ment When the switch is on, the IMS signaling assigned by
CH 020203 Inter the CN undergoes compatibility processing as an
WRFD- RNC ordinary PS service. When the switch is not on, no
020202 Soft special processing is performed.
Handov 2.
WRFD- er
150209 CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT_SW
Intra ITCH: When the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
WRFD- RNC active and the switch is on, IE RAB Asymmetry
150227 Soft Indicator is Symmetric bidirectional, The uplink and
WRFD- Handov downlink RNC negotiation rate is asymmetric, "RNC"
021200 er select the bigger rate as Iu QoS negotiation rate. When
WRFD- DB- the switch is OFF, "RNC" select the less rate as Iu
150223 HSDPA QoS negotiation rate.
WRFD- DB- 3.
010696 HSDPA CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITC
+MIMO H: When the switch is on, the IUUP version can be
WRFD-
rolled back to R99 when complete configurations are
010202 HCS applied during inter-RAT handover.
WRFD- (Hierarc
hical 4.
0106120
Cell CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SWIT
4
Structur CH: When the switch is on, H2D is performed before
WRFD- a neighboring RNC cell whose version is earlier than
e)
140204 R5 is added to the active set; E2D is performed before
MC- a neighboring RNC cell whose version is earlier than
WRFD-
HSDPA R6 is added to the active set. If the DRNC is of a
150250
+MIMO version earlier than R5, DL services cannot be
DC- mapped on the HS-DSCH. If the DRNC is of a
HSDPA version earlier than R6, DL services cannot be
UE mapped on the HS-EDCH.
State in 5. CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH: When the
Connect switch is on, the diversity combination over the Iur
ed Mode interface is configured on the basis of that of the local
(CELL- RNC. When the switch is not on, the diversity
DCH, combination over the Iur interface is configured on the
CELL- basis of services. The flag of diversity combination
PCH, over the Iur interface can be set to MUST (for BE
URA- services) or MAY (for other services).
PCH, 6. CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH:
CELL- Whether the RNC activates the compressed mode
FACH) before initiating an inter-frequency measurement on a
HSUPA DC-HSDPA or DB-HSDPA UE. When this parameter
Mobility is set to ON, the RNC initiates the inter-frequency
Manage measurement without activating the compressed mode
ment if both the UE and EARFCN support the non-

WCDMA RAN

nd
DC- compressed inter-frequency measurement. When this

HSUPA parameter is set to OFF, the RNC activates the
3C- compressed mode before initiating the inter-frequency
HSDPA measurement. This switch takes effect only in non-
flexible DC cells and DB cells.
7.
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH:
This parameter specifies to enable AMR through DRD
two-step procedure function. When SRB is set up on
DCH, and "RNC" decides to setup the AMR through
DRD procedure, When the switch is enabled, "RNC"
will execute blind handover to the target cell, and then
setup the AMR RBs on the target cell, When the
switch is disabled, "RNC" will setup the AMR RBs on
the target cell directly.
8. CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH: For
narrowband AMR services, when the switch is on, the
SID frame is always configured; when the switch is
not on, the SID frame is configured on the basis of CN
assignment.
9. CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH: When
the switch is OFF, if the information element that
indicates the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the
message "RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or
capability depends on that indicator. In other case, it
means UE does not support F-DPCH. When the
switch is ON, if the information element that indicates
the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the message
"RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or
capability depends on that indicator. If that
information element does not exist, UE supports F-
DPCH when all the conditions meets: a) the UE is of
3GPP Release 6 or later. b) UE supports HS-PDSCH.
The switch CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH
in this version supports configuration synchronization
and delivery, but the RNC does not use this switch any
longer. Future versions do not support this switch.
Therefore, it is recommended that users avoid using
this switch.
10. CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the RAB assignment request
and the subsequent RB setup procedure proceed if the
RLC AM capabilities of the UE fail to meet the
minimum RLC TX/RX window buffer requirement of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RAB to be setup. When the switch is not on, the

RAB assignment request is rejected.
11.
WITCH: When this switch is on, the cell individual
offset (CIO) of the best cell is always set to 0 in the
CONTROL messages. Otherwise, the CIO
information of the best cell is not carried in the
CONTROL messages.
12.
TCH: When the switch is on, the cell synchronization
information traced by the IOS need to be reported
during the RRC measurement period.
13.
H: When the switch is on, the active set update is in
the same procedure as the change of the serving cell.
When the switch is not on, the serving cell is changed
after the UE updates the active set and delivers
reconfiguration of physical channels. This switch is
applicable only to R6 or aboveUEs.
14.
WITCH: When the switch is on, channel transition is
in the same procedure as the change of the serving
cell. When the switch is not on, the serving cell is
changed after the UE performs channel transition and
delivers reconfiguration of physical channels.
15.
WITCH: By default, the switch is on. In this case, the
Alternative E-bit is not configured for L2.
16.
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH (F2F
for short).
17.
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F

WCDMA RAN

nd
for short) or from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH or

URA_PCH (D2P for short).
configured with the Robust Header Compression
(ROHC) function. When the switch is set to OFF, the
service with RAB ID 5 cannot be configured with the
ROHC function.
23. CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, MAC-d flow can be
multiplexed without any restrictions. When the switch
is set to OFF, only MAC-d flows whose scheduling
priority is lower than that of the current MAC-d flow
can be multiplexed.
24. CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH: If
the Client Type of a positioning request is Emergency
Services, PLMN Operator Services, PLMN Operator -
broadcast services, PLMN Operator - O&M, PLMN
Operator - anonymous statistics or PLMN Operator -
Target MS service support, the positioning result is
reported by using the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty
circle type. For other client types, the positioning
result is reported by using the Ellipsoid Arc type.
25.
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
Switch for optimizing the procedure for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state
transition. When this switch is set to on, F2P state
transition is performed through the physical channel
reconfiguration procedure.When this switch is set to
off, F2P state transition is performed through the RB
26.
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH:
Whether to carry parameters related to events 1A and
1D in system information block type 11 (SIB 11) and
SIB 12.If the switch of deferred measurement control
reading is turned on, the UE cannot promptly read
parameters related to events 1A and 1D for intra-
frequency neighboring cells from SIB 11 or SIB12. As
a result, the UE cannot perform soft handovers in
advance. The switch is set using DeferMcReadInd in
the ADD/MOD UCELLMEAS command.
GUI Value Range:
H,
H,
WITCH,
WITCH, CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
WITCH,
WITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH
Default Value:
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH:
0,CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWIT
CH:
0,CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SW
ITCH:0,CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH
:1,CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH:
1,CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_CIO_
SWITCH:
0,CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_REPORT_S
WITCH:
0,CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWI
TCH:
0,CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_
SWITCH:
1,CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_S
WITCH:
1,CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
0,CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH:
0,CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH:
0,CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
:0,CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
FuncSwi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Macro Meaning:

tch1 0 UCELL 150201 & Micro 1. ICR(ICR): In the drop-down list of this parameter,
LICENS WRFD- Co- the switch ICR Function Activated is added to control
E 020126 carrier whether to activate Intra Circle Roaming (ICR). When
MOD Uplink setting of this switch takes effect, handovers of UEs of
WRFD- Interfere
UCELL 140223 primary, secondary, or partner operators are optimized
LICENS nce as cells of ICR partner operators become a handover
E WRFD- Control target candidate. When setting of this switch does not
140226 Mobility take effect, ICR partner operators are not a handover
WRFD- Between target candidate. After intra-circle roaming (ICR) is
140224 UMTS successfully activated in a cell, Inter RAT Inter Plmn
WRFD- and LTE Ho Allowed in the "SET UOPERATORSHARING-
160202 Phase 1 MODE" command should be set to DISABLE to
MOCN ensure that the call drop rate and handover success
WRFD-
Cell rate are not affected.
140211
Resourc 2.
WRFD- e INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERI
140217 Demarc NG(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering): When
WRFD- ation this switch is turned on, the Intelligent Inter-Carrier
140216 Fast UE Layered Management function is enabled.
WRFD- Return 3. CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR
140215 from Demarcation Switch): When this switch is turned on,
UMTS the ICR Demarcation function is enabled.
to LTE
4. DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic Configuration of
Fast CS HSDPA CQI Feedback Period): License control
Fallback switch for the function of Dynamic Configuration of
Based HSDPA CQI Feedback Period. When this switch is
on RIM turned on, functions controlled by
Flexible PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH,
Power PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH,
Control and
for PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH
Uplink can take effect.
Low 5. DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink Target BLER
Data Configuration): License control switch for the load-
Rate based uplink target BLER algorithm.
Transmi
6.
ssion
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG
Dynami _THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
c Target Config Load Thd): Whether to enable the feature
RoT Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
Adjustm Configurable Load Threshold (CLB). When this
ent switch is turned on in a cell and the load balancing
Inter- function specific to a resource type is enabled, the
Frequen function of measurement-based inter-frequency
cy Load handover related to load balancing is available to this
Balancin cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
g Based 7. DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target

on RoT Adjustment): License control switch for the
Configu Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment algorithm.
rable 8. CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell
Load MOCN Demarcation Switch): Whether to enable the
Threshol MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation function for
d multiple operators in an MOCN cell. When this switch
Load- is turned on, the cell supports MOCN demarcation;
based when this switch is turned off, the cell does not
Uplink support MOCN demarcation. Before turning on this
Target switch, perform the following operation: Activate the
BLER MOCN Introduction Package feature.
Configu 9.
ration MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CO
Dynami NTROL: License switch for activating the Macro and
c Micro Co-Carrier Uplink Interference Control feature.
Configu This feature includes the following sub-features:
ration of Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection:
HSDPA controlled by the "COMacroMicroIFRedirSwitch"
CQI switch, Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency
Feedbac Handover: controlled by the
k Period "HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SW
ITCH" switch, Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity
Control: controlled by the "COMacroMicroDesenseS-
witch" switch. This feature and these three sub-
features can take effect only when all the four
switches are turned on.
10. CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
Controls whether the RNC supports RIM-based load
query and load sharing. When this switch is turned on,
this function takes effect.
11. MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH: Cell-
level license switch for the MOCN feature. When this
switch is turned on, this feature is activated. When this
switch is turned off, this feature is not activated.
12.
N: Whether cell-level license control is enabled for
the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching and Selection feature.
If this parameter is set to OFF, cell-level license
control is disabled for the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching
and Selection feature. If this parameter is set to ON,
cell-level license control is enabled for the Intelligent
Wi-Fi Searching and Selection feature.
13. HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC: Switch
controlling the license of the Flexible Power Control
for Uplink Low Data Rate Transmission feature at the

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell level. When this switch is turned on, the feature

license is activated. When this switch is turned off, the
feature license is not activated.
14.
MOBILITY_BETWEEN_UMTS_AND_LTE_SWIT
CH: Whether the cell-level license for the Mobility
Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature is enabled.
When this switch is turned on, the Mobility Between
UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature can be used. When
this switch is turned off, the Mobility Between UMTS
and LTE Phase 1 feature cannot be used.
15. U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH: Whether the
cell-level license for the Fast Return from UMTS to
LTE feature is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
the Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature can be
used. When this switch is turned off, the Fast Return
from UMTS to LTE feature cannot be used.
16.
FAST_CS_FALLBACK_BASE_ON_RIM_SWITCH:
Whether the cell-level license for the Fast CS Fallback
Based on RIM feature is enabled. When this switch is
turned on, the Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM feature
can be used. When this switch is turned off, the Fast
CS Fallback Based on RIM feature cannot be used.
GUI Value Range: ICR(ICR),
INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERI
NG(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering),
CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR
Demarcation Switch), DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic
Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period),
DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink Target BLER
Configuration),
_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
Config Load Thd),
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target
RoT Adjustment),
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation),
MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CO
NTROL(Macro and Micro Co-carrier UL Interference
Control),
CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM(Cellload
Shared Based on RIM),
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH(MOCN
Introduce Pack Switch),

WCDMA RAN

nd
N(Intelligent Wifi Detect And Selection Switch),

HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC(Uplink Low Rate
Flexible Power Control ),
CH(Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
Switch), U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH(UMTS-to-
LTE Fast Return Switch),
FAST_CS_FALLBACK_BASE_ON_RIM_SWITCH(
Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM Switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ICR,
NG, CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
DYN_CQI_ADJUST, DYN_BLER_PS,
_THD, DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH,
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
NTROL, CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM,
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH,
N, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC,
CH,
U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,
FAST_CS_FALLBACK_BASE_ON_RIM_SWITCH
Default Value: ICR:
0,INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEER
ING:0,CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,DYN_CQI_ADJUST:0,DYN_BLER_PS:
0,INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CF
G_THD:0,DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_C
ONTROL:
0,CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
0,MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH:
ON:0, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC:
0,MOBILITY_BETWEEN_UMTS_AND_LTE_SWI
TCH:0,U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:0,
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
FuncSwi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Macro Meaning:

tch1 0 UCELL 150201 & Micro 1. ICR(ICR): In the drop-down list of this parameter,
LICENS WRFD- Co- the switch ICR Function Activated is added to control
E 020126 carrier whether to activate Intra Circle Roaming (ICR). When
MOD Uplink setting of this switch takes effect, handovers of UEs of
WRFD- Interfere
UCELL 140223 primary, secondary, or partner operators are optimized
LICENS nce as cells of ICR partner operators become a handover
E WRFD- Control target candidate. When setting of this switch does not
140226 Mobility take effect, ICR partner operators are not a handover
WRFD- Between target candidate. After intra-circle roaming (ICR) is
140224 UMTS successfully activated in a cell, Inter RAT Inter Plmn
WRFD- and LTE Ho Allowed in the "SET UOPERATORSHARING-
160202 Phase 1 MODE" command should be set to DISABLE to
MOCN ensure that the call drop rate and handover success
WRFD-
Cell rate are not affected.
140211
Resourc 2.
WRFD- e INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERI
140217 Demarc NG(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering): When
WRFD- ation this switch is turned on, the Intelligent Inter-Carrier
140216 Fast UE Layered Management function is enabled.
WRFD- Return 3. CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR
140215 from Demarcation Switch): When this switch is turned on,
UMTS the ICR Demarcation function is enabled.
to LTE
4. DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic Configuration of
Fast CS HSDPA CQI Feedback Period): License control
Fallback switch for the function of Dynamic Configuration of
Based HSDPA CQI Feedback Period. When this switch is
on RIM turned on, functions controlled by
Flexible PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH,
Power PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH,
Control and
for PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH
Uplink can take effect.
Low 5. DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink Target BLER
Data Configuration): License control switch for the load-
Rate based uplink target BLER algorithm.
Transmi
6.
ssion
Dynami _THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
c Target Config Load Thd): Whether to enable the feature
RoT Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
Adjustm Configurable Load Threshold (CLB). When this
ent switch is turned on in a cell and the load balancing
Inter- function specific to a resource type is enabled, the
Frequen function of measurement-based inter-frequency
cy Load handover related to load balancing is available to this
Balancin cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
g Based 7. DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target

on RoT Adjustment): License control switch for the
Configu Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment algorithm.
rable 8. CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell
Load MOCN Demarcation Switch): Whether to enable the
Threshol MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation function for
d multiple operators in an MOCN cell. When this switch
Load- is turned on, the cell supports MOCN demarcation;
based when this switch is turned off, the cell does not
Uplink support MOCN demarcation. Before turning on this
Target switch, perform the following operation: Activate the
BLER MOCN Introduction Package feature.
Configu 9.
ration MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CO
Dynami NTROL: License switch for activating the Macro and
c Micro Co-Carrier Uplink Interference Control feature.
Configu This feature includes the following sub-features:
ration of Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection:
HSDPA controlled by the "COMacroMicroIFRedirSwitch"
CQI switch, Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency
Feedbac Handover: controlled by the
k Period "HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SW
ITCH" switch, Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity
Control: controlled by the "COMacroMicroDesenseS-
witch" switch. This feature and these three sub-
features can take effect only when all the four
switches are turned on.
10. CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
Controls whether the RNC supports RIM-based load
query and load sharing. When this switch is turned on,
this function takes effect.
11. MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH: Cell-
level license switch for the MOCN feature. When this
switch is turned on, this feature is activated. When this
switch is turned off, this feature is not activated.
12.
N: Whether cell-level license control is enabled for
the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching and Selection feature.
If this parameter is set to OFF, cell-level license
control is disabled for the Intelligent Wi-Fi Searching
and Selection feature. If this parameter is set to ON,
cell-level license control is enabled for the Intelligent
Wi-Fi Searching and Selection feature.
13. HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC: Switch
controlling the license of the Flexible Power Control
for Uplink Low Data Rate Transmission feature at the

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell level. When this switch is turned on, the feature

license is activated. When this switch is turned off, the
feature license is not activated.
14.
CH: Whether the cell-level license for the Mobility
Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature is enabled.
When this switch is turned on, the Mobility Between
UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature can be used. When
this switch is turned off, the Mobility Between UMTS
and LTE Phase 1 feature cannot be used.
15. U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH: Whether the
cell-level license for the Fast Return from UMTS to
LTE feature is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
the Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature can be
used. When this switch is turned off, the Fast Return
from UMTS to LTE feature cannot be used.
16.
Whether the cell-level license for the Fast CS Fallback
Based on RIM feature is enabled. When this switch is
turned on, the Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM feature
can be used. When this switch is turned off, the Fast
CS Fallback Based on RIM feature cannot be used.
GUI Value Range: ICR(ICR),
NG(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering),
CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR
Demarcation Switch), DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic
Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period),
DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink Target BLER
Configuration),
_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
Config Load Thd),
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target
RoT Adjustment),
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation),
NTROL(Macro and Micro Co-carrier UL Interference
Control),
CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM(Cellload
Shared Based on RIM),
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH(MOCN
Introduce Pack Switch),

WCDMA RAN

nd
N(Intelligent Wifi Detect And Selection Switch),

HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC(Uplink Low Rate
Flexible Power Control ),
CH(Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
Switch), U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH(UMTS-to-
LTE Fast Return Switch),
FAST_CS_FALLBACK_BASE_ON_RIM_SWITCH(
Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM Switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ICR,
NG, CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
DYN_CQI_ADJUST, DYN_BLER_PS,
_THD, DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH,
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH,
NTROL, CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM,
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH,
N, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC,
CH,
U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,
FAST_CS_FALLBACK_BASE_ON_RIM_SWITCH
Default Value: ICR:
0,INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEER
ING:0,CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,DYN_CQI_ADJUST:0,DYN_BLER_PS:
0,INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CF
G_THD:0,DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH:
0,MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_C
ONTROL:
0,CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM:
0,MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH:
ON:0, HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC:
0,MOBILITY_BETWEEN_UMTS_AND_LTE_SWI
TCH:0,U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:0,
0

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Description 12 Counters
12 Counters
Table 12-1 Counters

Counter ID Counter Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name
Name Description
73423305 VS.Reserve.Co Reserved BSC6900 None None

unter8 counter 8 for
cell

cell

cell

cell
73423386 VS.U2LTEHO. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

AttOutPS.Servi Service-Based PS Handover
ce UMTS-to-LTE from UMTS to
PS Handover LTE
Attempts for
Cell

AttOutPS.Servi Service-Based PS Handover
ce UMTS-to-LTE from UMTS to
PS Handover LTE
Attempts for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

SuccOutPS.Ser Successful PS Handover
vice Service-Based from UMTS to
UMTS-to-LTE LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

SuccOutPS.Ser Successful PS Handover
vice Service-Based from UMTS to
UMTS-to-LTE LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

FailOutPS.NoR Failed UMTS- WRFD-150220 PS Handover
eply to-LTE PS from UMTS to
Handovers Due WRFD-150217 LTE
to Iu Release Coverage Based
Command PS Handover
Timeout for from UMTS to
Cell LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

FailOutPS.NoR Failed UMTS- WRFD-150220 PS Handover
eply to-LTE PS from UMTS to
Handovers Due WRFD-150217 LTE
to Iu Release Coverage Based
Command PS Handover
Timeout for from UMTS to
Cell LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

FailOutPS.Cfg Failed UMTS- WRFD-150220 PS Handover
UnSupp to-LTE PS from UMTS to
Handovers for WRFD-150217 LTE
Cell Coverage Based
(Configuration PS Handover
Unsupported) from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

FailOutPS.Cfg Failed UMTS- WRFD-150220 PS Handover
UnSupp to-LTE PS from UMTS to
Cell Coverage Based
(Configuration PS Handover
Unsupported) from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

FailOutPS.Phy Failed UMTS- WRFD-150220 PS Handover
ChFail to-LTE PS from UMTS to
Cell (Physical Coverage Based
Channel PS Handover
Failure) from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

FailOutPS.Phy Failed UMTS- WRFD-150220 PS Handover
ChFail to-LTE PS from UMTS to
Cell (Physical Coverage Based
Channel PS Handover
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

FailOutPS.Abor Abnormally WRFD-150220 PS Handover
t Terminated from UMTS to
Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
UMTS-to-LTE Coverage Based
PS Handovers PS Handover
for Cell from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

FailOutPS.Abor Abnormally WRFD-150220 PS Handover
t Terminated from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

AttRelocPrepO Outgoing WRFD-150220 PS Handover
utPS UMTS-to-LTE from UMTS to
PS Handover WRFD-150217 LTE
Preparation Coverage Based
Attempts for PS Handover
Cell from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

AttRelocPrepO Outgoing WRFD-150220 PS Handover
utPS UMTS-to-LTE from UMTS to
PS Handover WRFD-150217 LTE
Preparation Coverage Based
Attempts for PS Handover
Cell from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

SuccRelocPrep Successful WRFD-150220 PS Handover
OutPS Preparations for from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

SuccRelocPrep Successful WRFD-150220 PS Handover
OutPS Preparations for from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

FailRelocPrepO Failed WRFD-150220 PS Handover
utPS.NoResAva Preparations for from UMTS to
il Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
for Cell (No from UMTS to
Resource LTE
Available)
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

utPS.NoResAva Preparations for from UMTS to
il Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
for Cell (No from UMTS to
Resource LTE
Available)
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

utPS.TgtFail Preparations for from UMTS to
(Relocation LTE
Failure in
Target CN/RNC Load Based PS
or Target Handover from
System) UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

utPS.TgtFail Preparations for from UMTS to
(Relocation LTE
Failure in
Target CN/RNC Load Based PS
or Target Handover from
System) UMTS to LTE

utPS.ReloUnSu Preparations for from UMTS to
pp Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
(Relocation not LTE
supported in
Target RNC or Load Based PS
Target system) Handover from
UMTS to LTE

utPS.ReloUnSu Preparations for from UMTS to
pp Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
(Relocation not LTE
supported in
Target RNC or Load Based PS
Target system) Handover from
UMTS to LTE

utPS.TgtHighL Preparations for from UMTS to
oad Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
for Cell (Traffic from UMTS to
Load In The LTE
Target Cell
Higher Than In Load Based PS
The Source Handover from
Cell) UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

utPS.TgtHighL Preparations for from UMTS to
oad Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
for Cell (Traffic from UMTS to
Load In The LTE
Target Cell
Higher Than In Load Based PS
The Source Handover from
Cell) UMTS to LTE

utPS.UnKnowR Preparations for from UMTS to
NC Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
(Unknown LTE
Target RNC)
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

utPS.UnKnowR Preparations for from UMTS to
NC Outgoing WRFD-150217 LTE
(Unknown LTE
Target RNC)
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

RRCRelease.Se Service-Based PS Service
rvice Redirection to Redirection
LTE Through from UMTS to
RRC LTE
Connection
Release for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

RRCRelease.Se Service-Based PS Service
rvice Redirection to Redirection
LTE Through from UMTS to
RRC LTE
Connection
Release for Cell

utPS.TAlExp Preparations for from UMTS to
(TRELOCalloc LTE
expiry)
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

utPS.TAlExp Preparations for from UMTS to
(TRELOCalloc LTE
expiry)
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73424356 VS.L2U.AttRel Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback

ocPrepInPS.Em LTE-to-UMTS Guarantee for
erg.RNC PS Handover LTE Emergency
Attempts Calls
Caused by the
CSFB of an
LTE Emergency
Call for RNC

ocPrepInPS.Em LTE-to-UMTS Guarantee for
erg.RNC PS Handover LTE Emergency
Attempts Calls
Caused by the
CSFB of an
LTE Emergency
Call for RNC

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73424357 VS.L2U.SuccR Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback

elocInPS.Emerg Successful LTE- Guarantee for
.RNC to-UMTS PS LTE Emergency
Handovers Calls
Caused by the
CSFB of an
LTE Emergency
Call for RNC

elocInPS.Emerg Successful LTE- Guarantee for
.RNC to-UMTS PS LTE Emergency
Handovers Calls
Caused by the
CSFB of an
LTE Emergency
Call for RNC
73425021 VS.IU.RanInfo Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

Req.Rx RAN WRFD-150231 Fallback Based
INFORMATIO on RIM
N REQUEST RIM Based
Messages UMTS Target
Received by Cell Selection
RNC from CN for LTE
73425021 VS.IU.RanInfo Number of BSC6910 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

Req.Rx RAN WRFD-150231 Fallback Based
INFORMATIO on RIM
N REQUEST RIM Based
Messages UMTS Target
Received by Cell Selection
RNC from CN for LTE
73425022 VS.IU.RanInfo. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

Tx RAN WRFD-150231 Fallback Based
INFORMATIO on RIM
N Messages RIM Based
Sent by RNC to UMTS Target
CN Cell Selection
for LTE
73425022 VS.IU.RanInfo. Number of BSC6910 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

Tx RAN WRFD-150231 Fallback Based
INFORMATIO on RIM
N Messages RIM Based
Sent by RNC to UMTS Target
CN Cell Selection
for LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

RRCRelease.Se Service-based PS Service
vice.Blind UMTS to LTE Redirection
PS Blind from UMTS to
Redirections for LTE
Cell

RRCRelease.Se Service-based PS Service
vice.Blind UMTS to LTE Redirection
PS Blind from UMTS to
Redirections for LTE
Cell
73425820 VS.SRVCC.L2 Number of BSC6900 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from

U.AttRelocPrep Preparation LTE to UMTS
InCSPS Attempts for with PS
Incoming LTE- Handover
to-UMTS CS
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

InCSPS Attempts for with PS
to-UMTS CS
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

U.SuccRelocPre Successful LTE to UMTS
pInCSPS Preparations for with PS
to-UMTS CS
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

pInCSPS Preparations for with PS
to-UMTS CS
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

U.AttInCSPS Incoming LTE- LTE to UMTS
to-UMTS CS with PS
+PS Handover Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

U.AttInCSPS Incoming LTE- LTE to UMTS
to-UMTS CS with PS
+PS Handover Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

U.SuccInCSPS Successful LTE to UMTS
Incoming LTE- with PS
to-UMTS CS Handover
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

U.SuccInCSPS Successful LTE to UMTS
Incoming LTE- with PS
to-UMTS CS Handover
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73425851 VS.U2LHO.Att Number of BSC6900 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based

OutPS.Coverag Measurement- PS Handover
e based UMTS- from UMTS to
to-LTE PS LTE
Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell

OutPS.Coverag Measurement- PS Handover
e based UMTS- from UMTS to
to-LTE PS LTE
Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell
73425852 VS.U2LHO.Suc Number of BSC6900 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based

cOutPS.Covera Successful PS Handover
ge Measurement- from UMTS to
based UMTS- LTE
to-LTE PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell

cOutPS.Covera Successful PS Handover
ge Measurement- from UMTS to
based UMTS- LTE
to-LTE PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell

RelocPrepOutP Preparation PS Handover
S.Coverage Attempts for from UMTS to
Outgoing LTE
Coverage-
triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

RelocPrepOutP Preparation PS Handover
S.Coverage Attempts for from UMTS to
Outgoing LTE
Coverage-
triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

cRelocPrepOut Successful PS Handover
PS.Coverage Preparations for from UMTS to
Outgoing LTE
Coverage-
triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

cRelocPrepOut Successful PS Handover
PS.Coverage Preparations for from UMTS to
Outgoing LTE
Coverage-
triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
73425855 VS.U2LTEHO. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based

RRCRelease.Co Coverage-based PS Redirection
verage UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
PS Redirections LTE
for Cell

verage UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
PS Redirections LTE
for Cell

verage.EmergBl UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
ind PS Emergency LTE
Blind
Redirections for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

verage.EmergBl UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
ind PS Emergency LTE
Blind
Redirections for
Cell
73425857 VS.U2LTEHO. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS

AttOutPS.Load LDR-triggered Handover from
UMTS-to-LTE UMTS to LTE
PS Handover
Attempts for
Cell

AttOutPS.Load LDR-triggered Handover from
UMTS-to-LTE UMTS to LTE
PS Handover
Attempts for
Cell

SuccOutPS.Loa Successful Handover from
d LDR-triggered UMTS to LTE
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

SuccOutPS.Loa Successful Handover from
d LDR-triggered UMTS to LTE
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

RRCRelease.Lo Load-based Redirection
ad UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
PS Redirections LTE
for Cell

ad UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
PS Redirections LTE
for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

ad.Blind UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
PS Blind LTE
Redirections for
Cell

ad.Blind UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
PS Blind LTE
Redirections for
Cell

ocPrepInPS.CS. Attempts at Guarantee for
CELL Incoming PS LTE Emergency
LTE-to-UMTS Calls
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell

ocPrepInPS.CS. Attempts at Guarantee for
CELL Incoming PS LTE Emergency
LTE-to-UMTS Calls
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell

elocInPS.CS.CE Successful Guarantee for
LL Incoming PS LTE Emergency
LTE-to-UMTS Calls
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell

elocInPS.CS.CE Successful Guarantee for
LL Incoming PS LTE Emergency
LTE-to-UMTS Calls
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

elocPrepInPS.C Successful Guarantee for
S.CELL Preparations for LTE Emergency
Incoming PS Calls
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell

elocPrepInPS.C Successful Guarantee for
S.CELL Preparations for LTE Emergency
Incoming PS Calls
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell

elocPrepInPS.E Successful LTE- Guarantee for
merg.RNC to-UMTS PS LTE Emergency
Handover Calls
Preparations
Caused by the
CSFB of LTE
Emergency
Calls for RNC

elocPrepInPS.E Successful LTE- Guarantee for
merg.RNC to-UMTS PS LTE Emergency
Handover Calls
Preparations
Caused by the
CSFB of LTE
Emergency
Calls for RNC
73426323 VS.IU.RIM.L2 Number of RIM BSC6900 WRFD-150231 RIM Based

U.Load.Req Requests from UMTS Target
the eNodeB to Cell Selection
the RNC (Load for LTE
Information)

U.Load.Req Requests from UMTS Target
the RNC (Load for LTE
Information)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

U.Load.Resp Response UMTS Target
Messages from Cell Selection
the RNC to the for LTE
eNodeB (Load
Information)

U.Load.Resp Response UMTS Target
eNodeB (Load
Information)

U.Load.Update Update UMTS Target
eNodeB (Load
Information)

U.Load.Update Update UMTS Target
eNodeB (Load
Information)

U.Load.Update. Acknowledgem UMTS Target
ACK ent Messages Cell Selection
from the for LTE
eNodeB to the
RNC (Load
Information)

U.Load.Update. Acknowledgem UMTS Target
ACK ent Messages Cell Selection
from the for LTE
eNodeB to the
RNC (Load
Information)
73426415 VS.RRC.AttCo Number of RRC BSC6900 None None

nnEstab.CSFB Connection
Setup Requests
for CSFB for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73426415 VS.RRC.AttCo Number of RRC BSC6910 None None

nnEstab.CSFB Connection
Setup Requests
for CSFB for
Cell
73426416 VS.RRC.SuccC Number of BSC6900 None None

onnEstab.CSFB Successful RRC
Connection
Setups for
CSFB for Cell
73426416 VS.RRC.SuccC Number of BSC6910 None None

onnEstab.CSFB Successful RRC
Connection
Setups for
CSFB for Cell
73426417 VS.RAB.AttEst Number of CS BSC6900 None None

abCS.CSFB.Re RAB Setup
dir Requests
Initiated by
Redirection-
based CSFB for
Cell

abCS.CSFB.Re RAB Setup
dir Requests
Initiated by
Redirection-
based CSFB for
Cell
73426418 VS.RAB.SuccE Number of BSC6900 WRFD-171202 Ultrafast CS

stabCS.CSFB.R Successful CS Call Setup
edir RAB Setups
Initiated by
Redirection-
based CSFB for
Cell

stabCS.CSFB.R Successful CS Call Setup
edir RAB Setups
Initiated by
Redirection-
based CSFB for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

abCS.CSFB.PS RAB Setup
HO Requests
Initiated by PS-
Handover-based
CSFB for Cell

abCS.CSFB.PS RAB Setup
HO Requests
Initiated by PS-
Handover-based
CSFB for Cell

stabCS.CSFB.P Successful CS Call Setup
SHO RAB Setups
Initiated by PS-
Handover-based
CSFB for Cell

stabCS.CSFB.P Successful CS Call Setup
SHO RAB Setups
Initiated by PS-
Handover-based
CSFB for Cell

ocPrepInPS Preparation Guarantee for
Attempts for LTE Emergency
Incoming PS Calls
Only L2U
Handovers in
Cell

ocPrepInPS Preparation Guarantee for
Attempts for LTE Emergency
Incoming PS Calls
Only L2U
Handovers in
Cell

elocPrepInPS Successful Guarantee for
Preparations for LTE Emergency
Incoming PS Calls
Only L2U
Handovers in
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

elocPrepInPS Successful Guarantee for
Preparations for LTE Emergency
Incoming PS Calls
Only L2U
Handovers in
Cell

elocInPS Successful Guarantee for
Incoming PS LTE Emergency
Only L2U Calls
Handovers in
Cell

elocInPS Successful Guarantee for
Incoming PS LTE Emergency
Only L2U Calls
Handovers in
Cell
73427901 VS.IU.RIM.U2 Number of RIM BSC6900 None None

L.Load.Req Requests from
the RNC to the
eNodeB (Load
Information) for
Cell

L.Load.Req Requests from
the RNC to the
eNodeB (Load
Information) for
Cell

L.Load.Resp Responses from
the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load
Information) for
Cell

L.Load.Resp Responses from
the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load
Information) for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73427977 VS.SRVCC.L2 Number of BSC6900 None None

U.AttRelocPrep Preparation
InCS Attempts for CS
Only SRVCC
Handovers (a
Single Common
Call or
Emergency
Call) for Cell

U.AttRelocPrep Preparation
InCS Attempts for CS
Only SRVCC
Handovers (a
Single Common
Call or
Emergency
Call) for Cell

U.SuccRelocPre Successful
pInCS Preparation
Attempts for CS
Only SRVCC
Handovers (a
Single Common
Call or
Emergency
Call) for Cell

U.SuccRelocPre Successful
pInCS Preparation
Attempts for CS
Only SRVCC
Handovers (a
Single Common
Call or
Emergency
Call) for Cell

U.SuccRelocIn Successful CS
CS Only SRVCC
Handover
Attempts (a
Single Common
Call or
Emergency
Call) for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

U.SuccRelocIn Successful CS
CS Only SRVCC
Handover
Attempts (a
Single Common
Call or
Emergency
Call) for Cell
73427983 VS.SRVCC.Fail Number of BSC6900 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from

RelocPrepInCS Failed LTE to UMTS
PS.CSTimeOut Preparation with PS
Attempts for CS Handover
+PS SRVCC
Handovers Due
to Timeout in
the LTE CS
Domain for Cell

PS.CSTimeOut Preparation with PS
+PS SRVCC
Handovers Due
to Timeout in
the LTE CS
Domain for Cell

PS.PSTimeOut Preparation with PS
+PS SRVCC
Handovers Due
to Timeout in
the LTE PS
Domain for Cell

PS.PSTimeOut Preparation with PS
+PS SRVCC
Handovers Due
to Timeout in
the LTE PS
Domain for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

InCSPS.Emerg Attempts for CS with PS
+PS SRVCC Handover
Handovers
(Emergency
Calls) for Cell

InCSPS.Emerg Attempts for CS with PS
+PS SRVCC Handover
Handovers
(Emergency
Calls) for Cell

pInCSPS.Emerg Preparation with PS
+PS SRVCC
Handovers
(Emergency
Calls) for Cell

pInCSPS.Emerg Preparation with PS
+PS SRVCC
Handovers
(Emergency
Calls) for Cell

U.SuccRelocIn Successful CS LTE to UMTS
CSPS.Emerg +PS SRVCC with PS
Handover Handover
Attempts
(Emergency
Calls) for Cell

U.SuccRelocIn Successful CS LTE to UMTS
CSPS.Emerg +PS SRVCC with PS
Handover Handover
Attempts
(Emergency
Calls) for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

L.Load.Update Update
Messages from
the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load
Information) for
Cell

L.Load.Update Update
Messages from
the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load
Information) for
Cell
73428524 VS.RAU.Req.C Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

SFB.Delay.RN Times the RNC WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
C Forwards the on RIM
RAU Requests CS Fallback
from CSFB UEs Guarantee for
at a Delayed LTE Emergency
Time Calls
73428524 VS.RAU.Req.C Number of BSC6910 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

SFB.Delay.RN Times the RNC WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
C Forwards the on RIM
RAU Requests CS Fallback
from CSFB UEs Guarantee for
at a Delayed LTE Emergency
Time Calls
73428669 VS.U2LTEHO. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140226 Fast Return

RRCRelease.Fa UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
stReturn.Blind Blind LTE
Redirections
Through Fast
Return for Cell
73428669 VS.U2LTEHO. Number of BSC6910 WRFD-140226 Fast Return

RRCRelease.Fa UMTS to LTE from UMTS to
stReturn.Blind Blind LTE
Redirections
Through Fast
Return for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73428670 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

mRel.CS.CSFB RABs WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
Abnormally on RIM
Released for CS Fallback
CSFB UEs for Guarantee for
Cell LTE Emergency
Calls

mRel.CS.CSFB RABs WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
Abnormally on RIM
CSFB UEs for Guarantee for
Cell LTE Emergency
Calls

mRel.CS.CSFB. RABs WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
RF Abnormally on RIM
CSFB UEs Due Guarantee for
to RF Failures LTE Emergency
for Cell Calls

mRel.CS.CSFB. RABs WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
RF Abnormally on RIM
CSFB UEs Due Guarantee for
to RF Failures LTE Emergency
for Cell Calls
73428672 VS.RAB.Norm Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

Rel.CS.CSFB RABs Normally WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
Released for on RIM
CSFB UEs for CS Fallback
Cell Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73428672 VS.RAB.Norm Number of CS BSC6910 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

Rel.CS.CSFB RABs Normally WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
Released for on RIM
CSFB UEs for CS Fallback
Cell Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73428673 VS.RAB.FailEs Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

tabCS.SRBRese Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
t.CSFB Establishments on RIM
for CSFB UEs WRFD-171202
CS Fallback
for Cell Guarantee for
(Signaling RLC LTE Emergency
Reset) Calls
Ultrafast CS
Call Setup

tabCS.SRBRese Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
t.CSFB Establishments on RIM
CS Fallback
(Signaling RLC LTE Emergency
Reset) Calls
Ultrafast CS
Call Setup

tabCS.CellUpd. Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
CSFB Establishments on RIM
CS Fallback
(Concurrent LTE Emergency
Procedures) Calls
Ultrafast CS
Call Setup

tabCS.CellUpd. Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
CSFB Establishments on RIM
CS Fallback
(Concurrent LTE Emergency
Procedures) Calls
Ultrafast CS
Call Setup

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

tabCS.UuFail.C Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
SFB Establishments on RIM
CS Fallback
for Cell (Uu Guarantee for
Interface LTE Emergency
Configuration Calls
Failure)
Ultrafast CS
Call Setup

tabCS.UuFail.C Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
SFB Establishments on RIM
CS Fallback
for Cell (Uu Guarantee for
Interface LTE Emergency
Configuration Calls
Failure)
Ultrafast CS
Call Setup
73428676 VS.RRC.FailCo Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

nnEstab.NoRepl Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
y.CSFB Establishments on RIM
for CSFB UEs CS Fallback
for Cell (RRC Guarantee for
Connection LTE Emergency
Setup Timeout) Calls
73428676 VS.RRC.FailCo Number of BSC6910 WRFD-140224 Fast CS

nnEstab.NoRepl Failed CS RAB WRFD-140102 Fallback Based
y.CSFB Establishments on RIM
for CSFB UEs CS Fallback
for Cell (RRC Guarantee for
Connection LTE Emergency
Setup Timeout) Calls
73428681 VS.L2U.IRATH Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback

O.FailRelocPre Failed Guarantee for
pInPS.TgtFail Preparations for LTE Emergency
PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (Relocation
failure in target
CN/RNC or
target system)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

pInPS.TgtFail Preparations for LTE Emergency
PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (Relocation
failure in target
CN/RNC or
target system)

pInPS.ReloUnS Preparations for LTE Emergency
upp PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (Relocation
not supported in
target RNC or
target system)

pInPS.ReloUnS Preparations for LTE Emergency
upp PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (Relocation
not supported in
target RNC or
target system)

pInPS.ResUnav Preparations for LTE Emergency
ail PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (No
resource
available)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

pInPS.ResUnav Preparations for LTE Emergency
ail PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (No
resource
available)

pInPS.TgtHigh Preparations for LTE Emergency
Load PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (Traffic
Load In The
Target Cell
Higher Than In
The Source
Cell)

pInPS.TgtHigh Preparations for LTE Emergency
Load PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (Traffic
Load In The
Target Cell
Higher Than In
The Source
Cell)

pInPS.Abort Preparations for LTE Emergency
PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (IU
RELEASE
COMMAND
message)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

pInPS.Abort Preparations for LTE Emergency
PS Incoming Calls
L2U Inter-RAT
Handover for
Cell (IU
RELEASE
COMMAND
message)

O.FailRelocInP Failed PS Guarantee for
S.NoReply Incoming L2U LTE Emergency
Inter-RAT Calls
Handovers Due
to UE Response
Timeout for
Cell

O.FailRelocInP Failed PS Guarantee for
S.NoReply Incoming L2U LTE Emergency
Inter-RAT Calls
Handovers Due
to UE Response
Timeout for
Cell

AttRelocPrepO Preparation PS Handover
utPS.Service Attempts for PS from UMTS to
Outgoing U2L LTE
Service-Based
Handovers for
Cell

AttRelocPrepO Preparation PS Handover
utPS.Service Attempts for PS from UMTS to
Outgoing U2L LTE
Service-Based
Handovers for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

SuccRelocPrep Successful PS Handover
OutPS.Service Preparations for from UMTS to
PS Outgoing LTE
U2L Service-
Based
Handovers for
Cell

SuccRelocPrep Successful PS Handover
OutPS.Service Preparations for from UMTS to
PS Outgoing LTE
U2L Service-
Based
Handovers for
Cell
73428691 VS.U2LTEHO. Number of PS BSC6900 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

AttOutPS Outgoing U2L WRFD-150217 PS Handover
Handover from UMTS to
Attempts for WRFD-150220 LTE
Cell Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73428691 VS.U2LTEHO. Number of PS BSC6910 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

AttOutPS Outgoing U2L WRFD-150217 PS Handover
Handover from UMTS to
Attempts for WRFD-150220 LTE
Cell Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

SuccOutPS Successful PS WRFD-150217 PS Handover
Outgoing U2L from UMTS to
Cell Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE

SuccOutPS Successful PS WRFD-150217 PS Handover
Outgoing U2L from UMTS to
Cell Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE

AttRelocPrepO Preparation Handover from
utPS.Load Attempts for PS UMTS to LTE
Outgoing U2L
Load-Based
Handovers for
Cell

AttRelocPrepO Preparation Handover from
utPS.Load Attempts for PS UMTS to LTE
Outgoing U2L
Load-Based
Handovers for
Cell

SuccRelocPrep Successful Handover from
OutPS.Load Preparations for UMTS to LTE
PS Outgoing
U2L Load-
Based
Handovers for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

SuccRelocPrep Successful Handover from
OutPS.Load Preparations for UMTS to LTE
PS Outgoing
U2L Load-
Based
Handovers for
Cell
73428755 VS.ECO.RIM.L Number of RIM BSC6900 WRFD-150231 RIM Based

2U.Load.Req Requests from MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
the RNC for LTE
eCoordinator(L based RIM
oad process
Information) optimization

2U.Load.Req Requests from MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
the RNC for LTE
eCoordinator(L based RIM
oad process
Information) optimization

2U.Load.Resp Response MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
eNodeB eCoordinator
through the based RIM
eCoordinator process
(Load optimization
Information)

2U.Load.Resp Response MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
eNodeB eCoordinator
eCoordinator process
(Load optimization
Information)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

2U.Load.Updat Update MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
e Messages from Cell Selection
eNodeB eCoordinator
eCoordinator(L process
oad optimization
Information)

2U.Load.Updat Update MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
e Messages from Cell Selection
eNodeB eCoordinator
eCoordinator(L process
oad optimization
Information)

2U.Load.Updat Acknowledgem MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
e.ACK ent Messages Cell Selection
from the for LTE
eNodeB to the eCoordinator
RNC through based RIM
the process
eCoordinator(L optimization
oad
Information)

2U.Load.Updat Acknowledgem MRFD-090211 UMTS Target
e.ACK ent Messages Cell Selection
from the for LTE
eNodeB to the eCoordinator
RNC through based RIM
the process
eCoordinator(L optimization
oad
Information)
73428827 VS.L2U.AttRel Number of BSC6900 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash

ocPrepIn.UltraF Incoming L2U CSFB
lashCSFB CS+PS
Handover
Preparation
Attempts
Triggered by
Ultra-Flash
CSFB for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73428827 VS.L2U.AttRel Number of BSC6910 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash

ocPrepIn.UltraF Incoming L2U CSFB
lashCSFB CS+PS
Handover
Preparation
Attempts
Triggered by
Ultra-Flash
CSFB for Cell
73428828 VS.L2U.SuccR Number of BSC6900 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash

elocPrepIn.Ultr Successful CSFB
aFlashCSFB Incoming L2U
CS+PS
Handover
Preparations
Triggered by
Ultra-Flash
CSFB for Cell

elocPrepIn.Ultr Successful CSFB
aFlashCSFB Incoming L2U
CS+PS
Handover
Preparations
Triggered by
Ultra-Flash
CSFB for Cell

elocIn.UltraFlas Successful CSFB
hCSFB Incoming L2U
CS+PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Ultra-Flash
CSFB for Cell

elocIn.UltraFlas Successful CSFB
hCSFB Incoming L2U
CS+PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Ultra-Flash
CSFB for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

MeasCtrl.Num Times That WRFD-150219 PS Service
Measurement Redirection
Control WRFD-150216 from UMTS to
Messages Are WRFD-140218 LTE
Delivered for WRFD-150220 Coverage Based
LTE PS Redirection
Measurement WRFD-150217
from UMTS to
for Cell LTE
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

MeasCtrl.Num Times That WRFD-150219 PS Service
Measurement Redirection
Control WRFD-150216 from UMTS to
Messages Are WRFD-140218 LTE
Delivered for WRFD-150220 Coverage Based
LTE PS Redirection
Measurement WRFD-150217
from UMTS to
for Cell LTE
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

MeasTimeOut. Times That LTE WRFD-150219 PS Service
Num Measurement Redirection
Expires for Cell WRFD-150216 from UMTS to
WRFD-140218 LTE
WRFD-150220 Coverage Based
WRFD-150217 PS Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

MeasTimeOut. Times That LTE WRFD-150219 PS Service
Num Measurement Redirection
Expires for Cell WRFD-150216 from UMTS to
WRFD-140218 LTE
WRFD-150220 Coverage Based
WRFD-150217 PS Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73430075 VS.U2L.OutOf Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020126 Mobility

UTRAN.CellRe Times PCH Between UMTS
sel.PCH UEs Leave and LTE Phase
UTRAN 1
Through Cell
Reselections for
Cell

UTRAN.CellRe Times PCH Between UMTS
sel.PCH UEs Leave and LTE Phase
UTRAN 1
Through Cell
Reselections for
Cell

UTRAN.CellRe Times FACH Between UMTS
sel.FACH UEs Leave and LTE Phase
UTRAN 1
Through Cell
Reselections for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

UTRAN.CellRe Times FACH Between UMTS
sel.FACH UEs Leave and LTE Phase
UTRAN 1
Through Cell
Reselections for
Cell
73430150 VS.U2LHO.Fas Number of BSC6900 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to

tReturn.AttRelo Preparation LTE for SRVCC
cPrepOutPS.SR Attempts for User
VCCUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell

tReturn.AttRelo Preparation LTE for SRVCC
cPrepOutPS.SR Attempts for User
VCCUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell

tReturn.SuccRel Successful LTE for SRVCC
ocPrepOutPS.S Preparations for User
RVCCUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell

tReturn.SuccRel Successful LTE for SRVCC
ocPrepOutPS.S Preparations for User
RVCCUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73430152 VS.U2LHO.Fas Number of U2L BSC6900 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to

tReturn.AttOutP PS Handover LTE for SRVCC
S.SRVCCUE Attempts User
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell
73430152 VS.U2LHO.Fas Number of U2L BSC6910 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to

tReturn.AttOutP PS Handover LTE for SRVCC
S.SRVCCUE Attempts User
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell

tReturn.SuccOu Successful U2L LTE for SRVCC
tPS.SRVCCUE PS Handovers User
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell

tReturn.SuccOu Successful U2L LTE for SRVCC
tPS.SRVCCUE PS Handovers User
Triggered by
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell
73430154 VS.U2L.FastRe Number of U2L BSC6900 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to

turn.Redirect.S Redirections LTE for SRVCC
RVCCUE Triggered by User
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell
73430154 VS.U2L.FastRe Number of U2L BSC6910 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to

turn.Redirect.S Redirections LTE for SRVCC
RVCCUE Triggered by User
Fast Return of
SRVCC UEs for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73430173 VS.U2L.FastRe Number of U2L BSC6900 WRFD-140226 Fast Return

turn.Redirect.C Redirections from UMTS to
SFBUE Triggered by LTE
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell
73430173 VS.U2L.FastRe Number of U2L BSC6910 WRFD-140226 Fast Return

turn.Redirect.C Redirections from UMTS to
SFBUE Triggered by LTE
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell
73430174 VS.U2LHO.Fas Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140226 Fast Return

tReturn.AttRelo Preparation from UMTS to
cPrepOutPS.CS Attempts for LTE
FBUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell

tReturn.AttRelo Preparation from UMTS to
cPrepOutPS.CS Attempts for LTE
FBUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell

tReturn.SuccRel Successful from UMTS to
ocPrepOutPS.C Preparations for LTE
SFBUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

tReturn.SuccRel Successful from UMTS to
ocPrepOutPS.C Preparations for LTE
SFBUE U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell
73430176 VS.U2LHO.Fas Number of U2L BSC6900 WRFD-140226 Fast Return

tReturn.AttOutP PS Handover from UMTS to
S.CSFBUE Attempts LTE
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell
73430176 VS.U2LHO.Fas Number of U2L BSC6910 WRFD-140226 Fast Return

tReturn.AttOutP PS Handover from UMTS to
S.CSFBUE Attempts LTE
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell

tReturn.SuccOu Successful U2L from UMTS to
tPS.CSFBUE PS Handovers LTE
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell

tReturn.SuccOu Successful U2L from UMTS to
tPS.CSFBUE PS Handovers LTE
Triggered by
Fast Return of
CSFB UEs for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73430191 VS.IRATHO.At Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

tRelocPrepOutP Attempts for WRFD-150220 PS Handover
S.LCELL U2L PS from UMTS to
Handovers per WRFD-150217 LTE
LTE Cell Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73430191 VS.IRATHO.At Number of BSC6910 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

tRelocPrepOutP Attempts for WRFD-150220 PS Handover
S.LCELL U2L PS from UMTS to
Handovers per WRFD-150217 LTE
LTE Cell Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73430207 VS.IRATHO.Su Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

ccRelocPrepOut Successful WRFD-150220 PS Handover
PS.LCELL Preparations for from UMTS to
U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
Handovers per Coverage Based
LTE Cell PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ccRelocPrepOut Successful WRFD-150220 PS Handover
PS.LCELL Preparations for from UMTS to
U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73430208 VS.IRATHO.Fa Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

ilRelocPrepOut Failed WRFD-150220 PS Handover
PS.NoResAvail. Preparations for from UMTS to
LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
LTE Cell (No PS Handover
Resource from UMTS to
Available) LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.NoResAvail. Preparations for from UMTS to
LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
LTE Cell (No PS Handover
Resource from UMTS to
Available) LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.TgtFail.LCE Preparations for from UMTS to
LL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Relocation from UMTS to
Failure in LTE
Target CN/RNC
or Target Load Based PS
System) Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.TgtFail.LCE Preparations for from UMTS to
LL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Relocation from UMTS to
Failure in LTE
Target CN/RNC
or Target Load Based PS
System) Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

PS.ReloUnSupp Preparations for from UMTS to
.LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Relocation not from UMTS to
supported in LTE
Target RNC or
Target system) Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.ReloUnSupp Preparations for from UMTS to
.LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Relocation not from UMTS to
supported in LTE
Target RNC or
Target system) Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.TgtHighLoa Preparations for from UMTS to
d.LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Traffic Load In from UMTS to
The Target Cell LTE
Higher Than In
The Source Load Based PS
Cell) Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.TgtHighLoa Preparations for from UMTS to
d.LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Traffic Load In from UMTS to
The Target Cell LTE
Higher Than In
The Source Load Based PS
Cell) Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

PS.UnKnowRN Preparations for from UMTS to
C.LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Unknown from UMTS to
Target RNC) LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.UnKnowRN Preparations for from UMTS to
C.LCELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(Unknown from UMTS to
Target RNC) LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.TAlExp.LC Preparations for from UMTS to
ELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(TRELOCalloc from UMTS to
expiry LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

PS.TAlExp.LC Preparations for from UMTS to
ELL U2L PS WRFD-150217 LTE
(TRELOCalloc from UMTS to
expiry LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73430214 VS.IRATHO.At Number of U2L BSC6900 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

tOutPS.LCELL PS Handover WRFD-150220 PS Handover
Attempts per from UMTS to
LTE Cell WRFD-150217 LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73430214 VS.IRATHO.At Number of U2L BSC6910 WRFD-140218 Service-Based

tOutPS.LCELL PS Handover WRFD-150220 PS Handover
Attempts per from UMTS to
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ccOutPS.LCEL Successful U2L WRFD-150220 PS Handover
L PS Handover from UMTS to
per LTE Cell WRFD-150217 LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ccOutPS.LCEL Successful U2L WRFD-150220 PS Handover
L PS Handover from UMTS to
per LTE Cell WRFD-150217 LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

ilOutPS.CfgUn Failed U2L PS WRFD-150220 PS Handover
Supp.LCELL Handovers per from UMTS to
(Configuration Coverage Based
Unsupported) PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ilOutPS.CfgUn Failed U2L PS WRFD-150220 PS Handover
Supp.LCELL Handovers per from UMTS to
(Configuration Coverage Based
Unsupported) PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ilOutPS.PhyCh Failed U2L PS WRFD-150220 PS Handover
Fail.LCELL Handovers per from UMTS to
(Physical Coverage Based
Channel PS Handover
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ilOutPS.PhyCh Failed U2L PS WRFD-150220 PS Handover
Fail.LCELL Handovers per from UMTS to
(Physical Coverage Based
Channel PS Handover
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

ilOutPS.Abort.L Abnormally WRFD-150220 PS Handover
CELL Terminated U2L from UMTS to
PS Handovers WRFD-150217 LTE
per LTE Cell Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ilOutPS.Abort.L Abnormally WRFD-150220 PS Handover
CELL Terminated U2L from UMTS to
PS Handovers WRFD-150217 LTE
per LTE Cell Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ilOutPS.NoRepl Failed U2L PS WRFD-150220 PS Handover
y.LCELL Handovers due from UMTS to
to Iu Release WRFD-150217 LTE
Command Coverage Based
Timeout per PS Handover
LTE Cell from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE

ilOutPS.NoRepl Failed U2L PS WRFD-150220 PS Handover
y.LCELL Handovers due from UMTS to

Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN17.1 08)

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN17.1 08)

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

WCDMA RAN

Interoperability Between UMTS and

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE............................................................................. 24

4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE.................................................35

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE................................................................................................................... 56

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

5.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................. 101

7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE............................................................... 121

9 Impact on the Network.............................................................................................................134

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

9.4.1 System Capacity...................................................................................................................................................... 135

10 Engineering Guidelines......................................................................................................... 141

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

10.3.4 Deployment........................................................................................................................................................... 170

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

10.8.6 Parameter Optimization......................................................................................................................................... 310

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

10.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User............................................................................................340

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

1 About This Document

This document covers the following features:

l WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

This document applies to the following NE types.

RNC BSC6900 and BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite

1.2 Intended Audience

1.3 Change History

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Optimized some descriptions. None

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Optimized some descriptions. None

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Added a restriction on the function of data None

Updated 10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from None

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added the fast return for supplementary CSFB Added

Editorial Added the setting notes for relevant parameters in None

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Added the setting notes for relevant parameters in None

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Modified the switch for the LTE subscriber RESERVED_SWIT

Modified the mechanism of service-based UMTS- None

Issue 08 (2016-09-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Added descriptions about whether the RNC records Added

Added descriptions of the moments when RB Bits 0 to 7 are added

Added the method of determining whether a UE has Added

Editorial None None

Change Change Description Parameter